«Архив Фрэнсиса Бэкона».?

«Архив Фрэнсиса Бэкона».?

 

                               Архив Фрэнсиса Бэкона

 

                                                                                              

                                         1941 — 2000

 

 

 

ПРЕДПОЛАГАЕМЫЙ ИГРОВОЙ ДОМ

 

                 Двадцать семь в суде   

 

 

THE ВЕСТ ЛОНДОН ПРЕССА ЧЕЛСИ НОВОСТИ | НОМЕР 4,227 | Пятница, 10 октября 1941 года

   

Перед сэром Жерве Рентоул в полицейском суде Западного Лондона в пятницу, Альберт Хайд (32 года), строитель, 200 Вестборн Парк-роуд; Уолтер Трэвис Скотт (51), пенсионер, Честерфилд Корт, Керзон-улица; Вивиан Робертсон (44 года), клерк, 44 Николас-роуд, Майл Энд; Фредерик Джон Хайд (60 лет), шофер, 200 Вестборн Парк-роуд; и Эдвард Епископу, строителю 200 Westbourne Park-road, было поручено поддерживать общий игровой дом на террасе 5 Prince of Wales, Кенсингтон, в четверг вечером.

Двадцать два были обвиняется в том, что его нашли в помещении, которое, как утверждается, использовалось в качестве обычной игры дом.

Они включены Эрик Уолтер Холл (50), независимый, консервативный клуб, улица Сент-Джеймс, S.W.1; Миссис Грейс Марджори Парсон Смит (58), Кромптон-корт, 47, Юг Kensington; Марджори Элси Купер (46), вдова, 17 Park Mansions, Найтсбридж; и Фрэнсис Бэкон (31 год), художник, 1 Глеб-Плейс, Челси. Они были связаны не посещать игровые дома в течение 12 месяцев.

Никаких доказательств не было предлагается на этом этапе. Альберт Хайд, Скотт, Робертсон, Фредрик Хайд и Бишоп были возвращены под залог до 31 октября.

 

 

 

ПРЕДПОЛАГАЕМАЯ РУЛЕТКА

 

                          Полицейский визит в квартиру   

 

 

THE ВЕСТ ЛОНДОН ПРЕССА ЧЕЛСИ НОВОСТИ | FRIDAY, 8 мая 1942 г.

 

Перед мистером Во вторник Беннетт в полицейском суде Западного Лондона, Мейбл Грэм (62 года), женат, 189 Latymer Court, Хаммерсмит-роуд; Эна Юнис Маркус (39), замужем, 16 лет Элвастон-плейс, Южный Кенсингтон; и Сара Энн Джонс (590, ежедневная горничная, 46 Норланд-Гарденс, Нотинг-Хилл, были обвинены в организация незаконной игровой вечеринки.

Этель Ханна Линдсей (75), независимый, 12A North End-crescent, Западный Кенсингтон; Эрик Холл (51), независимый, консервативный клуб, Сент-Джеймс; Мюриэль Хауэлл Маргарита Моксон (50), независимый, Руперт Плэйс, Хенли-на-Темзе; Винифред Констанс Берилл Боуэн (52 года), независимый, Copers Cope-road, Бекенхем; Фрэнсис Бэкон (32), художник, я Глеб-Плейс, Челси; Фрэнсис Мэри О'Келл (70), независимая, Vanderbilt Hotel, Южный Кенсингтон; Этель Алмаз Стаут (70), независимая, Усадьба Дом, Эксмут; Элизабет Эллен Калькутт (69), независимая, 53 Глостер-роуд, Южный Кенсингтон; и Ида Марион Каннингхэм (58), независимая, 1 Баркстон-Гарденс, Эрлс-Корт; были предъявлены обвинения в присутствии на незаконном игровая вечеринка.

 

«Не„не играет на деньги“»

Главный инспектор Пока сказал, что в 4.50 вечера. в понедельник он пошел с другими полицейскими на 189 Латимерный суд. Их принимала миссис Джонс, горничная. В большой комнате на Слева от зала 11 других обвиняемых сидели за продолговатым столом, который был покрыт зеленым сукном ткани. Колесо рулетки было в центре таблицы, на которой было большое количество счетчиков. Миссис Грэм и Миссис Маркус действовала как группировщики. Миссис Грэм сказала: «Все в порядке, мы не играем на деньги. На коленнике есть призd,” ссылаясь на & NBSP; бутылка вина.

Ответчики были взят под залог до 19 мая.

 

 

 

«„Трехгрошовая ROULETTE“»

 

                   ‘‘ Очень скромная игра в квартире ’’

 

 

Хроника Фулхама| Пятница, 22 мая 1942 г. 

   

До того, как мистер Беннетт во вторник в полицейском суде Западного Лондона, Мейбл Грэм (62 года), замужем, 189 латаймеров Суд, Хаммерсмит-роуд, Эна Юнис Маркус (39), замужем, 16 D Elvaston-place, Южный Кенсингтон; и Сара Энн Джонс (59 лет), ежедневная горничная, 46 садов Норланд, Ноттинг-Хилл был обвинен в предварительном заключении за участие в организации незаконной игровой стороны.

Этель Ханна Линдсей (75), независимый, 12А Норт Энд-Полумесяц, Западный Кенсингтон; Эрик Холл (51), независимый, консервативный клуб, Сент-Джеймс; Мюриэль Хауэлл Маргарита Моксон (50 лет), независимый, Руперт Плейс, Хенли-на-Темзе; Винифред Констанс Берил Боуэн (52 года), независимая компания Copers Cope-road, Бекенхем; Фрэнсис Бэкон (38), артист I Glebe Place, Челси; Фрэнсис Мэри О'Келл (70), независимая, Vanderbilt Hotel, Южный Кенсингтон; Этель Алмаз Стаут (70), независимая, Усадьба Дом, Эксмут; Элизабет Эллен Калькутт (69), независимая, 53 Глостер-роуд, Южный Кенсингтон; и Ида Марион Каннингхэм (58), независимая, 1 Баркстон-Гарденс, Эрлс-Корт; были предъявлены обвинения в связи с присутствием на незаконная игровая вечеринка.

‘‘ Приз за бутылку вина на серванте ’’

Г-н А. Сандерс, который преследовал по суду, сказал, что, когда главный инспектор пока и другие офицеры во второй половине дня 4 мая вошли в квартиру миссис Грэм. вокруг стола, покрытого зеленым сукном, в центре которого был колесо рулетки. На столе было большое количество фишек и миссис Грэм и миссис Маркус действовали как крупье. Миссис Грэм сказала: «Мы не играем для денег. На буфете есть приз,   указывает на бутылку французского вина. "Это сложно для полагаю, что все эти люди, достигшие зрелого возраста, сидели за столом все во второй половине дня мы наблюдаем за вращением колеса, когда призом была только бутылка вина,   сказал г-н Сандерс. Он добавил, что нет никаких доказательств того, что Джонс имел какое-то отношение к реальной игре. Он был там просто в дееспособность домашней прислуги.

Мировой судья сказал, что в этих условиях Джонс будет уволен.

‘‘ Хорошей репутации и социального положения ’’

Мистер Дж. М. Ликфолд, защищаясь, сказал, что это была небольшая чаепитие миссис Грэм для нее друзья. «Они играли в очень скромную игру в три копейки рулетки.,он сказал. «Все обвиняемые имеют хорошую репутацию и социальную стоя. Это немного поразительно, теперь, когда полиция может войти в частную вечеринку в соответствии с этим новым порядком и отвезти людей в полицейский участок. Подсудимые не знали, что совершают преступление.

Магистрат сказал, что согласился с историей о том, что в игру играют только с небольшими ставками, но это было запрещено. Он находит миссис Грэм 25 фунтов и 10,10 фунтов. стоит и миссис Маркус был найден £ 20 и £ 10,10. расходы. Все остальные обвиняемые были найдены £ 5 каждый.

 

 

 

Вокруг Лондонские художественные галереи

 

 

От УИНДХАМ ЛЬЮИС ART | СЛУШАТЕЛЬ 17 НОЯБРЯ 1949   

 

Есть полдюжины очень интересные выставки этого месяца от бельгийского барона, Руссо Биг Бизнес, обслуживаемый Лондонской галереей на Брук-стрит, вплоть до Этель Уокер в Лефеврской галерее, которую называли Г.О. английского Импрессионизм. Она была опорой Новый английский в его плохие времена и когда Сикерт и Шпеер оба умерли в 1942 году, Сейчас Я единственный художник остался в Англии!she воскликнул, ошеломленный ее одиночеством. Или это история. Это легко понять, с чем столкнулся выдающийся импрессионист эта двойная смерть Мисс Уокер, возможно, чувствовала себя немного меньше, чем последний из ее племя или великой расы, если бы она знала, что на Юстон-роуд группа художники поклялись, что импрессионизм не должен умереть. французский Импрессионистов (последней фазы) можно увидеть в той же галерееBonnards Dans le Jardin is an oasis of peaceful power and beautyor so it seems as I look back, for immediately afterwards I went to Francis Bacons выставка в Ганноверской галерее, мир которой настолько велик, насколько это возможно получить от крепкого спокойствия французской живописи импрессионистской школы.

Это Ганновер Галерея шоу, однако, имеет исключительное значение. Из младших художников никто на самом деле не рисует так красиво, как Фрэнсис Бэкон. я видел картина его, которая напомнила мне о Веласкесе и как тот мастер, которого он любит черных. Жидкие беловатые акценты деликатно сбрасываются на соболиную почву, как капли слизи - или холодный белый блеск глазного яблока, или Глаз вздохнул с отчаянным оскорблением за кричащим ртом, также раздутый бросать оскорбления. Иначе это губительное отношение от маски разлагающийся член клуба или руководитель бизнеса - распался настолько, что обычно часть голова гниет в космосе. Но черный - его изобразительный элемент.

 

 

                

           Этюд обнаженной (1949), Фрэнсис Бэкон, с выставки в Ганновере Галерея

 

 

 

     ИСКУССТВО В ЛОНДОНЕ

 

Картины, Приятно и неприятно

 

       Френсис Бэкон ИССЛЕДОВАНИЯ

 

 

От Наш лондонский искусствовед | Шотландец 26 ноября 1949 г.   

 

Если ты можешь вообразите запоздалое развитое существо, которое выскользнуло из-под большого камень, который был в шумном погребе в течение столетия или двух, вы сможете чтобы получить слабое представление о том, что Фрэнсис Бэкон показывает на выставке его работ в Ганноверской галерее.

Как различные работы определены   «Исследование I: 1945, “Study II: 1945,” и так далее, только самые тщательные записи могли сделать описание возможно; а так как основная масса голов и фигур ни на что не похожа когда-либо воображал   на море или на суше описание вряд ли будет полезным в любом случае.

Змея с голова, которая расплавилась   в процессе создания, огромная фигура наполовину человек, наполовину горилла заставить его существовать через шторы или просто обычный портрет с верхом часть головы исчезает в тумане - это просто выстрелы. Это любопытно Распад   говорят, что это интерпретация возраста;   своего рода пророческой картины чего-то, связанного с атомом. Художник, однако, это не тот, кто делает эти странные заявления.   Он позволяет своим работам говорить для них самих.

''КАКОЙ УЖАС ИСКРЕННОСТЬ’’

Не ошибись Об этом, однако, Фрэнсис Бэкон является художником. Его удивительное воображение   имеет смутную последовательность: его отвратительные фигуры кажутся возможными. Он обращается с краской наиболее убедительно. Хотя картины ужасны, они имеют большой смысл их, что предполагает искренность.

Когда он рисует часть кардиналамантия с головой, растворяющейся во мраке, который может быть в театральной шкатулке есть что-то страшное: это может случиться. Есть ничего страшного или абстрактного в этих ужасных творениях: это может быть облегчение, если бы не было. Это выглядит так, как будто кто-то эволюция на подносе споткнулась и разбила шоу.

 

 

 

Survivors Round

 

 

 TIME NOVEMBER 21, 1949   

 


Один из самых оригинальных художников Англии - 39-летний по имени ребенок Фрэнсис Бэкон, и одна из самых оригинальных вещей о нем состоит в том, что у него есть на сегодняшний день уничтожено около 700 полотен. «Беда с Фрэнсисом» Лондонский друг Бэкона объяснил на прошлой неделе, что если ты не пойдешь в восторге от одного из своих готовых произведений, он решает, что это не хорошо и слезы это до. Если вы полны энтузиазма, он начинает беспокоиться, решает, что не доверяет Ваше мнение в любом случае, и что ваш энтузиазм доказывает, что это плохая картина. В мусорное ведро тоже идет."

Бэкона Первая выставка, которая открылась в лондонской галерее на прошлой неделе, представляла собой незначительный триумф для его тесного, яркого круга поклонников. Посредством тщательно смешанные восторг и сомнение, они убедили его спасти двенадцать холсты для шоу. Ли его двенадцать оставшихся в живых представляли триумф для Бэкон был другой вопрос. Картины не были похожи на работу перфекционист. Сделано в тщательно отобранной технике, они были замечательны главным образом для ужаса. Среди них были исследования фигуры с длинной шеей сидя на корточках на столе, зловещий мужчина обнажается, исчезая через занавеску, и половина человека стреляют из половины пулемета.

какой ужас или нет, сказал Бэкон, его картины не должны были что-то значить. " Они это просто попытка сделать определенный тип ощущения визуальным. , , Живопись рисунок собственной нервной системы, проецируемый на холст."

подобно Для большинства современных художников Бэкон больше заботится о технике, чем о предмете. иметь значение; текстуры беспокоят его особенно. " Одна из проблем " он размышлял на прошлой неделе, «рисовать как Веласкес, но с текстурой кожа бегемота. " Эта проблема одна, и даже дурак мог ясно видеть, может потребоваться уничтожение еще 700 холстов.

 


  

 

МИСТЕР. ФРЕНСИС БЭКОН

 

ИЗОБРАЗИТЕЛЬНОЕ ИСКУССТВО ВЫСТАВКА | ВРЕМЕНА TUESDAY NOVEMBER 22 1949   

 

Мистер. Фрэнсис Бэкон, чьи картины выставлены в Ганноверской галерее, 32A, St. Джордж Стрит, очень способный художник; в его рисунке есть некоторая ширина и его краска нанесена по-мастерски. Но предметы его картин настолько необычны, и, действительно, настолько отвратительны, что вряд ли Можно рассмотреть что-нибудь еще. Его темы такие же яркие и бессмысленные как страшный сон, и они оставляют в уме точно такой же продолжительный чувство беспокойства как совершенно плохой сон.

возможно самая противная из его идей - то, что кажется каким-то внутренним образцом, бледный и дряблый мешок с плотью, оканчивающийся трубкой в поперечном сечении который имеет рот с очень реалистичными зубами в нем. Но гораздо больше пугают его реалистичные фигуры за полупрозрачными шторами - там несколько человек показывают огромного и жестокого человека с широко открытым ртом, как будто кричать во весь голос - они оставляют самые яркие впечатления что есть какой-то акт ужасного насилия и жестокости, совершаемый наполовину вне поля зрения. Все это, без сомнения, может быть отклонено как бессмыслица Похоже, если бы мистер Бэкон не использовал значительную силу воображения и изобразительное мастерство, создавая тем самым то, чего невозможно не Подумайте хуже, чем глупости, как "Глава: II" который выглядит как изуродованный труп, наверняка есть.

В В той же галерее мистер Робин Айронсайд демонстрирует ряд украшений в стиле рококо. стиль, со сложными современными дополнениями, очень точно и аккуратно выполнен и с большим изобилием деталей.

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 ФРЭНСИС БЕКОН

 

    РОБЕРТ МЕЛЬВИЛЬ | HORIZON DECEMBER 1949   

 

КОГДА Я был еще в стандартном IV в начальной школе, я прочитал один взнос из серийной истории в журнале другого мальчика, и хотя я помню только Последние два или три предложения они повлияли на всю мою жизнь. Испуганный человек ползал на руках и коленях по темному туннелю; вдруг перед ему что-то испускало мягкое зеленоватое свечение. Он тоже протянул руку прикоснуться к нему или отогнать его, и эпизод закончился следующими словами: светился на кончиках пальцев. Это была светящаяся краска! »Я никогда не слышал такого навоза: он ввел меня в необъяснимый порядок материальности, и это дало мне первый из моих «головокружительных поворотов», для темного туннеля, страх человека и восклицательный знак в сочетании с моим невежеством, чтобы преобразовать светящуюся краску в вид живой, но призрачной ткани.

Несколько несколько лет назад, когда я увидел название журнала, Сюрреалистическая революция ,   свет в темной комнате и, кажется, напечатать себя в эфире, я был рад, но не встряхивают; это был самый простой график того, что я понял под светящейся краской. мой «Реальная вещь» испускала энергии, которых нет в коммерческом продукте, который идет под тем же именем.

С широко разнесенными интервалами я сталкиваюсь на двух фотографиях, чей   matière   имел точно такой же головокружительный эффект на меня как на странное аэрогенное вещество, которое я нашел в туннеле. Один из они были Сезанна   "Мальчик в красном жилете", в швейцарской коллекции; другая была изображением кипарисов, привезенных из Голландии для большого фургона Шоу Гога, перед которым я обнаружил, что готовлюсь проскользнуть между канавками его чудесная черно-зеленая краска, которая колеблется перед входом в вращающаяся дверь. Изображения ничего не значили для меня; кипарисы были обычным явлением, и даже мальчик в красном жилете казался инертным объектом, на котором краска поселились. Но в течение всего нынешнего года я видел семь или восемь новых картины Фрэнсиса Бэкона, в которых изображение призвало весь продолговатый краски, и краска является священным веществом туннеля.

Я, возможно, еще должен признать, что факторы в моем макияж, который предрасполагает меня к некритическому принятию картин Бэкона мужчины и шторы слишком сильны, чтобы оправдать любую попытку с моей стороны сделать объективную оценку своего места в современной живописи. Спереди из этих картинок, которые цвета мокрых, черных змей слегка припудрили с пылью, которые используют маленькие белые стрелки и булавки в качестве восклицательных знаков, и которые проявляют настолько жуткий сговор между человеком и занавесом, что краска кажется проблема их взаимопроникновения, у меня есть желание почувствовать себя богатыми серый на моей руке, но. прежде всего я чувствую себя как дома в их атмосфера, я чувствую, что «ничего не пропало». Все таки цель этого Следует отметить, что картины Бэкона не только существуют в той же сфере чувствуя себя аналитическим кубизмом Пикассо и футуризмом Дюшана, но исправьте аномалия в их языке.

Направление и акцентуация его темперамент, который заставляет его выдвигать галлюцинаторное состояние как основной признак человека, вспоминает Достоевский и Кафка; но с точки зрения визуального Объединение параллелей, которые предлагают себя, происходит из безмолвного кино. Устаревшая техника действия в немых фильмах - его система объяснительные жесты и движения лица - теперь кажется плохо скрытым агитация самих актеров, прорыв в роли которых они играют: в ретроспектива, деревянные жесты и гримасы Эдны Пурванс, и кровь, смятый пенсне и беззвучный крик женщины пронеслись сквозь взгляд Эйзенштейна на «одесские шаги» кажется непроизвольным раскрытием болезни души. В период, когда американские фильмы делали свои первые шумы, тихая техника была сознательно использована и усовершенствована в фильм Бунюэля-Дали, Un Chien Andulou , чтобы позволить себе, в слова Палинура, который присутствовал на его премьере в 1929 году, проблеск пожаров отчаяния и безумия, тлеющих под самодовольным послевоенным Мир'. Я считаю, что Un Chien Andulolr обладает большей визуальной силой и ясностью чем anydung достиг в искусстве живописи между двумя войнами, и что только последние картины Фрэнсиса Бэкона обнаружили сопоставимые средства раскрыть человеческое состояние, или способны произвести - процитировать Pahurus опять же - то же самое «огромное волнение и освобождение».

Каждое занятие на этих картинах мужчин происходит в и из штор, или заключен в прозрачные коробки, имеет вид чрезвычайная опасность, и этот мощный обертон скрывает современность Бэкона официальные ресурсы. Он, вероятно, единственный важный художник нашего времени, который исключительно озабочены человеком, и его врожденная склонность комментировать и разоблачить состояние человеческой души, которое связывает его с Гойей, Домье и ToulouseLautrec - это неисчислимый фактор в его перестройке кубизма видя.

Он так же обеспокоен двусмысленностью Границы фигур в пространстве, как Пикассо в своем аналитическом кубисте картины, а так же озабочены дальнейшей двусмысленностью границ фигурирует в движении как Дюшан в «Ну, потомок и эскалиер» и «Ле Рой и др.» La Reine Travers6s Par de Nus Vites '. Он разделяет их чувство колеблющейся глубины и неограниченная форма, но не их способ представления.

Пикассо и Дюшан выразили эту концепцию реальности в сложных линейных структурах; Бэкон выражает это, с более конгруэнтность, в живописном выражении, поскольку это по существу увеличение барокко понятия о внешности. Пикассо и Дюшан возложили на себя задачу исследовать неопределенное и непосредственное с помощью системы слуха, которая могла прибегают только к фрагментации. Это не критика. Их картины сделаны между 1910 и 1912 годами самые красивые и трогательные достижения живописи ХХ века, но их грани и множественность самолеты образуют сложный, сложный и, для большинства людей, чрезмерно мандарин язык. Должно быть, они знали о некоторой аномалии в своем подходе, для обоих художники отказались от своих систем; все же, строго говоря, новых события в живописи с того времени; концепция была ослаблена и неправильно понято, оно не было отменено.

В какой-то момент Тчелитчев, казалось, был на грани осознание того, что живописная система была логическим следующим шагом. Его ‘ню в космосе », нарисованная в 1926 году, блестяще соединяет два взгляда фигуры с неровным толщины краски, и вполне вероятно, что Бэкон намекнул на это четверть. С другой стороны, в 1939 году Матта ясно почувствовал, что разочарование Модернизм находился в линейном методе. Но он достиг только живописно фрагментация и почему-то не смогли понять, что Пикассо и Дюшан были делать заявления о внешней реальности. Мейбл заставила бы нас поверить, что Матта - реалист, но художник может стать реалистом только благодаря изучению формы в космосе, и романтические воспоминания Матты о научном открытии Мир, невидимый невооруженным глазом, на самом деле является фантазиями.

Бэкон никогда не рисует. Он начинает изображение с загруженной однодюймовой кистью, подобной той, которая есть у продавцов почти вся работа расписана такими кистями. В этих широких мазки, модернизм обрел свою шкуру: «работы» больше не показывают ».

Конечно, это не просто кубизм снова, с толстыми кистями вместо тонких. В выпуске современных рисуя из машины слышать строительство, Бэкон делает типично Заявление барокко: он дает реальность иллюзии, а его картины не пригласить зрителя исследовать средства.

Отверстие кричащего рта иногда точка глубочайшей рецессии на этих картинах; или маленькая белая стрелка плавает в передняя часть холста, а остальная часть картины начинается на глубине, которую глаз судьи должны быть за холстом; холст, таким образом, отображается не существует. Но ничто не может войти в картины Бэкона и оставаться абстрактным, и маленькая вещь - стрелка или булавки что-нибудь, кроме скромного в мире крупные, нетронутые формы. Это как муха в тюремной камере. Предполагается, что пропорции посетителя, или фамильяра, или даже надзирателя. Дело в том, что ничто не будет обнаружено об этом, увеличивает его реальность.

Мужчина поворачивает голову и смотрит из картина через пенсне; Я больше осознаю взгляд, чем глаза; игра промежутков между глазами, оправы очков и теней ободах есть дополнительная информация о взгляде - человек держит что-то назад »; Я не думаю о пространственных понятиях при рассмотрении отношения между головой и занавесом - я слишком покорен тем, что занавес высасывает вещество из головы; тонкий розовато-бежевый краска, которая балуется и создает лицо, является изысканной фольгой для серых, но как этот человек пришел, чтобы получить кожу такой тревожной текстуры? Я не могу отделить фактуру от того, что она образует. Мне мешают пройти через обычная рутина художественной оценки. Современная живопись внезапно стала гуманизированной.

Бекон не облегчает рисовать фотографий. Его известных работ мало, потому что он вынужден уничтожить много холстов. Когда он работает на холсте, интеллект, чувства, автоматизм и шанс, в пропорциях, которые он никогда не сможет рассчитать заранее, иногда приходят к соглашению. В течение последних двенадцати месяцев эти соглашения были более частыми; в этом заключается надежда на живопись.

 

 

 

An Unhappy Genius

 

 

 

Эрик Ньютон| ВОСКРЕСНЫЕ ВРЕМЯ & nbsp; | 17 сентября 1950 г. 

 

Фрэнсиса Нынешняя выставка Бэкона в Ганноверской галерее, как и его последняя, заставляет меня непросто. Он содержит только три картины, которые не были замечены в Лондоне раньше, но однажды увидев их не легко забыть и не утешить запомните.

The обычные бледные и вызывающе слизистые розовые формы появляются как несчастные призраки из поверхность непроницаемая, первозданная серая. Как эти протоплазматические изображения принимают форму в бесцветной пустоте они оказываются запутанными в сети, построенной по-видимому, из блестящих краев невидимого стеклянного резервуара. Хаос дает рождение неуважительно к чему-то смутно мощному и монументальному, но и к что-то довольно необычно неприятное. На самом деле, мистер Бэкон умудряется быть незабываемый и отталкивающий одновременно.

Let no man say this is an easy thing to have done. It requires geniusan unhappy, desperate kind of geniusand настоящее понимание Великого Манера. Я не удивлен, услышав это Тициан и Веласкес - художники, которыми восхищается мистер Бэкон, но я подозреваю, что оба они были бы немного удивлены результатами своих учеников восхищение.

Ii это облегчение, чтобы превратить в верхней половине галереи в коллекцию маленьких Выставочные плакаты из Парижа. Брак, Пикассо, Миро, Матисс и другие имеют неизменный инстинкт противника стильный, изобретательный, со вкусом, смелый, и французские печатники и типографы сделали чудеса с презентацией эти очаровательные мелочи. Почти одинаково обаятельный и пустяковый набор энергичные маленькие фантазии о сицилийских марионетках на фоне романтических сицилийских фоны. Они от женщины художника, чье незнакомое имя Хилли.

 

 

LONDON ART EXHIBITIONS

 

By Our London Art Critic

 

THE SCOTSMAN | TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1950   

 

Заметки о двух других Лондоне Художественные выставки могут быть добавлены к тем, которые опубликованы в субботнем выпуске.

В Ганноверской галерее Фрэнсис Бэкон s последние картины Магдалины менее ужасающие и более пустые, чем обычно; но, во всяком случае, великие дары человека как художника переоценены. Хилли, в галерее наверху, отлично играет со своим «боем» Дураки " в их золотых доспехах. Стекло, похоже, сильно сдавлено против мокрой краски, чтобы придать новую текстуру этим призракам Дон Кихота.

В галерее Лефевра Бен Николсон до сих пор меня удивляет, математик ли он робко влюблен в краски, или Живописец очарован простейшими формами геометрии. Это все незначительно, очаровательный и забавный, или, если вы хотите проанализировать великие композиции мастера и превращая их в их простоты, вы можете даже сказать, что это все очень глубоко.

 

    

 

 

 

British Art Covering 5 Decades

     To Have Preview Here Tonight

 

 

By ALINE B. LOUCHHEIM | THE NEW YORK TIMES | TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1950 

 

Официальный Предварительный просмотр выставки, представляющей последние пятьдесят лет британского искусства, состоится сегодня вечером в Галерее Кноедлера, 14 Восточная Пятьдесят седьмая улица, для пользу англоязычного союза, который спонсирует шоу.

Картины и акварели взяты в долг в важных британских коллекциях, в том числе королевы Елизаветы. Их выбирает Робин Айронсайд, художник и критик, в сотрудничестве с сэром Кеннетом Кларком, бывшим директором лондонского Национального Галерея, написавшая каталог вперед.

выставки показывают работы тех людей, близких к рубежу веков, которые были под влиянием французского импрессионизма и родных стилей констебля и Тернер и англизированный вистлер.

Романтик Подход очевиден на протяжении всей выставки. Это чувствуется в тендере, пока целеустремленные акварели Пола Нэша и тайна дикой природы Wuthering Heights работы Джона Пайпера. В более жестокой форме чувство свирепости природы проникает в картины Грэма Сазерленда холмов и колючих деревьев. Немного рисунки приюта Генри Мура также включены.

Среди тех чьи стили показывают связи с континентальным сюрреализмом - Люсьен Фрейд и зять скульптора Якоба Эпштейна. Более личный вид эмоционального экспрессионизма встречается в двух удивительных картинах Фрэнсиса Бэкона, потомка Елизаветинский философ. Эти странные, задумчивые фигуры дают двадцатого века звучит так же жутко, как и в романе Готика.

Два портрета представляют особый интерес. Колдстрим изобразил поэта Одена в тишине, Созерцательное настроение, в то время как Август Джон запечатлел Бернард Шоу на картине, которую одолжила королева Елизавета. Это очень плохо что Сазерленд портрет Сомерсета Моэма также не мог быть включены, потому что это сделало бы интересный контраст.

Среди кредиторов к выставке сэр Кеннет Кларк, мистер Три, леди Кейнс, сэр Эдвард Марш, г-н Эрик Ньютон, сэр Колин Андерсон, г-н Питер Ланьон, миссис Казалет-Кейр, г-н Л. Маккормик-Гудхарт, достопочтенный. Эдвард Саквилл-Вест, мистер Whitney Straight, Общество современного искусства и Галерея Тейт.

Выставка продлится до 28 октября. Затем она отправится в несколько музеев. по всей стране.

 

 

 

‘Shall we buy this painting?’

 

 

— LEEDS ART FUND QUESTION

 

 

THE YORKSHIRE POST | LEEDS | THURSDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1950 

 

 

Подписчики в фонд коллекций произведений искусства в Лидсе нужно спросить, поддерживают ли они покупка одной из замечательных картин Фрэнсиса Бэкона в настоящее время на показ на выставке современного британского искусства в Лидс Арт Галерее.

В письмо им, г-н Эрнест Л. Масгрейв, директор Галереи и хон. Секретарь фонда объясняет, что выставка изначально была предложена Комитет Фонда. Чувствуя, что часть накопленного фонда может быть раньше покупал работы более продвинутых современных британских художников еще представлен в коллекции Лидса, по его словам, Комитет предложил проведение выставки для того, чтобы они могли рассмотреть покупки.

"Your Committee has now met." he adds, "and after careful thought has selected eight works, the prices of which total £400."

Outstanding

There remains the question whether to buy one of the Francis Bacon paintings. Mr. Musgrave continues: - "One artist whom the Committee considers to be of unusual interest was Francis Bacon. There was a strong feeling that the large 'Painting, 1950,' No.7 in the catalogue, was outstanding, characteristic and worthy of consideration. The price, however, is considerably more that the Fund usually spends on one picture, and it was agreed that subscribers might be invited to give their opinion on its purchase."

The letter ends by saying that the Committee would appreciate an expression of subscribers' views on the matter and ask them to send a letter or postcard to the hon. secretary at Temple Newsam House.

Francis Bacon's "Painting, 1950" is priced at £285 in the catalogue. The artist is a collateral descendant of Sir Francis Bacon, the great Elizabethan. His canvases which show great mastery of the medium of oil paint, are often enigmatic and disturbing in their subject matter. Examples of his works have been bought by the Tate Gallery, the Museum of Modern Art in New York and the Contemporary Art Society.

Problem picture of 1950

Lively discussion should be created among subscribers to the Leeds Art Collections Fund by the decision of the Committee to ask their views about the purchase of one of Francis Bacon's paintings. He is among the more advanced artists whose work is now on show at Leeds Art Gallery.

In "Painting, 1950," the work upon which subscribers are being asked to express an opinion, a naked figure of a man seen standing in a sombre interior. His pinkish flesh gleams in the grey atmosphere which surrounds him, and behind him is a shadow, conveying a feeling of menace. Towards the bottom of the picture is a broad patch of red.

When I spoke about the picture to the Director of Leeds Art Gallery, Mr. E. L. Musgrave, last night, he said: "The painting seems to me to express the tension and disquiet we feel at the moment. All the distrust and secretiveness which we sense about us in this threatening world of 1950 is summed up in this picture. That is how I interpret it."

Do the subscribers to the fund wish to spend their money on a painting which sums up our contemporary situation in this way? Do they feel that Francis Bacon's paintings will have valuable significance for later generations of Leeds citizens, trying to understand what it felt like to live in this age? I cannot pretend to answer these questions: but I applaud the democratic way in which the Committee of the Art Collections Fund have decided to consult those whose money they have in trust.

 

 

 

 

        Puzzle picture

             of 1950:

 

        ‘ugly’ . . ‘vivid’

 

 

THE YORKSHIRE POST | LEEDS | SATURDAY, DECEMBER 30, 1950

 

A picture by Francis Bacon, priced at £285, now on show at Leeds Art Gallery, has aroused friendly controversy among members of the Leeds Art Collections Fund.

Mr. Ernest L Musgrave, Director of the Gallery and honorary secretary of the Fund wrote to members asking them whether they thought the picture should be bought for the city's permanent collection. A large canvas in oils, it is titles simply "Painting (1950)" and shows the naked figure of a man against vivid stripes. The central panel  is surrounded by rectangles, black on each side, blue at the top and red at the bottom.

A decision will be made by a committee of the Fund, to meet next Friday.

 

‘Mankind in darkness’

 

Remarks from replies to Mr. Musgrave's letter include:—

"I do not know what the picture represents. Apparently the artist does not know either. He has been unable to give it a name to distinguish it from any other picture."

"... To me it represented most vividly mankind, today, walking in darkness."

"It is the outstanding work in the exhibition. . . . There is something elemental in its expression of aggressive brute strength and courage."

"I think he (Francis Bacon) is a painter of considerable power whose works will outlast some at least of the others. . . . ."

"I am entirely in favour  of buying one of the Bacons, though I think they are all perfectly revolting."

"The painting gives me no pleasure at all; therefore, it should not be bought."

"It is incredibly ugly. The colour is almost childish and an eyesore."

"I like the colour, but I think the symbolism and meaning of the picture are a bit obscure."

 

‘Not intended to be pleasant’

 

Mr. Musgrave told "The Yorkshire Post" yesterday that there is a majority against buying the picture but the minority in favour of buying it is strong.

"It is a good thing for people to be persuaded to think seriously about one particular work of art," he said.

"Some people have made the mistake of trying to find pleasure in the picture, which is not supposed to give pleasure but to arouse emotions which are not necessarily pleasant."

 

 

       

                               Francis Bacon, Panting, 1950, Leeds City Art Gallery

 

 

 

 Leeds Fund to

   buy Bacons

‘Painting (1950)’

 

 

THE YORKSHIRE POST | LEEDS | TUESDAY, JANUARY 9, 1951

 

Leeds Art Collections Fund Committee decided yesterday to include among their purchases from the exhibition of 15 contemporary British painters, held during the last month in the City Art Gallery, Francis Bacon’s ‘‘Painting (1950),’’ an enigmatic work that has been the subject of much discussion.

The price of the painting, originally quoted in the catalogue as 285 guineas, is 220 guineas.

 Before reaching their decision, the committee considered replies to a circular letter sent to the Fund’s subscribers by Mr. E. I. Musgrave (hon. secretary and  of the Fund and Director of the Art Gallery). In this letter, subscribers were asked if they thought the painting should be bought for the city's permanent collection. A total of 48 replies was received, and they showed a slight majority in favour of the purchase.

The work is a large expressionist painting in oils, showing a powerfully-built naked figure of a man against a vividly-striped background.

 

A sinister note

 

At the top of the picture there is a deep band of blue, like a night sky; two broad bands of deeper blue run down each side; and across the base there is a broad band of red which gives a sensational effect. A human shadow, slightly bent and clearly not that of the man, strikes a sinister note.

In the absence of any lead from the artist, who is a collateral descendent of Sir Francis Bacon, the great Elizabethan, various interpretations have been given to the painting. Mr. Musgrave considers it suggests the menace of the present times.

The Committee were agreed that the painting was the most important in the exhibition but they decided to circularise subscribers because the price was considerably more than the Fund usually spent on one picture.

The Committee decided to buy five other works shown at the exhibition. They are: ‘‘The Ghost,’’ by Louis Le Brocquy, for 75 guineas;  ‘‘Anemones and Lemons,’’ by the Leeds-born artist, Patrick Heron, for 40 guineas; ‘‘Fish in a glass Tank,’’  by John Minton, a young artist attacked by Sir Alfred Munnings in his famous speech at the Academy dinner (35 guineas); ‘‘Figure Undressing,’’ by Keith Vaughan (35 guineas); and  ‘The Dragon Pot,’’ a drawing by Ceri Richards (16 guineas).

The purchase f two other paintings Robert Colquhoun’s  ‘‘Lovers,’’ and Robert MacBryde’s  ‘‘Woman in front of a Leaded Window’’ is under consideration.

 

20 pictures sold

 

The exhibition, which ended yesterday, attracted the attention of private collectors. Including the purchases for Leeds, about 20 pictures were sold.

Our Art Critic writes: The Committee's purchases have been made after prolonged study of the exhibition. A first choice was made, and this was carefully revised after consultation among members of the Committee.

The choice of Francis Bacon’s large ‘‘Painting (1950)’’ will startle some people, but it has received encouraging support from many subscribers to the Art Collections Fund. It is a bold purchase, and I believe it will prove to have been a good one. Like Edvard Munch and the German Expressionists who followed his lead, Francis Bacon has a way of expressing feelings below the level of normal consciousness. In so doing he is attempting to accomplish in paint what some of our leading modern novelists  and poets have done in prose or verse.

This particular picture, ‘‘Painting (1950),’’ may be interpreted in different ways; but the title possibly gives us a clue to its inner meaning. The year 1950 will be vividly remembered by most of us as a year of tension and haunting disquiet: that tension and that disquiet are in this picture, as the eerie menace of the war days was in some of Paul Nash’s remarkable paintings of bombers, and as the spiritual desolation of the Twenties was expressed in Mr. Eliot’s ‘‘The Waste Land.’

 

 

 

 

The Paintings of Francis Bacon

 

 

                                    By DAVID SYLVESTER

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | ART | THE LISTENER | VOLUME 47 | NUMBER 1192 | JANUARY 3 1952 

 

THERE are any number of ways of representing the world, and all of them are equally valid. Simply because, as J. Z. Young told us, ‘the brain of each on of us does literally create his or her own world’. So the artist’s task is not to paint things ‘as they are’-the phrase indeed, is meaningless-but to make us believe that things are as he paints them. Every really creative artist presents us with a new picture of reality and convinces us that it is a true picture. And, in convincing us, he imposes his vision upon our habits of seeing the world around us. But the artist himself, before he evolves his personal vision, has habits of seeing which he has acquired from other artists. Because these habits are always deeply ingrained, he can do no more than modify the vision of those others, who are usually artists of his own time and also those masters of the past to whom he is most drawn. It is this perpetual overlapping of an existing vision by a new vision that creates a living tradition.

In recent times, however, our way of seeing has come to be shaped  less by painting than by the photograph, and especially by photographs reproduced in newspapers and on the cinema screen. This smudge of greys on the front page is what Mr. Churchill looks like. These colourless lights and shadows wafted on a beam are the Trooping of the Colour. The camera has gained control of our emotions and desires: it is on the cover of the picture-paper, not behind the footlights, that we find our dream-girl. In these conditions, if would hardly be surprising if, instead of some established style of painting, the photograph became the point of departure of an artist’s vision: especially if that artist were obsessed by the transient and the fugitive. This, at any rate, is what has happened in the case of Francis Bacon. We can best understand his relation to photography by remembering the very different way in which Degas and Sickert used it. For them is provided a new slant on reality: it showed them the world off-balance. And in their paintings they imitated this fresh and exciting way of trapping the life around them. But they were not interested in the photographs themselves; they looked through them, not at them. For Bacon, on the other hand, the whole point of the photograph is that it is not something new, that on the contrary it is utterly commonplace and is the medium through which we have got used to seeing reality. Consequently, it is the photograph itself that excites him. Since its mystery for him lies in its very banality, he is fascinated above all when it takes its most banal form–the picture in the newspaper. And the result is that he tries to make the appearance of his paintings resemble that of these printed pictures.

It seems rather odd that a painter should aim at stimulating the photograph when the phrase ‘photographic realism’ has long been a term of contempt in art criticism. But this is because the phrase has been misused. It is generally applied to painting which portrays things as no more than the sum of their details, unified neither structurally nor imaginatively. This is exactly the opposite of what the photograph does. A photograph sees things as a whole, it envelops forms with atmosphere, it renders masses and spaces in a consistent overall texture. Indeed, the camera, in its innocent way, has tackled many of the problems that have troubled some of the greatest painters.

How, then, does Bacon set about imitating the effect of a photograph? In the first place, he paints human figures in casual, transitory positions as if they had been caught unawares in a candid camera shot. Then, he gives the surface of his paint that curious matt haziness which is characteristic of pictures in the newspapers. And, of course, his colour is predominantly grey and black. When he does introduce violets and pinks into this scheme, we merely feel that the photograph has been tinted. Next, he dissolves the contours of his forms into the surrounding atmosphere, so reproducing the smudged effect of a picture on cheap newsprint. Lastly, he avoids placing planes parallel to the picture-plane–partly because by doing so he would give the composition a formality that would destroy its casual air, and partly because such planes assert the picture-plane itself and prevent the painting from giving the impression which a photograph gives of an image existing entirely behind the surface it is printed on. It is probably for the same purpose of dissolving away the picture-plane that Bacon always exhibits his paintings behind glass.

While all these devices produce an effect akin to that of a photograph, it is not from photography that Bacon has learned them. It is the late paintings of Rembrandt that have shown him how to use an extremely restricted range of colour, how to dissolve forms into space, and how to destroy the picture-plane. For Bacon’s problem is, finally, very much a painter’s problem. It is to make paint on canvas function in a way analogous to that in which ink functions on news print. From his attempt to do this derives one of the most remarkable and mysterious qualities of his work. Very often, when we look suddenly at a picture in the papers, our first impression is simply one of nebulous, blotchy greys whose meaning is altogether vague. Likewise, looking at some of Bacon’s paintings, we are conscious at first only of the paint, seeing it as some amorphous, ectoplasmic substance floating aimlessly on the canvas. It takes a little time before this stuff that is paint crystallises into an image. But as soon as it does crystallise, the once vague and shifting shapes become volumes modelled with a wonderful sensitivity and situated with extreme precision in space.

Immediate Sense of Pain

The certainty with which Bacon creates volumes, volumes that are tangible, is largely due to his uncanny sense of the exact degree of tension along each form. One of his pictures shows the lower half of a human face with the mouth open in a scream which is provoked by the fact that one ear is attached to a cord drawn out taut from the ceiling of the room. What makes this image so overwhelmingly moving–at the level of tragedy, not Grand Guignol–is how vividly we are made to realise the tightness of the cord. The intense grasp of the physical reality of the situation makes us feel it is ourselves who are being tortured. This immediate sense of pain is engendered again by the way in which Bacon, in a painting of the Crucifixion, causes us to sense the tension of the stretched-out armpits and biceps. Likewise, in painting flesh, Bacon conveys the exact variations of its softness and resilience at different places. And when he clothes his figures, the paint explains precisely where and how the fabric clings to the body.

Should it be asked why Bacon bothers to paint at all if he is going to simulate the photograph, it can be answered that no photograph can suggest tactile sensations of the kind I have described. But this is not the only respect in which the painter, while imitating the camera’s effects, can give his image far more reality than a camera can. The mechanical eye of the camera cannot produce a deliberate and controlled distortion, and such distortion of what the eye sees is imperative if an illusion on a flat surface of a solid world is to be perfectly convincing. Again, much of the emotional effect of an image derives from the precision with which the shapes are related, and the painter has complete freedom, which the photographer has not, to determine the exact form and size of every shape in his image. Consider what happens when the painter and photographer are snatching at an instantaneous reality. In both cases we sense that an instant from now the forms would have changed position. In the photograph, where the present situation of the forms is inevitably haphazard, this promise of movement means nothing. In a painting, where their situation seems no less accidental but is in fact scrupulously planned, the promise of movement threatens to break an exquisite balance and therefore charges the image with tension. Altogether, then, the kind of quasi-photograph that Francis Bacon paints can be far more real and far more dramatic than any true photograph.

More dramatic and more real–but still presented in the casual, everyday guise of pictures in the newspaper. And it is just this that makes Bacon’s work so disturbing, because his subject matter is not that of the newspapers: it is a mythology of terror. It consists largely of variations upon three themes. One is the Crucifixion. The second is  a figure of a man whose world is bounded and dominated by a curtain hanging behind him. In one picture he crouches in front of it, in another is about to escape through a gap in it. In others, he is dissolving into it; for his image is actually imprinted on the curtain’s folds. These are images of man’s isolation, threatening death. A seated man with his mouth opened in a scream is the third theme. One of the most haunting examples shows the man seated before a microphone. The upper half of his face has melted away, for the whole meaning of his existence is a gaping mouth which seems to give vent simultaneously to the ravings of a dictator and the shriek of his victims. The present exhibition includes two screaming figures whose pose and clothes are based on Velasquez’s portrait of Pope Innocent X. In these, the atmosphere is so oppressive that the open mouths seem silent, as if the scream were too awful to be uttered.

When these horrifying phantasms are presented to us, as they are, in the same form as the film star getting into her aeroplane, and the goalkeeper failing to make a save, they become all the more disquieting, because all the more to be taken for granted. And it is this, I believe, that gives Bacon’s work its value: that he has distilled the essence of human agony and presented it in a perfectly matter-of-fact way. Like Kafka, indeed. And as with Kafka, it only seems to be a matter-of-fact way. For this, after all, is really a disguise that overlays the lyrical qualities of these works–I mean the exquisite subtlety of their modelling, the hushed beauty of their colour, the expansiveness of their space, the rather discrete grandeur of their form.

In spite their lyric qualities, which are eternal, it may be that the magic which Bacon’s pictures have for us owes too much to their relevance to certain peculiarities of our age. If this is so, his work will date and future generations will see him as a far smaller figure than we do. But I know that for me he is today the most important living painter–by which I do not mean the greatest–because no other has expressed as he has our particular attitude to human suffering. To paint what is anguished in the modern world has been, on the whole, the prerogative of the Expressionists–painters who frenziedly inflict their personal torment upon the objects represented, so that these become mangled and deformed, and therefore not completely convincing. Their approach still corresponds to the attitude towards suffering of the period at which Expressionism originated–the tortured bitterness and indignation which we find in the plays of Strindberg, and which we would expect to find in an age that had only just lost faith both in religion and liberalism. Our attitude to suffering–and again I mean suffering which is pointless and not a means to salvation–our attitude is more detached, more sophisticated: we are ready to try to accept and understand it.

Some might suggest that this attitude informs the art of the Surrealists: certainly, they presented their visions of pain and cruelty with a clarity, an absence of deformation, an impersonality, that seem to spell detachment and acceptance. But there is no real detachment in the frigid and minute enumeration and examination of one’s nightmares. What there is is a desperate attempt to exorcise one’s fears by looking at them with the cold unblinking state of the dead. Bacon is as free of this morbidity as he is free of the hysteria and self-dramatisation of the Expressionists. He puts horror on canvas with sobriety and dignity and that warmth with which all true artists see whatever is. His paintings embody the attitude which is essentially that of our generation, a generation which has had to learn to go beyond despair: the attitude expressed in the closing words of Huis Clos, when Garcin, having recognised that there is no way out and that frustration is endless, says, ‘Eh bien, continuons’. The attitude that life is hell and we had better get used to the idea.–Third Programme

 

 

     

       One of the paintings by Francis Bacon based on Velazquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X: from the exhibition of new paintings by Bacon at the Hanover Gallery

 

 

 

 

Round the London Art Galleries

 

 

By QUENTIN BELL ART | THE LISTENER | THURSDAY JANUARY 22 1953

 

THE exhibition of Dutch prints and drawings now being held at the British Museum, concurrently with the winter exhibition at Burlington House is an aesthetic treat not to be missed. There are several superb Rembrandt's, some Jan van Scorels—far finer than the finished pictures—a wonderful drawing by Lucas van Leyden, and a view of a town by Hendrik Avercamp which deserves prolonged examination. The drawing by lesser-known masters of the eighteenth century, like so much of that period,  show how completely the comfort and amenity of life can be expressed through the medium of a slight talent. But it is to the Rembrandts that one returns; they are, in their way, even more impressive than the paintings in Burlington House. Never, surely, has any artist said so much with such heroic economy of means. The most exciting exhibit, which in itself makes makes a visit imperative, is the 'Calumny of Apelles' which may here be compared with Mantegna's original. A copy of the work of one great artist by another is always interesting, but when one is able to compare differences of treatment in a medium as personal and direct as pen and ink, the lesson in style is particularly impressive and revealing.

It is manifestly unfair, but not uninstructive, to bear Rembrandt's drawings in mind while examining the paintings at the Leicester Galleries New Year Exhibition; for in this pleasantly heterogeneous show, which contains a brilliant drawing by Matisse, a brave near-miss by Moynihan and a very charming impression of a head-lamp illuminated road by Mary Potter, there are two distressing but gifted sketches by Francis Bacon. Francis Bacon, like Rembrandt, is saying something very personal and very much charged with emotional force; the prettily coloured abstraction by Graham Sutherland which hangs between his sketches resembles an inefficient chairman failing to keep hecklers in order. But whereas Rembrandt had no difficultly in making himself understood, being able to infuse stock subjects with overwhelming dramatic and perceptive sensibility, those of our contemporaries who feel that their pictures should tell us what may, very loosely be termed 'stories' find it necessary to invent a private mythology. A message of this nature must either be obscure, in which case it would seem to be a failure as a work of art, or it must be delivered with such fearful vigour as to be crude, but comprehensible. Francis Bacon appears to have fallen between these two stools. His screaming face and his smudgy glass-encased Pope are as mysterious as Rembrandt's sketch called 'The Clemency of Scipio' (and which may be Alexander with the family of Darius); but whereas the content of both these works is uncertain one feels before the modern picture that one is confronted by an impotent nightmare effort to express the inexpressible, whereas, in the Rembrandt, the subject is but the starting point for a series of acute and brilliant observations.

 

 

 

Snapshots from Hell

 

 

 TIME MONDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1953   

 

NEXT week one of Manhattan's 57th Street galleries will turn itself into a chamber of horrors. The occasion: the first U.S. show of British Painter Francis Bacon,* who is responsible for perhaps the most original and certainly the ghastliest canvases to appear in the past decade. Bacon has brought the finicky satanism of Aubrey Beardsley, Britain's famed Victorian horror dabbler, up to date, but he tops Beardsley as surely as, in literature, Franz Kafka topped Poe.

Stars of Bacon's Manhattan show: five purplish ultramarine cardinals, including those opposite. Painter Bacon says he has nothing against cardinals: "Really I just wanted an excuse to use those colors, and you can't give ordinary clothes that purple colour without getting into a sort of false fauve manner." The fact that cardinals do not wear robes—or faces—that kind of purple troubles him not a whit.

Bland, boyish and 42, Bacon lives in London, vacations in Riviera gambling halls. Among his pet subjects in the past were visceral creatures squatting on table tops, elephants in the veldt, misty male nudes and bloody-fanged dogs, all glazed with horror. Critical reaction to Bacon's art has been a rather alarmed "Splendid!" Wrote London Critic Eric Newton: "Mr. Bacon contrives to be both unforgettable and repellent . . . [This] requires genius —an unhappy, desperate kind of genius."

Bacon approaches his subjects in the grand manner; he isolates each one, gives it lots of room in a big canvas and paints it with virtuoso brilliance and economy. Perhaps his chief distinction is that he captures in painting the quality of disembodied urgency, of pain writhing in a void, that is peculiar to many news pictures of violent death (for source material, Bacon collects old newspaper photographs, preferably of crimes and accidents). Bacon has a trick of veiling faces with a wispy scumble of paint that creates an illusion of motion, like a photograph in which the subject moved his head. This forces the spectator to peer closely at the picture; he becomes involved, drawn into the darkness.

* Who "neither knows nor cares" whether he is descended from the great British philosopher of the same name.

 

   

 

 

Mr. Francis Bacon's New Paintings

 

 

THE TIMES FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 13, 1953    

 

Mr. Francis Bacon always paints on the wrong, the unprimed, side of the canvas and perhaps this may be considered typical of his whole approach to his art and of the way in which he always makes difficulties for himself. Difficulties for himself, but not, of course, for those of his admirers, who remain fascinated by the wilfulness of his imagination, the cryptic unpleasantness of his iconography, and his seemingly inexhaustible capacity for discovering yet more perverse and unpromising  themes for large and monumental compositions. For these it would be a bitter disappointment if he turned the canvas round and painted some everyday theme in an ordinary way that would permit one to judge, as it is almost impossible to do from most of his work, the real extent and character of his talent for painting.

In the pictures now exhibited at the Beaux Arts Gallery, Bruton Place, he makes yet more obvious than before his dependence on photography, and no painter, it is safe to say, has ever used photographs in a more extraordinary way. Instead of merely taking them as a guide to construction and drawing, he actually seeks, as is particularly obvious in a triptych of three heads which seem to be taken from American Press photographs showing some politician in the most agitated moments of  a speech, to give the picture the horrible look, and even the disagreeable colour and texture, of a photographic enlargement. When at the same time the third of the series of heads has undergone that mysterious disintegration which is one of Mr. Bacon's favourite methods of making one's flesh creep, the effect becomes almost unbearably unpleasant.

The exhibition also includes one of Mr. Bacons compositions based upon Velasquezs pope, but with the face contorted by a scream, and a very large painting of the Sphinx against a background which is taken, it is said, from a photograph of the stadium prepared for the Nuremberg rally. The effect of these, as so often with Mr. Bacon's recent work, is to suggest that one is in the cinema but that the film has suddenly stopped being wound; the dramatic tension is at its height, and then suddenly frozen and fixed. this does not leave the mind in a fit state for aesthetic contemplation or judgement, but a small picture of a man chewing a chicken bone, though also taken from a photograph, is sufficiently undramatic and unalarming to make it possible for the spectator to see - but also, perhaps, for the artist to produce - some much more genuinely pictorial qualities. Here there is a real continuity throughout the picture and genuine feeling for both the substance and texture of flesh and cloth; perhaps there might be yet more of these qualities if the artist had worked from a living model.

 

 

 

Round the London Galleries

 

 

By QUENTIN BELL | ART | THE LISTENER | THURSDAY JUNE 17 1954

 

Mr. Francis Bacon is showing some new pictures at the Redfern Galleries. It is an impressive, or at least a disconcerting, exhibition. The visitor enters the main room to find himself surrounded and reflected in huge black canvases. There is a dog and a sphinx and six portraits of a man, who seems to be a cashier (or the ghost of a cashier), seated at what may be a desk (or might be a coffin) and encased in glass. The variations of the figure's posture make the whole series resemble one of those photographic interviews in the illustrated papers in which a celebrity is shown arguing with a reporter. As usual, the faces of the figures have been partially obliterated in order to suggest a modish decomposition of the flesh. For all his terribilità Mr. Bacon is a dainty artist. I use the adjective advisedly because it was Whistler's; with whom, if we can for a moment disregard his sound and fury, we shall find that he has much in common. He has the same Japanese tastefulness in composition, the same summary but effective brushwork, the same taste for restricted and rather pretty colour; the same inability to come to grips with the fundamental problems of painting; not, in my opinion, the same talent. This gallery is also showing some drawings by that gifted artist Mr. William Scott.

 

 

 

 

Round the London Galleries

 

 

R. DE MÉRIC OPINION | THE LISTENER | THURSDAY JULY 1 1954

 

Sir,—Mr. Bell, in his review (THE LISTENER, June 17) of the work of Francis Bacon at the Hanover Gallery, makes a grave mistake when he writes of Mr. Bacon's 'sound and fury' which he feels a need to disregard in order to compare these pictures with those of Whistler. Bacon is essentially a painter of silences, the silences which persist at a much deeper level (even if they are inarticulate) than the declamatory furies of many critics of his work.

Before any critic can justly condemn the 'inability of an artist to come to grips with the fundamental problems of painting', he should at least show that he appreciates the fundamental problem and intention of the artist in question, and then he may be in a position to assess whether the means he has employed achieves the end in view. I cannot conceive the implications of Mr. Bacon's pictures being more powerfully communicated by any other methods than those he is using, and this surely can be the only important criterion. Any attempt by what perhaps Mr. Bell would consider 'gifted artists' to convey what Mr. Bacon is interested in communicating would be very wide of the mark, no matter how much ability, etc. Mr. Bacon's gift is visionary, and he is absolutely justified in ignoring some of the outworn conventions of 'picture making' in order to contribute a new intensity and vitality, and also the necessary mystery of his intentions, etc.Yours, etc.,

R. DE MÉRIC   London S.W.5     

 

 

 

 

Round the London Galleries

 

 

 

By DAVID SYLVESTER | ART | THE LISTENER | JANUARY 27 1955 

 

Another current event of unusual interest in the Francis Bacon exhibition at the Institute of Contemporary Arts. This selection of paintingsis in effect a miniature retrospective, which includes three three of the artists five re-war works known to be extant. The fourteen exhibits also include five paintings of the last two years which have not hitherto been shown in London (Nos. 7, 10, 11, and 13 and one hors catalogue). The selection is therefore an extremely interesting oneand also an extremely good one in that the majority of the works give us Bacon at his very best. One does, however, regret the absence of a landscape, and of a work of the period 1945-46what might be called the redperiod and, above all, of one of those grey, ectoplasmic paintings of the year 1949 which dominated Bacons first one-man show (the exhibit catalogued as Figure with Monkey, 1949’ is not in fact the painting of that title done at that time but another, executed two years later).

Retrospective exhibitionseven of artists still in their fortiesgenerally provide the occasion for a balanced evaluation. This is virtually impossible in Bacons case, because many of the things that make him exciting today may render him laughable for future generations. For all the painters working now anywhere in the world Bacon is the most absolutely modern.. He is bound up in the widespread trend towards dealing afresh with the problems of visual appearances, yet of all the painters moving in this direction he is almost alone in being a radical innovator, who is neither adapting the post-cubist tradition to a new purpose, nor reverting for inspiration to Courbet or the impressionists. Secondly, he exploits devices learnt from photography with a sophistication which painters have only just begun to exercise, for all that they have borrowed from photographs throughout the last hundred years. Thirdly, he uses paintor, rather, through his reliance on automatism, allows the paint he usesto create evocative ambiguities of the kind which spring from action painting and other means of expression on the borderline between abstract-expressionism and surrealism. All of which adds up to the fact that Bacon is reconciling the most contradictory of advanced tendencies. In these respects, he is certainly no more  modern that Alberto Giacometti. But, beyond this, Bacon the counterpart in painting of those writers who are most profoundly  characteristic  of this post-war period Malraux, Sartre  and Camus: all the themes are there: angst; the solitariness of man; the immanence of violence and disaster. Giacometti may convey no less than he has that man is utterly alone; but not that man is living on the edge of the abyss. In Bacons noiseless and oppressive spaces (as in our lives today) man confronts the unendurable. If this nightmare, which haunts us most when we are most awake, can ever be laughed off, then will be the time when Bacons images may get round to looking a bit silly.

 

 

    

        Private View: Francis Bacon, The Institute of Contemporary Arts, 20 January - 19 February 1955

 

 

 

Round the London Galleries

 

 

 

By ALAN CLUTTON-BROCK | ART THE LISTENER | VOLUME 54 | NUMBER 1375 THURSDAY, JULY 7, 1955

 

At the Hanover Gallery there is an exhibition of new  and not so new paintings by Mr. Graham Sutherland, Mr. Francis Bacon, and Mr. William Scott. Perhaps the most interesting thing about this is that Mr. Scott seems to have given up pure abstraction and gone back to still-life paintings of recognisable objects with which in the past he largely made his name. Some of the ruggedness that he developed in his abstract period and which was in marked contrast to the crisp execution of his earlier work still remains in the new pictures, but this may be all to the good; his former precision, the conspicuous skill with which he could produce the most telling summary of any very simple object, was certainly attractive but might have become dangerously slick. With the readmission of some small element of realism he has certainly regained his old power, much more often found in French than in English painters, of hitting out a contrast of colour, of pronouncing a firm statement of the values, which enables one at once to distinguish his pictures even when seen in the largest mixed exhibition.

Besides two large and certainly impressive canvases from an earlier series, the sequence of burly men shouting or screaming, Mr. Bacon shows two recent paintings, a good deal smaller, based on the mask of Blake's face. The mask itself presents a powerful image to which Mr. Bacon's not very considerable alterations and distortions did not add very much, but the pictures are really excellently painted and with a sure grasp of form; if he should continue in this vein he might end by becoming an admirable portrait painter or a quietly sensitive observer of still life, a development that would certainly disappoint many of his admirers, but might reveal the true nature of his talent in the end.

The one or two paintings by Mr. Graham Sutherland do not tell one anything very new about his art, but there is an interesting picture in his science-fiction manner, an apparition that might well be taken for an organism from another world.

 

 

 

At the Tate Gallery

 

 

By DAVID SYLVESTER | ART ENCOUNTER | SEPTEMBER 1956  

 

It is, of course, pathetic that the Tate Gallery should have to publish a begging letter asking the general public to subscribe £5,ooo for the purchase of two Matisse reliefs to complete a set of four, the Gallery itself having been able to afford to buy only two. One has to deplore not only the moral implications of the State’s meanness in regard to the arts but the lack of business acumen this shows. The State wants to attract tourists, yet won’t put itself out to help to make our museums attractive to tourists. It wants to gain prestige in matters of the spirit, yet does so much less than might be done to promote and assist artistic creation, a notorious source of prestige. Still, it must be remembered that the State is equally reluctant to subsidise other activities which can help to earn dollars or national prestigemotor racing, for example, or participation in the Olympic Games.

THE way in which the reliefs are presented at the Tare is admirable so far as their placing and spacing are concerned. The one shortcoming is that the forms become broken up by the excessive accent given to the more or less horizontal planes by the lighting of the Tate’s sculpture galleriesa top light coming through a roof high above. The proportions of these galleries, in fact, resemble those of a well. And, indeed, sculptures drown in them--without needing water, only too much air. The present arrangement of these galleries has, at any rate, made the best, or something like the best, of a bad Jobespecially in the near gallery, where the Rodins and Renoirs, and the Matisse reliefs, are shown. The bigger works look very fine, though I think that some of the smaller Rodins give the impression that they have been added as afterthoughts. The far gallery has clearly presented more of a problem, for here the sculptures are far more diverse, both in style and scale. What is felicitous here is the way in which paintings have been used to fill in the vast dreary areas of wall without clashing with the sculptures. But I am not sure that it is the right thing to do to range all the sculptures along the sides of the gallery, leaving the middle of the floor empty. This classic arrangement works well in the near. gallery, with its. perspective of upright life-size figures. But in the far gallery I should have thought a less symmetrical arrangement desirable.

As a matter of fact, there is no great encouragement to believe that more screens would lead to more coherent hanging, because the principal modern British room is the most confused gallery of them all. One section is given over to the Euston Road and allied painters, and, quite apart from any art-historical considerations, this is the only section which it is tolerable to look at as a whole. The rest of the. room is a chaos in which some of the arrangement seems based on art-historical reasoning, some on decorative reasoning, and some on no reasoning at all. The latest aberrationat the time of writingobviously has a reason, shortage of space, but it is still unforgivable: this is the placing of Bacon’s Figure in a landscape, with its delicate tonalities and its reliance upon the subtlest nuances of brushwork, high up on the wall, as if it were a forthright decorative composition. It is unforgivable because nearby wall-space in prominent positions has been found, permanently it would seem, for immature works by young painters which should not really be on the Tate’s walls at all.

The Tate staff might, for one thing, get titles right. Why is Henry Moores Family Group ungrammatically labelled The Family Group? Why is Moynihan’s Portrait Group, as the artist called it, pedantically but incorrectly labelled, The Teaching Staff of the Royal College of Art when, in fact, the group consists only of the staff of the College’s Painting School? Why is Bacon’s triptych called Three studies for a larger composition? I know the answer here. Originally it was known as Three studies for figures at the base of a crucifixion. This title was thought likely to give offence and another one found. Subsequently it was pointed out to the authorities that the new title was altogether misleading, because the artist had never intended to paint "a larger composition" (none of Bacon’s "Studies" is ever a study in this sense). But a request, made on behalf of the artist, for the title to be changed to Three studies from the human figure was turned down.

 

 

 

British Masters Of Art 

 

 

 

By ANDREW CARNDUFF RITCHIE | THE NEW YORK TIMES | SUNDAY, SEPTEMBER 30, 1956

 

A panorama of British painting covering a span of 150 years, from 1800 to 1950, will be unfolded at the Museum of Modern Art on Wednesday. No exhibition of this scope has ever been presented in this country; for the occasion, Britains museums and collectors have lent their finest paintings. The selection of works emphasizes the continuity of a distinctively British romantic tradition in all its diverse, even eccentric expression. It should help to modify our conventional notion of the British as unemotional, hardheaded people. From Constable and Turner to the contemporary Sutherland, the passionate involvement of British painters with nature in all her variety is continually in evidence. Although landscape is the dominant theme of British painting during the past 150 years, other facets of British art have been stressed. In chronological order these are represented by the mystical illusions of Blake; the moral and socially conscious paintings of the Pre-Raphaelites; the American Whistlers revolt against Victorian story-telling pictures; his pupil Sickerts theatrical and low-life scenes in Edwardian London; the reaction in the Thirties, by such men as Nicholson, Nash and Sutherland, to Continental art movements; and Pasmores return in the late Thirties to a Whistlerian naturalism. The show concludes with Francis Bacon, who has created a great sensation in post-war British art circles.

"PAINTING," by Francis Bacon (born 1910). Done in 1946, this work may symbolize the horror of war, but its immediate impact is not symbolic. Before its screaming color, its monstrous butcher, its strung-up carcass of beef, ones first impression is of a nightmarish actuality.

 

    

 

 

 

A DISQUIETING NUDE

BY FRANCIS BACON

 

 

VIRGINIA HARRIMAN | BULLETIN OF THE DETROIT INSTITUTE OF ARTS | VOLUME XXXVI NUMBER I | APRIL 1956-57 

 

It is difficult now to believe that the Gothic” novels of the nineteenth century ever really thrilled or chilled their readers' blood, but apparently they did. Perhaps some hundred years from now, the paintings of Francis Bacon may be regarded as quaint ghost stories of the twentieth century. But for the present, the images of this younger British artist, now represented in Detroit by the recently acquired Study for a Nude,1 must be counted among the most powerful and disquieting of his time.

Bacon's work has none of the exuberance of the now flourishing school of abstract expressionism. His is a reserved palette, with a preference for the understatement of blacks, greys, blues, and purples; he shows little appetite for the uncomplicated delights of pure form and texture. His style is a functional one; although he paints with genuine virtuosity, his technique is never given over to a completely sensuous appeal, but is dedicated with single-minded concentration to the description of his personal vision.

In many of his paintings, Bacon has been directly preoccupied with themes of mutilation and dismemberment; even his less dramatic works are unmistakably sinister in implication. His chief source of visual imagery is a collection of news photographs reporting crimes and accidents, a kind of contemporary chamber of horrors. But, by what he calls a process of elliptical forms – shapes ... remade or put slightly out of focus to bring in their memory traces”2– he avoids the meaningless shock of realistic horror and draws his power instead from that store of violence and terror of which nightmares are made.

Despite the uniquely modern character of his art, Bacon's work is not so much outside the main stream of western tradition as it is painfully attached to it. The haunting forms which inhabit his canvases are rather like Eliot's Hollow Men, nominal descendants of the Renaissance hero, but reduced to impotence and agony by their sense of present futility.

Study for a Nude is a case in point. Its title is a certain if not deliberate irony, inviting comparison between this scarcely human creature and the beautifully articulated nudes of humanist art. Bacon was forty-two when he painted this picture in 1952; it is not unreasonable to suppose that the scale of numbers from twenty to forty is a simple reference to his own life as an adult artist, rather than some hopelessly obscure cabala. Among artists of the past, begun in their profession as children, this period – from the end of youth to the beginning of middle age – was most often the time of power, brilliance, and confident achievement. For Bacon, as for so many artists who have felt the weight of the past without being able to accept its formulas, it has been the time of a groping and lonely search for expression in an arid world ... shape without form, shadewithout color, paralysed force, gesture without motion ... 3

VIRGINIA HARRIMAN

1 Cat. no. 1204. Oil on Canvas. Height 78 inches; width 54 inches. Acc. no. 55.353. Gift of Dr. William R. Valentiner, 1955.

2 Francis Bacon quoted in "The Anatomy of Horror" by Sam Hunter, p. 13, Magazine of Art, January, 1952.

From The Hollow Men by T. S. Eliot.

 

    

              STUDY FOR A NUDE by FRANCIS BACON, English (1910-) Gift of Dr. William R. Valentiner, 1955

 

 

 

 

Round the London Galleries

 

 

 

By ALAN CLUTTON-BROCK | ART THE LISTENER | VOLUME 57 | NUMBER 1461 THURSDAY, MARCH 28, 1957  

 

To some Mr. Francis Bacon is a highly gifted artist who misuses his talent in deliberate mystification and by his choice of preposterous, horrifying, and often repellent subjects. To others his view of the world as a place of obscure torments and inexplicable alarms is as original and interesting as one of Kafka's inventions; it maybe impossible to interpret his pictures with precision but each new glimpse of savagery or suffering, though seen only through a veil, has the effect of a disquieting truth. His new paintings at the Hanover Gallery include four large studies, as he himself calls them, of Van Gogh striding through the country to paint a landscape and here there are few signs of any wilful obscurity. It is true that in all four paintings Van Gogh's features, as so often in Mr. Bacon's figures, are blurred and out of focus as if in a photograph taken with a camera which has shifted, but the effect, strangely enough, is to make the image of a doomed and lunatic artist not less but more expressive. If anyone should have left a ghost behind him it is Van Gogh and it is fitting that in these pictures he should look like a vague and momentary apparition still recapitulating his intense emotional experiences at Arles. It is also noticeable that in these paintings Mr. Bacon has changed his technique; he now uses thick and juicy paint laid on with expressionist vigour, whereas his normal method, to be seen in other paintings in the exhibition, is to paint thinly on absorbent canvas.

 

 

 

In Camera

 

 

By DAVID SYLVESTER | ENCOUNTER | APRIL 1957

 

Men seated alone, wearing the vestments of a pope, or a dark suit and a white collar and the air of a politician or an executive: men of distinction; father-figures.

There are some to whom it is happening now, some who will be taken unawares, some who want to be ravished by disaster, some who struggle to push it away, some who wait and dream about their wreck, and some who are obsessed simply with holding themselves together.

Settings which are luxurious and simple: lush velvet curtains and a gilded armchair. Like prison-cells for highborn traitors.

One sits awkwardly on a bed as if in a hotel-room where there is nowhere else to sit. Others are confined in a glass case in the middle of a space as vast as a cathedral’s.

A seated pope the hem of whose white robe is bespattered with bloodreminiscence of an assassination when it bespattered the wedding-dress.

Privacy invaded, and the shadows of invisible observers thrown across the foreground. Somebody seen in a fleeting moment in a world without clocks. Their most usual grimace is a scream, or resembles a scream. Sometimes it seems likelier that they are laughing or shouting or raving or roaring, at other times certain that they are screaming, or trying to scream. It is still not certain whether a sound is actually uttered, and, if it is, whether it can be heard outside.

It is also possible that their mouths are open because they are trying to breathe.

Gestures like those of deaf mutes when they are talking among themselves: sudden, startling gestures which seem peculiarly emphatic, yet leave us wondering what they are about. Gestures, therefore, which confirm the isolation of those who make them. Not least because our instinct is to feel vaguely threatened by them.

When a figure is seen shouting or gesturing like a politician making a speech, we do not feel he is communicating with. attentive multitudes but rather that we have caught him rehearsing, his performance, sometimes under the delusion that it is the performance.

Men behaving as if they thought they were alone. Men behaving as if they thought they were not alone.

One of the popes is alone with a tasselled golden cord hanging from the ceiling. His right arm is raised, and bared to the elbow. He seems to have been amusing himself by making the cord swing to and fro like a pendulum.

Then there are those who have given up the pretence. These are discovered without clothes on, bent double like embryos in the performance of gymnastic rites, or pulling aside the curtains in order to get out, or squatting or crawling in jungle grass. They are often on view in this kind of vegetation in a glass case or cage.

When, which is rare, there is not one figure but two, the figures are naked and coupled, mounted on a bed, or dissolving in the tangled grass, or upright at a window. Relevance of the expression, having someone. And of the archaic I die.

A triptych of heads forming a sort of tragic strip culminates in an image of a broken man. But what conveys his absolute defeat? Something more than the bowed head on the pillow, the hunching of the shoulders, the wailing mouth, the hand lifted in grief, something more than the conventional miming of despair. It is how the paint is smeared across the features of the face.

The smearing means disintegration: the face is already "food for worms", the skull seen now "beneath the skin". The smearing means destruction: the face is wounded, shattered.

The smearing means obliteration: the face is obscured by the lifted hand, and the hand may be lifted in pain, or to ward off an attack, or to claw at nose and mouth and eyes as if in an effort to wipe them away, to rub out an identity.

The smearing means all this, but what these meanings involve conveys itself before there has been time to become aware of meanings. The meanings, all of them, lie in the paint, and they are in the paint not latenly but in the impact of the paint upon our senses, on our nerves.

Nothing in these paintings is more eloquent than the paint itself.

Paint that brings flesh into being and at the same time dissolves it. Paint whose fluidity conveys the fluidity of all it conveys.

And the vast empty spaces are like the silences of a great actor.

The paint is put on calmly, without violence or frenzy, for all the speed and spontaneity of execution. When Bacon is painting, his most characteristic gesture with the brush is a flick of the wrist made at arm’s length. Clearly he wants to distance himself from what he is painting, not to violate it. He detaches himself from his subject, declines to say where his sympathies lie, to impose his comment on the world he is making, and unmaking.

Violence threatened, implied, remembered, but never actual violence. Many of the heads are modelled on the head of the screaming nurse in Potemkin. From this image Bacon takes the scream--silent echo of the tragic screams of’ Oedipus and Laocoönand often the pince-neza mask. But he never reproduces the bullet-hole or the blood running down the face.

It is the portrait that concerns him, not the event: he does not show what happens, but to whom it happens. The facts of the disaster are withheld.

 

REPRODUCTIONS OP PAINTINGS BY FRANCIS BACON

 

Plate I. Three Studies of the human head (detail of the third panel). 1953. Coll. : K.J. Hewett, Esq., London. Photo: Underwood, London.

Plate II. Study after Velasquez. 1951. Destroyed. Photo: Photo Studios, London.

Plate III. Stud2~ for a portrait. 1953-1955. Coll.: Hanover Gallery, London. Photo: Dumage, Paris.

Plate IV. Study for a the human figure. 1954. Coll. : Anthony Denney, Esq., London. Photo: Dumage, Paris.

Cover. Study after the life-mask of Blake (detail). 1955. Coll.: Mr.James Thrall Soby, New Canaan, Conn. Photo: Underwood, London.

 

      

                      Three Studies of the human head (detail of the third panel)1953. 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

 

BY DENYS SUTTON | THE ARTS | THE FINANCIAL TIMES | TUESDAY APRIL 16, 1957  

 

Mr. Francis Bacon, who is now in his late forties, has become one of the heroes of the hour. Spirited and temperamental, he has always been a law unto himself, as those who know him will attest; and he has chosen themes that will respond to his needs, irrespective of the conventions, pictorial or otherwise. Moreover, he is one of those artists who have the power of influencing their contemporaries, among others Mr. Sutherland and Mr. Louis La Brocquy.

Mr. Bacon's impact is largely due to the unusual nature of his themes. His ability to disturb is well maintained in the present fascinating exhibition at the Hanover Gallery which must be certainly examined by anyone eager to plumb the spirit of the day.

*

The curious tinge that colours so much of Mr. Bacon's subject matter indicates that he belongs to a specific artistic trend. His position in the art of our time is much easier to define once his work is placed in relation to that, say, of the Florentine Mannerists, Fuseli, Böcklin, Rops and Martini. In short, Mr. Bacon is the heir to the Romantic Agony, the ramifications of which during the 19th century were powerfully diagnosed by Professor Mario Praz in a remarkable volume. Once we accept the proposition that the most secret sides of human nature are grist to the mill, then the queerest of Mr. Bacon's themes can be accepted.

As a true Mannerist, Mr. Bacon favours shocking and "terrible" images. Whether or not they give off the requisite "frisson" largely depends upon the spectator's own susceptibilities: there are no rules in art, and there are no rules in appreciation. But for those who admire the noble and the harmonious and who shun the nightmare world of private tortures and perplexities, Mr. Bacon has nothing to offer, unless it be the confirmation of their wish to bask in the sun.

Mr. Bacon himself has often been impaled by a nagging dilemma; that of knowing how to say what he feels about life. And one could argue that he was most himself when most imprisoned by the pressures of his imagery: once out in the open, the mystery that lurks in any conundrum necessarily evaporates. His most telling pictures have been those in which the force of his obsessions has found not a clear literary but a tantalising artistic expressionism.

The ambiguity and complexity of his mind has often led himas it led Gustave Moreau before himto couch his sentiments in an oblique language. He has used metaphors and analogies, turning to the cinema too for some of his technical devices (as Mr. Sylvester once remarked); and he has taken the findings of one of the most restrained and refined masters of portraiture, Velasquez, as a springboard for his fantasies, as if, "Dadalike," intending to cock a snoot at tradition.

His involvement in his own myths and emotions and his concern for the immediate impact of his statements, whether direct or oblique, as the case may be, have on the whole induced him to neglect the possibilities of colourthe stuff of painting itself. He has played with muted tones and with combinations of whites and pinks, offset by black backgrounds, funereal in their evocations. Here one weakness is apparent in his work, his failure to impart visual quality to the whole span of canvas used; to peer close at the backgrounds of his pictures is to be met by a wall that does not give off any pleasure to the eyes and which, once dissociated from the image, possesses little meaning.

This reduction of the composition to one focal point of interest may well be intentional; but it certainly lessens the artistic value of the picture. Not that earlier artists have failed to present their images against uniform backgroundsbut with one difference; for the Dutch maters of the 17th century, for Whistler too, an empty space, composed of almost unique colours, became an exercise in tonal values existing in their own right.

*

Mr. Bacon is evidently aware of the limitations that mark many of his pictures; to use an analogy culled from the tables, he has staked so much on the "noir" that the "rouge" has been left to take care of itself; as a result the "rouge" has rarely, if ever, turned up. What is more, the significance of the "noir" (the image) has been lessened through familiarity; once the initial impact is digested one begins to question and even challenge, the means with which it has been secured.

His decision, therefore, to alter his approach and to espouse colour is comprehensible. In the series of studies for the Portrait of Van Gogh, the emphasis is placed on a lavish squeezing of coloursred, blues, yellowson to the canvas in order to endow the results with an effect reminiscent of Van Gogh, Soutine and the Expressionists. Yet does Mr. Bacon command the skill necessary to carry off his venture? It may be felt that the one quality which he did not possess, subtlety, has now departed. Again, his wisdom is presenting canvases that are "drafts" for a work in progress is debatable: the finished product would seem to require that degree of mediation which is surely absent from the studies.

Mr. Bacon's present style is a reflection of the problem facing many artists when one vein has been exploited to the full. In effect, his problem is to discover a means by which the shrill linearism of his early canvases can develope into full-blooded colourisma test that demands an exact eye. The final result when and if it comes may well disappoint those of his admirers to whom he has always seemed the poet, rather than the painter, of Anxiety. But his attempt to evolve will arouse the sympathy of those who, while respecting his usual themes, his evident feeling, his imagination even, have not been entirely convinced of his ability to handle paint itselfthe sure means of translating a cerebral image into a picture.

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

 

PORTRAIT GALLERY | THE SUNDAY TIMES | MAY 5, 1957  

 

 

In the last ten years the name of Francis Bacon has come to stand for the most disquieting of living English artists The Royal Academy has not yet asked him to be one of its number; if it should ever do so, there might well be white faces at the private view, for Francis Bacon has invented in his painting a  demonology more appropriate to "The Revenger's Tragedy" than to the "Essays" of his first-Elizabethan namesake.

He was born in Dublin 47 years ago, but has no Irish blood (His father, an Englishman, happened to breed horses there.) No art-schooling, and indeed no schooling at all, to speak of, though his questing, imperious and unprejudiced intelligence would do honour to the most ancient Foundation.

Since 1927 he has lived all over the placein Berlin, where he first tasted that ferocious metropolitan life which has provided him with so much of his imagery; Monte Carlo, where the drama of the landscape accords with his predilection for the gambling room; and in London, where  he has a small flat in Battersea and leads an impulsive, open-handed, noctambular existence.

.  .  .

Nietzsche has always fired his imagination, and there is much in him of the energy that crackles through the brief unsettling maxims of "The Will to Power" Energy speaks in the acrobat's walk the downward pounce upon all that takes his fancy, and the gasp (for years he suffered grievously from asthma) that interrupts the tumultuous coherent sentence.

In his thirties he painted off and on, self-taught, "to see if he could do it," and in 1946 three "Studies for a Crucifixion" were put up, unannounced, in the Lefevre Gallery. Since then his every picture has made a stir, and his personagesthe after-Velasquez cardinals, the faceless Thing in the undergrowth, the demented man of business and the mongrel fog in the gutterhave become a part of modem legend.

.  .  .

This success he meets with an aristocratic disdain: "If I have another  ten years," he says, "I might get to be good." Nine-tenths of his production he destroys; and those who have sat for his idiosyncratic portraits report (and our photograph bears out) that the studio floor is deep in ephemeral printed matter; the enormous pictures, face to the wall, bear witness to the rage for work with which he completes a six foot square canvas at one session, and the ancient curtains are livid and crusty from his habit of wiping his paint filled hands upon them.

This week he leaves England to spend the summer in Tangiers. His object?  Nothing less than to paint, in his own terms, the history of the last thirty years."

 

 

   

                         Specially photographed for The Sunday Times by DOUGLAS GLASS

 

 

 

SPINE CHILLER PAINTER IS SUED

 

 

By JOHN RYDON | DAILY EXPRESS | TUESDAY NOVEMBER 25 1958 

 

FRANCIS BACON, 48-year old British painter with the ghoulish brush, is being sued by a West End art gallery for breech of contract.

He has signed an agreement with a rival London gallery which will exhibit and sell his increasingly popular spine-chilling pictures.

Miss Erica Brauen, a director of the Hanover Gallery, said last night: “I've looked after Mr. Bacons interests for more than 10 years. I bought his first picture.

“Now he leaves a message with my secretary saying that he is taking his business elsewhere. I intend to sue him.

Admittedly there has been only a verbal contract between us. But I have organised exhibitions for him in Paris and Milan.

 

‘GOOD FAITH

 

All that Mr. Bacon would say—on the telephone; he is known for his dislike of publicity and being photographed—was: I can't possibly discuss the matter because its all been taken out of my hands.

Mr. Harry Fischer, director of the Marlborough Gallery, in Argyll-street, Westminster, said: In all good faith I have signed an agreement with Mr. Bacon. The whole affair is now in the hands of our solicitors.

Ten years ago Francis Bacon was unknown. Today his paintings fetch as much as £1,000, and he has 10 hanging in the Tate Gallery.

 

 

 

  SOME EVENTS IN GREAT BRITAIN:

PRESENTATIONS AND OTHER ITEMS.

 

 

THE ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS FEBRUARY 7, 1959

 

 

Among the Tate Gallery's recent acquisitions is this interesting study of Van Gogh by the contemporary artist Francis Bacon (born 1910). 

It is one of a series which the painter undertook in 1957, inspired by Van Gogh's own pictures. This on bears very close resemblance to "The Painter on his Way to Work," which hangs in the Kaiser Friedrich Museum, Magdeburg.

Some of the series, including this work, were exhibited at the Hanover Gallery in March 1957. It has been presented, along with a cast by Eduardo Paolozzi, to the Tate Gallery by the Contemporary Art Society.

 

 

      

               "STUDY FOR A PORTRAIT OF VAN GOGH, NO. 4" BY FRANCIS BACON

        ONE OF THE WORKS RECENTLY ACQUIRED BY THE TATE GALLERY. IT WAS PAINTED IN 1957.

 

 

Round the London Art Galleries

 

 

 

By ALAN CLUTTON-BROCK | THE LISTENER | VOLUME 63 | NUMBER 1618 THURSDAY, MARCH 31, 1960

 

There can be no doubt at all that Francis Bacon has artistic gifts of a high order. He can design with assurance in a large scale and his figures have breadth, firmness in their construction, and on occasion a remarkable vitality. But the use he makes of these gifts has almost always been equivocal and capricious. There is no telling, or if there is he certainly does not tell, why he should have chosen to paint such things as figures screaming behind a veil that distorts like a misused camera or a defective television screen, alarming travesties of Velasquez's portrait of Pope, or, in his present exhibition at the Marlborough Gallery, nudes of the most painful indignity.

There are grounds for suspecting frivolity; it is hard to think of any serious reason why one of his recent Popes should have a piece of raw meat placed on a metal frame in front of him, and certain arbitrary markings which appeared in some of his past canvases were, it is said, suggested by the way a television set behaves when a motor-car goes by. But there is also some possibility that in the dream-like images he creates there is some important though extremely obscure message, something about modern civilization, it may be, or a stirring of the unconscious mind expressed in some symbol which may validity for others as well as for the individual who conceived it.

This obscurity has no doubt helped Bacon towards the international reputation he is now beginning to gain. For an artist to succeed in the rather mad world of Biennales where speculators and mystagogues walk hand in hand, it is absolutely essential to avoid anything like a universal, direct, or readily comprehensible appeal. Unless the talent is hidden under a bushel, it cannot, the speculators seems to argue, be worth the finding; for so, since Cézanne, it has always been in the past. Bacon's talent is of a kind that might enable him to create a humane and rational art but fortunately for his reputation there is a great cloud of morbidity and mystification hanging about his work. As Robert Melville put it, in the preface he wrote for a British Council exhibition of Bacon's paintings, he 'might be said to have covered the lampshades of his predecessors with human skin'. Just what is wanted for the export trade.

In this new and important exhibition of thirty-two paintings at the Marlborough Gallery, Bacon is certainly not so difficult, though often quite as unpleasant, as he has been in the past. Only one figure, the first in the catalogue and perhaps the earliest to be painted, is seen through one of the familiar veils, a sort of transparent curtain. The rest are now fully exposed, clearly defined and firmly modelled; it is as if the freaks were now horrible enough to be shown without adventitious trappings to enhance the spectator's fears and revulsions. The new figures, more especially the nudes but also some of the grotesque heads, seem to be an exposure of the deformity of the human animal in a state of civilization, in some ways a good deal more disquieting than all the hints of cruelty and beastliness which the artist has let slip in the past. But at the same time this unveiling, this more straightforward approach, has led to a great artistic gain; the powerful modelling, sometimes rather like that of Daumier, is extremely impressive now that is clearly revealed. Here and there one even has the impression, in some of the less cruelly observed heads, the 'Head of a Man No.2', for example, or the 'Head of a Woman' (No. 21 in the catalogue), that Bacon has forgotten all about his sinister imagination and has painted, extremely well, as if he really found painting much more interesting than getting ideas for horror films.

 

 

      

               'Head of a Man' by Francis Bacon: from the exhibition at the Marlborough Gallery, 17-18 Old Bond Street

 

 

 

STUDENTS CRITICAL OF PICTURE

 

 

 

NEWS | BELFAST TELEGRAPH MONDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1960

 

 

THE most expensive and most discussed painting among those for sale at this years Irish Exhibition of Living Art at the Belfast Museum and Art Gallery, Stranmillis, is priced at £1,380.

The work of Dublin-born Francis Bacon, who now lives and works in London, the painting has aroused considerable comment from viewers at the exhibition.

“Grotesque,” “Pathetic,” “A monstrosity,” “I wouldn’t give it house room,” are just a few of the remarks overheard on a recent visit to the gallery.

The speakers were pupils of the senior year art class at Methodist College, Belfast, a group of earnest young boys and girls who arrived at the museum, notebooks and pencils in hand, to do the exhibition thoroughly.

The reason for their visit?

“We have to write an essay on our impression of the exhibition for our art class,” 16-year-old Trevor Scott explained.

“Well have two periods to write the essayunless we get it to do for homework,” another member of the class commented.

The groups feelings about Francis Bacons Seated Figure No.2 were unanimousnot one of them like the painting.

The price astounded them. Who would pay so much for a picture like that?

I wouldnt mind buying one or two of the paintings here, but I wouldnt give anything at all for that one” Trevor Scott said.

 

   

                                The £1,380 question

        This is the painting which has been the cause of arguments

 

 

 

 

Art: On Action Painting

 

 

Diverse Sampling of This Style on View at Martha Jacksons

 

 

 

By STUART PRESTON | THE NEW YORK TIMES | SATURDAY, JANUARY 7, 1961

 

NOW that action painting has become deliberate, popular style, we need no longer look at it as a manifestation of the unconscious mind, as was the fashion a decade ago. It has come to be as consciously adopted as any other historical style. The question is, just how good at it is this or that artist?

Some of the best international contemporary artists of this persuasion are showing work at the Martha Jackson Gallery, 32 East Sixty-ninth Street.

Strong individualists all, these men do not paint alike. Whereas the Englishman, William Scott, is slow and deliberate; the Frenchman, Georges Mathieu, effervescent; the Spaniard, Antoni Tàpies, austere and withdrawn, the American, Larry Rivers, rests on the laurels of a confident vigor of attack, in his pictures here, on imagery with strong erotic suggestiveness.

.

There remains the most interesting and brilliantly painted picture here, Francis Bacon’s “Red Cardinal”, the latest in a series by this Vibert of our neurotic era. This is less alarming than earlier characterizations. The pose is almost coquettish; the Jimmy Durante-like nose glistens with red and green highlights, and the subject wears his soutane as if it were a Spanish shawl. However, Mr. Bacon carries the whole thing off with astonishing verve.

 

     

                        “Red Cardinal,” by Francis Bacon, at the Martha Jackson

 

 

 

   SINCERITY OF FRANCIS BACON

 

 

    REWARDING SHOW AT NOTTINGHAM

 

 

    By TERRENCE MULLALY | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 20 FEBRUARY 1961 

 

THE retrospective show of the work of Francis Bacon at the Nottingham University Art Gallery is one of the most rewarding of several outstanding exhibitions now in the provinces. It continues until March 12.

Francis Bacon is an artist who has evolved slowly but with what, in retrospect, appears to be inexorable logic. His sincerity has never been in doubt, and even his failures, and he has had many, have enlisted our respect.

 

WANING INFLUENCE

Much of his painting has an obsessive, nightmarish quality. In addition, as I have said before, there is something disconcertingly negative about many of his more recent pictures.

He expresses the uncertainties of our age and the waning influence of long cherished values much more effectively than do the pretentious young abstract painters and sculptors now exhibiting in the "Young Contemporaries" exhibition.

 

OLD PROBLEMS

This in itself is no negligible achievement, but it is by no means all he has done. The more I see of his work the more considerable it appears to me: in pictures such as "Two Figures in a Room," painted last year, there is a challenging attempt to resolve old problems in a novel way.

Bacon tells us much of human emotions and human flesh of one kind. If he were also to convey to us an intimation of human dignity he might, I believe, achieve as much as any artist alive.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon at Nottingham

 

      STEPHEN SPENDER on an exciting modern painter

 

 

By STEPHEN SPENDER | ART | THE LISTENER | THURSDAY 23 FEBRUARY 1961 

 

THE RETROSPECTIVE EXHIBITION of thirty-four paintings by Francis Bacon, shown in the spacious and well-lit gallery at the Nottingham University Department of Fine Art*, has too few early, and too many late, paintings to give a balanced view of his development. But the pictures, coming mostly from the collections of Mrs. James Bomford and Mr. Robert Sainsbury, are striking examples; and, away from the controversial atmosphere of London, it is possible to consider this exciting painter almost calmly.

Precautions have to be taken in estimating the work of artists who shock: and undoubtedly Bacon does this. When we are shocked, we are likely to feel that the artist exaggerates, and to react to this by exaggerating also and regarding him as more isolated than he really is. Many paintings which seemed ugly when they were painted, perhaps because the artist depicted the ugliest aspects of modern life, today, when those circumstances are past history, seem to us beautiful. Toulouse-Lautrec's paintings of whores, which his contemporaries thought repulsive, are like this. On the other hand some statements about life go on shocking us with their brutal exposure of the human condition: for example, Goya's studies of the disasters of war.

To judge calmly one has to consider how the painting is done, and what it is about. Each of Bacon's paintings, though painted rapidly, is an extremely calculated campaign by a masterly strategist who knows exactly how to deploy his forces and organize them. His victories are those pictures in which he succeeds in focusing, and leaving out of focus, different parts of an image, to express the conflict between forces of integration and disintegration. Working on his unprimed canvas, the largest areas of his paintings consist nearly always of thin paint of a colour that seems as garish as neon lighting, and which has the effect often of dye soaked into sacking. The 'worked on' part of the picture occupies a comparatively small area, which, by contrast with the merely coloured-in areas, seems far more thickly painted than is really the case, very opaque, and with a quality almost of plaster of Paris. By the bold decisive handling of these dry surfaces, Bacon creates an image set like a medallion against the flat, undifferentiated, crudely dramatised background.

One result of this treatment is that the technical means which he deploys, though highly individual, seem curiously depersonalized, deliberately and mockingly mechanical. The grass in 'Study for a Portrait of Van Gogh No. 1' consist simply of repeated hook-shaped strokes of emerald green. There is extraordinary observation in Bacon's paintings, but it is as sparing as his other devices, concentrated, pin-pointed, directed for dramatic effect, to make the kind of comment which is conveyed by the glint on a man's spectacles, the gleam of false teeth. Again the observation is often indirect, seen as it were at second-hand, and, finally, filtered through ironic self-mockery. The dog in 'Study of a Dog' is vividly canine but we are not sure whether it is an animal we are seeing, or the artist's vision of a dog as an object 'caught' in the 1/500th-of-a-second shot of a high-speed lens. Van Gogh interpreted Millet as seen by Van Gogh: but Francis Bacon makes a picture of how the contemporaries he portrays, staring from behind their spectacles and snarling through their teeth, would see Van Gogh.

To call him 'traditional' because, in his merciless idiom, he paraphrases the Cardinals of Velasquez, whom he admires, seems to me misleading. For tradition consists of continuity. For a contemporary to interpret a past work entirely in the terms of his own contemporary way of seeing things, depriving it of its penumbrum of pastness, emphatically indicates that continuity is impossible, that everything from the past, to be understood, has to be totally transmuted into the present, made part of the contemporary scene. Francis Bacon is not, of course, free of 'influences'; but in his attitude to Velasquez and Van Gogh he seems to be more influencing or interpreting our vision of the masters he admires than he is influenced by them.

His extraordinary convincingness is that he paints us not as we would like to see ourselves, but as organisms distorted in our physiognomy and behaviour by the visual world of machinery in which we are trapped. He paints the business tycoon as we might expect his desk or his telephone to see him; a patient as he might appear from the point of view of the psycho-analyst's couch. And this is how we really are. After visiting a Bacon exhibition, one observes one's fellow passengers in tube-train or lift with opened eyes: and then catches a glimpse of oneself, one of them, reflected in a window or fogged and lipstick-smeared looking-glass.

Bacon depicts man the result of man-made inhuman circumstances, therefore self-dehumanized. His figures are the ultimate contemporaries: cut off from the past, or only able to see it through their distorting lenses of the present, incapable of hope for the future. Instantaneous exposure becomes the way of seeing life insulated within the moment, an aesthetic of anti-aestheticism, a Weltanschauung.

The risk that Francis Bacon runs is, inevitably, of his pictures proving as inescapably imprisoned in their moment as are his men and women. But two early pictures, 'Crucifixion' (1931) and 'Golgotha' (1932), crude as they are,  point to a theme which unites all his work and gives it force which is beyond the contemporary. The theme is the crucifixion. Taking a hint perhaps from the crucifixion itself, Bacon paints not Christ but Barabbas crucified; and not just Barabbas, but the high priest crucified, Pontius Pilate crucified, the artist crucified.

There is certainly much hatred and disgust in these anti-sentimental , anti-aesthetic, anti-painting pictures. But there is also religious feeling. What is in doubt is whether there is love. Fifty years from now people will be able to decide this more assuredly than we can now. But meanwhile we ought to give this agonizingly honest portrayer of himself and ourselves the benefit of the doubt. For, at the very least, there is a great deal about ourselves and our world that we may learn from his art.

* Open until March 12

 

 

      

        'Arab Carrying a Child', by Francis Bacon: from the exhibition at Nottingham University Art Gallery

 

 

 

Impressionists Had Eye Disease Doctor

 

 

COVENTRY EVENING TELEGRAPH | TUESDAY APRIL 17, 1962

 

A BRITISH ophthalmologist said in Toronto that eye diseases have been proved the cause of distortions of colour and form by some artists.

In an after-dinner speech at the University of Toronto, he showed a slide of a brown landscape by Constable and suggested the artist was partially red-green blind.

He said it was found in 1933 that the famous modern painter, Leger, had red-green colour blindness. Most impressionists suffered from some ailment which may have caused them to believe ardently in the truth of their indefinite landscapes, he said.

Francis Bacon, the contemporary English painter, destroyed several early works after he found he had a marked horizontal astigmatism.

He corrected the defect with glasses and continued to paint.

 

 

 

'Distort into Reality'

 

 

ARTS & ENTERTAINMENT | ART | TIME | FRIDAY, JUNE 8, 1962

 

"I'm trying to paint the track left by human beings—like the slime left by snails." Francis Bacon says this evenly, not trying to shock, but not joking either. His canvases seem to many to be ghastly views into torment, half-decomposed portraits of things better left unpictured. But no one denies their power: put up last week in a big show at the Tate Gallery, they hit London like a slap in the face with a hunk of raw meat.

The man who was once dismissed as a refugee from the Grand Guignol is now widely considered to be Britain's most exciting painter. At 52, Bacon deserves his success, for he has resisted every trend and fashion in art to hack out a path all his own. Though shaped by such old masters as Rembrandt, Daumier and Velasquez ("He haunts me so much I can't let him go"), he has been as much influenced by the here and now of the photograph as by anything else. War, terrorism, gory accidents—these fleeting instants of agony fascinate Bacon. His torn and dislocated figures often seem about to vanish or disintegrate. In a Bacon painting, the body is temporary; only the torment remains.

Into the Dustbin. In real life, Bacon is as mysterious as he is on canvas. Keeping one step ahead of the landlord, he has moved about so much that the London art world is never quite sure where he can be found. A compulsive perfectionist, he has always destroyed more of his paintings than he has finished. A few years ago, he would merely dump them into the dustbin, but when he found that light-fingered admirers were rescuing and even selling them (one recently brought $2,800), he began slashing them with a razor. "I usually like a canvas when I finish it," he says. "But the more I look at it, the more dissatisfied I become. If somebody doesn't take it away from me within a few days, I will probably destroy it."

The 90 paintings at the Tate—about half of Bacon's undestroyed output—range from his famous screaming Popes and moldering businessmen to lumpish, bloated creatures that may huddle in the corner of a room, sprawl across a couch, or simply stare dumbly out of some indeterminate space. They are often close to being monsters, and sometimes they become great mounds of viscera. Bacon admits to being obsessed by death. "I look at a chop on a plate, and it means death to me," he says.

Beauty Is Violence. But the subject of his paintings is really life in a world in which beauty and violence are synonymous. He often places his figures in boxlike cages, but this is only to "isolate these figures so you can see them more clearly." The whole purpose is "to distort into reality. I distort to bring the reality of the object violently forward."

Though Bacon uses many of the instinctual techniques of the action painters, he does not like abstract art. "Man gets tired of decoration. Man is obsessed with himself." Few artists have more powerfully expressed on canvas the basic fact about man: that physically, at least, he is always dying, and that this is the great drama of his life. "I would like some day," says Bacon, "to trap a moment of life in its full violence, its full beauty. That would be the ultimate painting."

 

   

 

 

Mirror of his age

 

FRANCIS BACON  TATE GALLERY

 

 

By ROBERT WRAIGHT | GALLERIES THE TATLER | WEDNESDAY 13 JUNE 1962  

 

Horrifying, terrifying, shocking, nauseating, grisly, menacing, brutal, cruel, squalid, ugly, nightmarish, disgusting, hellish, sado-masochistic, amoral, blood-chilling, horrible....

This is not, as you might imagine, a selection from Roget's Thesaurus headed "Unpleasurableness" or "Fear." Nor is it a quotation from a publicity handout for the latest horror film. It is simply a list of some of the adjectives used by art critics in praise of Francis Bacon's big retrospective exhibition now at the Tate.

Clearly we have come a long way from the time when a work of art was expected by art critics to be beautiful. But there remains a vast majority of people to whom, as Sir Herbert Read has pointed out, "the purpose of art, which is the communication of feeling, is inextricably confused with the quality of beauty...." No artist alive today is more able than Francis Bacon to separate this majority from the minority.

If we accept the Read definition, there can be no doubt that Bacon is an artist. And if an artist's stature is in direct proportion to the degree of feeling (irrespective of its nature) that he arouses, then Bacon is a great artist. But is he? And, if so, how great? Is he, for instance, the equal of Grünwald? Or is he of no more lasting importance than the director of the latest "spine-chiller?"

Trying to answer these questions I am continually confused by the conflict existing between extravagant claims made for him by his more fervent admirers and the "throwaway" nature of his own comments on his own work. When I asked him if he deliberately set out to horrify he replied that he considered his pictures to be happy pictures. When Sir John Rothenstein asked whether the carcasses of meat hanging behind the figure in one of his "Pope" pictures represented some sort of relation between an aspect of spirituality and of carnality, Bacon told him that as a boy he was fascinated by butchers' shops.

So for me, at the moment, the truth about Bacon lies midway between the accusations of Grand Guignol and creaking melodrama made against him years ago and Sir John's belief that "There is a sense in which to look at a painting by Bacon is to look into a mirror, and to see there our own afflictions and out fears of solitude, failure, humiliation, old age, death and of nameless threatened catastrophe."

But although these pictures could have been painted only in this age of the concentration camp, it is altogether to sanguine to believe that they may act in some measure as a deterrent to further atrocities.  In fact it is certain that psychologists could argue just as logically that they are likely to incite men to acts of sadism.

It would be comforting to think that the artist's mind was filled with humanitarian ideas when he painted these pictures and that these ideas or feelings will be conveyed to the majority of people see them, but it would be false comfort. According to Sir John in his introduction to the catalogue:

"The types of Bacon's feelings are manifestly tragic (he told me that he cannot recall a day when he did not think of his death.")

To think constantly of one's own death, however, is not tragedy but morbidity, and here I think we have the key to Bacon's art. It is an art in which (I quote critic David Carritt) "the only psychological insight ... is into his own troubled, obsession-ridden mind."

If he is successful in expressing it, an artist's obsessive concern with is own Id is bound to produce original and probably unique art. A genuinely unique artist, Bacon cannot fail to stand out above the great mass of his contemporaries who, at a time when uniqueness is prized above all other qualities, strive after it desperately but produce only trivial innovations.


 

 

 

BACONS WORKS SHOCK VIEWER

 

 

Painter with eye to realities

 

 

By TERRENCE MULLALY DAILY TELEGRAPH & MORNING POST | THURSDAY MAY 24, 1962  

 

ANY doubts that Francis Bacon is one of the most considerable of living artists are dispelled by the Retrospective Exhibition of his work at the Tate Gallery. It is open from to-day until July 1.

Few contemporary painters can provide an exhibition of 90, mainly large, paintings with their reputations untarnished. Francis Bacon does more than survive. He emerges not only as the creator of haunting images, but also as a master of his craft.

What no one should imagine is that he is the kind of craftsman who brings easy pleasure by creating an illusion of the everyday world. Bacon is not concerned with illusions. He is concerned with reality, not the comforting reality of familiar appearances, but the harsh facts of an age living in fear.

Bacon's work shocks. As we move from one obsessive image to another we find no comfort, only a chilling reminder of mankind adrift. It is this that makes his work so profoundly disquieting.

 

 “EMPTINESS” THEME

 

He is concerned not so much with the shadow of physical destruction and the erosion of institutions, as with the chill in the heart of men. His theme is the emptiness that always haunts man. It is this that gives his work a relevance beyond concrete fears of the moment.

Whether he is painting a series of pictures with a Pope, or  a figure in a hotel bedroom, as the ostensible theme, he is concerned, on the one hand with the universal fears and, on the other, with the purely sensuous impact he can achieve with oil paint. The one somehow enhances the effect of the other.

 

HORRIFYINGLY COMPLETE

 

The suspicion that if he wanted to, Bacon could bestow simple delights, makes the impact of his work the ore devastating. The haunted figure of Van Gogh and the twisted, misshapen creatures cowering before their own fear, shame our pleasure in colour and the manipulation of paint.

Bacon has produced many failures, although I know of no painter whose failures interest me as much. His latest works are statements horrifyingly complete in themselves.

I do not know if his three large studies for a Crucifixion can move men in a positive sense. I think they can, for they are one of the most complete statements, unrelieved by sentiment or any kind of concession, of the horror that so often paralyses man of our time.

 

 

     

      One of a series of studies of a Pope by Francis Bacon from his Retrospective Exhibition at the Tate Gallery.

 

 

 

The Horrific Vision of Mr. Francis Bacon

 

 

 

FROM OUR ART CRITIC THE TIMES | THURSDAY MAY 24 1962

 

In the heat of the moment—and perhaps there is on other valid way of discussing Mr. Francis Bacon's paintings: it belongs absolutely to the moment—one can think of no experience quite comparable to the Tate Gallery's retrospective exhibition of this artist (opening there today, admission free) except possibly one's first encounter with the late paintings of Goya in the Prado.

The emotional shock is extraordinary, because it is so instantaneous and at the same time complex and contradictory. This is black night of twentieth century soul, images of man which are terrifying, violent and at times bestial. Yet they are royal, and proud, and silent. No other painter of our day—and for once the phrase can be left as it stands, without worrying about the word "British"—could make these five large galleries look so nearly like an exhibition by an old master, yet leave one in no doubt that here, flashed on the canvas like one of the startling news-photos or cinematic images from which the paintings so often derive, is the cry of agony of our own age, an age which has lost its faith.

Hence, presumably, the recurrent obsession with images of the Crucifixion and of the head of the Roman Church, the leader of the faithful—both mercilessly mocked and tortured and made to scream  as though being challenged to yield some answer to the spirit (as the Sphinx will never do) which can resist, or not be reduced to, the pain and the ignominy of the flesh. Bacon's figures are essentially flesh (the quality of his paint and brushstrokes render it with something of the same morbid sensitivity as Soutine's) And sometimes, shockingly, the flesh is merely beef, carcases which hang behind the Pope himself, appear in the left-hand panel of the recently finished scarlet and orange triptych and turn back into mangled, bloody flesh in its terrifying central panel,  which looks as though it has been  ripped down the middle by a machine-gun. This violence of despair, this pitiable  ludicrousness of the body, does not belong to Kafka's world, with which Bacon has been compared. But it is very near the cruel ruthlessness of Sartre's blackest Existentialist writings, and of Camus's conception of the absurd (Bacon's occasional references to a North African landscape in his paintings of the Sphinx and a dog are like the Algerian setting to Camus's novels).

MEANING LEFT VAGUE

The general relevance of such imagery to the postwar world (and Bacon, cosmopolitan and a traveller by nature could never be comfortably insular in his outlook) can hardly be questioned. Its precise interpretation must necessarily be left vague, and is perhaps impossible: the artist himself has always studiously evaded questions about it. There is, nevertheless, more factual information both about him and the paintings in Sir John Rothenstein's and Mr. Ronald Alley's contributions to the catalogue of this exhibition than has ever been available before (including the correct date of his birth). And the exhibition itself, while hardly making the images any less equivocal, helps to relate the ostensible changes of subject to one another within a ruthlessly consistent and obsessive vision, and to relate the vision to the brilliant qualities of the painter pure and simple. The one aberation that seems to standout at the Tate is—apart from the first variation, slightly earlier than the rest—the Van Gogh series, which shows uncharacteristic marks of strain and even coarseness.

Nearly all the postwar paintings appear to have been destroyed, including the geometric abstracts of the 1930s of which some record survives in photographs. The real achievement is wholly postwar, surveyed here in some 90 pictures starting to all intents and purposes with the Tate's own "Three Studies for a Crucifixion" and ending with the extraordinary, large triptych which bears, bafflingly enough in view of the apparent implications of the imagery, the same title. Apart from the recurrence or elaboration of familiar motifs—the glass cage, the diaphanous curtain,, the gold rails, the tasselled blinds—and the progression of subjects—ghostly nudes, the dog, the Popes, the heads of Blake, the "business executives", the recent portraits and figures on divans—the most striking development is one of visualization: from mystery to clarity, impenetrable midnight-blues to heraldic colours, blurred images to strange, distorted silhouettes of an almost Munch-like character.

The technical bravura with which this is effected, and the utter originality of the results, not only provide a surer guarantee than has sometimes appeared probable that the effectiveness of the imagery will retain its power: they also, quite simply, make this the most stunning exhibition by a living British painter there has been since the war.

 

 

 

MORTAL CONFLICT

 

 

By ERIC NEWTON | MISCELLANY | THE GUARDIAN | THURSDAY MAY 24 1962  

 

It would be both unwise and unjust to write briefly about the retrospective exhibition of work by Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery.  It contains 90 paintings (nearly half of his surviving works: but by no means half of what he has painted during the past 30 years, for he is a ruthless destroyer of his own pictures).  Of course one thought one knew what to expect, and after a few minutes spent hastily surveying the five speciously hung  rooms, ones expectations were confirmed.  The impact is immediately shattering and becomes more so as one follows the roughly chronological sequence from 1944 (when, after a hiatus of seven years, he resumed painting) to the present day.  The usual adjectives - "nightmarish," "melodramatic," "cruel," "haunting," - are not inappropriate but they are only superficially true and as descriptions of the cumulative effect of the exhibition. After the first few minutes has been expanded to half an hour, they become inadequate. Buried under the surface levels of these often horrific and sometimes repellent images are deeper levels, equally disturbing but more worth analysing, and not until one can come to grips with them does the exhibition become serious and cease to be merely sensational.

Clearly Bacon has obsessions and clearly he has discovered a set of effective means (one could almost call them "tricks") for making them visually effective.  The image of a pope's head borrowed from a famous portrait by Velasquez, spotlighted against an impenetrable black void: the tendency of this august figure to open its mouth in a Grand Guinol scream: the frequency with which that same figure finds itself cut off from the world of normality by  seeming to be encased in a transparent glass cage which has the odd effect of making the scream more agonising because inaudible. These nightmarish devises are now familiar enough. Bacon's later paintings show that he has grown out of them and in any case the effect of the spectator of such shock-tactics diminishes with familiarity. The scream in the dark loses its terror with repetition.

But what one eventually discovers is that even though Bacon is not averse to melodramatic tricks they do not contain his essence.

That essence is an uninhibited fearlessness, an unquestioning acceptance of the imagery offered to him by the deepest recesses of his unconscious mind.  Most of us are apt to recoil from such images, having been taught that they are secrets not to be shared with the would and hardly to be admitted to ourselves. But in Bacon himself there is obviously no such recoil.  His conscious process (and they are, after all, the tools without which he could not be a painter at all) do not exercise any censorship on what comes up from the depths. There has probably never been an artist so utterly unafraid of himself. And that fearlessness we must learn to accept and share before we can make sense of what could easily be mistaken for a chamber of horrors.

Bacon is a self-taught painter but that does not prevent him from being a masterly painter.  He is even a masterly illusionist. The texture of flesh is something that is no more difficult for him to render than it was for Courbet or Rubens. And that is his ultimate secret, for no sooner has he presented us with the convincingly painted illusion, so that we believe in it, optically, then he defaces it, as though he were mocking our belief.  The flesh becomes ambiguous and ghostly; it becomes ectoplasm as we watch it. Bones become jelly, bodies become alarmingly vulnerable, belief gives way to doubt.

Partly again, this is the result of another trick. Bacon delights in accepting the camera's account of an undignified moment in time when a face is distorted because it happens to be chewing a sandwich, or limbs become ungraceful because they are collapsing on to a chair.  The snapshot often presents us with these momentary absurdities and we accepts them just because they are momentary.  But remove them from their context in time and make them permanent, as Bacon invariably does, and they become grotesque. They take on new meanings.  A queer misalliance takes place between the seen fact and the subconscious symbol.

This, as far as I know, has never happened in art before. Occasionally a misericord seat in a Gothic Choir stall hints at it, but always as a secret assertion that the grotesque is also a part of life.  For Bacon, one might think, it is almost the whole of life. Once we have lost the shame that turns a fact into a secret, the no holds are barred. Beauty, to put it bluntly, has been killed by truth.

Yet beauty is there throughout. A casual, distant glance into any of the five rooms in which these pictures hang, reveals shapes that are noble in themselves and are nobly placed on the canvas, and colour schemes that are, in themselves, enchanting. It is only when we begin to examine them for subject matter, as though they were the products of the mid-nineteenth century, that one begins to experience the frisson that is Bacon's special gift.

 

 

    

                        Red Pope on a Dais, 1962, by Francis Bacon

 

 

 

 

Titian Crossed With Tussaud

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL THE WORLD OF ART THE SUNDAY TIMES | MAY 27, 1962

 


WHEN imagery, as such, is everywhere degraded there is something enormously grand and consequential about the achievement of a painter who can pursue the image into the far depths of its degradation and come back with pictures that have a timeless, Old Masterly look and the impact of a hammer on the anvil.

This is what Francis Bacon has done, at the Tate, in one of the most extraordinary exhibitions ever held there. Pictures that, individually, were called “melodramatic,”  “nightmarish,”  “abnormal,”  “Grand Guignolesque,” here form up into a coherent Pantheon, in which Tussaud is crossed with Titian. People still use those four adjectivesabove all, of this year's “Three Studies for a Crucifixion,—rather than face the fact that there are human beings who would go and gloat at the base of a crucifixion; but to me Bacon's figures represent that sort of person with just that poetic distortion which brings home his (or her) full obscenity.

FOR Bacon's is not fundamentally an art of exaggeration: it is the exaggerations in ourselves, or in our neighbours, which we dread to recognise. Bacon's art reveals to us, often for the first time, and with the impact of prophecy, the true nature of the world we live in. Nature has now caught up with that art, but already in the early 1950s Bacon was showing us Salan at the microphone and Eichmann in his glassed-in bullet-proof box. It seemed, then,  an art of inquisitiveness, for which nothing was private, nothing taboo: but who are we to complain of that, who have since demanded that a man be photographed for our distraction as he risked his life in an astronaut's capsule?

It was in defence of themselves that people unified the effect of Bacon's pictures. His characters remain ambiguous; as to which is victim and which inquisitor, argument continues; and when they have their mouths open it was decided that they must be screaming—or that, at the least, what they are saying is the terrible and meaningful nonsense that Beckett wrote for the slave's outburst in “Waiting for Godot.”  

This maybe a mis-reading. With time, these figures, once so sinister-seeming and so cryptic, have become the affable familiars of the company report, the election meeting, the public relations party and the television commercial. These once inscrutable monsters are our governors, providers, elucidators, favourites, friends. We and they are interchangeable: he would be rash who counted on exemption.

And are the events which Bacon sets before us more dreadful than those of which we read every day in the newspapers? Ask the little girl who was blinded in Paris by the O.A.S. In 1950 it seemed “brutal” and “exaggerated” to suggest that men will drive on in their big new motors while a man hangs dying in slow agony and a dog stands poised to sniff the living meat. Today we know better.

BUT of course Bacon could have had these prophetic intimations and not been an important painter. What saves him from sensationalism is the paradoxical dignity of the image, the instinct of grandeur which makes these pictures“tell” at twenty yards, the candour which has rightly been called “royal.” Half-close your eyes in any of these rooms, and you might think yourself in today's variant of the Waterloo Chamber at Windsor. But Bacon is beyond compounding with the present, even if his audience is not. He could wrap it up; but he has seen, read, travelled and above all felt too much and too clearly. He never touts for our approval.

Of the background to all this, and above all of Bacon's use of Muybridge's eighty-year-old “Human Figures in Motion,” much can be learnt from the excellent catalogue for which John Rothenstein and Ronald Alley are responsible. Entrance is free, as it should be, and the show is open till July 1.

 

 

 

 

THE OBSERVER PROFILE

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

THE OBSERVER PROFILE THE OBSERVER WEEKEND REVIEW | SUNDAY MAY 27, 1962

 


In a back-street behind Piccadilly, a man may sometimes be encountered wearing a huge pair of sun-glasses, grey flannel coat, tight trousers, grey flannel shirt, and black tie. He walks rapidly into the darkness. He has cropped hair, a round puffy face and looks about 35. He is in fact in his early fifties
his conquest of age at once gives him a slightly spooky, Dorian Gray qualityand he is the painter, Francis Bacon.

For the next five weeks, the Tate Gallery is paying Bacon the tribute of a big retrospective exhibition of his work. Bacon may remain in London for the occasion, or not. He is a man of whom, most people, his friends included, catch only occasional glimpses.

In the past few years, there has been a Bacon boom. His pictures have changed hands for £3,000. In this country he is about the only English painter who excites art students. Abroad, there is more interest in Bacon than in any other British artist.

Soundless scream

His paintings, even when they are simply lampoons, are unlike those of anyone else alive. He is, indeed, a freak. He uses the back of the canvas; he is wholly untaught. His best-known series—the outcome of an obsession with Velasquez—features a richly dressed prelate whose mouth is opened in a soundless scream.

Bacon once said he was trying to paint the track left by human beings—like the slime left by a snail. The shapes appear transient and out of focus, like the figures in a dream remembered at the moment of awakening.

The human beings in Bacon pictures seem half-animal, or half reptilian. Sometimes they have the whiteness of death; sometimes they are white and red, like joints of meat. Some see to be dying, or liquefying. Almost all of them display people at moments of extreme stress, whether of passion, isolation, or despair. One senses Bacon's fascinated interest in corruption.

During the last Bacon show one visitor remarked that he had never felt so close to the presence of evil . Evil or not, few people will visit the Tate without being stunned by Bacon's tremendous power to convey the underworld of tension and sufferinghumanity with the lid off.

Bacon paints without any reference to current convention and he lives as he paints. He dresses anyhow and lives anywhere. He has largely dodged all the usual Institutions—school, marriage, community, family, armed forces, job. He has no interest in money, except for gambling and champagne.

Yet if he does not fit into ordinary society he is by no means a rebel. He finds the world of criminals more interesting than the world of normal people—but nevertheless, on his best behaviour, he would give no hostess anxiety about his performance at her dinner table. His manner is unformidable, gentle and unaffected. He is a good talker, bubbling, funny, friendly, gesticulating elegantly with strong, plump forearms.

 One of Bacon's strong points, arising from his isolation, is that he could never be corrupted by success. The Tate exhibition will leave him cold. If he were rich, he says, he would not only never show his pictures, he would very rarely even bother to finish them. As it is, using a razor, he often destroys them.

Grin without cat

Bacon is an articulate, sophisticated highbrow character, but he does not think there is much point in talking about his work on the principal enunciated by Pavlova that “if I knew why I danced I wouldn’t dance.” He says, however, that his starting point is always his own nervous system: “I always want to record a face or a body, and I want to do it as near my own feelings as possible. It’s the exact opposite of abstract painting.

There are two central things he is trying to do. First, he is trying to catch the grin without the cat—to catch the sensation of a human presence and its flavour, whether menacing or desperate, without having to create the full physical density of the body. Secondly, he wants to show people in extreme situations. He would say that day-to-day behaviour is of no importance; the real test is what happens in situations of crisis.

English Arab

These two ideas are pure Bacon. His other aims are more usual. He wants to make the animal come through the human being; and he wants the paint itself to carry its own implications (in the same way that a poem can produce meanings that the poet did not expect).

“Oil painting is incredibly strange and difficult,” he says. “There’s an enormous element of chance about just the turn of the brush. In the actual process of painting, the thing you really want to do slips through.

In the seedier Mediterranean countries, Bacon has noticed how Arab children, left to fend for themselves without any rules imposed from above, become miraculously uninhibited and adept at getting by. Bacon is an English Arab.

His father, when Francis was born in 1909, had retired from the army and gone to Ireland to train racehorses on his wife’s money. A bad asthmatic as a child, Francis was allergic to horses. His father was allergic to education. Francis, so far as he can recall, had only one years formal education in his life—at Dean Close, Cheltenham, where his father, having abandoned Ireland, was enjoying his second retirement.

At 16, with his family’s consent, and on a minute allowance, Bacon left home and moved to London. He spent the next years travelling and getting by with a string of odd jobs. He worked in a Lyons restaurant, as a valet and as an interior decorator. He started to paint occasionally and, with the coming of the war, regularly. Whereas most people found the war reasonably occupying, Bacon had more time on his hands than ever before. He was unfit for the Army, so he joined Civil Defence. But living in dormitories did not suit his asthma and he eventually left.

So he painted. He met Graham Sutherland, who generously helped and encouraged him, and by the end of the war he had acquired a small following. Since then, his reputation has steadily expanded.

In middle-age, neither fame nor money has caused Bacon to change his unsettled way of life. He moves constantly, often in the direction of the Mediterranean, where he especially likes the cities by the sea, and especially those with facilities for gambling.

Taste for gambling  

Other painters gamble, but none so serious as Francis Bacon. The two activities are not so separate as one might think. Both (for Bacon) are matters of chance and both stretch his nervous system to the limit. At Monte Carlo not long ago he had some big wins, then lost everything. Afterwards he said the same thing sometimes happened with his painting—greed caused him to take a risk beyond his powers.

The spasmodic disarray of  Bacon’s way of life is reflected in his studios. One of his longest stays recently was in a Battersea flat. The Bacon workshop there was what the architect had intended as a smallish front bedroom. The place looked as though a dustman has stacked a lorry with oddments—canvases, easels, bunches of old paintbrushes, broken crockery, an abandoned chest of drawers, a heap of books, torn newspapers and a pile of old copies of Paris-Matchand dumped the lot into the room through the roof. Bacon uses saucers to mix his paints, and wipes his hands on the curtains.

Images of man

Most of his pictures are big, and he often does not see them properly until someone else hangs them up in a much larger room. By that time he has long since lost interest.

One might say even that Francis Bacon is not fundamentally interested in art at all, though he greatly admires some of the old masters, such as Velasquez and Rembrandt. He prefers life to art—especially, he once said, the life of the gutter. Yet he sees life itself, now that his religion is dead, as nothing but a brief, empty interval between life and death. So for Bacon the only thing that has any permanent value at all, the only thing that can last, are the marks made by the artist. In his painting, Bacon is trying to catch and hold for a moment the image of man, because that is the only way he can conceive of reflecting and preserving the terrible reality of life.

The Tate exhibition: Page 27

 

     

                  One of Bacon’s new series on Velasquez’s “Innocent the Tenth

 

 

 

  REPORT FROM THE UNDERWORLD

 

 

      By NIGEL GOSLING GALLERIES THE OBSERVER WEEKEND REVIEW | SUNDAY, MAY 27, 1962

 

WHATEVER rating Francis Bacon may eventually deserve on the g00d-bad scale (and nobody makes the critical balance wobble more wildly) the retrospective show of his paintings at the Tate reveal him as, of all the living painters I know, the most interesting at this moment.

The work of the great explorers of the last generation—men like Picasso or Braque or Ernst—has receded enough in time for us to be able to accept and digest it. But Bacon's discoveries are still so new that they sit on the stomach like lumps of uncooked meat. We feel we have swallowed something of importance: but it is hard to work it—as all art must be worked—into our bloodstream.

Most painters offer the newcomer some way into their secrets by the use of a half-familiar technique, or idiom, or way of looking at things. Bacon makes us start completely at scratch: his raw material is, in fact, usually ready-made—photographs, films, or other people's paintings—but he treats it so weirdly that it becomes like a friend who has suffered some terrible disease, more alien than a stranger.

Knowledgeable visitors will recognise the usual Bacon sources—the figures from Muybridege's photographic studies, the Velázquez painting of Pope Innocent X (which he has never seen), the van Goghs, the newspaper snap shots—and the recurring these of panicky isolation. The hole which Bacon has been excavating is not a wide one; but is goes down deep.

It goes down, in fact, into that region where everything becomes liquid and amorphous. Classical art is concerned with the creation of order out of chaos: disorder is Bacon's subject. (In this he may be said to be in the nordic-romantic line which runs through expressionism and existentialism.) He examines it unflinchingly and reports it accurately. For the quality which is new in Bacon and which is so alarming to most people, is the objective, unemotional way in which he depicts the horror he finds. He is not approving or indignant or pitying or mocking. He paints like a reporter, a reporter of chaos.

Sado-masochism

Like all reporters he reveals streaks in his own character in the long run, in this case a vein of sado-masochism, well revealed in a non-religious obsession with the Crucifixion. More than usual the art reveals the man. Bacon seems not concerned, like Cézanne was, for instance, to grasp the essence of what he sees: in fact he almost never paints from life. What he is tracking down is his own response to an experience, so that at every moment we are driven back to the painter himself. And we seem to taste on our own tongue the bitter but somehow intoxicating flavour of a world tuned to ashes. It is a symptom of our time that what the ancient world would have considered "unseemly," to be shrouded in holy mystery, is precisely the area most favoured these days for public exhibition. It is our public feelings we now keep private.

In a sense Bacon is a Renaissance artist turned upside down. All his paintings (except for one scrappy landscape) are of men, or men thinly disguised as animals: to Bacon man is the centre of the universe. But what he finds at this centre is no more than a spongy ill-defined lump of matter and emotion. It is not an evil vision, but it is a frightening one, a glimpse of mankind without either divine grace or human dignity.

Bacon is a true original. He not only has no art-school academism to live down, he has contrived to forget all previous canons of painting. He has painfully evolved a language of his own to express his new thoughts. Like the grunts of some of the new inarticulate drama it is often primeval: but it says something which could not be said any other way. All the apparatus of normal attractiveness is avoided. If the texture is rubbery, if the outline has the slimy art-nouveau contour of a film cartoon, one may be sure this deliberately. It is interesting, for instance, to compare the crisply muscled wrestling athletes in Muybridge's photographs with the hairless jelly-bellies, like something squeezed out of a huge toothpaste tube, into which Bacon transforms them—corpulent executives struggling erotically together on a crumpled bed. (We are reminded of the early sex-obsessed Cézanne.)

Visual feeling

The transformation is done with a virtuoso's skill—the brush slithering over the canvas like the caress of a pudgy palm to convey the sensation of something which is neither quite solid nor quite melting. Like everything else in Bacon's pictures each element contributes not towards the creation of beauty, but to achieve the most vivid possible communication of a sensation. "An attempt to make a certain type of feeling visual," he has called his art.

In doing so he has inadvertently made discoveries of composition, texture and the use of imagery which will pass into the vernacular of painting. We had better all go and expose ourselves to Bacon's utterances if we are to understand many of the pictures of the future.

Two important elements seem to me to be missing in many of the works. One (which seem to be emerging in the exciting new paintings which crown this splendidly chosen and displayed exhibition) is what makes a picture last long after the first impact of what says has worn off—the quality of the painting as a thing in itself. The other is, to put it crudely, the absence of love. Bacon does not seem to love either what he is painting, or what he has painted. His frequent destruction of his own work is not only a sign of high critical standards.

Echoes of Berlin

Sir John Rothenstein's interesting introduction to the catalogue gives a small clue to a possible source of the despair and bitterness in Bacon's art. At an early and impressionable age he spent some time in Isherwood's Berlin. Something of the Kurfurstendamm flickers out of the paintings and it is tempting to identify here and there the nude figure of Mr. Norris.

Whatever their complicated origins may be, the paintings contain an electrifying actuality. They are snap shots of an age. What they show is not a pretty picture, but it is our own, stamped as indelibly on these canvases as the charred shadows on the walls of Hiroshima.

 

 

 

 

BRITISH PAINTING NOW

 

 

British Painting in the Sixties, a two-part exhibition organised by the Contemporary Art Society, opened yesterday; older artists can be seen at the Tate, the younger generation at the Whitechapel.

It makes possible a comprehensive reappraisal of the work of British painters today: their achievement and promise are discussed by DAVID SYLVESTER

 

DARK SUNLIGHT

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | THE SUNDAY TIMES COLOUR MAGAZINE | JUNE 2, 1963 

 

BRITISH PAINTING always inclines to have a somewhat forced, unnatural air, like ladies’ cricket or hip clergymen. It’s obviously the product of a nation that prefers dreaming, reflecting, moralising, story-telling to the act of looking. It doesn’t rejoice in an easy animal spontaneity, and on the other hand doesn’t attain a high perfection of style. It can be very elegant, it can be very poetic, but there’s virtually always something incomplete about it, something tentative, something unfulfilled.

Last year, two of our leading painters, Francis Bacon and William Coldstream (I’d say our two leading painters), had important retrospective shows. There were 91 items in Bacon's; these, said the catalogue, amounted to nearly half his surviving works. The Coldstream exhibition included 56 paintings, and these comprised about three-quarters of his life's output. Now, Bacon was born in 1909 and the earliest picture in his show was dated 1930, Coldstream in 1908 and his earliest exhibit was dated 1928. So until last year an average of about six paintings a year left Bacon's studio and about 2.5 had left Coldstreams.

Going not by their present-day prices but by those current when each painting was done, the total earnings from the sale of these pictures, less the cost of studio rental and materials over a 30 year period, might have kept them alive on tea and potatoes.

I should point out in passing that both of them showed exceptional gifts from early on. Consider Coldstreams The Studio, now in the Tate, or Bacon’s Crucifixion in Sir Colin Andersons collectioneach painted when the artist was 24. Today we make heroes of painters still at art school, but theres only one post-war painter in this country, Frank Auerbach, who in my view has gone as far as Bacon and Coldstream before reaching 25.

What is more, their gifts were readily recognised: any discouragement they received came from themselves. At the age of 26 Coldstream stopped painting and went into documentary films (with John Grierson). Bacon went on painting, and during the next ten years preserved one canvas.

Their affinities end there. Coldstream is a painfully slow worker who has had, moreover, two or three long spells of hardly painting at all, so that he has actually painted very few pictures (like Vermeer). Bacon works fast, produces a lot, preserves a minimal proportion. He still says he might preserve nothing did he not need to sell, and theres no doubt that he is one man who makes such a statement without affectation.

Nor does he work as if he was reconciled to selling. His way of painting leaves no room for calculation as to what the canvas he is working on would bring (the romantically-minded may believe that this is true of most authentic artists: but its not). Ironically enough, the pictures that leave the studio are not necessarily the best ones he does. The more interested he is in the painting he is working on, the more likely he is to go on and on with it rather than stop because it looks good.’ He risks what he has won to win more, and this will often mean losing all. On the other hand, the moment arrives when he can no longer put off keeping a promise to deliver a picture, and the picture he releases may be inferior to the last six he has destroyed.

This in a way is more deeply indicative of an amateur rather than a professional attitude to being a painter than the wholesale destruction of his work which went on at the time he had no need to sell. I mean that it signifies a complete dissociation between production and distribution—between the artists private activity in painting and his public role as a maker of objects collectors and museums can buy.

A critic once said about Bacon that if only, instead of painting those ghastly screaming faces, he would apply his skill to painting a rose the writer would do him the honour of buying the picture. The remark is less fatuous than it sounds, in that it emphasises that Bacon is a real painter and not simply a perpetrator of horrible imaginings. And Bacon has very occasionally done a more or less ‘straight’ painting of landscape.

But, by and large, his skill in handling paint comes out of his need to give substance to particular obsessive images, and not exactly pleasant images like roses. He could never stand the boredom of painting in order to turn out well-made pictures. He isn’t a pro, ready to have a go at what is asked of him, but a Gentleman, playing the game to divert or torment himself.

 

 


 

        Images of Our Time

 

 

EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH on the paintings of Francis Bacon

 

 

EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH THE LISTENER | THURSDAY JUNE 7 1962

 

AS EVERYONE HAS been saying, the retrospective exhibition now on at the Tate Gallery reveals that Francis Bacon is the most impressive and original British painter alive. Yet this compliment is, to my mind, less enormous than it sounds. Bacon towers over a national school which has been going through one of its less distinguished phases. And there are distinctly retrograde aspects to his work, as well as new and fruitless ones.

I think that we are, perhaps, a little too gingerly in our approach to Bacon's work. He is a difficult artist, but neither as hermetic nor as unique as people have made him out to be. The otherwise excellent introduction to the exhibition catalogue, written by Sir John Rothenstein, displays this gingerliness of an almost exaggerated extent. Sir John makes great play with the sources of Bacon's imagery: his admiration for Grunewald, Rembrandt and Velasquez, the use he makes of the photographs of animals and human beings in motion taken by Eadweard Muybridge at the end of the nineteenth century. What he does not say is the kind of artist that he thinks Bacon is.

Yet I think some of the clues are to be found very near at hand, in the Tate Gallery itself. Anyone who goes from the Bacon exhibition to the galleries in which the Tate's stupendous collection of Turners is displayed, will at once recognise certain similarities between the two artists. Turner's 'Sunrise with a Sea Monster', his 'Skeleton Falling from a Horse', even the apparently more conventional 'The Letter', have unmistakable likenesses to Bacon's work. The first two, with their use of an ambiguous, vaporous technique to conjure up an image of horror, are very close to what we find in Bacon's earlier pictures. And 'The Letter', though more tranquil in mood than anything by Bacon, has something of his method of drawing: the truncations, distortions, and above all the ambiguities. Bacon has mentioned Turner approvingly as an artist who 'attempted to make idea and technique inseparable', and 'The Letter' does indeed show something of Bacon's use of accident.

There is also another artist, a contemporary of Turner's, of whom Bacon reminds me strongly in another way, and that is Géricault. The terrible image in the centre panel of Bacon's 'Three Studies for a Crucifixion 1962'what seems to be a ravaged, devastated and still-bleeding corpse huddled on a narrow iron bedsuggests to me nothing so much as the famous picture by Géricault of a pile of severed limbs which is now in the Musée Fabre, Montpellier.

These comparisons are important because they help to place Bacon as essentially a Romantic artist, the last heir to the great rhetorical painters of the early nineteenth century. In some respects, it is extraordinary how far  the similarities can be traced. There is, for example, the question of the strong sado-masochistic element in Bacon's work. This links him immediately not only to Géricault but (as one of my colleagues has already pointed out) to Fuseli.

Bacon shares with the great Romantics both their qualities and their defects, but often rather more of their defects. He has their violent recalcitrance and individualism; he shares with them the desire to expose his true self, and not some created self or aspect of self which might seem more pleasing or creditable. He also has an immediate and unfettered access to the subconscious which strikes me as positively pre-Freudian in its absence of embarrassment. But his lack of inhibition can sometimes make him seem a little ludicrous, just as his concentration on his own individuality can seem strident. This point is well demonstrated in the pictures devoted to the theme of Van Gogh, where Van Gogh's originals express psychic stress much more effectively than the variations which Bacon makes of them.

He shares with painters like Géricault and Fuseli, and also with Caravaggio a  particular attitude to the audience. As with them, the presence of the audience and its reaction are very much part of the work of art. In fact, he attacks us; and without our shock the picture is nothing. There are two kinds of shock: the kind which wears off, and the kind that doesn't. Fuseli, for example, is an artist who induced a terror which was once called 'delicious', but where delight has turned rather too readily to patronizing amusement. With Géricault, on the other hand, there are pictures which shock and terrify every time we look at them. Set against Géricault, Bacon does not benefit  by the comparison.

It is not that I want to insist on a true-blue (or true-red) Marxist interpretation of Géricault's gift, such as was attempted by Mr John Berger at the time of the Romantic exhibition. But it is true to say that Géricault is an artist who appears greater because he at once mirrors, interprets, and transcends his own age. The disturbance within himself somehow became linked to, and enabled him to harness for purposes of art, the great historical disturbances of the Napoleonic wars and the Industrial Revolution. Does Bacon do the same for our own epoch? His soundlessly screaming popes, his flabby wrestlers grappling erotically on a bed, his cowering nudes pitilessly exposed on their couches, present powerful images of cruelty, terror, obscenity, and loneliness. But there is a way in which these images, borrowed from painting or photography, fail to be of broad application. Because his range of imagery is so restricted, but even more because it is presented to us as imagery only, as metaphor not the 'thing-in-itself', we find ourselves regarding Bacon's work as something which touches reality at certain points, but is not part of it. It is not part of twentieth-century truth as Géricault's is part of nineteenth-century truth; it does not interpenetrate with our own times as Grunewald's Isenheim Altarpiece interpenetrates with the reality of the late Middle Ages. I choose this last comparison, both because of Bacon's professed admiration for Grunewald, and also because of his own attraction to the theme of the Crucifixion. The purposes for which he uses it, however, seem to me as private and special as Grunewald's were public and universal. Bacon, like certain contemporary writers (Gunn and Genet come to mind) uses his imagery of cruelty partly as a means of making guilt into art. But the guilt is always somebody else's; it does not become one's own.

 

 

    

       ‘Man Seated with Turkey rug’, by Francis Bacon: from the exhibition of his work at the Tate Gallery, London

 

 

 

       Moore and Bacon

 

                        By BRYAN ROBERTSON 

 

 

BRYAN ROBERTSON | ART | THE LISTENER | THURSDAY, JULY 25 1963

 

BACON'S recent paintings at the New London Gallery show as clearly as ever that he is projecting an image of death from which all positive life or hope is rigorously excluded. That is the point of his work and its fatal restriction. He is not making a tragic image. Instead, he is playing out a morbidnot tragicobsession which has meaning within the terms of psychopathology, but can never attain the universality of  genuine tragedy, for this needs an alternative ingredient to offset its negation and provide the real catharsis that we find in Mantegna, Rembrandt, and Goya. The horror of absolute corruption, brought almost to the edge of death, is hermetically sealed in Bacon's work and clings on, sick and fearful, in a self-absorbed trance. The painting itself is bold and energetic but undermined by the weakness of expressionist rapportage intent upon registering feeling in terms of paint without any constructive thought to push the paint further. And so the formal quality of his figures and backgrounds are rarely successful, and even then only at an elementary level. The compression chamber, the intangible prison cell, so familiar from literature, has lost its meaning and turns into a sentimental device.

There is still much to admire. The drips of paint, used as a perspective device to pinpoint space, which still carry an emotional weight. The tightrope tension between specific, readable reality, and camouflaged, out of focus areas of activityobjects on the edge of the arena, or the visceral black splayed across parts of the figures. The insistence on vertical figuresconsistent for many yearseven when foreshortened and recumbent, to produce an active, bristling immediacy of contact with the spectator, who is almost trapped as a protagonist. (The standing figure in the street was originally a reclining figure.) The equally consistent alienation effect achieved by the scale of figure to space or furniture; the cut-out figure from one canvas superimposed on another; or the two figures in 'Man and Child' in which the child's legs are separated from her body by placing the figure against the diagonal, disrupting intersection of wall and floor while the man's head and shoulders are isolated from his body by being set against a window frame. The familiar preoccupation with furniture as an active participant, changing according to the formal tensions of the figures. The obvious approach to sculpture, for many of these bunched up, convulsive figures might almost stem from the early sculptures of Matisse when he was trying to bring a baroque amplitude into the severities of cubism, or the sculpture of Duchamp-Villion. And the sensuous resolution of individual passages in the paintingthis can be beautiful, as in the drifting debris in the street scene. There is much else to be absorbed by and to admire, but the severe limitations rob these works of complete authority. Disparities in scale between figure and context may occasionally have a point as psychological impact, but too often are clearly the result of weak design, as in the feeble 'Figure with Hypodermic Syringe'. There is also the disagreeable feeling that something repellent is being gilded, prettified, in a chic sensea chunk of raw, putrefying meat in a smart, bright décor. The colour itself remains arbitrary, and the lighter tones lack an earlier resonance. Design has expanded slightly and comments on certain aspects of abstract art, but they  are only used, coldly, they are not explored. In this sense, and in others, Bacon's work belongs to the academy, and relies more and more on sentimental sensationalism.

We are left with the personal myth and the performance as an artist. Both are fascinating and in different ways command respect. The myth has absolute validity, based as it is on courage, independence, and a high degree of professional energy shot through by ambiguities of technique and formal irresolutions. Bacon's shortcomings are those of any artist crippled by an excessively self-indulgent obsessive vision. Outside that, out in the world, only a handful of people can truthfully respond, though they can stare through lurid shock. For his work has not made a world with real meaning for any possible society, but only a morbid aspect of what is anti-life, a painful travesty ritual on the razor's edge of death. Trapped there, it is incapable of growth, only an occasional increase in confidence at a fixed level.

The new sculpture of Henry Moore confirms a feeling that after marking time for a while in the nineteen-fifties he has moved through to an intensity of feeling and constructive energy which has demanded and found a considerable extension of sculptural language. The knife-edge forms, the three-piece reclining figure, the large torso (and arch), the wall (a background for sculpture which is so strong in character in itself that nothing is needed to add to its life), the locking piece and the knife-edge two-piece confrontation are all brilliant and forceful inventions. The essence of Moore's work is always to be found in the grimmest or most ferocious sculpture; his matronly figures and other sweeter preoccupations lack the conviction and the formal power of his darker side. There was once a danger that a consciousness of art might stifle his development and his ability to be true to himself. He has passed that hurdle. This new work has added to the greatest sculpture of the twentieth centuryand has also radically enriched the expression of this particular moment.

 

 

    

       'Turning Figure' by Francis Bacon from the exhibition at Marlborough New London Gallery

 

 

 

  The dream & the nightmare

 

 

    HENRY MOORE & FRANCIS BACON

     NEW LONDON GALLERY

 

 

     ROBERT WRAIGHT | GALLERIES THE TATLER | 31 JULY 1963

 

IT IS PERHAPS TOO SOON TO SAY ANYTHING NEW about the paintings of Francis Bacon, whose latest canvases fill half of the New London Gallery. Having scarcely recovered from the violent impact of his great retrospective show at the Tate a year ago, I found the shock effect of these new pictures less disturbing than I had anticipated. This had the advantage of making it possible, for once, to look at Bacon in a reasonably objective way instead of in a state of emotional disturbance.

His painting has a compelling repugnance. Unlike the artist himself—whose attitude to a picture, once he has finished it, is summed up in his question to Sir John Rothenstein, How can I take an interest in my work when I don't like it!”  —I have, so far, always been interested in it because I disliked it.

I disliked it as I dislike nightmares. But now, in the same way that I am able to look back on a nightmare in the light of day and wonder why I was frightened, I can look into the most horrific of Bacon's paintings without even a shudder. The explanation maybe that for me Mr. Bacon has cried Wolf!”  too often. That does not matter. What matters is that he is like a magician who has lost his hold over me but is now revealing the secret of his magic, a thing more fascinating than the magic itself.

 

 

 

  FROM HELL TO HEAVEN

 

 

     By FRANK DAVIS | A PAGE FOR COLLECTORS | THE ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS | AUGUST 10, 1963

 

It was fairly clear from the very extensive exhibition of the work of Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery a year ago that the painter found mankind and its silly face thoroughly nauseating. I went to the New London Gallery recently to see whether he had in any way altered his opinion and was unable to discover which he disliked morehimself or us. As a painterself-taught moreoverhe composes beautifully in depth and has the most exquisite feeling for nuances of tone; but he seems to exist in a very personal hell of his own manufacture, a clue to which perhaps was given in an interview on the radio which I heard with astonishment not unmixed with hilarity and which I see was printed in a recent Sunday Times supplement: David Sylvester was asking him about the recent Triptych called "The Crucifixion," and Bacon answered, "It was a picture that I did in about a fortnight, and when I was in a bad mood of drinking, and I did it under tremendous hangovers and drink; I sometimes hardly knew what I was doing."

I know I ought not to be hilarious about this naive statement but I'm not hilarious about the painterto me he is a tragic figure, self-crucifying; I am hilarious over those who must at all costs be in the swim and imagine that great paintings can emerge from hangovers. I left this man of great and authentic talent to his own sorrowful nightmares beyond the range of the ordinary dyspeptic, passed through an array of majestic and oddly soothing Henry Moore "presences," and emerged into the light of day to look for an antidote to Baconian depressionand found it without difficulty up the road at Wildentein's where 40 portraits from the 15th to the 19h centuries, some of them trivial, a few masterpieces, looked down from the walls.

A whole exhibition of nothing but portraits can be as boring as a series of silly nightmares; in my then mood I felt I had been released from a claustrophobic hell to climb up to the Golden Gatesand what is more, to be welcomed, so that even one or two over-sweet confections by minor men of the late 15th and 18th centuries seemed marvels of sanity if not of intelligence. Portrait painters of all ages are tempted to please their sitters rather than their own consciences; all the greater pleasure therefore to be faced by so intimate, so apparently simple a painting as this child's head by Delacroix (Fig.1), the centenary of whose death is this summer being celebrated by a great exhibition at the Louvre. (See page 201).

 

 

 

 

Enter Bacon, With The Bacon Scream

 

 

Britain's most influential - and disturbing - painter is seen in his first major American exhibition.

 

 

By DAVID SYLVESTER THE NEW YORK TIMES | OCTOBER 20, 1963 

 

 

LONDON. THE Francis Bacon retrospective now showing at the Guggenheim Museum is the biggest one-man exhibition of a 20th-century British painter ever held in the United States. Bacon's fame, nonetheless, is of fairly recent date. Thus, 10 tears ago when an advertisement in The Times of London announced a lecture on Francis Bacon at the Institute of Contemporary Arts, the incoming mail brought an interested letter from the Francis Bacon Society, publishers of Baconiana!

The present Francis Bacon, who, incidentally, is a collateral descendent of the Elizabethan, had his first one-man show in 1949, when he was 39. It was probably the most controversial one-man show London has had since the war. Some saw Bacon as a major artist, others as a sensationalist, others as an interesting eccentric. In subsequent shows, Bacon continued to divide critical opinion, and displayed his power - which has now become rather rare - to disconcert and puzzle those are hardened to avant-garde art. I suspect that one of the things which causes uneasiness is his combining a feeling of terror with a feeling of luxury. We are accustomed to contemplation of the suffering poor. But Bacon appears to be painting the suffering rich. His screaming figures have an air of authority and wealth.

Perhaps the most ambitious thing of all about Bacon's art is its implicit insistence that painting is not worth bothering to do if its subject matter is not on a tragic scale. It is not enough, he seems too feel, to paint the human head or figure - as if merely to do this in a new way were not already difficult enough today. He must paint the human head or figure as seen in an extreme situation. For it is not only Bacon's screaming figures who seem to us to be faced with disaster; every Bacon figure has an air of desperation. I take it that this preoccupation is provoked by the fact that only in such extreme situations - when our self-possession is lost -  our reassuring poses broken down - do we reveal ourselves as we really are.

At any rate, if the index of a painter's standing is how other painters rate him, Francis Bacon has been established as Britain's leading painter for 10 years or more. The younger artists here look up to him with a unanimity which is remarkable, and it is astonishing how admiration for him cuts across opposing schools of thought. Bacon's contemporaries and seniors could scarely be expected, human nature being what it is, to feel quite the same enthusiasm, but most of them do look upon him with that special kind of admiring, slightly grudging regard which artists reserve for one of their number who is completely unafraid to be himself. As to painters from abroad, I have found that they - Americans especially - have been more interested in Bacon, probably, than in all the rest of our painters put together.

In market value, it is only in the last couple of years that Bacon has up alongside Ben Nicholson as the most expensive to buy of living British painters. Canvases of his usual size - in the region of  80 inches by 60 -  are now in demand at around $14,000. But six years ago an acquaintance of mine who needed to sell a Bacon he owned - a large and fine one - was prepared to accept £600 for it.

Both public and private collections here were much slower in getting on to Bacon than they were with such artists as Nicholson, Sutherland and Moore. Until two years ago, by which time Bacon was 51, the Tate Gallery had actually purchased just one painting of his, although the collection did include three further works which had been donated. In comparison, the number of Sutherlands in the collection  then amounted to 16. Belatedly, the Tate has taken to buy Bacons (now that they cost real money).

Yet this gallery, the only important public gallery of contemporary art in Britain, is still without one of the many versions of that famous Bacon image of a seated figure, his mouth open in a scream, which dominated figurative painting of the nineteen-fifties in Britain as clearly as de Kooning's woman image dominated it in America.

The scream, of course, had a good deal to do with the reluctance of the Establishment to come to terms with Bacon. The scream wasn't artistically respectable; it seemed a bit far-fetched. Bacon was thought to be too intent on making our flesh creep. At a public discussion in 1951, critic Herbert Read complained that Bacon's work just was not painting. Although official opinion softened with time and conceded that Bacon was a brilliant as well as highly original painter, he was, all the same, at best too much of a maverick, and at worst, a purveyor of gratuitous melodrama. Critic Raymond Mortimer wrote that if only Bacon would turn his talents to doing a picture of a rose, the result would be something he would wish to possess.

As to the subjects Bacon did paint, "Grand Guignol" was a comparison that tended to recur. As a matter of fact, it was a rather inept comparison. Bacon is no a painter of scenes of bloodletting, torture and violent death (his overt themes are tame by contrast with the scourgings and skinnings of medieval and Renaissance images of martyrdoms). The source for the ubiquitous screaming mouth was the close-up from Eisenstein's Russian film classic "Battleship Potemkin" of the bespectacled old lady shot in the eye, and it is significant that, while Bacon's adaptations of this image often include the spectacles as well as the shriek, they never show the glasses as shattered or the blood running down the face. Bacon almost goes out of his way not to illustrate horror.

In a number of his paintings, the figures are based upon the Velázquez portrait of Pope Innocent X in the Palazzo DoriaRome. This reference to the Pope, indeed, has proved to be a main source of confusion about Bacon, along with the fact that Bacon has done several paintings relating to the Crucifixion, including one picture of Christ crucified in which something that appears to be a dead dog is hung over the horizontal of the Cross. People have asked whether Bacon is preaching bizarre distortion of Christianity, whether he is satirizing the Church or what. They seem to feel some guidance is needed on how to approach such subject matter, that some explaining is required. There is no easy explanation, however.

In an interview recently, Bacon said that his paintings of the Crucifixion had no religious significance for him; that as "a nonbeliever," the Crucifixion to him is "just an act of man's behaviour, a way of behaviour to another." He mentioned that he had long been obsessed by, and wanted to base something on, a Crucifixion scene by Cimabue: "I always think of that as a worm crawling down the Cross ... moving, undulating down the Cross." He also said that for him the theme of the Crucifixion has a relationship to the slaughterhouse, and that he had been very moved by certain photographs of animals about to be slaughtered and obviously scenting death.

Asked about his constant reference to the portrait of Innocent X, Bacon at first declared that his interest in it had nothing to do with its being the portrait of a Pope, but was prompted entirely by its being one of the greatest of the portraits of Velázquez, who is his preferred painter, and by "the magnificent colour." (Actually, the Bacon versions show the Pope robed in purple, whereas in the Velázquez he wears red). When pressed, he conceded: "Of course the Pope is unique; he's put in a unique position by being the Pope, and therefore, as in certain great tragedies, he's as though raised on to a dais, in which the grandeur of the image can be displayed." So it would seem that Bacon sees the figure of the Pope as material for a tragic image - tragedy being about the death of kings - but that there is no conscious concern with the church, either sympathetic or hostile, in his treatment of the subject.

Bacon's capacity to disconcert also arises, I believe, from his personality and rumored personal habits as much as from his actual work. Though of English stock, Bacon was born in Dublin in 1910, the son of a race-horse trainer. He left school early, traveled across France and Germany and lived for a time in Berlin.

By 1930 he was back in London  doing free-lance work as a furnish designer and interior decorator. His commissions included doing the furnishings for the dining room of the house belonging to R. A. Butler, the present Deputy Prime Minister, which were later acquired by novelist Patrick White.

Bacon, however, was more interested in trying to paint. He went ahead without any formal training, and very quickly began to win recognition - in 1933 a picture of his was reproduced in Herbert Read's "Art Now." But Bacon was not concerned with furthering his growing reputation. He exhibited vey little, and destroyed virtually everything he did. During the war, in which he served full-time in civil defense, there was little opportunity to paint. Most of his surviving work dates from the postwar years.

As for his personal habits, Bacon - or his legend - does not fit into any of the stereotypes of the avant-garde artist. He is known, for example, to drink a lot of champagne, whereas artists are supposed to drink whisky or beer or black coffee or red wine or absinthe; champagne seems symbolic of a different way of life. Again, he is believed to be addicted to gambling, especially roulette.

Still, interest in his gambling is not mere gossip, because his liking for it does have relevance to the way he works. "I think that painting today," he once wrote, "is pure intuition and luck, and taking advantage of what happens when you splash the bits down." This does not mean that Bacon thinks painting is just having loads of fun; a remark he made during an interview with the writer shows what he meant.

Bacon was talking about "the will to make oneself completely free," and he went on: "Will is the wrong word, because in the end you could call it despair. Because it really comes out of an absolute feeling of: 'It's impossible to do these things, so I may as well do anything.' And out of this 'anything,' one sees what happens."

Later he said: "You know in my case all painting - and the older I get, the more it becomes so - is an accident. So I foresee the image in my mind, I foresee it and yet I hardly ever carry it out as I foresee it. It transforms itself by the actual paint. I don't in fact know very often what the paint will do, and it does many things which are very much better than I could make it do. Perhaps one could say it's not an accident, because it becomes a selective process which part of the accident one chooses to preserve."

There are, of course, painters who preserve the first happy accident that comes along; Bacon, however, is always trying to push the thing further. The more successful he feels a painting to be, the more unable he is to leave it alone. He destroys more canvases than he allows to leave his studio, and the significant thing is that the destruction is rarely a matter of discarding an unpromising painting at an early stage. "I think I tend to destroy the better paintings, or those that have been better to a certain extent. I try and take them further and they lose all their qualities, they lose everything."

I asked him: "If you were to go on, you wouldn't get back what you'd lost, but you might get something else. Why do you tend to destroy rather than work on? Why do you prefer to begin again on another canvas rather than go on with the same one?"

"Because sometimes then it disappears completely and the canvas becomes clogged; there is too much paint on it."

Bacon would rather be left with the ruin of something that had once been really "near" than stop short of an approximation.

If there is any one moral quality manifested in the way a painter works that painters today value above all others, that quality is a readiness to take risks. And it seems to me that Bacon has been prepared to take risks more freely and grandly than any artist since Picasso - and that this is his greatest strength. In terms of achievement there may several finer painters among his generation that include Giacometti, de Staël, Dubuffet, de Kooning, Rothko, Pollock, Gorky - but I do not think that any member of it plays for such high stakes as Bacon.

Ii is not only his way of working. It is also that the kind of painting he is trying to achieve is the most difficult to do now. He is trying to paint the human head and human figure not, like Dubuffet or the New Realists, by using a conventionalized sign language, but in a way that traps the fluidity of his sensations of reality. And he is trying to reconcile this submission to the dictates of the external world with a freedom in handling paint hardly less extreme than that of recent abstract painting.

Furthermore, while he is using paint and distorting form with that especial degree of freedom won by the 20th century, he is trying to compete with the masterpieces of the past on their own terms: the layout, the space, and often the tonality of his pictures are not those of "modern" pictures but of the portraits by Rembrandt, Titian, Velázquez and Goya.

There is something peculiarly British about this sort of reconciliation between contemporary characteristics and an old-matserish look. British painters seem to have a compulsive nostalgia for the past which  leads them to attempt syntheses between, say, Matisse and the Venetians, attempts which are vitiated by an air of compromise, of being afraid to go the whole hog.

On the other hand, one of the most mysterious qualities of Britain's greatest painter, Turner, is the way in which he seems to begin with a landscape by Claude Lorrain and then assault it with light so that it partially dissolves. Bacon seems to cherish and attack a Velázquez portrait in much the same fashion, and like Turner, arrives at the same sort of combination between disintegration and renewal of a hallowed prot0type.

I think that unifying factor in Bacon's art - the factor common to his way of working , to his aesthetic conception and to his content - is his insistence that it must be all or nothing. He chooses to attempt the same sot of painting, roughly speaking, as Rembrandt and Velázquez did - though not in a traditional way or out of any mere reverence for tradition - rather than settle for one of the narrower, more specialized, more peripheral concepts to which many great modern  painters, especially nonobjective painters,  have been prepared to limit themselves.

Bacon feels dogmatically that abstract art is too arbitrary in form, therefore mere decoration. The modern painters he most admires are Bonnard, above all, Picasso, Matisse, Soutine, Giacometti. All these painters can use commonplace subjects of no immense, inherent emotional import; Bacon's final and greatest demand upon himself is the risky portentousness of his subject matter.

Obviously, this all-or-nothing outlook is a matter of temperament rather than decision. At the same time, Bacon has his rationalization for his attitude to painting. He points out that the painter today is in a special situation. Representational painting is no longer needed as a means to record actuality, since there is now the camera to do this. And painting no longer has the didactic purpose it once served.

"Man now realizes that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason. Painting has now become, all art has now become, a game by which man distracts himself. And you may say that it has always been like that, but now it's entirely a game. I think that that is the way things have changed, and now what is fascinating actually is that it's going to become much more difficult for the artist, because he must really deepen the game to be any good at all."

DAVID SYLVESTER is a British critic and lecturer who contributes to several journals and appears regularly on the B.B.C.

 

    

      British artist Francis Bacon - "He does not fit into any of the stereotypes of the avant-garde painter."

 

 

 

 

ON THE STRANGE CASE OF FRANCIS BACON

 

 

 

By BRIAN O'DOHERTY | ART | THE NEW YORK TIMES | SUNDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1963

 

FRANCIS BACON'S retrospective at the Guggenheim Museum demonstrates how to be a great psychological figure painter in a time that makes it impossible. Behind the devastating success, each painting is a cunning subversion of the time through a limited but brilliant strategy.

The odds against this operation being successful are considerable. Bacon's surgery is so radical that it is perilous. His subject matter (atrocity, anguish, perversion) has been devalued to cliché. He is not a natural painter and a case could be made as to how badly he often paints. Finally, he seems doubtful of the value of painting, which is at best "a game."

Yet he has produced images that corrupt the imagination and ennoble it, that attack life and preserve it, cutting us between these opposites like a scissors so that, like the artist, we become both patient and surgeon, victim and assassin.

This paradox of Bacon's art is of vital importance for all of us. Our particular time has forced on us a consciousness of bestiality and the darkest possibilities of human action without providing a way to cope with these revelations. Bacon's art does.

It adds the perverted and the atrocious to human nature, where they belong, and does so totally without moral judgement. Whoever smartly rejects Bacon's art as a profound expression of aspects of this particular timeas some are beginning to dojust hasn't seen the things the 20th century keeps under the chromium-plated counter: a body in vivisection, a cancer split open, a mind carefully mutilated.

What Bacon does to the human figure is quite clear in a literal way. The figure is filleted to a jellylike blob that can bulge and ripple into any protoplasmic travesty. His people show a curious interaction between structure and movementambiguities of movement are suggested by ambiguities of structure and occasionally vice versa. The norm of the human figure that we all carry in our heads is displaced by a number of possibilities as if we were watching some game of embryological Russian roulette. (The embryological image can be a useful one in discussing Bacon, some of whose work looks like the contents of the dermoid cyst that sidetracks a human being into a hairy pouch of loose teeth and slime.) Similarly, his emphasis on the perverted seems related to some implied norm of behavior.

The effect is the old one of holding a mirror up to nature to reflect a creature we can examine with some sensual repugnancy before it dawns on us we are looking at ourselvesor some image of our isolation, our sentient brutishness, the unadorned and perilous fact of our existence. Thus the immense concentration of his images, a power frequently inexplicable when one examines the rather obvious structure of his pictures and the fundamental pessimism of his statements.

Mr. Bacon is on record as saying that "man now realizes that he is an accident, that he is completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason." The pitiful creature he presents in metamorphosis is an image of the futile anti-hero changing shape, like a slug, to accommodate different stimuli. Pinned against their bright, clinical backgrounds, Mr. Bacon's hulks are trapped by their necessity to continue living, as he in turn is trapped by his necessity to paint them. And since he seems to think that they and the business of painting them are meaningless, painting becomes a sort of grudging existential act.

Perhaps the most fundamental puzzle about Bacon is how he achieves his perverse nobility and a sort of high art from such a negative basis. Basically, his work is bestiality formalized into a mystique that makes degradation metaphysical, a private Black Mass. Thus the huge "Painting" 1963 becomes a sort of meaty cathedral, the baroque draperies made of flesh, the anguish stabilized into a ceremonial hysteria.

His people are usually raised on a dais, a throne, a chair, a divan, frequently surrounded by an electric diagram of space (like the skeleton of a cube), isolated against lurid backgrounds of solid color over which black windowshades are occasionally pulled down. These charged spatial environments make anguish bearable in much the same way that ritual does and they seem located halfway between the theater and the operating room. Within this environment it is eerie to watch snail-like trails of paint crawl and drag across the figures like metaphors for flesh. The sense of ceremony is inescapable.

To put Bacon into historical perspective one need not turn to painting at all. His is the first major expression in paint of a sensibility that runs from de Sade through Rimbaud to Genet, and includes such a modern semi-masterpiece as John Osborne's "Under Plain Cover" with its netherworld of diaphragms and syringes. The best comparison is with Genet. Like him, Bacon is attached to a style of ceremonious presentation that allows him to extend the definition of life to include the underworld of rape, suicide and murder. Again as in Genet, these are not the objects of disgust but of a spiritual passion, that passion of which Baudelaire is the purest example.

His connection with the history of art he makes clear enough. He got his images from art, photographs and film, ravaging the past for the image he can subject to crisisVelázquez's "Innocent X," Blake's "Ancient of Days," the screaming woman from Eisenstein's "Potemkin". Those pioneers of creative anguish and creative spiritualism, Van Gogh and William Blake, naturally attract him. Metaphysical devices are borrowed from Giacometti, the vibrating background colour from some abstractionists.

Having found his critical moment he makes it a semi-blurred ectoplasmic instant of becoming, which introduces the crucial dimension of time into his art, bringing one to his obvious interest in serial dissolves in film, and the serial exposures of Eadweard Muybridge's studies of motion. The motion in Bacon's art is unique. He catches the spirit gawking out between moments of physical metamorphosis. The results can be spectacular. Each head in his "Study for Three Heads" is speeded up with multiple viewpoints like a Picasso of the thirties humanized by Hugo Van der Goes.

Bacon seems to have accepted the meaninglessness of life as a point of constructive departure, again something that has precedence in literature rather than art. Despair accepted is as good a basis as any for art, and painting can become an existential proof of freedom beyond responsibility. Tellingly, he has referred to painting as a game, so one is free to replace the rules according to one's will. As a performer on this disconsolate existential bridgehead, he is a compelling and compulsive artist, who has built up an astonishing oeuvre through the collision of raw life with style and ceremony. He is a sort of existential expressionist, no moralist at all, and if he feels pity, it is overcome by an implacable curiosity.

The implication behind the ceremony, the perverse nobility, the despair cancelled by acute sensation against bare nerve endings, is bleak. For life, no treatment is possible, but we all have the cure at hand. In a desperate inverted act of affirmation, his art is like one gigantic suicide to prove the value of life.

 

 

    

    FRANCIS BACON

 

A GREAT, SHOCKING, ECCENTRIC PAINTER

 

 

 

BY LAWRENCE ALLOWAY | VOGUE | NOVEMBER 1, 1963 

 

 

Some years ago, in London, I sat for my portrait. The artist was a slow worker, so I spent days looking at the back of the canvas on his easel. Since he was a friend of Francis Bacon's, I had something to look at during our sessions He was painting on the reverse side of an abandoned work of Bacon's. There was, I remember, the shadowy outline of a figure, dark against a whipped-up background of blue and other colours. It looked like a mad scientist in a greenhouse.

Bacon appeared in London, after World War II, with a few turbulent and anguished paintings. The impact of these paintings were terrific, but rumour was persistent that the works shown were merely the tip of the iceberg. For every painting that he let out of the studio, there were said to be rows of discarded or slashed masterpieces. The canvas on which my portrait was being done was one of these works. A double drama became associated with Bacon There was the struggle of a desperate man who destroyed most of his own work; and, there was, too, the violence of the imagery in the paintings that did survive—meat decomposing or people screaming.

For years Bacon was inseparable from rumour and legend. His nonchalance towards the preservation of his work, his pleasure in gambling, his visits to an André Gidean North Africa, were all threads in the story. (One anecdote I remember had a n English art student sketching on a beach in North Africa An Arab came up to him and opened the conversation: “Do you know Francis Bacon?”) It is a characteristic of the successful twentieth-century artist to live in a goldfish bowl. Once an artist has been awarded a goldfish bowl of his own his whole life becomes information that he shares with the world. The world troops through the studio today. Bacon, though the object of great curiosity, has managed to live in the goldfish bowl and preserve a great deal of privacy. In fact, the violence associated with his name has acted as a screen behind which he could live and work as he wanted. 

Bacon is in his early fifties, but does not look it. It is neither the regularity of his work habits nor the circumspection of his life that has given him his remarkable youthfulness. On the contrary, he has never spared himself, never been a man to take it easy. Bacon does not like abstract art and dismisses it casually as mere decoration—an opinion revealing the indifference with which Bacon protects himself from subjects that are of no interest to him. Nevertheless, he is the only painter of his age who continues to the interest younger artists in England, many of whom are abstract painters. No other painter of Bacon's generation in England (a mild lot) has displayed the particular qualities of nerve and obsession that seem to characterize the best modern painters in other countries.

An exhibit of more than sixty paintings by Bacon has opened at the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum. Surrounded as one is at the Museum, by an abundance of large spectacular works, it is hard to remember that Bacon achieved fame first as a painter almost without paintings. Gradually, he has separated himself from the web of rumours and party talk that surrounded him, and, in the last few years, has become a very much more productive painter. At least he has allowed much more of his productivity to remain. At the Guggenheim, for example, though the show is retrospective, and goes back to 1946, at least twenty percent of the works were painted within the last three years. Bacon has made the transition from cult figure to major painter with his later work fully displayed, not shielded by being held back or destroyed. (American collectors, incidentally, were on to Bacon early, and the present exhibition draws on American, as well as European, sources.)

It used to be thought that abstract painting was difficult to appreciate and that figurative art was easy because it appealed directly to common experience. This argument was O.K. for the early twentieth century, but is no longer convincing in the changed situation of mid-century art. Good art and bad, difficult art and easy, are no longer identifiable with set styles, but only with the uses artists make of them. The work of Francis Bacon is among the reasons that this easy antithesis has to be abandoned. There is, for instance, little agreements as to what the subject matter of his paintings really is. There are nudes, but what are they doing? There are men in spaces that look like hotel rooms; or they may just be corners of Bacon's studios. The scenes are clearly displayed and yet not decipherable into verbal explanations. Bacon is fully prepared for this situation, or at least used to it, because he says: "Everybody has his own interpretation of a painting he sees. I don't mind if they have different interpretations of what I have painted." Certainly his critics have made full use of this freedom (which is, perhaps, rather insolently bestowed—like Apollo granting Midas' imprudent wish for gold). His figures of Popes have been explained as anti-clerical and as Freudian father-symbols; they have also been explained away as appealing to Bacon as a theme simply because the Pope wears such handsome colours.

Then there is the problem of his quotations from other artists. He has often paraphrased Velázquez famous portrait of Pope Innocent X, but this quotation is not like the respectful evocation of a classical model because the artist feels he can not improve on it.  On the contrary, one image begets another in Bacon's art and it is quite possible for him to continue, in the same picture, from the Pope to a reference to Einstein's film, The Battleship Potemkin. A screaming head, famous from the Odessa steps sequence in that movie, began to appear in his paintings in 1949. Thus, a famous painting is combined with a photographed image, so that the old and the new, the traditional and the modern are disconcertingly fused. Both art lovers and movie fans have disconcerted.

Incidentally, the movie quotation, though from a silent film, makes Bacon' a precursor of today's pop artists, with their references to images of mass communications. Bacon has persistently used original and unexpected sources for his art. Many of his figures and animals derive from such books as Eadweard Muybridg's The Human Figure in Motion and Marius Maxwell's Stalking Big Game With a Camera in Equatorial Africa. One was published in the  1890's, the other in the twenties, and undoubtedly Bacon relished the period-flavour of the photographs, as well as their status as records of fact. He shows that no visual material, no human records, exist that can not be valid, if interpreted meaningfully.

Bacon's art has a way of connecting, knowingly but obliquely,  with problems which have to be faced, at some time or another, by everybody interested in art. First, what is the role of the masterpiece? There was a time when nobody doubted its value. It was the great work which summed up all that an artist had been trying to say and it was undoubtedly destined for immortality. In one way, Bacon seems o aim at producing masterpieces, in the grandeur and ambition that his works display, but at the same time he seems to be destroying the ground for a masterpiece. By painting pictures in series, as he does, or as variations on a theme, he seems to be saying that no single painting i sufficient to make his point. Thus, instead of destroying masterpieces, as his friends say he used to do, he repeats possible masterpieces in endless series and variations. The result is that his pictures need to be seen in groups, and, when they are,  they look like successive stages from a film or or a picture magazine (like, say, records of a suicide jumping off a building or a girl having a completely new hair do).

A second problem which Bacon's art consistently raises has to do with the influence of photography on art. Of course, this is not a new theme, and in the nineteenth century Delacroix, Corot, Daumier, and (the suddenly revived) Aphonse Mucha, were among those painters who were interested in the new medium. What Bacon has done is to bring his painting into relation with the mass of photographic images which fill the world today. And this means that his paintings, in this respect, share a common ground with ourselves. Today none of us escapes the influence of the visual explosion. In fact, it is through photography that we get much of our information about politicians, fashion, outserspace, and Christine Keeler. Our image of reality is substantially shaped by photography. Bacon transfers the visual appearance of photographs into his art, and never more so than when he is painting freely. He has an evocative way of dabbling a dry brush, or twisting a wet one, so that, like heavily screened newsprint or out-of-focus photography, physical reality is evoked, but in a rather oblique form. In fact, Bacon told David Sylvester in a recent interview on the British Broadcast Company that to him "forms change continuously." He improvises as he works so that a painting, even though planned out in advance to some extent, may not have a predictable outcome. It is not the least of Francis Bacon's paradoxes that however much he improvises in paint, he never loses contact with that blurred, gritty, yet persistently factual presence that photography creates.

Bacon's paintings are as stately as the portraits of ancestors in English country houses, even though the forms are evasive and hard to pin down. The composition of his paintings prepares us for an image in the Grand Manner, but when we look closely, its forms and composition seem to stretch, as in a distorting mirror, or dissolve out of focus. The result is that everything in Bacon tends to produce uncertainty, often of an ominous or breathtaking kind. 

In a new painting of Bacon's Landscape near Malabata, Tangier his dazzling colour range, and emotive power of his imagery, can be seen. The landscape is sucked into a kind of vortex, and surrounded by a screen, like the canvas windbreaks they put up on Côte d'Azur beaches, or, perhaps, like the pens in which, three hundred years ago, royal bore hunts took place. The forms within this arena are blurred by wind or movement, including the evocative human-looking smear in the foreground.

Why does Bacon paint sinister and harrowing subjects? This is a question that, often asked, needs to be answered, although one is tempted to say, why not? After all, nobody demands "why bottles?" when faced with Giorgio Morandi's still calm lifes. One answer takes the whole affair out of painting and into the area of moralizing editorial writers. This arguing sees Bacon as a mirror held up to the human condition, faithful recorder of a bad time.

However, there is another way to look at Bacon's subjects and that is to see them as the personal expression of a view of lifeand death. To quote Bacon's own words: "Man now can only attempt to beguile himself, for a time, by  buying a ind of  immortality through the doctors." And, in his paintings Bacon represents life, its vulnerability and man's impermanence. Thus, one can say, it i the speed of change that is, in a way, his subject.  Just as fashion styles are always on the move, visibly changing every few years how woman look and, more slowly, how men look, so Bacon depicts man as subject to change, unstoppably. The human body is represented as if it were as topical and as expendable as clothes. This is not, by any means, a negative view of his life, but simply recognition of the facts of life.

 

 

    

 

 

FRANCIS BACON, who is now having an extraordinary exhibition at New York's Guggenheim Museum, arranged by its curator, Lawrence Alloway, is an original, a discoverer of new ways with a memory of the old. (In the photograph here, taken in Bacon's studio, there is at his left a Rembrandt self-portrait reproduction.) To some people he is a shocker as a painter, to some he is only an eccentric with a known compulsion towards gambling. To some he is bats. To others, however, he is but far the greatest painter in Britain. An isolated man, sometimes extremely attractive, sometimes curiously aloof, who wants to record the faces he sees, he is frequently surprised that certain spectators think of is paintings as screams of rage, for there is little of the rebel about him. He lives his unsettled life comfortably in disorder. With great candour he knows that he horrifies. Before the Guggenheim, the Tate Gallery in London gave him, several years ago, a show, oddly violent in reaction since his paintings are so quite, mirages often of multiple images, of sliding, melting faces that make some spectators feel their are eyes out of focus.

BACON'S "Landscape near Malabatta, "painted at Tangier in May this year, is one of his few landscapes. About it, Lawrence Allowat wrote: "The landscape is sucked into a kind of vortex, and surrounded by a screen, like the canvas windbreaks they put up on Cote d'Azur beaches, or, perhaps, like the pens in which, three hundred years ago, royal bore hunts too place. The forms within this arena blurred by wind or movement, including the evocative human-looking smear in the foreground." (It is published through the kindness of Marlborough Fine Art Limited, London).

 

 

     

                                                     Francis Bacon Landscape near Malabata, Tangier, 1963

 

 

 

 

  In the New Grand Manner

 

    TIME | FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 1, 1963 

 

    

 

"If I sit and daydream, the images rush by like a succession of coloured slides," says Francis Bacon. Every once in a while, he stops one and puts it down on canvas. Full of atrocity and anguish, they are the most consistently disturbing images in modern art today.

Bacon paints tragedy, and his works are both noble and enervating. Since he does not believe in life after death, he cherishes existence as a singular event: he is a fatalist taking arms against despair. "Life itself is a tragic thing," he says. "We watch ourselves from the cradle, performing into decay. Man now realizes that he is an accident, a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason."

Professional Nomad. Collateral descendant of his courtly Elizabethan namesake, Bacon is a ruddy, puffy Pan whose brown hair is ungreyed at 54. He is a self-taught artist and a loner among modern artists. He lives like a loner—staying barely long enough in any one London flat to litter it and leave. Last week, having just ended a four-month toot, Bacon was back at his easel in a South Kensington mews flat that has been home for a scant fortnight. At the same time, 65 of his oils went on exhibit in Manhattan's Guggenheim Museum. It was the largest one-man show in the U.S. for a living British painter within the century.

Bacon's success is sudden. Not until the age of 40 did he have his first one-man show. Today he is Britain's foremost painter. He hearkens back to the English portrait tradition—the grand manner. This phrase was used by Sir Joshua Reynolds to define the ideal High Renaissance portrayal of the human figure in elevated themes. The theme of Bacon's grand manner is man's eventual, often brutal descent into the grave-but it is nevertheless a way of dealing with the lofty idea of man against tragic destiny, sometimes in austere agony, sometimes in embarrassing abandon.

His subjects are uneasily seated atop a dais, sprawled in frank nakedness on a couch, wrestling through homosexual positions on a podium. In last year's Three Studies for a Crucifixion, a motif he has been studying since 1931, Bacon painted a triptych more than 14 ft. wide with enigmatic figures and bony carcasses looming in red oval rooms. The central panel contains a kneaded corpse lying in bed amidst a welter of congealed gore. There is no more overt Christian symbolism than that every man can find himself martyred meaninglessly. And the source of Bacon's idea is no mystery: two widely publicized sex murders took place in London shortly before he painted it.

 


    

                                    PAINTER BACON & HIS IMAGES OF MAN

                     Man taking arms against his tragic destiny.

 

Pretzel Poses. 

Bacon studies man through the man-made images of photography. Barricaded in his flat with blankets across the windows, he uses reproductions from art books and sensational photos from newspapers as his models. He painted a series of gnarled, garishly coloured portraits of his predecessor in agony, Vincent Van Gogh, after reproductions of the Dutch artist's long-lost The Artist on the Road to Tarascon. Most famous of his serial portraits are those of screaming pontiffs modeled after a papal commission by Velásquez (see opposite page). Though he has been through Rome, where Pope Innocent X's portrait hangs in the Palazzo Doria-Pamphili, Bacon has never gone to see it. The gum-baring shriek that gapes out of so many of his portraits is copied from a still from Sergei Eisenstein's film of 1925, The Battleship Potemkin, in which a horrified nurse is shot point-blank through her pince-nez. Why these subjects? "They haunt me," Bacon replies.

The images that haunt Bacon haunt his viewers even more. Great bisected sides of beef are constant and chilly recurring still lifes in his works. "I look at a lamb chop on a plate, and it means death to me," says he. The human figure is contorted into pretzel poses, sodden and stiff as if in rigor mortis. His cubism is boldly uncubical: blurry whorls, bulges, and lumps perform the cubist function of showing one object from all sides in a series of succeeding moments—an idea partly derived from a photo of a chimpanzee in Ozenfant's Foundations of Modern Art.

Ghastly Gallop.

In one of his most recent works, Landscape near Malabata, reminiscent of the outskirts of Tangier where he used to vacation, Bacon dissolves trees, grass and ghostly beasts into a ghastly gallop around the center of his canvas. Faster and faster they seem to run, until the shadows no longer keep up with what is casting them. One brushstroke more could throw it out of step, and Bacon knows it. He destroys more canvases than most artists paint.

He is reaching for one perfect final portrait of man, and his avaricious eye is often bigger than his brush. "I am trying to communicate with myself, and I keep hoping that one day I'll knock myself backward with the impact of what I've done." Until then, the chances are good that Bacon will continue bowling over everybody else.

 

 

 

 

          FRANCIS BACON

 


THE SOLOMON R. GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM, NEW YORK

                                        IN COLLABORATION WITH

                      THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO

 

                                 October, 1963 — January, 1964

 

 

The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum is honored to present the first American Museum retrospective exhibition by the distinguished British painter Francis Bacon. The Museum, thereby implements its stated policy to exhibit modern art of exceptional quality and significance regardless of national origins or stylistic categories.

That we should be joined in this endeavor by one of the great museums in this country. The Art Institute of Chicago, is a source of particular gratification and sets a fruitful precedent for similar collaborative ventures in the future.

Harry F. Guggenheim. President, The Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation

 

Francis Bacon, through his imagery, refers to the Gospel and to Van Gogh; to Popes and to businessmen; to male and female nudes; to dogs and apes. The underlying, ever-recurring theme, is the figure (saintly, human or animal, with a degree of interchangeability) shown in an environment that is natural or man-made. Bacon thus is intelligible and his scene, blurred and veiled though it may be, remains recognizable. His painting — figurative in the ordinary sense of this term — is nevertheless unlikely to satisfy those who yearn for a return to old-time art, to a back-swing of the pendulum from abstraction to a naturalistic mode. 

Why should this be so? Chiefly, we believe, because Francis Bacon is so demanding and so incapable of fulfilling the hope for a comfortable art. With him, there is no release from tension, no lessening of the viewer's commitment. He is quite unable to afford such simple pleasures as constitute to many beholders the obvious function of art. Instead Bacon strains our viewing capacity to the utmost. Recognizability notwithstanding, he is more difficult to "understand" than many abstract painters. 

To approach the essence of Bacon's work, we must come to terms, intellectually or intuitively, with any number of complex thoughts of which a few may be summarized as follows: 

The relation of Bacon's images to his formal pursuits. This involves the subtle interplay between the artist's seemingly haphazard choice of subject matter and of the stylistic means through which he brings
 it to life.

A consideration of Bacon's probing disposition which instinctively reaches for images and for analogous pictorial means that touch upon essentials. He thereby forces us into questioning confrontations with basic attitudes, prejudices, and taboos and by so doing necessarily hurts us before affording such relief as comes from widened understanding. 

An understanding of the meaning of ugliness in art and the realization that horror can be sublimated through formal perfection into the most satisfying of harmonies. 

A consideration of pictorial space and its relation to our prevailing world view. For Bacon gives us a graphic extension of known reality, 
thereby leading us to rethink our placement as individuals in the world 
of our understanding. 

These and other issues are forced upon us by Bacon's relentless art. Since, once confronted, we cannot turn away, his propositions are most uncomfortable. The great reward held out to us is that through the comprehension of Francis Bacon's blurred vision, we shall see ourselves with greater clarity. 

The Francis Bacon exhibition and the accompanying catalogu
were prepared by Mr. Lawrence Alloway, Curator of this Museum, for presentation at The Solomon R. Guggenheim 
Museum in New York and The Art Institute of Chicago. 

Thomas M. Messer, Director, The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum

 

I am grateful to Ronald Alley for his abundant contribution to the bibliography, to David Sylvester for making available documentary material, to James Thrall Soby and Sam Hunter for the kind loan of photographs, and to Richard Tooke of The Museum of Modem Art and Donna Topazia Alliata for assistance in obtaining photographs. 

I leant to thank the following members of the Museum's staff: Carol Fuerstein, editor of the catalogue and, with Maurice Tuchman, compiler of the bibliography; Alice Hildreth who worked closely on the exhibition since its inception. 

The Marlborough Fine Art Ltd. kindly obtained loans from European collections and, in particular, Mr. H. R. Fischer was resourceful and helpful. 

My thanks are due to the following for the contribution of color plates to the catalogue: Ted Weiner, Fort Worth: The Joseph H. 
Hirshhorn Foundation, New York; The Art Institute of Chicago; Marlborough Fine Art Ltd., London; and for the loan of existing color plates, Museo Civico di Torino and the Marlborough Fine Art Ltd., London. 

Lawrence Alloway, Curator, The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum

 

INTRODUCTION
 

A great deal of Bacon criticism has been devoted to a single aspect of his imagery. Because there are Popes that scream or solitary figures in hotel bedrooms, they have been identified as allegorical personifications of Melancholy or Dejection. The paintings have been treated as cultural symptoms, mirrors held up to an age in pieces, generalized moral lessons, rather than as individual expressions. The result is that Bacon, as an artist, has been dissolved, or inflated, into a cultural barometer. The writers who are responsible for this all see the present time in negative terms, so that Bacon becomes the laureate of Buchenwald, the Goya of the Early Space Age. Criticism of this kind makes for rather lively reading — far more exciting and emotional than art critics can usually manage to be. Metaphors of nightmare, breakdown, and crisis abound. Literary parallels are constantly invoked, such as Kafka, Beckett, Joyce (the sermon in A Portrait of the Artist as a young Man), and George Orwell (1984). Such writing derives from the original historical dramas of cultural historians who use works of art to embody moments of crisis, paths of decline, or crossroads of transition in culture. In their hands, the method is, at least, based on a thorough historical knowledge: time provides a perspective for their judgments. To write about a contemporary artist in this way, however, assumes a comprehensive grasp of our culture, which, while we live in it, as participants, we may not have. The meaning of our culture is incomplete until the future 
confers it. Thus, the reading of Bacon as the drama of a culture in crisis tends to be inconclusive as well as indulgent. There is, also, the awkward fact that if works of art are treated as signals of the state of culture, all art is significant in this way, and not simply the work of violent artists. Chardin, Vuillard, and Morandi must also be significant, and not only Goya, Picasso, and Bacon.

Though one objects to reading Bacon's art in terms of a melodrama of the human condition, this does not mean he should be considered a detached and aesthetic artist. On the contrary, he is an inveterate enemy of the idea of the dehumanization of art. to use Ortega's phrase for a widely held approach to art in the 19th and 20th centuries. A concise statement of this position is Cocteau's witticism in the dedication of Orphee: ''A painter may throw himself from the fifth storey, and the art-lover would only say: 'That makes a pretty splash'."1 The assumption is that human meaning is of negligible value compared to strictly held formal values. Bacon, however, has always put conspicuous human meanings in the foreground. In fact, it has been his strategy to conceal his formal concerns behind the spectacle of human action. When he blurs a face, it could be a wound, as well as a painterly decision; when he compresses a form, it is as much like an injury as an exercise in foreshortening. He makes formal meanings resemble painful human experiences. The marks of painting, including conspicuous signs of improvisation, become images of the movements of his figures or of their suffering.

It is, perhaps, time to try to write about Bacon as a painter, rather than as an allegorist of Angst, and about his works as paintings, rather than as documents of a 20th century problem, predicament, crisis, or what have you. Central to Bacons art is a dual time-sense. He has. it is true, an acute sense of topical images, rendered with immediacy, but he is also persistently aware of the past and its models. He has, for instance, paraphrased repeatedly Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X (Doria Gallery). In the Van Gogh series he not only alluded to Van Gogh's The Road to Tarascon, but also, in the first Study for Portrait of Van Gogh, to Manet's Execution of the Emperor Maximilian (Boston Museum of Fine Arts). Hence, a buried, and thoroughly unexpected, connection is established between an image of Van Gogh, surely linked with our idea of a victim, and the figure of the sergeant of the firing squad on the right-hand side of Manet's sketch. In the fifth Study for Portrait of Van Gogh, the painter appears in a strong Art Nouveau style, as if painted by Munch. In the recent Three Studies for a Crucifixion, the corpse in the central panel is reminiscent of the bullet-pierced flesh of the corpses in Goya's Execution of May 3, 1808. There is, of course, a link between Goya's and Manet's firing-squad paintings. Persistent, though buried, connections of this kind are contained in Bacon's art linking it with the tradition of painting, though on his own terms.

Bacon's concern with tradition should not be translated immediately into the received picture of an individual in agreement with his inheritance. Tradition for him is not a snowball which he slightly enlarges by rolling it a little further on an established track. The past to Bacon is not a gallery of coherent prototypes which he modifies but whose dominance he does not question (the approach to tradition recommended by early 20th century classicists and conservatives). Tradition to Bacon seems to be a shifting bundle of models and influences in a problematic relationship with recent experiences. The records of the past are available in underground and personal ways: consider the irony and paradox involved in the Manet quotation or in the stylistic reference to, as it were, an unpainted portrait by Munch.

Bacon's allusions to Velasquez's Pope Innocent X are well-known. There is, however, another work which could only be known to Bacon in the form of a reproduction, a remarkable painting by Titian in the John G. Johnson Collection, Philadelphia. It represents a sitter, Cardinal Filippo Archinto, in a pose that anticipates the Velasquez, but with a transparent curtain hanging over half the painting. The face fades, the right eye is divided, and the hands are smeared through the material. This bizarre work seems to be one of the formative factors in Bacon's Study After Velasquez, 1953, in which theface is partially obscured by vertical folds of material. It is the history of art, as it contains curiosities and puzzles, as well as masterpieces, as a record of human action, rather than as a pure fountain head, which absorbs Bacon.

Of greater consequence, probably, than the presence of individual quotations from other artists, is the general reminiscence, in his work, of the Grand Manner. By Grand Manner, I mean the central tradition of European figure painting as it developed in the Renaissance and as it dominated all subsequent figure painting until the 20th century. Bacon's paintings preserve numerous allusions to the Grand Manner. The size of the canvas, the  placing of the figures within it, the gestures and poses of the figures depicted — all reveal an underlying structure of the Grand Manner format that has been thoroughly assimilated into a direct and natural way of working. These echoes of the past are not academic simulacra of past models; on the other hand, their persistence in Bacon's art differentiates him from abstract painters. In fact, even as the past is evoked by the structure of the paintings, it is 
questioned and undermined. A grand compositional display becomes a keyhole to intimacy. 
Within the format of the Grand Manner, human, spatial, and painterly cues are charged with fresh meanings. Within an heroic contour, for instance, a figure will be painted in an elliptical or perfunctory manner. Instead of the spatial coherence of the Grand Manner, figures fade against a black void, or are pressed forward by a flat color plane.

To Bacon, the Grand Manner is indispensable, as a frame against which to work, eroding and subverting it, but not removing it. He needs both the symbol of order, of which the Grand Manner provides an ample and long-lived example, and its opposite, intimate and unanticipated images. The two elements interlock, one giving body, one giving mystery, to the other. In this respect. Bacon can be compared to both Giacometti and de Kooning, but not to Dubuffet (whose human figures are flat and primitivistic). Giacometti's sitters are withered paraphrases of Baroque portraiture, with the tall grey studio behind them as the surrogate of column and curtain. De Kooning's Women preserved, through all the sweat and fruitiness of their paint, a basic seated pose, seen early in his 1938 Queen of Hearts, which derives from Renaissance originals. The interplay of flesh and dilapidation in de Kooning rests on a Grand Manner infra-structure. The point is that all three painters, unlike Dubuffet, are post-Raphaelite painters, with no desire to simplify, to strip off history and sophistication: they only want to make their own uses of it.

This act of preserving, knowingly, a form, while transforming it partially, produces an art which is highly ambiguous, to use a word that is continually employed in 20th century criticism. Surrealist images, which conflate different objects or classes of objects, are so-called, although, in fact, the effect is of a puzzle rather than of ambiguity. In the works of Bacon, Giacometti, and de Kooning (the Women, not the abstract paintings), it is the 
structure of the work itself which is ambiguous. It is partly the continuation of a past tradition in a confident and still viable form. It is, also, the reduction of the forms of this tradition to act as a container for an unexpected content, sometimes a disreputable one. The Grand Manner becomes, at times. Grand Guignol. Instead of being the paradigm of order, the format of the Grand Manner becomes merely a corral for wild beasts, freshly trapped. It is essential for Bacon to preserve a given and canonical form, against which he can work. His paint creates the form but, simultaneously, withholds its complete definition. The traditional composition and its heroic occupants are both raised and perpetuated, but, at the same time, they are parodied and damaged.

The use of orderly form, without confidence in its absoluteness, and the insertion of disturbing subjects into a pre-existing form, has analogies with Baudelaire. The regular stanzas and the classic structure of the line in his poetry divulged subjects and emotions foreign to the decorum usually associated with his structure. Similarly in Bacon, the apparatus of the Grand Manner supports a drastically changed iconography. In two early paintings by Bacon, for example, an umbrella is used; in both, the umbrella shields a figure, whose head appears to have been sheared through, cutting the top of the skull off. The incongruity of the umbrella, in scenes of such violence, should not block our memory of the fact that umbrellas were used, with fair frequency, in Baroque art, to protect the sitters of, for instance, Van Dyck and Le Brun. A covert and bizarre art historical reminiscence is set up, adding resonance to the shocking image.Bacon's nudes, often derived from motion studies of late 19th century males by Eadweard Muybridge, evoke the Grand Manner unmistakably. As the muscles rise, memories of Michelangelo and his followers are strong. Bacon's figures, of men exercising singly or in pairs, link with the modern tendency to take nudity in art literally. Looking at the 16th century's heroic nudes it is hard for us to separate the painted or carved figures from human anatomy. A potential of human reality within the ideal figures has been released, often at the expense of the symbolism originally identified with Mars or Vulcan or athletes (their physical well-being a code for virtue). Separated from iconography, Michelangelo's nudes are swung into a new context; his athletes take on the attributes of muscle-eroticism rather than Neo-Platonism. The tradition of Michelangelo's homosexuality is related, now, to the Sistine vault, which appears to us as though covered by gymnasts. Similarly, the males that Bacon paints imply a homosexual content. It is not a matter of recovering, after bourgeois suppression, the socially-sanctioned and culturally normal homosexuality of, say, a Greek poet. On the contrary, Bacon asserts the presence of latent homosexual meanings within the tableaux of the Grand Manner. As in Baudelaire the traditional theme changes within the known form, like fruit rotting in a bowl without outward change, or like a house adapted internally for different generations of inhabitants, but preserving an ancient façade.

One of the ways in which Bacon relates to the Grand Manner involves a special definition of man and space. In the Renaissance, the human body was defined as a solid, subject to physical laws, set in measurable space. The movements of the body in this space were highly adaptive and competent; able to fight, build, and love, good at selective tasks. Bacon is sensitive to this definition of space as the area that an individual can move in or reach. 
He abandons the objective ground plane of the Renaissance and organizes space around his human figures, outwards from the active agent. Bacon has used thrones, couches, cages, beds, canopies, booths, and the Cross to define the area of human movement. The recurring image is of a human being pinned to an intimate area of use. Our experience of what is close is different from our experience of what is distant, and Bacon (despite occasional landscapes) is basically a painter of near forms. His human image is persistently conceived in relation to intimate, touchable, reached areas of the world. The cradle within which the child is set, the bed on which we spend so much of our lives ; the table at which I am writing, or a telephone booth; a chair, or a Cross to which One has been nailed. The space beyond these islands of man's use is amorphous or inaccessible.

The spectator's relation to Bacon's pictorial space is highly participative. The figures, on or in their residual Renaissance structures, seem to be trespassed upon, rather than cooperatively posing for the artist. Or the artist himself (who becomes subjectively identified with the spectator) seems engaged in the acts of his figures. Curtains drop, heads loom in close-up, bodies are cut off by the frame, so that we feel a constant sense of privacy invaded and of personal involvement. Erwin Panofsky has pointed out that typical Renaissance treatises on perspective "devote much time and space to the construction of regular and semi-regular solids, of architectural features and of scenery," whereas it was difficult "to cope with the human body because of its utter irregularity. " This is the point at which Bacon's interest in the human body starts. To quote Panofsky again: the "variety of human movements" was rarely depicted as "the result of a continuous transition from one state to another." In fact, Bacon has made this theme his own, with his studies of transitional human movements flickering through the wrecked Grand Manner.

The use of elaborate presentational devices by Bacon is not immune to our special self-consciousness in the 20th century. We have become sceptically aware of the process of communication itself, recognizing the rhetorical functions of dress and gesture, and of the technical means themselves. The events of present history may be staged, because the participants know that they occupy a goldfish bowl. Thus, Bacon often turns the painting, self- 
consciously, into a tableau, a demonstration, a display. The fact of his frankness about the mechanics involved does not stop them from working. On the contrary, his knowledge links with the visual sophistication of the 20th century audience. In fact, the theme of death, which is constant in his work, occurs within the prepared scene. Some of his images of mortality recall the verisimilitude of death and decay presented in natural history museums in Europe. For instance, in the Zoologiske Museum, Oslo, there is "a group of African scavenger birds feasting upon the head of a dead zebra, with matter oozing out of eyes, nose, and mouth, and maggots competing with the birds. "
5This compound of an artificial presentation with a shocking image of corruption is Baconian.

It is important to determine the function of photographs in Bacon's art. He used a still of the injured nurse in The Battleship Potemkin in 1949 and subsequently around 1950 he began using motifs from the motion studies of Muybridge. Also in the early 50s he used Marius Maxwell's Stalking Big Game With a Camera in Equatorial Africa, though, as a rule, indirectly. The Popes of 1951 quote not only from Velasquez's Innocent X but, also, from a 
photograph of Pope Pius Xll carried on a sedia gestatoria through a room in the Vatican. This group of paintings is, incidentally, the first series showing successive, though mysterious, episodes. Here Bacon is producing some of his most fully realized works, as if he were aiming at a masterpiece, but at the same time, repeating the image with small changes, like a series of photographs or a comic strip.

What is the historical relation of photography to art? Obviously the belief that it would kill, or that it had killed, figurative painting satisfied only a few early 20th century polemicists. What photography did was to enlarge the scope of figurative painting by carrying the human image out of classical idealism. Delacroix recognized this clearly: "After having examined . . . photographs of nude models, some of them poorly built, overdeveloped 
in places and producing a rather disagreeable effect, I displayed some engravings bv Marcantonio. We had a feeling of repulsion, almost of disgust, at their incorrectness, their mannerism, and their lack of naturalness: and we felt these things despite the virtue of style."
6

Bacon's use of photographs is fully in line with this reading of photographs as non-hierarchic and un-planned fragments of real life. Thus, in his work, blurred forms and mysterious gestures, derived to some extent from photographs, occur within the context of the Grand Manner. A processional image becomes a scene of assault, like an assassination; wrestlers become lovers: figures in a room look like celebrities whose names and faces we can no longer keep together. Bacon simulates the grainy quality of photographs, especially when processed for reproduction, thus, depositing, as it were, bits of the world in his imposing pictures. Both texture and gesture derive, in Bacon's work, from photographic sources. The evasive nature of his imagery, which is shocking but obscure, like accident or atrocity photographs, is arrived at by using photography's huge repertory of visual images for all 
objects and events,
7 which permits connections between widely scattered phenomena (a human head and an ape's, for instance).

Human actions, when arrested in time, frozen at a brief moment, have a potential for mystery, inasmuch as the purpose and context of the action may be missing. Uncaptioned news photographs, for instance, often appear as momentous and extraordinary, though deeply human and anonymous. In his earlier work Bacon used this property of photographs to subvert the clarity of pose of figures in traditional painting. In place of the convention of explicit gestures in art, he developed a style of unpremeditated gesture, of the inadvertently and obscurely revealing, based on the expressions and movements that we all share and manifest unknowingly.

So important is the theme of motion that Bacon's development can be, perhaps, discussed in terms of a change in his approach to the problem. From 1949 to 1956 the movement of figures is indicated mainly by blurring the edges and opening the planes of forms. Forms are evoked by partial glimpses, diffused by atmospheric chiaroscuro, though the whole form is never questioned. There is plenty of space for the implied movement to take place. The effect is of spatial fullness and of the free occupancy of space by mobile and fugitive figures. In 19.56, though Bacon's interest in motion did not change, his way of handling it did. There is a new sharpness of contour and solidity (or, at least, continuity) of planes. Previously the whole figure was seen in motion, with each form retaining, however blurred or transparent, its integrity. The limbs might be hazy, but they were intact and in place. Later, however, motion is expressed by the compression of bounded and continuous forms. Thus, a turning head is indicated not by being smeary and blurred, but by being twisted; bodies, instead of fraying as they moved in time, are corkscrewed or dilated by successive movements, each phase of which is partially visible. It is possible that some reference to Futurism may be contained in the later figures. In the sliding and squeezing of anatomies there is a reminiscence of Umberto Boccioni's bronze sculpture Unique Forms of Continuity in Space (1913). What Bacon gives us, perhaps, is Boccioni's "ideal reconstruction of continuity" without the reference to machinery which geometrizes Boccioni's work. Instead of metallic surfaces, the figures are pulpy and vulnerable, as in the Three Studies for a Crucifixion, 1962.

A change in Bacon's color-range and paint-handling is related to this development. His earlier paintings are monochromatic, based on black and a restricted number of colors, clearly revealing a sympathy with Manet. The link with Manet is not casual, but a consistent parallel with an artist who preserved the Grand Manner format while painting improvisationally (and, to his critics, casually) within it. Bacon's paintings from 1945 to 1949 reveal, on the whole, a progressive move from a dense, stickily-textured surface, which hesitates between painterly and sculpturesque form, to a consistent painterly style. With the 50s comes an increasing lightness in the paint, which tends to be dry and dabbed on, so that forms are grazed and flicked into being. In 1952 this manner of painting became sparser, a kind of parched morse-code over dry canvas. Variations of this way of painting are consistent until 1956 when richer color and more unified planes appear. By 1959 an unprecedented clarity of color puts, as it were, the formerly shadowy figures of Bacon into the light of day; and the light, combined with Bacon's use of literal effects of foreshortening, shows that the figures resemble cripples.

Although Bacon's work reveals change when viewed chronologically, he is not one of those artists whose work needs to be seen in sequential order for its full realization. He wall hit on an image, with apparent suddenness, and then use it repeatedly, in variations which are not necessarily resolvable into a logical procedure. References back and forth between different versions of the basic images, create a denser layer of meaning than any of the works singly. For instance, the various paintings of the Crucifixion add to one another, but without revealing an ideological change between the 1950 and 1962 versions. His work is, perhaps, best viewed as a cluster of images, which he has invented and elaborated, returning to them over and over again.

Lessing has discussed the problem of the scream in art: "The simple opening of the mouth, apart from the violent and repulsive contortions it causes in the other parts of the face, is a blot on a painting and a cavity in a statue productive of the worst possible effect."9 "Imagine Laocoon's mouth open, and judge. Let him scream, and see. It was, before, a figure to inspire compassion in its beauty and suffering. Now it is ugly, abhorrent, and we gladly avert our eyes from a painful spectacle."10 It is clear that Bacon's human image continually violates the canon of Lessing. The scream is a recurring theme of Bacon's art; sometimes an early painting seems to be little more than a mouth, "a blot." It is imagery of this kind which called forth the criticism mentioned earlier. My point is not that Bacon is not a painter of grotesque and gruesome effects, but that these effects occur within the context of 
art. and not merely as reflexes to an historical moment.

If one characterizes Bacon as a painter of the grotesque it must be with certain reservations. He is not a painter of fantasy that transcends earthly reality or makes jokes out of it. He neither projects "the dreams of painters," in free-wheeling imagination, nor does he pursue compounds of human and other forms in a metamorphic game. He is not, for instance, much like Fuseli who, though he invented a personal iconography of terror and 
nocturnal effects, treated his figures and objects in a stylized and disembodied manner. Bacon always presupposes, and aims to convince us of, a substantial core to his paintings, human and solid. One function of his use of photographs is interference with the Grand Manner, but we read the interference as evidence of life and the human presence in the painting. In fact. Bacon is in line with that branch of the theory of the grotesque' which stresses the preservation of a basis in visual, observable fact. Although the monstrousness of the subject may be brought out, it is continually checked by correspondence to its model.

The technical means by which Bacon represents motion in time, within the spatial art of painting, are closely linked to his content. The way he manipulates the paint is inseparable from the impression of flesh and mortality with which he is preoccupied. Just as he preserves the Grand Manner as a normative framework, which he stretches but does not abandon, so he keeps the human contour legible through all deformations. The imagery of 
forms in motion becomes metaphoric of the way time, in longer periods, destroys bodies. Bacon's figures are represented in action, but, also, as subject to accelerations of time's process. Through motion studies. Bacon arrives at an imagery of death. In the small paintings of heads, his free handling identifies the paint with human flesh, which seems to be separating from the head and admitting sight of the skull. Death is, for Bacon, the point of reality which gives meaning to everything else; his grotesque imagery, therefore, leads directly to his sense of the factual. Erich Auerbach has pointed out that "in the 19th century the work 'realism' was associated chiefly with the crass representation of ugly, sordid and horrifying aspects of life."
12 Bacon, who has certainly inherited this association, can be, simultaneously, grotesque and realistic.

Lawrence Alloway

 

NOTES


1. Jean Cocteau. Five Plays, New York, 1961, p. 8. 

2. Pointed out by Mark Roskill in his "'Bacon as a Mannerist," which he kindly allowed nie to read in manuscript. 

3. Erwin Panofsky. The Codex Huygens and Leonardo da Vinci's Art Theory, London. Warburg Institute, 1940. 

4. Ibid. 

5. A. E. Paar. "Realism and Romanticism in Museum Exhibits," Curator, New York, vol. 6, no. 2, 1963, p. 174. 

6. Eugene Delacroix. Entry, Saturday, May 21. 1853, The Journal of Eugene Delacroix, Translated by Walter Pach, New York, 
Crown, 1948, p. 314. 

7. Examples of the kind of photograph that Bacon has used are found in Amedee Ozenfant's Foundations oj Modern Art 

(new edition. New York, Dover, 1952), a possible source book. These are: a blurry photograph of a chimpanzee (p. 5), closer t:i 
Bacon's chimpanzee paintings of 1953 and 1955 than anything in Marius Maxwell; "Sir Austin Chamberlain as seen in a 
Distorting Mirror" (p. 59) ; and a man carrying a monkey (p. 174). T. B. Hess has reported de Kooning's observation that 
"a glance at a newspaper photograph or television report shows an incident in a city street that also might be happening in an 
open field or Hollywood bowl" ( Willem de Kooning, New York, Braziller, 1959). Thus the photographic media can give a 
sense of immediacy while denying our sense of location. 

8. Ronald Alley suggested, in his excellent notes to the catalogue of the Francis Bacon exhibition. Tate Gallery, 1962, 
that the Albright-Knox Art Gallery's Man with Dog, 1953, referred to Balla's Leash in Motion, seen in London in 1952. 

9. Gotthold Ephraim Lessing. Laocoon. An Essay Upon the Limits of Painting and Poetry, New York, Noonday. 1961. p. 14. 

10. Ibid, p. 13. 

11. Wolfgang Kayser. The Grotesque: Art and Literature, Indiana, University of Indiana Press, 1963. 

12. Erich Auerbach. "The Aesthetic Dignity of the 'Fleurs de Mai'," Scenes from the Drama of European Literature, New York, 
Meridian, 1959. 
 


THE SOLOMON R. GUGGENHEIM MUSEUM 1071 FIFTH AVENUE, NEW YORK 28, N. Y.

Exhibition October, 1963~January, 1964 

3000 copies of this catalogue, designed by Herbert Matter, have been produced by Fred M. Kleeberg Associates in October 1963 for the Trustees of The Solomon R. Guggenheim Foundation on the occasion of this exhibition of Francis Bacon

 

 

 

 

‘Tremendous’

 

 

 

By MERCIAN | TALK OF THE MIDLANDS | THE BIRMINGHAM POST MONDAY, APRIL 27, 1964

 

A BIRMINGHAM-HOUSED oil painting, Figures in a Landscape by the modern artist Francis Bacon, is to be the radio Picture of the Month for June. The painting, bought by Birmingham Art Gallery about six years ago, will be the subject of a twenty-minute talk by David Piper, of the National Portrait Gallery on the first Sunday afternoon in the month.

Mr. Piper has selected this contemporary work because, he says, he considers Mr. Bacon “a tremendous painter.”

 

 

 

The search for ambiguity

 

Francis Bacon. By John Rothenstein and Ronald Alley.

Thames and Hudson. £7  7s.

 

 

EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH THE LISTENER | VOLUME 71 | ISSUE 1835 | THURSDAY MAY 28 1964

 

THE APPEARANCE of this handsome books marks the final stage in the canonization of Francis Bacon. In his introduction, Sir John Rothenstein says the expected things gracefully enough, without casting much new light on the subjectwe see him bestowing that paradoxical blessing which the Establishment sometimes reserves for those who have most defied it. Ronald Alley's catalogue raisonné seems to be a model of its kind concise, yet full and accurate. We are left to confront as best we may the extraordinary phenomenon presented by the painter himself, and by his public reputation. As one turns the pages, it is interesting to speculate how highly future generations will value these picturesthe shifting, ectoplasmic images which Bacon uses so obsessively: the Popes, the dogs, the baboons, the cowering nudes. I cannot myself think of any painter whose future impact is so much in doubt. It must be in doubt, because Bacon strikes such a contemporary chord. He has more than once been compared to Fuseli, not altogether justly. Bacon's vein of horror runs deeper and truer than Fuseli's histrionic exploitation of violence and nightmare. And his fame is now more widespread than any which Fuseli managed to enjoy.

But one does detect at least one similarity. Fuseli's admirers revelled in his most extreme qualities, just as Bacon's do. The note of hysteria, then and now, was regarded as a complete justification of what the painter was up to. Posterity has made Fuseli pay for this by turning him into a sort of comic turn. 'The Nightmare' is a work which we enjoy though our consciousness of its absurdities; we find a sort of innocence in its use of symbolism which makes us feel superior; we like its energy but stand aside from its mood. Of course, the usual excuse we make for this change of heart is that Fuseli is pre-Freudian, and therefore, in our terms, unsophisticated. With Bacon, the post-Freudian hysteric, we start levelwe must identify ourselves with what is going on in the picture, and cannot view it with detachment. History seems to show that this sort of total identification with the work of art does not bode well for its future reputation.

Yet at the same time, it is possible to feel that the whole trend of modern art has been one of hostility to the idea of the permanent, and that this makes irrelevant the considerations I have outlined above. Art is now something to be used and thrown away, like so many other things in our culture. Yet in this case our approach to Bacon should be radically different from the one which we usually adopt. Bacon is often discussed in terms of content, and the fact that this marks him as a literary painter. One looks for parallels to Bacon's celebrated amoralism not in other painters but in the work of a writer like Genet. And Bacon's work has had eloquent advocates among writer; the reason being that, like so much other literary painting, it offers a good springboard for philosophical reflection. Even professional art critics find it almost impossible not to treat Bacon's work as allegory. Mr Alley quotes Robert Melville's remark that the figure in the now-destroyed painting 'Man at Curtain' is 'going through the motions of a privacy that is quite illusory'. But how can one be sure that this is what the figure is really doing? It is at this point that discussion of Bacon's technique begins to be the same thing, or almost the same thing, as the discussion of the moral content of his pictures. For the outstanding characteristic of Bacon the technician has always been the search for ambiguity. This, indeed, is the thing which makes him a pioneer figure, instead of a merely contemporary one; ahead, not just in step. Bacon's work if fifteen years ago already predicts the look of recent work by a painter like Robert Rauschenberg. Bacon borrows his imagery, and to some extent the texture, of his work from photographs, but still courts the effects of accident. A picture like 'Study from the Human Body', painted by Bacon as long ago as 1949, is really not much different in technique from a recent Rauschenberg, such as 'Barge'.

Bacon, however, cannot resist hinting at some sort of permanent, traditional value, at a numinousness which has nothing to do with the spontaneity of his actual handling. In this way his work loses validity, even for the present moment.

It is said that Gainsborough owed his success with his contemporaries chiefly to his skill in catching likeness. Yet if we look at Gainsborough's portraits, we see that those parts of them which most establish resemblancethe corners of he mouth, the modelling of the eye-socketsare deliberately left ambiguous. Gainsborough's sitters and their friends, when they looked at his work, always found enough latitude there; they could create for themselves whatever likeness they wanted to find. Bacon invites us to project into his work our own fantasies, our own moral attitudes. In place of the impassivity implied by adherence to the momentary, he courts his audience a great deal, flatters it by hints of blood, violence, and sex which are carefully left undefined. Repeated study of the reproductions in this book suggests to me that at the heart of many of the pictures lies, not a genuine uprush of spontaneous imagery, but a perfectly cool, and rather shallow and unpleasing, manipulation of the feelings of the spectator. The artist stands apart. The viewer who hopes to be assaulted is merely duped. Bacon is still the most important painter working in England. But is his talent as weighty as this massive tome implies?  

 

 

    

                                               ‘Figure with meat’, 1954: from Francis Bacon

 

 

 

 

 


Painting of the month

 

         Francis Bacon’s

‘Figures in a Landscape’ 

 

                                by DAVID PIPER

 

 

DAVID PIPER THE LISTENER | VOLUME 71 | ISSUE 1837 | THURSDAY JUNE 11 1964

 

AT WHITSUN I lay under the apple-tree in the dappled sun and projected this picture, that I was committed to say something about, as I could remember it, on to the blank brick wall of the cottage beyond the apple-tree, as though it were a lantern slide. I remembered it, bluish green and yellowish green, an upright rectangle, the foreground rather blurry as if unfocused in the foreground of a photograph; the background beyond at the top of the picture closed with definition by darker blue-green verticals striped as if it were a fence of palings, or perhaps the still folds of a curtain drawn, or perhaps, if grass could grow as dark green-blue like broccoli, a hedge of tall stalks along the edge of a field. Between these two areas the whole middle distance of the picture is taken up by the depression of a yellowish-green arena; you look down on it from a little above, and in it, quite close, is a fleshy mass, sallowish flesh, a naked figure, stooped or hunched or crouched: stooped in strain over something, a face hidden from you, dropped behind the shoulder, and behind the arm that reaches down, is involved, grappled with something that seems, you have the impression, to be lying on its back, its feet toward you, its kneed up. It is only the contraction of the knees that you see this second figure, for the knees obscure the rest of it, and the hand of the first figure reaching down into it. But what is going on is not explicit; even the anatomies are not explicit; the figures seem to be human, and male, anyway the crouching one, but if he had fur he could be an ape. But whatever the figures are, the relationship between them is close, intimate, and also violent; it could, as half-revealed to you, be of the violence of a kind of love, it could equally well be of murderbut what is palpable to the receiving senses of the onlooker is that the relationship is far from a comfortable one, that somehow it may well be fatal: and yet that it is also very intimate to the two participants, indeed private, and for all that they disport their hideous business as in a public arena, one is overlooking, intruding.

On a holiday afternoon in the placid countryside, I had no wish either to intrude upon horror or to be intruded upon by horror, so I switched off this memory. Through the branches was the sky, oceans of blue air. Almost never can you glimpse the sky in a Bacon picture. Positively not Bacon weather. But when (next morning) I opened the paper I saw that I was quite wrong and that at any time and in all weathers it is Bacon weather. On the front page was a photograph. It was a good photographarresting, I mean as composition; it showed a group of young men at play at the seaside, a swirl of vigorous bodies, well-dressed, well-combed, as if in ritual stomp, legs and arms working about some central object that one could not see because it was obscured by a half-reclining figure in the foreground. Some of the men's faces were visible, and their expressions seemed those of men exercising a skill: they could have been footballers intent on capturing a ball.

But you will have guessedas I did not, not having been following the Whitsun news that this was a photograph of a group of Mods on Margate beach in the great Whitsun rumble, and it was no ball to which they addressed themselves but the prostrate body of some human victim on the sunny playground of Margate sands. As soon as I had taken in the caption under the photograph, the image of the prancing young men took on an entirely new significance, as my knowing mind informed it, so it turned into a sickening record of human viciousness, of arbitrary and unreasonable violencea drawing-back of the decent curtain of civilization that normally veils the jungle of our more appalling and secret motives.

For a little I looked hard at the photograph. Sickening, I saidyet if I were clearly dispassionate enough to be able to sort out my immediate instinctive reactions to it they would probably prove to be very mixed : outrage, of course, of the decent citizen when decency is disturbed, but compounded wit this a fascination, an acknowledgement of the magnetism that drew and held the spectator crowds at Margate to watch the young men fight, looking and not looking ; and also some sense of identification perhaps both with victim and attackers. Not thoughts to flatter one's self-esteem, so pretty soon I did as I guess most readers of the newspaper that morning didtried to banish the whole thing by turning the paper over to see how the cricket scores stood. But I think even before I did this I was aware that part of my indignation was against the sheer inadequacy of the photograph, for until I had read the caption the image had conveyed nothing of the essential brutality of the scene.

But perhaps it was not the camera that was inadequate, so much as the human body itself ; the range of expression of the human face and limbs is in the end limited and often ineloquent about the emotion they contain and the springs behind their action. It is not in fact enough ; a man in the extreme of violent emotion feels that it must break the instrument of his body ; yet though he confront it, open his mouth, scream, scrunch up his face, it is not enough, and if you take a photograph of him doing this the result shown to someone who does not know the context can even be funny. This brought me back to the painting of Francis Bacon who is never very funnyat least I have never heard the ghost of a laugh in front of his picturesand whose business is to paint the human body in ideal terms, as if it could register in its flesh, and express, the living tragedy of the human situation. His paintings, he himself has said, are 'an attempt to make a certain type of feeling visual'.

In a twentieth-century context

But I have still to get to the actual painting itself. It is a biggish painting, five feet high, so that its central figures, though less than life-scale, still loom large. It is not framed behind glass, though Bacon rather likes his paintings to be glazed, partly for technical reasonshe does not use varnishand partly because the spectator can thus add haphazardly an extra dimension to the image, floating his own reflection in the glass over it. As a picture, it is, in a twentieth-century context, conceived in what may seem a traditional convention, as are almost all his paintings : that is, basically in what is now the old-fashion convention according to which you look in depth into the picture as into a picture window. The foreground, blurred as it is when you look at something in the middle distance, slides your eye effortlessly in to concentrate on the main subject, while the background at the top of the picture is closed, indeed shut, by that hedge of blue-green verticals ; and the centre defined, fairly shapely, by the roughly ellipse shape, the loaded metallic grey-blue line that marks the edge of the arena, the wrestling pit, wherein is the prime centre of attention, the two flesh-coloured figures in the turbulent greenand yet, though the whole picture bears in on them for focus, it is precisely focus that they refuse, rejecting exact definition and comprehension. 'The particular thing I'm trying to do', Bacon has said '[is] to make a chaos in an isolated area'.

This is his usual formula: in a smaller picture, isolating the main feature, the chaos that is a human head, by floating it on a dark neutral background, unprimed canvas stained rather than painted; in more elaborate compositions the shock of chaos may be enhanced by a setting in the most normal, if often rather chic, furniture, clearly and boldly painted, beds, chairs. Or again, narrowing down on his central subject, he can isolate it further by what may seem an arbitrary structure, a cage with rods or tubes, or oftenand this is his most famous devicewith a sort of transparent container, as if his subject were in a glass box. The effect of this building-in on to the main subject is naturally constrictive; the feeling that he is trying to make visual is always claustrophobic, yet the prisons that he paints seem also self-imposed; it is as though the flesh were melting and re-fusing in the prison torture of the mind.

Baffling forms

The forms that this mental torment make flesh take on under this bush are fascinating and baffling. Every week H-films invent some new image of horror, but the image is always too obviously invented, contrived, for a lasing impact. It is the virtue of Bacon's creatures that they seem indisputably to be of our flesh and blood, and many critics have noted in themselves a compulsive identification with them; as if in some extreme of private agony you were to look in a mirror and see your agony stand there mutating your body. His men and women organic and in movement, as we are organic and for ever in restless movement. And they are in the mid-twentieth century extremely topical; we see them in a frame of reference provided by the concentration camps, the gas-chambers, the H-bomb, in our knowledge of horror unavoidably welded into consciousness by newspapers, films, and television as never before; by the literature of claustrophobia, from Kafka to Sartre and Orwell, a mood still relevant as in parts of some of William Golding's novels. But Bacon is the first to have succeeded in painting a portrait of this, our knowledge in action in human life. Not all critics admit he has succeeded, and find that in the last resort he fails to transmute his material into art. In the long run they may be proved right, when the frames of reference in which future generations will see the paintings has shifted, but for the moment Bacon's power to touch the onlooker's nerves transcends frontiers, and he has for a painter a huge audience.

But how can chaos be presented in an organised picture? The idea seems self-contradictory. Looking at the 'Figures in a Landscape', doing whatever they are doing, you can decipher something of Bacon's characteristic ambiguousness of presentation. The chief figure, the crouching one, is in part fairly naturalistically rendered; the arm, for example, has the gesture and shape of muscle of an arm. The body is more puzzling, bruised anyway, bashed and then humped as if malformedyet acceptable (my eye at least does accept it) as a convincing transcription of a heavily built torso heaving in an awkward position. It is convincing perhaps partly because the painter has studied closely photographs of the body in action, both human and animal bodies, and there seems here to be some sort of fusion of human and simian energy.

A heavy body in paint

It is then, while very broadly and freely painted, convincing as an equivalent in paint of a squatting and heavy body. Yet as you look you can see the painter had drawn across its lower part, in that grey-greeny blue, in one swirl an equivalent of a thigh folded on calf. It is a good swirl, but it may seem, read close to, as if in a different language from the general massing of the body. And then, across the top of the torso, in the same colour again, a rough zigzag scrawl of the brush, and the part this plays in the painting may be hard to integrate ; it is rather as if the painter had chosen to finish the picture, deface it almost, with a swear-word. 'Oh Lord forgive us for we know what we do'. And then perhaps, still close to, uncertain if this does all add up, your eye may catch the most illusionistic everyday passage in the painting of the bodies: the head is hunched deep in the shoulders, the face hidden, but the ear is there, indicated by a swift gesture of whitish paint, its centre marked by a great blob in high relief of reddish white paint; and above the ear drawn back across the low cranium there is a sleek of grey hair, combed, barbered almostcoiffuredlying true and flat and trim almost as if quoted from a hair-cream advertisement.

As medley, all this close to is disconcerting, but step back and in my eye it adds up all right. Bacon we know relies a great deal on chance and accident in painting; never more so perhaps than at the time this was painted in 1956, when I guess he was influenced to some extent by American example. He tends to see an image, to start painting, and then to find it transformed by the paint itself. Yet accident, just as the exploitation of accident, are both created by the painter's hand and body, and, when harnessed successfully, work together in one rhythm. Writing of Matthew Smith's work, which he admires, Bacon noted the tendency towards 'a complete interlocking of image and paint, so that the paint is the image and vice versa. Here the brush-stroke creates the form and does not merely fill it in'. And this applies equally to the best of Bacon's work, welding apparently quite disparate matters into one significance of paint and image.

I fear I may seem not to have begun to answer the questions that may be foremost in the minds of some, particularly perhaps of those who look rarely or reluctantly at contemporary painting. Questions like 'Why do you like it?' 'What's it about anyway?' or 'What's it for?'

The first is easy. I don't like it, and in excellent company with he painter himself, though for not the same reasons. Bacon has said that he has no interest in his work once done. 'How can I?' he said, ' . . . when I don't like it'. In fact, 'Do you like it?' in such a case is irrelevant. 'Like' is not a word one would use seriously of, for example, King Lear, and Bacon's paintings are of that class if not quite of that order. But the old phrase 'as pretty as a picture' dies hard, and I find many people still assess paintings by standards they would never dream of applying to literature or any other art.

About the question 'What's it about?' I have been fencing all through this talk. The subject-matter of this painting is close to that of the Whit Monday photograph: an image of creatures in the grip of irrational and probably vicious violence. But the content of the final painting is, unlike the photograph, far more than the sum of the component parts of the subject-matter; the content involves a very general statement on the tragic nature of human life, upon what man does to man and what man does to himself in the ineluctable passage of blind time. Bacon is always concerned with time, and so with movement. The content involves not only actionbut also the apparently impalpables of action: the ambiguous tensions between executioner and victim, between participants and onlookers and between onlookers and onlookers of onlookers.

In the hedge of verticals that shuts the top of the picture, just over the two figures there is a suggestion of a reflection of the curve of the crouching figure's backlike a fragment, a ripple, of the concentric waves of force, or expanding halo, that a stone thrown sets up in a pond. The implications well out, obscure but potent, from the vibrant central image, but they are not implications that one can nail down in wordsif they had been, Bacon would have written them. The content of the picture is the paint that is the image, a feeling made visible.

And 'What's it for?' For the artist a stage in his compulsive need to realize an ever-shifting evasive image. But for usnot a picture to hand on one's wall, to live with; too disturbing, not comfortable; even though it has things that can charmthere is a glow of violet for example, in the shadow cast by the crouching figure among the slashed greens and yellows and ochres, as though the eye had struck a jewel open in a bed of crude ore. But for me, no, not to live with, even though many do live with Bacon paintings. It is not a domestic matter; the connections are with the soul and with fate. Pictures of such import used to be hung in churches, but now we hang them in art galleries, as this one at Birmingham.

Some critics have objected that Bacon fails in terms of tragic catharsis, but I am never happy about the application of that term in paintings, the act of participation is so different. For me Bacon's paintings are not wilfully destructive, not merely morbid, and rarely in the bad sense sensational. They seem rather to supply a visual identity for certain phases of consciousness, and once a thing is identified, one's hope of perhaps not exorcising it, but of exercising it, of coping with it, is enhanced, and with that the scope of life is enhanced. Bacon, though perhaps willy-nilly as far as he is concerned, is one of the major prophets in paint of our time, as richly eloquent in his imagery as any prophet of the Old Testament.Third Network

 

 

   

                             ‘Figures in a Landscape’ (1956), by Francis Bacon

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Melville has a look at a book about

 

Francis Bacon

 

 

ROBERT MELVILLE STUDIO INTERNATIONAL | VOLUME 168 NUMBER 855 JULY 1964 

 

If the history of public interest in 20th-century painting could be written in detail, the response to Francis Bacon's retrospective exhibition held at the Tate Gallery in the summer of 1962 would probably turn out to have been England's 'finest hour'. Whenever I was at the exhibition, I met people who had reacted to his previous shows with vague suspicion or downright animosity, and others who were there for a bit of shiver or had drifted in for want of something better to do, and I recall very vividly how they began to tread quietly and talk in low tones. Suddenly they were overawed by the grandeur of the work, and whatever it was that opened their eyes to the magic of it, they became for a while the solemn witnesses of an enveloping and wonderfully sustained vision of human dignity.

The entries in the catalogue of the exhibition were compiled by Ronald Alley, and they were so fascinating and so evidently the result of intensive research that he was invited to attempt a catalogue raisonne of Bacon's paintings. The outcome is the most thoroughly documented monograph* on the English painter that has ever been published during the artist's lifetime.

Even the details of provenance afford food for speculation. Some of the pictures have already passed through several collections, shuttling to and fro across the Channel or the Atlantic, as if in some way the restlessness of the images were keeping them  on the move, and the fact that in a number of cases the last-named owner is a dealer in London, New York, Milan or Paris implies that their wanderings are not yet over. In the list of 'abandoned pictures' the details of ownership sometimes start with initials which mask the identities of two young painters who were given the canvases to use for paintings of their own, but who would seem to have allowed them to slip into the market.

Some of the pictures have been known by various titles in the past: one of them now catalogued as Study for Innocent X has been entitled Red PopeRed Pope on Dais and Red Figure on a Throne, although it was only painted in 1962. All the pictures listed in the catalogue will now be known once and for all by the titles given them by Alley, but he must have had some difficulty in coming to a decision in many cases. I notice for instance, that some paintings are simply entitled Pope, but I don't think Bacon himself has ever given one of his pictures such a title. He has not been altogether averse to a title like Study after Velázquez's Portrait of Innocent X, but has more often preferred something less communicative. He named every one of a series of eight paintings of a pope Study for Portrait, and when I was working with Erica Brausen at the Hanover Gallery we used to call them 'cardinals' rather than 'popes' in the presence of visitors, to make sure that no one was offended.

Every known painting up to the summer of 1963 is reproduced in the book and whilst they disclose some remarkable changes and developments, particularly in the treatment of the head and the nude, they also convey very powerfully the constancy of vision. This is quite dramatically evident in the correspondence between two famous triptychs, eighteen years apart, which are reproduced in colour. In a recent conversation with the Editor of Cambridge Opinion, Bacon spoke of a certain kind of organic form as an alternative to the creation of the human image which 'could open up all sorts of possibilities, probably of a secondary intensity', and actually his first triptych, the Three Studies for Figures at the base of the Crucifixion, executed in 1944, was a contribution to this kind of organic invention.

The form bears a relation to the human figure but are placed outside the human pale by extreme distortion and the sense they convey of existing in a state of total and perpetual rage. Alley records that Bacon has referred to them in a letter as sketches for the Eumenides. (The word means 'gracious ones' and is a propitiary name for the Furies who exist for the purpose of avenging crimes against the ties of blood.) These figures seem to me to establish a curious and subtle link with the pieces of meat in the left-hand panel of the later triptych called Three Studies for a Crucifixion painted in 1962.

In Alley's note on the recent work he states that the pieces of meat were included because Bacon 'has always been moved by photographs of slaughterhouses and meat, which have about them the smell of death, which he associates with the crucifixion'. Sides of beef have appeared in a number of his paintings as a kind of affront to the the living flesh, but in the triptych they are on the verge of becoming 'personages'organic inventions. They lean towards one another as if in whispered conference and bring meat and the Eumenides into collusion. They could be called the natural enemies of 'hollow traditions and reassuring myths'. I understand such forms to be of 'secondary intensity' because they serve a more restricted purpose than Bacon's human images. They set the limit within which man has being and becoming, and set them firmly in the finite world. They are noticeably less involved than the human figures in the process which is Bacon's chief preoccupation and which he calls 'the complete interlocking of image and paint'. They could in fact be formed by linear means; but the nervous tissue and infinite restlessness of his human images are unthinkable in linear terms.

The introductory essay by Sir John Rothenstein is even more closely associated with the Tate exhibition than Alley's fine job of documentation, for it is a very slightly amended version of the essay which appeared in the catalogue. It is gracefully done. It includes some valuable information and illuminating fragments of conversations with the artist, but Sir John's attempt to steer a middle course between Bacon's detractors and his 'most ardent advocates', his attempt, in other words, to take a calm judicious, moderate view of Bacon's inordinate contribution to contemporary painting, supported by a less than careful scrutiny of the paintings themselves, presents a distorted view.

When Sir John refers to 'the element of sheer horror' in Bacon's work, he tries to avoid discussing it by saying that it is 'too conspicuous to call for emphasis', whilst taking Alloway to task for describing it as 'fast-dating Grand Guignol' and 'creaking melodrama'. Yet it is clear that he half accepts Alloway's contemptuous assessment of it, for he lamely adds that 'the element of Grand Guignol plays in any case a diminishing part in Bacon's work', and supports his claim by remarking that the 'stage properties by which he means the transparent boxes, the railings, the curtains and even the 'illimitable darkness'–have now been discarded and replaced by 'full daylight' and 'commonplace pieces of furniture' Quite apart from the difficulty I have in associating the light to which some of Bacon's later figures are exposed with the light of day, and in squaring Sir John's remarks about the furniture with his surprising admission in the next sentence that it assumes unexpected shapes 'nearly as expressive as the figures themselves', I feel obliged to point out that what he calls the stage properties have  not been discarded. In Study for Portrait on Folding Bed, painted in the Spring of 1963, which is in the Tate collection and must be well-known to Sir John, the bed is enclosed by a transparent box and a swirl of railing.

In fairness to Alloway, I think it should be said that the article from which Sir John quotes and which has so evidently influenced his attitude to Bacon's imaginative spatial devices, includes a valuable account of his use of paint to convey the sense of movement. The destructive side of the article was aimed more at my kind of advocacy of Bacon than at Bacon himself, and in trying to ridicule my insistence on the importance of the extreme situations in his work he was more or less compelled to ridicule the paintings in which they occur. At the time, he himself was publicizing action painting, another kind of extreme situation, rather less relevant to the human situation: he has since mounted a notable retrospective exhibition of Bacon's work in New York.

Sir John mentions Nietzsche as one of the writers Bacon constantly re-reads, and something he wrote in The Genealogy of Morals has a bearing on a recent remark of Bacon's: 'I have deliberately tried to twist myself but I have not gone far enough.' Nietzsche wrote that it is the self-tyranny and delight of the artist to 'give form to himself as a piece of difficult, refractory and suffering material'. Bacon sets no limits to his self tyranny. What more can be done he will do.

Francis Bacon. Introduction by John Rothenstein. Catalogue raisonne and documentation by Ronald Alley. With 27 colour plates and 260 monochrome plates. (London: Thames and Hudson). 7 guineas.

 

 

    

                    Nude, 1961 78 X 56 in.  Marlborough Fine Art Ltd.

 

 

 

 

The Daemon of Bacon

 

 

 

 By NEVILE WALLIS THE SPECTATOR | 10 JULY, 1964 

 

 

Lytton Strachey has a vivid image of the impossibility of probing to the depths of Gladstone's mind in picturing an explorer led through wandering mazes to look at last into the gulf of a crater:

The flames shot out on every side, scorching and brilliant; but in the midst there was a darkness.

Incongruous as the two figures are, the painter Francis Bacon poses his own riddle of a brilliant imaginative flame leaping out of an impenetrable darkness which has led many explorers to its gulf. Il terribile Bacon, An Acute Sense of Impasse, Un Peintre hallucine—under such titles have writers skirted the psychological stresses which have surfaced in Bacon's act of painting his single figures lolling on bedsteads, shrieking behind a glass cabinet, or struggling together in an unsavoury stew. Such torment strongly suggesting a masochistic undercurrent, allied to Bacon's imaginative power, finds expression in images often of universal significance. Again and again the spectator will discover vague apprehensions of his own made palpable, and imaginatively share the endurance of humanity at breaking-point under relentless gruelling, or subjected to high-pressure tests. Whether shown in London, Paris or New York, this achievement still draws the expectant, motionless knots of spectators appearing to await a miracle. Yet it is hardly surprising that the disorder of the painter's impulsive, noctambular existence, together with the problems of tracing his pictures (many of them destroyed), have so far discouraged a properly documented study of Bacon's life and work. It is fortunate that now, at fifty-four, our most 'influential painter can benefit from so scrupulous and admirably illustrated a catalogue raisonné as Mr. Alley's, prefaced with a perceptive critical essay by the director of the Tate.* He draws naturally on some fugitive published pieces, but he has also questioned the artist with delicacy and placed his early background in perspective.

A collateral descendant of his Elizabethan namesake, Francis Bacon happened to be born in Dublin because his father, retired from the Army, had gone there to train horses. A bad asthmatic as a child, Francis was allergic to horses. His father was allergic to education. Francis had only one year's formal education in his life—at Dean Close, Cheltenham, where his father was enjoying his second retirement. At sixteen Bacon moved to London, and spent the next years getting by with a string of odd jobs in France and Germany. His first impressions of the corrupt life of Berlin in the Twenties were to work on his consciousness of situations of crisis. It was not yet, however, as a painter of humankind in extreme situations, but as an advanced interior decorator and designer of furniture and rugs that Bacon began his fitful London practice in the late Twenties. One of his commissions was furnishings for the Smith Square house of Mr. R. A. Butler, an alert patron already aware of the conspicuous intelligence of Roy de Maistre, the painter from whom Bacon was picking up ideas in their Queensberry Mews studio. A discovery is the re- productions of the stylish studio of these hidden years, showing Bacon's hand in the stylised functionalism of his writing desk with his earliest Surrealist art inspired by Picasso on the wall, signalling the dernier cri of interior design in 1930. Unimaginable experience has intervened between this and a 1957 photograph of the artist brooding over the disarray of Battersea studio.

Towards the end of the last war (when he was, for a time, in Civil Defence) his obsessive imagery emerged most formidably. The preface does not mention Graham Sutherland's help and encouragement to his friend at this crucial stage, with the return benefit of enigmatic devices which have served Sutherland's disturbing apparitions since. In 1944 Francis Bacon broke through with his terrible reptilian creatures, the Tate's triptych of the Eumenides, which he has always intended to use at the base of a large Crucifixion. Even in colour reproduction, the bandaged image of the Furies seems again to twitch under scrutiny, as when one first gazed at these embodiments of panic terror crouched against their orange background, at the Hanover Gallery. Faithless himself, the de' humanised spectres of his passion-tide have been to Bacon, as to Sutherland, a recurring obsession.

The catalysts of Bacon's art are to be seen in the accumulation of newspaper and magazine clippings with reproductions of Velázquez, Rembrandt, Grünewald, which festoon his studio. Such sources as a close-up of the screaming nurse from the film The Battleship Potemkin, Muybridge's photograph of naked wrestlers, people rushing for shelter in the Russian Revolution, have fed Bacon's blurred, irrational images in which his intelligence and violent undertow have worked together with the chanciness of painting. 'Real painting,' he has said himself, 'is a mysterious and continuous struggle with chance—mysterious because the very substance of the paint, when used in this way, can make such a direct assault upon the nervous system; continuous because the medium is so fluid and subtle that every change that is made loses what is already there in the hope of making a fresh gain.'

Independent of any contemporary example, Bacon's art unfolds here in numerous reproductions, including a number destroyed in a frenzy of self-criticism—sometimes on the eve of an exhibition, entailing hasty improvisation. His painting (like his gambling) stretches his nervous system to the limit, but his inexorable daemon drives him still. 'What modern man wants is the grin without the cat,' is his expression concerning this art of pure sensation. John Rothenstein is right, however, to insist on the painter's consuming interest in humankind.

How posterity will regard him could depend on his reservoir yet untapped. He appears, indeed, to be on the brink of a period of consummating activity. Hitherto he has appealed generally to judges who have been drawn to painting by way of literature. Painter-critics tend to deny Bacon's aesthetic sensibility. Supping the other evening with Patrick Heron in his moorland eyrie at Zennor, I found him sceptical of a painter apparently so woolly in his ideas, so trusting to providence when be splashes the bits on. No doubt Bacon is unprofessional beside one as versed as Heron in the values of the pure painter. Yet this almost psychic power cannot be shrugged off as muddling through. To be fair, Patrick Heron is one of the few of us who early recognised the magnitude of Graham Sutherland's debt to a superior colourist. In The Changing Forms of Art (1955), Heron has this view of Sutherland:

In his most recent canvases at the Tate, very subdued in colour, like Bacon, the much thicker paint, the silvery greys and dead olives still do not vibrate—as Bacon's vibrate—with the resonance, depth and harmony of good colour. What they do contain, however, are imagined, sculpturesque forms of poetic horror and surrealist phantasy. Graham Sutherland is unquestionably a man of extraordinary imagination. But the question is : what kind of imagination is this? I believe Sutherland's phantasy is essentially illustrational, poetic, non-plastic.

The passage almost exactly applies to the more influential painter, the difference being that Francis Bacon's forms are now as fully plastic as Daumier's, but kneaded and twisted as in- a distorting mirror.

Closing this massive investigation, one is conscious that the hypersensitive, yet so gentle, friendly creature elegantly gesticulating, escapes his trappers still. His Motivation in his abhorred interval of existence is as elusive as his countenance of a fallen cherub flitting between Wheeler's and Tangier. Accompanying him recently round a Jackson Pollock exhibition we paused before a titillating abstract arabesque. 'But you know,' he reflected aloud, 'the human image still has the greatest power to move the hearts and minds of men.' So, in any international company, does Bacon's imagery, scorching and brilliant. But in the midst of his crater there is a darkness.

* FRANCIS BACON. By John Rothenstein and Ronald Alley, (Thames and Hudson, £7 7s.)

 

 

 

Areas of feeling

 

 

OLIVER WARNER | ON BOOKS | TATLER | 17 FEBRUARY 1965 

 

No one admires the horrific canvases of Francis Bacon more than I do—but how to explain them? John Russell in his study Francis Bacon (Methuen 8s. 6d.) deliberately, and perhaps rightly, evades this problem altogether. He does, however, provide a highly intelligent and stimulating commentary. The reproductions do the rest. "Art," said Bacon in some notes he once made for a catalogue, "is a method of opening up areas of feeling rather than merely an illustration of an object." If he is right, how good he himself is at doing what an artist should aim.

 

 

 

 Tragedian

   by John Richardson

 

   


   Francis Bacon
     by John Rothenstein, by Ronald Alley

     Viking, 330 pp., $25.00

 

      John Richardson The New York Review of Books Volume 4, Number 4 | March 25, 1965 

 

  

Francis Bacon is the first modern painter of international caliber that the British have produced. Before him British painters formed the rearguard of the modern movement. Their reaction to Impressionism was tepid, to post-Impressionism coy. Despite the sermons of Roger Fry and Clive Bell, they never learned the lesson of Cézanne, and only profited from the example of the Cubists when it was too late. By 1939 notions of artistic propriety and good taste tainted the work of one and all. Artiness, amateurishness, and pastiche had become the hallmarks of British painting.

True, a few of the more meretricious artists—Augustus John, for instance—cultivated a certain braggadocio of style, but this only emphasized the innate hollowness and gentility of their work. True again, a few honorable exceptions were open to revolutionary ideas, but even the most emancipated ones followed trends rather than set them. Matthew Smith, for instance, latched on to Fauvism and Wyndham Lewis to Futurism. Among living artists, Ben Nicholson turned to Mondrian, Henry Moore to Arp, and Pasmore to the Constructivists, while Graham Sutherland brought a "Picturesque" view of nature back into fashion. In their very different ways these men aspired to be international artists, but by 1939 none of them had entirely succeeded in transcending his Englishness, except perhaps Moore. And even Moore reverted to Englishness, when war broke out and he and his colleagues were conscripted as war artists.

One might have thought that the drama and isolation of life in wartime England would have been a challenge to native painters. But no. Either as a result of personal disinclination or governmental policy, none of the so-called "war artists" ever came to grips with their appointed subject. The less imaginative ones churned out documentary records; others tried a more inspirational approach and depicted brawny heroes doing their bit. Even the best of them—Nash, Sutherland, and Moore—tended to avoid the main issue and concentrate on marginal or picturesque aspects; the eerie beauty of an airplane graveyard, of bombed or burning buildings, of shrouded tiers of air-raid shelterers.

The war did not change much: artistically London seemed only a whit less dismal in 1944 than it had in 1939. The neo-Romantics returned to their studios more neo-Romantic than ever. The young were baffled or egg-bound. Apart from the emergence of some promising sculptors, almost the only change was in Graham Sutherland—fugleman of postwar British painting—whose performance had a new zest and edge to it. Sutherland, it emerged, had come under the spell of a virtually unknown painter: Francis Bacon. Although Sutherland subsequently allowed the mantle of Laszlo to fall on his shoulders, his work still occasionally strikes a Baconian note. Alas, Sir John Rothenstein, who introduces the present volume, follows precedent and makes no allusion to this fact, or to the influence which Bacon exerted on other British artists. I do not mean to suggest that they imitated his stylistic quirks or subjects; rather they took new heart from his un-English seriousness about art, his assumption that painting is a matter of life or death.

Bacon disdained picturesque subjects, anecdotal details, and other winning little tricks. And while his work of the period made no specific references to the war or its aftermath, they are some of the only paintings of their time to take account of the public brutality and private despair which had become familiar ingredients of life. For the first time in the twentieth century, England had produced a painter with a powerful and original vision and something new and apposite to say about the plight of human beings, a painter who did not moon on about nature but faced up to the charnel-house—not, I hasten to add, for its own sensational sake. Bacon is not a sensation-monger: he is a tragedian.

Correctly situated in the context of modern British art, Bacon towers over the scene. A pity, then, that Sir John Rothenstein side-steps the issue of placing him. Doubtless his reticence is due to tact, for Sir John was still Director of the Tate Gallery when he wrote the text of this book. Had he accorded Bacon his rightful placement, he might well have found himself treading on the corns of the Establishment. I have another reservation about the Introduction: Sir John confesses that he is foxed by Bacon's "ambiguous art." "At times it seems to me that I have it in focus," he says, "then suddenly the collective image fades and I have to begin again." His modesty does him more credit than it inspires confidence in the reader. Surely Bacon's "collective image," whether one likes it or not, is too fast to run or fade. And in any case, compared with so much modern art, Bacon's work is self-explanatory (the artist prefers the word "straightforward"), at times embarrassingly so. Understanding it is largely a matter of being able to take the implications of some perverse and lurid subject matter—Bacon's private hells. It is no good holding your nose, peeping between your fingers, and then pretending he does not mean all those nasty things.

Maybe we should make allowances for Sir John's Catholic bias. Bacon's out-and-out rejection of Christianity sticks in his throat, as witness this explanation of the artist's "obsession" with the Crucifixion: "[Bacon] himself cannot (or will not) account for this obsession, but perhaps an obsession with the most significant and dramatic event of human history, the great exemplar of human suffering, needs no accounting for." As it happens, Bacon has accounted for it in a statement about the great grisly "Crucifixion" triptych—probably his masterpiece—of 1962. No question of an obsession or religious preoccupation, Bacon says. He was going through a bad period of drinking; he wanted to do a painting about "the way men behave to one another"what better metaphor than the Crucifixion? Granted, the figure—part side of beef, part worm, part human—which writhes down the right-hand panel was inspired by Cimabue's Crucifixion ("I always think of that as a worm crawling down a cross," says Bacon). But the central panel of some human debris on a blood-soaked mattress can hardly be said to have a sacred provenance, inspired as it is by a nude photograph of an American poet on a folding bed.

We should, however, be grateful to Sir John for providing a useful account of the artist's career and to Mr. Ronald Alley for compiling a catalogue raisonnée of unusual accuracy and good sense. We learn that Bacon was a late starter; he did not become a full-time painter until 1944, when he was thirty-nine. Before this he had spent a feckless childhood on his father's farm near Dublin (Bacon is not Irish: "he is a collateral descendant of his illustrious Elizabethan name-sake"). Then, at the age of seventeen, he took off—here his life parallels Rimbaud's—and wandered over France and Germany in search of adventure and le dérèglement de tous les sens, an abundance of which he found in Berlin. When that palled, he came to London and set up as a designer of modernistic furniture and rugs. He also worked at various odd jobs and even painted sporadically in an eclectic School of Paris idiom. Significantly he never went near an art school.

Although his urge to paint was strong, Bacon evidently had a block about doing it. This, I suspect, accounts for his Dostoyevskyan bouts of gambling in the Thirties and Forties and the fact that he still sometimes disappears to Monte Carlo to play roulette for exceedingly high stakes. Sir John does not examine the obvious link between Bacon's gambling and painting, but I think it is worth noting that the artist's approach to both activities is based on what Bacon calls "premonitions" rather than systems. Thanks to some chance "premonition," Bacon will throw everything on a single number in the same way that he will stake the success of a picture on one last reckless brush-stroke. More often than not he loses; that is why "I have to destroy all my better paintings." As Bacon says, "the artist must really deepen the game to be any good at all, so that he can make life more exciting and return the onlooker to life more violently."

What really turned Bacon into a mature painter was the war. The war enabled him to harness the obsessively violent side of his nature and distill its emanations into art. The first proofs of Bacon's powers are three sketches for the Eumenides (also intended as figures at the base of a Crucifixion) which he painted during the bombing of London. Although they owe something to Picasso's metamorphic work and Grünewald's Mocking of Christ, these phallic busts of grayish flesh, perched on stands in some orange Golgotha, struck an explosive new note in British art. Their eye-splitting, pictorial screams won Bacon instant notoriety, but his output was so small—twelve pictures in five years—that he remained a legend to the public, who did not get a second look at his work until 1949. Even then it was only with some difficulty that a dealer managed to assemble six paintings for Bacon's first proper show. Small though it was, this was a key exhibition: it established Bacon as the one man capable of rehabilitating British painting and also gave the artist's confidence a helpful boost. At last he began to bring off more compositions than he jettisoned.

In the early days of his success Bacon suffered from one major shortcoming, which is passed over in the text of this book though implicit in the plates: the gap between the unnerving power of his conception and the uneven performance of his technique. Being an autodidact is all very well—an artist benefits to the extent that he is not saddled with out-of-date formulae and idées reçues—but there are disadvantages: in Bacon's case the fact that he wanted to achieve subtle yet complicated effects with the utmost economy and spontaneity of means. "What modern man wants," he once said, quoting Valéry, "is the grin without the cat—the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance." Bacon, who is more self-critical and wise to the art of the past than most painters, realized that he would need the accomplishment of a Velasquez or a Manet if he were ever going to pin down the grin. Accordingly he embarked on a series (1949 onwards) of variations after Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X, in the course of which he evolved a wonderfully expressive, yet apparently spontaneous way of applying paint to unprimed canvas. In the best of these the paint looks as if it has been breathed on to the black-stained nap of the surface.

This new and highly personal technique stands in the same ambiguous relationship to Velasquez's technique as Bacon's popes do to Velasquez's pope. Velasquez gives us an astonishing characterization of a human being; at the same time he invests this prince of the church with a convincing air of divine and temporal power. Bacon's popes, on the other hand, hold their monkey hands together in a travesty of prayer, scream with laughter, pick their noses, pontificate (but only to themselves), sneer, snarl and howl in agony, like the woman in the Odessa steps sequence from Potemkin (a recurrent reference in Bacon's work). How are we to interpret them? Sir John Rothenstein claims that "the image of the Vicar of Christ continues to obsess [Bacon] as personifying the opposite of everything which he himself stands for; authority as against independence; stability as against flux and uncertainty; the public interest as distinct from the private." Yet surely the point about Bacon's popes is that they have no authority, let alone infallibility. If anything, they are anti-popes. Bacon himself claims that they are "tragic heroes raised on a dais." This makes sense to the extent that his pontiffs have been elected to play a God-like role for which they are tragically miscast. But are they really heroes? I see them as human beings with human failings—businessmen caught up in some nightmare charade. Under purple robes well-pressed striped trousers break correctly over well-shod clay feet.

Bacon does not only derive his images from masterpieces of the past. As Sir John emphasizes, he also uses photographs—blurred ones from newspapers, stills from movies, illustrations from animal books (the authors fail to mention that V. J. Stanek's Introducing Monkeys has provided the artist with numerous subjects), and above all plates from Eadweard Muybridge's. The Human Figure in Motion and Animals in Motion. Indeed, Muybridge's clinical studies of the bodies of man and beast in every conceivable pose have inspired some of Bacon's most disquieting works:

The artist barely alters the pose of Muybridge's prosaic models [the present reviewer once wrote]; he will simply take one of them out of context and set him in a kind of cage, a contraption that one can only imagine in a science fiction brothel. This gives the subject a haunting menace, all the nastier for sexual overtones. At moments like these Bacon's world seems very close to William Burroughs's. Some of these pictures anticipate—could even be illustrations for—The Naked Lunch.

I quote this, because I would like to correct a possible misconception. I do not want to imply that Bacon is an illustrative artist. As he himself has said, "I aim at paint which comes across directly on to the nervous system, not paint which tells you the story in a long diatribe through the brain."

As his technical and imaginative control has grown more assured and inventive, Bacon has come to depend less on outside sources—that is to say the art of the past or photographs—for his subjects. Instead he has drawn increasingly on his own experience of humanity, and his work seems correspondingly more deeply felt. Bacon's message is not a cheering one. Life, he implies, amounts to solitary confinement in a cell of our own contrivance. This applies not just to the alcoholics, drug-addicts, and mad people, in whom Bacon has summed up so much of the mal du siècle, but also to the old bags whom he sets spinning on their own axes—like rats in a revolving cage—to his implacable lovers waiting for the next victim, indeed to all of us. The same pessimism is projected in the desperate contortions of Bacon's latest portraits and self-portraits—pictures in which the features spin and squash into one another as if subjected to an excess of gravitational pull. Here at last is the grin without the cat.

 

 

 

 

The Potemkin file

 

 

M. G. McNay reviews the Dublin retrospective of Francis Bacon

 

 

 M. G. MCNAY | THE GUARDIAN | SATURDAY APRIL 17 1965

 

FRANCIS BACON used to destroy nearly all of his own work. But when after the war he became well know, his exhibitions multiplied, and private and public collectors rescued his paintings by purchasing more and more of them. From 1945 he created a famous body of work. That was the year when we learnt that solid flesh could melt, thaw, and resolve itself into a dew, and it has seemed since that Bacon's paint spoke with the voice of authentic anguish. If ever he has experienced self-doubt, the public has dashed the poisonous chalice from his lips.

There have been shows of Bacon's work all over the world, but this is the first time that Dublin, city of his birth, held a major retrospective (sponsored by the Arts Council of Ireland, and the Municipal Gallery of Modern Art until next month). Coming so soon after the large volume on Bacon by Sir John Rothenstein and Ronald Alley, it gives us a chance to resolve any doubts there may be one way or the other.

Now is the time to admit that I may be rationalising doubts that are more emotional than empirical. I find that the qualities for which Bacon's work is applauded leave me with a feeling of distaste: the bruised flesh, the putrefaction, the monstrous distortions; one eye open wide, the other closed, and in between the two the picture decomposed. It all seems such a basic attitude to humanity that I find, not pity, but a life-denial, an aversion to flesh and sex. Looking at he pictures is like having someone insistently telling you about details of his private life that are not only sordid but also boring.

Bacon can paint, certainly—and he has a string of artist admirers  prepared to vouch for that—but a close examination of his surfaces usually reveals nothing more remarkable technically than a thorough-going pedestrianism; he can draw with superb expressiveness, but the emotional sty in his eye makes some of his distortions lugubrious: look, for instance, at the Walt Disney lavatory (or stove?) that the figure is sitting on in the left-hand section of the huge triptych Three Figures in a Room.

But the failings in composition lead to the really serious objections. Bacon himself disowns the kind of criticism that interprets the linear box shapes he often paints around his figures as some kind of airless glass case of the sort in which Eichmann sat hunched during his trial. In fact they are devised to pull in the edges of the canvas closer to the figures. As such they succeed in a rudimentary way, but they cannot conceal the lack of interest, the sheer dullness that afflicts his painting once the brush has moved from the central incident.

Not that even the main image is always so successful—few enough of his figures have the power of the great resigned Caliban in Study for Portrait of P.L. No.2 Until 1957, Bacon's best paintings were those in which you could see everything that is happening. The tense, slavering  “Dog of 1952 for instance, is a vivid picture of fear. On the other hand, Figure Study 2of 1945-46 has a tweed coat draped over a grotesque nude body; the head is a horse's neck-length away from the body, but whatever extraordinary distortion has caused this is hidden from us by shadow. Bacon has imposed his own terms but fallen short of them. The same can be said for so much of what passes for his dissolving” flesh: the fact is that one is unconvinced that there has ever been anything to dissolve. Look at details like ears, for instance, and too often they will not bear scrutiny because they have been skimpily painted.

Then in 1957 Bacon painted a series of studies of Van Gogh going to work (two are included in the exhibition). Under the influence of Van Gogh's treatment of the same subject, his touch loosened and he painted thorough-going compositions. He came away from these studies and adopted the idea of painting a vivid line around the figures; the line works in the same way as the  “space framesit draws in the edges of the canvas and makes the central image more dominating. But now the figure refuses to be pinned down on the canvas and the spectator feels that the picture ought to be viewed through coloured 3D spectacles.

Occasionally there is a complete success. Head of a Woman(1960), for instance, has great affinities with Munch, and in this case the outline is successful because it is more important than the modelling of the figure it describes, so that the line becomes expressive in its own right as in drawing or a woodcut.

Bacon's eclecticism is well known, and it is his strength that all his material utterly succumbs to his influence. But though his imagery has left its mark on the popular imagination in a way not given to many painters, it does not mean that he has always improved on his source. Thus it seems quite possible that the brainwashing sequence in the film of “The Ipcress File completed the circuit begun when Bacon adopted for his own use the screaming woman on the Odessa Steps in The Battleship Potemkin; if the soundless scream of agony by the Ipcress agent Harry Palmer is a weaker image than Bacon's, it is possible to feel that Bacon in turn has weakened the original Potemkin image.

Nobody can doubt Bacon's integrity. He is not interested in public acclaim and would not allow his paintings to be seen if it were not for the necessity to sell them. He still destroys many of his canvases. So it is paradoxical that two things let him down; he seems to fail to discipline himself to finish his pictures; and in all but a few cases his distortions are so violent that they seem more wilful and personal than expressions of logic or style.

 

 

 

London

 

CURRENT AND FORTHCOMING EXHIBITIONS

 

KEITH ROBERTS THE BURLINGTON MAGAZINE | NUMBER 749 | VOLUME 107 | AUGUST 1965

 

For their summer exhibition, at the New London Gallery, Marlborough's are showing recent works by Henry Moore and Francis Bacon The juxtaposition is interesting and striking - especially so in such cramped quarters -  but it is fundamentally irrelevant In what matters most,  in attitude and temper, and in the impression that their art creates, the artists are totally dissimilar. Even certain formal analogies, such as the blurring and distortion of the human frame, turn out to be misleading on closer inspection In Moore's ting figures, as much as in the larger pieces - which include the Atom Piece and the three-piece reclining figure recently shown at the Tate in the British Sculpture exhibition - each detail, however fragmentary in form, has an air of premeditation. Whereas Bacon's forms have a swift spontaneity of touch that could only have come from constant adjustments made in the process of painting.

Of greater importance are the differences of spirit. The new works by Moore are in themselves as emotionally non-committed as ever. They have the formal restraint, the dignity and - in the best sense of the word - the emptiness of Greek art. There could be no greater contrast between these figures, with their detachment and innocence, and Mr Bacon's two recent triptychs in the adjacent rooms. The format and deign are of the by now familiar kind. To each panel the artist allots a figure (occasionally two, with the second given a subordinate role), which he places in an oppressively empty room. With their suggestions of blood and torment and sexual aberration, the triptychs, the series of distorted heads (actually 'portrait studies') and the picture, after Muybridge, of a woman emptying a bowl of water and a paralytic child on all fours, create an impression of nameless horror, from which one  instinctively recoils. And so one would if the artist were not so great a master of his craft, if his colourings were not so brilliant, or his powers of design so telling. The quality remains as high as ever. One may dislike Mr Bacon's work because one cannot dismiss it, but one cannot dismiss it because one does not like it.

Unlike Henry Moore, he is an expressionist. And where as the sculptor's work (especially the small seated figures in the exhibition) harks back to the simple, natural condition of things, Mr Bacon's paintings constantly suggest a sophisticated, decadent, urban environment. There is a satanic quality, which Baudelaire would have appreciated, in his imagery, in the ape-like man squatting on the lavatory, and in the sense of pain which the blurred, spattered and contorted figures so powerfully evoke.

 

 

 

Rasher than Bacon

 

 

EDDIE WOLFRAM | ART AND ARTISTS | SEPTEMBER 1966 

 

ALTHOUGH HE WAS making water colours while still in his early teens, Bacon's involvement with painting before the war was sporadic. In the late twenties he travelled, spending time in both Paris and Berlin; this was the Berlin of Spender and Isherwood, George Grosz and DIE NEUE SACHLICHTKEIT, the ,metropolitan fleshpot where Mr. Norris changed his train  and Bacon first encountered a tawdry nightlife which was to become his regular environment. It was not until the early thirties, however, after he had already attracted considerable attention as an interior decorator, that painting really became his major preoccupation.

Little of Bacon's pre-war work remains and with one or two notable exceptions such as the crucifixion of 1933, that which does, is of an uneven nature, assimilating Picasso and Surrealism as well as the current trends of the time. For the purposes of a critical chronology of his mature work we can agree with the painter himself, who has emphatically stated more than once, that nothing he  did before 1944 is of any value whatsoever. 'I began with a triptychThree Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion painted in 1944.' Nevertheless his interest in interior design and the avant-garde art movements of the thirties suggests an aesthetic preoccupation which is all too often ignored  by commentators on his work, who either laud him as some kind of apocalyptic visionary or decry him as a sensation-monger boring into the psychosis of the spectator. At the age of 35 then, without academic art training whatsoever and at the close of the most ruthless and violent carnage that the civilised world has ever witnessed, Francis Bacon emerged as a painter of authority.

Much of the writing around the painting of Francis Bacon has been vivid to say the least. Robert Melville, one of his earliest advocates, has always reacted with a verbal muscularity only matched in its tenacity  by certain aspects of Bacon's own imagery. As early as the turn of the forties Melville's enthusiasm led him to conclude that Bacon's descriptive painting of flesh was 'obscenely rich in renewal' and that he left 'a rich taste of mortality in the mouth'. By 1959, to Melville's eyes, 'Bacon might be said to have covered the lampshades of his immediate predecessors with human skin' and 'he (Bacon) discovers in the act of painting the felicities of the death warrant'; and the Catholic Herald ascertained that 'Bacon has murdered sleep ... if there is no rest in a chair there is only rape and a bloody death in bed'.

At the same time less torrid commentators like Patrick Heron found 'that Bacon's painting morbid could not well be denied. Yet for me at least not one atom of true  nightmare of any kind is evident in any of these modish canvases. I have found more true disquiet in a Braque jug or teapot.' Despite his political orientation John Berger only afforded himself the conclusion that 'Bacon is a brilliant stage-manager rather than an original artist because there is no evidence in his work of any visual discovery, but only of imaginative and skilful arrangement'. And David Sylvester, probably the most balanced and perceptive voice on Bacon to date, has commented that 'cerainly, Bacon's force as a maker of images resides in the ambivalence of the feelings he induces at the sight of his fallen hero. They present, as truly tragic heroes do, massive contradictions.'

Bacon's work really first came under the public gaze in the early post-war years when the impact of the second world war was still very much a part of the general consciousness and the far reaching consequences of nuclear power, of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, were as yet hardly realised. In sociological terms it is understandable and quite valid that Bacon's paintings should call forth such lurid prose and alliterations as those of Robert Melville. Even the outcry against Bacon's work expressed the post-war hysteria. Whether one accepted them or rejected them, his paintings acted as a signpost for the time. As social documentation, Bacon was the painter who best illustrated man's capacity for animal brutality; and the clinical panache of his painterly technique could well be read as  as expressing man's newfound efficiency and the ominous consequences of it. Bacon has repeatedly denied any such illustrative intentions, yet there can be little doubt that the earliest attentions afforded him were gauged to these sort of literary considerations.

In the light of the varied reactions that Bacon's imagery has induced in such informed commentators as Melville, Heron and Berger, there do seem to be some massive contradictions in their in their points of view if not in Bacon's imagery. When confronted with one of Bacon's spectral images the problem has always been to what degree its impact relies upon its sociological relevance and the subliminal responses of the spectator, as against the significance of any formal revelation that his images might contain—a question of subject matter or significant form. Whether Bacon's paintings are overtures for obscenity, whether or not he murders sleep, whether or not they are morbid or less disquieting than a Braque teapot, seems to me to be matters of personal conjecture. Beauty or any substitute could be said to lie in the eye of the beholder; even more accurately, in the beholder's prehistory of experience. However much one quarrels about the quality or quantity of the psychological loading that a Bacon painting may or may now have, it seems clear that his images are not easily dismissed. Whether one approves of them or not, there is little room for disagreement with the general consensus of opinion, that his images are the most hypnotic and arresting made by any post-war British painter.

With the 1962 Tate Retrospective exhibition Bacon consolidated the eminence of his position among British painters. Since then the mood of aesthetic discernment has changed considerably and in an attempt to arrive at a level-headed assessment of his achievements it is worthwhile asking whether the impact of Bacon's imagery in the sixties amounts to the same thing as it did in the late forties and fifties.

The acceleration of recent technological advances, the wide deployment of computer systems and satellite communications and the advent of admass has led to a great deal of re-thinking about the whole business of communication and consequently, how visual art can function today. Discoveries in the fields of cybernetics and bio-chemistry run riot with earlier ideas about psychological conditioning. In art terms it means the final dissolution of traditional formal concretes in favour of phenomenological reference. Painting today functions directly as a conceptual activity in philosophical terms and the art object acts only as a cypher reference to tangible reality. The tendency which still exists to regard Bacon's paintings as the work of some kind f satanic hedonist, if not ludicrous, is simply quaint. Social and moralist taboos around human relationships and physical indulgences are no longer shrouded by the decrepit cant of 19th century humanism. To regard Bacon's work as significant on such bankrupt ethical reference, is to read into them as much provocative eastern promise as you would find in a Bunny Club; it misses the point and does him an injustice.

It strikes me as unfortunate, that whether sympathetic or hostile, this lack of assertion in the majority of critical opinion always revolves around the visceral aspects of Bacon's imagery. Of course Bacon is a painter of obsessional images, but then in the private terms of every artist's need for self-expression, so was Mondrian; so are Ellsworth Kelly and Ad Reinhardt. It is worth a few seconds' thought over whose work is more of a psychiatrist's ink-blot, Reinhardt or Bacon? We now all know about Freud and the auto-biographical significance invested in any visual mark; the principal can work equally well for Mondrian and Pollock as well as Bacon.

Today there is really little significance in classifying various areas of art as either figurative or abstract. Communication study signifies that it is only a question of time before any figment of painterly marks can be ascribed with specific tangible meaning. It is questionable in such current terms whether Bacon is any more a painter of horror than say, Otto Piene or Roy Lichtenstein. Violence as an outlet for the irrational is common usage in all of our day-to-day experiences. We are pretty indifferent to Alabama or Vietnam and we are not particularly shocked by the Austin Texas Tower murder. Our arteries of sensory experience in the sixties are considerably more hardened and shock-proof than in preceding decades.

It is now pointless to equivocate about Francis Bacon's paintings with reference to their horrific impact. Surely Bacon is not just an oddity; a contemporary Lutheran conscience-raker or a diabolical pimp. It is just possible that Bacon is an innocent. He pursues the possibility of an image with the directness and honesty that might well align him with Rousseau. His ability to do so, I believe, is intrinsically indebted to essentially plastic preoccupations; in describing an image that coincides with the basic naivety of his technical armoury. His earlier days as a designer are proof of an initial involvement with plastic and formal ideas; yet as a painter he was never exposed to the pre-conditioning of academic training. Therefore, to make an image for Bacon, has always involved a considerable strain of his painterly resources; and possessing none of the visually rhetorical emptiness invested in an academic background, he has not been slow to muster the visual aids that modern technology has to offer. Long before the Pop-heretics appeared on the scene he had already spurned the holy sanctity of fine art by defrocking Velázquez's Pope; nor has he ever hesitated to make wide use of photographic reference whether Muybridge, Einstein or news-press. Unlike Rousseau, however, Bacon compensates for the naivety of his means, not with dreams but with a concept of ethical resolve which transcends the nondescript vestiges of his environment. And so he has survived the varied swings of modish art-thinking through the omnipotent and anarchic rule of the gesture and the democratisation advocated by the Pop-party. Today Bacon recognises the poisonous threat of the technocratic serpent; it fails to mesmerise him and he renders it innocuous. I suspect that Bacon masquerades as a Robin to Nietzsche's Batman; 'where the state ceaseth—I pray you look there, my brethren! Do you not see it, the rainbow, the bridge to the superman?'

EDDIE WOLFRAM 

An exhibition of new paintings by Francis Bacon will be on show at Galerie Maeght, Paris, during November.  

 

 

    

            Study for Portrait of Lucian Freud on Orange Couch 1965 Oil on canvas 61½ x 54¾ Marlborough Fine Art

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

MICHAEL GILL | RADIO TIMES | SEPTEMBER 15, 1966

 

Sunday  BBC 1  10.0

 

TONIGHT'S programme is a self-portrait of the English painter, Francis Bacon. An international jury of art experts recently voted him number five in the world's top ten of living artists. No other British painter has been so highly regarded for decades. Yet many people find pictures like his repulsive and incomprehensible.

I believe much of this antagonism comes from misunderstanding of what Bacon is about. In fact, far more than most modern artists, Bacon is directly concerned with the basic human situation.

His view of man is as harsh and uncompromising as a candid camera shot of a celebrity or the latest film clip from a disaster area. 'I've always hoped to put over things as directly and rawly as I possibly can,' he says.

His honesty, his contemporary relevance, and his ability to convey, as if in a single perceptive flash, the essence of an extreme mood or emotion make him a compelling subject for a film director. Film also deals in immediate images, and I've tried in my treatment of tonight's programme to reflect the atmosphere of his paintings.

Now fifty-seven, Bacon has rarely spoken about his aims, believing that his paintings should answer for themselves. But tonight, for the first time on BBC-tv, he talks at length, simply and frankly, about his work and views on art and life.

Michael Gill

 

    

 


 

Francis Bacon on BBC1

 

MARY CROZIER THE GUARDIAN | MONDAY 19 SEPTEMBER 1966

 

The programme on Francis Bacon last night on BBC1 was a considerable achievement. In spite of the fame of his paintings, Bacon remains a mysterious figure. He does not appear to seek publicity, and this is a very rare attitude nowadays.

This long interview with David Sylvester, the first time Bacon had ever appeared on BBC television, was extraordinarily full and interesting. It was certainly better with just the one person questioning and commenting than if there had been the more usual formula, with several critics and opinions. Bacon, with his intensely bright and steady eyes, talked freely and exquisitely to Sylvester, always making his methods and his aims in his work perfectly clear and precise. An interesting face - I should like to see somebody do a Bacon of Bacon. Early experiences giving rise to his repeated painting of the screaming or agonised mouth were described; the nurse screaming in the Eisenstein film, and the old book he found in Paris illustrating the diseases of the mouth.

Later we saw the floor covered with all the tattered piles of photographs, old pictures, pages torn from books, from which he often works, preferring the photograph to the live model. The sitter inhibits Bacon, especially if he likes the subject, because he does not want to practise in his model's presence the injury he is going to do. It is an injury because most people feel distortion to be an injury to themselves. The number of paintings shown, the range of the discussion, the music by Edwin Astley and the writing and direction by Eric Gill altogether made a programme of rare quality.

· This article was amended on Tuesday September 18 2007. Michael Gill, rather than Eric Gill, directed a 1966 television interview with Francis Bacon. We made the mistake when transcribing a review of the programme, which appeared in The Guardian at the time and was reprinted in the Francis Bacon booklet distributed as part of the Great interviews of the 20th century series. This has been corrected.

 

 

 

LINDA DYSON LOOKS AT THE BURNING ISSUES OF THIS DECADE AND THE LAST

 

 

By LINDA DYSON | TELEVISION | MIDLAND MAGAZINE | THE BIRMINGHAM POST | SEPTEMBER 24, 1966

 

Just one television programme of the right calibre and what has previously been the barely recognisable face of a man of incomprehensible talent, suddenly becomes alive and meaningful. That was how was with Francis Bacon, Fragments of a Portrait (BBC 1, Sunday).

For the uninitiated viewer, who has seen Bacon's blurred, distorted paintings only in passing, this was an excellent programme, compiled by David Sylvester.

 The ugly distortions of his portraits were not meant to be horrific as people apparently believe. They were in fact composites of two or three views of a person.

I found the suggestion of horror came not from the portraits themselves but from the violent background music.

How often are we misled, made tense or relaxed, forced to overlooked subtleties of a script by this over-emphasised, exaggerated use of music? Or awakened from a good sleepy programme?

 

 

 The Coroner's Report

 

   TIME | FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 18, 1966

 

     

 

In an era when painting mostly runs to stale geometries, pop playthings and optical gimmickry, an artist who tackles the image of man with originality is a rare figure. Such a man is Britain's Francis Bacon, but it is unlikely that his portraits will ever hang in any corporation board room. His paintings attack conventional concepts of beauty, plow the flesh and reap a contorted yet keen vision of mortality.

It is a mark of courage for anyone to consent to a Bacon portrait. In fact, the painter rarely has his subject present, prefers to work from photographs strewn about his London studio. Says he: "Sitters inhibit me; if I like them, I don't want to practice before them the injury that I do to them in my work. In private, I can record the fact of them more clearly."

Bloody Beef. 

Man is a grisly fact to Bacon's eye. With surrealistic swiftness, he slaughters the human form; yet the smithereens seem to scream for recognition. Despite the mayhem he commits with his brushes and his stylistic isolation, he is today considered Britain's greatest living painter. In a recent poll by France's Connaissance des Arts, he ranked fifth among the world's ten favourite living artists. His works are selling for prices up to $17,000.

Bacon achieved this popularity despite his blatantly repellent subject matter: slabs of bloody beef, shrieking popes, and men performing vague erotic gymnastics. In his recent paintings, he has focused on portraiture. In a frenzy since the beginning of the year, he has painted 30, half of which go on view in Paris' Galerie Maeght this week. The rest the artist cut to bits too small to reach the open market via his trash basket.

Excitement & Horror. 

Bacon does not accept commissions, and his subjects are quite naturally his closest friends. Frequently he paints Isobel Rawsthorne, wife of Composer Alan Rawsthorne (see opposite page); or the painter Lucian Freud, the grandson of Sigmund. He does not try to provide insights into their specific characters. Says he, "I am really trying to create formal traps which will suddenly close at the right moment recording this fact of man as accurately as I can."

What fascinates Bacon is the perfect portrait of human tragedy. He resurrects the image of man halfway between life and death like some mad coroner who frames the clotted residue of life. "We exist this short moment between birth and death," he says. "You are more conscious of sunlight when you see the darkness of the shadows. There is life and there is death, like sunlight and shadow. This must heighten the excitement of life. And then it heightens the horror of it."

Through a One-Way Window.

Some critics have said Bacon only paints his own despair. "I'm a drifter," admits Bacon, who confesses to living in a hazy homosexual underworld. But, he continues, "I have seen the despair of so many people, whether they are young or old, and it doesn't appear to be much different whether they are homosexual or heterosexual. It's possible that loneliness haunts homosexual people more, especially toward old age." If so, Bacon, now 57, bends his despair to the manner of his art.

In Bacon's paintings, the real world is a torture chamber. His figures writhe like angry putty, as if viewed in a psychiatric ward through a one-way window. They tumble and melt into a glue without regard for skeletal formality. Yet a humanism exists in Bacon's work. He may see man as an accident but, as he says, "Somewhere you have to drive the nail home into fact." The pathology of his vision still affirms life. Says he: "I believe that anything that exists is a violent thing. The existence of a rose is a violence." For Bacon, man reveals his existence through his agony. In the portraits, the faces are suddenly seized by some tic douloureux, convulsed into a telltale grimace. To trap that instant is the aim of his swirling brush.

 

 

       FRANCIS BACONS FRENZIED FACES

 

    

        Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne (1966) shows twisted human anguish, a theme pervading many of Bacon's canvases. Sitter is artist's good friend and frequent model.

 

 

     

              COVER Francis Bacon photographed by Ian Berry

 

 

 

 

EXPORTING BACON

 

 

LONDONER'S DIARY | EVENING STANDARD | SATURDAY NOVEMBER 19, 1966

 

FRANCIS BACON'S paintings, perhaps because they are the antithesis of the comparatively bloodless Ecole de Paris style, have never received the critical acclaim in France which they usually excite in this country or indeed in Italy: so an exhibition of his recent work which has opened at the Galerie Maegnt in Paristhe first for 10 yearsis an important landmark.

"If the French like my work," Bacon has said, "then I shall feel that I have, to some extent, succeeded."

The reception, by all accounts, has been even warmer than he hoped. "His work," said one critic, "carries the mark of his life rather like a person whose flesh has retained the scars of an accident."

 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON:

GENIUS OF VIOLENCE

 

 

NIGEL GOSLING | THE OBSERVER MAGAZINE | 5 MARCH 1967

 

 

FRANCIS BACON | MAN NOT NUDE BUT NAKED

 

Francis Bacon is now the most influential living British painter; his work dominates the world art scene. His pictures may at first seem grotesque, but more and more people come to feel a shock of recognition about our society in his work. Bacon himself says: ‘Anything that exists is a violent thing. The existence of a rose is a violence’. On these pages Nigel Gosling discusses Bacons horrific vision and we publish a series of the paintings including some on show for the first time in the exhibition opening in London this week.

 

Most of Francis Bacon's paintings are never seen: he destroys them with a razor. So those in his exhibition which opens at the Marlborough Gallery, London, on Wednesday—almost all of them on view for the first time in Britainare the survivors of an energetic output combined with relentless self-criticism. Several of them are reproduced in The Observer Magazine’s survey this week of Bacon’s work. The tragic view of life underlying his obsession with sex, death and corruption is analysed by art critic Nigel Gosling, who shows why Bacon is likely to be regarded as the great British painter of his age. Although he is now influencing art throughout the world, Bacon is impervious to fame. He lives in a modest mews house in Kensington, with the number chalked on the door, works in a small studio crowded with junk, uses the curtains for wiping his brushes. He did not take up painting until his thirties, and then only to see if I could do it’. Rubens is one of his chief inspirations, and the International Rubens Prize of Siegen (the master’s birthplace) will be presented to him in June. Bacon’s is an impulsive, nocturnal life; his enthusiasms apart from painting are Nietzsche, champagne, gambling.

 

 

BACON: A GENERATION IN HIS SPELL

 

 

        by Nigel Gosling, The Observers art critic

 

There isn't a country in the world where young artists aren't turning out Bacons. Francis Bacon is certainly the artist who has cast the strongest spell over a whole generation.’ This was not written by a British Council public relations man, but French critic on the occasion of the Paris showing of the exhibition which opens this week in London. No British painter has earned such a compliment since the young Delacroix repainted one of his pictures after seeing the Constables in the Salon in Paris in 1824.

However briefly (the search-light of student curiosity is always on the move), Bacon is the man of the moment. But will his reputation last? The impact of his painting is unforgettablecoming on one of his huge, horrific canvases is like being hit in the crotch—but it is not the kind of sensation that normally reverberates down the centuries.

Yet it seems more and more likely that Bacon will be the big British painter of our age. Few painters share his power to conjure up a shape without literally describing it, to create images which are intangible but at the same time vividly arresting, to create a world of his own in each picture so that you seem to be peering into it through a mental keyhole.

His imagination and his technique are undeniable. It is the grotesque element which has baffled many people. But now even this is becoming acceptable, as we are getting used to its reflection in other painters’ work. Of course it does not look grotesque to Bacon, and we are starting to realise that it is hardly more distorted than the agonies of a saint on a Gothic cathedral.

Even the way his career has gone suggests that he is a stayer. He is no sudden meteor. Bacon is 57 unforgettable—a late age at which to win acclaim, which makes it all the more convincing. He was about 30 before he developed his own idiom, and his reputation—always high among a small circle—has grown and widened slowly, culminating in the big retrospective exhibition at the Tate in 1962, which fixed him squarely in the centre of the British art map. Now, with the tidal waves from the post-war New York pictorial explosion dwindling to mere ripples on the international waters, he is left like a disturbing rock dominating the world scene.

His popularity at this particular moment throws light on ourselves. For, although Bacon's paintings are exceptionally personal, our reaction to them is a social symptom. Now that other media, like photography, can outdo painting in simple description or didacticism, much art takes the form of play—a guilt-free, childlike enjoyment of the way things can be explored and made to work. Bacon accepts this view, but with tragic overtones. Man now realises that he is an accident, a completely futile being,’ he has said. He sees life as a pointless exercise, and sees his own efforts as an attempt to deepen the game’.

He has certainly succeeded. The fact that the young find a sympathetic echo in them shows that beneath the prosperity and fun-loving, cures-for-cancer optimism of modern life the old pit of fear yawns as wide and deep as ever. Bacon paints like a man who has looked into it, not calmly and bravely, but with passionate despair. His paintings seem to have been squeezed out of him by a convulsion of the spiritual bowels, relieving him of some pressure too painful to retain.

Bacon is a slightly fey-looking, soft-moving, soft-speaking man, civilised and intelligent, with that elusive anonymity which creates a stronger personality than hairy-chested forcefulness. He slips effortlessly through any kind of labelling. English, but born and bred (by a horse-training father) near Dublin. Class: upper-middle. Education: a single term at an English prep-school. Art training: nil. Domicile: Kensington with lengthy periods in Morocco or Monaco. Family: unmarried. Friends: from respectable relations to the seamy underworld. Hobbies: intellectual reading, gambling, drinking. He is generous, charming, fanatically sincere and uncorruptible by any temptation yet invented.

His studio is apt to look like a pile of junk with himself at the centre (in his pictures he reverses the process; he has described them as chaos in an isolated area’) but when he steps out, as he likes to do, to a posh restaurant he will be wearing a stylish suit and expensive shoes. He is totally non-political. His engagement with his own private world is so total that for him public issues hardly exist.

Whatever does excite him inside his own world becomes an obsession. He will go on and on compulsively probing an image, like a child exploring the site of an extracted tooth. From the moment he found his own style (in the late thirties, after a slow start as a furniture designer and formalist painter) two themes in particular have run through his work—the love-suffering equation which is sex and the vacuum of loneliness which death.

He explains that he is ‘trying to create formal traps which will close suddenly at the right moment, recording this fact of a man as accurately as I can’. The right moment chosen by this psychological impressionist is the one which reveals this fact of man’ exposed to these two forces.

The sense of duality and tension between contradictory forces is always strong. (It is his feeling that abstract art loses it by rejecting the element of content or subject in favour of mere aesthetic beauty which makes him uninterested in it.) His own work is always rich in opposing associations. His macabre, grotesque imagination is Gothic but expressed in full, rhythmic Renaissance forms. A dog slipping across the corner of the retina is pinned down into permanence. A figure turning as it crosses the room is transformed, like a Lot's wife, into a pillar of paint. The random flailing of copulation is composed into a single complex.

The slash of paint with which he transforms the features of a friend is a gesture of love so fierce that it makes a revolting wound. Each man kills the thing he loves,’ quotes Bacon from Oscar Wilde—and he adds, typically, Is that true? I don’t know.’

Tension breeds violence, and violence is everywhere in Bacon's work. You feel the presence of a sensibility so delicate that the gentlest stimulus is an assault. I believe that that anything that exists is a violent thing. The existence of a rose is a violence.

He himself has created images of pulpy, smashed-up flesh which makes people feel squeamish. Usually he relates them to the Crucifixionto him (he is a non-believer) a classic symbol of cruelty, of  an act of man’s behaviour’. He has associated it with butchers’ shops and pictures of animals waiting to be slaughtered. With characteristic nightmare originality he saw the elongated Cimabue Crucifixion (the one damaged in the Florence floods) as a worm crawling down the Cross’, a vision he has explored in his own versions of the subject.

His new show will certainly confirm his reputation—more than 20 paintings, of which only one has been seen before. The subjects are the same as usual. Portrait heads, singly or in series (‘I see every image al the time in a shifting way’); figures on chairs or couches in bare cells. clothed or unclothed. Everything is pushed around by the paint in an effort to liberate the the deeper, more significant image which Bacon feels inside appearance. There is not a trace in them of caricature, of the exaggeration of normal vision. He has a horror of merely illustrative’ painting, which is one reason why he usually avoids groups, when some kind of narrative relationship is almost unavoidable.

Painting experts will notice the increasing confidence of his handling. Next to Picasso—whom in some ways he so much resembles, in his obsessions, his personal privacy, the expressionist verve with which he pursues things to the limitthis totally untaught artist has a unique gift for making the pigment speak for itself (he never makes preliminary drawings). They will admire the boldness of his colour. Originally related to Graham Sutherland’s shrill discords, it still moves in the range described by a French writer as English old ladies tints—violet, green or rose. It is chance that they are currently the fashion and design favourites!

As usual the big unclothed figures dominate the show. In spite of their careful, balanced placingsometimes inside a kind of containing frame—Bacon’s subjects always retain a voyeurist element They are not nude but naked, caught in a moment of unaware privacy like some secret snapshot taken for evidence at the final judgement.

They are deeply sensual. Their curves swell passionately or split under the attack of devouring intimacy. The cell, the grass, the carpet become an arena for a combat stained with homosexual eroticism. The figure which sprawls on its back, one leg up, on the ugly modern couch seems to be waiting with an abandon which has nothing admirable or enviable about it for another helping of what has already flattened it—pleasure or pain, vision or debasement. It all seems one.

When Bacon paints a dressed figure, the clothes take on their own personality as they do when they are taken off and thrown over a chair. He is particularly with shoes and feet, those unloved, awkwardly-angled climaxes of the human figure.

Unless you separate the spacious composing and rich colours of these paintings from their content—which would be to rob them of the very tensions to which they owe their birth—you will not get any simple joy from the, The pleasure they give is of a typically dubious Baconian character. The fact that truth is often painful is exactly what makes it preferable, and on a deep level actually more pleasurable, than rose-tinted fiction.

Bacon has dredged deeply and agonisingly into the spring of existence. What he brings up is murky, rich, even rank, but it is certainly one aspect of truth. I believe that future generations will continue to be moved by it, and even, which might alarm Bacon, find it totally beautiful.

 

              

                                                                        'I LIKE DISORDER'

 Bacon’s studio is heaped with old photographs, magazines, paint tubes, broken glass. I like disorder, but I know exactly where to find everything’.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacons art sums up an age

 

 

 

By TERRENCE MULLALY | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | THURSDAY, MARCH 9, 1967

 

 

LOOKING at Francis Bacon's latest one-man show I have the feeling that future generations will regard him as the artist who most fully sums up the ethos of our age. There is nothing pretty about this exhibition, at the Marlborough New London Gallery until the end of April.

Those who look for conventional beauty had better keep away. It is an exhibition for those aware of their times.

Bacon isolates upon the canvas the hidden terrors some are lucky enough to be able to deny, and others of us push into the dark, hidden corners of the mind.

The human figure is distorted, the face an agonised mask. The setting is ambiguous, devoid of the comforting props of everyday existence.

A figure rides a bicycle, but it has too many wheels and becomes an instrument of fear. Or, in "Portrait of George Dyer," the world tips away, offering no comfort for the contorted figure alone in his isolation.

*

All this is done with a compulsive brilliance that cannot be ignored. Paint is handled, sometimes slashed, with a kind of sophisticated fury.

Yet there is no reassuring sophistication about the overall effect of these latest works of Bacon's. Nor is there about the napalm bomb, a massacre in the Congo, or the empty heart of the tortured city deweller.

This is the art of a moment in history when many have lost their bearings. It is not pleasant, but it will live, for it says much about the human dilemma.

 

 

     

      "Portrait of George Dyer," by Francis Bacon from the exhibition at Marlborough New London gallery.

 

 

 

 

 

Round the art galleries

 

 

 

Two views of atrocities

 

 

 

By PAUL OVERY | THE LISTENER | VOLUME 77 | ISSUE 1983 | MARCH 30 1967

 

 

FRANCIS BACON, whose new paintings are on show at the Marlborough New London Gallery, first worked as an interior designer, and with great skill he uses colours much favoured for interior decoration to create a suave, visually padded arena, as if sound-proofed against the screams, grunts, moans and gasps that are the most articulate sounds that his twisted, swollen figures, splattered and crushed against the decor, could utter. Bacon has stated that he has always been fascinated by the human mouth and, as a young man, bought in Paris an illustrated book on diseases of the mouth. The mouths of Bacons figures could have come from that book. They look so pustular, cancerous, that not only must they be incapable of articulate speech but also of performing the other actions that mouths normally perform, kissing, eating. They can only moan, exude blood, or vomit.

His earlier work, technically les accomplished, rougher, coarser in execution, left a way open—one felt one could break out of the paint. But now the handling is so skilful, svelte, that all other possibilities are closed. Life is brutal and lonely, but to believe that it is only that, that there is no tenderness, no compassion, however transitory or selfish, is as false to believe the opposite. Either view is a sentimental one, in the sense that T. S. Eliot defined sentimentality as ‘emotion in excess of the facts’.

Bacon’s portraits all look much the same; there is no feeling of individuality. This is Lucien Freud, that is Muriel Belcher, but the smashed face are interchangeable. Bacon’s figures are like unrecognizable corpses after some mass disaster, identifiable only by their rings and watches. The individual life they may once have had is battered by Bacon’s paint into a mushed pulp of mouths, noses, teeth. Visiting the New London now is, one imagines, rather like going into an American funeral parlour—the deep-pile carpets, the discreet lighting, the low glimmer of gilt. Bacon’s portraits are like the work of a crazed cosmetician who instead of beautifying the loved ones has even more hideously disfigured them than death. It is a bravura, fiendish trick, but it is no ore than that. Inevitably the performance, repeated again and again, becomes routine, banal, boring. One become indifferent, like a man who works in a morgue. Bacon has been compared to Hieronymus Bosch. Bosch had a sense of humour. Bacon has none.

At the Indica Gallery there is a kinetic exhibition by Liliane Lijn and David Madalla. Liliane Lijn is American and uses clear Perspex, water, and lightall transparent mediafor her works. Medalla comes from the Philippines and with Paul Keeler ran the Signals Gallery which pioneered kinetic art in Britain. For several years Medalla has been working on bubble machines which he calls Cloud canyons’. The latest versions are tall white wooden towers with concealed pumps which slowly exude white foam. The result is rather like a constantly changing sculpture. There are a great number of forms that the foam can take as it oozes down the towers, but they are not infinite and are to a large extent governed by the design of the machine.

Downstairs Liliane Lijn has several circular turntables of Perspex. These are hollow and contain a little water which condenses in small droplets on the Perspex, forming tiny natural lenses. On the turntables ride one or more Perspex globes. On one, for instance, there are two globes of equal size. When these collide they tend to sheer away from each other across the turntable unsociably. A small but powerful spotlight shines on each turntable, and the transparent effects of light and movement and the shadows cast on the walls by the globes and the turntables are hypnotically compelling. 

These kinetic works never directly concern themselves with human problems and emotions. Instead they work by analogyin many ways a more effective and subtle method. The kinetic works of Medalla and Liliane Lijn represent the most recent development in the central tradition of twentieth century art which stems through the Russian constructivists and suprematists, the de Stijl group and the Bauhaus; an affirmative and optimistic style that suggests that it is possible to make life better.

To see this as the central tradition is not to deny the relevance of other work which falls outside this tradition, work which explores the heart of darkness rather than the heart of light. Yet is one compares Francis Bacons work with some of the finest achievements of this other traditionin twentieth-century painting, the hollowness is apparent. Compare, for instance, the Crucifixion’ triptych of 1965 in the Tate with Max Beckmanns Departure triptych. Terrible brutality is depicted in both these works. In the Bacon one feels that the artist is rather enjoying it all, savouring his own pessimism; but Beckmann does not relish the atrocities and makes clear his belief that life need not be like this, that we have the power to change it. Put Bacons Three studies for a self-portrait’ in the current exhibition, in which he twists his own face into baboon-like contortions, beside Lovis Corinths self-portraits, painted after he had suffered a stroke which left him a trembling wreck for the res of his life. Corinth depicts a man who has suffered devastating personal tragedy and against overwhelming odds come to terms with it, and in the act of painting, triumphed over it. Beside this, Bacons blank nihilism appears as self-indulgent melodramatics.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 

ROBERT MELVILLE | STUDIO INTERNATIONAL | VOLUME 173 NUMBER 888 | APRIL 1967

 

 

During the long period when Francis Bacon returned again and again to the compulsive task of painting a shouting Pope, many people found it difficult to come to terms with the fact that he is one of the greatest painters of the twentieth century. Since then the artist himself has come to their aid by giving the paint a certain narcissistic demonstrativeness, almost as if it were a personage in its own right, and like the bride who hogs the photograph of the happy couple, it has become, to use an obsolete phrase, the cynosure of all eyes.

Some spectators who were hitherto repelled by the mixed emotions aroused in them by the imagery find no difficulty in considering the recent pictures exhibited in Paris and London as brilliant configurations of paint, addressed exclusively to the aesthetic sense. With the aplomb of those Victorian ladies who learnt the trick of looking at Renaissance paintings of the Virgin and Child without seeing the child's penis, we shall soon be able to ignore the imagery altogether. These paint strokes, more active than anything in action painting, are marvellously certain of themselves as the paint-strokes with which Rembrandt investigated in his old ageing face, and are summary flourishes at the edges of some of the portraits—such as the heavily blue swirls on the jacket in the portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne purchased for the Tate collection—which demonstrate a virtuosity as dazzling as John Singer Sargent's used to be. Any dislocation of the features in these portraits must be attributed to the artist's realization that the malleability of flesh is Nature's supreme gift to human pleasure. It will be seen that under the activity of the brush-strokes the faces retain the impassivity of the posing model, and ensure the slaps and slashes and the expert bruising with all the submissiveness of a multitude of Christs at the mercy of a single tormentor. As well they might. The circle of friends who pose for him and are identified in his titles are assured of a kind of immortality.

It cannot be doubted that the exhibition at MARLBOROUGH FINE ART* marks a crucial stage in his career and that it will have far-reaching effects upon the critical assessment of his work and his international standing. He is being rapidly transformed into an Establishment figure, and it seems likely that gallery directors who have so far been prevented from acquiring a Bacon, by committees which have not encountered the pictures in which the paint presents a strong counter-attraction to the imagery will now be given the green light. With so much beautiful paint to be admired, it will be taken for granted that responsible critics will not in future refer to what they think the paintings may be about. It is evident that reliance on subjective evaluations are becoming increasingly unsatisfactory. (The last sentence is copied from an article on scent which deplores  the unscientific and rather vulgar practice of sniffing the stuff to find out if it has a good commercial smell). Critics will have to learn not to be voyeurs. Whatever it is that sets an artist to work, whether it be a jug or a male nude with one leg up the wall, is entirely the artist's own affair, and I can foresee the time when a critic who has forgetfully described the painting of a nude sitting on the lavatory pan as a nude sitting on the lavatory pan will be hauled before the Press Council for invading the artist's privacy.

People sometimes tend to forget that it is a sign that one's in the presence of a masterpiece if a painting still looks absolutely right when it's upside down; but one has only to think of a Mondrian, or better still one of Ad Reinhardt's all-black panels, to realise that it's the surest of tests. It is to be hoped that it will not be necessary for gallery directors in difficult areas to hang their Bacons upsidedown to prove that they are masterpieces, but it's quite certain that they would survive the test and probably reveal unsuspected felicities. This certainly seemed to be the case when I looked the wrong way up at a colour reproduction of the nude sitting on a lavatory pan. Released from its utalitarian situation under the bottom of the nude, the lavatory pan became scarcely less mysterious than the urinal which hung from a string in Duchamp's exhibition at the TATE GALLERY. The grey shape which, when the picture is right way up, appears to be either a shadow cast by the figure or a spreading pool of liquid from a leak in the pan, became the phantom of an unknown creature, and the pan itself took on something of the appearance of a floppy blue and white beret, and one could appreciate it more acutely by its excremental associations.

I do not know whether the artist himself is aware of the change in his status but the extracts from interviews recorded by David Sylvester which appears in the Marlborough catalogue seem to register a change in his verbal reflections which would be consistent with such an awareness. He is smilingly dismissive of a number of the earlier works on which some of us expended unlimited praise. But I for one make no apologies if I hailed him as a great painter before he actually became one. I have never pretended that my praise was judicious. His work represented an attitude to painting and to life which I found wholly admirable. It claimed my allegiance. He now likens his many paraphrases of Pope Innocent X by Velásquez to a schoolboys crush on his housemaster. ‘I’ve always thought this was one of the greatest paintings in the world, and Ive had a crush on it, and  I’ve tried  very very unsuccessfully to do certain records of it. Distorted records. Of course I regret them because I think they're very silly.

I think it might be true to say that after time he went on painting them almost as if it had become a habit difficult to break, and the last one, painted in 1965, was probably his worst, totally out of touch with the spirit in which  the earlier versions were conceived. At the time it was exhibited I mentioned that it had gone dead and looked like something stuffed. The critics who never had a good word to say about any of them will be congratulating themselves on having been right all along, but it never occurred to me that he might be attempting to emulate Velásquez. His Popes are not really paraphrases, but deliberate travesties. There was an element of collage in them. Nigel Gosling reproduced one of them in his recent feature in an Observer colour supplement to show that the head was based on the famous still of the screaming governess in Potemkin and there is a sense in which Bacon was doing the same sort of thing to the Velásquez that Duchamp did to the Mona Lisa when he added the moustache. From this point of view, Bacon's Popes are Dada's greatest triumph. They exploit the allure of the insulted masterpiece with a brilliance which carries its own intimations of grandeur, and recall the spirit in which Caravaggio debunked Michelangelo's superhuman nudes in his Nude Youth with a Ram.

Since then, the emotional and intellectual climate in which he works seems to have assumed a weird peacefulness. Some of the paintings in his present exhibition would look at home beside the Velásquez, for he has somehow come to a kind of neutrality. The paint has never looked more authoritative and voluptuous and it gives what people think of as his ‘tragic awareness’ an almost ingratiating blandness. Pulling vicarious flesh this way and that, he has settled into a macabre serenity.

Until April 14

 

   

               Portrait of George Dyer crouching 1966  Oil on canvas, 78 x 58 in. Marlborough Fine Art

 

 

 

Cosmopolitan cluster

 

 

ALAN DENT | CINEMA THE ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS | APRIL 15, 1967

 

THE FARE IN NOTHING if not varied. So This is God's Country? (Prince Charles) is an Italian view of the multifariousness of life today in the United States of America. Opus (made by our Central Office of Information, and to be shown at Cannes and Montreal this spring and summer) is a documentary survey of the fine arts in Great Britain this last year or two. Intimate Lighting (Paris-Pullman) is one of those naturalistic and domestic comedies in which Czechoslovakia has lately proved itself so fresh and adept. Lost Sex (Jacey, Charing Cross Road) is a morbid and mordant film from Japan that begins in the key of farce and ends in the key of tragedy.

The half-hour British film called Opus is, on the other hand, solely and declaredly concerned with the fine arts—or, at least, the best that we can put on show. We see our own latest Hamlet, David Warner, turning the poetry of Shakespeare into the bleakest of prose (which is the way the very young seem to like it these days). We see the Royal Ballet in a recent offering called Monotones, a title which is its own criticism. We hear some fair music by Britten and Tippett, and we behold the Beatles. We see some of that arbitrary slashing of paint on canvas which is called "action painting," and which I had hoped was "out" by this time. And we see some of the sinister studio-work of the painter Francis Bacon, whose canvases used to give me a rather enjoyable macabre shudder—until the other day, when an ultra-modern art critic wrote an appreciation of Bacon in a high-class Sunday paper containing the sentence: "His paintings seem to have been squeezed out of him by a convulsion of the spiritual bowels, relieving him of some pressure too painful to retain." The fine arts with us, in short, appear to be in a bad way, and the fine art of art-criticism seems to be in a way that is even worse.

 

 

 

Bacon in New York

 

 

THE TIMES DIARY | THE TIMES | FRIDAY NOVEMBER 8 1968

 

FRANCIS BACON, for my money our best living painter, is off shortly to the United States for, surprisingly, the first time: an exhibition of his latest paintings opens on November 11 at the Marlborough-Gerson Gallery in New York (which, the Bacon market being brisk, means they are unlikely to be seen here again). Bacon had had plenty of shows in America—the most recent being a retrospective at the Guggenheim in 1963—but this is the first time he has felt moved to make the trip; and even now he regards the prospect with rather mixed feelings.

The New York show amounts to 20 paintings, all portraits or figures, most of them large and two of them triptychs—representing about a year of hard labour: "suddenly I was able to do a lot", he says. He will be staying at the Algonquin hotel, which everyone said was very nice until yesterday, when someone said it wasn't; for how long he is not sure, perhaps 10 days or so.

Bacon has recently returned from several weeks in South Africa, where his mother (who remarried there after the death of his father, and after going out to see his sister, who married a South African) has been ill. It was one of his few breaks in the last 15 months.

On January 7, Bacon will join Moussorgsky's friend Victor Hartman, who painted the Pictures from an Exhibition, among those few artists who have inspired musicians (the reverse is more common); his friend Gerard Schürmann, former conductor of the Dutch radio orchestra, is in the throes of writing a work called Seven Studies of Francis Bacon, which will receive its first performance at the Dublin Festival of Twentieth Century Music on that day: a suitable venue, as Bacon was born and lived for his first 16 years in Ireland.

Schürmann, a close friend of Alan Rawsthorne (whose wife Isabel formerly married to the late Constant Lambert, has in turn been the subject of several Bacon portraits, including two in the New York show), says the work may also be performed at the Holland Festival next summer, when it is hope there may be a Bacon exhibition.

 

 

       

                                                   Francis Bacon in New York

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 

First Major N.Y. Gallery Show

 

 

by GREGORY BATTCOCK | ARTS MAGAZINE | VOLUME 43 NUMBER 2 | NOVEMBER 1968

 

Francis Bacon paints both objects and figures in much the same way. One result is that it is sometimes difficult to determine exactly where one stops and the other begins. In Portrait of George in a Mirror, one of the new paintings at Marlborough-Gerson, the figure, furnishing and mirror not only co-exist but overlap as well. They all seem to exist as a single identity—thus identification of the individual elements themselves (in this case figure and objects) is in crises. In another new painting, Man Getting up From a Chair both the man and the chair appear stuck together, as if they are, more or less, one. The man actually appears to be trying to separate himself from the chair. Thus Francis Bacon illustrates the modern problem of man, in solitude and without firm identification attempting to renew his acquaintance with the changing environment. This problem, articulated in Existential philosophy, was first illustrated in painting by the Surrealists. Bacon contributes the Expressionist sensibility, thus rounding out the predicament and becoming, should a label prove necessary, a Surreal-Expressionist.

However, as the Surrealists predecessors of Existentialist art knew, the problem is deeper than one of simple identification. The Minimalists have reminded us that it is, ultimately, the enclosure of the environment that has the last word. The inevitable, architectural enclosure of the modern environmental space is, of course, the walls, ceiling and floor, and everything that goes with them. This enclosure not only goes a long way in determining the relationship between the objects (figures) that are enclosed therein (much like the "frame" of the picture surface) but, since it is necessarily part of the complete environment, it commands recognition of itself.

We needn't be confined to the field of art in order to find examples of this contemporary phenomenon. In ordinary, everyday situations, we often find our intimate environments enclosed by walls. Modern man paints the walls white. By doing so, he emphasises his relationships with his objects, and attempts to reduce the awesome authority of the enclosure itself. (One might point out that the ultimate way of reducing the authority of the enclosure, or in this case the walls, would be to simply utilize floor to ceiling glass. That would be too drastic a step, however. Man does not want to totally eliminate authority—only to subdue it). While modern man cannot tolerate the authoritarianism of the essential enclosure, he nevertheless seeks out the security that the enclosure provides. Notice what has happened on the modern dance or discotheque floor. The security of a clinging partner and clearly marked off dance floor has been replaced by the new acknowledgement of the whole group. We observe that the space for dancing is now determined by the lights, noise level, and shape of the enclosure itself. Similarly, in painting, the heavy frame has been replaced by a tacit acknowledgement by the painter of the surface edge. Today, we prefer a few large rooms to lots of little ones. Why does modern man love his car so much, and hate to leave it—even when it becomes an obstacle to efficient, economical transportation?

Let's look, for a moment, at the enclosures Bacon allows his spaces. Frequently, they are ambiguous. In his superb triptych, Two Figures Lying on a Bed With Attendants Bacon surrounds his spacial property with an articulate but weak "wall." It has been left blank. The only painted  areas refer to doors and windows. How different was the view of the painter of the early Renaissance who insisted on substantial walls. The only escape from his precisely defined space—from his enclosure—was through a partially open window or unlatched door. Repeatedly Bacon illustrates a vague and "open" backdrop.  In Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing is a Street in Soho the artist has painted a sort of frame around the standing figure. The spaces between the  frame are open. A fragment of the figure leaks through the enclosure. The background of the picture—a street scene—is equally awesome, as it refuses to lend security or definition to the condition of poor Isabel Rawsthorne. A similar non-confining enclosure exposes the  mushy piles of lumps of the right hand panel of Triptych 1967.

It is true that in several of the new paintings, the artist has painted in a background that is recognizable and complete. However, it should be pointed out that in all these paintings Man Getting up From a Chair and Portrait ofGeorge Dyer and Lucian Freud for example the background consists entirely f a curtain. Therefore nothing really substantial is offered. The curtain could be be merely a temporary marking delineating space for convenience, sake, as in a photography studio, or "set" for television programming. Indeed, nothing in the pictures suggests that the background is anything but a temporary theatrical marking.

Thus it would appear that the subject of Bacon's paintings is man, and his contemporary psychological, sociological and metaphysical condition. While his manner of illustrating this subject maybe unique, the subject itself is certainly not. Indeed, this is the very subject of all serious and worthwhile contemporary art, whether it be the haunting "strips" of Barnett Newman, so open to Existentialist interpellation, or the "drips" of Jackson Pollock with their origin traced to the Post-Freudian need to experience the fact of the subconscious. It is the same subject we find in the paintings of Ellsworth Kelly and the sculptures of Robert Morris—both artists profoundly committed to the contemporary condition of man and his speculations concerning his surroundings. How then do the paintings of Bacon differ from the primarily abstract pronouncements by the above mentioned artists?

Firstly, Bacon comes to us through a primarily Surrealist heritage. Yet he is not a Pop artist in the school of George Segal or Tom Wesselmann, for example. Nor is Bacon a realist in the style of Ernest Trova or Enrique Castro-Cid. And Bacon's figures, while macabre, cannot be categorized along with the entombed  and encased images of Paul Thek, or the figurative juxtapositions of Joseph Raphaele. A comparison between Two Figures Lying on a Bed With Attendants and the State Hospital of Kienholz is a tempting one, but ultimately cannot be satisfactory—if only because one work is a painting and the other, sculpture.

My point is, that despite the catholicity and vitality of his subject, Bacon remains a remarkably individual painter. His well known, easily identifiable style is more traditional than avant garde. The modern glittering material culture, together with the superficial amenities that it offers, are rejected by this iconoclastic artist.

 

 

 

The Problem of Francis Bacon

 

 

By HILTON KRAMER | THE NEW YORK TIMES | NOVEMBER 17, 1968

 

Few contemporary painters give the impression of enjoying allor even mostof the expressive prerogatives that once belonged to the art they practiced. Distinction is nowadays achieved by narrowing, not enlarging, one's focus. Painting has become a highly restricted enterprise. Certain resourcesparticularly what is known as the "literary" element in paintingare rigorously eschewed. Othersall that is meant by the decorative and the abstractare carried to the most astonishing extremes.

The English painter Francis Bacon seems to be the great exception. He is, to be sure, one of the most dazzling pictorial technicians on the current scene. The new paintings he is showing at the Marlborough-Gerson Gallery, 41 East 57th Street, are virtuoso performances of a kind that are rare even in an age of extraordinary technique. They deliberately court comparison with the masters. Their sheer authority isat first glance anywayoverwhelming.

That this authority derives in large measure from the painter's unashamed reliance on illustration is not, in this case, particularly damaging. This alone would make Mr. Bacon an unusual artist. Illustration is, for most of our painters, an original sin which they labor strenuously to be absolved of. Mr. Bacon is a master of this despised esthetic atavism, and does not hesitate to flaunt this mastery. He gets away with it, too. For he is also in possession  of an unerring pictorial intelligence.  He is one of those painters who appears to achieve exactly what he sets out to achieve.

Clearly he has a lot more on his mind than exercises in technical excellence, however. He is a visionary of a particular sorta specialist in the grotesqueries of modern life. He is a connoisseur of extreme emotions, with a taste for the macabre and a gift for transmuting the psychopathology of everyday life into a compelling and very personal pictorial imagery. There is nothing of the commonplace in his work. Everything is pitches to the intensity of a scream. The pressure is unremitting, a little brutal, and more than a little calculated. Yet, despite the calculation, it has the force of an involuntary avowal.

Why, then, does it strike me as being clever rather than profoundbrilliant rather than authentic? I know of few contemporary paintings that make as strong an impact on first viewing as Mr. Bacon's, yet it is not an impact that lasts. The scream fills one's ears, but thenunexpectedlyone discerns in it a curious musical resonance. It is not a cry of pain, after all, but a well composed aria. What seemed, at first, like raw emotion turns out to be a form of artifice. The emotional temperature drops rather suddenly. A world of exacerbated feeling and desperate appetites, which only a moment ago seemed seemed to press so hard on our consciousness, dissolves, and we are once again on the familiar terrain of  the contemporary artistback in the studio, where the decisions are cool, technical and deliberate.

This, for me, is the problem perhaps I should say the obstaclewhich Mr. Bacon's painting invariably presents. An inevitable depiction seems built into its style. His portraits and portrait studies, of which there are many in the current show, promise much in the way of psychological definition. But there is, alas, no individuation in them. The psychology turns out to be uniforman intense neurasthenia which easily resolves itself into esthetic composure.

One's interest in Mr. Bacon's painting shifts straightaway from the particularity of the subject to the distortions the artist indulges in the rendering. These distortionsthe mouth endowed with a blurred animal madness, the limbs strained in some desperate but not quite readable gesture, entire bodies contorted in miserable missions of passion make a large purchase on our attention, but then disappoint us. We are left, not with a penetrating insight into the agony of the species, but with a mannered and deftly turned style. It is only then that one grows a little queasy, finding that one admires the expertisethe incomparable cleverness and facilityof the way a nose  or a forehead pr behind has been so handsomely modelled with a heavily loaded brush when a moment earlier it seemed as if one were going to be the unwilling witness to some unspeakable act.

Which is to say Mr. Bacon is not above titillating our expectation of the violent and even the obscene. He is not, I hasten to add, an obscene painterfar from it. But he does have a way of placing his audience in the position of disappointed voyeurs. His preoccupation with private acts of sexual violence turns out to be amazingly sociable. His depiction of male nudes mat aspire to a condition of existential candor, but it concludes in a kind of perverse parody of Rubenesque hedonism. Everything the artist touchesall these themes of anguish, all these evocation of the forbiddenturn to art, one is tempted to say "mere" art. In the end, one feels a kind of fraud has been perpetrated.

But mine is, apparently, a minority view of this peculiar achievement. Read Professor Lawrence Gowing's heated essay in the catalogue of the current exhibition, and you will have a better idea of the established judgement—established, at least, in Londonof Mr. Bacon's work. This is the opening paragraph of Professor Gowing's text:

In London this year I have felt a distracting reverberation in the air. It is generated by the knowledge that a mile down the street, too close for comfort, Francis Bacon is in tremendous form, painting continuously and surely disturbing something that one would sooner leave settled ... Waiting for a new group of pictures I tremble a little, lose track of my thoughts, wake in the night. Every time that the image that emerges can be counted on to strike directly at a vital and vulnerable sense. One has no way of preparing or protecting oneself. There is an uncommon kind of painting, which, when it really penetrates, alters everything. For some unknown reason, one's private view of oneself is at stake.

One would be hard-pressed to find a painter in the entire history of art who answered to this descriptioneven Bosch somehow falls short. But that is not the point, I suppose. Professor Gowing expresses very eloquently what one assumes to be the "correct" response to Mr. Bacon's art. Later on he talks a good deal about "paint," and that, too, is part of the correct attitude. Yet, oddly enough, all these paintings"an uncommon kind of painting which ... alters everything"somehow manage to get themselves sold and somehow manage to hang in both public and private salons without changing anything. For myself, I trust these collectors more than I trust Mr. Gowing's text.  They recognize exactly how safe an artist Mr. Bacon really is.

 

 

         

                                        Francis Bacon's "Three Studies from the Human Body" (1967)

                                                                        An incomparable cleverness and facility

 

 

 

 

 Prelude to Butchery

 

    TIME | FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 29, 1968

 

    

 

The triptych centers on what can only be a dismembered corpse, with blood spattered on the castoff clothing and zippered travel bag. On either side are matching panels, which may—or may not—be the orgiastic prelude to butchery. On the left, two plump nude figures lie exhausted on a curious coffee table covered with mattresses and fitted with a mirror for self-viewing. On the right, two figures are ravenously devouring each other, while the mirror this time picks up the image of an attendant voyeur calmly chatting on the telephone. The work is by Britain's Francis Bacon, 59, currently being shown at Manhattan's Marlborough-Gerson Gallery. The new proud possessor is the multimillion-dollar Joseph H. Hirshhorn Foundation, which already owns seven Bacons and cheerfully parted with an estimated $150,000 to buy this one.

Bacon's show may prove to be the most popular of the season; in the first week, all 19 oils have been either sold or reserved for prices ranging upward from $35,000 for the smallest multiple-image portraits. For nearly 20 years, he has been renowned in inner circles as Britain's finest figurative painter; his works have hung in U.S. museums since the early 1950s. His commercial success is a telling comment on just how open-minded the general public has become, for Bacon's material is, to put it simply, sick.

Most of the canvases he paints depict pulpy male nudes who couple lewdly on beds or sit like withdrawn junkies in cell-like boxes. The current show also includes many grotesquely distorted portraits of his friends, among them George Dyer, his studio assistant, Isabel Rawsthorne, wife of Composer Alan Rawsthorne, and Painter Lucian Freud, Sigmund's grandson. On one canvas, a hypodermic syringe rises from what looks like a well-beaten body, while in a corner of another a bird that has been plucked stark naked screeches desperately on his perch.

Foetus Crouch. Bacon, of course, makes no bones about the fact that the obsessive subject of his paintings is homosexual despair. He argues, however, that the despair he has observed among heterosexuals amounts to more or less the same thing. Certainly the horror and fascination with which some viewers respond to his works seem to support his contention.

To capture the feverish, nightmare quality of the experiences Bacon depicts, he has developed what is essentially a surrealist dream style to near perfection. Every brush stroke bears the mark of absolute conviction, from the fields of poison green and fetid lilac that deck his backdrops to the calculated white ejaculatory splats that he lashes across the legs of his subjects. There is hatred and hostility in Bacon's vision, but of late it seems to be mellowing. Nothing in his current show comes near to matching the insane intensity of his screaming popes of 1949-53. A study of three male bodies, to be sure, shows one crouched like a foetus and another with his leg in a splint, but the third, who dangles apelike from a pole, has an amiable if freakish mien. A woman lounging in a deck chair turns a face wreathed in a hideous grimace—yet, on second glance, it is obviously nothing more than the grin of a well-fed Cheshire cat.

 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON AT SIXTY

 

 

 

JOHN RUSSELL | ART IN AMERICA | JANUARY-FEBRUARY 1970

 

That Francis Bacon should no be sixty years old is one of the most brutish tricks that chronology has lately played us—a real coup de Jarnac, a low blow struck when and where we least expect it. Bacon ha a look, a face, a walk and an outlook on life to which no age can be ascribed. He is at home with al ages and in all societies. Not for a moment would one associate him with a time of a life at which people begin to take things easily. He has a colossal reserve of energy and a constitution which is proof against all excesses. Like Socrates in the "Symposium," he can talk all night and go off to work in the morning as if nothing had happened. He can also run, and survive, risks which were not in the Socratic canon: less than a year ago he broke his nose twice in the space of fours weeks—once to put it out of joint, as he said later, and once again to put it back into shapewithout taking a day off from the studio.

But there it is: he was born on October 27, 1909, and is therefore now sixty. Not to "be one's age," and above all not to look it, can be the sign as Henry James once said of Zola, of "someone with arrears of personal history to make ip." An unmarked face  and a rudderless  eclecticism are not good auguries for an artist. Bacon's tastes are strong, narrow and consistent, while his face is recognizably a battlefield, though one which the shell holes and tank tracks heal quickly. At home he spends much of his time day-dreaming , like a big cat in a cage. With his shirtsleeves pulled up to his elbows he sits of half-lies, most often with one leg drawn up beneath him and held firmly with a large hand that is particularly full and broad in the palm. When he gets up and crosses the room it is with a characteristic stamping spring-healed tread and a quick glance to left and right, as if the walls were transparent as  those of a cage and something, somewhere outside, was about to come within reach of the big cat's claws.

His room is not so much untidy as beyond any notion of tidiness or untidiness an equinoctial tide of printed matter, much of it illustrated, washes against the walls. There are two jumbo  sofas, both covered in spinach-green velvet, a bed in the shape of an elephant's foot, a large Boulle chest of drawers that might have come from a French provincial town-house, a mirror cracked in several places and a plain wooden table that would suit for a dinner party of eight or ten. The books are there for use, not for looks, and the electric light hangs unshaded from the ceiling. The telephone functions only in an outgoing direction, for Bacon inclines toward Degas's definition of the telephone as a tyrant that would have us droop everything and come running. As far as humanly possible he has disembarrassed himself of possessions and of everything else that could inhibit the drives of instinct He uses money as an instrument of liberty, not as as an instrument of powerand by "liberty" he means the freedom to go or not to go anywhere, at any time, in any company.

The "freedom not to go" is a commonplace among New York artists, and is in fact fundamental to a highly energized art scene  in which it is taken for granted that the artist leads a life that cuts all the bourgeois concerns. In London, the art scene, insofar as there is one, is relatively soft-grained and unexacting, and it is rare for an artist to retain into late middle age anything like the absolute independence of convention that comes naturally to people in their early twenties. Official committees, the Honours List, a comfortably house in the country—all these are seducers and betrayers. But the most insidious of all is the tendency to go easy with oneself. Bacon has never yielded to this. He has, in fact, got progressively harder on himself over the last decade, forswearing more and more the sudden disappearance to Paris or Monte Carlo and maintaining a working routine that goes on day in day out for months together.

The consequences of that routine have been curiously untouched by criticism. Bacon himself rarely reads what people now have to say about his work—"If I did, I'd stop working altogether"—but others may well be struck by the fact that much of it could have been written the late 1940s. It is common ground with a great many critics  that Bacon's work has to do with a particularized revulsion before the conditions of human life,  and that his feelings on this subject are set down in a hectic, virtuosic way that has elements of Gothic horror. Some speak of "safe taste"—meaning  presumably that in their view the revulsion has become stylized and unmeaningful—and there are younger people who see only archaic self-indulgence and personality-mongering in the attempt to conjugate, at this stage of the game, an idea of human identity with an idea of European figure-painting in the grand manner. But for the most part all articles on Bacon are reflections of the disquiet and astonishment with which his first major independent statement were received in the late 1940s.

This is of course a tribute to the staying power of pictures like the Three Studies in the Tate Gallery in London and the very large painting which which Alfred Barr bought early on for the Museum of Modern Art. But it also shows a peculiar dull-wittedness toward an oeuvre which has gone on developing and is arguably more remarkable now than at any previous time. Two possible contributory factors could be addressed; first that Bacon is in many ways a solitary figure, not at all easy to pin down, and second that critics tend to fall back, not unnaturally, on remarks that he is reported to have made on one occasion or another. Some of these remarks have in fact been taken  out of context so often that they function almost as holy relics—St. Christopher medals, destined to prevent the traveler from coming to too much harm. For this reason it seems worthwhile to offer a new general account of Bacon's position.

The first thing to be said is that, although Bacon has a profound understanding of many aspects of modern life,  he is himself a product of a society now dead and gone: that of the Anglo-Irish gentry of shortly before 1914. These were people who behaved with an easy freedom, a spontaneous open-handedness and a seemingly total immunity from social conscience. Bacon has inherited many of these traits, though in point of fact few people are capable of greater delicacy and loyalty in personal relations, and one may also trace to childhood influences his ready acceptance of others' frailties. He would like his friends to behave  well, and to do well; but, if they don't, he is not the man to give them a lecture. In such matters he is the master of lucid pessimism: Lady Macbeth's "All may yet be well" would draw from him a full-toned "But it's much more likely that it won't." ("Troilus and Cressida" impressed him enormously when he saw it done by the Royal Shakespeare Company in London last season; it's mingling of love and war, slander and betrayal , is one that lies close to his own experience.)

These underlying factors apart, Bacon has had since childhood a strong and lasting idea of what happens to human beings when their instincts are satisfied fully, single-mindedly and without regret. He saw this in his own family, he saw it among their neighbors both in Ireland and elsewhere, and he saw it among the servants. Servants were 2off limits" for good little boys at that time, but Bacon was not a good little boy and soon found that the company of his father's grooms was a great deal more rewarding than that available downstairs. His father practiced intermittently the profession of racehorse trainer, and this brought Bacon into touch with another element in his life: the propensity to gamble.

Bacon enjoys gambling very much and at one time could have been described as a professional gambler. He also enjoys the company of other gambles: the nightlong sessions at the table, the dizzying reversals of fortune and the whole milieu in which the standards of bourgeois life—thrift, sobriety, the long slow haul toward prosperity—Stare by implication ridiculed. His childhood and youth were spent in largely nomadic circumstances, moving from one house to another, from one environment to another; and gambling is a form of financial nomadism, a pitching of the monetary tent on ground that may turn out either to be floored with gold or to lead straight to a sewer.

All this relates more closely to the work than might be supposed. The role of gambling in the work has often been stressed by Bacon himself; he sees the act of painting in terms of a trap that may or may not be sprung, and his intention has always been to raise the stakes from one canvas to the next His early experience was of people lived with complete insouciance and cared nothing whatever for bourgeois hesitations: one glass too many, an unthinkable throw of a card, an imprudent faith is a horse or its rider, and they were ruined. In such people the heart is also often a nomad; bizarre passions spring up, are quickly slacked and fade away without a trace. Promises turn out to be written in water, and what looks like a stable, unified, consistent human being shows up in its true light as fugitive and polyvalent. That was the kind of experience that was fed into Bacon's imagination when he was young.

The next central fact about Bacon is his Europeanness. He responds undividedly only to an area bounded by Dublin to the northwest and the Nile Valley to the southeast. (Egyptian art should on day be ransacked by art historians in search of Bacon's affinities.) In literature his allegiances are to the great European writers who in the last analysis take a stoical view of human affairs: Aeschylus, Shakespeare, Joyce and Yeats, with the Eliot of "The Waste Land" and "Sweeney Agonistes" as their lawful successor. What sets him apart from many younger people is his acceptance of the idea that there are certain fatal, built-in, irrevocable flaws in human nature, that these call the odds in our terrestrial life and that that is all we have. It is this, and not any factitious "horror," which is the basis of Bacon's art.

It is implicit in many criticisms of his work that he exaggerates  the darker side of life,  or blackens it gratuitously in the interests of a frisson too cheaply bought. His own feeling in that respect is, I think, that such an opinion could only be held by someone who  has never read a  newspaper, never looked at news on television, and above all never participated at first hand in life as it has actually been lived over the last fifty or sixty years. What people call "exaggerated" seems to him, if anything, understated.  The facts of life are such that we all, of course, practice one form or another of defensive rigidity; we stiffen, hold tight and look another way. We do this in the present, and we also do it about the past. There are millions of people now  living who know what it is to kill another man , to beat and be beaten, to run for one's life and to cower at a knock on the door. If these people dislike looking at art which relates to those experiences, no one can blame them; but that does not make it any the less ludicrous to say of a painting like Bacon's Fragment of a Crucifixion (1950) that it represents a warped or partial  view of life.

Crime is to ill-nature what gambling is to precariousness and ephemerality of human existence: a specialized, localized, concentrated subspecies. Crime is ill-nature brought to a high pitch of intensity and focused on a single defined object; Bacon knows a great deal about evil doers, old and new,  whether they come from the House of Atreus or crime reports in  the London Times.  He knows them in literature—one recent triptych was prompted by the wonderfully adroit and  and casual presentation of murder in Eliot's "Sweeney Agonistes"—and he knows them in life. The demonology of European crime finds in him one of the liveliest word-of-mouth historians; but in the way of personal acquaintance he prefers people  who turn to crime primarily  as a way of changing their circumstances quickly and with the least possible effort: up dated versions of Till Eulenspiegel, in short, who are as much from mischievous high spirits, or from  esprit de corps as from any satanic motive "Criminals are a bore," he has been heard to say, £but  they do have tremendous vitality."

Anyone can see that many of Bacon's paintings have to do with violence, or with the state of hypertension that leads to it.  What is not quite so obvious, or so easy to write about,  is the element of private affection that underlies many of his finest paintings over the last ten years. Bacon paints the same few people, over and over again.; they are people whom he knows very well indeed. "If they weren't  such close friends," he says, "I couldn't do such things to them."  They have in common certain qualities that are sympathetic to Bacon: wit, resilience, energy, extravagance and an absolute intention to do what they want to do, no matter what society says. They are people who waste no time putting up a social front and keeping it in careful repair. What reads like "virtuosity" to some critics, in these recent portraits, seems to me more like the extreme agility needed to catch an exceptionally vivid character unaware.

This brings me to another aspect of Bacon's Europeanness: his identification with the European tradition of the formal portrait, on the one hand, and the Interior with Figures on the other. The task of the painter who wishes to continue that tradition is now difficult to the point of impossibility. "I only go on painting," Bacon said last year, "because of the illogicality of the way in which appearances can be rendered." Bacon's object in painting appearances is to be exact in a new way and not, as many people suppose, to put on a bravura performance. What kind of mark will convey the facts as they have never been conveyed before? That is the question. Ideally, Bacon would like to preserve the element of risk without any loss of monumentality. This is what "raising the stakes" means., in terms o his painting.  It means keeping the exploratory character of Seurat's oil-sketches while going on to paint on the scale of the Grande Jatte. "When Seurat painted the oil-sketches,, and the same mark could stand for the leaf on on the tree and the ear of the monkey, it was tremendously exciting," he once said. "But when those marks got enlarged, and the affinity was formalized, we were left with a boring 'modern art' image."

Bacon is a connoisseur of real-life photographic images in which distortion turns out to render fact  a service by presenting it more completely and truthfully. His age counts, in this; he was a young man when what was then called "the candid camera" took over from the disinfected and respectful images of an earlier day.  Something of the immediacy, the salutary shock, of those photographs of the 1920s and early '30s is an important factor in Bacon's art.  It was the candid camera which first emphasized the odd and obsessional character of the way people behave in rooms.  In old-style portraiture everybody behaves perfectly; no one picks his nose, no one wanders about half-dressed, no one abdicates his public persona—all fantasises are repressed. This is not  how people really behave, either when they are alone or when they have an accomplice with whom to live out their fantasies. Bacon's pictures are about this unacknowledged side of life.

A true but not literal portrait: that is what he is after, whether the thing portrayed is an individual human being or a group situation. He would like to contribute a new chapter to the history of recorded appearances. Everything that history can teach him he knows by now; the rest is instinct: "I see my pictures." he said just lately, "as an exteriorization of my instincts One's instincts cover a much wider area than one's actual experience. I love gambling, as everyone always says, and I do think of painting as very like gambling. But it's not quite so chancy The drive involved is too strong for it to be a matter of simple chance. It's not 'lucky chance' that counts, but chance as luck—luck that would help me to bring over to myself the images I want to record. These have to do with the body, and with appearance, and above all with behavior. The image has behaviorist implications, and I can't unlatch the one from the other."

When Bacon first shows a new painting there is usually a period during which attention is fixed primarily on the way it has been done: the extent, in other words,  to which he has avoided producing "a boring 'modern art' image." History then takes over and the picture becomes, often rapidly,  part of the continuum of European painting.  The Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing in a Street in Soho looked, for instance, perfectly at home among the earlier paintings when the new National Gallery was opened last year in Berlin. It was quite difficult to remember that Bacon had taken a great many risks in this picture and had incorporated layer upon layer of identifiable fact about a blowy afternoon in Soho, with the blue awnings on the rampage, an automobile of ancient cut parked by the curb, and Isabel Rawsthorne herself (an unmistakable figure in that part of London) seen as circumstantially  as if she were in a street scene  that was done by Degas and Bonnard.

Bacon did not go to Berlin, but the painting is one of the few he can bear to discuss, and he was quite pleased to hear of the effect it had created. "I'm always terribly surprised if anyone likes my paintings," he said, "because really I just do them for myself."

 

   

     Francis Bacon photographed in his studio by J. S. Lewinski

 

 

 

 

‘Grudge story in Francis Bacon drugs case

 

 

By JOHN MILLER | EVENING STANDARD | LONDON | WEDNESDAY JUNE 2 1971

 

 

TRAINED police dogs helped to "sniff out" quantities of  cannabis in the Chelsea studio of one of Britain's leading artists, Francis Bacon.

But when he was charged by police he denied that he knew the drugs were there and said: "I don't smoke cannabis because I am asthmatic," a London Sessions jury was told today.

Bacon, 61, of Reece Mews, denied two charges of possessing dangerous drugs ...  2.1 grammes of cannabis resin on September 2 last, and a quantity of cannabis found on or before that date.

His counsel, Mr Basil Wigoder, told the court that he was regarded as one of the greatest painters Britain had ever produced, and would not be challenging the police story of finding drugs in his very untidy studio.

In evidence, Bacon told of an employee named George Dyer with a grudge against him who gave some information to the police a week before his flat was raided.

He described him as an alcoholic who, when under the influence of drink, accused him of not paying him enough.

Questions about Dyer were dropped when the prosecution asked if he would be called as a witness and the defence said. "No".

The jury was asked by the defence to treat Dyer as a "curious man in the background." It would be unfair to suggest that Dyer with his imaginary grievance had actually put the cannabis in the house or got someone else to do so, but the possibility was there.

Miss Ann Curnow, prosecuting, told the jury that they would have to decide whether the artist knew of the presence of the drugs before they could convict him.

During his evidence Bacon said that he had tried to smoke cannabis in Tangier in 1956 but had such a violent attack of asthma that he had never touched it since.

His studio was visited by many people, though he would not knowingly allow them to smoke drugs there.

The story of the police-dog search was told by Miss Curnow who explained that several Chelsea police officers visited Bacon's London home on September 2 with a search warrant.

He asked them to wait until he could contact his solicitor, Lord Goodman, but they insisted on searching the premises there and then. In his studio were a vast number of canvases.

Two of the police officers had dogs trained to smell out drugs, and in the living room one of them found a pipe stem in a chest of drawers which contained a brown substance later proved to be cannabis.

Another dog handler found a tiny piece of cannabis resin wrapped in sliver paper under a pile of old clothing in the artist's studio.

When Bacon was asked about the pipe stem he said: "Look, I have various people up here. It has probably been there for ages and must belong to them. It is not mine."

He maintained throughout that the pipe stem was not his and when he was asked about the cannabis resin in silver paper he preferred to say nothing until he had seen a solicitor which he was properly entitled to.

Miss Curnow claimed the pipe stem had clearly been used for smoking cannabis although there were only traces of the drug by the time police found it.

The jury would have to be satisfied that Bacon knew about the cannabis resin before they could find him guilty.

Woman Det Sgt Carol Bristow, who had led the search, agreed in cross-examination by Mr. Wigoder that the police had received "some information" on August 27, some days before the raid, from a man named George Dyer.

Mr. Wigoder showed the jury photographs of the studio, and Judge Leslie commentated: "I think everyone will agree it was in a pretty untidy state."

When Bacon went into the box, he said that he had paintings in the Tate Gallery, the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and in other galleries.

About 15 years ago, during his travels round the world, he twice tried to smoke cannabis in Tangiers but each time had a violent attack of asthma and had never smoked it since.

Asked if he had any feelings one way or the other about people who smoked cannabis, he replied: "As a layman it is impossible for me to say."

His defence council asked if he allowed people to smoke drugs on his premises.

He told the jury: "I would not if I knew what they were smoking it, knowing how the law stands."

Referring to George Dyer he explained that the man has worked for him for about eight years.

"He has been a model, also stretches and prepares canvases for me and does general work of that kind," he said. Dyer, he went on, was also an alcoholic.

When under the influence of drink "he says I do not pay him enough money" said Bacon. "A number of times he has broken down my front door and also broken things in my flat."

On occasions, Bacon said, he gave Dyer "ready cash to keep him alive," because his regular wage was sometimes insufficient for his drinking habits.

On the morning of August 26 last year Bacon said he gave Dyer £4 but when Dyer telephoned him again early next day he refused him more money. "I said I was working and gave him some yesterday," he said. On the 28th "he came round to see me and was sober and told me he had been called upon by police. Some clothing of his has been taken to Chelsea police station, Bacon told the court.

Mr. Wigoder ceased his questioning about Dyer after the prosecution asked if Mr. Dyer would be called as a witness and was told "No".

 

 

 

Artist charged

 

 

THE BIRMINGHAM DAILY POST | THURSDAY SEPTEMBER 3, 1970

 

Francis Bacon (60), the artist, was charged at Chelsea police station yesterday with possessing cannabis.

He is to appear in court at Marlborough Street today.

Bacon, Dublin-born, lives in Reece Mews, South Kensington, London.

 

 

 

  ARTIST CLEARED

OF DRUG CHARGES

 

 

DAILY MIRROR | THURSDAY, JUNE 3, 1971

 

ARTIST Francis Bacon, 61, was cleared of two drug charges yesterday.

Mr. Bacon, described in court as "a painter of international fame," told the Inner London Sessions that he wouldn't have smoked cannabis found in his flat because he suffered from asthma.

He had tried it, though, on a visit to Tangier in 1956.

Detective Sergeant Carol Bristow told the court that after a tip-off she and other officers went to Mr. Bacon's flat in Reece-mews, Kensington, last September.

Specially trained dogs uncovered 2.1 grammes of cannabis resin underneath a pile of clothes in the studio, she said.

Mr. Basil Wigoder, QC, one of the three defending counsel, said that the studio was so untidy it would be possible to hide a baby elephant there.

It was not surprising Mr. Bacon was unaware of the cannabis hidden there, he said.

Mr. Bacon pleased not guilty to two charges of having cannabis.

 

 

 

Artist cleared on drug charges

 

 

THE JOURNAL | NEWCASTLE | THURSDAY JUNE 3, 1971

 

THE 61-year old artist Francis Bacon was cleared of two drug charges yesterday.

Bacon described in court as a "painter of international fame" told the Inner London Sessions he could not have smoked cannabis found in his house because he was asthmatic.

He had tried it in Tangier on a visit in 1956. "I made two efforts. Each time I was violently upset, and I have never done so since."

Miss Ann Curnow, prosecuting, said detectives and a dog trained to search for drugs had found a pipe stem and cannabis at the artist's home in Chelsea.

Search

Bacon pleaded not guilty to having 2.1 grams of cannabis  on September 2 and also denied a similar offence on or before that date.

When he was shown the pipe stem he said: "I have various people coming here. It has been here for ages and I suppose it must belong to them."

Miss Curnow said the search also revealed a box containing a brown substance wrapped in paper. No bowl for the pipe was found.

 

 

 

Artist is cleared

 

THE BIRMINGHAM DAILY POST | THURSDAY JUNE 3, 1971

 

Francis Bacon (61), the artist, was cleared of two drug charges yesterday.

Bacon, described in court as a "painter of international fame," told the court that he could not have smoked cannabis found in his house because he is asthmatic.

An application for the defence costs of the hearing at the Inner London Sessions, was postponed by Judge Leslie.

Miss Ann Curnow, prosecuting, said that detectives and a dog trained to search for drugs, had found a pipe stem and cannabis at the artist's home.

Bacon pleased not guilty to having 2.1 grams of cannabis on September 2, and also denied a similar offense on or before that date.

Miss Curnow said he invited the police into his home at Reece Mews, Chelsea.

When he was shown the pipe stem he said: "I have various people coming here. It has been here for ages, and I suppose it must belong to them."

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

CLEARED OF

DRUG CHARGES

 

 

By C.A. COUGHLIN | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | THURSDAY JUNE 3, 1971

 

 

DETECTIVES with two dogs trained to smell out drugs raided the studio home of Francis Bacon, the artist, after a tip-off from a man he employed as a model and handyman.

But at Inner London Session yesterday, Bacon, 61, of Reece Mews, Chelsea, whose works hung in the Tate Gallery and throughout the world, was found not guilty on two charges of possessing cannabis.

The jury heard that the police found a 12-inch pipe stem among underclothing in a chest of drawers.

And in the studio under a pile of clothes, a police dog, "Colonel," sniffed out 2.1 grammes of cannabis wrapped in sliver paper in the bottom of a paintbox.

The police tip-off had come from Mr George Dyer, who had been employed by Bacon as a model and general handyman for eight years.

 

Raid at 8.25 a.m.

 

Miss Ann Curnow, prosecuting, said police led by Woman Det Sgt Carol Bristow raided Bacon's studio at 8.25 a.m.

Sgt Bristow said that Bacon answered the door and when shown a search warrant, said: "May I ring Lord Goodman?" Miss Curnow asked: "Who is he?" Sgt Bristow: "I understand he is a solicitor."

She continued that when shown the pipe stem Bacon said: "Look, I have various people here and it must belong to them. It must have been here for years. It is not mine. What is it used or?"

When the cannabis was found in his studio Bacon said: "I do not smoke cannabis. I do not smoke at all. I am an asthmatic."

Answering Mr Basil Wigoder, QC, for Bacon, Sgt Bristow agreed that she had to seek information from George Dyer about drugs on Aug. 27. She accepted that the studio was disorderly, untidy and chaotic.

 

Two attempts

 

Bacon, in evidence, said he did not smoke because of his asthmatic condition. In 1956 in Tangier he made two attempts to smoke cannabis but suffered from violent asthmatic attacks and had never smoked it since.

He added: "I would not allow people to smoke it in my premises if I knew what they were smoking, with the law as it stands."

Writers, artists, students and people of the art world were frequent callers at his studio.

He said he had employed Dyer for eight years. Dyer, ill through alcoholism, often made allegations against him when drunk. Dyer had told him he had been to Borstal and jail.

Twice, Dyer had attempted suicide.

Bacon continued: "When he is drunk he feels I don't pay him enough. Sometimes he has broken down my front door and broken into my flat.

"I pay him a regular wage but that doesn't suffice because of his drinking and he comes and asks for more. Sometimes I give him some, sometimes I don't."

On Aug. 27 last he declined to give Dyer any more money and he learned later that he had gone to the police.

 

 Found after visit

 

Bacon said the pipe stem belonged to a man who had visited his flat five years ago and was now living abroad. He found the stem on the floor after the visit and put it away and forgot all about it.

He said he had no idea where the cannabis in his studio had come from.

Bacon had pleaded not guilty of unlawfully possessing 2.1 grammes of cannabis resin on Sept. 2 last; and having unlawful possession of an unknown quantity of the drug on or before that date.

After his discharge Bacon said: "I bear no animosity towards Mr Dyer.

"He is a very sick man. I still employ him and I have kept contact with him while he was in hospital.

"I shall continue to employ him. Naturally I am relieved this whole business has cleared my name. It has been a great strain."

 

 

 

Francis Bacon au Grand Palais

 

                                              by Andrew Forge    

 

 

ANDREW FORGE | ART | THE LISTENER | VOLUME 86 | ISSUE 2223 | THURSDAY 4 NOVEMBER 1971 

 

WHEN I  think about modern painting in general, I quite often find that I forget about Bacon. And when I think about Bacon, I find that I forget about the rest of modern painting. The only other painters with whom I have this experiencewhich is not a private one, because I have often hear other people say the sameare painters who are quite obviously eccentric, naive or odd, and who have worked in isolation out of ignorance or innocence. And when I think of them, I find it quite difficult to think of other painters at all, whereas when I think of Bacon, I think of certain old masters.

Francis Bacon is special. So is any artist who is any good. But Bacon's inimitability does not, it appears, exclude the distinctiveness of others. The very fabric which makes up one's sense of modern art is woven out of opposites, polaritiesMondrian and Arp, say, or de Kooning and Reinhart. But to whom would one oppose Bacon and make sense? To the whole of modern painting, perhaps. And yet to describe him as a man out of touch, not 'of his time', would be absurd. If this account is acceptable, it points to an odd state of affairs, where the 'specialness' of this particular artist applies not only to the special features of his work but also to his relationship to the rest of art. This would mean that the kind of criteria we bring to his work would need to be special too: for simply to say this is to acknowledge the way in which we tend continually to concentrate and gather together criteria that we use, and to sacrifice breadth and richness for something neater and more compact, measuring art by art's local calibrations.

Few artists who have been written about as much as Bacon has can have had so much notice given to their 'world' in proportion to the work itself. Most Bacon criticism consists of an elaboration of the scenario of his pictures. Often he is described in terms that are hardly distinguishable from writing about a director or a novelist. He has been his own best commentator in this regards, and his rare statements provide an essential text. It is as though the scenario, unfamiliar and disturbing back in the Forties when hose curtains first parted, but now an institution, were all that is needed in order to evaluate the pictures; or as though the pictures themselves were a form of  heroic illustration and even the paint that they are made out of were no more than another item or prop.

Bacon gives the lead to this: 'I've always been more interested in what is called "behaviour" and "life" than in art. If my pictures come off, it is because of a chance conjunction between actual living and art. Painting makes me more aware of behaviour, and it is easier for me to say what I want to say about behaviour with the methods of art than it is for me to say them in conversation.' This remark is quoted by John Russell, whose new book* makes a well-timed appearance at the moment at which Bacon is being shown on a vast scale at the Grand Palais in Paris, the first living British artist to be treated in this way. Russell has been an attentive witness of what has happened in London since Bacon's reappearance as a painter after the war, and his book is a vivid account of this as seen through Bacon's paintings.

There is a great deal of personal background in the book. Also of association with the themes of the pictures. The Bacon world is more richly populates as a result. Of the women sitters, and of a painting of Isabel Rawsthorne in particular, Russell says: 'If that painting were to be transformed in masculine terms, that proud, watchful, experienced figure could be a great captain on leave: a lifelong, single-handed adventurer stepping out from a blue-awninged restaurant after an unusually good luncheon, with a rakish open roadster of antique design drawn up at the kerb and a searching unembarrassed glance at the people who have stopped to see him/her get in and drive off.' This seems to me marvellous storytelling, accurately matched both to the subject of the picture and to Bacon's response to her, with touches ('luncheon', 'open roadster', 'people who have stopped') that set up a whole world. I guess that whenever I see that picture again, this vignette of Russell's will be one of the factors around. There are many others like it to embellish the expectations with which one will go to meet him. The only reservation that I have is the thought that perhaps one does not need more. Does a sense of Bacon's world, however elaborated, bring me closer to what is happening in this or that particular picture?

Baudelaire's 'The Painter of Modern Life' was a hundred times more interesting than the artist who was its subject, Constantin Guys. The poet is now the centre, and by a cruel alchemy of time Guys is the illustrator of his essay rather than its subject. Sometimes one has the feeling that Bacon is no more than the illustrator of Bacon's world, the features of which his early work and subsequent reputation have long since outlined. And one of the factors which strengthens this feeling is his absolute consistency, his unmistakability and the single, forceful line of his attack.

Undoubtedly there is monotony: not only a sameness of mood but of scale and disposition. The heads in all his pictures tend to be the same sizeabout three-quarters life-size  whether they are close up portraits or full figures. The figures in rooms tend always to displace about the same area  of canvas, so that even if the furniture, walls, dados, space-frames, blinds, doors etc may be arranged in all sorts of ways, the figures end up at the same distance from us and evoke the same relationship in space. Furthermore, although the ways in which he has constructed the head have evolved continually, becoming more daring and inventive with each batch of pictures,  the basic technical premises have remained the same, the form being founded on the building up and breaking down of light masses on a dark base.

This monotony is a strange feature in an artist whose whole aesthetic derives from risk and a reckless indifference to anything habitual or comfortable or decorative. Yet it has to be taken into account. It is of a piece with his obsessive subject-matter, the unmistakability of his poetic world. I think that this obsessive quality obstructs one's entry into his pictures, even for those who love them.

Bacon is about life in a way that no other artist alive is about life. Yet his work throws up a kind of shield which deflects attention, turning it towards an area that might be called What we know of Francis Bacon, when at once it loses energy, becomes second-hand. It is a circuit that is incredibly difficult to break. Every impulse is to stay within the well-worn track, to invoke his name rather than to experience at first hand what the pictures offer. When Eichmann appeared in his glass box and everybody said 'Francis Bacon', it was like an authentication of what he had been sayingbut it was also a deflection from the point of his pictures and an insult both to him and to Eichmann. There is a passage in Ronald Laing's Bird of Paradise where he describes a terrible dream. He is caught in a traffic jam caused by a 'magnificent dog wandering in aimless circles'. As it gets near, he sees that its head is a 'bashed in, bloody, formless mess on which its eye lies somehow intact, looking at one, with his socket, just by itself, detached.' Crowds gather. 'Can I be that dog and these angry motorists and these giggly shop girls?' This is a first-hand experience. It and the whole passage from which it comes is of white-hot relevance to Francis Bacon. But here, in this context, in this review, it is no more than one more than one more literary parallel, one more accretion to the Bacon world.

Does the phrase 'Bacon is about life' mean simply that his pictures have resonances everywherethat life throws up sights and situations that remind us of him? My experience is that the work up to about 1959 did no more than this. We 'see' situations through these paintings as we see situations through Kafka or a film like Goddard's Aalphaville. We use the patterns of his imagination to help us to get around. But since 1959, since perhaps the head of Muriel Belcher, when a quite new and more specific idea of portraits enters, it seems to me that 'about life' takes on an infinitely more direct meaning.

The Bacon world has to be broached. These pictures have to be taken on their own account. They must be allowed as perceptions, as ways of seeing, as ways of convincing the eye. Soon after spending hours with these pictures I found myself sitting opposite somebody in a narrow room, with a distance of about four feet between hour knees. There was a fairly bright light over. He was animated. Legs crossed and uncrossed, calves bulged, bits of white leg showed, shoes danced up and down, showed their soles. His head twisted as he spoke, and a word would start with his nose breaking the contour of his face on the right and would end up pointing double-barrelled at my eyes. Eyes skewed, narrowed, their hollows yawning and closing up as the axis of his head shifted in relation to the light. As he leant forward to stub out a cigarette, a dark shadow at the side of his neck ran forward and engulfed his face. When he looked up, pausing on a word, his mouth was a cavern, ringed with glistening serrations.

What is it in Bacon's work that allows one to experience with such intensity other people's behaviour, as though some membrane had been stripped off, or as though the cine-camera of one's mind were running at double-speed? Not, certainly, the overall view of things, but rather its oppositea particular experience of hunting a particular semblance with paint. His hunt is lived out in time on the canvas, and it is this which one lives out in one's own present time in front of the canvas too. With him, each addition or scrubbed cancellation alters the face that is looking back at him, brining it closer, or not, to his bated attentionand so it is too on our side. The distortions of his heads, which at first look like ghastly wounds, have to be gathered up, pieced together, until the heads look right, intact. The price is the stability of one's viewpoint, one's distance. A kind of closeness has to be risked: not a physical closeness to the picture concerned, but a psychic closeness to the 'head'. Finally, the complete head, the whole, that person neither monster nor freak, has to be achieved and held over against the terrible glaring meat, so that they inhabit each other. All this comes over in the paint and in one's joined effort with the paint, to read it and to read his scanning: to pick up the clues he leapt at, or the sudden reverses with which he risked one more hiatus.

When 20 years ago Bacon was talking about the power that paint had to bear directly onto the nervous system, I was never sure of what he meant. Even that phrase seemed to join up too pat with the Bacon world, with screams and literary situations. Now I see it as a challengeto enter each picture as closely as I am able to bring myself to do.

The baggage that helps one on the journey is not the baggage from contemporary art, so much as from the old masters, plus one's own ability to see.

 

 

 

THE SAVAGE GOD 

 

 

A FRENCH VIEW OF FRANCIS BACON

 

A French view of Francis Bacon by Pierre Schneider, who also discusses John Russell's new study of Bacon's work

 

 

PIERRE SCHNEIDER | THE SUNDAY TIME | SUNDAY NOVEMBER 7, 1971

 

SPEAKING ABOUT that wide-open mouth which is one of his trademarks and since antiquity has served as the mask of horror, Francis Bacon says: "I wanted to make the inside of the mouth as beautiful as a Claude Monet." From mouth to Monet might stand as a summary of the twenty-seven-year trajectory illustrated by the 110 pictures now at the Grand Palais.

There can be little doubt that Bacon wished the exhibition to be read this way. Retrospectives in an artist's lifetime are usually self-interpretations; the emphasis on recent work underscores Bacon's current concerns. And this concern explains his eagerness to be seen in Paris, the city where Bacon's central problem was posed for the first time a little over a century ago: the fatal rift between paint and reality.

This is not to be found in the earliest pictures on view, in "Head II," for instance, or in "Figure Study II."  The atrocity of the subject-matter is more evident than at any later time, yet it is embedded in a texture of such muted sumptuousness that one sees wounds and mutilation but feels a healing abundance; earth sliced open by plough. The indissoluble association of destruction and construction which makes these pictures masterpieces is due to "a chance conjunction between actual living and art," as Bacon says (I quote from John Russell's new monograph, about which more later).

In the Forties, chance fell his way practically all the time. Had one not known about the previous decade of experiment, of which practically no testimony remains, one might ascribe Bacon's early achievement to beginner's luck. Or again to (if the word may be used in such a connection) paradise not yet lost. Paradise, for the modern painter, is not knowing that there is no paradise: that paint and reality are incompatible. This awareness differentiates Manet from Courbet, and Bacon's work of the Forties from that of the following years.

For now the incompatibility will out. The canvases of the Fifties are marked by the dropping away (as of some Atlantis) of the middle ground on which painting has built since the Renaissance: the postulate that pictorial signs can signify reality. They display a painful divorce between literal image and the subtle curtain of paint. Velazquez's Pope and Eisenstein's nurse have in common that they are taken over wholly; paint does not change, but veils them. But now an unbridgeable gap has opened between subject and paint. The most important thing about pictures like "Man Kneeling in Grass" (1952) are the intrusion of this unspeakable void and Bacon's desperate attempt to qualify it.

Asked why he put a hypodermic needle into one of his figures, Bacon replied (and the answer sheds light on one of his favourite themes, the Crucifixion): "It was to nail the painting to reality." Of course, aggressivity is a useful prerequisite for any would-be realist, but the violence in question here no longer belongs to the artist and to the subject represented: it is the violence of representation. Modern paint is the ghoul, not Bacon.

"There is no torture in my paintings," Bacon claims. Rightly: since the Sixties, the painting is the torture. The scale is often epic, but portraiture is always at the centre, because it states, in its most radical terms, the contradiction between the autonomy of paint and the identity of the subject, corralled, attack from several sides at once. The light is switched on suddenly, to catch reality by surprise. It tolerates no protective shadows; it is relentless, uniform, lidlessthe light of cross-examination. The curious affinity of certain recent triptychs with Toulouse-Lautrec (and, through him, with Japanese screens) stems from Bacon's increasing reliance on the sharpshooter's passionate precision. Nothing in the setting is left to chance.

This, however, is because the essential"the conjunction between actual living and art"is more than ever left to it. Despite all precautions, reality slips through paint's fingers; it must be grappled with, pinned down again and again. The contortion characteristic of Bacon's forms is a hanging on to a quarry that tries frantically to escape. There ensues a seesaw struggle in which writhing pigment achieves a succession of brief and partial triumphs: those moments when we forget it because it has suddenly become, with a kind of savage presence, a foot, an ashtray, a cheekbone, a knee clasped in that inimitable British way. And at once the image dissolves into brushstrokes. Thus painting can be said, in Bacon's words, "to be and not to be."

The remark is one of the most revealing to be found in John Russell's book, Francis Bacon (Thames & Hudson £4.95 pp. 242), as illuminating an essay on a living artist as one could wish to encounter. It relates Bacon to his time and to the history of art with unfailing pertinence. In the process, Mr Russell gives us insights into an enormous variety of subjects, from the invasion of Europe by the Nazi to the invasion of privacy by Degas.

I see two potential dangers in this abondance de biens. The network of relations spun by Mr Russell is so dense that the reader is sometimes inclined to forget the disruption which is the very sign of any original oeuvre, especially in a case like Bacon's. But perhaps it is the critic's task to tie the Gordian Knots so that the artist may cut them. More dangerous would have been the temptation to dissolve the work into its contexts; but Mr Russell is immunised against that by his unfaltering attention to what goes on in the studio (and one understands why the painter lets him in). He has written, about being and not being in painting, some pages which are as crucial as they are rare in writing on art.

For they deal with art's most constantly suppressed truth: paint and reality cannot mix. This is the real predicament, and it is so unbearable that only a few artistsand only within the Western traditionhave built on it. From certain Fayum portraits, through a lace-collar by Velazquez and a beach by Constable, to an asparagus by Manet, they constitute, it seems to me, Bacon's real lineage. Others have seen the rift and opted for one side or the other: abstract paint or literal reality.  What makes Bacon frightening is not his subject-matter but the fact that, in his practice, he shows art and actual living to be "unmixable and inseparable." The Council of Chalcedon, in AD 458, thus defined the nature of Christ: I can think of no more apt definition for Bacon's painting.

Indeed, his fascination with the Crucifixion may well be attributed to the fact that Christianity's central mystery provides the pattern for the mystery of painting: reality must allow itself to be put to death by paint in order to be resurrected as image. Hence perhaps Bacon's jubilation at the disappearance of painting in our time: it proves that "painting is just beginning." The image will have reality only as long as we do not mistake it for reality; and when we do (when we want to touch it), the image relapses into paint. And so on indefinitely, within each picture. Or rather, in that small section of the picture where the identification is attempted. The rest is frozen in expectancy, waiting for the "chance conjunction" to occur.

Tertullian called this period (those glacial three days before the Resurrection), "refrigerium interim."  No artist has given us a grander vision of this ghastly moment of suspension, which is the Christian legacy to our post- Christian age. The great areas of colour, stilled by nocturnal brilliance, should clash, but do not. They are petrified while the dice are rolling.

M Schneider is Art Critic of L'Express and organiser of the Matisse Centenary Exhibition, also at the Grand Palais.

 

 

 

Dissection by Francis Bacon

 

 

 

ANTHONY EVERITT ART | SATURDAY MAGAZINE | THE BIRMINGHAM POST | NOVEMBER 27, 1971

 

 

The room is bare and sparsely furnished. There are no personal possessions nor any of those small but significant signs that someone, a particular person, has lived there long enough to leave his mark. It is, at different times, a hotel room, a prison cell, a sleeping compartment, a bedsitter and a recording studio.

In other words, it is a space for brief encounters and rapid assignations above all, a space shaped like a glove to fit the solitary human beings of the twentieth century, the lonely dwellers in today's cities of the plain.

This is the room which Bacon, Britain's most celebrated painted,  depicts again and again in his pictures.  Visitors to his current retrospective at the Grand Palais in Paris or readers of John Russell's  lavishly illustrated  Francis Bacon (Thames and Hudson, £4.95) are given a guided tour of this anonymous Grand Hotel of the imagination.

But what goes on inside? Two blurred, nude figures grapple on linen sheets; a Pope dressed in  the regalia of office screams from a darkness that is only defined by  a grid-like box of thin lines; a woman sits on a chair and crosses her legs. In one example,  the room is transformed into a walled screen without spectators where a man fights a bull.

When Bacon is asked what his pictures are "about," he sometimes replies: "The history of Europe in my own time." And certainly it is easy to find parallels between the public events of the last fifty years and the private desolations and estrangements evoked in his art.

But however powerful these connections with the real world may be, Bacon, like many of the great novelists and play-wrights, has created an "alternative universe" which works according  to rules of its own. Like Alice when she climbs through the looking glass, we are faced with a completely convincing environment  which is very similar to our own everyday one but also very different.

The Baconian universe depends on a reversal of the old, kindly, civilised truths which most of us take for granted, without actually asking whether life is really like that. Here, love is seen in terms of one-night stands, loyalty in terms of betrayal, sex in terms of violence.

Bacon is fond of quoting Mme. du Deffand who said: "There is only one misfortune in life, that of being born." But his reaction to this remark is not to plunge into self-pity. The people who occupy his canvases may be pessimists but they are also tough-minded, ruthless and heroic.

From what I have written so far, it might appear that I believe Bacon merely to be a narrative painter. It is true that he has never taken up abstraction. In his early days, he was tempted by extreme subjects, and as late as 1967 the central feature of his Triptych (inspired by T. S. Eliot's Sweeney Agonistes) was a wagon-lit compartment with a blood-stained pillow on the bed the scene of a murder.

But he is first and foremost a painter rather than a story-teller, and the real violence in his work comes from the was he handles the pigment. For Bacon, paint is an acid that corrodes the fleshy appearances of his courageous sitters. Their faces and bodies are made to look like decomposing chunks of meat that have been soaked in vitriol.

He is not, in fact, interested in photographic accuracy but in the fact which lies behind appearances, and he attempts to discover it like an anatomist dissecting a corpse.

Bacon comes at the end of a long tradition. He is the last of the great easel painters, and the rooms which he so often depicts, together with their lonely occupants, are, perhaps, are extensions of the painter communing with himself in his empty studio.

He is unaware that artists of a younger generation are trying to unlock the prison door and emerge from their long period of solitary confinement.

 

 

     

      "Two Studies of George Dyer with Dog." by Francis Baconthe individual alone in a bare, sparsely furnished room is a recurring theme in Bacon's paintings. 

 

 

 

 

  Out of the Black Hole

 

 

      ROBERT HUGHES | TIME | MONDAY, DECEMBER 13, 1971

 

      

 

Two naked figures, faces obscenely eroded by electric-blue shadows, sprawl on a bed. A man huddles like a baboon on the edge of what might be a swing, a coffee table or a hangman's drop. A Pope howls silently behind glass.

There is little need to say who painted them. At 62, Francis Bacon is one of the most immediately recognizable painters in the world. For the past 25 years, critics have predicted the collapse of his reputation. Yet by now it seems that Bacon is one of the very few living artists whose work can (but does not always) exhibit the mysterious denseness of meaning, the grip on experience, which are the conditions of a masterpiece. "Who ever heard," he once sarcastically asked, "of anyone buying one of my pictures because he liked it?" But the tributes fall heavy, and the latest is a full-dress retrospective of 108 works in Paris, displayed in the Grand Palais, through the auspices of the French government—the first time France has so honoured any living English painter.

Out of Decay. 

Up to a point, Bacon's art, in all its hazard and abiding strangeness, grows out of the terms of his life. Born in Ireland in 1909, a descendant of the great Elizabethan Sir Francis Bacon, he spent a childhood whose ambience was decayed status, country eccentricity and the violence of Irish civil war. When Francis was 17, his father caught him trying on his mother's underwear, and banished him from the house. With no special qualifications or ambition, Bacon drifted his way round Europe—to Berlin and afterward to Paris—and worked as an interior decorator in England in the '30s. Of these formative years, English Critic John Russell, in a new book on Bacon (New York Graphic Society; $16.50), remarks, "Berlin and Paris gave him the notion of a big city as an erotic gymnasium. But there is also, in Bacon's makeup, a paradoxical austerity which he traces directly to his father." It is no accident that so many of Bacon's most compelling images are at root father-figures: the shrieking Pope, the dictator mouthing before the mikes, the worsted-sheathed executive with the expression of a wax shark.

Horror Movie.

Bacon's work is the kind that invites stereotyped reactions. He is seen as a master of crisis, directing a horror movie. The adjective most often given to his work, nightmarish, is not quite true to Bacon's intentions; it does not go far enough. For nightmares, like movies, end. Bacon's images, on the other hand, are thrust at us as the enduring substance of reality. They are not fantasies, but observation slits into a Black Hole of Calcutta, in which man thrashes about, stifled by claustrophobia and frustration, stabbing with penis or knife at the nearest body. This, Bacon insists, is the real world; it defines the suppressed condition of actual life.

Bacon's work is not pessimistic (or optimistic, for that matter), for it lives outside these parentheses on a terrain of amoral candor about the most extreme situations. "The road of excess leads to the palace of wisdom"—so William Blake, whose mask Bacon once painted. Bacon's career has been a pursuit of this truth, from the transvestite bars of 1920s Berlin to the green baize of Monte Carlo, where he still assuages his passion for gambling. He is the Genet of painting, most particularly in the lavishness with which he uses his own psyche as experimental material.

Bacon's figures, in their blurred, spastic postures, relate to the work of early still photographers like Eadweard Muybridge, or art reproductions, movie stills, news flashes. Personality, existence itself, glints like a fish in dark water and is gone. Bacon is a singular draftsman, but his drawing has practically no descriptive function—it serves, instead, to tally a sum of distortions.

"One of the problems is to paint like Velasquez, but with the texture of hippopotamus skin," he once remarked. And he does. Structure emerges from the tracks of the looping brush as though naturalism were being reinvented. The result is that Bacon's distortions have a unique kind of anatomical conviction. Collectively, they amount to nothing less than a group portrait in which Baconian man—lecherous, wary, perversely heroic—carries on his flesh the cumulative imprint of self-destruction.

 

   

                    FRANCIS BACON     Photo: Alan Clifton

               Through nightmare to discovery.

 

 

 

 

A clash of contrasts

 

 

By Dr. Peter Cannon-Brookes, Keeper, Department of Art, Birmingham City Museum and Art Gallery.

 

 

DR. PETER CANNON-BROOKES | SATURDAY MAGAZINE | THE BIRMINGHAM POST | 18 DECEMBER 1971

 

 

Few contrasts could be sharper than between the paintings of Bacon and those of Fernand Léger now on exhibition in the Grand Palais, Paris.

Léger remained throughout his career closely linked to the classical tradition of French art, while the brutal assault on the senses experienced in the paintings of Francis Bacon involves a total rejection of that tradition.

In the current artistic climate in France, with a swing towards representational art and an acceptance of a degree of overt eroticism previously unfamiliar to visitors of French exhibitions, the paintings of Francis Bacon are shown at a particularly opportune moment.

However, the extremely mixed reactions of the French highlight the peculiar qualities of Bacon's work. The unrelieved violence of his imagery  in an exhibition  of more than 100 paintings provides not an entirely pleasant experience and it is quite impossible to enjoy  even individual passages of paint.

The dry, dragged brushstrokes of a great deal of his flesh painting does much to emphasise the deep-rooted pessimism of Bacon's paintings and the sterility of the human relations enshrined in them.

Perhaps this is most obvious in the naked fury of the homosexual lovers in his Two Figures of 1953 and in the slightly less highly charged Two Figures in the Grass of 1954, though most  of his subjects distinguished by their loneliness.

His experiences are intensely personal, heightened by a morbid introspection, so that the spectator becomes the witness of his catharsis. Above all Bacon's paintings revel in the negation of man's creative role, and for most observers his paintings can only evoke horror and revulsion.

After Picasso, Chagall and Matisse it is now the turn of Fernand Léger to occupy the splendid suite of modern exhibition galleries in the Grand Palais, and among the 350 or so works are to be seen his ceramic sculptures as well as his more familiar paintings and drawings.

Léger, who died in 1955, was throughout his career an immensely prolific artist. During a remarkably short experimental period  he learnt from the paintings of Cezanne the total rejection of emotion, precision of perception and concentration on linear outlines and basic structure which were to be the hallmarks of his style for the remainder of his life.

Even during  his brief flirtation with Cubism at the beginning of the first World War, his style is highly individual since he constantly drew inspiration from the world of machines and machine made objects.

A true child of the industrial world, Léger nevertheless felt strongly the alienation of the working classes and rejoiced when the Popular Front Government introduced holidays with pay in 1936.

His many family groups executed around the second World War years are often equipped with bicycles and for Léger the bicycles became a symbol of both the libration of the working classes and his nostalgic longing to return to France from exile in the United States.

These tendencies reach a climax  in the great series of steel erectors executed in 1950-51 where the clarity and precision of the classical tradition are imposed on the mechanical world.

Both the Francis Bacon and Fernand Léger exhibitions in the Grand Palais, Paris, remain open until January 10 from 10.00 a.m. to 8.00 p.m. daily, except Tuesdays.

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

Retrospective at the Grand Palais

 

 

 

JANET HOBHOUSE ARTS MAGAZINE | FEBRUARY 1972

 

Francis Bacon’s retrospective exhibition at the Grand Palais in Paris has been interpreted by some as a diplomatic gesture to Great Britain on the eve of her entry into the Common Market. If so, it is curios that the first major retrospective ever offered by France to a British painter should be given to one who has no disciples and no recent artistic ancestry, to one who in no way acts as a representative of English art. So I felt before seeing what is a very impressive show indeed, and one which places Bacon firmly above his simple reputation as an English eccentric with a disdain for Art History, and as a man of post-war conscience with all the right reactions to the brutalities and humiliations of modern life. Bacon is more complicated and a lot better than that, as this exhibition (his first retrospective since the one held at the Tate in 1962) clearly shows. He has moved firmly away from the sometime sensationalism of his earlier paintings, from manipulative gimmicks (the use of streaming, frenzied lines through portraits, which characterized much of his work in the fifties, for example), and gradually away from what was at times fairly crude symbolism towards less illustrative and more complexly-suggestive subject matter. His painting has developed too, towards a use of cleaner lines and more powerful colors, towards an easiness with vast, abstract backgrounds and looser definitions of space than was evident before.

There is clear enough indication of the development in Bacon’s painting over the last twenty-five years if one compares Painting, 1946 with Second Version of Painting, 1946, done in 1971 (both works are now owned by the Museum of Modern Art in New York). The basic structure, formed by the beef carcass hung head downwards, the split halves moving outwards (the first use of the basic crucifixion form), and under which the shadowed Mussolini-like smiling figure sits, his legs encircled by a steel construction, in the two paintings remain the same. In the first version, however, this basic frame is cluttered by objects which have disappeared in Bacon’s later reworking. Early versions of the owls (used later in the Pope studies) which perch on the steel enclosure, the extra garlanding and patterned carpet which fill the spaces at the top and bottom of the painting, and the miscellaneous lines and arrows all pulling away from the central form, indicate an uneasiness with empty space and a need to disperse the strength of the image in extrinsic clutter. In the second version, not only are these superfluous images gone, leaving greater space and allowing the compact form to test its strength unaided, but that space itself becomes part of the force of the painting. The earlier carpet pattern is exchanged for a solid color, the blurred patchy pink of the first background for a single brilliant yellow which moves with the lines of the beef outside the canvas. Equally, the steel enclosure is now open-ended and there is potential movement where there was earlier only the dark and tight confinement. Lastly, the subject himself alters in a way which indicates, I think, Bacon’s movement away from the image of man as a symbol of oppression or suffering, to that of man as he less symbolically is, potentially good as well as evil, even innocuous, in any case not easily known. In the second version the all-dominating grin is a closed-mouth smile, the eyes are visible and almost easy, the posture is relaxed. The authority figure has yielded to the individual portrait, unthreatening, and good-naturedly drawn. Bacon seems in repainting him thus to have renounced his earlier desire to direct our reaction, to offer judgment, however many misdirections and modifications he might have added to complicate that judgment.

This is certainly the direction in which Bacon’s painting has progressed in the last ten years. He abandoned his Pope series as unsuccessful and his crucifixions as potentially too specific to serve the universal purposes he intended. In their place are individual portraits and triptychs with the more neutral title of Three Studies of the Human Form. But always Bacon’s intention was characteristically to keep away from crude illustration of specific human traits, to preserve as much of the ambiguity of his figures, as their depiction would bare. His work has never deserved the reaction it received from those who saw his paintings as mere tales of horror and suffering, and from the start his work has been sustained by a strong ambivalence to what he depicted. The distorted nudes by the sides of butcher’s carcasses, or lying with hypodermic syringes have, nonetheless, a certain serenity of pose and grace of line that cannot be accidental. Nor is the care of the painting or the delicacy of the color in such pictures to be read, I feel, as a bit of conscious irony or provider of some thrill of incongruity. Rather, I think, Bacon has throughout treated his subjects with the same half-admiration, half-horror that that he later shows in the portraits of his friends.

Head II, 1949, for example, is a very powerful painting, certainly one of Bacon’s best, which uses a horrific subject matter in such a way as to hold the viewer’s attention, while at the same time manipulating a reaction which has little to do with the grim features of the grinning, half-agonized head. It seems to me that this painting is concerned (and typically concerned) with a grapple with the paint, an analysis of texture, shadow, and the sculptural qualities of paint. There is little variation of colour in this gray painting, and almost no clear linesthe position and grin of the head have to be read with effort. Bacon seems to use those minute but clearer objects, an arrow, a safety pin, as foci for for the composition of the painting; they act as limits for the movement of the eye more than does the grinning head. Delineation seems rather concentrated on the paint itself which is thickly applied, cracked and encrusted, evoking far more of the sense of claustrophobia and decay than than the subject presented. It is an early example of the technique Bacon aimed at and achieved in the later portrait heads, “to paint like Velazquez but with the texture of the hippopotamus skin.”

Even when his concerns are less with the paint itself, Bacon’s ability to stands away and admire the image at the same time that h is drawn by horror o paint it. is what, to my mid, saves his paintings from simple conclusions. The studies of lovers, for example, can be read as scenes of rape or murder, or as mere figures in movement, neutrally depicted, as they are in the original sourcesMuybridge’s famous photographs published in 1879 as Main in Motion and the first such studies ever made. Other paintings from this source share the the near-clinical interest of the photographer. In one, two figures balance on a ring, the similar figure crawling, both against a simple, brilliant abstract background, making a pleasant, harmonious scene but for the title, After MuybridgeWoman emptying a bowl of water, and Paralytic Child on all foursBacon’s occasional indifference to the import of such objects in his paintings as bandages, crutches, syringes, has led him to make one or two amazing oversights, as, for example, the Nazi arm-band of the 1965 Crucifixion, which binds that painting to its specific reference and gives the horror depicted a fairly specific name. Bacon, taking the idea of the swastika from a photo, claims no such motive for use. “You will tell me it's absurd ... but I needed the armband to break the continuity of the arm, and I wanted a bit of red around the arm.... It was purely a formal intention.” It is not often, however, that Bacon’s ambivalence to his images leads him so far astray.

Along with this developing interest in the formal aspect of the image, Bacon’s paintings show a new lessening of tension which is apparent as much in the structural as in the use of less symbolic subject-matter. The cage-like constructions which were consistently used in his early work have gradually changed in meaning, becoming looser, larger, until they act as arenas or eventually balancing bars in paintings such as the later Studies of the Human Body. The claustrophobia of the early works is exchanged, first for a sense of precariousness, as in Portrait of George Dyer on a Bicycle eventually for a sense of perfect balance as in the enormous 1970 Triptych, where three people sit serenely in an enormous space, supported by one strong narrow bar. The background color of Bacon’s painting  also lightens allowing a new airiness in his work, very different from those tense dark studies with which he became famous.

Equally, though his subjects sit isolated in these later works, the new suggestion of performance hints at a potential audience which will admire their skills. If one remembers the studies of the fifties and early sixties, with their trapped humans capable of little but destruction, indifference or pain, the new paintings reveal a remarkable optimism.

I like this new Bacon better. Technically, his painting is surer, his lines cleaner and stronger, and his colors freer than earlier. His portraits are far more commanding in their originality than were those brooding early studies. Equally, the scale of his paintings has increased  and with that has come a new freedom of movement and a power which no longer depends upon manipulated emotions. Bacon is as capable as ever of creating anxiety or horror, as he does in probably the best of his triptychs, the 1970 panels inspired by Sweeney Agonistes, but he is capable too, of a great fund of admiration for the human being. This, I think, gives him a far greater power as a painter, to move in a free style, to explore a greater range of emotions, and consequently to elicit a far more complex reaction than was earlier possible.

Concurrently with the Grand Palais exhibition New York Graphic has published the first major book on the artist John Russell, Francis Bacon, 87 bl. and wh. and 74 color plates.

 

 

     

 

 

  Francis Bacon’s European retrospective

 

 

     ANDREW CAUSEY | ART | THE ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS | TUESDAY 1 FEBRUARY, 1972

 

The present retrospective exhibition of paintings by Francis Bacon, which is shortly to move from the Grand Palais in Paris to the Kunsthalle in Dusseldorf, marks one of the rare successes of British painters in capturing the attention of a European public. Three floors of the Grand Palais were given over to the works by Bacon since 1944 borrowed from collections in Europe and the United States. A slight emphasis in the selection towards paintings done in the nine years since Bacon’s retrospective at the Tate in 1962 shows that much of the artist’s best work is recent, and in particular that he has greatly extended his scope as a colourist.

Bacon is now 63; the way he continues to probe the possibilities of his chosen subject matter and produce fresh results conveys the feeling of a man still very much tied up with his work, for whom the original suppositions connected with his dominant theme of people in rooms has become neither meaningless nor just a convention.

Bacon was originally an interior designer, a successful exponent of the modernist mode of around 1930. The furniture in some of his later paintings has occasionally seemed to refer back to his first work, but there is no serious connexion between his design work and his painting apart from the fact of his technical expertise as a painter. This is more than just a knowledge of the way colours work; it extends, for instance, in Dog of 1952, to his building up the image of the dog from a mixture of sand and paint, so the animal stands out as a palpable thing against the rest of canvas on which the paint is drily and sparingly used.

Bacon’s earliest painting, reminiscent of Picasso and lesser Surrealist painters like Lurgat, has mostly been destroyed, and what remains has not been included in the exhibition. The earliest pictures in the show are the Tate’s Three studies for figures at the base of a Crucifixion, strident images of three greatly distorted females, connected by Bacon with the Furies. He has frequently returned to the theme of the Crucifixion, referring to it either obliquely, as here, through attendant figures, or, painting it in modern dress, as in the magnificent Three Studies for a Crucifixion of 1962, in which the right hand study is directly based on the representation of the Crucifixion by the Sienese painter Cimabue, but in Bacon’s case is only just recognizable as a figure at all. Bacon is not a Christian, but is interested in the Crucifixion as a symbol of suffering, and in particular, one suspects, in the idea of atonement or suffering on behalf of others. It is difficult to be specific. During the 1950 s Bacon did a large number of paintings of men confined within cage-like structures. Some were Popes, derived from a reproduction of Velazquez’s portrait of Innocent X, some were friends, and others were anonymous business executives. Some are tormented, others seem quite pleased with themselves. The sense is there that the bars are restrictive, but the internees are perhaps not always aware of it. Suffering in Bacon’s painting is real only on the broadest level, it is almost synonymous with living.

It is easier now than it was at the time of the 1962 Tate exhibition, before so many of the richly coloured works of the 1960 s had been painted, to understand the limited scope of the 50s portraits. Though Bacon can reasonably be considered a traditionalist in the sense that his painting is about the placing of things in space, a fundamental which it shares with the whole Renaissance tradition of art, the best of his painting works “Two studies for a self-portrait”, oil on canvas, 1970. through colour—open areas of colour carried within brush strokes—and not through line. In the early pictures like the Tate’s Three studies for figures at the base of a Crucifixion the importance of colour is already manifest. The bright orange background against which the figures are seen is abstract and non-realistic in the same way as the gold backgrounds to medieval religious pictures are abstract. It is not a flat pure colour, as it appears at first glance in a reproduction, but richly textured and carefully modulated. The same is true of the even more daring coloured backgrounds of the big triptychs of the 19605. In the recent pictures some completely new colours appear, like the cold blue of Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne standing in a Soho street. (1967) and the blue of the shadows in Triptych (1970), but they have the same vibrancy as the orange background in 1944.

In the late pictures the network of bars that surrounded the figures in the 1950 s become rare (the Isabel Rawsthorne picture is an exception), with the result that figures relate more openly to their surroundings.

 

 

      

 

 

 

Tearing the human image to bits

Adrew Forge, Francis Bacon and

Michael Levey talk about Titian

 

 

 

‘Something torn to bits’: Francis Bacon looks at Titian

 

 

 

THE LISTENER | VOLUME 87 | NUMBER 2242 | THURSDAY 16 MARCH 1972

 

FORGE: The National Gallery's campaign for the purchase of Titian's Death of Actaeon is rolling on, and some time this summer we will know whether this great picture will stay in London or go to America. In all the public discussion that has surrounded the issue, little has been said about the merits of the painting itself. I've been talking with two people who passionately admire it, and I asked Francis Bacon why he thought it should stay in London.

BACON: First, it's a late painting by one of the greatest painters that the human race has so far produced, and now that they have both the Death of Actaeon and the Bacchus and Ariadne one can see the extraordinary: the development: the early painting is certainly a magnificent painting, but one sees, in this late painting, the way that the whole psyche has locked into the technique; in the corner where Actaeon has been turned into a stag, with the hounds yelping and setting on him, one sees the extraordinary way Titian has been able to weave these forms, as though he's used the light to work into the paint, so that the images are never absolutely definite and yet they are the suggestion of a tremendously tragic act; and one sees the more substantial figure of Diana on the left-hand side, which perhaps enhances the ambiguity of this tragic act going on in the corner.

FORGE: Do you think that, in contrast to Bacchus and Ariadne, perhaps Titian hadn't got a very clear idea how the picture was going to look when he first started painting it? Do you think the process of the painting is different?

BACON: I think the process is totally different in all his very late pictures. They're really painted in a very profound sense, and the early paintings are nearer to illustrational painting. It's tremendously important that a painting of this quality should be seen beside the very great early paintings. I think that everything possible should be done to keep this painting as completing, with the other Titians, almost the cycle of his life.

FORGE: Do you find that the subject of the picture involves you very much when you're looking at it?

BACON: Yes, but I'm less conscious, in a sense, of the subject than I am of the extraordinary technical quality by which he has been able to return this very tragic event back into me and unlock the sensation about life in general, which is the way that I always see a painting. In this instance, this is a superb example of Titian's late work, where he seemed to weave the images out of the air.

FORGE: I've always been very puzzled by the difference between the figure of the goddess on left and that of Actaeon and the dogs over on the right. It's quite extraordinary how huge she is. And there's a strange difference, too,  in the way that the forms are realised, isn't there?

BACON: If the scale of Actaeon attacked by the hounds had been kept on the same scale as Diana, it couldn't have had this tragic impactas though Actaeon is being demolished by the hounds that have been set upon him. He has already been diminished into a stag, and also he is further removedhe is further away from the foreground than the goddess.

FORGE: And she's completed in a very different way, isn't she?

BACON: Something torn to bits is what this is about. It's the tearing of an image, of a human image, to bits. It wouldn't have worked so wellprobably, at any ratein this painting if it had been more definite. Now one of the reasons that this painting is of deep interest o me concerns the whole problem of painting today. If you think how abstract painting has taken over and how people find it almost impossible to be figurative, you will see, not that this kind of painting could be done today, but that there are all sorts of suggestions by which forms could be used and redeveloped in another way with everyday subjects. When I look at Actaeon being torn to bits by the hounds, I think also of the Eumenides, and it makes me think of how perhaps they could be used. Because we don't only live our life, as it were, in the material and physical sense: we live it through our whole nervous system, which is, of course, also a physical thing, but it's a whole kind of long process human images which have been passed downand yet nobody knows how to go on using them. This painting suggests how forms and images could be remade to carry a meaning as definite as the death of Actaeon.

FORGE: Michael, if this picture is acquired by the National Gallery, how will it fit into the existing holding of paintings by Titian?

LEVEY: I think it will fit in very well indeed, insofar as I do believe that we've got a gap for it. It seems to me that the painter himself is someone who is, all the time, changing. I don't know that I can think off-hand, before Picasso, of any artist who evolves the whole time. The Gallery's got a whole series of steps up to this picture, but nothing of this scale, of this period, by Titian.

FORGE: What's the picture about? It's a strange subject, not, I suppose, terribly available to one when one just looks at the picture casually?

LEVEY: In the Bacchus and Ariadne you have this smiling landscapeand a god is leaping from his chariot to make a woman immortal. I would like people to look at the Bacchus and Ariadne first and then look at this picture: now it's a goddess and a mortal man, and she is certainly proving his mortality. It is her revenge. It's not a happy story: it's a deliberately tragic story of the man who stumbled on a goddess. Actaeon was a famous hunter, and one day in hunting he came by accident upon Diana bathing. She, the goddess, is also, of course, a huntress, and she had retired because of the heat of the day. This is the story that Ovid tells. She'd retried to a kind of grove which was sacred to her, I think, and there she undressed. Actaeon simply rushes on with his dogs. He'd been hunting and saw her naked. A sort of taboo situation was brought into it, and one could draw a lot from that psychologically. Immediately, she had him turned into a stag. And then his own dogs began to savage him. It's very typical, I think, of the Old Testament as well as of pagan mythology. In this very unsmiling, autumnal wood even the trees look to me rather as if they'd been attacked and torn. This terrible act of revenge is carried out by the goddess and Titian must have thought this out very carefully, because, as far as I know, in none of the stories in the Latin poets is Diana present at the death of Actaeon. The chap in the distance in the picture—it's a marvellous figure, just a smudge of brown—is a man on horseback flying in horror from the scene. And in fact in Ovid the friend said 'Where's Actaeon gone? Because here's a fine stag.' They didn't realise it was their friend. Titian has brought this into it. It seems to me very typical of him that he'd got to, if you like, make his subject, and he makes it by inventing the idea that Diana herself urged them on. He goes the whole way in cruelty.

FromArts Commentary’ (Radio 3)

 

 

    

                                                                                         ‘The Death of Actaeon’

 

 

 

 

 

   Painted pastiche marks gallery’s art arrangement

 

 

     JEFFREY WECHSLER | SPECTRUM ARTS EDITOR | THE SPECTRUM | FRIDAY, 20 JULY 1973

 

Probably the most obvious reflection of curatorial concerns in any museum to either the casual or expert viewer, is the methodology or organizing and displacing the collection—in other words, how and where the paintings are hung and the sculpture positioned. In this article, I shall discuss this methodology as practiced in the Albright-Knox Art Gallery, referring to the visible evidence of the current set-up in the gallery.

Let it be known at the start that I believe there are gross errors of judgement in many display situations. Encumbent upon me now is the burden of proof, which I am prepared to give—in quantity.

Cruelty to animals

In the view of this room illustrated here, one sees two animal sculptures by Anne Arnold, and paintings by Dubuffet, Sutherland, and Francis Bacon. Why is the Francis Bacon there? Simple! It contains the image of a dog, and the curator seems to think that goes just fine next to Anne Arnold’s cat. Although the Albright-Knox’s example of this painter’s work is a weak one, the fact that Bacon’s art is a horrifying view into the tortured open wound of modem’s man’s psyche is never considered. Another artist is insulted. 

Editor’s note: This is the first of a series of articles expressing an opinion on various segments of the workings of the Albright-Knox Art Gallery.

 

 

    

                                           Francis Bacon, Man with Dog, 1953

 

 

 

Francis Bacon‘I Wanted to Paint the Scream’

 

 

By ANTHONY BAILEY | THE NEW YORK TIMES | MARCH 16, 1975   

 

    

                Francis Bacon in the London studio he calls a "disaster"

 

 

LONDON Once, gambling at Monte Carlo, where he lived for a time, the English painter Francis Bacon had a winning streak. He was spending days and nights at the roulette tables and It got to the almost mystical point where he believed he heard the croupier call out the winning number before the ball fell into the socket. One afternoon he won nearly $4,000. He rented a villa, stocked it with food, wine and friends, and had a marvellous 10 days. Nowadays he is less lucky as a gambler, but his fame as a painter in part makes up for it. On Wednesday the Metropolitan Museum of Art opens a three month show of his work—paintings mostly done since his exhibition at the Grand Palais in Paris in 1971, Bacon, however, remains intensely interested in chance; not only in what makes for a gambling win or fame, but in the fortune that smiles (or grins a death-head grin) when his oil paints and his obsessions are embroiled upon a canvas.

Bacon is 65 and looks about 50. He has close-cropped grey hair, a trim physique, and a pear-shaped face that seems assembled of disparate elements: the forehead belonging to an ascetic thinker, the eyes to a tragic actor, the cheeks to a plump cherub. It is a face he himself has painted in numerous self-portraits and his friend Lucien Freud has brilliantly caught in the portrait now in the Tate Gallery.

Bacon is also a remarkably candid and articulate talker — whether about the difficulties of painting or the difficulty of being Francis Bacon: Asthmatic, homosexual, gripped not only by the imagination of disaster but by the despair that springs from the death of people he's known best  two brothers dying young, suicides of close friends. He was born in Dublin in 1909. His father, ex-British Army, trained race horses. But  he didn't get on with his father, and  the proximity of the horses and dogs brought on violent asthma. His education was mostly from tutors at home. He ran away from boarding school after one term. But having come late to reading, he has been deep in books ever since, and one suspects that few living painters could speak with equal understanding about Valéry and Yates, Aeschylus and Pascal. During his childhood Bacon's family moved back and forth between England and Ireland and he made an early acquaintance with violence: cavalry in the driveway, sandbags around the house. The dislocated childhood soon led to a nomadic life. He left home at 16, his father furious with him for trying on his mother's underwear.  He has lived since then in London, Berlin, Paris and Tangiers, mostly now in one of three homes: a Paris apartment, a riverside flat in London's dockland, and a mews studio in South Kensington.

He has no art school training and no private income but he has always had the gift, necessary for artists, of “getting-by.” After various odd jobs and a fling at designing (some of his abstract rugs and tubular furniture received good notices”), he became friends With the Australian painter Roy de Maistre, who taught him something of the craft. But his first solo show in 1934 was a complete flop. For the next 10 years he painted little. Then came the war. Turned down by the army, he served as an air-raid warden and perhaps had a chance to boil down the experience of books, art and life he had assimilated. He began to paint in earnest. A 1944 Triptych—three figures art the base of a crucifixion—was exhibited a year later along with works by Henry Moore, Matthew Smith and Graham Sutherland and produced a shock-wave, partly of horror at the creatures in it, partly of admiration for his stunning painterly skill—which his work continues to create to this day.

When living at his studio, in a narrow mews where little garages cosset chic sports cars. Bacon gets up with the light and paints till the early afternoon. Several shabby rooms are reached up a steep staircase, walls and ceiling a basic dirty gray, no floor coverings, a cheap electric fire, clothes hanging in plastic bags. Bacon calls the sky-lit room in which he paints a disaster: the floor shin-deep in a compost of notebooks, paper, newspapers, photographs, books, cardboard, paint tubes, rags, brushes tin jars, and canvases rising out of this, propped against the walls. On the walls, blobs of violent colour, thrown or brushed out, and photographs of some of his paintings.

In London after work he goes out to gamble and drink, to rub elbows with people he knows or doesn't know in the fancier Soho pubs, living, he says, “a gilded gutter life.”

In the compost heap from which his pictures have emerged, Bacon identifies various things. Photographs are immensely important to him as triggers of ideas. Bacon, no photographer, uses photographs in an attempt to make a better record of reality by distorting it: deepening it, and (his word) “thickening” it. He has countless photographs, clipped from magazines and newspapers; photos of himself taken in automatic booths; many photos of the Velasquez Pope Innocent X. He prefers working from photographs when making portraits of his friends—less inhibiting than the actual presence. He has made great use of the 19th-century photographer Muybridge's studies of the human figure in motion. The shot, from Eisenstein's film “Potemkin,” of the child's nanny screaming, lurks together with a screaming figure from Poussin's “Massacre of the Innocents” behind the open mouths of many of Bacon's creatures—whether seated in what might be electric chairs or crouched on the way to a slaughterhouse.

His own feeling about abstract art is that it exists on a single aesthetic level, and though sometimes conveying “very watered down lyrical feeling,” cannot convey feeling of the deepest and grandest kind. He thinks we live in primitive times again, up against futility and the absurd, having to play the game without faith or reason. In these conditions, Bacon's attempt to “deepen the game” art now seems to be, has meant painting the human figure, generally alone, sometimes isolated in lonely coupling with another, and through this getting down his own nervous feelings about humanity as precisely as possible. The problem for him is how to make a reality which is more than just an illustration of an idea. His solution involves doing violence to the idea—at once strangling it and shaking it loose.

He doesn't sketch out his pictures first. He paints directly on the canvas, sometimes using frames or rings that concentrate the image for him, sometimes hurling paint at the canvas and manipulating the accidental marks, scrubbing with cloth or brush, attempting to disrupt the part of the painting that comes too easily. He is admired by fellow artists for his skill with oil paints, whose mysteries and fluidity he enjoys—“like the way sometimes pressing a brush an old colour comes from deep in the bristles, just right.” In 1953 he wrote in a tribute to the British painter Matthew Smith, “Painting in this sense tends towards a complete interlocking of image and paint, so that the image is the paint and vice versa. Here the brush stroke creates the form and does not merely fill it in. Consequently, every movement of the brush on the canvas alters the shape and implications of the image. That is why real painting is a mysterious and continuous struggle with chance.”

It is a struggle he doesn't always win. Sometimes he goes on too far, so that a picture is lost, irrevocably. It tends to be the potentially better pictures that go on and get lost that way. And though he needs to put himself and the picture at risk, so that chance can work for him, the result mustn't look chance-ridden. His own rigorous judgment is matched by a feeling that most people don't like his pictures; that, in fact, most critics loathe them. In any event, apart from these pictures lost in the making he has destroyed a good deal of his earlier work. He says, “There are far too many of them left around.” He might have destroyed more if it hadn't been for the need to make a living, and his feeling that a few of his pictures might help “to thicken life,” as great art does.

At this paint Bacon is tired of the butcher-shop image his work almost inevitably prompts. But in a newly published series of interviews with David Sylvester ho says, “We are meat—we are potential carcasses.” Moreover, “There is great beauty for a painter in the colour of meat.” Although a nonbeliever, he has been drawn to the Crucifixion as an “armature” on which to hang his feelings about the way man can act toward man. He hasn't tried to be horrific.

“I wanted to paint the scream more than the horror,” he told Sylvester. But he has tried to remake the violence of reality to “clear away the screens so that one can see the violence suggested within the image.” And it is then typical that he wants to put the completed picture behind glass. This is perhaps the most indoor art Europe has produced—the light electric, the air thin; painful, claustrophobic juxtapositions. Late in a long era that has witnessed Annunciations and Virgin births come these solitary confinements.

Bacon regrets not knowing classical Greek. He remains exhilarated by three things: “When a painting, however despairing, seems to come right. When I meet someone I get on well with. And when I have a marvellous win.”

 

 

 

 

Art of a New Francis Bacon Is at Met

 

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL | THE NEW YORK TIMES | THURSDAY, MARCH 20, 1975

 

Very few people know how to grieve. Music can do it for us; and so can art. For centuries the Descent from the Cross did duty for that moment at which we face one of what W. B. Yeats called “the great irremediable things”: the loss of love.

But when we search for a secular equivalent in art we can search and search again. One of the many astonishments of “Francis Bacon: Recent Paintings 1968–1974,” which opened at the Metropolitan Museum and will be there through June 29, is that he has faced the loss of love and come to terms with it.

This is not the kind of ambition that people associate with Bacon. When he was first widely talked about, around 25 years ago, it was most often in terms of his contemporaneity. People grabbed at what they took to be sensational, irrational, “unnatural” subject matter; and they stayed with it.

When looking at Bacon's work at that time, people cross-referred to the news from Belsen and elsewhere and, more particularly, to the “literature of extreme situation,” which was then much talked about. In this context he was the man who knew the truth about human nature and did not edit or repress it. That was the general idea, and it was perfectly true; much of what he did at that time has become part of the general currency of the imagination.

But when the first major retrospective of Bacon's paintings was held in London, the most impressive thing about them was not so much their relevance to recent times as an august and distanced quality. What struck home was the beauty and distinction of the utterance—and the absoluteness of the ambition. Only one thing would do for Bacon: that the dead tradition of European figure-painting should be brought back to life.

He did it then; and he is still doing it, in basically the same way. He begins with strange and disquieting subject matter. Now, as then, people in paintings have never looked quite that way or done quite those things. Bacon is still unlocking the valves of feeling in such a way that the whole of our past experience comes up for reclassification.

In this, he is faithful to a maxim of Yeats: that “no mind can engender till divided into two.” “The nobleness of the arts,” Yeats also said, “is in the mingling of contraries”: without such a mingling, the “great irremediable things” would be all powerful.

The greatest and the least remediable of those things is the loss of love. In addressing himself to this, Bacon challenges a taboo that on the one hand has saved us from a lot of bad art and on the other has much impoverished art's claims upon us. Taboos are there to be challenged; and Bacon has tackled this one both with violence and with an unstressed elegiac poetry, as in the “Portrait of a Man Walking Down Steps” (1972), which may remind us that the artist in this century whom Bacon most admires is Marcel Duchamp.

In Bacon's new painting there Is a complex mingling of contraries. They include, in order (“We have to battle for order,” he lately said) and disorder; accident and design; science and instinct; dignity and indignity; waking and the dream. Bacon today can do what he likes with paint. He can make the naked human body gleam and glow; he can make a doorknob or an unshaded light bulb into an object of wonder; and he can paint the human eye in such a way that we reconsider the whole relationship of watcher and watched.

He could always fold space, and even knead space, in ways peculiar to himself. But when the “great irremediable things” are faced head-on in the new paintings he settles for a grave ordering of the given space; spare verticals and strict horizontals offset the turbulent poetry of the human images.

That poetry is always rooted in fact. No matter how fragmented the figures or how extreme the distortion, those who have known them will recognize the sudden hunch of the shoulders with which Lucian Freud will pounce upon a new topic; the strange, burrowing, sideway motion with which George Dyer walked; or the way in which Bacon himself will sit sideways on an old cane chair with sleeves rolled up above the elbow and the compass needle of his attention flickering wildly to and fro.

All this comes second, one may say, to the beauty of the paint, which grows more startling year by year. But that beauty is not gratuitous. It is the servant of impulse, not the master; and nothing quite like it has been seen before.

In terms of text, the catalogue at $5.95 has much to offer, but it has to be said that the paintings in reproduction are sadly travestied.

 

 

 

 

Briton Speaks About Pain and Painting

 

 

 

By GRACE GULECK | THE NEW YORK TIMES | THURSDAY, MARCH 20, 1975

 

“Me discuss my paintings?” asked Francis Bacon at the Metropolitan Museum the other day. “That reminds me of Pavlova's remark: ‘If I could talk about The Dying Swan, I wouldn't have to dance it.’ ”

But then, lured into the galleries where he has received the museum's rare accolade of a one-man show, the English painter, whose mild manner belies the force of his imagery, came to grips with his reticence. Taking a walk among the 36 pictures, done since 1968, he paused at “Tryptych, May-June 1973” to say that “insofar as my work's about anything, this refers to a friend's suicide.”

The painting is not for the squeamish. Its three panels done in somber reds and blacks delineate the subject vomiting into a basin, staggering across a room and collapsing on the toilet. “Yes,” Mr. Bacon agreed. “I suppose one does this partly to purge oneself of memory—but of course, it doesn't work.”

 

 Rarity Among Rarities

 

Much of his imagery, he explained, was inspired by “accidents,” incurred in the manipulation of pigment. “I work half-consciously; I don't think about what I'm doing. Often the paint does things that are better than I could consciously make them.” And, pointing out a white streak that skittered across the subject's back, he said that one of the ways he got paint onto canvas was to throw it. “When you throw paint and it lands well, you're lucky.”

The challenge for himself, Mr. Bacon said, was “figurative painting, grappling with how to invent a figure in a non-illustrational way. Abstract art inevitably turns into decoration; there's nothing behind it but an esthetic. Most of the stuff reminds me of wallpaper.”

At 65—an incredibly youthful, not to say boyish, 65—Mr. Bacon today is that rarity among rarities, a major English painter. Since 1945, the compelling images that seem to express our 20th-century angst—screaming faces, spastic figures, butchered sides of beef, bodies coupling in ambiguous sex, portraits with features disturbingly wrenched out of kilter—have brought him increasing recognition. Now acknowledged as one of the “greats” of his generation, his work is a must for any major collection of contemporary art.

 

His Visual Appetite

 

Success has freed Mr. Bacon from financial concerns—his paintings sell today for above $200,000—but this has not left him resting on his laurels. He is still hoping to paint “the really great picture, the one perfect image that will sum up all the others.”

“My ambition is insatiable.” he says. “I' incredibly lucky—I never expected to make money out of something I really wanted to do. I might make myself quite good before I die, if I live a few more years. The ideas crowd in.”

While Mr. Bacon' ideas can be generated by a lucky twist of his brush, they are also sparked by a rabid visual appetite. “I look at everything and am influenced by everything,” he declares. “I'm rather like a cement machine—things come in and get mixed, then I put them out.”

The artist's function today is serious, Mr. Bacon feels, even though art is “a game,” its former function of recording having been usurped by photography, and the attendant religious beliefs having been canceled out. “But if it's only a game,” he says, “then the artist's function is to deepen it, make it more complicated and profound—unlock the deeper possibilities of sensation.”

A late starter at serious painting himself, Mr. Bacon was born of English parents in Ireland, where his father was a breeder and trainer of horses. He left home at 16, lived in London for a while then went on to Berlin and Pads. A Picasso show, seen in 1927, first inspired him to draw, although his main interest at the time was in designing rugs and furniture. By 1929, he had tried his hand at painting, but his real engagement with it did not come about until 1945 when, as he puts it, he began to develop “a subject.”

 

Enjoys Gambling

 

In between, he says, “I enjoyed myself.” A demon gambler, who still frequents the tables at Monte Carlo, he earned a living during leaner years as a croupier. With a friend, he ran a gaming house in London “when it was still illegal. We made quite a lot of money, and when I had enough, I quit to paint full time.”

As for the future. Mr. Bacon noted, he was lucky, “Painting is an old man's art, one of the few arts where people tend to get better. I'll never retire; what have I to retire to? I'm looking forward to those yet unpainted masterpieces.”

 

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon: A Kind of Grandeur

 

 

This week a major Francis Bacon exhibition opens at the Metropolitan Museum of Art, New Yorkthe first time a living British artist has been on show there.

Here Bacon discusses his attitudes with David Sylvester in an extract from Interviews with Francis Bacon, published tomorrow by Thames & Hudson.

On page 30 David Sylvester explores the relationship between what Bacon says and what he does

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | THE SUNDAY TIMES MAGAZINE | MARCH 23, 1975

 

 David Sylvester comments:

“After all, as existence in a way is so banal, you may as well try and make a kind of grandeur of it rather than be nursed to oblivion.” Bacon's reason for despising our concern with security is that it is “the opposite of the despair about life”. And he judges a society by the art it creates, clearly because art is one activity that may make “a kind of grandeur” out of existence. The one faith he seems to own is an unfashionable faith in the power of art, in art's capacity to justify—one might even say, to redeem—human existence and the pain of its brevity.

Such a commitment to art, so strongly and widely held a century ago, has increasingly lost ground through attacks from two positions. It has been attacked from the standpoint of social egalitarianism—not least by Tolstoy—in a puritanical response to the uncomfortable fact that high art is not easily enjoyable by everybody. And it has been attacked from anti-art standpoints within the artistic avant garde—from the Dadaists to the Conceptualists—in a puritanical response to the uncomfortable fact that art gets dirtied by being used as a means of showing off—by practitioners to show off their virtuosity and/or good taste, by consumers to show off their privileges and/or good taste.

And Bacon's faith in art, because it is that of a deeply sophisticated man who is very much a man of his time, is radically qualified by anti-art feelings. He may constantly talk in praise of Rembrandt, Velasquez and Michelangelo, but he also does so of Marcel Duchamp, the great prophet of anti-art.

One of the lines of inquiry pursued by Duchamp in his search to create art that was not respectable was to encourage chance to operate in the formation of a work. And with Bacon the role of chance becomes absolutely central. This emerges from the interview (made in 1974) partly reproduced above, and the theme of chance is the theme that is most reiterated throughout Interview with Francis Bacon. When he says in one of them, “I want a very ordered image but I want it to come about by chance,” he is summing up the dialectic that is possibly the mainspring of his work. It is summed up again, perhaps unwittingly, when, in the middle of describing himself as an essentially traditional painter, unconcerned with creating new techniques, he suddenly says that his ideal “would really be just to pick up a handful of paint and throw it at the canvas and hope that the portrait was there”.

Dependence on chance is Bacon's particular way, a way suited to a gambler's temperament, of trying to deal with the most exciting and exacting problem that painting offers, and one that most contemporary painters avoid. “To me, the mystery of painting today is how can appearance be made. I know it can be illustrated, I know it can be photographed. But how can this thing be made so that you can catch the mystery of appearance within the mystery of the making?”

“I know it can be photographed.” There's the rub. Bacon says he has “always been haunted” by photographs in the sense that he is fascinated by looking at them and working from them “99 per cent of the time” finds them “very much more interesting than either abstract or figurative painting”. But he is also haunted by photography in that its very existence has profoundly altered the purpose of painting and made it more difficult.

“I think it is more difficult because painters had a double role before. I think that they thought that they were recording, and then they did something very much more than recording.” But now, he goes on, mechanical methods of recording have cancelled out that side of the painter's role. “And I think that abstract painters, realising this, have thought: why not throw out all illustration and all forms of recording and just give the effects of form and colour? And logically this is quite right. But it hasn't worked out ...” The failure, he says, has been that abstract art only works on one level, an aesthetic level, that the only feelings it manages to convey are “very watered-down lyrical feelings” which lack the tension and discipline that can result from the artist's struggle to deal simultaneously with feelings and fact. So abstraction is insufficient and more-or-less literal representation is redundant and the only kind of painting that is really worth attempting is something very “extreme” which violently distorts reality as we think of it in forming an image beyond reason which acts inexplicably upon the nervous system to create a heightened sense of reality.

It is a kind of painting which operates on the age of the absurd (as ambitious art often does, in one way or another). The head in one of the most powerful and beautiful of the recent paintings, the Sleeping Figure, reproduced on page 24, is decidedly reminiscent of the head of a Lying Figure of 1959, reproduced in colour in page 121 of the monograph by Rothenstein and Alley: un the one, that head seems profoundly poignant and real, in the other, a grotesque caricature. And the difference between the triumph and the disaster is hardly evident in a comparison of reproductions, since it all lies in the way the paint functions, in the one case imbuing the image with life and mystery so that the deformations go unquestioned, seem right—because, if the image seems alive, it inevitably seems real—and in the other case not giving the vibrancy or density to the image, which therefore seems arbitrary and pointlessly ugly.

That 1959 painting belongs to the key transitional period in Bacon's development. It was a time when, as I put it in the interview above, he “got rid of the curtains”. For ten years he had been painting images with rather soft edges, often against a muffled background of curtains, using a limited range of colours dominated by flesh-tones, greys and deep dark blues. They are paintings which look like beaten-up Old Masters, rich in romantic atmosphere and shadowy suggestions of momentous forms (“adumbrations” was a word often used when critics described them). But then, about 1957, he started to broaden and lighten his palette and to delineate the forms more precisely, while at the same time tending to scramble and mangle them more than ever within that clearer outline. About 1959-60 he proceeded to heighten this blatant contradiction by starting to make the backgrounds perfectly flat and hard and often harshly bright in colour. In the interview above I said that in doing this he had “confronted an immense and extraordinary kind of difficulty” which no other paint had “tried to resolve”. Had I not been concerned to be polite, I might have said it was an enterprise like designing a Gothic spire to put on the Parthenon.

At Bacon's big retrospective in Paris in 1971, it seemed to me that the dark paintings of the early and middle 'Fifties were far more consistent in quality than the later works. These seemed wildly uneven, but the best of them had an intensity and resonance which made the earlier works seem hints and guesses. And their strengths may well have derived precisely from the way in which their inner contradictions had come to be, incredibly, resolved. In the interview, Bacon gives this reason for the contradictions: “I would like the intimacy of the image against a very stark background. I want to isolate the image and take it away form the interior and the home.” It is one of those statements of an artist's aims which unwittingly reveal the essence of the man. In being that, it is a demonstration of the way in which the extremes to to which Bacon pushes himself are dictated by a supremely precise awareness of his inner needs and a superb courage in following his instincts wherever they lead him. By the same token, he has grown into greatness as a painter largely through being unwilling to settle for less.

'Interviews with Francis Bacon' is published tomorrow by Thames & Hudson at £2.50.

 

    

 

 

 

 

Signs Of A New Conservatism In Taste

 

 

The Bacon exhibit at the Met “is a significant symptom of a shift in esthetic loyalties. (Hilton Kramer).

 

 

HILTON KRAMER | ART VIEW | THE NEW YORK TIMES SUNDAY, MARCH 30, 1975  

 

The work of Francis Bacon has never loomed very large on the horizons of the American art world. Until the other day, I had never heard an American artist speak of it, even in passing, and the big retrospective mounted by the Guggenheim Museum in 1963 certainly left no discernible trace on American painting. The work has been much written about in American journals (often by Mr. Bacon's British compatriots), and it has been eagerly acquired by American collectors at high prices but it has remained curiously outside the interests of the artists themselves.

Elsewhere, of course, the situation has been very different. At the last Venice Biennale, in 1972, one could see the spell that Mr. Bacon had cast on younger painters from countries as unlike (in other respects) as Argentina and Yugoslavia. Indeed, so ubiquitous was Mr. Bacon's influence on painters from what might be called the international provinces that someone facetiously suggested that he be given a special prize as the artist most universally “represented” at the Biennale. Abroad, Mr. Bacon is a figure widely emulated and admired—quite apart from his special status in Britain, where he is a cultural celebrity in the Henry Mo0re class.

Now the Metropolitan Museum of Art, which is not exactly renowned for its one-man shows of living artists, has organized an exhibition of Mr. Bacon's recent work, and one naturally wonders what it signifies. Why an exhibition of Francis Bacon, who, though scarcely an unknown quantity, is not, I believe, even represented in the Met's burgeoning collection of 20th-century art? Does the choice signal a change in the esthetic climate.

. . .

I suspect it does. American painting in the next few years—and perhaps more than a few—is likely to be far more conservative than at any time in recent memory. It is already more conservative than it was five or 10 or 20 years ago, and certain shifts of opinion suggest the trend will accelerate. The time may indeed be ripe for Mr. Bacon's triumphal entry into the consciousness of American art, for he is undeniably one of the classiest conservative painters on the world scene.

One of the shifts I have in mind can be seen in Tom Wolfe's free-wheeling attack, in the current issue of Harper's Magazine, on the principal pieties that have governed the discussion of modernist art in this country for a quarter of a century. Mr. Wolfe is not my idea of a judicious critic, and he brings no special authority to the subject of contemporary art. But he has, alas, a very keen nose for the news of our cultural life, for sudden shifts in loyalty and opinion, and a ruthless grasp of the latent chic. What this lengthy excerpt from his forthcoming book tells us, quite simply, is that it is no longer “in” to be agog over what claims to be avant-garde.

As if to confirm this reading of the cultural weather, we now have the estimable Henry Geldzahler, the Met's curator of 20th-century art, suddenly setting up as a Champion of “figuration.” It will be recalled that Mr. Geldzahler first acquired a certain celebrity as the Diaghilev—or was it as the Barnum?—of Pop art. He then transferred his allegiance to the Greenberg line of color abstraction. Always alert to the winds of change, he now offers us the following defense of Mr. Bacon's stylish horror.

“It is impossible to be convinced by criticism that dismisses a body of work as esthetically compelling as Bacon's. Figuration may have been out of style during the fifties and sixties when his unforgettable images took hold of so many imaginations, but that inventive and memorable figuration was still possible is made clear by the work of such diverse artists as Giacometti, Balthus, Picasso and Magritte.” (One notes with interest the absence of a single American name on this list. Apparently Mr. de Kooning will have to wait for the next turn of the screw.)

. . .

And what is it that Mr. Geldzahler so much admires in this newly discovered master of figuration? “One factor,” he writes in the catalogue of the current exhibition, “is Bacon's consistent presentation of compelling subject matter in formats and settings that provide exactly the right amounts of space, color and air for the subject to capture the viewer's imagination.... The grotesque, even sadistic, content of Bacon's art, realized through the masterly application of paint, lies at the heart of his esthetic achievement. It is possible to feel excitement at the traditional bravura of the paint handling, and horror at the rawness of the subject. It is just this tension between new content and traditional means of portrayal that makes Bacon's work fresh and masterful.

Or, as we used to say, new wine in old bottles. I confess that I cannot take Mr. Bacon's elegant grotesques entirely seriously. The famous style—“the traditional bravura of the paint handling”—strikes me as egregiously ersatz, an attempt at instant old master effects that ends in being little more than a form of theatrical illustration. The painter he most reminds me of is Boldini, who once achieved a comparable celebrity by combining surface pyrotechnics with a basically academic sense of form. The differences between Boldini and Bacon lie entirely in the ethos of their respective periods. Whereas Boldini, in the late 19th century, was obliged to flatter the conceit of his comfortable bourgeois patrons, Mr. Bacon is obliged to offer his bourgeois patrons a succession of “shocks.” Hence the introduction of so-called “taboo” subjects—macabre homosexual couplings, bizarre bathroom agonies and other “forbidden” revelations of the artist's personal history.

. . .

But do we really experience any genuine “horror at the rawness of the subject,” as Mr. Geldzahler claims, or are we simply titilated—and rather pleased—to see the materials of a hundred popular movies and plays and novels and poems and autobiographical confessions resplendently transferred to canvas and expensively framed in gold? Are we not, indeed, titilated by a body of work that not only gives emphatic priority to subject matter but to this particular subject matter? And is the subject matter really so daring—or is it only “daring”? Let's face it: in the world where Mr. Bacon's paintings are seen and bought and judged and talked about, to be avowedly homosexual, to traffic in images of sexual violence and personal sadism, is a good deal less shocking than, say, to be avowedly Methodist. Mr. Geldzahler is being disingenuous in pretending otherwise

If Mr. Bacon's paintings cannot be taken entirely seriously as an artistic event, their presence at the Met is nonetheless a significant symptom of a shift in esthetic loyalties, and it will be interesting to see what further recantations await us.

 

    

               Centre panel from Francis Bacon's triptych, "Three Studies of the Male Back"  

 

 

 

 

Swatches of Bacon

 

 

 

DOUGLAS DAVIS | ART | NEWSWEEK | MARCH 31, 1975


The ugliest of the 36 intentionally ugly paintings by the English artist Francis Bacon at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York depicts a nude man sitting–in three panels–in his bathroom. In the last panel he retches violently into the basin, producing a garish stream of of black and blood-red oil paint. But laced across his head and shoulders is a thin swipe of white paint, like a delicate and incongruously abstract mark. Not long ago, Bacon commented revealingly on this tiny white smear: "I did that at the very last minute," he said, "and I just left it. For me it looked right." 

This admission–backed up by the evidence in nearly all of these new paintings, which are filled with cranky smears of paint–makes it difficult to continue celebrating Bacon, now 65, as the last great traditional figure painter, as he has come to be known. Born in Dublin, the son of an English horse trainer, Bacon rocketed  from relative obscurity in middle age to become the most famous British painter of his time. Four years ago, in a global poll of the world's curators and museum directors, he was selected as the world's finest living artist.  He is regularly celebrated in magazines  as the only modern artist able to deal with the great timeless themes of despair, decay and death. The Metropolitan exhibition alone is a signal honor–since the museum rarely offers its space to living painters.

Moreover, the Metropolitan–through Henry Geldzahler, its curator of 20th century-art–has chosen to focus upon the work of Bacon since 1968, not the valid early works that captured the world's imagination. There were searing replays of images and motifs locked into past art, particularly a grotesque, screaming Pope in the manner of Velázquez, a favorite of Bacon's.

But in his new works, Bacon is operating almost completely in the present tense, with a decided loss of power. He is clearly taken not only with the free-wheeling methods associated with abstract expressionism and surrealism (Bacon regularly throws packed packed balls of pigment on the canvas) but with the repetition and distortion of imagery that occurs in news photography–the Metropolitan exhibition includes many "diptychs" and "triptychs" (traditional art names for "serial" paintings done done in twos and threes). His "Bullfight" series (opposite) takes the same image through two slightly altered versions. His 1969 "Self-Portrait" is one of endless variations on his own face (often presented in rows of three). The seated "Study" of his friend George Dyer is part of a long series, as are the small portraits of Dyer and Isabel Rawsthorne.

Parade: Seen in isolation, these images can momentarily grip and even shock the eye. Seen together–and in company with other endlessly elaborated and triptyched themes–Bacon's art loses its celebrated vulgarity. It becomes instead a parade of predictable images, mottled and distorted in predictable ways. His studio in London is filled, he tells us, with piles of old photographs and clippings. This appears to be the real influence on Bacon now, not the great painters of the past: in his obsession with repetition he is closer to Eadweard Muybridg, the inventor of serial-action photography, than to Velázquez.

"I'm just trying to make images off my nervous system," he once said. In his new art, Bacon has let the deep recesses of terror and anguish for the pleasures of pure painting–the very sin he has often attributed to abstract art.  The best part of the Met exhibition is the sure painterly hand at work, seen in the marvelous multi-hued swatches of pigment that swipe across the faces of Bacon's subjects, the radiant orange backgrounds, the clean, formal compositions. His subjects are as ugly as ever; his means are not. The guardian of the past has deserted to the delights of painting in the twentieth century.

 

 

    

                    Francis Bacon: 'Second Version of 'Study for Bullfight No. 1' ' (1969)

 

 

 

 

 

BaconBlack’ Triptychs

 

 

 

BY HUGH M. DAVIES | ART IN AMERICA | MARCH-APRIL 1975 

 

Despite his many one-man shows, widely spaced in time but altogether memorable, and an impressive retrospective exhibition at the Guggenheim Museum in 1963, Francis Bacon—recognized by many as the most powerfully original artist of his generation in Europe—is surprisingly not as well known or appreciated in the U.S. as he deserves to be. However, this situation may be corrected when an exhibition of Bacon's work of the last six years opens this month at New York's Metropolitan Museum. In the meantime, relative ignorance of recent developments in his work only deepens the mystery and attraction of the man and artist who electrified New York's avant-garde audience in the early 1950s with his nightmarish repertory of images of screaming popes rendered in a sumptuous and accompanied style that consciously rivaled the old masters. The myths about Bacon have multiplied with his inaccessibility to all but a small circle of London friends. Rumors of lavish expenditures on futile gambling expeditions to casinos on the Riviera and most recently the appearance of his paintings during the credits to the movie Last Tango in Paris have fueled thee myths.

Between August 1972 and June 1973, Bacon painted three great triptychs, which have come to be known as the "black" triptychs. (It was during this period that I was able to see the artist repeatedly in London.)

It is not hard to guess that Bacon is a complicated man, Yet I was surprised, upon first acquaintance, to be introduced to a charming Englishman with a wry wit and Shakespearian delivery. Looking far younger than his 65 years, Bacon has a lively open manner and a captivating, expressive face. He paints almost every day in his London studio from ten or earlier in the morning until daylight fades and then usually takes a taxi to Soho for the evening. Descending from the cab at Dean Street, with the sleeves of his leather trenchcoat rolled up over his elbows, he scales the stairs to Miss Muriel Belcher's Colony Club with the alacrity of a soldier on five-hour furlough. Upon entering, he pays affectionate respect to his old friend and portrait subject Miss Belcher, while Dan Boardman opens the first of several bottles of champagne to be shared with fellow club members. During the course of such a typical evening, Bacon would probably invite whomever happened to be talking with to join him for dinner at Wheeler's around the corner and from there continue to carouse from club to club until the early hours of the morning.

Although he exercises a highly refined taste for the best in wine and food, Bacon's formal wardrobe is limited to a pair of well-made gray suits, and he lives very simply in an unpretentious three-room apartment above a garage in a narrow mews in South Kensington. At the head of the steep entrance staircase is a primitive kitchen housing a sink and a bathtub. Upon entering the rugless bed-sitting room to the right of the kitchen-bathroom, one is confronted by a large floor-to-ceiling mirror reminiscent in its network of cracks of Duchamp's Large Glass. (Bacon explains that the delicately traceried damage resulted from a belligerently hurled ashtray that narrowly missed his head.) No paintings hang on the walls, but a Sickert lies on a couch, and several framed photographs and a life mask of William Blake sit on a shelf, while a Richard Hamilton print rests on a bureau surrounded by piles of photographs and books. His living quarters have the comfortably disorganised, lived-in look of a residence for which the owner has never had the energy or inclination to acquire carpets or proper bookshelves. The bare lightbulbs hanging next to pull-string switches, the heavy dark-green draperies, the simple bentwood chairs and his round-cornered bed all appear in certain of Bacon's paintings of the last 20 years. As he says, "I use things around me."

The studio, which runs parallel to the bed-sitting room on the opposite side of the entrance staircase, is a small windowless space cluttered by an accumulation of discarded paint tubes, brushes, magazines and rages. The only sources of light are a tapering shaft leading to a square skylight and two naked lightbulbs hanging from the ceiling. A multitude of utensils, from Brillo pads to cashmere sweaters, which have been employed to push paint around, rests among the debris. Bacon frequently uses paint-tube caps to make circles for nipples, and I was amused to learn that a garbage-can lid recently served as the pattern for three large circles surrounding reclining figures. Stretched canvases of two sizes, 14 by 12 inches and 78 by 58 inches, are staked against the studio walls; they are stretched with their unprimed sides outwardBacon prefers to paint on this more absorbent surface. His medium is essentially oil; yet at times, to achieve a desired effect or colour, he has used both acrylics and pastel, sometimes in combination with oils. The smaller canvases are reserved for portrait heads, isolated studies of friends floated on monochrome-stained backgrounds. The size of these heads corresponds to the heads of the full-length  figures in the large panels; no adjustment in scale occurs between the two pictorial formats. The large panels are used singly and also in diptych and triptych combinations, each panel always framed separately.

By nature as well as avocation Bacon is a gambler. His ability to take a risk and win his wager, whether it be with life or art history, is part of his genius. John Russell (in his book Francis Bacon) has characterized his approach to painting as shooting for "the National Gallery or the dust-bin." The risk he takes in his large triptychs is dictated by the goal he sets himself: to achieve the freshness, the instinctive spontaneity of a small sketch without sacrificing any of the formal grandeur inherent in a well-composed large painting. To do this, he works directly on the full-size canvas,  without benefit of preliminary drawings. In bypassing the step of adjusting scale, he eliminates the laboured planning and cautious execution that result in diminished vitality in many large paintings. Once a background has been summarily blocked in, the figure or figures are fully painted in a rash of semi-controlled marks. If the result is worth preserving, more background is then added around the finished figure. When unsuccessful, the canvas is destroyed in the way other painters tear up their sketches.

"I often daydream, and images drop in hundreds at a time; some link up with another. I like the triptych format—it breaks the series up and prevents it having a story. That's why the three panels are always framed separately." The triptychs are basically of two kinds. There are, first, portraits, such as Three Studies of Lucian Freud, 1969, in which Bacon represents the artist, a close friend, in three characteristic seated poses. The second type, for lack of a more specific term, might be referred to as "idea" triptychs. These, for which Triptych—Studies of the Human Body, 1970, may be taken as an example, relate to Bacon's "daydreaming" and are the conjugation of several ideas, both literary and visual, that obsessed the artist at the time of painting.

In TriptychStudies of the Human Body, the central panel represents two men wrestling on a round elevated platform or bed. This image, which has recurred in Bacon's oeuvre ever since his 1953 painting of two men on a bed titled Two Figures, is based on a well-known photograph by Eadwaed Muybridge, the 19th-century inventor of motion photography. Muybridge's (supposedly) detached, scientific study of two wrestlers is given an emotional, pyschosexual dimension by Bacon, who transfers the action from a wrestling mat to a bed. Moving to the triptych's side panels bracketing the central embracing couple, we see on the right a figure in a doorway who bears a marked resemblance to Bacon and operates an antique, aggressive-looking movie camera. This thinly veiled allusion to Bacon's conception of his role as artist/objective recorder/voyeur, a modern Muybridge of motion and emotion, is a 20th-century equivalent of Velázquez' self-portrait in a similar role in La Meninas. In the left panel a second man observes the central struggle from a similar doorway. (John Russell points out this man's likeness to George Dyer, Bacon's dead friend). The two doorways do not, as one might expect, open onto three-dimentonal space; rather, they appear they appear to be pairs of hinged mirrors that, when open, reflect figures standing beyond the picture plane in the spectator's space.

The triptych is further complicated by the remaining elements in the side panels—a vaguely figurative brown blur that overlaps a newspaper in the right panel, and an ambiguous figure or figures on the left. Bacon particularly lies this undefined grouping in the left panel; he feels it is a "fortunate accident"—a product of chance rather than a contrived image. In attempting to account for its origin, he explained to me that the short arms above the central leg came from a photograph of a bird of prey, talons outstretched at the moment before striking its victim. But here ambiguity supplanted rationality and their explanation broke down: "... it could be two people embracing—I don't know why it was necessary to pin down the shadow below them" (here pointing to a white impasto spike-shape at the lower left of the panel). "It takes me back to things that come out of Aeschylus and things like that, a sort of tragic form. I don't know why, but I like it."

Some knowledge of Bacon's earlier life helps in attempting to understand the raw nature of his art. He was born in Dublin before the first world war, and his early memories are of cavalry-troop maneuvres in the woods around his parents'  house. Following on the heels of the war, the Irish Civil War and Sinn Fein brought organized violence to his doorstop. As he was of English parentage, Bacon was vey much aware, as a child, that to the Irish he as the enemy.

Having unsuccessfully attended the boarding school at Dean Close, Cheltenham, England, for less than a year, Bacon left home to work in London at the age of 16. The following year, 1926, he traveled to Germany and lived for several months in savage postwar Berlin. "My whole life," Bacon says, "had been lived through a time of stress and then World War II. Anyone who lived through the world wars was affected by them, they affected one's whole psyche to that extent, to live continuously under an atmosphere of tension and threat." This lifelong firsthand experience of what post-World War II Existentialist writers were to label an "extreme situation" is a prime ingredient in Bacon's art, an art that is essentially autobiographical: "The everyday wash of life flows into one's whole imagery, and that mingled with instinct and chance brings up images. I use the whole of my experience and I know this all goes into the work, not consciously, but it goes into all the imagery."

Bacon's paintings of the last 20 years are exclusively figurative and over the past five years have been predominantly portraits. His intention has never been to make pejorative statements about the human condition; he considers that he restricts himself to recording and documentation. Yet his art is not the cold visual record of the detached observer but the vivid presentation of the involved voyeur. It is with these qualities in mind that Bacon calls his work realism and allies himself with artists of the 17th century. Velázquez, whose portrait of Pope Innocent X serves as the model for Bacon's Papal variations of the 50s, he still regards as the greatest painter. Bacon now considers his own versions of the Pope to be "cheap imitations2 and thinks Las Meninas is Velázquez's finest painting. Considering that Velázquez, is almost universally considered a quintessential realist, it is curious that Bacon sees the power of Las Meninas as the result of distortion: "I think Velázquez was very extraordinary because if you analyze the heads of his subjects you will see these are profound distortions, but they are distortions which distort themselves into fact."

Bacon brings to his own portraits a 20th-century complexity. The pre-Freudian concept of the monolithic personality is supplanted by an intimate, candid-camera glimpse behind the well-ordered exterior. The spontaneity of the snapshot is wedded to the self-scrutinizing insight of the late Rembrandt self-portraits, where, in Bacon's words, "he changes himself from day to day, and instinct is working strongly with the desire for appearance." This is the same kind of realist motivation (portraiture of the unrehearsed face) that characterized Bacon's Papal variations but without the theatrical excesses and art-historical allusions that now seem to weigh so heavily in those works.

Bacon never paints directly from the model. He portrays only friends whom he has known for a long time so that  he is very well acquainted with their physiognomy and personality. These friends, as he presents them, , might be considered latter-day souls in torment, femmes damnées et hommes fatales. Yet like their Baudelarian counterparts, they differ from the rest of us only in being conscious of their damned condition. Bacon uses photographs of these subjects like cue cards, to trigger his memory in attempting to trap the fact of their appearance within the context of his dramatically distorted images. This distortion takes the form of individually abstract passages of daubed, smeared and blurred pigment. In attempting to explain  its function, Bacon quotes van Gogh: 2I want to lie, but to lie in such a way that it is more truthful ... " Yet in his own comments about Les Meninas are more specific: "I think if you want to convey fact, this can only ever be done through a form of distortion You must distort to transform what is called appearance into image."

In light of his espoused preference for the instinctual, undomesticated image on a grand scale, one might expect Bacon to be drawn toward Abstract Expressionism, yet nothing could be further from his taste: "I don't believe in abstract art because you must have a starting point in reality, otherwise you just get free fantasy,  so-called freewheeling of beauty. You need some subject. "Bacon  thinks Jackson Pollock's paintings now "look like old lace" and that "it had all been done in German Expressionism before." He sets himself what he sees as a more demanding task: "Starting from an image, I want to be formal and vivid, and yet to be vivid they have to be by chance. If I throw a lump of paint on the floor, it has vitality but no control. Pollock is not formal enough for me."

This formal side of Bacon's artistic personality is further revealed in a decided penchant for the well-made and a preference for polished presentation. He likes, for example, the immaculately finished sculptures of Arp and Brancusi. His own paintings invariably arrive at the Marlborough Gallery in heavy gilt frames and covered by plate glass. At a time when museums are tending  to remove the glass from all but the most valuable paintings and when artists are shying away from notions of fine art and precious objects, it is rare to find a painter who wants his work to be presented in so formal and even sumptuous a manner. Bacon explains that the glass is to "remove the images further. I don't think art is available; it's rare and curious and should be completely isolated. One is more aware of its image the more it's isolated."

The dualistic nature of Bacon's art—the ability to maintain a balance between the "vivid" and the "formal," to achieve the integration of small-sketch sensibility and large canvas grandeur, to exploit the tension between figurative resemblance and the abstract accidentalism of technique—accounts for his success in eluding categorization. The two labels most commonly invoked to pigeonhole Bacon's work, "Surrealism2"and "Expressionism," although inadequate, do touch on salient aspects of his oeuvre, such as the role of the unconscious and the use of distortion.

Bacon defines his work as realism since it is his world view that is imprinted as directly as possible from his nervous system onto the canvas, having nothing to o with the "conscious mystery" of Surrealism. He also resents attempts to identify his work with Expressionism, since the distorted forms of Expressionism usually have a programmatic, even propagandistic intent that is equally alien to his work: "Thy call me an Expressionist but I'm not in the way they were ... I have no statement to make about life, I just try too be instinctive. I have nothing to express about the human condition, but everyone reacts to their times; it's impossible to work in an ivory tower."

The three "black" triptychs, TriptychAugust 1972Three PortraitsTriptych 1973 and Triptych May-June 1972, represent the culmination of Bacon's style to date. They are at the same time both "idea" and portrait triptychs. Conceptually and chronologically, these triptychs form a series. They are far from being uniformly black, and, strictly speaking, only the first and third are even dominated by black. Figuratively speaking, however, they are very black indeed. The major unifying element is the image of George Dyer in all of them. Their theme was summed up by Bacon in the following remark: "The hardest thing about aging is losing your friends. My life is almost over and all the people I've loved are dead." Dyer, his closest friend, died suddenly on the eve of the opening of Bacon's retrospective in Paris in October 1971.

The anonymous setting of a background wall running parallel to the picture plane and broken centrally in each panel by an open doorway provides a unifying structure within each triptych and acts as a compositional link among the three triptychs. The severely limited, steep foreground space common to all three acts like apron stage thrusting the subjects forward and forcing an immediate confrontation with the viewer. This manner of treating space first appeared in Bacon's Crucifixion triptych, 1965 [Munich], but did not appear again until this series.

The rectilinear settings and monochrome doorways of the "black" triptychs function formally in counterpoint to the biomorphic foreground shapes of bodies and shadows. None of these shadows is rendered literally; they are extensions rather than projections of the figures and anchor the compositions by connecting the figures with the surrounding floor and frame. The spare, anonymous character of the rooms also serves as a foil to intensify the highly personal and expressive nature of the portraits.

In the first of the three, TriptychAugust 1972, the familiar Muybridge-derived wrestling image appears in the center panel. The homosexual connotations of entangled bodies in earlier versions of this theme yield here to a life-and-death struggle as engrossed combatants wrestle perilously close to a darkened doorway invested with all the threat of a limitless void. The half-naked men seated before similar black doorways in the left and right panels witness the combat. The triptych may be read as a metaphor for internal conflict (the figure in the left panel is modeled after George Dyer).

The figure in the right panelvoyeur, attendant, surrogate combatantis unique in the context of Bacon's triptychs in that he faces away from the central scene and his fellow attendant. (Is he modeled on Bacon?) The upper right-hand side of his body is sculpturally well-modeled, while the left has only the faint gray suggestion of a shoulder. Life seems to visibly drain out of the figure in the form of a bright pink-and gray shadow, The left-hand figure faces the wrestlers with an expression of serenity, eyes closed. A thin white line across his chest reinforces the portrait-bust associations evoked by this tragic head.

The second work, Three Portraits1973 completed in early February of that year, may be regarded as a calm interlude of reflection before the cathartic climax of the series. Here a posthumous portrait of George Dyer in the left panel, a self-portrait in the center and a portrait of Lucian Freud on the right. The two close friends face and bracket Bacon. All three figures inhabit a relatively comfortable-looking, space setting with delicate, rather pale colors, illuminated by cream and yellow light emanating from bare bulbs in each doorway. The foreground floor is filled by a sumptuously painterly, quasi-abstract rendition of a French 18th-century Aubusson carpet (the rigid pattern dissolves in a way reminiscent of Monet's water lilies).

The portrait of Dyer is remarkably similar to the correspondingly posed and attired attendant on the left of the first triptych. However, the serene aspect of the latter is superseded by a stern-looking, primitive, masklike head which has a totemic quality. In the center Bacon is as scrupulously factual in creating his introspective self-image as he is in portraying his friends. His face, not as distorted as in many previous self-portraits, conveys a profound sense of sadness. A blue-gray bubble and a blurred hand bracket the head and act as blinkers to ward of the stares of the flanking friends (they also funnel the viewer's attention).

Lucian Freud, on the right, appears agitated. (This particular panel is a second version; when the first version was not progressing satisfactorily, Bacon came back to his apartment at three in the morning, quite drunk, and tried to improve the figure. The painting became worse, and he destroyed it the following morning.) Here, Freud's features are distorted in a manner reminiscent of Bacon's work the previous year. The thin line ending in a small arrow which follows the contour of Freud's left shoulder centralizes the triptych and animates the figure, suggesting that his head or entire body are turning  r will turn toward Bacon in the center.

A black-and-white photo of Bacon is shown pinned to the wall in the left-hand panel, and a photograph of Dyer appears behind Freud. These painted photographs  not only serve as a compositional purpose, but also "domesticate" the otherwise anonymous settings and bring into play a variety of possible references concerning the interaction between painting and photographyand also the interrelationships among the three men. On one level there is Bacon's possible acknowledgement of photography for its memory-triggering role in his wok. His opinion of photography's limitations may also be implied by the juxtaposition of static photographic versus flexible painted image. On an iconographic level, multiple layers of reality are suggested by the painting of a photo of a dead man. Questions also arise as to why a photo of Bacon appears behind Dyer, and one of Dyer behind Freud.

This year-long trilogy is completed by TriptychAugust 1973, the final "black" one. Presented once again is the triple doorway format/setting, but now the subject—who is the one who dies—has crossed the threshold and appears in the black voids of all three panels. While in the first two triptychs all the doorways are objectively rectilinear, here those of the flanking panels are 9subjectively) awry. Rectilinear stability is further threatened as the floorlines in front of each doorway are obscured, almost as though dissolved, by black shadows seeping forward.

The tripartite structure of the other two works could be read either as a panoramic view of a room with three doors spaced evenly a long a continuous wall, or as three separate images of figures viewed from slightly different angles before the same doorway. In Triptych May-June 1973however, the three panels operate somewhat differently, showing sequential views of a single subject performing sequential actions, like still shots from a film. But it's not a simple sequentiality, either; Bacon has reversed the conventional left-right progression and eschewed consistency of viewpoint. The space occupied by the subject is a bathroom with two doorways situated on opposite walls. In the left-hand panel our vantage point is through one doorway, while in the center and the right panels we look through the second, facing doorway. Very simply stated, the three panels—reading from right to left—depict a naked man vomiting into the bathroom sink, then crossing the room, then dying on the toilet.

The imagery itself is a strong counterpoint of this highly charged content: in the right-hand panel the sinuous, agonized curve of the arm and shoulder is continued by the curve of the sink drainpipe; a thick, white impasto blob of paint flung on the canvas as a final intuitive gesture tapers along the line of the back, further emphasizing this unity of form and feeling. The white arrow is the foreground, on the other hand, like its counterpart in thee left-hand panel, was added at a late stage of the painting and was intended to counteract the extravagantly sensational character of the subject matter by lending a note of clinical objectivity not unlike that found in medical textbooks. (In fact, Bacon claims he adopted the device from a book on golfing instruction, where arrows indicated the direction of a drive.)

In contrast to the staccato, serialized motion in Duchamp's Nude Descending a Staircase or the frenetic overlay technique evolved by the Italian Futurists, Bacon creates in the centre panel an image of man-in-motion with bold, sweeping semi-circle strokes that blend and overlap smoothly, to stretch and blur a single images. While Duchamp's dissection of motion was partly influenced by Etienn-Jules Marey's documentary stop action photographs, Bacon has drawn on the blurred photographic images which result from slow shutter speeds. The illogical bat-shaped shadow which flows onto the foreground floor of the centre panel suggests a more traditional precedent for distortionthe correspondingly situated, extremely horizontally extended skull that functions as a memento mort in Holbein's Ambassadors in the National Gallery, London. (The shadow in Bacon's painting, however, is not an anamorphosis.)

The crouching pose in the left-hand panel (like the wrestlers) has appeared frequently in Bacon's work since Study for a Crouching Nude, 1952, which was based on Muybridge photographs such as Standing High Jump. Bacon has also already portrayed a figure seated on a toilet in Triptych—Three Figures in a Room, 1964. There his intention—to duplicate the camera's  ability to insinuate the viewer unobserved into a solitary, private situation paralleled that of Degas in his studies of women bathing. In fact, Bacon may have adopted the composition of Degas' The Tub for dies Portrait of George Dyer Crouching, 1966. In this most recent variant of the crouching pose the pathetic, almost fetally positioned figure has, despite its awkwardness, a closed composure easier to bear than the distended agony represented in the adjacent panels.

Viewed chronologically, the individual triptychs represent progressively more direct pictorial confrontations with the theme of the series, the death of George Dyer. In the first triptych, Bacon approaches the theme obliquely  and attempts to elevate his friend's  internal struggle to the level of a universally  tragic image by adopting the metaphor of the two wrestlers locked  in mortal combat. In this almost shockingly vivid and almost  literal  representation of life draining from the figures in the form of melting flesh, Bacon appears to have turned to Shakespeare (one of the writers he admires most) for inspiration in creating this visual soliloquy.

While the second triptych, Bacon addresses the theme in terms of assessing his personal loss, by juxtaposing a self-portrait with images of his two closest friends and most frequent portrait subjects, one of which in this instance is a posthumous portrait.

The final triptych is the most direct confrontation with the theme as Bacon records the specific fcts of his friend's death in a stop-action documentary account. As if through the unflinching lens of the camera—almost as if the artist had removed himself by this devicewe witness a coming to terms with the internal struggle presented in the first triptych.

The "black" triptychs will be displayed publicly for the first time in the Metropolitan Museum's exhibition, "Francis Bacon: Recent Paintings." organized by Henry Geldzahler (Mar. 19 - June 1). The exhibition consists of 36 paintings  completed between 1968 and June 1974 (eight large triptychs, 17 large single panels and a group of small works). Thirty-three off he paintings have never been shown in the U.S., and 18 are being exhibited for the first time anywhere.

 

    

                  Francis Bacon talking with Muriel Belcher, owner of London's Colony Club

 

 

 

Bacon for export

 

 

 

By EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH | ART | ILLUSTRATED LONDON NEWS | TUESDAY 01 APRIL 1975 

 

 

Three years after his exhibition at the Grand Palais in Paris, Francis Bacon is being given a show at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York. It is the first time that a living European artist has been given an exhibition there, and the museum authorities say that they "expect it to arouse great interest". This is perhaps a euphemism for saying that they expect it to be controversial. Ii is not a full retrospective, but consists only of work done since 1968, so the element of contemporaneity is heavily emphasised.

Bacon's work has bee a storm-centre, for critics and for the general public alike, ever since his Three Studies for the Base of a Crucifixion was exhibited at the Lefevre Gallery in 1945. In his book on the artist, John Russell gives an eloquent description of the impression which these paintings made upon those who first saw them:

"They caused a total consternation. We had no name for them, and no name for what we felt about them. They were regarded as freaks, monsters irrelevant to the concerns of the day, and the product of an imagination so eccentric as not to count in any possible permanent way. They were spectres at what we all hoped as going to be a feast, and most people hoped that they would just quietly be put away."

Today, the Three Studies do not look as wholly original as they once did. It is possible to see in them, for example, certain echoes of the work of the Cuban Surrealist Wilfredo Lam, which Bacon must have seen during his period of residence in Paris before the Second World War. Yet Bacon has undoubtedly retained his gift for making the audience feel uncomfortable, and it seems mildly surprising that he is now established as one of the three or four most important living painters  some people would say he was the most important.

Though his work has naturally excited a great deal of discussion, certain aspects of it have never been fully thrashed out. Perhaps the most crucial of these is Bacon's attraction towards what I can only call the unacceptable. An early example is the painting called Two Figures (1953), sometimes known, more scriptively, as Two Men on a Bed. The source material for this was a photograph of two men wrestling by the nineteenth-century photographer Eadweard Muybridge, but Bacon has transposed it into what is undoubtedly a homosexual scene. At the time when it was painted the subject-matter was almost undiscussable, and I remember the contortions which writers on art went through when they described it.

Yet the unacceptability lies not merely in the subject-matter but in the very texture and surface of the paint. One can grasp this point by looking at another early work, Painting 1950, which shows two men in a bath, and then comparing it to the painting showing two men in a shower which David Hockeny produced rather more than ten years. The Hockney, which is similar in composition, is all charm and insolent wit, while the Bacon is full of heavy seriousness.

Bacon's current work is much harsher and fiercer than anything which he produced in the 50s. Eviscerated corpses on blood-splattered mattresses are a commonplace. Mote than this, we tend to feel that the figures Bacon shows us are deliberately humiliated, that the settings he provides for themrooms with distorted furniture and harsh, glaring lightsare the torture-chambers and interrogation rooms of contemporary history. It is easy to feel that much of what he does is gratuitous, an unwarranted assault on the sensibility of the spectator.

Bacon himself is obviously aware of this criticism, and a partial reply to it can be found in an interview in the New York catalogue: "Can you call the famous Isenheimer alter a horror piece? It's one of the greatest paintings of the Crucifixion, with the body studded with thorns like nails, but oddly enough the form is so grand that it takes away from the horror. But that is grand horror in the sense that it is so vitalising; isn't it: isn't that how people came out of the great tragedies of Greece? The Agamemnon. People came out as though purged into happiness, into a fuller reality of existence."

Bacon's seriousness is not merely instinctive, it is considered. He is perfectly willing to set himself as a rival to the Old Masters, to try and produce sensations as complex as those which we get when we look at a painting by Rubens or Titian. Equally, and perhaps more to the point, he is not afraid of sustaining a comparison with Courbet or Degas. The late Degas nudes, now generally considered to be among his greatest works, do in fact exhibit distortions analogous to those found in Bacon's treatment of the female body.

The desire to challenge the past does, however, bring with it concomitant disadvantages. One of these is obvious: our reverence for the talent of men such as those I have mentioned, reverence of a kind which we are reluctant to accord to a contemporary, however gifted. Another is less striking, but perhaps even more important. When Bacon discusses the "horror" of the Isenheimer alter, he does not add that this horrors exists within a context, which is that of late medieval Christian belief about sin and redemption. Can we relate Bacon's sensational images to a similar complex of ideas?

Attempts have certainly been made to do so. The Nazi concentration camps, the alienation of the individual in twentieth-century society, the atrocities we read about everyday in the newspapersall of those have been pressed into service. On the whole one tends to resist these post hoc justifications; and so, I believe, does the artist himself.

For him even gratuitous horror has a strange beauty intermingled with it. He says: "In all the motor accidents I've seen, people strewn across the road, the first thing you think of is the strange beauty, the vision of it, before you think of trying to do anything. It's to do with the unusualness of it."

I believe that Bacon is in fact not very interested in the purgative function of tragedy, though on occasion he may suggest that he is. The territory he has marked out for himself is the territory of the unforeseen, of the way in which we find something beautiful when all the surrounding circumstances tell us it should be horrible. The unacceptable, and also the fascinating, thing about his work, when one gets down to bedrock, is that he does not reject the horrors of our century, but embraces them and accepts them totally.

 

 

 Screams in paint

 

 

   ROBERT HUGHES | TIME | APRIL 07, 1975

 

    

 

Francis Bacon's, at 65, bears witness to the preservative effect of doing what you feel like, no matter how extreme, when you feel like it, no matter how late the hour. "I don't really care about my life," says Bacon. "I've led a very hypnotic and curious one — being homosexual I have lived with the most marvelously disastrous people. Of course one suffers. You like somebody and you suffer from it. But that's how life is." Born the son of a horse trainer in Ireland, raised in a thick atmosphere of decayed gentility and Sinn Fein violence, flung out of home at 16 for making love to the grooms, drifting into Berlin and the tackiest pits of Weimar decadence, changing addresses almost as often as shirts, surviving in an utterly provisional manner as unsuccessful interior decorator in Germany, as professional gambler in England, Bacon is a very English figure — in some ways a modern (and untitled) type of the Restoration libertine and wit, Lord Rochester.

"There are two sides to me," Bacon explains in a recently published interview with English Art Critic David Sylvester. "I like very perfect things, for instance. I like perfection on a very grand scale. In a way I would like to live in a very grand place. But as in painting you make such a mess, I prefer to live in the mess with the memories and the damage." In photographs of the artist in his studio, we see the most famous English painter of his generation lurking in his lair. The camera flattens the owl-like eyes and avian nose into the mask of a pudgy child surrounded by a volcanic sludge of rubbish: the walls daubed with paint, the tables and floor buried under a dune of exhausted tubes, boxes, crumpled photographs, muck. These, so to speak, are the lineaments of gratified desire. "I never believed one should have any security and never expect to keep any," says Bacon. "After all, as existence in a way is so banal, you may as well try to make a kind of grandeur of it rather than be nursed to oblivion."

The Metropolitan Museum's current show, Francis Bacon: Recent Paintings 1968-1974, testifies to his success in that haughty project. When Bacon was first talked of in England 25 years ago, his images of ectoplastic businessmen and screaming Popes, based on such then unlikely-sounding sources as pioneer Cameraman Eadweard Muybridge's serial photographs of human and animal motion, a textbook on radiology, stills from Russian Director Sergei Eisenstein's movies, and an exquisitely coloured handbook on diseases of the mouth, were seen as a Guignol of existential dread. Indeed, the scariness of Bacon prevented many people from experiencing his work aesthetically: the scream on the Pope, like the smile on the Cheshire cat, remained while the rest of the picture evaporated. And yet, explains Bacon, "when I made the Pope screaming, I didn't want to do it the way that I did it — I wanted to make the mouth, with the beauty of its color and everything, look like one of the sunsets of Monet."

Oval Loops. In the past two decades, Bacon's work has gained immeasurably in its scope of colour and plasticity of drawing. With the recent triptychs and other paintings, his ambition to reinstate the human figure as a primary subject of art has been to some degree fulfilled. No other living artist can paint flesh at this pitch of intensity, in this extremity of rage, loss and voluptuousness, or with this command over pigment. His typical setting is familiar: an anonymous oval room. It has tubular furniture, somewhere between a Corbusier couch and an operating table. Sometimes a bare bulb hangs down on its cord from the ceiling. It looks both sadistic and as ideal (almost) as Piero della Francesca's suspended egg. The people in the room are also familiar. Sometimes they are anonymous figures, writhing and grappling. The rest are portraits of himself and his friends: George Dyer, Isabel Rawsthorne, the artist Lucian Freud. "Who," Bacon once half-jokingly asked, "can I tear to pieces if not my friends?" Triptych, May-June 1973, with its deliquescent knot of white flesh hunched on a toilet, spewing into a basin and casting a melodramatic bat's shadow on the floor, is an elegy for George Dyer, who committed suicide in a Paris hotel room in 1971.

Paint, in Bacon's hands, acquires a strict and intimidating richness. Working in fast oval loops of the brush, he can give the skin of his nudes a kind of granular density, a thickness of imagined substance, that is quite old-masterly. The flesh is loose, but it is all structure too; and when the form beneath it slides away, obliterated by a wipe of the rag, Bacon can instantly tighten the image back with one detail — an eye, a patch of spiky hair like hedgehog quills. To a degree few other painters can rival, Bacon convinces you that every stroke and drip counts, that they carry a weight of ethical decision, so that representation is not a matter of filling-in but rather a continual reinvention of the motif. "I use everything from the brushes that sweep the floor to rags. I use everything to remake the images. I am not trying at all to illustrate life." Bacon wants — and generally manages to put — the drama in the paint, not in the narrative. In fact, the best triptychs are not narratives in any decipherable sense. "I don't want to avoid telling a story," Bacon remarked to Sylvester, "but I want very, very much ... to give the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance. And the moment the story enters, the boredom comes upon you."

What is happening in a work like Triptych, May-June 19741 What relation does the center panel, with its interior space — a platform with one figure crawling round the rim and another sit ting in a pool of violet shadow at the back — have to the two beach scenes on either side? Whose are the two heads in old-fashioned collars that rise, like oppressive icons of paternal authority, be hind the platform? Unanswerable questions. What remains, nevertheless, is an extraordinary density and layering of sensation — the Grand Manner returned to figurative art, but scraped raw.

 

 

 

William Feaver

 

 

All flesh is meat

 

 

 

Interviews with Francis Bacon. By David Sylvester. Thames and Hudson  £2.50

 

 

WILLIAM FEAVER | THE LISTENER | VOLUME 93 | ISSUE 2406 | THURSDAY 15 MAY 1975 

 

 

Today’s Boswells have cassette recorders. Johnsonian and Socratic dialogue is thus no more: memorable observations are never as neat in transcript as in recollection. On tape, the unedited interview starts with settling-in remarks, reassurances that the machine is working properly. There are coughs and gulpings, pauses, fumblings for names and dates, trial attempts at fine phrases. The filled spool is only valuable as raw material, a contribution towards the finished interview, the formalised conversation, except when, as in Andy Warhol’s Interview (the periodical which makes virtue of socio-longwindedness), the transcripts are left more or less intact, the waywardness of the talk becomes an end in itself: cassette-verité. However guileful the interviewer, the sessions are unlikely to provide anything more than fleeting impressions of insight. This is enough as far as professional personalities are concerned; but for anyone using conversation as a means of defining his thinking, the transcript can serve only as a first draft. His interrogating editor is there to help shape his thoughts.

The Bacon-Sylvester tapes were made at intervals between 1962 and 1974. The passing of the years is more detectable in the accompanying illustrations than in the words themselves. Early on, there is a good deal of talk about the role of accident in picture-making. Though this persists, it is accepted as more matter of course in the chancy Seventies.

Bacon’s obsessions remain much the same throughout, as is only to be expected. The conversations veer back to accident, photography, the need for extremism, the need to work as though in a séance (‘all art surely is instinct ). Phrases‘the mystery of appearance’ , ‘gilded squalor’, ‘a nailing of the flesh onto the bed’loom among the remarks like sudden captions. And Bacon’s isolated stance, his fruitful despair, (‘I think that man now realises he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason’), his idea of the Crucifixion as a form of self-portrait (‘to be an artist at all is a form of vanity) and of all flesh as meat, are presented as though on identity parade, each attribute a gesture.

Mr Sylvester’s role throughout is far from subservient. True, he stooges a little, worries away at one or two questions, follows up remarks with an air of fellow-feeling. But he is, one senses, keeping the whole thing going like a tutor with a brilliant pupil, acting persistent, provocative, soothing, where necessary, keeping his end up and supervising the performances, yet all the time aware that, however good the tutorial, in these circumstances he is only the sparring partner; even though, after the event, at the editorial stage, when everything is sorted, cut, and reassembled, his responsibility alters. He becomes the impresario and director, controlling the flow-pattern, presenting his star at his best.

The interviews read well. The illustrations are more than apt, the whole thing is lively and revealing. But the very success of the talks, their value as source material in what are bound to be classified, before long, as Bacon Studies, is somewhat undermining. The words tend to overtake many of the paintings; most of all recently.

Bacon himself repeatedly insists that the enduring quality of his work is something which must remain to be seen. Time is the only great critic. He also says, at one point Ive become more technically wily about those sorts of bogs that I used to fall into. Where his early surviving works often look belaboured, exhausted battle-trophies, those done in the past ten years or so have little of this fraught, agonised-over air. The figures are as isolated as ever, eddies of paintwork stuck in the middle of areas of calm. The effects are more summary, or wily. The battles are wages, not in gristle, teeth and bone, as of old, but in broad, rasping swoops. Fighting the flab. The drama is as eye-catching as ever, and people still find it shocking (though, as usual, for reasons which are quite beside the point).

But there is also an underlying ease which, in Bacon’s terms, is to be deployed: a literalness that he usually aims to disrupt, since he finds it uninteresting. The distinction between the inevitable (i.e., a true image), and work that equally comes straight out of what we choose to call the unconscious with the foam of the unconscious locked around it but which emerges masterfully slick, is slight. Bacon, of all artists, knows that the most marvellous images are those that, seen in a different and perhaps more glaring light, become clichés. Though he denies any taste for Russian Roulette, there is something trigger-happy about his most recent, quick-off-the-draw, triptychs. In the book, the illustrations stop well before the end of the text.

 

 

     

                          Bacon: fighting the flab  

 

 

 

 

NEW YORK LETTER

 

 

 

CARTER RATCLIFF | ART INTERNATIONAL | VOLUME XIX NUMBER 6 JUNE 15, 1975 

 

 

The Metropolitan Museum of Art's exhibit of recent paintings by Francis Bacon has been a great public success. At least, a lot of people have gone to see it, drawn in part by the publicity that has been given to Bacon's visit here. He makes, as they say, good copy. Interview after interview has provided details of his life and samplings of his high conversational style. He offers a speaking likeness to the Bohemian Artist Himself, an image with which the general public remains familiar. The critical response has been favorable, too. In some cases, it has been literally ecstatic. It's clear from both popular and professional responses that Bacon and his paintings fulfill a needor a batch of needswhich the wide range of local art does not fulfill. What might that be?

Perhaps it would be best to go directly to the paintings. The earliest are from 1968, the latest from 1974. They are all portraits, either of the artist or of his close friends. Many of them portray George Dyer. One triptych shows three moments in Dyer's suicidal death. Another triptych shows Bacon in one panel, Dyer in another, and the painter Lucian Freud in the other. Behind Dyer is a painting of a photograph of Bacon; behind Freud is a painting of a photograph of Dyer. These "portrayals" of photographs are slightly distorted, but of course not nearly so much so as Bacon's portrayals of himself and others in the flesh. This juxtaposition of two mediums (within painting, always the dominant medium), gives a measure of Bacon's expressive distortions an an indication of the directions they take.

Photographs, with their reduction of color to tones of gray and their necessity of stopping short at the surfaces of things, are accurate. Paintings, or painted images, are inaccurate about the same surfacesas Bacon insists in his comparison of the two mediums. But, naturally, painting is presented as giving over one kind of accuracy for the sake of another. As Bacon finds his images of himself and others, he pushes, smears and rearranges the "information" available to the camera. He does this with a brush in physical contact with the canvas. At the same time, he does it under the pressures of his emotional contact with his subjects. The result is a distorted image, but one which is accurate insofar as it is produced by a transformation of "emotional contact" into the physical contact of the brush on canvas. His distorted images have their meanings, their "truths", as the probings and blurrings of feeling transformed into marks on canvas, as mediating symbols of the difference between merely seeing something (more or less as a camera might) and seeing it as somethingor someone about whom one has feelings. Physical contact (brush on canvas) is thus equated with "emotional contact". The public has shown great interest in Bacon's homosexuality, and perhaps one could read a transformed sexual energy into this equation. More importantly, physical contact (brush on canvas) is essential to Bacon's particular kind of accuracy in a way that that it is not for most representational painters of the last 125 years or so.

Since the invention of photography, at any rate, most representation transcends to a great extent the physical mean by which painted images are produced. To be specific, representationalists have for over a century all been imitating the camera's detachment to some extent. Bacon often uses photographs  as sources, but his final images show a deliberate rejection of a fundamental condition of photography: literal distance, or the absence of actual contact with the subject. He acknowledges photography, he makes use of it, but finally one must say+ that he paints as if the camera ha never been invented. One could say that he looks at photographs with a deliberate naïveté, as if their images were things in the world just as physical objects are.

The super-charged meaning he gives to the contact of brush and canvas makes him nearly unique among painters since Courbet, and it gives him a right to his much-praised old-master touch. The images of the "old masters" of course transcend the physical means of painting, but modernist formalism has obscured the way in which this is true: the "old masters" transcendent meanings can never be separated from the value their audiences placed on paintings as finely articulated, skillfully manufactured luxury objects. Value of this kind is granted to Bacon's paintings. (As for modern abstrationists who present "paint-as-paint"paint as the evidence of actual contact with the canvas , the real appreciation here is of objects which transcend their physicality to achieve a conceptual, art historical value: no one really likes paint assimplypaint.)

The importance of actual contact of a pre-modern kind in Bacon's painting helps to explain his popularity. At a time when so much art is foundering in self-generated difficulties, Bacon offers painting which are, self-confidently, paintings. This, I think, is more important to his audience than his updatings of Fuselian or Goyaesque anxieties. Bacon paints as if we could all be sure what painting really isand of course we can be sure, at least intuitively, while looking at his works.

 

 


FRANCIS BACON: THE AUTHORITY OF FLESH

 

 

 

DONALD KUSPIT | ART FORUM | VOL. 13, NO. 10 SUMMER, 1975

 

 

I. Introduction: The Problem Of Realism

And the way I try to bring appearance about makes one question all the time what appearance is at all. The longer you work, the more the mystery deepens of what appearance is, or how can what is called appearance be made in another medium. And it needs a sort of moment of magic to coagulate colour and form so that it gets the equivalent of appearance, the appearance that you see at any moment, because so-called appearance is only riveted for one moment as that appearance. In a second you may blink your eyes or turn your head slightly, and you look again and the appearance has changed. I mean, appearance is like a continuously floating thing.

(Francis Bacon, Interview with David Sylvester, September 1974.)

 

Bacon’s show at the Metropolitan consists of 36 paintings, largely portraits and self-portraits, all of which have been executed since 1968. The Newsweek critic Douglas Davis mentions, in the same breath and deliberately, this show and Bruce Marden's concurrent Guggenheim exhibition, expressing discomfort with the former and comfort with the latter. Bacon is judged unfavorably when compared with modernist abstraction, triumphing anew in Marden. Bacon, himself, would have none of this because he repudiates the "willed , 'modern' image," i.e., the pure abstraction which claims transcendental pretensions but communicates histrionic decoration. Bacon remarks:

One of the reasons I don't like abstract painting .... is that I think painting is a duality, and that abstract painting is an entirely aesthetic thing. It always remains on one level. It is only really interested in the beauty of its patterns or its shapes. We know that most people, especially artists, have large areas of undisciplined emotion, and I think that abstract artists believe that in these marks that they're making they are catching all these sorts of emotions.

Again:

I believe that art is recording; I think it's reporting. And I think that in abstract art, as there's no report, there's nothing other than the aesthetic of the painter and his few sensations. There's never any tension in it.... I think it can convey very watered-down lyrical feelings, because I think any shapes can. But I don't think it can really convey feeling in the grand sense.

Bacon's abhorrence of abstraction, together with his determination to convey "feeling in grand sense" yet as part of the process of recording-reporting — "what gives the feeling is that it is more factual" — recalls the efforts of another realist, Caravaggio, to charge fact with feeling. As with Bacon,

most art critics and academicians condemned the vulgarity of Caravaggio's paintings, at times even with moral indignation.... Being themselves committed to a standard of ideal beauty, they found his work no more than a base "imitation of nature" and charged him with having destroyed "good taste." (Walter Friedlander, Caravaggio Studies.)

Bacon's "imitation of nature" is in a sense even more "base" — more vulgar. i.e., more popular in origin — than Caravaggio's, for it begins with the base, unsatisfactory illusion of nature which the photograph is. What Plato thought about art art in general is also true of Bacon's images, which are imitations of an illusion and so have nothing of the truth about them. They seem to be imbued with idiosyncratic committed to the reporting of fact. Moreover, they show overeager ambition to express inchoate , in articulate feelings.  Bacon's pictures have about them an arbitrariness which defies any lasting intelligibility, however much they offer half-recognizable realities. It seems they use the photograph to move further away from rather than closer to "nature." They use it as a form of intensified sensation trailing in its wake inexplicable feelings that relate to the object photographed. The image created by Bacon's fluid, painterly stroke stands to the clarity of the photographic image the way, to use his own comparison, the image in a distorting mirror stands to the image in a normal mirror, recalling yet ruining it, focusing it yet making it incalculable. Bacon's transformation of photograph into painted image increases the distance from nature, however much it boomerangs back to the reality of feeling.

Thus, he can in no way be accused of creating ideal beauty, but rather, he destroys the shallow realism of the photograph with his fleshy, seemingly manic strokes. Instead, he abuses appearances by destroying them. They testify to a disturbance, in itself sufficient to communicate feeling, to convey a sense of what Bacon calls "undisciplined emotions" and elsewhere "instinct." This instinct comes up against the photograph, the image of reality which is its discipline, as an obstacle to be overcome. The obscuring of the photograph underneath the seemingly vicious fluidity of Bacon's stroke both symbolically destroys the "discipline" of reality and releases emotion.

This release is never complete because it is masturbatory homage to reality. Bacon's art is about the vulgarity, the bad taste, of releasing feeling, and simultaneously the sense of restraint on that release. It treats the conflict between the undisciplined release of instinct and reality's restraints on and repression of instinct. Bacon's pictures deal with paranoia, which takes a form of self-enforced solitude accompanying release of passion. Bacon's solitary is no dreamer because he is too alert to the tension of the conflict with him. He takes to solitude to control the ambiguity generated in him by the conflict between passion and inhibition, between the authority of his instincts and that  of reality.

For Bacon, realism is, ultimately, not simply a matter of charging fact with feeling, but confronting fact with the fundamental feelings — the instinctive response. The very process of reporting reality becomes in effect the act of releasing emotion, and the more spontaneous — or as Bacon calls it, accidental — the report, whatever its precisions, the more instinctive and undisciplined the emotion released, i.e., the more horrific the expression of fact. Thus, the core of his problem of realism is expressionistic. It is the difficulty of eliciting feeling from a world whose surfaces are opaque.

Bacon's painterliness is a way of getting under the skin of things, of destroying their matter-of-fact surface appearance and revealing the flesh of feeling they are made of. Similarly, it can be argued that he puts his figures in solitary to take them out of the world's action, to make them passive so that the process of stripping their skin can begin. In a sense, solitude chloroforms them into stillness so that Bacon can begin operating on them.

The unlocking of the feeling in form, as Bacon calls it, does violence to the image. For Bacon, this violence is a way of forcefully referencing reality, as well as an emphatic statement of his assumption that reality in general is violent. John Russell connects Bacon's violence with the European experience of World War II, but the fact that it is sustained far beyond that experience indicates that it has deeper sources. As note, it had to do with the character of instinct when it feels blocked by reality and the way, as a result, it experience reality.

In a sense, Bacon is the perfect modern realist, for as the world has become more anonymous, feeling has had to become more acute to encompass it and find release within and through it. Bacon alludes to this anonymity through the ever-present photograph and newspaper, but overcomes it by the intensity of his feeling. (Both become increasingly abstract; solitude is a state of abstraction from the world, as are feelings which do not have the world as their object.) In sum, Bacon discovers the expressive potential in anonymous subject matter.

 

II. The Solitary Insomniac

Religion is what the individual does with its own solitariness.

(Alfred  North Whitehead, Religion in the Making.)

 

                        Avaunt from sacred shrines,

Nor bring pollution by your touch on all

That nears you. Hence! and roam unshepherded —

No god there is to tend such herd as you.

(Aeschylus, The Eumenides, Lines 197-200)

 

Bacon's figures are both insular and intimate, i.e., have the solitary alertness  of self-aware subjects who choose silence. Yet they are subject to our witnessing glances, and at times, as in one of the Three Studies from the Human Body, 1970, and in one wing of Triptych, March 1974, to the more durably public witness of the camera eye. Thus, Bacon's images of himself and his friends are exposed to the anonymous glance of strangers and machines — are exposed indifferently on the rack of public appearance, although enclosed in the privacy of their own consciousness, symbolized by the privacy of the rooms they are in. One could regard these works as extensions of Degas's keyhole visions — images of anonymous figures performing intimate bodily acts under the assumption that they are unobserved — but for the fact that Bacon's figures are not anonymous but rather portraits.

Half-undressed, they are self-conscious in their privacy because they are haunted by their potential presence of the other as their witness, always sooner or later to appear on their private scene. So that the scene, self-contradictory, is never truly private, but always potentially under view by some anonymous other. In fact, what Bacon calls the "armature" in which his figures are encased can be understood as a frame isolating the targeted figure.

Moreover, one comes to realize that the solitariness of Bacon's figures is entirely independent of their setting, as indicated by the Portrait of a Man Walking Down Steps, 1972, where the figure is outdoors, as is also the case in the beach scenes of Triptych, May-June 1974. Bacon's figure carries his solitariness with him wherever he goes. It is a habit of mind, an attitude of fixated self-awareness, a form of self-hypnotic narcissism. What Russell remarks as the sense of the presence of an eavesdropper in Bacon's pictures is as much the result of the figure's attempt to tune into his inner feelings as it is of his awareness of the unseen other. In general, Bacon's figures seem truculently self-absorbed, with his face usually turned aside so that his eyes do not meet those of the spectator, or, if face forward, with his eyes evading an encounter with the spectator's glance.

The eyes of Bacon's figure are often closed, as in Three Studies for Self-Portrait, 1974. And when not closed, then glazed, as in the the self-portraits of 1971, 1972, and 1974. And when not glazed, then blurred — bleary-eyed as in Three Studies for Self-Portrait, 1972, 1973. And finally, when blurred, then glassily caught between defiance and indifference, as in Three Portraits — Triptych, 1973. It is as if he is acknowledging his vulnerability or helplessness before an alien gaze.

Bacon's figure sits, then, as if in detention, or as if, because he is often undressed, in a doctor's consulting room. Both these scenes will be dominated by a menacing figure. Yet he acts as if it will always exist, and can never be violated. This ambiguity symbolizes the simultaneity of the subject's solipsistic narcissism, its self-containment and closure to others; and its being haunted by the other, its involuntary openness to the other through the other's glance. The body's openness to the strange glance in part explains why Bacon acts so intensely on the body's flesh with his painterly stroke. This stroke is the equivalent to a harsh glance, violently caressing or raping. The body is manhandled, with no power to resist, by the other's objecting consciousness, which twists it into sensate bits. All of Bacon's figures, with the exception of the 1973 self-portrait Lucian Freud in Three Portraits— Triptych, 1973, sit crosslegged, sometimes jauntily so, as in the 1970 self-portrait. This conveys an ambiguous attitude: seemingly seated offguard, the figure is full of potential movement. He can spring to his feet in a moment, ready to act in relation to the other.

The solitude of these figures suggests paranoia. It involves fear of being taken by surprise. (One recalls Freud's theory of paranoia as fear of being buggered — taken from behind, a situation in which one always experiences incomplete awareness.) I should like to talk now about this paranoid consciousness. For it conditions the obscene handling of the flesh, creating its ob-scene appearance. (The flesh's obscenity in effect shows it being taken from behind, which puts it in a position to be turned inside out. This is done not simply to show, as has been usually said, its being subject to death and so to putrescence, but also to indicate the completeness of its exposure to and possession by the absent but imagined other.)

The paranoid consciousness of Bacon's figure can be understood in three ways: (1) iconographically, as an expression of loneliness, with loneliness being a symptom of a "screened" attitude toward the world; (2) psychologically, as am expression of insanity, i.e., unreason — for Bacon the release of undisciplined emotion or instinct in the face of the world; and (3) sociologically, as an expression of decadence, where solitariness is the acknowledgement of  nihilism. Loneliness implies the loss of interpersonal values; insanity means the collapse of wholeness of being, and decadence implies the discovery of inertia as the major force and mode of being.

(1) Jedlicka observes that "The portraits and self-portraits of the twentieth century are in general manifestations of the solitary" (Max Beckmann in seinen selbstbildnissen," Blick auf Beckmann). There is, then, at first glance, nothing unusual about Bacon's portraits and self-portraits. Typical of their times, they show the isolated, monadic creatures we are all to become — the unchosen independence we are all to achieve — in our anomic society. However, in examining the solitariness of Bacon's figure more closely, one discovers the atypical motivation behind it. Jedlicka argues that in Munch's portraits and self-portraits, solitariness exists with respect to nature, while in those of Beckmann it exists vis-à-vis society. For Fedlicka, Munch and Beckmann are linked as opposites, a polarization which continues in their handling of space: open, indefinite, and seemingly limitless in Munch, symbolizing the cosmic expansiveness of nature; and closed and cramped in Beckmann, symbolizing social constraint. Bacon's space is of an altogether different kind, and symbolizes an altogether different psychic state. It is a linear cage of self-control emanating from the solitary himself — as can be seen in the Study for Self-Portrait, November 1964, one of ts most powerful manifestations — rather than an independent, surrounding space (whether infinite or finite) which conditions his solitude. It is a space self-created by the solitary, in line with the fact that his solitude has become so absolute givenness of the subject to himself, and so of radical subjectivity. The formal space with which he surrounds himself is simply the public announcement of his supposedly sui generic subjectivity.

The space cage is a kind of halo around the figure's solitariness, showing it to be sanctified by his self-awareness, as well as indicating that it is chosen. In a sense, it is the solitary's self-consciousness objectified, made "practical," i.e., become a world, however small, for him to inhabit. In other words, the space cage Bacon's figure inhabits is not a microcosm of the macrocosm of nature or society, but a private little cosmos with its own sanctity and laws v of feeling — if lack of "higher" purpose. Bacon remarks that "we nearly always live through screens — a screened existence."

It is this screened state — a psychic state — that is the physically manifested in the space cage. It is simultaneously transparent, to permit a view out, yet limiting establishing the space of an inner world. It is also the stage on which the solitary's obscene flesh of feeling can be shown, the magic circle in which the solitary feels secure and "normal" while displaying himself. But the space cage is much more; its simplicity and order are meant to hide —  in the sense og throwing off the scent — the asocial release of undisciplined emotion, the masturbatory relaxation of instinct. The space cage is social, as all space is, and a defense masking an asocial if not antisocial act. Bacon gives us the whole scene: the private place where feeling is expressed; the outer world (symbolized by the doorway present in many of the works), in which the observing other exists (sometimes he appears in the doorway on the threshold of the inner world); and the screen between the two, a pathetic — by reason of its transparency — creation of the solitary, mediating the relationship between the two worlds. It seems at times to exist more for his mental comfort than to perform satisfactorily the purpose for which it was made. It is as irrational and self-deceiving as the feeling it is meant to serve.

(2) The solitariness or asociality of Bacon's figure is a sign of insanity. The face is the particular bodily place where this insanity is most clearly revealed, and again the method of revelation is Bacon's "malerisch" technique. Bacon's fluid handling of the face's flesh desocializes it, i.e., makes it no longer manageable as social mask. The technique in effect unmasks and undermines the face by making it too vibrant, too expressive, and resonant — too much a quivering piece of flesh to serve as a public mask. Becoming flesh — the part of the body one least expects this to happen to — the face loses almost all form. It is the case in point of the loss of self-control of Bacon's figure, which becomes too "sensational" to conform to conventions of social decorum (another reason it must be screened, or hidden away in a room like the portrait of Dorian Grey). It is too indecorous to belong to any reasonable order of things, too subjective and disorderly with its own instinctive energy to be brought under rational control. Foucault writes that

In the psychology of madness, the old idea of truth as "the conformity of thought to things" is transposed in the metaphor of a resonance, a kind of musical fidelity of the fibres to the sensations which make them vibrate. (Madness and Civilization.)

The flesh of Bacon's figure shows the mad music of uncontrolled or undisciplined sensation rebelling against any conformity to the outer order of things  symbolized by the mask of the face  and becoming a kind of idea in its self.

It is especially in the triptychs and couplings — wherever an attempt is made to bring the figures together or wherever more than one figure exists in the same space — that the intensity of Bacon's isolated figure becomes evident. For no reciprocity — whether by sexual means or through conversation — is ever established between the figures. In the triptychs they exist side by side, unspeaking, in private cells. In the couplings there is an eternal return of the same ambiguously sexual act  the same mixture of bitter struggle and sweet embrace. There is not the slightest sense of sociability, let along friendliness  of any reasonable relationship  in the participants of the triptychs or couplings. On the contrary, there are signs, as in Two Figures with a Monkey, 1973, that they unite only for purpose of vice (the monkey is its traditional symbol), and so only momentarily. There is no sense of any abiding, continuous relationship between them, only a half-lustful, half-aggressive attempt to possess each other, and that only in the least, however superficially fundamental way — through and in the the form of flesh. In the couplings they wrestle each other, attempting to over overpower one another, rather than harmoniously meet.

There is no harmonious togetherness in Bacon's world, only conflict and self-conflict, self-torture and torture of the other. Perhaps this is why the couplings never do depict anal intercourse, but only the inconclusiveness of their struggle. The one figure cannot really take the other from behind, nor do they confront one another. Their union is, literally, a stalemate and dead-lock.

In the triptychs this lack of reciprocity — sexuality only proposes its possibility — is even more obvious, for the untouching contiguity of the figures suggests parallel rather than interpenetrating lives the friends lead.  They are more intimate with each other's  photograph than each other's person. The triptych form originally brought together a central image with subordinate — often in form as well as content — side images. But for Bacon each image  has the same individuality and validity, even when the artist himself is the central image, as in Three Portraits—1970. There is neither structural nor psychological necessity for the figures to be taken together. They neither constitute a rational unity nor even imply a system of irrational relations. They are essentially a sum rather than a whole Togetherness, which requires reason to come into being, does not exist in Bacon's pictures; it is abortive in the couplings, or made a mockery of in the triptychs. How can, as Bacon calls them, futile, accidental beings come together for a purpose, or even take togetherness as purposive. Each has to play out, "by himself," the "game without reason" life is. For Bacon, togetherness is barely a hypothesis of experience. Even the couplings are images of private release of passion, each member an occasion for that release. Relationships in Bacon's art are so completely irrational they might as well not exist. In general, Bacon uses the triptych format, a in the May-June 1974 triptych, to create a series of staggered images, which interrelate as oblique duplicates. Each figure is in effect a Doppelgänger for the other — the death which the other is for the self. Or else, as in the May-June 1973 triptych, Bacon uses the format to trace the "progress" of a single figure in this case — George Dyer's movement toward death. (The image of Dyer on the toilet seat also occurs, incidentally, in the same left-hand panel of Three Figures in a Room, 1964.)

(3) In The Will to Power Nietzsche equates decadence with nihilism, and sees its appearance in physiological decline and the rise of pessimism and skepticism. It is interesting that, in commenting on his respect for Baudelaire, Bacon claims that he particularly admires Baudelaire's poem "Les Petites Vieilles." This poem describes Baudelaire's "spying on odd, decrepit charming creatures," "broken-down monsters, hunch-backed or bent double," whom he asks us to love "for they are still human souls."

This sense of the decrepit and derelict, the misshapen and fallen — psychically — pervades Bacon's pictures, and can be regarded as the source of what has been called their charnel house atmosphere. Bacon's handling of the flesh is in effect a symptom of this psychic decadence  the decay of the mind into skepticism and pessimism and the correlate inertia, quasi-deadness or decline of the body, which seems as though it has begun to putrify.

Nietzsche does not regard decadence as limited to any particular period in the growth of a civilization but rather as a general accompaniment of "any increase and advance in life."  In Bacon, the painterly handling of the living flesh can be interpreted as indicating a perverse  pessimistic and skeptical  attitude to life, an ironical accompaniment to the development of radical individuality.

Bacon's perverse painterly handling is essentially arbitrary, i.e., nihilistic in intention, because there is no clear reason for it in the depicted scene. Bacon's painterly interpretation of the flesh confirms the self-destructiveness of his solitary figures, premised on the meaninglessness of their existence, i.e., its lack of raison d'être, and its consequent solitariness. Perversely animated in their private void, they have only their instincts to fall back on. They are in effect lepers — the deathlike blackness invading their bodies seems to testify to this  who keep to themselves because they see no strong reason for doing anything in particular. They are sick with death  not necessarily literal death, but rather the feeling of being nothing  and so diseased with the leprosy of loneliness, which fuses their individuality and instincts, indirectly alluding to this blackness, Bacon says that he is haunted by

a feeling of mortality all the time. Because, if life excites you, its opposite, like a shadow, death, must excite you. Perhaps not excite you, but you are aware of it in the same way as you are aware of life....

The sense of death-in-life is pervasive in many of the exhibition's so-called black paintings. But the point is that sustained, compulsive attention to the inevitability of death is a symptom of decadence, for eventually it leads to skepticism about  the deprecation and detriment of  life. Bacon, who has been called an existentialist  in our sense the most decadent contemporary philosophy  is simultaneously a decadent, in the sense of cultivating a nihilistic perception of and attitude to life. While he carries this cultivation to eloquent heights, making it the stance of a dandy, its nihilistic core remains articulate as a more than a positive. There are moments in the current show when it seems theatrical, but they are lost in the general sense of oblivion Bacon communicates.

 

III. Self-Fulfilling Flesh

All my life I have seen narrow-shouldered man, without exception, perform innumerable stupid actions, brutalize his fellows and poison minds by every conceivable means. The motivation of such behaviour he calls, "Glory." Seeing these things I have desired to laugh with others, but that strange imitation was impossible for me. I have taken a pocket-knife and severed the flesh at the spot where the lips come together. For a moment I thought to have accomplished my end. I  looked into the mirror and inspected the mouth I had deliberately butchered. It was a mistake!  The blood  falling copiously from the two wounds made it impossible to distinguish whether this really was the laughter of other men. But after several minutes I could see clearly that my smile in no way resembled human laughter: in other words, I was not laughing. Lautréamont, Maldoror, Canto 1, Stanza 5.)

I've always wanted and never succeeded in painting the smile. (Francis Bacon, Interviews with Francis Bacon, May 1966.)

I did hope one day to make the best painting of the human cry. (Francis Bacon, Interviews with Francis Bacon, May 1966.)

Bacon has long been famous for his image of human flesh, which Russell sees as simultaneously marmoreal and pulpy, and which has been connected with Bacon's sense of the voluptuousness of male flesh — of meat on Michelangelesque backs. Bacon's treatment of flesh has also been understood as suggesting the figurative, accidental nature of human existence, which, because it is essentially a gamble — a blind search for significance —  has no fixed form, and is charged with violent, i.e., uncontrollable, energy and emotion. Bacon himself has said that he wants images which "would rise from a river of flesh," "pools of flesh" out of which beings arose, pictures of "figures arising out of their own flesh." He experiences such figures as particularly poignant — the only quality he wants his works to convey — because they convey "the shadow of life passing all the time," and bring the factual-figurative element in the painting" onto the nervous system more violently and poignantly." In a sense Bacon's "poignant" treatment of flesh epitomizes his ideal of an image as "a kind of tightrope walk between what is called figurative painting and abstraction," an image which "goes right out from abstraction but will really have nothing to do with it." Bacon's flesh is such a poignant image, simultaneously factual and abstract, visceral and formal, illustrative and full of "glitter and colour" like that which "comes from the mouth." He "always hoped ... to be able to paint the mouth like Monet painted a sunset," and one might add that he has the same ambiguous  ambition with respect to the flesh in general, whether of the face or torso.

In general Bacon's handling of flesh can be understood as the climactic act of his attempt to fuse fact and feeling, the conscious and unconscious, the critically controlled and accidentally instinctive, the illustrative and imaginative, the photo-slick technically reproducible and the singular texture of particular sensation. All the dichotomies come together in the flesh, which is simultaneously commonplace, and charged with rare personal feeling. The union of these dichotomies occurs particularly in Bacon's treatment of the mouth. As flesh, the mouth, for Bacon is an exemplary part of the body, because it summarizes flesh's openness and closedness. I want also to show the significance of the overall burgeoning of flesh in Bacon's figures. In a sense, Bacon distorts flesh in the name of greater particularity or specificity of being, i.e., as a way of making anonymous being individual. But in another sense, touched flesh is simply the most obvious source of feeling. Feeling, particularly feeling which is instinctive in origin — for Bacon all feeling ultimately calls the instinctive into play  is inseparable from flesh, as such expressions as the "bowels of compassion" convey. In antiquity, feeling was located in a particular inner body organ, usually the liver or heart. In a sense, all Bacon's treatment of the flesh does is expose such inner organs, the sites of feeling.

The mouth, perhaps unexpectedly — for it is not altogether inner — is one such site, for it is the hole of flesh through which the feelings of the entirely inner organs escape, after writing their way through the body. The mouth is thus emblematic of the body as a whole and of feeling in general, and in the smile and the cry or scream we have the antipodes of its modes of expression, the range of possibility of visceral feeling. Bacon is forever shut out of the smile; it is impossible for the solitary subject to smile, even to himself, for such a smile is a mediation on what is not the self, and thus breaks the fast of solitude. In general, the smile is an invitation to the other, a form of sociality, , the potential establishment of reciprocity. Through the screaming mouth the body vomits its painful feelings like a volcano pours lava; smiling, the mouth is only partially open — the face is at peace with, or at least accepts, the other, and the body has no need to exercise its feelings in a cry. A smile is an exchange; a cry is an autistic event, the announcement of the subject in distress, opening wide to the outside, but with the traffic through it only one way, from within outward. The cry is open but one-directional; the smile is half-closed but two-way. In the cry Bacon shows the solitary vomiting his solitude into the world, making it an object for others. The portraits and self-portraits establish painful autonomy; the cry hurls it into the world. The cry is an attempt to conceive the world as completely subjective, i.e., as charged with private feeling, which forces its way into the open. The cry is eschatological, a  last thing of subjectivity, an ultimate assertion of the inner life of the self in the face of all otherness.

The mouth is the most mobile or least fixed facial feature, and is thus able to convey its expressiveness — its openness or closedness — all at once. Bacon notes that "you could draw ... right across the face as though it was almost like the opening of the whole head, and yet it could be like the mouth. "The mouth is "almost like the opening of the whole head" because it is capable of articulating any aspect of the face's entire range of expression. The cry — the Lamentation — is a traditional subject matter of religious art, but Bacon presents it not as a mourning response to a horrific outer event — the Crucifixion — but rather as the expression of the self-crucifixion by solitariness of the isolated figure. In a sense, Bacon's Popes scream because they know that, underneath their authority and power, they are solitary men   made even more solitary by this authority and power, which makes them other than themselves — with visceral feelings that must express themselves. Their worldly position has so repressed them that their feelings have lost all shape, and can issue only in the form of an instinctive agonized outcry.

The cry in Bacon's pictures is the interior monologue of his solitary figure turned inside out and become an exterior dialogue with his self-image. In a sense, the cry is the ultimate self-contemplation, in which the solipsist's power power of creation brings his own being into painful birth in the world. The power of authority or "superego" lies in its ability to repress, in in and of itself generating a feeling of perversity or abnormality, which finally articulates itself in a cry. In sum, the cry is the narcissistic, solipsistic, solitary subject's spontaneous way of escaping the claustrophobia of being himself by getting into the world, if in a highly indeterminate way. At the same time, the cry is the violent release of instinct which has been repressed by internalized social, rational authority. Instinct has come to feel strange to itself, and so must objectify itself to see itself for what it really is, viz., bodily feeling.

Bacon's great achievement with the screaming mouth is to turn it from being an abstract, formal device — an emblem of suffering — accompanying tragic scenes, as in Poussin's Massacre of the Innocents (which Bacon professes to admire), to a highly charged concrete space involuntarily ejaculating feeling into the world. Poussin's relatively standard scream stands no chance of carrying the emotion conveyed by Bacon's scream. Bacon's compulsive emotion would break Poussin's precious porcelain mouth to pieces. Bacon is more truly interested in the wounded nurse's scream in Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin, a scream in which feeling dominates fact, in which almost all formal control is released, and in which the sense of appropriate relationship between the cause of the scream and its effect is stretched to breaking point. In the history of Western art there is only one screaming mouth that comes close to Bacon's in expressive power, viz., that of Caravaggio's Medusa, said to be a self-portrait. In a sense, the mouth is the major field on which the battle  between fact and feeling — of realism is fought out. For of all the bodily parts, the mouth alone has the potential for spontaneously converting from a matter-of-fact local feature to a general area where the feeling of the whole body can be expressed.

In a sense, Bacon's interest in the mouth, as the most expressive body site, links up with his treatment of sexuality. Because the mouth easily opens into a scream, it becomes the only place where the body attains full erotic release. In other words, the cry is sexual in connotation, confirmed by the fact that in Bacon the white teeth not the fleshy tongue are articulate in it. What Freud in The Interpretation of Dreams calls the "dental stimulus" is a typical dream symbol of masturbation. (Bacon's solitary figures are dream images, their distortion easily understood as typical dream distortion.) Masturbation, the solitary release of instinctive energy, is for Freud simultaneously a symbolic form of self-castration  in a sense, finalizing solitariness — and a confirmation of social isolation. The homosexual couplings Bacon depicts are not as satisfactory, from the point of view of achieving release of instinctive energy, as solitary masturbation is.

This sense that masturbatory release or onanistic self-creation id the key to whatever sexuality there is in Bacon's works, is confirmed by the presence in a number of pictures, of what Bacon himself calls a "whip of white paint." This whip of white paint, falling to the picture ground like Onan's seed fell to earth, can be interpreted in a number of ways, which, taken together, summarize Bacon's Weltanschauung. It is the body's outcry, sign of its desperate release of instinct in the paranoid situation of its privacy. It is also symbol of the life-force of the man condemned to death, in a sense equivalent to the flaring loincloth on the dead body of the crucified Christ. It is the hanged man's last ejaculation of his instinctive energy, indistinguishable from his death throes — the involuntary fleeing of instinctive life from his body. The whip of white paint often exists in antithesis to the often black pictures ground, as well as in contrast to the paler manufactured light, with its noninstinctive even flow, of the lightbulb. It is the ghost that Bacon says fact leaves, the Holy Ghost of feeling that emerges from dead facts. It is also a kind of token of painterly technique, and, in its isolation in the picture, epitomizes the figure's solitariness. It is, as it were, the figure making a sign of itself to itself, so that it will know it is alive. Masturbation is the solitary's way of pinching himself to prove to himself that he is still alive — to wake up his feelings. It is a way of snapping out of the feelingless state that unstructured, undirected solitude induces, and is the psychic equivalent of death. Masturbation is also the supreme narcissistic satisfaction, the solipsist's way of proving that others do not exist. A neo-Cartesian, Bacon's solitary asserts "I masturbate, therefore I am." Masturbation is the perfect creation ex nihilo, for the masturbator's fantasy is that he gives birth to himself parthenogenetically out of his own seed.

But in the final analysis Bacon's tumultuous, painterly flesh, epitomized by its own ejaculation of a whip of white paint, is not sexual in significance, nor a symbol of will power, but indicative of a deliberate choice of solitariness. In Being and Nothingness, Sartre writes that

human reality, far from being capable of being described as libido or will to power, is a choice of being, either directly or through appropriation of the world. And we have seen ... that each thing is chosen in the last analysis, not for its sexual potential but for the mode in which it renders being, depending on the manner in which being burgeons from its surface.

Bacon's handling of flesh is the burgeoning of solitariness from the surface of his figure, a sign of the figure's refusal to choose any other being than itself, and so chooses its body. To be itself is to be nothing but its flesh    to possess its surfaces exclusively for itself. Masturbation is simply confirmation of this privilege. Solitariness is the condition for the burgeoning of the body's surfaces, and at the same time this burgeoning is proof of    a kind of response to  solitariness. The burgeoning of the surface of the solitary's being is his self-reflexivity in action: his own flesh becomes a burning bush, showing himself to himself as divine, and completing the solipsistic enterprise of self-creation.

Bacon's flesh, understood as the burgeoning surface of the subject's being, as the subject's call to and answer to itself, exists in sharp contrast to the nonburgeoning, neutar planar surface to the rooms in which he puts his figures. This contrast can be explicated through Bachelard's contrast between "exaggeration" and "reduction." Bacon's painterly handling of flesh is his way of "prolonging exaggeration," or trying "to avoid the habits of reduction."  Why do so? In The Poetics of Space Bachelard writes that "The philosophies of anguish want principals that are less simplified," and insofar as Bacon offers us a philosophy of anguish he refuses the simple surface created by reduction and exaggerates the surface of his subject, in search of a more complicated and less conventional principal of subjective existence. Walls, however much they face us, have a side turned to the world. They are blank, feelingless surfaces, and Bacon profiles his exaggerated internalized figures against them. Bacon's flesh goes full circle, from the subject's exclusive possession to the other's possible possession. Flesh becomes self-flagellating at the approach, if only in the subject's fantasy, of the other. The anguish of Bacon's flesh  its exaggeration into uncommunicative tongues  is simultaneously a speaking to the self and for the other. Anguish is the emotion that compels the self and the other to intercept in an orgiastic moment of imagined unity. However prolonged, it cannot last, for the self collapses back upon itself, becoming dense and opaque; and the other becomes an anonymous stranger again.

 

IV. The Aphoristic Image

The symbolic reference leads to a transference of emotion, purpose, and belief, which cannot be justified by an intellectual comparison of the direct information derived from the two schemes and their elements of intersection. (Alfred North Whitehead, Symbolism, Its Meaning and Effect.)

I would like to characterize Bacon's pictures as aphoristic images, approximated by what Russell calls Bacon's pursuit of the single picture. By this I mean images concentrated into the sententiousness of the symbol, but which, because they can never be finally specified in meaning, effect a transformation of undisciplined emotion between themselves and the spectator. Moreover, I would like to claim that the homosexual aspect of Bacon's art and his attitude toward traditional old master art and modern photography constitute the aphoristic character of his images. Three homosexual traits in particular, a articulated by Sartre, seems to be responsible for his attitude to the traditional masterpiece and the modern photograph, and to suggest the rationale behind his transformation of them into aphoristic images.

(1) The homosexual fake submission seems epitomized by Bacon's treatment of Velasquez's Innocent X. Bacon's destroy the image, and shows the Pope in an excruciating if not entire specifiable subjective experience. Hence the modernization of the image, under the guise of rendering it more powerful and pointed. Fake submission also appears, in the passivity of Bacon's solitary figure, a passivity which is that of a caged animal, ready to become violent if given the chance. The figure's sense of pent-up motion and emotion also creates a symbolic charge.

(2) Actively extending this fake submission, of which I have given a few details, is the homosexual's estheticism. In Saint Genet, Actor and Martyr, Sartre asserts:

In the movement of heterosexual ecstasy, desire is projected outward, the male forgets himself, he is only the delicate light which envelops the silk of a foreign flesh and makes it glow. Genet, on the other hand, returns to himself, he loses himself in order to find himself. The recognized gesture sends him back to the world and the world back to himself; he remains “frightened at possessing the world and at knowing I possessed it.” That is, he shelves the world: if he does “possess” the universe, it is not in the manner of emperors and captains of industry who boast of leaving their mark on it, but in that of a contemplative who discovers that “the world is its representation.”  And in this great body of things perceived, a gesture stands out, object of an aesthetic intuition, which reflects to Genet only what Genet has put into it: it is the appearance to which the Thief has assigned the function of delivering to him the totality of appearances.

Old masterworks are, from the perspective of the present, so many shelved worlds. They offer particular appearances — "gestures"  which suggest a world they cannot deliver, but which nonetheless conditions their appearance. Thus, the old masterpiece no longer represents anything real. Its only value is as a symbol: it is charged with the feeling, a residue of the purposes and beliefs, of a lost world. Its existence is purely esthetic, and its value depends on the absence of any reference to reality. It is in effect a pure appearance charged with an abstract emotion.

Now Bacon finds purely esthetic-symbolic value in photographs as well as old masterpieces. They too hold emotion in suspension, so that it seems unconditioned and unconditional, and are no longer used for their reference to a particular world. Photographs and masterpieces become sources of symbolic reference for Bacon, and he uses them operatically, to create a highly charged atmosphere, in which the emotional effect is out of all proportion to the  event that triggers it. In general, Bacon is  not so much influenced by masterpieces and photographs — "influence" is a mnemonic device, and assumes continuity of of context and meaning — as exploitive of their emotional possibilities. He finds in them not things he wants to remember, but gestures in what Sartre calls "the choreographic figuration of human transcendency," which for Bacon is nothing but the superiority of feeling to fact. Taking masterpieces and photographs as only incidentally referencing reality, he finds in them unique emotional opportunities. They become the armature on which he can hang pure feeling.

The sense of oblivion of being in Bacon's pictures is due to the fact that they are meant to be nothing but appearances abstractly charged with emotion, rather than images of any reality — images with any kind of objectivity, which occurs in them only accidently. What is normally accidental or momentary, the release of pure  undisciplined  emotion, is made absolute by Bacon, and what is normally all important to realism, the reference to reality, becomes casual and incidental.

One might note that influence takes place only within a tradition and within a world of uniform purpose and constant belief. Bacon, who believes that every artist today is "outside a tradition," asserts that all that is left for the artist is "to record one's own feelings about certain situations as closely to one's own nervous system as one possibly can." Because today there is no "valid myth where there was the distance between grandeur and its fall of the tragedies of Aeschylus and Shakespeare," all that remains is the emotional charge caused by such a fall without the framing myth to give it general significance or validity for others. This renders it seemingly unreal and exaggeratedly subjective, with purely esthetic and personal significance. Because of this, Bacon's emotional intensity makes us uncomfortable, since our emotions are aroused by real events. When his works do seem, whether retrospectively or immediately, to refer to real events, as his Study for Portrait, 1949, seems to allude to Eichmann on trial in his glass booth, and as the figure with the swastika armband in Crucifixion, 1965, alludes to the Nazis, our response is thrown off. We do not know whether to take the images for their world-historical implications or for their purely emotional implications. We are not helped by Bacon's perverse assertion that that for him the swastika is simply an interesting shape in a red field. He regularly and maliciously insists on purely esthetic significance, e.g., in the case of the mouth, as if to throw the viewer off the scent of the worldly meaning of the work, to free him to respond to it purely emotionally. He wants the work to impress itself directly on the viewer's nervous system, rather than become something he associates with everyday reality and/or makes a moral judgement on. What is interesting is that we never think that the two  worldly meaning and emotional impact  can be present at the same time in Bacon's works, and the same is true for any other kind of public meaning, such as the religious. Thus, Bacon regards the crucifixion as today having purely esthetic and emotional significance. It is simply "a magnificent armature on which you can hang all types of feeling and sensation," and he doubts that even "the great Crucifixions... were painted by men who had religious beliefs." A religious belief is a proposed view of reality. On Bacon's terms, for an artist to have a religious belief about reality — about the facts  would be for him to become concerned to get the meaning straight, which would interfere with an instinctive response to appearances. The appearance of meaning is sufficient for Bacon, not its exact statement: the artist's meaning emerges from how convincingly he can charge his appearances. Bacon believes that, unlike himself, Velasquez and Rembrandt

were still, whatever their attitude to life, slightly conditioned by certain types of religious possibilities (salvation), which man now, you could say, has had completely cancelled out for him.... You see, all art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself; and you may say it has always been like that, but now it’s entirely a game.

Bacon's great achievement with the screaming mouth is to turn it from being an abstract, formal device — an emblem of suffering — accompanying tragic scenes, as in Poussin's Massacre of the Innocents (which Bacon professes to admire), to a highly charged concrete space involuntarily ejaculating feeling into the world. Poussin's relatively standard scream stands no chance of carrying the emotion conveyed by Bacon's scream. Bacon's compulsive emotion would break Poussin's precious porcelain mouth to pieces. Bacon is more truly interested in the wounded nurse's scream in Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin, a scream in which feeling dominates fact, in which almost all formal control is released, and in which the sense of appropriate relationship between the cause of the scream and its effect is stretched to breaking point. In the history of Western art there is only one screaming mouth that comes close to Bacon's in expressive power, viz., that of Caravaggio's Medusa, said to be a self-portrait. In a sense, the mouth is the major field on which the battle  between fact and feeling — of realism is fought out. For of all the bodily parts, the mouth alone has the potential for spontaneously converting from a matter-of-fact local feature to a general area where the feeling of the whole body can be expressed.

For Bacon, art is a game of emotionally charging appearance rather than a question of presenting clear meanings, of whatever kind, and certainly not the political and religious, which are usually taken literally. In general, art exists for Bacon not to convince us of the truth about anything, to nail down reality by imitating it, but rather to use some of its appearances in a purely esthetic way and thereby to generate a radically subjective feeling. In a sense, art is proof that appearances transcend reality and that feelings transcend facts. By proper choreography, real facts can be made into strongly felt fictions. Masterpieces and photographs are storehouses of chorographical gestures which can be appropriated for purposes of conveying new kinds of feeling. Past art has the advantage of not being clearly connected with and firsthand experienced reality, and photographs, especially, for Bacon, when they are old and tattered from use, give us a secondhand reality, which with time seems a fantasy, and so can be emotionally exploited. The point, for Bacon, is to get distance from reality, so as to keep feeling pure and alert, charged with abstract power. This holds true for the reality of his own works, from which he tries to make the spectator keep his distance by framing them in gold and glass.

(3) Such framing is the major example of the homosexual's artificialism, which finalizes his estheticism. The way Bacon takes an appearance as "real" while knowing it is false is similar to Sartre's example of Genet's artificialism: the treatment of cut glass as a precious gem while knowing it is cut glass. Talking oneself into belief is crucial, to sustain the esthetic sensibility which is the foundation of emotional responsiveness in art. Bacon wants his framing method — as though a precious setting would make us think the art precious, i.e., believe in it — to create "distance between what has been done and the onlooker" and serve to "shut (the work) away from the spectator." It is better that it remain a mysterious symbol than indicate a familiar reality, or itself become one. The full import of the glass framing is that it creates a quasi-old-master look, doubly removing the work, in space as well as concept. This removal  the added distance  filters the feeling through with greater purity and power, as well as emphasizes that it is impossible for art to refer to anything beyond itself, i.e., that is not an appearance. Unwittingly, Bacon links up with modernism's self-reflexivity, but in terms of feeling rather than form. On the level of feeling as well as form art is sui generic.

In general, Bacon's art, to use Sartre's words, is "a compound of ceremonious politeness and aggressiveness." These qualities are the vital ones of the aphorism, with its symbolic overtones and peculiar way of turning what is seen or known into an emblem of what is felt, i.e., into an esthetic intuition. Walter Kaufmann writes that "aphorisms reflect the experimentalist's determination to remain unprejudiced by any system," i.e., by any final, fixed view of reality. The artist's insistence on appearance for appearance's sake, in Bacon's case correlated with an insistence on feeling for feeling's sake — a kind of final fling of romanticism — works through an aphoristic image which is a kind of experimentation for experimentation's sake.

Ironically, the sense of aphoristic image as a mode of experimentation with intuitions serves the purposes of realism admirably. For in trying, at all costs  even those that lead to the distortions of expressionism  to avoid becoming bound by any fact or ideology realism must become open-minded experimentation with appearances. It can never be satisfied that it has the final, certain, truthful appearance of reality. An experiment exists on the borderline between truth and falsehood. It is undertaken either to demonstrate some known truth or to test some suggested truth; in general, to confirm or disprove something doubtful. When sustained for itself, thereby becoming a mode of presentation in itself, the experiment  or aphoristic image  creates ambiguity about what is or is not the case and valid. Aphoristic experimentation thus becomes a way of penetrating reality without committing oneself to it. It is a way of charging appearances  apparent reality  without specifying the full import of the charge.

The aphoristic image thus has a highly irrational tone to it, regardless of the kind of emotion it does or does not express. Bacon's images are irrational not because they represent irrational emotions, but because in and of themselves, as experiments with appearance, they can say nothing substantial about reality yet they are intensely saying something. They are thus unfinished psychologically as well as perceptually. We cannot believe in them, although they communicate a sense of purpose to us. We can feel them, but we cannot say that what we feel is real. And that, ironically, is the state in which we exist in reality, testing and retesting our intuitions, but never finally certifying them as unconditionally objective, as definitely the case. Reality is never definitively what it seems to be, and for a realist to make this clear, as Bacon does, is a supreme achievement. Too much realistic imagery has tired to be definitive of reality, which has only caused it to dwindle into into a document, i.e., another datum, rather than become an indication of the possible subject-object truth about reality.

Bacon's aphoristic approach shoes us that reality is always in the process of being made into a symbol by the subject who perceives it. The subject persists in this process in order to release himself from reality's hold, and thereby uncover, in the abstract form of intuitions, the feelings it generates in him. This process of symbolization links up decisively with the homosexual aspect of Bacon's art: neither homosexual nor aphoristic penetration achieves ultimate possession of the object. Its reality is always discovered to be tuned away from one, and wherever one has entered it, one finds that one is facing a behind. One always has an obscene, exaggerated, yet radically incomplete and inconclusive relationship with it, and one finds it degenerating into an appearance which cannot reference anything but itself. One finds one's relationship with it degenerating into an artificial game. One remains intact relating to it, but frustrated, because one has established no reciprocity with it, and so gotten nothing from it. One has only released oneself toward it, in its direction; a release which, because it has not found its mark, seems undisciplined.

Bacon's portraits, in the end, communicate no sense of character  of the basic reality of the other, the represented person. And they can never do so, because they are simply fantasy appearances of the other. I disagree with Russell's reading of the portraits of Isabel Rawsthorne as "an acknowledgement of all that is staunchest and most generous in human nature," which are much too determinate character traits to get out of a Bacon portrait. Russell is probably speaking from his own acquaintance with her. Basically, I disagree just for the reason Russell himself believes contemporary portraiture is difficult, and finally incapable of communicating any self-same self, any "owned" self:

We disbelieve in the monolithic view of human nature; we are not awed  quite the contrary  by the trappings of power; we see human beings as flawed, variable, self-contradictory, subject to the fugitive and the contingent.

When Bacon does try to convey inner character  to satisfy the ideals of traditional portraiture  as in Study for Portrait III (After the Life-Mask of William Blake), 1955, he becomes pompous and dull, affected and melodramatic. Generally, he offers us no sense of firm being in these portraits. He shows them as stereotypically frenzied, almost manic and raw beings.

Bacon, if anything, achieves his realism in the portraits by destroying the identity of his subjects. He blurs it until it seems insecure, leaving vestiges of its familiar daily appearance in the details of a few features, which seem typical only because they are repeated as we move from image to image of the same subject. But these features are no more than exterior appearances, and say nothing decisive whatsoever about the characters of the selves depicted. Instead, what Bacon does is create, through his painterly technique, a sense of involvement with and within them  a generalized kind of momentum in them which we share perceptually. Within this context of fluid, generalized surface, possible identities emerge but are not confirmed, are asserted but do not last  are purely momentary illusions or possibilities of appearance. All have more or less the same mood. In sum, Bacon's painterly technique is the core of the aphoristic intuition of subjectivity he offers, for it makes the figural image abstract. Out of this abstraction, identities emerge as experimental possibilities, but none is finally true or factually clear, although all are symbolically valid, i.e., valid as emotionally charged appearances, undisciplined releases of instinct, and dissipations of the raw possibility of being alive.

 

 

 

 

Arts Review

 

 

Television

 

 

 

By TOM ENGLISH | ARTS REVIEW | THE BIRMINGHAM POST | MONDAY, DECEMBER 1, 1975

 

Watching Francis Bacon, one of the most controversial painters of our time, was a strange but salutary experience (Aquarius, ATV).

I had not intended to consider this programme; it was already there when I switched on and it held me to the end.

I cannot imagine anyone wanting one of Bacon’s pictures in the house. Like Paul Klee’s “A Girl Possessed” or Edvard Munch’s “The Scream,” they belong to big private or public collections where one may or may not wish to look at them.

They remind me of a butcher’s back-shop filled with sexually charged offal: they are repulsive and yet compelling, and one had wondered about the mind behind their creation.

As examples of his portraiture rolled by, I was struck by the number of almost terrifying self-portraits, undeniable but twisted likenesses of the artist. He painted himself, he said, for want of other models, but now two new ones have appeared on the horizon, both handsome, so no doubt there will be a change of face — less tortured, it is to be hoped.

Bacon’s is a strange face which sets one wondering; the uneven, filmy eyes, the slightly distorted mouth. But after a while it is the essential gentleness that prevails.

He spoke of the time spent thinking out subjects. “I’m not so much a painter as a person for whom chance and accident work,” he said. “I might make a film of all the images that have crowded into my brain — and which I haven’t used.

There was a dramatic moment when a studio lamp exploded, convulsively shocking this sensitive, Irish-born Protestant. “I thought it was the IRA,” he said.

 

 

 

 

The Velazquez Hippopotamus  

 

 

FRANCIS BACON. By Lorenzo Trucchi.

Translated from the Italian by John Shepley. 280 pages. Illustrated. Harry N. Abrams. $37.50.

 

 

By ANATOLE BROYARD | THE NEW YORK TIMES | AUGUST 26, 1976

 

“… the only possibility of renewal lies in opening your eyes and seeing the present-day disaster, a disaster which can't be understood but which must be permitted to come in because it is the truth.” The quotation is from Samuel Beckett, but it is used by Lorenza Trucchi to characterize the painter Francis Bacon, Like so many of Miss Trucchi's remarks in “Francis Bacon,” it is both melodramatic and apt. As she observes of Mr. Bacon in another place, “the human body has perhaps never said more, never expressed events more bleak, more tragic or pathetic, by its mere but violent presence.”

 

While many classical paintings distorted the human body in the pursuit of grace and beauty, just as many modern painters seem to distort it in the pursuit of anguish and ugliness. Anguish and ugliness are the “honesty” of modern art, an image of man in which his “authenticity” is valued above his vanity. One suspects that the truth—the psychological as well as the physical truth—lies somewhere between. Just as there are people whose ugliness might furnish Ivan Albright or George Grosz with the particular sort of inspiration they need, or those who could model for the anguish of Egon Schiele or some of Picasso's figures, there are also those who might have stepped out of the idealized canvases of Raphael, Ingres, Pontormo or El Greco.

‘Animal Primitiveness’

Miss Trucchi, who is a professor of art history, will not concede, however, that Mr. Bacon has renounced all hope of human beauty in his portraits. She speaks of the “ravaged” or “regenerated” beauty of his people. Quoting Edmund Husserl, she claims that they express “knowledge diverted from consciousness.” “It sometimes seems,” she rationalizes, “that Bacon's man reverts readily to a sort of animal primitiveness in revenge, so to speak, for millennia of metaphysical experiences that have often been incapable of allaying his gnostic and ontological fears.” “For Bacon,” she argues, “beauty is the expression of life in progress, formed by life, itself and carried to the highest pitch of enhancement when life bears down most intensely.” As she says of the painter himself, she too is more than willing to reach, in her word-painting, toward “discovery and risk.

“Truth almost always leads to scandal, knowledge to wisdom. It is in man, within his instincts, within his flesh; that Bacon creates his own scandal of truth.” Scandal is a good word for Mr. Bacon's figures. Never has humanity been so wrung out like a dishcloth, caught so flagrantly in making faces at itself. The bodies of many of Mr. Bacon's people Idok as if they were the victims of a violent sexual crime—but then that is not a bad description of the human predicament.

Mr. Bacon declared that he wanted “to paint like Velazquez but with the texture of a hippopotamus skin.” Our skins have thickened since Velazquez's time. One of Mr. Bacon's favorite subjects is crucifixion. “I haven't found another subject so far,” he explains, “that has been as satisfactory for covering certain areas of certain feeling and behavior.” “If I go into a butcher's shop,” he adds, “I always think it's surprising that I wasn't there instead of the animal.” This quality of surprise appears in his portraits, and helps to make them some of the most remarkable images in modern art. In an old French film whose title does not come to mind, a young man debates whether his personal style expresses a “poetic brutality” or a “brutal poetry.” One might ask the same question of the works in “Francis Bacon.”

Mechanism vs. Vitalism

Sometimes Miss Trucchi allows herself such flights that the reader feels that he has only an insecure grasp on a hangglider. Here is an example: “moving beyond the élan vital of Bergson, Bacon eliminates the contradiction between mechanism and vitalism by opting for a total psychophysical unity.” Here is another: “It follows that now the diagnosis is more categorical, ruthlessly applied to figures and the few objects and creating the feeling of a gelid and spectacular imperiousness. Bacon indeed achieves in his recent works a kind of epic, inverted but liberating. The era of great events and great figures is over, but at the center of his pictures man yet remains—nonhistorical and instinctive.”

It is not necessary, however, to take Miss Trucchi's word for Bacon, for the book is particularly rich in large reproductions, many of them in color and some in three-page foldouts. Here is Mr. Bacon for all to see, and while some of his heads resemble, with an uncomfortably literal closeness, people with glandular diseases, there are others that seem to go beyond Picasso's “Guernica” or any other modern painting, for that matter, in capturing the dishevelment of the human condition as it is fashionable to see it now. Miss Trucchi speaks of Husserl's “being there” as the essence of the human situation, and nobody is so drastically “there” as one of Mr. Bacon's men or women in a bed. His beds are slaughterhouses, or crucifixions, or both. The body's stark capacity, for exposing our vulnerability has never before with such force.

It is difficult to say what Mr. Bacon's people are suffering. Miss Trucchi has some enlightening and some inscrutable theories about this, but then, as Beckett suggested, human suffering may be inscrutable. After the philosophizing, there is still the fact of it. If you want to see this fact, if you dare, here it is, in all its rainbow colors in “Francis Bacon.”

 

 

 

 

Bacon

 

 

FENELLA CRICHTON | PARIS LETTER | ART INTERNATIONAL | VOLUME XXI/2 | MARCH-APRIL 1977

 

The spectator of contemporary art knows that he is almost certainly going to have to make a mental effort to analyse the intentions of the artist before he can perceive the work. The artist who ignores this premiss today does so at his peril, courting the danger of having his work dismissed as merely decorative, or "expressionistic". For the present generation particularly reared on the super-cool art of the past decade, the experience of looking at a painting by Francis Bacon is peculiarly alarming. Bacon's paintings suck up energy, and it is only when the spectator is emotionally sapped that he can begin to intellectualise the process–to define for himself what the painting has given out.  The process is exhausting, and all but the strongest sensibilities may become numb and dazed when when confronted by his work en masse. A further difficulty engendered by a large exhibition of Bacon is that he restricts himself to a very limited range of formats, and it becomes impossible to to avoid a certain monotony in formal terms. At the Galerie Claude Bernard, twenty of his recent paintings were hung in three separate irregularly-shaped galleries, which made it easier to confront each painting as an entity, undistracted by gestures which corresponded across the walls.

Bacon has spoken a great deal about the role of chance in his paintings, which he tells us is crucial. It is difficult to believe however that these paintings contain a single gesture accidently conceived. Even the substance of the figures, flayed until flesh and bone coalesce, are laid on in  powdery whiplashes of paint, placed with icy brilliance. The impression of flow is illusory throughout; the nameless pink blobs which flow out of the figures of a Triptych of 1972 have coagulated into contained pools, seen starkly on the smooth grey bareness of the ground. The greatest precision of all is demanded by the placing of the figure within the space it occupies. It is a crucial problem, on which the success or failure of these paintings depends, and it is one in which Bacon draws our attention to, continually and sometimes unwisely, through the use of his various emblematic devices.

The protagonists of Bacon's dramas require props and settings in order to convey the full potential of their existence. And Bacon equips them magnificently. Quite often his figures dispose themselves in relation to the utilitarian artifacts of plumbing systems. Their living flesh comes into contact with vitreous enamel, as they crouch on lavatories or fling themselves over the chasm of a basin supported on a curving pipe. Again and again he shows a naked light bulb suspended forlornly over the heads of his victims. Shadows are used only when they have a formal or dramatic part to play, as in the batlike shape which precedes the torso of a man emerging from darkness. In general the lighting is harshly even, so that the solitary occupants of the cell-like spaces are mercilessly exposed. Most often the space is enclosed, and curved to emphasise the fact, although sometimes the claustrophobia is partially alleviated by a black space opening out. Even the figure who swaggers down a flight of stairs has just emerged from a cell of darkness.

The implacable bleakness of these settings provides a grim backdrop for the grossly pathetic posturings of the figures within. If they are not hunched and tense, his figures confront themselves in violent movement. They indulge in frantic scrabblings prompted either by lust or a desperate desire to escape, or perhaps a combination of the two. Mirrors provide Bacon with a useful vehicle for sharpening our voyeuristic impulse to examine every detail of a man stripped of all protection. The reflection of his naked haunches robs the figure seated writing at his desk of any semblance of dignity suggested by his occupation. Francis Bacon presents us with a vision, dredged out of an immensely potent sense of alienation. And the means by which he conveys his thoughts and feelings become evermore horrifyingly acute.

 

 


 

Agony and the Artist

 

 

EDWARD BEHR | CARTER S. WISEMAN | PATRICIA W. MOONEY NEWSWEEK | 24 JANUARY 1977

 

For weeks the Parisian art world has been gearing up for the great day. French Minister of Culture Francoise Giroud will be there in company with other prominent government officials. So will the cream of le tout Paris and a legion of Europe’s top art critics. (One group of Italian critics and gallery owners plans to arrive in ii chartered jet.) To make sure things don’t get out of hand, the section of the narrow rue. des Beaux . Arts that runs in front of the Galerie Claude Bernard may well have to be closed to traffic an understandable precaution in view of the fact that the staff of the fashionable gallery is braced for, an onslaught of as many as 5,000 people within a matter of a few hours.

For any living painter to be the object of this kind of hub-bub is unusual. What will make this particular hubbub all the more remarkable is the fact that the occasion for it will be the opening this week of a six week showing of a selection of recent works by English artist Francis Bacon a man whose painting critics have variously described as “ nightmarish,” “grotesque” and “sadistic.”

And not without reason. One of Francis Bacon’s favorite themes is a human face – often his own caught as if at the instant of a nuclear holocaust. Another is a disembodied mouth, teeth bared in a scream. A third recurrent subject is a contorted nude figure retching into a bathroom sink in one version, nailed to a cot by a hypodermic syringe in another. Whatever the theme, the mood is one of stark isolation and the impact is always disturbing.

HIGH PRICED. Bacon’s grisly visions have outraged scores of critics and made devoted disciples of many others. And the furious controversy that has swirled around him and his paintings has helped make Bacon one of the world’s highest priced and most courted artists. One work by Bacon that sold in 1953 for a mere $85 is now valued at $171,000, and among the paintings on display in the Claude Bernard show will be a massive three panel work priced at $500,000. (A painting by jasper Johns that sold for $240,000 in 1973 holds the price record at Sotheby Parke Bernet for a living American artist.) When New York’s Metropolitan Museum of Art mounted a three month show of Bacon’s work two years ago, nearly 200,000 people flocked to see it.

Bacon’s road to such international renown and financial success has been neither short nor straight. Although his appearance is that of a man in his early 50s, he was born 67 years ago, the son of an English trainer of race horses in Dublin. (Some biographers have said that Bacon is a collateral relative of the Elizabethan philosopher Sir Francis, but the painter himself has never bothered to verify the claim.) By the age of 16, Bacon had become a wanderer: he spent most of his youth in Paris and Berlin, dabbling in the seamier sides of life and working intermittently as an interior decorator and furniture designer. Despite the fact that both the French and German capitals were humming with artistic experimentation at the time, Bacon recalls that he had little real interest in becoming an artist. “I regret not starting to paint earlier,” he says now. “It is one of the few things I do regret.”

It was not until World War II that Bacon, who by then had returned to Britain, got down to painting in earnest. Excused from his duties on a civil defense team because of asthma, he found himself with little to do and turned increasingly to art. Characteristically, he shunned any form of professional instruction and his early, work showed it. He managed to get individual pictures into group shows off and on for a number of years, but none attracted much serious attention. Only with his first, major one man show in 1949, when he was 40, did Bacon’s name begin to come up regularly in critical circles.

DEFIANT PURSUIT. What drew attention to Bacon then was his striking use of diverse, visual references to produce a style that resembled virtually nothing else that was happening in the art world at the time. While most mainstream artists in Europe and America plunged eagerly into abstraction and then pop, Bacon defiantly pursued his own brand of allusive realism. One reference that appears repeatedly in Bacon’s paintings of the 1950s is, the portrait of Pope Innocent X by the seventeenth century Spanish master Velázquez; in Bacon’s hands, Innocent frequently becomes a shrieking demon strapped to his throne.

Another of Bacon’s favorite references. during this period was the bloody face of the wounded governess who appears in Sergei Eisenstein’s epic film, “Battleship Potemkin.” A third source was a series of motion studies by English-born photographer Eadweard Muybridge,, whose nudes are transformed in Bacon’s early paintings into writhing, faceless victims of unknown agonies.

At first, many. critics condemned Ba¬con’s quasi realistic style as outdated and. his choice of subject matter was branded as sensational. (His reputation in the U.S. was not helped by his description of the work of pioneering abstract expressionist Jackson Pollock as “a lot of old lace.”) But despite all resistance, Bacon’s reputation continued to grow. In 1965, he was hailed by the influential English art critic John Richardson as “the first modem painter of international caliber that the British have produced.” A 1971 retrospective of 108 Bacon paintings at the Grand Palais in Paris was an overwhelming success. And the turnout for the 1975 show at New York’s Metropolitan Museum which seldom grants such an honor to a living artist constituted a triumph in a bastion of anti Bacon feeling.

EVEN MORE TORTURED. The show that opens in Paris this week includes 37 major works, many of which have never been shown publicly before. In addition to the $500,000 “Triptych” one of a series Bacon has done over the years in the traditional three panel form some of the most intriguing works on display are the portraits of George Dyer, a close friend of Bacon’s who died five years ago. Bacon insists that he dislikes using himself as a model, but there are also several self portraits in the show. “I have been reduced to doing a lot of them recently,” he says, “because all my friends are dead.”

In contrast to much of Bacon’s earlier work, many of the paintings at the Galerie Claude Bernard show a greater assurance in choice of color and line. The technique is no less striking, but it is subtler, even mellowed. What has not mellowed is Bacon’s choice of subject matter. His faces are less crude, but their expressions are no less agonized. The figures are more refined, but, if anything, they are even more tortured. There is no better illustration of this than the painting entitled “Three Figures and Portrait,” done in 1975. The left hand figure is bent double on his knees, his hands apparently tied behind his back as if to await execution. The neck is wrenched at an impossible angle and the vertebrae of his spine have been entirely stripped of flesh.

‘MAN IS AN ACCIDENT.’ If Bacon’s painted images leave any doubt about the persistence of his grim interpretation of human experience, his words do not. In an interview fourteen years ago with David Sylvester, a British art critic and personal friend, Bacon declared: “Man now realizes that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason.” In a talk with Sylvester only last year, Bacon said: “I think of life as meaningless; we create certain attitudes which give it a meaning while we exist, though they in themselves are meaningless, really.”

It is Bacon’s refusal or inability to abandon this litany of despair that has provoked most of the criticism of his work in recent years. In a review of the Metropolitan show, Hilton Kramer of The New York Times asserted that, in the wide open world of contemporary art, “to traffic in images of sexual violence and personal sadism is a good deal less shocking than, say, to be avowedly Methodist.” Prof. Rainer Crone of Yale University’s Department of Art History faults Bacon for not participating in any of the new technical developments of contemporary art. Bacon, argues Crone, “is still dealing with the issues that were relevant before or during cubism.” Even more bitingly, André Fermigier, art critic of Le Monde and one of France’s most influential writers on art, has admitted: “Personally, I find Bacon’s obsessions somewhat monotonous.”

A renegade from the outset of his career, Bacon has never set much store by other people’s opinions about art, whether his own or anyone else’s. He dismisses ,that durable favorite of the critics Joan Miró as “pleasing and decorative, but definitely lightweight.” He finds the current school of hyper realism “boring.” And he has little patience with criticism of his own work. In response to attacks on his fascination with grim subject matter, Bacon recently declared: “I’ve always hoped to put over things as directly and rawly as I possibly can, and perhaps if a thing comes across directly, people feel that is horrific. People tend to be offended by facts or what used to be called the truth.” Curiously enough, while American scholars and critics have proved to be some of Bacon’s most energetic opponents, American artists have provided him with some of his strongest support. Pop master Larry Rivers, who concedes that Bacon does some “very peculiar work,” nevertheless considers the Englishman “one of the best” of living artists. Another American who has high praise for Bacon is Jim Dine, a leading figure of the New York school of pop art. “There are only a handful of painters in the world whom I respect,” says Dine, “and I consider Bacon a great, great painter.” Andy Warhol, the man who enshrined the Campbell’s soup can and is now virtually an institution in the U.S art world, admits to paying Bacon the sincerest form of flattery. “I copy his color,” says Warhol, “and his skulls.”

Despite his conspicuous success, Bacon pursues a private life little changed from that of his Wanderjahre before the war. He occasionally shares a fiat with a friend in Paris and he owns a small country house near Colchester in Essex. But he spends most of his time in the familiar clutter of his London studio. The furnishings of the living area there include two battered sofas, a broken mirror and naked lightbulbs. The workroom, also lit by a bare bulb, is piled literally knee deep in torn photographs, art books, medical texts and assorted other detritus of Bacon’s craft.

‘MEMORY TRACKS.’ Bacon once explained the semi squalor of his quarters to Henry Geldzahler, the organizer of the Metropolitan show in New York, by saying that “the places that I live in … are like an autobiography. I like the marks that have been made by myself, or by other people, to be left. They’re like memory tracks for me.” For all the grim themes of his paintings, Bacon revels in witty and amusing company. But he seldom goes out on the town and when he does, the destination is likely to be Muriel’s, a London watering hole frequented by a mixed crowd that includes a sprinkling of Fleet Street journalists. He drinks heavily (champagne bottles tend to pile up around his works in progress) and on those occasions when he indulges in luxury outings to London’s better restaurants he tips outrageously and refuses to let anyone else contribute to the bill. Although discreet about details of his social life, Bacon makes no secret of the fluet that he is homosexual and occasionally jokes about the turbulence of his emotional affairs.

Although the massive amounts of cash paid for his paintings have not tempted Bacon to put a fresh coat of paint on his studio walls or even to add much to his two suit wardrobe, they have given almost free rein to his long time passion for gambling. In his early years in London, Bacon used to convert his Cromwell Place studio into a night time casino hilly equipped with a roulette wheel and a chemin de fer table. The artist himself served as croupier, and to hear him tell it, he made a bundle. “But,” he recalls, “as soon as one could travel after the war, I went off to Monte Carlo and lost the lot in two weeks.” The experience did little to cool his preoccupation with gaming and he continues to bet with enthusiasm. But his luck has apparently not changed significantly since the early days. “As an ex croupier,” he says, ‘I know how to gamble, but that’s never helped me much.”

“INTUITION AND LUCK.’ Perhaps more than anything else, Bacon’s devotion to gambling offers a clue to his refusal to abandon his own visions and join the mainstreams of contemporary art. In 1953, in a tribute to the British painter Matthew Smith, Bacon wrote that “painting tends towards a complete interlocking of image and paint, so that the image is the paint and vice versa. Here the brush stroke creates the form and does not merely fill it in. Consequently, every movement of the brush on the canvas alters the shape and implications of the image. That is why real painting is a mysterious and continuous struggle with chance” More recently, Bacon told David Sylvester that painting is “pure intuition and luck, and taking advantage of what happens when you splash the bits down.”

Bits of paint, chips, dice or cards. At the gaming table, ‘says Bacon, “I feel I want to wins but then I feel exactly the same thing in painting. I feel I want to win even if I always lose.” If the excitement surrounding the new show at the Galerie Claude Bernard is any indication, Bacon is riding a winning streak.

‘I Only Paint for Myself.’ On the eve of Francis Bacon’s major show at the Galerie Claude Bernard in Paris, European Regional Editor Edward Behr sat down with the artist for a wide ranging discussion of his life, his work, his critics and the contemporary art scene in general. Below, excerpts from their conversation:


BEHR: How do you account for the hostility your paintings arouse?

BACON: If I thought about what the critics said, I shouldn’t have gone on painting.

Q. But how do you feel about the critics who say you put too much emphasis on death and decay and angst? Self portrait, 1969: ‘Death is always with us’

A. To me that is so totally stupid. If one thinks of life, what is it? The inevitability of death is always with us, from birth onward. I don’t emphasize it. I accept it as part of one’s existence. One is always aware of mortality in life, even in a rose that blooms and then dies. I’ve never understood this aspect of criticism against me and I don’t, now, take any notice of it. It seems to me that the people who think in this way have never really thought about life. ‘One has only to turn to the great art of the past to Shakespeare, to the Greek tragedies to realize how much of it was concerned with mortality. I’m not interested in violence. During the Vietnam war there was more violence on American television every afternoon than there is in all of my work. I accept violence, yes, I accept it as part of one's existence.

Q. What about the so called morbid aspect of your paintings? Some say that you have even used anatomical books for inspiration.

A. There was this book, which I picked up at a second-hand bookstore in Paris a long time ago before I really began painting at all, that was about skin diseases in the early nineteenth century. It was hand colored and very beautiful. I’m allergic to turpentine and wear gloves when I’m painting. But nevertheless, I occasionally get rashes on my hands and their color is tremendously suggestive to me, not necessarily horrific.

Q. There’s also the charge leveled against you that you are a loner who has failed to influence anyone else.

A. True, I don’t know of any painter whose work interests me and in whose work I see any [of my] influence.

Q. Are there any young painters whom you find to be interesting?

A. Not at the moment, and I consider that an unfortunate thing.

Q. What does interest you as you survey the current art scene?

A. I have the feeling that something very remarkable will come out of the United States. As I’ve repeatedly said, I also feel that someone like Jackson Pollock is the most overrated artist. Americans are determined to make an American art that hasn’t been influenced by anything else. I’m not sure this won’t limit them in some way. Communication being what it is, why not accept the whole thing? I’m not interested in the abstract artists. I understand that this type of painting was a logical course to embark on. But it seems to me the subject matter in abstract art, no matter how far you take it and how far you destroy it, instantly seems to degenerate into a form of decoration. And just now figurative art is the most difficult and problematic thing. Many people are trying to return to it, but what are they returning to? They’re returning to illustration and hyper realism and what’s the point of that? It’s of no interest at all. I must say that to me pop art is more interesting than abstract expressionism and hyper realism, which are ridiculous and boring.

Q. Is there anyone among recent contemporary painters you admire?

A. I admire Marcel Duchamp. He explored things within his lifetime in a remarkable way. Though he wanted art that wasn’t art, he was the, most aesthetic, probably, of all artists of the twentieth century.

Q. Were you influenced by Duchamp?

A. It’s difficult to say. I have been influenced by practically everything from prehistoric artifacts onward. I have looked at everything. I am rather like a grinding machine through which everything has gone. And what comes out is what comes out. All visual things have always been of immense interest and assistance to me. How are the influences felt? One would have to know how the unconscious works.

Q. Have you ever been tempted to undergo analysis to find out how your unconscious works?

A. I don’t feel it would help me in my work and it wouldn’t help me otherwise. I’ve never had those problems in my life because I accept my problems.

Q. You’ve repeatedly described how at a certain point in your work, accident and irrationality actually take over, that you are, in effect, a medium through which the paintings actually happen. Are you also a medium in other respects, are you interested in the occult?

A. It’s perfectly true that I work hoping that chance and accident will just run for me. But I’m not interested in the occult nor do I believe in it. I’m a very rational person. I use my sensibility in painting. I don’t think I’m one of those gifted people. But I’ve looked at everything, and I think that I am profoundly critical and that out of my critical sense I’m able to use the accident that comes to me.

Q. In the past you used a number of key paintings the Cimabue crucifixion, the Velázquez portrait of Pope Innocent X as keys which unlocked some of your own visual experiences. But you have not done so in the last ten years. Why not?

A. Maybe it’s because I’ve absorbed them all and they’re beginning to make their own compost within me.

Q. When you were in Rome, I understand. you, did not. bother to see the original of Pope Innocent X. Why not?

A. I’m a very lazy person. When I see pictures even that I like I can’t. look, at them for long because I find that it’s afterward that they begin to work on me, that they unlock valves of sensation within me. It’s what I receive from them that counts.

Q. To what do you attribute the development of the: idea for the $.500,000 “Triptych” that is included in the Paris. show?

A. The center panel came to, me after’ I’d looked at photos of some Australian cricketers. Suddenly this, image, which was nothing like cricket, began to form itself. The head in the left panel happens to be someone I know.

Q. Everyone who writes about you notes how ‘much younger you look than you really are. Do you do anything to keep that way?

A. It’s a family thing, I think. We tend to look younger than we are. But apart from my mother, who lived to be 87, we also tend to die young. Do I consciously keep in shape? No, I don’t. I do a lot of’ standing, especially with the big canvases, and I like that. There are certain days when you feel the muscles are not going to work for you. I like living in an overheated atmosphere because for me that’s when brain and muscle come together. I’ve always drunk too much. I’m not a person who can sit down and relax. I’m always active in a sense. And work breeds work.

Q. Do you have any interest in your paintings when they’re finished?

A. I can’t believe my paintings are for people. I can only paint for myself. I try to give myself a kick. But I don’t know where my paintings are.
It used to be a real production line. They used to go to the Marlborough Gallery in New York and then they just went.. I didn’t want to see them again. The few I own are at the Paris showing; Living as I do, what am I going to do with them? I’m glad when they go.

Q. But don’t you care about people’s reactions to your work?

A. One’s always pleased when a few people one likes and whose opinions one respects happen to like one’s work or’ part of it. But otherwise I don’t really care, because I don’t think many people are interested in painting. Oh, yes,’ there’s a great interest in the financial side of it in painting as business, as a stock market, but very few people have any real, feelings about painting certainly not the critics.

Q. But surely you’re glad that your works is in the major museums around the world?

A. Except for a few people, it’s the only way the larger triptychs can be seen. Most people simply don’t have enough room for them.

Q. Would you like to see some kind of Bacon Foundation to house a permanent collection of Bacons after you’ve gone, as some other major painters have made provision for?

A. I don’t care. I find the profound vanity of these old men who try to immortalize themselves through foundations very boring. I hope there’ll be a foundation for the best of Picasso’s work, but they would have to be so carefully selected that I expect it’s out of the question.

I’m lucky, ‘since my work is not really liked and difficult to sell, to live my life by. something that obsesses me to try and do. I paint to please myself. I suppose I could have done other things. But it’s real luck to be able to earn something by doing what you obsessively feel you have to do.

 

 

 

Bacons contempt

 

 

EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH | LONDON ART REVIEW | EVENING STANDARD | THURSDAY JANUARY 5 1978 

 

FRANCIS BACON is unquestionably the most celebrated and the most prestigious of British painters. An exhibition of his work anywhere in the world is always a major artistic event.

In Paris and New York he has broken through the resistance to British art, and is fast approaching the status which was once accorded to Picasso himself.

Setting aside any twinges of chauvinism, this is interesting for two reasons. One is that Bacon seems to have aims which are very different from those of nearly all his contemporaries.

The second is that his reputation has increasingly started to come under attack here in England.

Currently Marlborough Fine Art are showing a small group of new works which offer an opportunity to re-assess what Bacon is up to and allow us to decide if the criticisms have any substance.

The pictures at the Marlborough are, as always, large figurative compositions. They show distorted figures in what seem to be interiors dreamed up by some mad decorator of the 30s, or else in bleak landscapes which might be borrowed from an Antonioni film.

There are a number of familiar propertiesfor example, the open umbrella which first appeared in one of Bacon's very earliest pictures, painted 30 years ago.

These suggest something already obvious: that Bacon inhabits a very restricted imaginative world.

He returns obsessively not so much to certain themes as to certain emotionshorror, anxiety, fear.

These emotions are presented in a manner which owes more to the old masters and less to the discoveries of the modern movement than one would find in the work of any other contemporary painter of comparable stature, with the single exception of Balthus.

Many interpretations have been given to the series of variations on Velázquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X which Bacon painted some years ago. But there is no doubt that one of the things he took over from his 17th century model was a kind of unabashed baroque grandeur.

He has been in love with this quality ever since, and the paintings now at the Marlborough are as much in search of it as ever.

Why does Bacon feel impelled to link this grandeur to the most ignoble themes he can find? There is a defiant image here of a figure being wretchedly sick into a washbasin which is Bacon at his most typical.

Two explanations are usually offered. One is that Bacon is a savage critic of a hideous world. The work which made his reputation, the Three Studies For A Crucifixion (now in the Tate) was after all an oblique indictment of the atom bomb.

The other is that the great artist can turn anything into art.

I am not sure I find either of these completely acceptable. The grand manner put at the service of deliberate squalor needs more justification than that.

What emerges from Bacon's late paintings is a contempt for the audience which is also, perhaps, the painter's contempt for himself.

Can art as great as Bacon's is supposed to be, base itself upon a sneer?

.

Francis Bacon Marlborough Fine Art, 6 Albemarle Street, W1. Open Mon-Fri 10am-5.30pm. Admission free. To January 22.

 

 

     

                                                                      BACON at a Paris exhibition a year ago.

 

   

 

 

Convulsive

 

 

By JOHN McEWAN | ART | THE SPECTATOR | 7 JANUARY 1978 

 

For some years Frank Auerbach has tended to be presented as Francis Bacon's protégé, and now again they are paired in an exhibition of their recent work at the Marlborough (till 20 January). One way and another there can be no English painter of the post-war period who has not been influenced by Bacon, and Auerbach is no exception. In fact he has undoubtedly been more directly influenced than most, being a longstanding friend quite apart from anything else, but, except in his studies of reclining figures, there is little of this influence to be seen in his work. Bacon's idealism, his tastes in painting, even his clogged studios, are all things shared to some degree by Auerbach, but these things should not detract from Auberbach's achievement in withstanding the competition on this occasion.

The paint in Auberbach's earlier work was so constantly applied that the final encrustation qualified as sculptural relief. Today his method is no less painstaking but whereas before he continually overpainted he now scrapes off. This process is merely a measure of his own dissatisfaction and may continue in certain paintings for as long as two years. The final image, though guided by these previous failures, will have been completed as usual in a single session, the paint brushed, fingered, wiped and even squirted straight from the tube on to the canvas in a crisis of spontaneous effort. By these arduous means he hopes to 'celebrate the truth after having exhausted the stock of lies,, as one might find oneself telling the truth after a quarrel.'

As before, Auerbach paints what is most familiar to him. The same people if possible, the same cityscapes always. Primrose Hill, Mornington Crescent, views of Camden near where he works.

Even when he substitutes Rimbaud's portrait for the mural surmounting the chancel of a baroque church, the interior is specific not imaginary. His views are no less so. A night study of Primrose Hill will have entailed numerous on site sketches at night, though the final oil painting will be done at the studio. This does not mean that the trees and colours will be naturalistically reproduced, but the canvas will only be abandoned, the truth celebrated, when it conveys a satisfactorily precise experience of the place, a place viewed from a particular point at a particular time. These details are also worth emphasising because, just as Auerbach is distractingly associated with Bacon, he is no less erroneously called an expressionist artist, though his colour is not symbolically emotive, nor are his brushstrokes psychological deliberations.

These paintings are his most free and expansive to date. The view of Primrose Hill seen from below the overhang or against the zig-zag of branches, and even flying birds, lose nothing of their spaciousness through the grip of such structural devices; the most disparate strokes and colours when viewed in isolation successfully combined in his challengingly angled portraits; and both the Rimbaud paintings are particularly successful, one of them echoing Sickert at his most sumptuous.

Both Auerbach and Bacon are scheduled to have retrospectives, Auerbach at the Hayward in the summer and Bacon at the Royal Academy in 1980. Then, with the benefit of seeing comparative developments, will be the time to discuss 'their work in greater detail. This applies especially to Bacon who can hardly be discussed in terms of the relatively new half-dozen or so paintings in the back gallery at the Marlborough. This is not to belittle Auerbach's achievement in holding his own in the front galleries, merely to keep things in proportion. On the basis of this limited sample Bacon is not as powerful as formerly. Male nudes, frustrated by their own convulsive energy, hold the centre of the stage, but while the shadows are oddly green and the pastel provides a feverish glitter, there is a feeling of lassitude. Volume and points of significance continue to be denoted by diagrammatic circles and arrows, the potency of the central figure dissipated by marginal props and activities. In the large 'Triptych', the big brother figures are relatively conventional, the background a view of the sea. Two distant horsemen come trotting out of Gauguin to the rescue. These are still grand enterprises, but for that beauty of the mutual antagonism of opposites which Bacon holds so dear, the small triptych of a head hidden away round the corner is the answer.

 

 

 

ART: 13 New Works By Francis Bacon

 

 

 

By VIVIEN RAYNOR | THE NEW YORK TIMES | FRIDAY, MAY 30, 1980 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON'S 13 new canvases at the Marlborough Gallery (40 West 57 Street) show him pretty much as he appeared at the Metropolitan Museum of Art five years ago. That exhibition impressed the British artist, who had shown here only twice before, on the American consciousness and, accompanied by some repetitive personal publicity, cleared away some of the mystery clinging to him.

 Interviews presented Mr. Bacon as a cool personality who believes that great art is not made by egalitarianism but by "the suffering of people" and the differences between them. He described his own uneasy childhood as the son of a Dublin race horse trainer, growing up in the England of World War I and in Ireland during the Sinn Fein rebellion. He spoke of his dislike for his father, his early initiation into homosexuality and his lack of formal education and art training. His adult life began at around the age of 16, when he ran away with a man to Berlin, a city he found as violently emotionally as Ireland had been militarily.

Some of Mr. Bacon's statements were tinged with camp, such as the one about not caring to live in the country because he hated "to hear those things singing out there in the morning." But there was no mistaking the sincerity of his gambler's interest in danger and in the "life-enhancing" aspects of death and decay.

The artist's figures, which usually are derived from photographs, seem neither dead nor alive, but in some transitional state. Often, they are contorted as if in self-disgust, waiting alone or in pairs in airless chambers, where the harsh light casts ambiguous shadows. The major work at Marlborough is a triptych nearly 15 feet long containing four characters. The two in the middle panel are engaged in non-specific sexual combat on a pale blue, roughly circular bed in a tangerine-colored room of the same shape; the other characters repose on either side on trestle-shapes of unpainted canvas against an orange background. Except that they seem to be waiting their turn, the figures recall Michelangelo's personifications of night and day on his tombs for the Medicis. There are extra curves in one of the central figures that could be interpreted as female, but more likely this is an all-male enterprise, as usual.

The picture is a shining example of the artist's unique blend of beauty and squalor. Combing into a single, unshapely mass of grisly flesh, the two protagonists, one with mouth open in the familiar Baconian scream, slog it out  among pillows and discarded newspapers. A massive black rectangle behind the bed and a frame of black lines around it complete the composition, adding considerably to its scale.

Both reclining attendants are clad in white briefs, and parts of their bodies are blackened. Punctuating the back of the figure on the left is a long flesh wound, while the man on the right has a thin streak of yellow curving out from the knee of one bent leg, across the orange ground, to the foot of the other.

Such accents - arcs and ellipses that are linear or filled with color - are a feature of Mr. Bacon's art; they activate blank spaces and make the action even more cryptic. The spurt of thick paint with which the painter has so frequently "defaced" his figures, is virtually absent from this show except in the canvas titles "Two Seated Figures." Here, it defiles the white wall behind two seated men who wear identical brown-black hats and coats - a canvas reminiscent of the artist's starker style. Other surface embellishments are the hatching of fine lines in bright red or blue with which Mr. Bacon "combs" faces and hands.

The artist draws figures primitively and is given to rhetorical whiplash gestures of paint. But as a designer, a colorist and a master of forgettable Fuseli-like images, he can be superb. Now 70 and probably Britain's grandest painter, he does not, understandably, project the sadomasochistic fervor of his more self-destructive years. Nevertheless, it is unlikely that he will ever be called upon to paint any royal portraits. (Through June 7.)

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 MARLBOROUGH GALLERY

 

 JEANNE SILVERTHORNE | REVIEWS | NEW YORK ART FORUM | VOL. 19, NO. 2 | OCTOBER 1980
 

The thing about Francis Bacon is that he’s an original. Who knows where he gets his bizarre notions of space or anatomy? Why are his people’s faces interrupted by floating discs that sometimes rest in places (where they act as natural sockets) but often don’t? What about those omnipresent shadows? Why does a naked man lock a door with the key held between his toes?

Actually, the last question is answerable, or at least discussable. The acrobatic doorman is a perfect example of Bacon’s economy, here in the service of narration. The balletic sweep of leg compresses the fact of locking out the descending figure on the other side of the door with the impression of kicking him out. Is the banished one a lover or bill collector? Hard to say. The crumpled paper on the floor could be a billet-doux, a Dear John note, or a reminder of accounts due (there are many illegible communiqués scattered throughout these canvases). Ii doesn't matter because every lover in a Bacon scene is also a creditor, a taxman come to take something away—a pound of flesh, probably. Triptych—Studies of the Human Body conveys the idea that any coming together (central panel) is so violent that the participants must separate (end panels) to lick their wounds, flesh scooped out to reveal a rawness. Which brings us back to the subject of those floating discs. At first glance, Bacon's faces and bodies seem to contain the normal amount of mass, but distorted, pushed this way and that; in fact, he detaches hunks which leave these holes or eclipses and then rubberizes what's left.

Everything costs. Movement interests Bacon (Muybridge is invoked), but it's pricey, so every sum spent on it must stretch. The door being locked seems to have just been slammed as well because of an incomplete oval, the corner's tail of its swing, as economic in its expenditure of means as the curves denoting a windy day in a comic strip. In a scuffle, arms or legs will be lost, their attrition camouflaged by the smooth union between remaining partssee The Wrestlers after Muybridge, for instance. Figure in Movement is even more to the point. Whereas Muybridge adds one unit to the next to depict motion, Bacon subtracts. The somersaulting creature in this painting rounds himself into an extended fetal knot, but the juncture where his head and shoulders were at the beginning of the tumble is depicted as a void; quite simply, one has a sense that the new position has been achieved by ripping it out of the old. In other words, while Muybridge, with his succession figures, argues that there is a new self growing out of the old for each passing moment, Bacon argues that there is but one and its passage into the future, into the next move, can occur only at the cost of its erasure from the past.

Movement may be costly, but as long as  you're paying you know you're alive. The alternative Portrait of Muriel Belcher, the single completely immobile subject in this show, and as the only woman very much the "other," is given the liniment of a sphinx, a being about whom Oscar Wilde wrote: "Inviolate and immobile she does not rise, she does not stir. For silver moons are naught to her and naught to her the suns that reel." This is a stillness unto death.  No wonder Bacon's other figures, even when seated, fidget enough to seem in transit. They maybe stymied, but their not dead.

Bacon's productions are decidedly sphinxlike. Words shatter on impact when launched against his impervious paintings. Maybe those scraps of incomprehensible letters are the Babel-like debris of his bombardment. Despite all the explications, mysteriousness seeps back in under the edges of these portraits and studies; they remain a riddle. By now Bacon has called off his famous search for the perfect painting, but the oeuvre is no less immutable, remaking itself, like his characters, oblivious to what it's done before or what it will do again.

 

 

 

Bacon's Furies

 

 

Interviews with Francis Bacon 1962-1979 edited by David Sylvester 
Thames and Hudson, 176 pp, £4.95, October 1980, ISBN 0 500 27196 8

 

ROBERT MELVILLE | LONDON REVIEW OF BOOKS | VOLUME 3 NUMBER 6 | 2 APRIL 1981

 

In the preface to his new edition of montaged interviews with Francis Bacon, David Sylvester draws our attention to what has become the last section of the fifth interview. Altogether, there are seven interviews but Sylvester considers the end of the fifth to be the most illuminating passage in the book: ‘I always think of myself not so much as a painter but as a medium for accident and chance … I think perhaps I am unique in that way; and perhaps it’s a vanity to say such a thing. But I don’t think I’m gifted. I just think I’m receptive.’

Bacon is, of course, thinking of his unique hit-and-miss co-operation with the fluidity of oil paint. The American painter Philip Guston had a not dissimilar intention when he was practising Abstract Expressionism: he said he had in mind the late self-portraits of Rembrandt and hoped that a face might one day emerge from the brushstrokes. The day never came. Perhaps when handling the brush he should have held a photograph in his other hand.

I’m sure Bacon wouldn’t like the word, but I don’t think it would be unreasonable to describe him as a virtuoso. His knowledge of the marks which different quantities of paint on different sizes of brushes are likely to make on the canvas under different pressures and movements of the hand must be immense and the skill with which he transforms mischance into revelation is a gift, a natural endowment.

He himself speaks of an accident which he has preserved without alteration and which appears to have a built-in intention. It is in one of the side-panels of a triptych of a man in three stages of a hangover; in this panel he is being sick over a wash-basin. Bacon says that at the very last moment he flicked his brush at the canvas and a splash of white paint went onto the dark background. To get it off, he would have had to scrape it with a knife, then scrub the background and repaint it. He just left it. It reads as a splash of vomit that has rebounded off the wash-basin and flung itself over the man’s shoulder.

There is another, earlier work called ‘After Muybridge: Woman Emptying Bowl of Water and Paralytic Child on all Fours’ (1965), in which a white splash plays a crucial part. Both figures are perched on a narrow circular rail high above the ground, as if they sometimes have an audience. The child is crawling carefully round the rail. The hag of a woman is perilously balanced to fling out the water, which wanders in a curving ribbon out of the picture. The splash of white paint has been aimed at the woman and has blinded her in one eye. It is unlike any other passage in the painting. It has a kind of joyous freedom and is positively lyrical. The two figures are richly painted and are dazzling examples of painterly animation, adding a lovingly sadistic excitement to the distorted forms.

Bacon now repudiates the screaming Popes, which he based on the Velasquez Pope Innocent X, with the scream of the nursemaid from Eisenstein’s The Battleship Potempkin inserted into the face. No less than eight versions are reproduced in the book, and several pages later, Munch’s The Scream is reproduced but not mentioned either by David Sylvester or Francis Bacon. Its relevance to Bacon’s screamers as a precursor is ignored. Instead, David Sylvester says: ‘One thing that’s clear is that you’re not concerned in your painting to say something about the nature of man, in the way that an artist like, say, Munch was.’ ‘I’m certainly not. I’m just trying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can. I don’t even know what half of them mean ... I’m probably much more concerned with the aesthetic qualities of a work than, perhaps, Munch was.’ Munch’s treatment of sky and water in the background of The Scream was superb, but the picture is primarily a remarkable psychological document and is not among his most beautiful works. Francis Bacon’s implication that his own works are of a higher aesthetic value than Munch’s is both arrogant and absurd.

During the last two or three years he has disclosed a tendency to dispense with the kind of brushwork he attributes to accident and chance. In the past, these accretions have obviously enriched his matière. One of the recent paintings looks like an attempt to transcribe a dream. It’s a study of a male nude demonstratively turning the key in a door with his foot. It reminds me of that well-known leg outstretched to kick the dog in Millais’s Isabella.

It was Bacon’s turn to portraiture in the early 1960s, making studies of the faces of actual people, that brought about the most radical transformation of his brushwork, its most drastic turns and twists. It was by this means that he hoped to bring out hidden likenesses, and although the outcome often looked extremely brutal, as if he were destroying the last shred of dignity in some of his closest friends, the effects could be awe-inspiring. He has been obsessed by a few faces for nearly twenty years – the faces and sometimes the entire figures of a tight inner circle of sitter/friends – intent on remaking the image and penetrating many levels of feeling.

It is noticeable that Surrealism is scarcely mentioned, although accident and chance were being endlessly discussed by the Paris group at a time when Bacon was only making furniture. Duchamp’s name comes up a couple of times. There is no reference to Breton, yet his ‘beauty will be convulsive or cease to be’ is far more relevant to Bacon’s art than Duchamp’s readymades, or his moustache for the Mona Lisa. It was relevant when Bacon made his first important painting, ‘Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion’. This is dated 1944, but was worked on for several years. It is dependent on drawing and has none of the painterliness that characterises so much of his later work. Bacon says the three figures are the Eumenides – that is to say, the Erinyes, avengers of murder within the family. He also says they were influenced by the fantastically-rearranged anatomies of beach girls drawn by Picasso at Cannes in 1927. The beach girls are deliciously comic, the Bacon figures have been brought to a state of convulsion by their hysterical ferocity. They remain as powerful as ever. They will always have to be reckoned with in any account of Bacon’s career. One of the figures is supported by a stool, another stands behind a pedestal. They are the earliest examples of his use of furniture or invented constructions, which have been features of his work ever since. The third figure rests its only arm on a curious fragment of grass. In 1978, the subject of one of his pictures is a patch of grass enclosed in a transparent box with a cloudy lid. Sylvester remarks that the grass has an extraordinary animal energy. I agree with him. Its texture suggests a sort of silky harshness like the fur of a wild beast.

The last reproduction in the book is ‘Figure in Movement’, and, to use Bacon’s own word for it, it is very concentrated. It brings to mind Picasso’s comical ‘Swimming Woman’, painted two years after the beach girls, and for me brings Bacon’s creative adventure full circle.


 

 

Fishy

 

By JEFFREY BERNARD | LOW LIFE THE SPECTATOR | 16 MAY 1981

 

 

I didn't know Bernard Walsh who owned Wheelers at all well, but when I heard that he'd died this week I naturally started to think about the branch in Old Compton Street which has played such a big part in my life, as it has to so many people addicted to Soho. As far as I'm concerned Wheelers is Old Compton Street and all the other branches are mere imitations. The reason for this is twofold, My mob go there more for the ambience and because of the staff than for the actual food and I'd like to point out, lest anyone think I'm trying to do a Taki, that in all the hundreds of visits I've made there, about nine times out of ten I've been taken as somebody's guest.

When I was a teenage bum and layabout, it was one of my pathetic ambitions to go to Wheelers, and I can still remember, so much did it impress me, my first visit there. I was taken by Tony Hubbard who was a Woolworth heir and someone I went to prep school with. At that time he'd just successfully cut a swimmer's foot off with the propeller of his motorboat on the Riviera and had, by so doing, earned himself a place in The Guinness Book of Records, having had to shell out about £50,000 in damages. Quite a considerable sum of money in those days, I'm told.

In those early days I thought it all terribly posh. It's not and although it's terribly expensive, a very mixed bunch go there and the staff certainly put up with some strange behaviour. Peter Jones the conductor, Arthur, Bert, Charles, Ken, Tim, Henry on coats and John behind the bar are an excellent band. The three people I used to go to Wheelers with most frequently were Alan Rawsthorne and Frank Norman and Francis Bacon. Alan and his wife Isabel were marvellous to have lunch with, and the lunch that sticks out most in my mind was pretty typical of Alan's dry wit. Very young I was, and trying to show off a little, I told Alan I didn't think much of Szigetti. 'Oh dear,' he said. 'Why, what's wrong?' I asked. 'Well, I've just dedicated a sonata to him,' he answered.

Out of the countless times Francis Bacon has taken me there, two lunches are memorable for what he said. On one occasion, during a lull in the general conversation, he asked me loudly, 'Now that you've lost your looks what are you going to do?' As you may imagine, that broke the entire place up. But more memorable was the time he asked me — again in a natural quiet, the entire restaurant with their feet in the trough — 'Who would you most like to fuck in the entire world?' My brain raced thinking of the Cyd Charisse legs and the Loren face and I said, 'Oh Christ, I don't know. What about Monica Vitti? It's impossible. Anyway, what about you?' He thought for a moment and said, 'Out of everybody in the world I think I'd rather fuck Colonel Gadaffi than anyone.' Four American tourists at a nearby table immediately got up and left.

Now, you may not be aware of it but Wheelers do a very good takeaway service. I remember being with Frank Norman late one night in the Stork Club when he was sick over a hostess. She screamed, poor cow, and someone rushed over and said, 'What's that?' Cool as ever, Frank replied, 'That's a lobster thermidor.'

Of course the greatest nutter ever to grace Wheelers was the greatest eccentric and sometime actor, Dennis Shaw. He was barred for the umpteenth time once and thought he'd get his own back. One Friday night, after they'd put the dustbins out, he dragged one into the packed restaurant and tipping it out he shouted, 'This is what you're all eating with sauce TARTARE!'

Although quite a few of the customers have been mad, they did actually have a mad employee there once — a Cypriot doorman. He'd go round the corner to the betting shop for me and put on bets and then he'd come back and blurt out — particularly if I was having lunch with someone I was feigning reliability and respectability to — 'Lester Peegott he get stuffed.'

I can't bring myself to be as nice as I'd like to be about Wheelers. You know what happens when you recommend a place, suddenly it's full of ghastly, respectable bloody businessmen and that would never do. It's just right as it is. Now I must pop along there and see if they've got a tip for today.

 

 

 

 

Art; FIGURATIVE PAINTERS IN YALE SHOW

 

 

By VIVIEN RAYNOR | THE NEW YORK TIMES | NOVEMBER 29, 1981

 

 

NEW HAVEN IT looks as if the current swell in representational art is here to stay for a while. And, to judge from Eight Figurative Painters, at the Yale Center for British Art, the situation is much the same on the other side of the Atlantic.

Nevertheless, this show which, after closing here on Jan. 3, moves to the Santa Barbara Museum of Art in California, is not a parade of hot young talents. Far from it: These are seasoned painters around the age of 50 except for two who are in their early 70's. All are well known in England but only Francis Bacon (one of the septuagenarians) has a major international reputation. The others, except for Lucian Freud and Frank Auerbach, both of whom have soloed in New York City, will most likely be strangers to the American audience.

Organized by Andrew Forge, dean of the Yale School of Art, the exhibition is neither a survey nor a sampling of a movement but is, rather, a selection of painters the curator considers to be remarkable. ''There is nothing quite like them anywhere,'' he states in the catalogue's preface. ''They must be seen in this country now, when discussions of figurative issues are running in full gear.''

What determines the successful export of a style remains mysterious but almost certainly political and economic ascendency has as much to do with it as ideals held in common. Aside from that, it seems improbable that these artists will make much of a dent here. Approximate counterparts for them already exist, for one thing; their concerns are too closely connected with recent English art history, for another. Other than that, evidently, spontaneity in realism is as hard to attain there as here, the Eight's message seems to be that nothing much has changed since the mid-50's. The taste for common-sense representation has not diminished and, as before, there is room in this tradition for eccentricity, some of it expressionistic. Dominating everything is a sense of cautious, wellread intelligences at work, all of whom are closely involved with each other socially.

Identifying Francis Bacon and Sir William Coldstream as the exhibition's ''linchpins,'' Mr. Forge postulates a line running between the extremes their work represents and says that everything else can be related to it. In actuality, the balance of power is in Sir William's favor - and rightly so, if only because of the enormous influence he has wielded as co-founder of the Euston Road School, in 1938, and as a professor at the Slade School of Art from 1949 to 1975.

Chances are, though, that American viewers will find this power mystifying, for Sir William is anything but a magnetic painter. He is given to outlining his stolid portraits and nudes with many dark, thin strokes and to constantly checking and rechecking their placement with small dots and crisscrosses. He leaves this structure visible under and between dabs of dry, thin color as if to proclaim the honesty of his intent. Only in a still life and a view of Westminster does the artist relax from what Mr. Forge calls ''the passionately controlled mapping of interval.''

A more naturalistic painter, Patrick George is closer to the Impressionistic style of Walter Sickert, though he hints occasionally at Francis Bacon's grand architectural space. A mid-50's study of a pregnant woman in bed, the rest of the room reflected in a mirror behind her, is quite beautiful, as are the later studies of houses with windows that seem to quote Mondrian. But in the later landscapes, the Coldstreamian geometry has tightened its grip and the impression is of a Lake-poet sensibility trapped in a system for viewing nature.

Michael Andrews, who shows no recent work, has moved from an Expressionism not unlike Francis Bacon's in his Van Gogh period to compositions involving Giacometti-like figures collaged to silkscreened backgrounds of buildings lit up at night. In between, there is some good bravura painting, notably in a bar scene where Francis Bacon and Lucian Freud are among the customers, and in a straight early portrait of a boy standing in a doorway.

Leon Kossoff's muted, heavily impastoed canvases deal with crowds -in the London Underground and a swimming pool - as well as portraits and figures. Unlovely though they are, the pictures are well organized and rhythmically executed. So are Frank Auerbach's works, which are so heavily encrusted that they can sometimes only be read at a distance - the reclining figure, for instance, that is but a few dabs of chrome yellow and pink emerging from a dark gray background.

The king in this department is, of course, Francis Bacon, with a selection of heads and figures from the last 30 years. Conveying his agony as suavely as ever, Mr. Bacon nonetheless comes across here as a marvelous colourist, with his carnal reds, liturgical purples and grays that speak of decomposing matter.

Finally, there is Lucian Freud, a grandson of the great doctor who came to England at the age of 12. Mr. Freud once practiced a Germanic Magic Realism, producing portraits of such notables as Mr. Bacon. The technique is now more naturalistic, but the Surrealist mystery remains, as in the portrait of the artist's aged mother lying down, her freckled skin mimicked by the pattern of her dress. Preoccupied also by sexual anatomy, Mr. Freud shows one study of a female viewed from the reproductive end, another of an aggressively naked, redheaded man with legs spread and one hand grasping a live rat.

Except for the vertigo-inducing catalogue essay by Lawrence Gowing, it's as if England had never been buffeted by Neo-Dada, Abstract Expressionism or Conceptualism.

 

 

 

 

INTERVIEWS WITH FRANCIS BACON 1962 1979

 

 

 

KELLY WISE | BOOKS | ART FORUM | VOLUME 20, NUMBER 5 | JANUARY 1982

 

David Sylvester's Interviews with Francis Bacon presents a portrait of a tough-minded artist, a man who is father-conflicted, compulsive, driven to surpass himself, productive in spite of (or perhaps because of) his cynical world view. In the preface, Sylvester suggests that the seven interviews spanning 17 years from 1962 to 1979 form an extended dialogue. That is a prodigious claim, and while Sylvester has elicited the kind of candid information from Bacon that one can only elicit from a long-standing friend, the control and wit in this collaborative effort are clearly Bacon's.

Carefully preserving the artist's distinctive "turn of phrase," Sylvester has altered the sequence of the responses and edited the interviews into a unified and intriguing statement, enhanced by over 1oo black and white illustrations. Over the years, Sylvester has taken pains to map out a strategy that leads Bacon into deeper and deeper revelations about his art. The resulting conversation communicates the exhilaration and detached despair of Bacon's life, but, unexpectedly, it is communicated without pretense or conceit.

Bacon assaults life as he assaults figuration in his art. He abhors abstraction, as well as the banal, the predictable, or mere illustration of visual fact. "What I want to do is to distort the thing far beyond the appearance," he explains, "but in the distortion to bring it back to a recording of the appearance"which is, for him, a new and more vivid representation. Occasionally he works from a photograph but never from a sketch or a live model. (He is loath to practice before his subjects "the injury that I do to them in my work.") When Sylvester observes that the grotesque side of Bacon's portraits may reveal ambivalence towards the subjects, Bacon deflects the notion as though it were a faulty serve. Bacon's eye is penetrating, restless. He is dedicated to the creation of images that he himself  may not understand, but whose potency depends upon working "as closely to the nervous system as one possibly can." Critics may pull their chins and fabricate whatever explanations they wish about his odd and shifting figures or about the transparent walls and boxes within his paintings, but such critics mistake his point. His work is not predicated upon a literary or philosophical system.

Like a Samuel Beckett slogging through a sorry existence, Bacon is smitten by a sense of absurdity. His world view is relentlessly bleak. Life is pure accident: man's lot is futile. He recounts an incident from his youth: "I remember looking at a dog shit on the pavement and I suddenly realized there it isthis is what life is like. Strangely enough, it tormented me for months, till I came to, as it were, [accept] that here you are, existing for a second, brushed off like flies on the wall." Art, Bacon contends, is merely a game of protective distraction, a gamegiven the death of God in modern timeswhose ante is quadrupled.

As he has grown older, Bacon has forced himself to greater creative freedom. He is fascinated with "marks that are made quite outside of reason." He details the necessary risks involved in addressing the visual unknown. To sling a gob of paint at a finished or nearly finished painting and to leap after that gesture in a frenzy of invention is to cast oneself grandly to chance. (Bacon would not live otherwise). Yet he acknowledges that some fine paintings have been sacrificed by his method, that even though traces remain upon his memory of their unblemished states, the particular spirit of these paintings can never again be captured.

"I've always hoped in a sense to paint the mouth like Monet painted a sunset," Bacon admits. There are other obsessions: the inverted cruciform Christ and Diego Velasquez's Pope Innocent X: strange obsessions for a committed atheist.  The artist also cites his admiration for Rembrandt, Sergei Eisenstein, Nicolas Poussin and Henri Michaux. But is is Eadweard Muybridge and Michelangelo who are mixed forever in his mind. However, be believes that the greatest images of art are found not in painting or film but in sculpture. What makes one skilful artist seem superior to another, he argues, is simply "the critical sense". He believes that the elements of form forged by chance possess a coherent inevitability. And he regards himself not so much gifted as "receptive." He even offers an opinion on friendship: it should be abrasive, for in tearing one another apart, some profound learning may take place.

Bacon appears unafraid of any part of himself. The roulette he plays is for outrageous stakes. His paintings stand upon the lively invention of his figures. As he asserts, in them "the beauty of paint" is secondary. His work continues to magnetize because it is true unto itself and authentic in structure. These searching interviews testify to the artist's bold intention.

KELLY WISE

 

 

 

 

Bringing in the Bacon

 

 

LONDONER'S DIARY | THE STANDARD | FRIDAY, NOVEMBER 19 1982

 

 

ALEXANDER RUSSELL, 24-year-old son of film director, Ken Russell, is among those whose works will be auctioned next week at the Fischer Fine Art Gallery to raise money for the London Contemporary Dance Theatre. He has sent me this intriguing photograph of himself which he took himself with a tripod and timer. He suggests "Self-portrait as madman" for the title.

Russell Jnr, a painter who lives in Hampshire because "there's more room to work down there," also works on a nature reserve "to get some money." His painting, he explains, is "very influenced by Francis Bacon."

"I met him through my father and I know him quite well. He likes some of the drawings."  The fact that the notoriously elusive Bacon is expected to put in an appearance at the auction is surely an indication of his enthusiasm for his young acolyte's work.

Others who have given work include Shirley Russell, Alexander's mother and Ken's ex-wife, who has donated some of her designs from films like Reds and The Music Lovers. Photographer Anthony Crickmay has given signed studies of individual members of LCDT company which are part of a special series commissioned by the company and which will be on show at Sadler's Wells throughout its season which opened this week. The auctioneer is Lynn Seymour, Crickmay's favourite subject.

 

 

    

 

 

 

LCDT self help

 

CHIT CHAT | THE STAGE | THURSDAY DECEMBER 2, 1982

 

In a determined effort to generate funds from the private sector, London Contemporary Dance Theatre last week organised an unusual evening at the Fischer Fine Art Gallery.

The main event was an auction of paintings, drawings and photographs. It was conducted by Hilary Kaye from Sotheby's, who was aided and abetted by Lynn Seymour, making energetic pleas to wealthy art connoisseurs to part with their money. Many of the exhibits, which included works by Anthony Crickmay, John Furnival, Ellen Kuhn, Jo Parker (Mrs Stuart Burge), Shirley and Alex Russell, and Inka Sobein, were generously donated to the cause, and a net profit of £2000 was raised.

This was LCDT's first self-help initiative in the desperate struggle to raise funds, and the committee is now hard at work planning future events.

 

 

 

 

‘‘I Think about Death Every Day’’

 

Francis Bacon tells why his paintings seem so violent and how the upheavals in his life influenced him

 

 

JOSHUA GILDER | FLASH ART | MAY 1983

 

Early on, Francis Bacon became identified with the imagery of his paintings; the split-open carcases and strings of offal. He says he could often see the dismay register in people's eyes as he approached, the unspoken thought, ‘‘Oh, here come the meat racks.’’ Bacon's relationship with his public was bound to be uneasy from the beginning when, at the age of 35, he unveiled his Three figures at the base of a Crucifixion. It was almost a visual assault, these visions of unrelieved horror and disfigurement, Bacon had plumbed the depths of human agony, and he had surfaced with a primal scream of terror so intense it seems to rip the tormented figures apart.

In recent years the terror has subsided somewhat. Today one senses a greater distance between the artist and his subject. There is now a contemplative aspect to his paintings, one that allows room for mystery, and even for beauty.

The original Francis Bacon, the great Enlightenment photosphere, does in fact number among the artist's ancestors. From the Elizabethan court, the line of collateral descent found its way to into Ireland with Bacon's father, who was a horse trainer. Growing up in an English family in revolutionary Ireland, the young Bacon was prey to his share of anxieties. These were compounded by constant money worries brought on by his father's gambling, a vice that Bacon says has entered his blood.

Bacon, 71, now divides his time between his London studio where he lives and an apartment in Paris he rents from a friend. He likes to start painting at the first light of day, and generally leaves his wok by noon. We talked one afternoon in the office of his London dealer at the Marlborough Gallery.

JOSHUA GILDER: Do you think of your painting as violent?

FRANCIS BACON: People always interpret them as violent. I'm certainly not trying to do that. I'm really trying to make them as real from my point of view as I possibly can. I mean, you've only got to think about life for just ten minutes, what it's really like: it's a horror which I certainly wouldn't have the talent to be able to trap—the real awfulness of life. It's marvelous, but yet it's awful.

JG: Does painting that horror ever move you, emotionally?

FB: Emotion is such a funny word. What is motion? It's a horrible thing to say, but what is emotion really?

JG: Well, sometimes you're painting images of extraordinary pain.

BACON: I've lived through two world wars, and I suppose those things have some influence on me. I also remember very well, growing up in Ireland, the whole thing of the Sinn Fein movement. I remember when my father used to say—this is when people were being shot all around‘‘if they come tonight, just keep your mouth shut and don't say anything.’’ And I has a grandmother who was married to the head of the police in County Kildare and used to live with windows sandbagged all the time, and we used to dig ditches across the road so cars would go into them.

After, when I left home, I was 16 0r 17, I went to Berlin. That was the Berlin of the Weimar Republic, it was just before Hitler came into power, and there was also a tremendous sense of unease. As I'm old now, I've lived through a period of tremendous upheaval and tension. Perhaps those things have affected me.

But most people never think about life. If you think of the way we live, we're living on the compost of the earth. The world is just a dung heap. It's made up of compost of the millions and millions who have died and are blowing about. The dead are blowing in your nostrils every hour, every second you breathe in. It's a macabre way of putting it, perhaps; but anything that's at all accurate about life is always macabre. After all, you're born to die.

JG: But can't one live with a consciousness of death without being macabre?

BACON: Ah, yes. You certainly can. But I don't think of my work as being in the least bit macabre. I think of it as being slightly truthful sometimes.

JG: Which contains that consciousness of death?

BACON: I never go through a day without thinking sometime about death. It just comes into everything that you do. Into everything that you see. Into every meal you eat. It's just part of nature.

JG: Is death the subject of the painting you've been working on this morning?

BACON: I'm at the moment just painting a sand dune. The setting is a sort of industrial  background, and out of this the sand dune, I'm hoping, seems to have started to emerge.

JG:  Do you usually start with an image in mind, in this case the sand dune or the industrial background?

BACON: It differs. For instance, with my painting Jet of Water (1979): I was in France somewhere and I saw a wave breaking on the shore and I thought I would like to do that. And when I came to try and do it, it looked more like a jet of water. So I turned it into a jet of water.

JG: Does that often happen?

BACON: Vet often, yes. The painting changes from one thing to another constantly. You often think, there's a certain thing you want to do. But in the process of doing it, it may completely change, and sometimes, if you're lucky, change into something much better.

JG: What inspires the change?  Is it a feeling evoked by the image?

BACON: I think if one were able to have a camera running all the time while one's working you would be able to see how things change much better than any words can possibly describe. Painting is not, after all, a static process. It's not all that difficult to sit down and illustrate a wave breaking on the shore, but that's just going to be one more illustration of a wave breaking on the shore, which is better done by photographs. And so you have to find a ay by which you can present this wave breaking. But with the sand dune, well, I think it looks rather like a sand dune. You see, I want to make it as strongly into a sand dune as I possibly can. And to do this I must cut away its naturalistic surroundings.

JG: Why is that?

BACON: It gives it, to me, a greater presence. You see, each artist, especially in our time, when there's no tradition at all, works according to his own nervous system. Well, then it's the question of the quality of the nervous system. Only time will tell whether that's any good or not. One will be dead before that's sorted out.

JG: Do you paint quickly?

BACON: When things work for me, I work very quickly.

JG: And then are there times when it doesn't seem to come together?

BACON: Oh, yes. I mean, I've got dozens and dozens of canvases that are just half done and left.

JG: Why do you think it is that a picture won't come together?

BACON: It's something in you. I hate starting a picture. It's only when things begin to happen, when you feel things arising from your instinct, that it becomes interesting at all.

JG: How do you get to that stage?

BACON: Chance usually brings it along.  I think that my paintings look perhaps very conscious, but they actually come about in a very unconscious sort of way. You see, so much of my work, and the better work, is when things come together accidently. It's a very difficult thing to talk about what accident is—or chance, whatever you like to say. When things seem to work for you.

JG: The surrealists spoke of accidents as a way of subverting the conscious or the super-ego. Do you agree?

BACON: I think so. The difficulty is, so much in surrealism was really interesting as ideas, but the actual painters, the real surrealist painters, were not very interesting. Their technique was very academic and boring.

JG: Who has influenced you?

BACON: Well, I  didn't start painting, really, until I was about 30. And I never went to an art school. I was born in Ireland, where it's more important to know the shape of a horse's hoofs than to know anything about painting. Neither my mother nor father was the slightest bit interested in painting. I left home when I was 16, and did all sorts of little jobs and things, and then about 1928 I saw an exhibition of Picasso's in Paris. I thought about it for a long time, and certainly was influenced by Picasso. I've been influenced by everything really.

JG: You seem to incorporate some of the techniques of the abstract expressionists.

BACON: I'm sue I learned a great deal from them, because I take anything that I think is going to be useful to me.

JG: You spoke once to David Sylvester of your painting as ‘‘walking a tightrope between figurative painting and abstraction.’’

BACON: Well, I may have. To tell you the truth, no abstract painting has ever given me the exhilaration of figurative painting. In fact, it bores me. Profoundly. When I first heard of Rothko, I thought, well, here is going to be somebody doing the most marvelous somebody doing the most marvelous things, like Turner, in abstraction. But the problem—with all of abstract expressionism—comes from lack of subject. I think that no matter how far you deviate from it, you need the discipline of the subject. You need the pulsation of the image, the force of the image, to go beyond decoration. Which Rothko didn't have. It was always a beautiful decoration. And perhaps I'm peculiar, but I ask from painting something more than decoration.

JG: Something human?

BACON: An image. Not necessarily ... well, you can call it human, yes; but an image, on that unlocks the barrels of sensation in a more profound way, which abstraction never does. The abstract expressionists did away with the subject and went directly after beauty. But they were bound to be disappointed. After all, beauty is only a hind product of desire.

JG: Do you start with the subject in the foreground, or the background?

BACON: I start with the foreground, the figure, and then that determines the raw colour of the background.

JG: For instance, in this portrait of Muriel Belcher you would have painted the sphinx first?

BACON: Yes. yes. And then I gradually put in the colors. I wanted this image, or agitation, to exist in a very clam background.

JG: The lines you draw around your figures are often thought of as reference to the glass box surrounding Eichmann at his war-crimes trial. Do you think of them that way?

BACON: No, I don't. I think of them simply as methods of containing the image. I feel that, in this portrait of Muriel, for instance, without those lines around it, the image would be sort of floating in that orange too much. I'm sure there are more satisfactory ways, but I haven't discovered one yet. Perhaps I will one day.

JG: You've spoken of how difficult portraiture is today. Why is that?

BACON: Well, because, firstly, the tremendous developments of photography in portraiture. The only real thing now in portraiture is to make not just an illustration of the person but to make an image of them. People talk, for instance, of giving a person's character, but I don't think portraits very often do that.

JG: In many of you your portraits, despite the distortion, one can still see the likeness. It's not all distortion.

BACON; No, it isn't all distortion. But then, you see, I always hope to distort into reality.

JG: To distort into reality?

BACON: And not distort away from it. To my point of view I'd like to make a marvellous image which also looked like the person, if I could do it. I have done one ... perhaps one or two have been successful. I did a set of three of Muriel. They were very deformed, but I think they were deformed into appearance.

JG: If I said that I saw tenderness in some of your portraits?

BACON: Absolutely. For instance, this one of Muriel, who was a great friend of mine. Well, people hate this thing. But I find that this portrait of Muriel is very, very tender and happens to be very like her.

JG: You spoke of your triptychs as stills in a movie. Is there a narrative?

BACON: There's no narrative. I just try to make images, really. I mean, one knows through history to some extent what the sphinx is supposed to be. But I never think of what it is supposed to be. I think of what it is to me.

JG: The way way an image can move one despite its historical context?

BACON: Yes. Absolutely. Its historical reasons don't really touch me at all. With the great Egyptian art, for instance, which I think is among the greatest art, there are very, very few things that are known. It was really made by workmen, who probably in their own way put their own kind of personality into the work. But one doesn't really know. This cultivation of the personality is a very modern thing, really, and not at all interesting, finally. I mean, somebody may have an extraordinary personality, but in a work of art it's not their personality one is interested in; what's interesting is what they've made—the image they've made.

JG: Are you in a sense trying to transcend personality, to create almost mythic images?

BACON: I  don't think I'm trying to do anything beyond make images that excite me.  I've nothing to say in that sense. I think images say say a great deal, but each person interprets an image as they want. Insofar as I could say what I'm trying to do, I'd say I'm a maker of images, that's all. But images not for other people. Images for myself.

JG: You don't care if they communicate to other people?

BACON: No. You may say that's a very egotistical point of view, but I really don't mind. I'm just very lucky that I've been able to not have to do some other work and be able to earn my living by something that obsesses me.

 

     

            Study for the human body (from a study by Ingres), 1982

 

 

Queer Street

 

By JEFFREY BERNARD | LOW LIFE THE SPECTATOR | 20 AUGUST 1983

 

Homosexual, poof, queer, gay? I was brought up to use the word queer. And queers aren't what they used to be. I was discussing sex as usual with Francis Bacon in the Colony Room Club the other afternoon and we both came to the conclusion that the decline in the quality of homosexuals dates from the time that gay became their title. What a silly word! Speaking as an obsessional heterosexual I'm very gay usually after four or five large ones but most of the poofs I know seem to be fairly gloomy about their condition. Years ago I used to put the gloom down to the fact that they mostly had to pay for their sex games when it was against the law, but now that homosexuality is practically de rigueur that can no longer be the case. AIDS must be a tiny bit worrying of course but it all ends in death anyway. When the talk gets around to sex, which as I say it inevitably does, Francis is fond of verbally chastising me by reminding me that I used 'to lead poofs up the garden path'. Well I did but I can't feel guilty about it. When I was a teenager with the delinquent looks that queers fancied so much, they only ever fell for, bought drinks and meals for, and gave money to 'normal' boys. That was their hang up, not mine. But I must say I'm extremely grateful to the gentlemen who gave me handouts in those days.

But I did have some strange times. John Minton took me to France, Spain, Majorca and Ibiza when I was 17 and it was pretty appalling really. There was a tremendous amount of sulking on his part because I wouldn't have sex with him and on my part because I couldn't screw the entire female population of the world, which is, oddly enough, what boys aged 17 want to do. When he lived in Hamilton Terrace he actually made me a weekly allowance of £3 10s: ten bob a day. A kept poodle. My sulks stopped in Paris on the way home when for a few days he gave me 500 franc notes to pop upstairs in a cafe called Ambiance to have short times with a girl called Mimi. Even that came to an end due to my introduction to Pernod.

One of the strangest queers who took a shine to me was a film producer who'd been a naval officer in the war. During the action in Which the Bismarck was sunk he picked up survivors from that ship. He claimed that as the German sailors climbed up the rope ladders he'd pulled the handsome ones up and pushed the ugly ones back into the water saying, 'Not you dear.' Then there was the extraordinary man who was a professional bridge player and who played for England. He used to take me to a marvellous old restaurant in Frith Street almost every day for lunch — creme des legumes, escalope of veal, a glass of red wine: 3/6d — and he used to let me take girls back to his flat, which was pretty nasty of me. On second thoughts, he probably liked the idea.

But, as I was saying, there has been a decline in the quality of queers and it may not have been since the word gay was coined. It may have started with it being made okay in the eyes of the law. I'd quite like to see a law introduced making fornication illegal. It might bring some spice back to sex and make all those lunches preparatory to the afternoon legover seem worthwhile and value for money. As it is I haven't noticed much change in women since they've discovered they're equal. The only woman who ever takes me to lunch is my ex-wife and I suspect that's purely because she's defused me and rendered me harmless.

Which brings me to another point. At just what age do women become equal? I've noticed that women under 30 hardly ever buy a round of drinks. Mind you, young men are pretty callow too in pub etiquette. Worst of all is the animal called student. I really don't know what should be done about these people. When someone tells me that they are reading English at Oxford at public expense — I wonder why on earth they can't read English in the kitchen at home. I didn't get where I am today by going to Balliol and I can't think of a better place to study politics, philosophy and economics than in the Coach and Horses. Norman is a gas on economics. The place oozes philosophers and we have mathematicians who can work out place bet yankees in seconds. As for the aforementioned business of gays, we haven't got any. All we've got is the next best thing. Danny La Rue is a customer.

 

 

 

A Painting by Francis Bacon

 

 

EDWARD B. HENNING THE BULLETIN OF THE CLEVELAND MUSEUM OF ART | VOLUME 70, NUMBER 9 | NOVEMBER 1983

 

A painting of a male head, dated 1951, by the influential artist Francis Bacon (b. 1909) has recently been acquired by The Cleveland Museum of Art (Cover and Figure 1),1 Simply entitled Head, it is one of a series on this subject painted by the artist over the years beginning in the late 1940s. It manifests Bacon's overwhelming interest in the human figure, often a portrait, as subject matter. An artist whose fully mature works emerged in the late 1940s and the 1950s, he is a contemporary of such American Abstract Expressionists as Jackson Pollock and Willem de Kooning and their Taschist counterparts on the Continent, including Wols (Alfred Otto Wolgang Schulze) and Georges Mathieu. Bacon's insistence on clinging to the human image as subject matter links him to a few painters such as Balthus and Alberto Giacometti in Europe and Willem de Kooning in the United States. Older masters such as Velázquez, Rembrandt and Vincent van Gogh are the artists he most admires, however, and it is against them that he measures himself as a painter.

The Cleveland picture is one of Bacon's earliest paintings of heads and it may well be a portrait. He almost variably uses close friends as the subjects of his portraits, and this canvas belonged for some yeas to his friend, the artist Lucian Freud. He did a full-length portrait of Freud in 1951, and it might might well be that this image was derived from his recollections of his friend. (Bacon almost never works directly from the model but rather depends on visual recall and feelings often supported by photographs.)

In the painting the figure sits quietly in a dark room; three straight light lines, forming one end of a rectangle, suggest the back of a chair. A cord pull and tassel slant down across the figure's left shoulder. (Such cords are familiar devices in Bacon's compositions and sometimes are replaced by translucent curtains.) The business suit and tie suggest a modern figure, while what appears to be a loaf-shaped hat is typical of those appearing in his many paintings of popes. Freud is reported to have said the figure started out as a pope but became the first portrait in the series that Bacon did of van Gogh.2  However, in a letter to the author dated  27 August 1983, Freud wrote: "I bought it the day he did it and quite some time later when he was looking at it in my house he said that that was the first time he thought about painting van Gogh. [Italics mine.] I did not say it was the first in a series."

The many heads that Bacon painted during the late 1940s and early 1950s are nearly always terribly distorted. This figure is almost unique in its quiet posture and absence of grimace. The apprehensive expression of the eyes  and the blurred flesh are enough to indicate fear, while the isolated image and indication of a shade imply solitude. Such subtle suggestions of emotions are often more effective than attempts to portray them directly. The structure of the head and features can be seen as shadowed forms beneath the smeared, thick, light pigment that covers and blurs them. Typically, Bacon has used a broad brush to define these forms. The forehead and cheekbones are clear, but the lower part of the face, including the nose, appears as if it were in the process of movement or perhaps decomposition.

The few lines implying the back of a chair and the curtain pull are enough to suggest a room and to define a certain space. The chair back is clearly behind the figure, while the cord is in front. One is forced to infer a space of at least three or four feet to the chair back, and the wall is obviously some distance behind this object. Thus, with a minimum of means the artist has placed the figure in a specific and defined space. From 1945 through the 1950s, Bacon produced some of his most original and effective images. Head 1 (Figure 2), in the Richard  S. Zeisler Collection, is one of the most violent and horrific of the images of screaming heads. The head itself is suggested entirely by a mouth stretched wide in a terrifying grimace - revealing terrible rows of teeth with sharp and extended canines - an ear, and an indication of a neck and shoulders. In contrast to the new Cleveland painting, pure terror is here graphically depicted. Such fearful expressions, with mouths stretched in terrible screams, indicate a particular concern of the artist. In a lengthy interview with David Sylvester Bacon said:

I've always been very moved by the movements of the mouth and in the teeth. People say that there have been all sorts of sexual implications, and I was very obsessed by the actual appearance of the mouth and teeth...it was a very strong thing at one time.3

Later he remarked: "I've always hoped in a sense to be able to paint the mouth like Monet painted the sunset."4

Born in 1909 of English parents living in Dublin (where his father was employed as a race horse trainer), Bacon did not devote himself exclusively to painting until he was in his mid-thirties. Alienated from his family - especially his father - at an early age, he lived in Berlin and Paris for two years before going to London in 1928, where he designed interiors and made furniture and rugs. He painted intermittently during the 1930s, but with Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (Figure 3), completed in 1944, he began his career as a serious, full-time painter. After World War II until 1950 he lived in Monte Carlo, where he indulged a passion for gambling.

The major role of chance in life and art is an idea that has always intrigued Bacon. He often refers to the importance of accident in making a picture. Drink or drugs, he believes, may help free the artist as he works, and he agreed with Sylvester's suggestion that it is important  to have "the will to lose one's will."5 in order to achieve complete freedom.  He never does sketches or drawings, he explained because : "the actual  texture, color,  the whole way the paint moves, are so accidental  any sketches that I did before  could only give a kind of skeleton  ... the way the thing might happen." 6 Finally, Bacon assented that that "allowing  chance to work, one allows the deeper levels of the personality to come across." He added that "they come over inevitably - they come over without the brain interfering with the inevitability of the image. It seems to come straight out of what we choose to call the unconscious..." Such conviction could well be taken for those Surrealists such as Andre Breton or Max Ernst in the mid-1920s.

Despite Bacon's Surrealist-like attitude, he does not seem to recognise the formal achievements of the Surrealist such as Joan Miro and Surrealist-influenced Abstract-Expressionists such as Arshile Gorky (who was in fact a Surrealist), Jackson Pollock, Robert Motherwell, William Baziotes, and Mark Rothko in carrying forward the notion that form alone can reveal inner feelings. Bacon has mentioned that he thought of painting as a duality with "abstract painting being an entirely aesthetic thing. It always remains on one level. It is only really interested in the beauty of its own patterns or its shapes.... I think that abstract artists believe that in these marks that they're making they are catching all those sorts of emotions. But I think that, caught in that way, they are too weak to convey anything."8

Somewhat later later, however, he asserted: "when you are painting somebody, you know that you are ... trying to get near not only to their appearance but also to the way they are affected you, because every shape has an implication.9 Furthermore, he agreed that it is an emotional implication. Thus paradoxically, he first denied and then acquiesced that formal elements - such as pure shapes - have the power to provoke affective responses in the viewer. Admittedly, it may only be the degree of the power of form alone to convey emotions that he questioned, for he insisted that the image adds another dimension to a picture giving specific direction to the feelings aroused in the viewer.10

The disquieting Head recently acquired by this Museum (Cover and Figure 10 demonstrates the artist's point about an image giving direction to the feelings it arouses. The blurred features mask specific characteristics that would precisely  identify the model, but the haunted eyes do provide insight to the particular emotions of loneliness and fear.

Blurring the features of the image was achieved by dragging a wide brush or perhaps a rag or painting knife across the painted surface while it was still wet. In describing such methods, Bacon added: "I'm certain Rembrandt [also] used  an enormous amount of things."11 However, he vehemently denied that he  is trying to say something about the nature of man "in the way that an artist like Munch was,"12 insisting that he is "just trying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can. I don't even know what half of them mean. I'm not saying anything."13 However, an artist's words often are intended to disguise his meaning and also to deny the critical clichés he finds abhorrent. By insisting that he's not saying anything, Bacon might well mean that he is not intentionally delivering didactic messages.

 

 

             

                    Francis Bacon, Head, Oil on canvas, 1951   Purchase, Leonard C. Hanna Jr. Bequest.

 


Roulette Realist 

 

The art of Francis Bacon

 

FRANCIS BACON, by Michel Leiris (Phaidon, £50)

 

 

PETER FULLER MONTHLY REVIEW THE AGE nbsp;NOVEMBER 1983

 

THEIR heads are eyeless and tiny, their mouths huge. Two of them are baring their teeth. All have long, stalk-like necks. The one on the left, hunched on a table, has the sacked torso of a mutilated woman; the body of the centre creature is more like an inflated abdomen propped up on flamingo legs behind an empty pedestal; the third could be a cross between a lion and an ox: its single front leg disappears into a patch of scrawny grass.

They exude a sense of nature’s errors: errors caused by some unspeakable genetic pollution, embroidered with physical wounding. One has a white bandage where eyes might have been. All are an ominous grey, tinted with flesh pinks: they are set off against backgrounds of garish orange containing suggestions of unspecified architectural spaces.

Francis Bacon painted this triptych, Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, now in the Tate Gallery, in 1944. It was first exhibited at the Lefevre Gallery the following April, where it hung alongside works by Moore, Sutherland, and others who had sought to redeem the horrors of war through the consolations of art. Although Bacon referred to traditional religious iconography, he did not wish to console anyone about anything. Indeed, he seemed to want to rub the nose of the dog of history in its own excrement.

When Three Studies was first shown, the war was ending and it was spring. Bacon was out of tune with the mood of his times. Certainly, as far as the fashionable movements in art were concerned, he was to remain so. And yet his star steadily ascended. By the late 1950s he was one of an elite handful of ‘distinguished British artists’.

Today his stature among contemporary painters seems unassailable. And yet Bacon – who recently held an exhibition of new work at Marlborough Fine Arts to mark the publication of this major monograph by Michel Leiris - must be the most difficult of all living painters to evaluate justly. His work is so extreme it seems to demand an equally extreme response.

Bacon has always denied that he set out to emphasise horror or violence. In a chilling series of interviews conducted by David Sylvester, he qualified this by saying: ‘I’ve always hoped to put over things as directly and rawly as I possibly can, and perhaps, if a thing comes across directly, people feel that that is horrific’. He explained that people ‘tend to be offended by facts, or what used to be called truth’. He has repeatedly said that his work has no message, no meaning, or statement to make beyond the revelation of that naked truth.

Bacon’s serious critics have largely gone along with his own view of his painting. Leiris, a personal friend of the painter’s, is no exception; he argues that bacon presents us with a radically demystified art, ‘cleansed both of its religious halo and its moral dimension’. Again and again, Leiris calls Bacon a ‘realist’, who strips down the thing he is looking at in a way which retains ‘only its naked reality’. He echoes Bacon himself in arguing that his pictures have no hidden depths and call for no interpretation ‘other than the apprehension of what is immediately visible’.

No doubt the ‘horror’ has been over-done in popular and journalistic responses to Bacon. But it is just as naïve to think Bacon is simply recording visual facts, let alone transcribing ‘truth’.

Creatures like those depicted in Three Studies can no more be observed slouching around London streets than haloes can be seen above the heads of good men, or angels in our skies. Of course Bacon’s violent imagination distorts what he sees.

But the clash between Bacon’s supporters and the populists cannot be dismissed as easily as that. The question remains of whether Bacon’s distortions indeed reveal a significant truth about men and women beyond the facts of their appearances, or whether they are simply a horrible assault upon our image of ourselves and each other, pursued for sensational effects. And this, whether Bacon and his friends like it or not, involves us in questions of interpretation, value and meaning.

The stature of Bacon’s achievement from the most unpropitious of beginnings is not to be denied. Although his father named his only son after their ancestor, the Elizabethan philosopher of sweet reason, he himself was an unreasonable and tyrannical man – a race-horse trainer by profession. Nonetheless, Francis, a sickly and asthmatic child, felt sexually attracted to him. Francis received no conventional schooling and left home at 16, following an incident in which he was discovered trying on his mother’s clothes.

He worked in menial jobs before briefly visiting Berlin and Paris in the late 1920s; soon after, he began painting and drawing, at first without real commitment, direction or success. In the early 1930s, he was better know as a derivative designer of modern rugs and furniture, although an earlier Crucifixion, in oils, was reproduced by Herbert read in Art Now. Bacon subsequently destroyed almost all his early work; his public career thus effectively began only with the exhibition of Three Studies in 1944.

Bacon then began to produce the paintings for which he has become famous: at first there were some figures in a landscape, but soon he moved definitively indoors. He displayed splayed bodies, surrounded by tubular furniture of the kind he had once designed, in silent interiors. A fascination; with the crucifix and triptych format continued, but he painted the naked, human body – usually male – in all sorts of situations of struggle, suffering and embuggerment. A 1953  picture of two naked figures wrestling on a bed is surely among his best. But a series of variations on  Velaszquez’s Portrait of Pope Innocent X – which he now regrets – became among his most celebrated. By the 1960s, the echoes of religious iconography and the Grand Tradition of painting had become more muted. Bacon could never be accused of ‘intimism’: ‘homely’ is one of the qualities he hates most. The large, bloody, set-piece interiors continued: but the forms of their figures became less energetic, more statuesque. Bacon seemed increasingly preoccupied with portraits usually in triptych format, of his friends and associates: Isabel Rawsthorne, Henrietta Moraes, George Dyer, his lover Muriel Belcher, the owner of a drinking club in Soho he frequented, and himself.

Bacon has repeatedly said that he is not an ‘expressionist’: it is easy to show what he means by this by contrasting his work with that of the currently fashionable, but lesser painter, George Baselitz who is. Baselitz deals with a similar overt subject matter, but he invariably handles paint in an ‘abstract expressionist’ manner: that is in a way which refers not so much to his subjects as to his own activity and sentiments as an artist. Anatomy, physiognomy, gesture, and the composition of an architectural illusion of space mean nothing to him: to Bacon, they are everything.

Or almost everything, for if he has sought to work in continuity with the High Art of the past, Bacon recognises that the painter, today, is in a very different position. He has regretted the absence of a ‘valid myth’ in within which to work: ‘when you’re outside tradition, as every artist is today, one can only want to record one’s own feelings about certain situations as closely to one’s nervous system as one possibly can.’

He stresses that the echoes of religion in his pictures are intended to evoke no residue of spiritual values; Bacon is a man for whom Cimabue’s great Crucifixion is no more than an image of ‘a worm crawling down the cross’. He is interested in the crucifix for the same reason he is fascinated by meat and slaughterhouses, and also for its compositional possibilities: ‘The central figure of Christ is raised into a very pronounced and isolated position, which gives it, from a forma point of view, greater possibilities than having all different figures placed on the same level. The alteration of level is, from my point of view, very important.’ But, for Bacon, the myth of vicarious sacrifice, incarnation, redemption, resurrection, salvation and victory over death, mean nothing – even as consoling illusions.

The appeal to a meaningful religious iconography, rooted in a shared symbolic order, is in effect, replaced in his work by an appeal to photography; similarity, in his pictures, as in his life, the myth of a jealous and omnipotent god has been replaced by the arbitrary operations of by chance.  

Bacon’s fascination with Muybridge’s sequential photographs of men, women and animals in motion is well-known.  References to specific Muybridge images are often discernible in his pictures; even his triptych format seems to relate more to them than to traditional alter pieces. He seems to believe that Muybridge exposed the illusions of art, and freed it from the need to construct such illusions in the future. Unlike many who reached such conclusions, they did not, of course, lead Bacon to narrow aestheticism or abstraction. Rather, he sometimes insists that the artist should become even more ‘realist’ that the photographer, by getting yet closer to the object; and, at others, that as a result of photography’s annexation of appearance, good art today has become just a game.

But this insistence on ‘realism’, and reduction of art to its Indic and aleatory aspects, are not, in Bacon’s philosophy, necessarily opposed. Accident and chance play a central role in his pursuit of ‘realistic’ images of men; they enter into his painting technique through his reliance on throwing and splattering. In fact, of course, Bacon exercises a consummate control over the effects chance gives him; yet, as he once said, ‘I want a very ordered image, but I want it to come about by chance’. He fantasises about the creation of a masterpiece by means of accident. The religious artists of the High Tradition attributed their ‘inspiration’ to impersonal agencies, like the muses or gods; and Bacon too, is possessed of an overwhelming need to locate the origins of his own imaginative activity outside of himself.

The role of photography and chance in his creative process relate immediately to the view of man he seeks to realise. ‘Man’, he has said, ‘now realises that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason’. Thus, in reducing itself to ‘a game by which man distracts himself’ (rather than a purveyor of moral of spiritual values) art more accurately reflects the human situation even than photography … The human situation, that is, as seen by Bacon.

Bacon then has achieved something quite extraordinary. He has used the shell of the high Tradition of European painting to express, in form as much as in content, a view of man that is utterly at odds with everything that tradition proclaims and affirms. Moreover, it must be admitted that he has done so to compelling effect. It is perfectly possible to fault Bacon, technically and formerly: he has a tendency to ‘fill-in’ his backgrounds with bland expanses of colour; recently, he has not always proved able to escape the trap of self-parody, leading to mannerism and stereotyping of some of his forms. But these are quibbles. Bacon, in interviews, has good reason constantly to refer back to the formal aspects of his work: he is, indeed, the master of them.

But this cannot be the end of the matter in our evaluation of him. Leiris maintains his ‘realism’ lies in his image of ‘man dispossessed of any durable paradise … able to contemplate himself clear-sightedly’. But it is ‘realistic’ to have a Baconian vision of man closer to that of a side of streaky pig’s meat, skewered at random, than to anything envisaged by its rational ancestor?

Nor can we evade the fact that Bacon’s view of man is consonant with the way he lives his life. He emerges from his many interviews as a man with no religious beliefs, no secular ethical values, no faith in human relationships, and no meaningful social or political values either. ‘All life,’ he says, ‘is completely artificial, but I think that what is called social justice makes it more pointlessly artificial… Who remembers or cares about a happy society?’ One may sympathise with Bacon because death wiped out so many of his significant relationships; but his life seems to have been dedicated to futility and chance. It has been said that, for him, the inner city is a ‘sexual gymnasium’. He is obsessed with roulette, and the milieu of Soho drinking clubs. He wants to live in ‘gilded squalor’ in a state of ‘exhilarated despair’. He is not so much honest as appallingly frank about his overwhelming ‘greed’.

And it is, of course, just such a view of man which Bacon made so powerfully real through his painterly skills, because he refuses the ‘expressionist’ option, he also relinquishes that ‘redemption through form’ which characterises, say, Soutine’s carcases of beef or Rouault’s prostitutes. But it may, nonetheless, be that there is something more to life than the spasmodic activities of perverse hunks of meat in closed rooms. And perhaps, even if the gods are dead, there are secular values more profound and worthwhile than the random decisions of a roulette wheel.

I believe there are; and so I cannot Bacon as the great realist of our time. He is a good painter; he is arguably the nearest to a great one to have emerged in Britain since the last war. (Though personally I believe Frank Auerbach and Leon Kossoff are better). Nonetheless, in the end, I find the vision of man he uses his undeniable painterly talents to express quite odious. We are not mere victims of chance: we possess imagination – or the capacity to conceive of the world other than the way it is. We also have powers of moral choice and relatively effective action whether or not we believe in God. And so I turn away from Bacon’s work with a sense of disgust, and relief: relief that it gives us neither the ‘facts’ nor the necessary ‘truth’ about our condition.

 

 

 

  Grisly Works by Bacon draw crowds

 

 

    PHILADELPHIA ENQUIRER FEBRUARY 21, 1984

 

 

    British painter Francis Bacon has brought his mutilated bodies, twisted torsos and disfigured faces to the French public. Sixteen large works, priced at $300,000 each, are showing at the Maeght Lelong Gallery. For the 73-year-old Bacon, who is regarded as one of the most powerful contemporary painters, it is his first one-man show here since 1977, and a prelude to a major retrospective next year at the Tate Gallery in London.

      Critics say the works illuminate Bacon's obsession with murder, cruelty and violence. But the Irish-born artist says he is simply conveying the reality of the 20th century as he sees it. That reality, critics say, is "deeply disturbing, even disgusting," for it tragically portrays humanity in deterioration and death.

      Bacon's grim message has reportedly been received here with unexpected enthusiasm. The gallery reports several hundred visitors a day, and up to 1,500 on weekends Bacon did not begin painting until the early 1940s, after asthma kept him out of the army.

      In this exhibition, his self-portraits and studies of Michel Leiris [1969] [1976] [1978] - a French author who has written extensively on Bacon - are three-dimensional dissections of the human face. A 1976 portrait of Leiris lacks a chunk of chin. Another has a bashed-in skull. Bacon never painted in the presence of his models, saying he preferred working from memory or photographs.

      The most sensational paintings feature torsos or hunks of amputated flesh mounted on pedestals against a bright orange or red background. For Bacon, orange was the colour of both the sun and fire, life and death. Blood abounds. It drips from unrecognizable carcasses. It trickles into the spectator's line of vision from behind partially closed doors. In Oedipus and the Sphinx after Ingres (1983) blood seeps through the bandaged leg of a muscle-bound Oedipus contemplating a deformed sphinx.

      In People in a Street (1983), which is also done against a fiery orange background, tiny fuzzy figures are juxtaposed with a bizarre form enclosed in a glass box. The form has four buttocks, a thigh and a calf.  Other major works, which Bacon calls "studies because they capture states of movement," highlight humanity's inherent brutality.

      "What emerges from this merciless confrontation . . . is the substance and truth of a body in crisis, at the height of tension and vulnerability," wrote Jacques Dupin in the show's catalogue. Gallery director Francois Bruller reported one sale and several offers. The works will be at the Maeght Lelong until the end of February, when they will go to the Marlborough Gallery in London.

 


Francis and Vanessa

 

Peter Campbell

 

Francis Bacon by Michel Leiris, translated by John Weightman 
Phaidon, 271 pp, £50.00, September 1983, ISBN 0 7148 2218 3

 

 

PETER CAMPBELL | LONDON REVIEW OF BOOKS | VOLUME 6 NUMBER 5 | 15 MARCH 1984

 

In Elizabeth Taylor’s novel The Wedding Group, published in 1968, there is a grand old painter called Harry Bretton. He is modelled, I would guess, on Eric Gill, for the Life, and Stanley Spencer, for the Work. Musing by the studio window, he considers his place in history:

Turner was the greatest English painter, and was safely dead, did not encroach or suggest comparisons. But at the end he had petered out, not grown and gone ahead like Picasso – grown and gone ahead monstrously, Harry considered; in old age he had shown recklessness and a complete lack of humility. It was annoying how his name, once mentioned, could not be put out of Harry’s mind ... There was also the recurring discomfort of undue homage paid to Francis Bacon – a gathering menace.

If Harry Bretton has survived in the limbo where fictional characters live ever after he will find Bacon as menacing as ever. He has not petered out, and even his critics admit his achievement. Peter Fuller who ‘turns away from Bacon’s work with a sense of disgust and relief’ also describes him as ‘a good painter, arguably the nearest to a great one to have emerged in Britain since the war’. And greatness is, Bacon says, the only thing worth attempting: ‘You see art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself ... what is fascinating now is that it is going to become much more difficult for the artist, because he must really deepen the game to be any good at all.’ The painter is, he says, great or he is nothing:

When there’s no tradition at all, there are two extreme ends. There is direct reporting like something that’s very near to a police report. And then there’s only the attempt to make great art ... the in-between art really, in a time like ours, doesn’t exist.

The painting is assumed to work on the viewer in a traditionless vacuum. It is either effective or ineffective; it is not a commentary, gloss or argument. If it works as Bacon hopes, a painting will ‘open the valves of sensation’.

Neither his critics nor his friends are willing to leave Bacon’s defences unprobed. In the essay which prefaces Phaidon’s handsome volume of colour plates, Michel Leiris writes: ‘As an authentic expression of Western man in our time Francis Bacon’s work conveys, in the admirably Nietzschean formula he himself has coined to explain the sort of man and artist he is, an “exhilarated despair”, and so – however resolutely it may avoid anything in the nature of sermonising – it cannot but reflect the painful yet lyrical disturbance felt by all those who, living in these times of horror spangled with enchantment, can contemplate them with lucidity ... Although the artist himself declares he has no message to deliver, I have found from personal experience that his pictures help us, most powerfully, to feel the sheer fact of existence as it is sensed by a man without illusions.’ There is something here of the pride of a man relishing a particularly smelly cheese which others at the table have not the stomach for. Peter Fuller thinks Bacon is lacking more than illusions: ‘Bacon emerges from his many interviews as a man with no religious beliefs, no secular ethical values, no faith in human relationships and no meaningful social or political values either ... he is not so much honest as appallingly frank.’ A cad, in fact, and no matter how good he is at painting he will need to answer some stiff questions about value and meaning if he is to avoid being sent up for gratuitous violence.

His pictures are compulsive viewing. But so are the illustrations in textbooks of pathology, televised disasters, and snaps discarded outside photobooths. So one turns again to the pictures to try to sort out the great painter from the visual bully. It is a sign of greatness that his paintings make you go on looking at things which you do not like to look at. You might look away from a mangled animal on the road: here you go on looking. They are affecting pictures. Leiris speaks of ‘direct access to an order of flesh and blood reality not unlike the paroxysmal experience provided in everyday life by the physical act of love’. Flesh and blood are, of course, often quite literally his subject-matter. But he is not unique in that: meat is common enough in European painting. Representations of it evoke a range of responses – consider, for example, the effect of Rembrandt’s slaughtered ox, Goya’s picture of a calf’s head and hunks of meat, Chardin’s Kitchen Table, and any of the series of paintings of a carcass of beef painted by Soutine in 1925.

In the Rembrandt and the Soutine the dead animal has been decapitated and eviscerated: it is drawn but not yet quartered, and the architecture of muscle and bone is intact. It is so hung that the four legs are spread out like the limbs of a crucified human being. There is a grandeur to the bulk of the creature, and beauty of structure and colour. Not all our elegance shows, we realise. We too have bodies which would, unpacked, reveal, like those of any animal, blue-white connective tissue, creamy fat, clots of crimson blood and veins of blue and lilac. In Chardin’s kitchen scene the ribs and halved vertebrae of a piece of loin are painted with even, clotted touches of pigment: dignified by the gravity of the painter’s attention, meat, white cloth, copper pan and crockery become beautiful. But Goya’s still-life, with its severed head and ill-butchered joints, is evidence of an atrocity – as disturbing as his Saturn eating his children or Cannibals, and easily reminding you of hacked-up bodies in the engravings of the Disasters of War. Of all the paintings, this one challenges most strongly the distinction between bits of animals and cuts of meat. The sacrificial drama of Rembrandt and Soutine, the exquisite texture and colour of Chardin’s painted surfaces, Goya’s unwavering stare at the facts of butchery–all these are relevant to Bacon’s work. One can, forcing the issue a little, sometimes find them all relevant to one work: the triptych Three Studies for a Crucifixion, for example.

The left-hand panel of this work shows two figures, ambiguous from the waist down, like shadows cast on a screen, but with the faces clear (although distorted, as if two images had been superimposed, or the face flattened like that of Tolund Man in his bog). The foreground is dominated by a carcass, split in half. Ribs lining the pleural cavity, vertebrae, pelvic bones and a truncated leg can be identified. Because the halves of the animal match, the shape they make resembles a Rorschach blot. Meaningless blobs are sinister–perhaps because they look like significant marks when they are not. It is not extravagant to find something of the pitiful dignity of Rembrandt’s ox in the pieces of meat, but unease bred by lack of specificity in the human figures suggests that if their function is priestly it is also nasty. (This is not an attempt to interpret the painting, merely a guess at the source of responses to it.)

 

 

 

  Art: Recent Paintings By Francis Bacon

 

 

    By JOHN RUSSELL | ART THE NEW YORK TIMES | MAY 4, 1984

 

 

 

    

          Oedipus and the Sphinx after Ingres (1983) Francis Bacon


 

 

ONE of the most remarkable images that we have seen in New York lately is the variant after "Oedipus and the Sphinx" by Jean-Dominique Ingres that is included in the exhibition of recent paintings by Francis Bacon at the Marlborough Gallery, 40 West 57th Street.

The sphinx as subject matter has always brought out the best in Bacon. A recent example is the portrait of Muriel Belcher, done in 1979, in which sphinx and sitter become one. Mrs. Belcher, one of the most formidable London characters of her day, was a club owner renowned for her insubordinate spirit and hallucinatory freedom of speech. In Bacon's portrait, she lends her fine-boned physical structure to the sphinx of tradition. As for her gaze - from which nothing that was material could ever be kept - it merged completely with the static posture and elongated forepaws of the Egyptian riddler.

In painting his variant of the Ingres (which exists in several versions), Bacon produced a chesty little sphinx, built somewhat like Goldie Hawn and on the face of it more sportive than terrifying. Facing her, with a clear-browed stare, is an Oedipus still not much disquieted. This Oedipus flaunts a leg and a foot that are covered with blood, as if still marked by his childhood experience on the mountainside. No mean hand at confrontations of which none can foresee the outcome, Bacon here comes on very strong indeed.

But then, the show as a whole is full of new notions. Bacon has still not got around to making the sculptures that he has long been thinking about, but two new paintings here indicate that the preoccupation is still very much alive. One shows a giant sculpture in a public space, with dwarfed human figures making a detour around it. Another deals with sculpture in terms of a subject for still life. We might take the sculpture in question for a fragment from the antique; did it not relate rather to recent paintings in which the human body is metamorphosed into a free-form jug or vessel to which genitals and legs happen to be attached.

Bacon in his 75th year is as inventive as ever. Not only has he a whole new slew of images - some based on that unmistakable piece of English sporting equipment, the cricket pad - but after nearly half a century of painting in oils, he began not long ago to use both oils and pastels in the same picture. To the idiosyncratic sweep and smear of his oils there is therefore added, in more than one of the paintings in the show, the soft crumble of pastel.

And although it is not in his nature to sit idly by and watch the passing scene, there is distinctly a new resonance to the triptych dated 1983 that occupies a predominant position in the show. Where at one time all three panels might have been filled with implacable activities of one kind or another, the left- and right-hand panels now bear images of something close to a monumental resignation. Only in the central panel - an abduction scene, as powerful as it is enigmatic - does he revert to the hyperactive imaginings that have made his work ''an almost wounding presence'' (I quote from Michel Leiris, a French admirer of long standing) ever since the last years of World War II. (Through June 5.)

 

 

 

New York

FRANCIS BACON

 

Marlborough Gallery

 

 

THOMAS McEVILLEY ARTFORUM VOLUME 23 NUMBER 2 OCTOBER 1984

 

Francis Bacon's new paintings demonstrate again his secure mastery of a by-now-familiar vocabulary, and yet, with the artist aged 75, still strike new notes. Bacon's position seems toweringly high at this moment. Through the ages of abstraction and minimalism he remained one of the very few representational painters about whom even dedicated formalists could feel good. Now the forefront of things has caught up with him, in both his quoting–of Cimabue, Van Gogh, Velázquez, Ingres, and of photographic images–and his kind of exploration of space. The opposition between the illusionistic, three-dimensional space of representation and the flat, concrete space of minimalist abstraction offers a conceptual dilemma which Bacon was among the first to bring into the open, exploring, as he put it, "the difference, in fact, between paint which conveys directly and paint which conveys through illustration." Since about 1950 his canvases have involved limited areas of illusionistic depth surrounded and separated by areas of flat paint suggestive of fabric. Certain areas remain highly ambiguous as to which view of space they more openly express. Recent work called post-Modern has been prominently occupied  with this question, juxtaposing and interpenetrating the two kinds of space in ways that often question the reality of either.

In Bacon's new work his familiar vocabulary of depth definition is used. Hints of perspective poke through orange grounds (a feature of his earliest paintings) and create momentary theaters for the drama of the representation. Furniture also performs the space-thickening function of wresting an illusionistic platform from the engulfing bend of the ground. As in the "Pope" paintings of 1951, areas of three dimensionality are sometimes marked off by surrounding perspectival boxes or booths.

Most of the new works show naked male humans whose anatomy streaks off into speed blurs and melts into drippings on the floor. Seen through the distorting veils of time, the figures are headless, often have legs and feet where arms and hands are expected, and, in their four-legged-monster aspect, seem homoerotic icons of a buttocks-centered humanity. These figures act out what Bacon has called "the shortness of the moment of existence between birth and death," undergoing before hour eyes an impersonal drama of absorption into the void ground. Cadaverous as if on operating tables, partial as if on meat racks, they briefly and weakly state the message of their existence and their desire. Space itself, the property of being embodied, erodes them instantly, flattening the illusionistic self into mute objecthood. Here Bacon turns the contradiction between the two painterly models of space into pure content, crucifying his figures upon it. Though elegantly sweetened by pastel amid the acrylic, these works still exert something of the "exhilarated despair," as Bacon called it, of the earlier works. Two paintings of less familiar type take Bacon's sense of spatiality and expand it, first into an outdoor urban scene in Statue and Figures in a Street, 1983, then into cosmography in A Piece of Waste Land, 1982. These pieces hint at new wonders that may flow from Bacon's confrontation with the facts of body, space and the world.

 

 

            Richard Cork: Francis Bacon

 

Virtuoso manipulator

             of paint

 

 

Tomorrow evening Arena (BBC 2) marks Francis Bacon's 75th birthday with an exclusive film portrait of this great British painter.

In it Bacon talks to his friend of many years, the distinguished writer and critic David Sylvester. Richard Cork attended a preview of the film

 

 

RICHARD CORK THE LISTENER VOLUME 112 | NUMBER 2884 15 NOVEMBER 1984

 

Anyone looking at Francis Bacon's paintings might be forgiven for concluding that the man who made them was a tortured introvert, entirely absorbed in the turbulence of his own imagination. Bacon's self-portraits do little to contradict this disturbing and reclusive image. Over the years he has painted a number of small triptychs exploring his face in close-up, the features battered and twisted into unnerving distortion. Bacon's flesh, often livid and swollen like a boxer after a particularly bruising fight, seems to be spotlit against a midnight background which accentuates his isolation.

The sense of loneliness becomes even more acute in his full-length self-portraits, where Bacon maroons himself within characteristically vast and empty rooms. One picture shoes him perched on a small wooden stool, anxiously clutching his trouser-leg as if to retain his balance while the diagonal lines of steeply inclined floorboards rush beneath his feet. Although one eye appears to be hidden by a massive gash of black pigment, the other gazes pensively into the distance. Bacon looks withdrawn and resigned as he sits in a harshly illuminated arena with only a lilac door, a table and a crumpled newspaper for company.

His mood gives way to outright melancholy in another large self-portrait, where he leans against a sink and claps his bowed head in dejection. The carefully delineated watch on his wrist reveals that it is nearly eight o'clock, but there appears to be no way of telling  whether morning or night is intended. Under the remorseless glare of the light-bulb dangling from the top of the picture, he endures a private agony which the passing of time does nothing to alleviate.

But meeting Bacon himself quickly dispels the illusion that he must be gloomy, self-absorbed and incommunicative. When I interviewed him in 1971, just before his major retrospective exhibition at the Grand Palais in Paris, he confounded all my expectations. Although Bacon lives in a cramped, ramshackle Kensington mews and carefully maintains his seclusion, he is marvellously convivial. He takes an eager interest in the people around him, and discuses painting with a gusto which animates his entire body.  Far from adopting a diffident or enigmatic attitude to questions about his work, he throws himself energetically into the task of defining his aims as an artist.

An intensely physical man, Bacon always uses gestures to reinforce the meaning he wants to convey. When he talks about seizing and trapping the 'brutality' of life, his hands thrust outwards as if to grasp the image he is trying to describe. Watching him gesticulate and move restlessly across the seat he sat in  realised how this energy becomes translated into paintings which express a writhing and exclamatory vision of humanity. Although many critics have accused him of exaggerating and even sensationalising the violence of existence, Bacon is entirely sincere. He has never lost the capacity to be at once startled and captivated by 'the rawness of life'. The brooding awareness of mortality which haunts all his pictures is matched by an ebullient desire to clutch at the pulse of vitality while it lasts. It is surely no accident that the stark, cage-like structures which enclose so many of his figures bear a disconcerting resemblance to condemned cells, for Bacon finds that the imminence of death makes him still more determined to intensify his fierce involvement with life at its most frenetic.

The man who painted these images of galvanised humanity has just celebrated his 75th birthday, so I wonder whether David Sylvester's new filmed interview would disclose that Bacon is becoming quieter and more sedate than before. His face has inevitably has grown deeply lined, and its shadowy crevices sometimes make him uncannily like the pummelled heads in his own self-portraits. He speaks more slowly too, pausing to collect his thoughts and occasionally appearing  to tire of the effort involved in rehearsing the events of his life. But, on the whole, Bacon remains astonishingly alert, articulate and energetic. In one sequence he stands in a studio strewn with accumulated debris and talks about the unpredictability of painting, its capacity to surprise him even when he despairs of making a coherent picture at all. Bacon's arms describe swift arcs in the air, almost mimicking the actions he employs while painting, and I was struck by the lithe agility of his movements. They seem to belong to a much younger man, an exuberant painter who should, with luck, have many active years still ahead of him.

Bacon is more at ease here than in the previous television interview he gave to Sylvester in 1975. It took place in an LWT studio for Aquarius and I recall that both participants looked wary, hunched and faintly embattled. They talked well enough, but the formability of the setting stiffened the conversation and at one point the crash of falling equipment somewhere in the background gave Bacon a shock which ran through his furrowed features like a  seismic tremor. He appeared as aghast as one of the screaming Popes in his series inspires by Velázquez's portrait of Innocent X. At that moment his expression disclosed a great deal about the heightened sensitivity of his nervous system, but the Aquarius interview did not do justice to the Bacon I had met in the studio. The new programme succeeds where its predecessor failed. By filming him on his home ground, and dispensing with the solemnity of a formal interview, director Michael Blackwood allows Bacon to relax. Rather than sitting stiffly in a tubular television chair he is able to move around at will on his own sofa, leaning forward whenever an urgent point is being made but also breaking off to welcome his friend John Edwards into the room. Although separated in age by perhaps half a century, Bacon and Edwards are clearly very devoted to each other. Bacon has painted some unusually tender portraits of the younger man, who reveals a dead-pan sense of humour at one point in the film. They go into the studio, and after surveying the extraordinary chaos strewn across its floor Edwards says: 'It's reasonably tidy at the moment isn't it Francis?'

In other words, the programme shows us something of how Bacon lives as well as allowing him to air his opinions. Sylvester's contribution should not be underestimated in this respect, for he has been a friend and admirer of Bacon for almost 40 years. The film opens with a steeply angled shot of Sylvester ascending the narrow stairs of the mews studio, and his commentary emphasises at the outset that familiarity has not dulled him to the compelling quality of Bacon's pictures: 'They go on being mysterious'. Sylvester has conducted an extensive series of interviews with Bacon since 1962, and they have been published in an outstanding book which displays both men's exceptional ability to talk about painting with clarity and precision. Occasionally, in this new programme, the realisation that they have already discussed Bacon's work in exhaustive detail appears to inhibit them; they are understandably reluctant to go over old ground. But whenever Bacon seems to tire of attempting to explain his aims, Sylvester knows just how to give his old friend a murmur of gentle encouragement.

As a result, we learn a great deal about Bacon's working methods. While the camera glides unobtrusively over the photographs scattered around the room, he explains his ambivalent attitude towards these often torn and creased images. Although he relies very heavily on photographs of friends as a springboard for his imagination, and finds them 'much less inhibiting than the people sitting there in front of me', Bacon is at pains to stress that he has no intention of vying with photography. On the contrary: it frees him to explore a kind of imagery which the camera could never supplymore direct, less reliant on the illustration of observable reality. Coining one of his most memorable phrases, Bacon declared that 'you have to abbreviate it into intensity', and he constantly emphasised the importance of 'reinventing' the subjects he paints. Blackwood reinforces Bacon's explanation by fading from photographs of sitters like Lucian Freud, George Dyer and Isabel Rawsthorne to the paintings they have inspired. In every case a dramatic transformation has taken place, retaining the essential structure of the face but moulding it like rubber and charging it with a furious new vitality.

Bacon points out how much he admires the 'brutality of fact' in Picasso, whose exhibition at the Rosenberg Gallery in Paris first stimulated him to start painting around 1928. Picasso's influence is clear enough, especially in the most cartoon-like of Bacon's distortions (there is a fascinating book to be written on the impact of the comic strip on 20th century art). But I have always wondered about the German paintings Bacon must have encountered in 1927 during a formative stay in Berlin. He remembers it as 'one of the great decadent years of Berlin', and explains that the 'night life was very exciting to me, coming from a very puritanical society like Ireland'. But apart from describing Berlin in a suggestive phrase as 'a wide-open city', Bacon fails to mention German art. He has always flatly refused to be categorised as an Expressionist, and is far too sturdily individual to deserve pigeon-holing as a follower of any avant-garde movement. All the same, the ferocity of his work marks him out from most other British painters, either present or past, and I suspect that Bacon's debt to German art may be more substantial than he imagines.

Ultimately, though, Bacon's work derives much of its distinction from his ability to combine aggression with nicety, headlong abandon with hair's-breadth calculation. He knows the virtue of restraint as well as the exhilaration of onslaught, and the convulsive passages in his art are always countered by areas of extreme understatement. Bacon's paintings are exquisite as well as impetuous, and one of the most revealing moments in the programme occurred when he talked about the 'fastidiousness' of Velázquez. The theatrical disorder of Bacon's studio is deceptive. Although he is genuinely attached to the shambles in his room. and felt 'utterly castrated'  when he tried moving to 'a beautiful studio round the corner', Bacon also has a passion for exactitude. The jumble of paint-pots, books, magazines and photographs gives way, at one telling point in the film, to a shot of faultlessly clean and neat brushes laid out with care on a white sheet. Bacon is a virtuoso manipulator of paint, and he pointed with particular pride to the picture where the image of water splashing wildly from a tap was surrounded by large expanses of bare canvas. He liked the fact that its pristine surface was undisturbed by even the tiniest smudge of pigment.

Thriving on an audacious delight in improvisation and accident, but at the same time driven by a stern desire for order and discipline, Bacon manages to reconcile these two seemingly opposed urges in his finest work.

On the evidence of this programme, however, he is less certain about the meaning his pictures finally convey. Bacon insists that 'I don't think there's anything horrific about my work', and he does seem genuinely unaware of any wish to cultivate violence. But the fact remains that his art can become oppressive in its relentless preoccupation with rawness and brutality.

Sylvester asked a very thoughtful and pertinent question about the possible elements of both disgust and self-disgust in the paintings. Bacon's reply was untypically evasive, and he was no more illuminating when Sylvester  inquired why he had once painted a nude woman with a syringe stuck in her arm. Bacon admitted at the end of the programme that he never thought anyone would by his pictures at the beginning of his career, and even today he still maintains an attitude of stubborn indifference to what people think of his work. It is a defiant stance, essentially, and may have prevented him from appreciating quite how threatened we can feel when confronted by his narrow but compulsive vision of the world.

 

 

 

Postscript

 

Edible bacon

 

 

By P. J. KAVANAGH | ART | THE SPECTATOR | 7 JANUARY 1985

 

At the Francis Bacon exhibition I was overcome by a series of yawns. That is not meant as a piece of art criticism, or even as a comment to please the philistines. The yawns descended on me, volley after volley of them, making my eyes water, so I thought I had better leave.

Yawns are involuntary, of course, but not necessarily insulting. I had a wise old French master who liked people yawning in his class, it meant they were trying to pay attention, which is true. If you allow your thoughts to wander in their own sweet way you do not, I think, yawn.

However, I found when I was again out- side his exhibition and in the narrow gallery by the entrance to it where I peered up at the Stanley Spencers and William Roberts and Edward Burras — other English painters gathered together, perhaps unwisely, as a prologue to him — that I stopped yawning. So I tried to apply my mind to the reasons for the yawns.

First, as far as I could discern through my welling eyes, the pictures, room after room of them, were very similar to each other, there was little variety, or none. Secondly, they were rather pretty. This may come as a surprise to some, but I stick to it. Those mauve backgrounds, or rust- coloured ones, are pleasant to look at, and the event inside the painting is placed elegantly within them; all is in the very best of taste. That the event may be a distorted human form, dripping a bit, or sitting on a bidet, seems to me neither here nor there. These are prettily painted too, if you look closely at them. The distorted heads of portraits, where a cheek or a jaw goes un- expectedly concave, are done with broad strokes of a brush that contains many colours at the same time: cream, strawberry, a delicious purply-grey that is also reminiscent of good puddings. It struck me as possibly lucky that Mr Bacon's vision leads him to distort in this way, for people love to wince and sigh and frown in the presence of Truth. In fact the more they wince the Truer they think it is, I don't know why. But were it not so I suspect that Mr Bacon, with his natural tendency towards the tasteful, even the edible, would be hanging in the back room of a paint-shop in St Ives and, being the man I am told he is, he would be equally content.

It was when I read the catalogue that I began to open my eyes and let them dry out. 'His own work sets the standard for our time, for he is surely the greatest living painter;' — well, if you say so, squire — 'no other artist in our century has presented the human predicament with such insight and feeling.' Now, it is important ,not to hold such statements against Bacon himself, he makes no such claims: this Is Alan Bowness and when the cultural bullies really get going they let you have it with both barrels.

What Bacon himself says is more interesting, and made me sit up. 'I want very, very much to do the thing Valery said —10 give the sensation without the boredom of the conveyance. And the moment the story enters, the boredom comes upon you.'

I take it that is an expression of Modernism, that he wants to get straight to the expression of sensation without intellectual preconceptions and hesitations. It is an enormous and natural ambition and the mention of Valéry  reminded me that it is precisely what poets want to do and are always held up by, 'the boredom of the conveyance', by words. That is the problem. The trouble is, the ones who brush away the boredom of the conveyance are usually extremely boring themselves because it is so difficult to know what they are going on about. And the remark about 'greatest living painter' made me wonder who in that sort of Introduction-Speak would be described as the greatest living poet and I guess it would be a man who has gone in precisely the opposite direction from Bacon, away from the grand manner towards an immediately recognisable real- ism, Philip Larkin.

On the whole, poets, English ones anyway, seem to have given up Bacon's attempt and do seem the more interesting for it.

 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON: ARTIST OF ENDGAME

 

 

Francis Bacon, 76 this year, is considered by the world to be Britain's foremost painter, a view not always shared in his homeland.

A major retrospective at the Tate Gallery, opening this week, gives us a chance to reassess his achievements.

Here Lord Gowrie, the Arts Minister and an admirer for many years, writes an appreciation of Bacon's work

 

 

 

GREY GOWRIE | THE SUNDAY TIMES MAGAZINE | SUNDAY, MAY 19, 1985

 

Francis Bacon is the greatest painter in the world and the best this country has produced since Turner. This large claim is a view shared by a remarkable number of people, rather few of them British. To us natives, it is a shock to recognise how eminent Bacon and Henry Moore have made us in the visual arts. Our cultural establishment is musical and literary in outlook; we take our theatrical tradition, and Shakespeare, for granted; since the Beatles we can command a world stage in popular music. Seeing and touching, by contrast, belong to the slightly seditious universe of sensation and both our puritan and idealistic philosophical strands combine to make us suspect appearances. Happily, these two heroes, septua- and octogenarian now, have encouraged a new generation of artists to build on their achievements and make international names.

Of the two, Bacon is the most surprising. Henry Moore's work is permeated with the English love of nature. He makes simple and powerful signals  about the correspondence between landscape and the female figure. He reinforces life's primal effects: a kind of bronze Wordsworth. Francis Bacon is not romantic in this way although he likes the aristocratic intuitiveness of later romantics like Baudelaire. He has the nihilism and gaiety of certain of certain 18th-century minds. Nature, when it crops up at all in his work, is both threatening and monstrous: purposeless matter unrelieved by the flicker of civilisation's match. Landscape near Malabata (1963) is a picture of a tree. It is a fine demonstration of the way colour is movement in painting, and how a tree's sinews can appear like muscular movement. But try to people this landscape and you are in the world of Godot or King Lear. A more recent work, Sand Dune (1981), is a picture of sand encroaching  on a building by the sea. The sand is all movement, dynamic; the building is being eaten and that will be the end of it because nature is in the business of demolition. To fly in the face of nature you need luck and the peculiar courage to stare her down. To adapt a line of Thom Gunn, a few friends and a few historical names have had the courage. A few artistsCimabue, Velasquez, Degas, Picassohave occasionally looked without blinking. Otherwise, existence is just, drink, sex and status. Bacon is an artist of the endgame. His work is a lifespan distant from Moore's family groups and mothers-with-child.

The classical artist is preoccupied with realism. Bacon is absolutely for realism, only he would argue that now photography has made reportage redundant you need psychological realism as well, the shadow as well as its fact. He is adamant that he is not an Expressionist painter. He believes in truthfulness rather than effects. The affecting, even upsetting, quality of his work comes partly from what Michel Leiris has called his "exhilarated despair ... the painful but lyrical disturbance felt by all those who, living in these times of horror spangled with enchantment, can contemplate them with lucidity". It also comes, more prosaically, from what he would see as his failure to win the fight between the raw material of oil paint and the mind's eye. When Bacon does win his paintings are both awesome and tender, moving in the highest and most humane way. Yet even the violent distortions of his figures are implicit in their own flesh as well as in oil paint and the painter's need to trap the visual aspects of personality by memorising it. He does not paint from life.

To an existential artist like Bacon, chance is very important, both as a rubric for the universe (his hobby is roulette) and for what it throws up on the canvas. In Lying Figure (1966) a female nude lies on a bed, her head south to the viewer, limbs akimbo, bed and body seemingly about to slide down a great escarpment of carpet. Facial features are blurred in Bacon's way as if they and the pigment from which they are formed had been pummelled into the final image. (This is often literally the case, since he paints with rags and his hands as well as with brush.) But across the whole width of the face is a superimposed white drip or tache of paint extraneous to the image yet formally devastating in the way it cancels an already pretty terminal environment. Stripped of its associations, the picture has the vibranceeven the prettinessof colour which early in his career Bacon found in a medical text book about diseases of the mouth. Bacon's surgeon's aesthetics and sang-froid take some getting used to. They are worth it because they are bound up with his special lucidity of purpose. Look how close oil paint comes to the stuff of life, he seems to be arguing. You are used to it with clouds and hills in landscape painting. Why not get used to it with the body? And if the painter is lucky, impulses of memory and desire may allow him to manipulate the stuff so as to trap elusive and temporal personalities, and our feelings about them. Perhaps for such reasons, Bacon's subjects are a few friends and himself, painted over and over, sometimes after they have died, from snapshots and memory. Bacon himself looks very like a Francis Bacon. In this respect he is close to his contemporary, the painter and sculptor Giacometti.

Bacon's belief in unaccommodated man, his identification with London low life and sleaze, his gambling, his generosity with money and caustic tongue, his frightening ability to drink a great deal and remain at the height of his intellectual and artistic powers at 75all play their part in his anti-heroic legend. By contrast, the career is altogether steadfast. He was a late starter. He was born and spent much of his childhood in Ireland, where his father trained racehorses: there is a lot of Ireland in Bacon and it is reasonable to think of him as Irish in the way that Camus was Algerian. He was haphazardly educated and travelled about Europe in the late 1920s. Berlin and Paris took a hold on his imagination and Paris remains the city where his work commands most scrutiny.

He made his historical debut in 1930 as an interior decorator and furniture designer; he worked in what we would call the Art Deco style, based on the Constructivism of the previous decade. He studied the art of Picasso, at that time involved in attenuated semi-geometrical figure paintings which were beginning to look haunted and surreal. Inspired, he taught himself to paint. His early work, nearly all of which he subsequently destroyed, attempted to give abstracted hominoid shapes a similarly heightened airsometimes by little references to the Western religious tradition. His work was not successful and he was turned down for the International Surrealist Exhibition in 1936. He himself dates his career from the 1944 triptych Figures at the Base of a Cross in the Tate Gallery.

At first glance this work still owes much to Picasso. It is a study, like the paintings and sketches of the Guernica period, of how to assault the nervous system of an onlooker with formal equivalents for pain, mental stress, distortions not of art merely but of daily living and his own hold on it. Closer acquaintance suggests that here is someone who has looked very hard and imaginatively at the whole baroque tradition of wrenching the human figure until it is, literally, dragged towards that self-extension known as the sublime. But although the triptych is a very strong, even terrifying, picture one is at least as much aware of the scepticism and control underlying the element of shock. It is as if the artist were playing "chicken" with theatrical excess and learning to paint on the dangerous Baroque margin between going very far and going too far.

Bacon then dropped the linear, attenuated style of the triptych in favour of something much more solid. He was teaching himself oil paint's correspondence with the destiny of the observed world; the Courbet road to nature. Figure Study I (1945-6) shows a coat and a hat in a landscape. This painting seems to have inaugurated the interest in clothes (no 20th-century painter has rendered them so attentively) which reflected Bacon's preoccupation with Velasquez's Innocent X and led to his own robed and enthroned popes. The effect of Figure Study is surreal, but not only on account of the garments and their location. A strong formal understanding of the kind of space clothes are designed to occupy draws shocking, and effective, attention to the absence of any owner. " 'What modern man wants,' " Bacon has said, quoting Valery, " 'is the grin without the cat': the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance." Throughout his career, Bacon has attempted to combine psychological immediacy his chamber of horrors side with whatever formal mechanics are most likely to allow the viewer to retain the painted image  until it moves into memory and becomes a way of looking at the world. In the years following the war this search led Bacon to solidity at all costs. The Magdalene (or Figure Study II, 1946) in the Bagley Art Gallery has the poise of a Giotto figure, and so much presence that the umbrella half-concealing her becomes a convincing detail and not the gratuitous surreal emblem for which it is sometimes mistaken.

In the following decade, Bacon's iconography juxtaposed the violent signs of our century with the gravities, hollow maybe, but socially and spiritually well anchored, of earlier epochs. His habit of working from photographs and news-clippings is in this decade everywhere apparent. It affected younger English painters like Richard Hamilton and the new figuration of Pop Art. Himmler and Goebbels, silent or in oratorical flood; Nadar's captivating photographs of Baudelaire's sidelong look; people rushing for shelter during street fighting in Petrograd in 1917; Marius Maxwell's photograph of animals in equatorial Africa; the Screaming Nurse from Eisenstein's film Potemkin; a postcard of the Promenade des Anglais in Nice; a few friends or relationsall appear and reappear as visual metaphors in compositions of increasing formality and scale. Their function is to awaken the sense of the suggestive which gives painting a resonance beyond its object-life, and liberation from the confines of art. Bacon would bring technical devices out into the open and reinstate them as images. The famous boxes which circumscribe his male nudes, popes, businessmen and monkeys start life as ways of containing space and end it as prisons out of Kafka. His brush-strokes are rapid (he does no preliminary drawing) and blur into one another. So originates the suggestion of flesh poised, like that of M Valdemar in Poe's horrifying tale, on the edge of instant putrefaction.

The work of recent years has in the main turned from public and private scenes. Bacon's originality is on as firm ground here, and slightly less susceptible to the aesthetics of shock. Memory traces of friends, nudes and the urban interiors which provide a natural setting for all but our most superficial human encounters, are re-created, hit and miss, in the very large body of work which has made his international name. Bacon is unique in this century in his ability to render the indoor, overfed, alcohol-and-tobacco-lined flesh of the average urban male. His painting is how most of us look. Bacon paints beds, platforms, chairs and sofas with the attention of Courbet gave to rocks. The effect is a suffocating enclosure: the landscape of hell done as hell's hotel bedroom; the non-world of Sartre's Huis Clos and Beckett's Endgame. The implied theatricality seems to be deliberate. Compositional layout is very much like a conventional stage set; at any moment another figure, bearing hypodermic or ashtray, may enter left or right. Sofas and tables have, like flesh, puffed out and turned flabby, their Art Deco youthfulness long gone. These interiors reveal a truism of art impossible to over-emphasise. The function of any medium is to offer interchange, metamorphosis, the telescopic sliding-together of our perceptions until they are gathered back to their solitary neutral source.

Like Eliot's early poetry (a direct influence) Bacon's paintings are documentaries of nervous stress. They maybe stage contemporarily but they are always performedand this is perhaps the most English thing about themwith awareness of historical precedent and the shapes of tradition.

 

An exhibition of Francis Bacon's work is at the Tate Gallery, London, from May 22 to August 18. Francis Bacon by Dawn Ades and Andrew Forgs is published by Thames and Hudson on May 20, £30, and is the hardback version of the catalogue.

 

 

    

                  Photograph by Don McCullin

 

 

 


DISTURBING IMAGES UNMELLOWED BY TIME

 


 

Billed as "the greatest living painter," Francis Bacon's power to jangle the nerves with some of the most disquieting images of 20th-century art remains undiminished after more than five decades of painting.

 

 

MICHAEL WISE | PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER | JUNE 8, 1985

 

    His pictures of writhing, snapping beasts, neither human nor wholly animal, upset many people when first shown in London in 1945. They still disturb, as do scenes of slaughter, lone figures in desolate chambers and a set of portraits that have come to be known as "the screaming popes." All are back on view among more than 120 works by Bacon in a major retrospective that just opened at London's Tate Gallery.

    Bacon, 75, shuns attempts to explain his work and believes many people dwell too much on what they see as horror in it. "Talking about painting is like reading a bad translation from a foreign language," the British artist says. "The images are there and they are the things that talk, not anything you can say about it." Bacon, still largely sandy-haired and cherubic, refers to himself as an ''image maker" who often "pulverizes" images drawn from other sources. These include photographs and film, paintings by Velazquez, Ingres and Van Gogh as well as poems by Aeschylus and T.S. Eliot. "Every artist will beg, borrow or steal anything that they think will be of any use to them."

    Bacon, descended from the 16th-century philosopher whose name he bears, has also studied pictures from medical textbooks and of animals about to be killed. He bridles against interpreting his apparent obsession with cruelty as a response to war or genocide. Of an art critic who sees a likeness of Roosevelt at the 1945 Yalta conference in the figure in a 1946 picture containing bloody slabs of meat, he said, "That's completely wrong."

    He says his paintings, often done as triptychs, do not consciously mirror the world but adds: "We live with this vast sea which we call the unconscious and which we don't know. . . . Everything which is going on probably sinks into it. Every so often these images refloat."

    Many of his later works are portraits of himself and his friends, the faces violently distorted, frequently smeared. Like other modern artists, he says portraiture has been forever altered by the invention of the camera. ''There is no point in making a portrait that doesn't look like the person, but nevertheless one hopes to dislocate it from illustration."

    Chance, he says, has a big part in a painting's outcome. Bacon has loved gambling since childhood in Dublin, where his father, a former British army officer, retired to train racehorses.

    He left home at the age of 16 and spent several years in Paris and Berlin. After working briefly as a furniture designer and interior decorator, he decided to become a painter without any formal art training.

    Now a passionate roulette player, Bacon says painting successfully is very much like winning at the gaming tables he frequents. "It's the moment of feeling that chance is just smiling on you for one second."

    These days Bacon does not need monetary gain at the wheel. Museums and collectors avidly seek his paintings. One fetched half a million dollars at a New York auction last month. But he still occupies a sparsely furnished London mews house - "the same old dump that I've lived in for the last 24 years. I still paint a lot. I had thought of doing sculpture a few years ago and it suddenly came to me that I could do in painting what I would have done in sculpture."

    He admires Michelangelo's "male voluptuousness," and nude men are among his latest works. Some resemble amputees in shin pads worn in cricket. Pastels complement oils he once used exclusively.

    Narrative art holds no interest for him, and he dissociates himself from expressionism or surrealism. Asked to elaborate on one of the cricket pads or pieces of flesh, he responds with a degree of annoyance: "I just like the image in itself."

    Bacon has no patience for critics who view it all as the product of personal torment. "I enjoy life but I have absolutely no belief in anything," he said. "I don't say that anguish doesn't play a part in my work. The very fact that you exist, that you see what's going on around you, that must create anguish in anybody."

 

 


ART VIEW;


Time Vindicates Francis Bacon
s Searing Vision

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL THE NEW YORK TIMES JUNE 9, 1985

 

The retrospective exhibition of paintings by Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery in London is not an event about which I shall pretend to be objective. Among the many thousands of exhibitions that I have seen on business and for pleasure, none is more vivid to me than the first sight of Bacon's Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion at the Lefevre Gallery in London in April 1945. They are in every book on Bacon. They are the predestined point of departure for every retrospective exhibition of his work. They have been described a thousand times. But, when seen at first hand, they still startle.

 

It should be said in this context that in April 1945 the war in Europe was about to end. No one knew what peace would be like, but there was a general reluctance in England to believe that there was in human nature an element that was irreducibly evil. After nearly six years at war, people preferred to think that everything was going to be all right, and that we could go to an exhibition of new art in a spirit of thanksgiving for dangers honourably surmounted (with some help from others).

 

Bacon's Three Studies put forward a less comfortable point of view. They suggested that people would always go on doing dreadful things to one another, and that other people would always come by to gloat. That was not the whole meaning of the Three Studies, but it was one of their meanings, and it made a lot visitors hightail it out of the gallery. On any reading, these were terrifying images. The three figures in question had anatomies that were part human, part animal and part conundrum. They could probe, bite and suck, but their functioning in other respects was mysterious. Ears and mouths they had, but two at least of them were sightless. One was unpleasantly bandaged. Common to all three figures was a mindless voracity, an automatic unregulated gluttony and a ravening undifferentiated capacity for hatred. Each was as if cornered, and only waiting for a chance to drag the observer down and savage him.

 

As a view of humankind, this was thought to be as pessimistic as it was untimely. Was not violence about to be outlawed from the world? If people had been on the wrong side, was it not usually because they had had no choice? All that was needed to bring them back into the fold was a little reeducation in civics. As for those who had fought on the right side, no future could be too bright for them. (Anyone who saw Kate Nelligan in David Hare's play, Plenty, will have seen this latter point of view set out with an almost unbearable poignancy.) Bacon in all this was the troublemaker, the specter at the vestigial feast, the doomsayer whom people wished away. But he didn't go away, and the paintings had a weight and an authority that had nothing to do with the newsreels of the day, terrifying as those were beginning to be. Bacon in 1945 was not a beginner, but a man pushing 36 who had been about the world in an irregular, noctambular, totally unprejudiced way. As a boy in Ireland, where his grandmother was married at one time to the chief of police for County Kildare, he had known violence on the road, violence in the house, and violence in the ditch. He had lived in Weimar Berlin at the time when it was the only truly free city in Europe (and quite possibly the most dangerous). Nothing human was alien to him, and it came out in his paintings.

 

But in the late 1940's and early 50's he was thought of as someone who habitually supped full on horrors and came back for seconds. Only slowly did it get through that he had done no more than reassert the terrible rightness of the summation that Shakespeare gives to Thersites in Troilus and Cressida. ''Lechery, lechery; still wars and lechery: nothing else holds fashion,'' is what Thersites says, and if we look round the world we shall see that this estimate has not gone out of style.

 

As had happened with the Three Studies - which were painted in 1944, by the way, and were in no way a commentary on the news that came in thick and fast as the Allied armies pressed ever deeper into Germany -there were paintings that with hindsight seemed to have a premonitory air. (The most famous of these was the image that prefigured the look of Eichmann on trial in Jerusalem.) Yet eventually it emerged that Bacon's concern was as much with love and affection, and with the annals of an idiosyncratic domesticity, as it was with public events. As a portraitist, whether in the grand style or in the intimacy of close-up, he was in the tradition formulated by Vincent van Gogh when he said that he wanted his paintings to be ''inaccurate and anomalous in such a way that they become lies, if you like, but lies that are more truthful than literal truth.'' Here again, time has vindicated Bacon. His portraits - a record, in most cases, of loves and friendships long preserved, though sometimes subject to intermittences - have turned out to be, as van Gogh wished, ''more truthful than literal truth.'' On the basis of long acquaintance with some of his more regular sitters, I can attest that, like Bacon's portraits of himself, they grow more accurate year by year.  

Partly for this reason, Bacon's earlier retrospective in London (in 1962, at the Tate Gallery) left a memory of long walls hung with tall paintings of single figures that created an Old Masterly effect, as if they were van Dycks of the Genoese period that had undergone (but not been diminished by) an unaccountable mutation. This element in his work has come out more and more strongly in recent times, though once or twice an unwonted sweetness has crept in. (In the triple portrait of Mick Jagger in the present show the veteran troubadour gets, for instance, a soft and easy run.) As against that, the portrait heads of his close friend, the French anthropologist, autobiographer and authority on African art, Michel Leiris, have a power, a discernment and a concision that make most of the other portraits of our day look ridiculous.  

Yet the locus of Bacon's deepest and most reverberant activity may lie in images in which people carry on as if they do in life when they think that nobody is looking at them. With a formal portrait, no matter how searching, the presence of the artist is a given - built in, that is to say, and inescapable. No matter how total the candour -and Bacon in painting his friends (as in talking about them) is candour personified - we look at the sitter's eyeballs and see, or think that we see, the image of the painter reflected. Bacon may well be most himself when the subject is left free to move around, dressed or undressed, in a purposeful but abstracted way.

At such times he can make the most strenuous activity - murder, not least - seem a matter of every day. He can also give an unnerving intensity to actions like shaving, switching off the light, riding a bicycle and (in one case) turning a key with one's toes. Mating the mythical with the quotidian, singling out this detail or that from a commonplace interior, reinventing the human body as if no one had ever painted it before, he makes us aware of the volatility and the irrationality of many a notion that we are raised to think of as normal.

Reading the Tate Gallery catalogue, it may strike us that whereas in England and in France Bacon's work has prompted some of the best art writing of the last 30 and more years, it has never had a comparable impact among Americans. This for instance is what Andrew Forge, the English painter now teaching at Yale, has to say about the treatment of the human body in Bacon's George Dyer Crouching (1966). ''The figure, scrunched up at the end of a diving board, is formless at first sight. Then one hits upon an eye, flat on the side of the head, precisely defined, unwinking, dryly glittering.''

Once that eye is seen, ''the weight and thickness of the thighs, the downward stretch of the arm, the massive crest of muscle upon the shoulders, the massive concentration of the lowered head, all seem to leap out of the paint, triggered by the hard saurian eye which, as with some fantastic knobbly lizards, seems to be embedded like a living jewel in material that follows another order of form.'' Anyone who can provoke writing of that quality has to have been doing something right.

The exhibition can be seen in London through Aug. 18, and will travel later to Stuttgart and Berlin. Apart from assembling many a classic piece from the whole length of Bacon's career, it shows that at a time of life when many a senior painter settles for lucrative and easygoing replication, Bacon is still reinventing himself in situations of maximum risk. Who else now working would paint a sand dune in such a way as to give it so powerful an erotic suggestion? Or find a way to convince the authorities at the Pompidou Center that they simply could not go on without a figure painting that takes as its point of origin the game (never yet seen in France) of cricket?  

 

 

 

          Francis Bacon

  (Tate Gallery till 18 August)

 

  Reservations

 

 

GILES AUTY ART THE SPECTATOR 25 MAY 1985

 

At last the opportunity has come to assess a lifetime's work by one thought by many to be the world's foremost living painter. However, amid the Niagaras of praise tumbling from other pens, I find myself an isolated advocate of caution.

To explain my reservations I should quote first the well-known tale of the disillusioned art lecturer who said, 'By now, all art students know that Rembrandt was a very great artist. The problem is that none of them know why.'

So, too, with Bacon.

Within the pages of this paper, two weeks ago, Daniel Farson wrote 'With Chagall's death, and Dali just alive but no longer painting, Bacon is the most important artist who is working today.' I doubt whether Bacon would necessarily be flattered by the company chosen for him, but in the Sunday Times Magazine Lord Gowrie makes a rather more attractive comparison: 'Francis Bacon is the greatest painter in the world and the best this country has produced since Turner.' Alan Bowness, director of the Tate, makes an equally ambitious and rather more controversial claim: 'His own work sets the standard for our time, for he is surely the greatest living painter; no artist in our century has presented the human predicament with such insight and feeling.' With the wind of such words gusting in our ears, it is hard to keep hold of our critical hats.

Unlike many writers, including my co- correspondent on this journal, I have not spoken to the artist for many years. The last time we exchanged words, as I recall, was in a British Rail dining car, wherein the ferocious appearance and expressions of the artist's travelling companion rendered the railway fare even more indigestible than usual to the more typical run of passenger. Before this our paths had crossed briefly in Cornwall where the artist was once kind enough to share a bottle of the excellent whisky sent him by his gallery for Christmas. An afternoon of interesting and perceptive conversation — on the artist's part, at least — about Bonnard, among others, was abbreviated by the return of an earlier companion of the artist, to whom art discussion was clearly anathema. I claim no insight whatsoever from these brief talks, other than to suggest that much of the artist's work is far more personal than earlier schools of criticism have claimed. Unlike Dr Bowness, I do not feel that the artist presents the human, so much as his own, predicament in his work. His view of the world and its flesh, however powerful, is deeply idiosyncratic. As I wrote many years ago, attempts by others to discover universal truth in the artist's highly personal vision, probably irritate him even more than they do me.

In the past decade, there has been a major shift in the critical tack. Wisely many critics have dropped the 'universal predicament' story. Manifestly the artist's intensely urban and claustrophobic vision is not, for example, about a young farmer's struggle to make a living for his family in the Scottish or Cymric hills. Of course, the farmer — and his family — will no doubt die and decay in God's good time, but not necessarily from wounds which are self-inflicted.

More recently we have been generally enjoined to concentrate on the painterly, rather than the vision-bearing aspect of the artist's abilities. Here I am in much stronger agreement. The artist's formal audacity and versatility have built up steadily from years of dedicated work. Bacon's discoveries are made in the physical battleground of the studio, rather than in the arid contemplation of art magazines or work by contemporaries. Equally I share the depth of the artist's respect for past art and lack of interest in purely abstract forms. Bacon is a powerful, original and unfashionable form-maker, whose use of colour can be darkly sensual. For most visitors to the Tate, however, colour will probably seem a secondary issue compared with the often grotesque ambiguities of the fleshly forms. Accident and physiological re-arrangement combine with stock Baconian devices circular areas of magnification and pointing arrows, for instance — to form unnerving distortions. Simply with paint, Bacon makes creatures with a worrying credibility, whose souls may be laid bare before us like secrets divulged under torture. Indeed torture — literally twisting — whether of paint or bodies is a pervading presence. Perhaps the psyches that we glimpse in his portraiture are those which only pain or fear would ordinarily uncover. But are these revelations ultimately 'truer' than those encouraged by love or compassion?

Earlier, I wrote of Bacon as an 'unfashionable' artist, whose great strength lies in discovering his own formal means of personal expression. Yet, in another sense, the artist has always been unwittingly fashionable, the violence and nihilism in his work providing a frisson for those whose first reaction to risk in life would be to run for their insurance brokers. At a lower level, admittedly, films of violence and horror are notably popular with la jeunesse doree. The automatic equation of despair with artistic force is a fallacy so obvious that it needs pointing out only to art bureaucrats. This is not the fault of this or any other artist, of course, but is a tendency that should be noted.

In her explanatory essay in the exhibition catalogue, Dawn Ades writes, 'Bacon's figures . . . are painted not as self-controlled, social creatures, but as beings driven by those urges or instincts Bacon describes as the irresistible counter-point to the despair of contemplating death.' And later, 'The meaninglessness that Bacon takes for granted is that of life lived without belief in an after-life, or any moral absolutes.'

The superbly mounted and organised Tate Gallery retrospective, containing many works never previously seen there, show Francis Bacon to be an immensely powerful and inventive artist. Within the gallery walls, time is indeed suspended in an atmosphere at once hypnotic and claustrophobic. On leaving the exhibition I called in briefly to look at the Turners. Outside, cloud to the South of London was breaking up. Mercifully, the sun, when it finally appeared, did not dangle naked from the sky by a length of flex.

 

 

 

  Talking to

    Francis

 

         Alistair Hicks

 

 

ALISTAIR HICKS ART THE SPECTATOR 25 MAY 1985

 

'Very few people like poetry or painting; they really want a story. I don't like stories; I'm not a narrative painter. Painting is a language on its own; it is very difficult to translate into words.' However, Francis Bacon's career has never followed any laws and not only does he speak with the authority of the greatest living painter, but he raids our literary heritage with a calculated abandon. 'I want to convey reality without illustrating,' he says and plunders the imagery of Aeschylus, Eliot and Yates. People accuse him of being aggressive, but the carnage is only taking place in closed minds. 'Look at the newspapers, television and films who could compete with that?' He can. His violence never lacks purpose and is aimed at those mental gates. 'Great poetry makes a direct assault on the nervous system.' Unlike his 16th-century ancestor, he uses paint instead of words and consequently has only received grudging respect in this country instead of joyous praise.

A second retrospective at the Tate is a unique compliment, but he has earned it. 'When I started painting I did a course in speed-writing I didn't finish it I never thought that I would earn enough money from my pictures to make a living.' Fortunately, his work was soon recognised abroad. Even though Paris is a far less important centre in the world's art market than London or New York, it is only there he feels he receives a true painter's welcome. This summer will sow why. The Tate retrospective will have a great impact, especially amongst those too young to have seen his last show, but it should be more of a celebration. If were were visually interested, we would already know the paintings and this exhibition would just be a confirmation of our pleasure in his work. The whole of London should be popping corks in true Bacon style, just as the Sienese held a feast day on completion of a Duccio altarpiece.

Bacon's vision has changed the way we perceived beauty. Michel Leiris once wrote under Baudelaire's influence, 'We can call "beautiful" only that which suggests the existence of an ideal order supraterrestrial, harmonious and logical  and yet bears within itself, like the brand of original sin, the drop of poison, the rogue element of incoherence, the grain of sand that will foul up the entire system.' Bacon ringed this and the preceding passage in Leiris's book. His pictures have broken down the classical ideal of beauty. ''I'm a realist though not many people would agree with me. I try to trap realism.' To achieve this, he has discarded many of the preconceptions normally attached to high art. Film, photography and the abundance of commercial imagery with which we litter our lives have forced artists to re-assess their position. 'This limitation forces you to invent even more.' Invention is one of the common denominations of great art. 'Rembrandt painted his portrait throughout his life and made himself different every time, re-made his appearance each time.'

Ii is often noted that Francis Bacon stands on his own. There are remarkably few conventional influences and very few obvious followers. T. S. Eliot would have explained this very simply. In periods of great artistic achievement, there is an undercurrent of ideas, an artistic framework provided by a host of other artists. Bacon, however, had to build up his own visual grammar. He envies tradition. 'From 3000 to 2000 BC the magnificent art being produced in Egypt was being made by craftsmen. There is a lot of craft n painting. Those Egyptians were attempting to defeat death.' 'Are modern artists attempting to defeat death?' I queried. 'No,' he replied. 'The difference is they believed in the afterworld. I don't.'

A sense of isolation rarely leaves Bacon's work. His aversion to story-telling forbids communication between figures in his paintings, except in rare circumstances. Obviously in the copulating 'Two Figures' of 1953, invidiously not lent to this exhibition, there s intercourse between the bodies, but the onlooker is left to make up his own mind whether this is the supreme moment of communication or not.

Francis Bacon is not a preacher. 'I wouldn't have anything to say.' However, though his pictures he lends us his rogue eye. He escaped conventional training. He has little to say in art schools' favour except that they give students time to get on with their own work. His lack of formal schooling does not mean he is opposed to education. The retrospective includes such works as 'Triptych Inspired by T. S. Eliot's "Sweeney Agonistes" ', (1967) and 'Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus' (1981). Not too much attention should be paid to the titles, but the message is there he is exploiting the same emotions and ideas in their rawest state. He also steals images from other painters. 'One would be a fool if one didn't.' In September he has been asked been asked by the National Gallery to select this year's 'Artist's Eye'. He tips us that one of the Rembrandt portraits of Maria Trip and Seurat's 'Bagnade' will be there, though he admits  that the latter's drawings 'with the tough and granulated texture of the paper are more exciting'. Scouring Bacon's work for influences can too often distract attention away from the works themselves. His visual vocabulary is composed of the paintings he has seen and the life around him. 'In the sea inside one, everything is filtered in the unconscious and images surface I'm very delighted when they do.'

There are few people as honest as Francis Bacon. He has remained loyal to his medium, oil paint, when all and sundry were advocating plastic paints and even the death of canvas painting. Yet when I asked him, 'What advantages does paint have over words?' he replied, 'None.' I should take his advise and stop preaching to literary bigots (my fault, not theirs), but I'm young and misguided enough to believe that if anyone goes down to the Tate and opens their eyes and mind, they will see masterpieces. He gives us concentrated drops of truth; he is not a boorish ultimate truth seeker. If you are the sort of person who expects your lover to be perfect, if you believe that the universe is unflawed, if you wait for words to fall on yet more words to create all your images, then I can understand you not liking Francis Bacon's paintings. Say in your musty bindings and ponder whether you are insulting Shakespeare's progeny. Otherwise go along to the Tate and force them to give Bacon the party he deserves.

 

 

 

A cause for celebration

 

 

A retrospective of Francis Bacon's work opens at the Tate Gallery on May 22

 

 

DANIEL FARSON ARTS THE SPECTATOR 11 MAY 1985

 

Rumour has it that Mrs Thatcher expressed dismay when she was told that Francis Bacon is recognised as our greatest living painter: 'Not that dreadful man who paints those horrible pictures!' The reaction is not uncommon. Though it is a compliment to Bacon that he retains the power to shock, this rarely comes from people who have seen the original canvases which reveal his mastery of paint, and never from those who know the man himself. Far from the tortured figure of his reputation, Francis Bacon is usually in excellent humour. The quality his friends would agree on is that of laughter. He is the strongest-minded man I know, and devoid of doubt.

Anyone attempting to write about him will know the hazards involved. The late Frank Norman abandoned the attempt after trailing him for several days around the bars and restaurants of Soho: 'I felt like a spy,' he wrote to me later. 'He spoke marvellously about Berlin in the 1920s but things soon deteriorated and I was reduced to keeping my ears open, nipping into the lavatory to scribble notes on bits of toilet paper! In the morning I'd find all these screwed up pieces in my pockets scrawled in a barely legible hand with such choice remarks as: "I have never had love in the whole of my life and what's more I don't want it. All I can do is cast my rod into the sewers of despair and see what I come up with." '

I can hear Bacon's voice ringing with ridicule as he said it, for mockery is the pivot for much of his conversation. 'Despair? I have grown accustomed to its face,' he told me in a burst of laughter, 'I don't believe in tragedy.'

His wit is hard to convey in the cold print of morning because his intonation is inimitable. 'I'm just a simple idiot' sounds trite unless you heard him declare it over dinner at L'Escargot, pronounced with an exaggerated emphasis as 'iddy-ott'. Then it was hilarious. When my lamb arrived in a succulent sauce he studied the plate with a bemused expression, 'I hope I don't have gravy on mine,' he said, investing that word with the dolefulness of a Victorian workhouse.

Though he can be extraordinarily kind, the precision of his voice, varying from Mayfair-cockney to a carefully injured French, can lacerate. I achieved a final reconciliation with Graham Sutherland with whom he exhibited as far back as 1937, though they had fallen out since then. We met in the neutral territory of Jules Bar in Jermyn Street and after a moment's hesitation they leapt on each other like dogs welcoming their owner home. It was heartening to witness and when Bacon suggested moving on to Wheeler's fish restaurant in Old Compton Street, Graham and Kathy Sutherland, who had vowed to do nothing of the sort, agreed without a flicker of apprehension. As soon as we sat down I sensed that Bacon's mood had changed and winced when Graham Sutherland leant forward sympathetically and confided, 'I've been doing some portraits, I wonder if you've seen any of them?'

'Yes, I have,' said Francis emphatically, and the warning bells began to ring, though not for Sutherland who continued: 'And what did you think of them?'

'Very nice, if you happen to like the covers of Time magazine.' They did not meet again, which was sad for they had been the closest of friends.

As I know from experience, it can be an awesome moment when he turns, though he argues — 'If you can't be nasty to your friends, who can you be nasty to?'

He does not like being reminded of remarks he has made in the past. When Barry Driscoll, the wildlife artist, asked him, 'Tell us, Francis, if you weren't an artist what would you have liked to have been?', Bacon replied with deceptive artlessness — 'a mother'; but when Driscoll was rash enough to quote this two years later, Bacon swung round imperiously: 'I never said such a thing.' Turning to Driscoll's two sons who happened to be standing nearby, he demanded, 'Do you like your father?'

'Of course,' they stammered.

'Well I don't. I think he's an absolute bastard.' Since then he greets Driscoll warmly, without the slightest indication that they have ever met before.

When I reminded him of his claim that 95 per cent of people are passive, waiting to be entertained and brought to life, he stared at me suspiciously: 'Did I really say that? How foolish of me. I should have said 991/2 per cent.'

Bacon is that other half per cent. Lord Gowrie says he is one of the most intelligent men in the country and even Mrs Thatcher might succumb if she dared to meet him, though Bacon would probably decline the invitation.

One of his outstanding qualities is constancy. He has gone his way regardless of fashion or expedience. In the early 1950s he was so poor that he lived like a millionaire, lunching on oysters at Wheeler's before moving on to the Colony Room in Dean Street where he ordered champagne on credit, pouring it with gusto as he echoed the Edwardian toast: 'Champagne for your real friends; real pain for your sham friends!' The Colony was an after- noon drinking club enlivened by the wit of the woman who owned it, Muriel Belcher, one of the few people Bacon has been fond of. When the club opened in 1948 she offered him £10 a week and free drinks to introduce new members who might be good 'spenders'. Both she and Bernard Walsh, who owned Wheeler's, had faith in his future and when he sold a painting he lopped something off their bills. Once he needed cash immediately and asked me if I knew of someone who might buy one of the large canvases based on the Velasquez portrait of Pope Innocent X. I persuaded a college friend to do so, almost wrecking his marriage for his wife grew to detest the figure which screamed in silence at the top of the stairs terrorising their tiny cottage. To my surprise when I handed over the 1150 in notes, Bacon gave me £15 as a dealer's commission; he has always been a generous friend. Today that picture is worth far more than £150,000.

Little has changed since the time when he lived 'between the gutter and the Ritz'. The mews house in South Kensington still looks as if it is waiting for the furniture to arrive, with blankets over the windows instead of curtains, and naked light bulbs glaring down on a debris of brushes and exhausted tubes of paint. Wheeler's remains his favourite restaurant, and though Muriel is dead he frequently continues to the Colony where he has a sparring relationship with her successor, Ian Board. The champagne might be replaced by a better vintage and the caviar sent back because it tastes too salty, otherwise he is uncorrupted by success. While some artists would sell their reputation for a knighthood, he has rejected the honours which have been offered to him with the same contempt that he treated his accountants when they suggested he should move to Switzerland — 'Can you imagine anything more boring? All those fucking views!'

Bacon distrusts the blandishments of television, which most people seem unable to resist, and agreed to be interviewed by me at Wheeler's in 1958 simply because Bernard Walsh was prepared to wipe out his appalling bill by charging it to publicity. On that first appearance, I mentioned that some critics found his work unpleasant: 'Sometimes I have used subject matter which people think is sensational because one of the things I have wanted to do was record the human cry — the whole coagulation of pain and despair — and that in itself is something sensational.' Since the curious Arena on BBC2 last year, Bacon has vowed that he will not appear on television again.

Consequently, because his face is unfamiliar, it is possible to drink with him in a pub where he is so unknown that he was offered a job decorating a house when someone heard he was a painter. With Chagall's death, and Dali just alive but no longer painting, Bacon is the most important artist who is working today. There is no hint of this when you are in his company though there was a moving moment at a recent lunch in Wheeler's when an American couple stopped at his table to tell him, Shyly, how honoured they were to be in his Presence. His reputation is higher in New York and Paris than it is here.

To say he looks young for his age is irrelevant to a man who has always been ageless. At 76 there is a harder edge to his lean distinction and after a night of drink and gambling he can look fiercely haggard, though later in the day he might be radiant. He still dresses with studied carelessness, entering a room with a curious tread as it he is venturing out on deck in a high sea, Clutching his throat as if to protect himself against the wind, with a smile breaking across his face. Young admirers of his work who might be daunted by his reputation are disarmed when they meet him: 'He hits so deep, his triptych of Christ is really horrific,' an art student told me, but she added: 'yet whenever I have met him he has the most darling sweet face and one wonders where the pessimism is.'

It comes as a jolt to hear him described as pessimistic, but critics go further than that: 'His blood-chilling pictures of alcoholics and madmen, sadists and perverts, epitomise all the sickness of our period,' wrote John Richardson, a view confirmed by an arty television programme which mixed the newsreel clichés of Hitler, Hiroshima and Buchenwald with illustrations of Bacon's screaming figures and bleeding carcases of meat, concluding that the artist was tormented by the atrocities of the 20th century. If proof was needed of the arrogance in interpreting an artist's motives this was it, for Bacon is fascinated by the image rather than the message. As he explained to Miriam Gross, his attraction to raw, red flesh is simpler: 'You've only got to go into a butcher's shop — it's nothing to do with mortality, as people often think, it's to do with the great beauty of the colour of the meat.'

This does not mean that Bacon is indifferent to the violence around us; when I asked him for his definition of 'horror' he gave it instantly: 'People bashing someone's brains in for no particular reason, just to pass the time — pour passer le temps.'

Now he is poised for the most crucial exhibition of his life, 25 years to the day after that first memorable retrospective also held at the Tate. It is a cause for celebration, but with the opportunity to see his recent work assembled with the old this will also be the ultimate test of his genius. Increasingly, he expresses his disillusionment with contemporary art, asking, 'Does it do anything that a colour photograph can't do better?' Equally, he has little patience with abstract design.

In one of his rare tributes to another artist, he wrote: 'I think that painting today is pure intuition and luck and taking advantage of what happens when you splosh the bits down, and in this game of chance Mathew Smith seems to have the gods on his side.' Bacon may have been thinking of himself as well, but this is slightly disingenuous for he knows better than anyone that the creative accident needs a calculated audacity too.

The new paintings will speak for themselves — 'If you could say it, you wouldn't paint it' — but the last time we met he stated his aim: 'It is necessary to re-invent the language.'

It is a measure of his originality that he has done exactly that, even if some people find it hard to understand.

 

 

 

 

Carcasses and crucifixes

 

 

A preview of Francis Bacon's retrospective at the Tate Gallery this week

 

 

Jane Withers and Anthony Fawcett accompanied the artist around the gallery and report on his reactions to work he has not seen for some years

 

 

 

JANE WITHERS & ANTHONY FAWCETT SPECTRUM THE TIMES MONDAY MAY 20 1985

 

There was a heavy pause on the line. "You know how difficult it is to say anything about painting you feel the images themselves. Well somehow that's all there is to say." Nevertheless Francis Bacon agreed to meet us on site that afternoon, at the installation of his retrospective at the Tate Gallery, which opens on Wednesday.

It is 23 years since Bacon had a substantial show in this country the last was also at the Tate. The idea this time is to build an exhibition around the triptychs a format where three panels hang together as one picture that Bacon has used since the beginning for many significant works.

Of the 120 or more works gathered for the show, most are from the last 20 years. It is an ultimate test the recent paintings will be put up against the best of the early work. The arrangement of the exhibition, rising to a crescendo in the last of the 13 rooms, leaves no doubt as to the confidence of the curator.

The exhibition opens with a sharp kick in the face confronting the entrance will hang "Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion", 1944. The figures are the Eumenides nightmare ghouls, more beast than human, twisting and craning their stumped, tubular necks, confronting their voracious jaws into savage grimaces. Painted when Bacon was 35, this is the earliest work he acknowledges. Others from this period have been all but exorcised from memory.

Accustomed to paint with the first light in his South Kensington studio a few rooms where he lives and works secreted up a dusty staircase in one of those industrial mews enclaves that divide the smart stucco squares Bacon's highly disciplined lifestyle has changed little of the years.  He still frequents the Soho bars where he has drank champagne for over 40 years only the vintage, and credit, have got better.

When he first joined the Marlborough Gallery in 1958 they were alarmed at his profligate gambling. Now it scarcely matters. At Sotheby's in New York this month, a landscape ("Landscape near Malabata, Tangier2 1963, hung in the exhibition) sold to a private collector for $475,000, breaking Bacon's previous auction record.

Bacon, punctual to the dot, strolls into the gallery as if it were a restaurant, ignoring his pictures propped uncomfortably against the walls. He is dressed with a dapper, studied carelessness a double-breasted grey suite, button-down collar, a raincoat folded over one arm. His ageless bearing is dwarfed by that remarkable head; it resembles nothing so much as an owl's feathers puffed out chuffily, eyes hooded and with an uncanny ability to pursue and trap with their roving gaze.

"Well, these are really the first paintings. I had done very few things before. Very bad I think. I destroyed all I could get hold of," he pronounced with a finality that forbade further probing.

Gesturing to the blank wall where the first triptych will hang, he said: "I showed this first at the LeFevre gallery in '46. Then everybody absolutely loathed those, really hated them. I think they hate them now. I did think I was going to do a whole crucifixion  these were going to be the images around the base, but I never did the rest of it."

This was not the first time he had merged the crucifixion with the Greek tragedies. "They are much more interesting than the crucifixion. I haven't got religious beliefs, never at any time. But I used the crucifixion as am armature on which to hang all kinds of emotions. I haven't used it for years and years. I don't use it at all now, I couldn't."

We are steered briskly through a dimly lit room haunted by the popes drenched in black and purple, screaming and staring from the floor. "With Rembrandt, Velázquez is one of the very very greatest painters and I was always very attracted by the paintings he did of the Pope. In a way I rather regret the things I did of it because it's such a remarkable thing, really one should have just left it alone."

Emerging from the papal drama is like coming up for air only to be slapped down by the blooded charnel house of "Three Studies for a Crucifixion 1962" a triptych finished just in time for the last Tate show and containing many elements taken up in the triptychs of the later 1960s. Undaunted Bacon smiles: "I love the right hand one most", pointing to the hanging carcass, its humanoid head twisting up to bite its own body. It is one of the few images  for which Bacon has given a direct historical reference to Cimabue's Crucifixion.

He explained the connection in his work between carcass and crucifixion. "If you go into one of those big butcher's shops, especially Harrods it is not to do with mortality like lots of people think, but it's to do with the colour of the meat. The colour of meat is so powerful, so beautiful really." An image springs irrepressibly to mind of Bacon lurking in the Food Halls, staring out from avenues of meat hooks, and with it a photograph taken by his great friend John Deakin, of Bacon, his head flanked by sides of meat like one of his own popes. "Yes, that was rather amusing. It was published in Vogue, you know."

Does he think of his paintings as violent? In a pause a cascade of noise   the squeak of trolleys on parquet, the dull thud of pictures landing on foam pads assume a surreal backdrop. "No, it's not that so much. People ask me why my pictures have this feeling of rawness and mortality. If you think of a nude, if you think of anything going on around you, think how raw it all is. How can you make anything more raw than that?"

As if on cue we turn to face the hunched figure of Van Gogh, black and shadowy, as if he had been evaporated by the searing sun ravaging the landscape with energised sweeps of red and yellow.

"I think he's such an astonishing painter. These came about when I was having a show at the Hanover Gallery it was one of those times when I had a completely blank period, I couldn't think what to do. I decided on a series of these ones of 'Van Gogh on the Road to Tarascon'. The original painting had disappeared, it was bombed in the last war. I always particularly liked that Van Gogh. So I did these paintings about it, very quickly in about three weeks. I often regret them really."

Bacon once lived in Monte Carlo, where the night-life and gambling made it difficult for him to work. "But it was one of those fortunate things. I paint on the reverse side of the canvas. It started in Monte Carlo when I had run out of canvas and I hadn't got the money to buy more, I'd lost it all at the casino. So I changed a canvas to the opposite side to work on the back and I found it worked much, much better on the unprimed side of the canvas, the pastel holds very well to that rough texture."

In the presence of his early work Bacon shifts edgily as if trapped in a foreign country. Quickening the pace he leads us on to the mid 1960s where he has left behind the props of the past, the popes and Van Goghs, confident enough in his own mastery to tackle the human condition in more everyday guises. It is the world starting from about this time that Bacon himself proffers. "I know a lot of people don't think it but I just feel things get a bit better with age. Perhaps not but I feel they're better the latter ones."

The tour becomes a sort of hide and seek  as Bacon stalks ahead. "This one warns you never go into a sleeping car." He smiles drily at the carnage in the central panel.

"Those two have been in Chicago but one of the people in the committee didn't like the idea of the penis showing. That was that."

We halt before "Triptych May-June 1973". Three views like stills from a movie look though an open door into a suffocating dark room. On the left the figure is rumpled on the lavatory, on the right the graceless nude heaves over the basin, in the centre his face is a lurid, fleshy red in the harsh glare of the bare bulb, the soot black spills out of the room into the corridor in a bat-shaped shadow, horned and satanic.

The tenderness evident in this painting of George Dyer is banished from the factual tone of his voice. "This picture it is of somebody a great friend of mine. When I had a show in Paris in '71 he committed suicide. He was found on the lavatory like that and he was sick into the basin. And I suppose in so far as my pictures are ever any kind of illustration this comes close as any to a kind of narrative."

Bacon has been said to work without ever thinking of an audience. "I really work to try and excite myself. I never expected my work to sell at all. I do sell bits but not with any ease. I always thought I'd have to take some other kind of job but I think I'm very lucky that I can live by something that obsesses me to try and do. That is lucky, isn't it?"

Arranged along one wall are four figureless landscapes a rare subject for Bacon. In one, water splashes out across a surreal, industrial-looking landscape. "When I did this I just mixed the colours in a pale of water and threw it on like that. I had meant it to be a wave breaking but it didn't turn into that. I had to turn it into a jet of water.." Some of the marks "just came" but others were done with "some pushing and scraping."

Next to it is "Sand Dune". A hot, dusty cloud obscures a similar landscape. "This was sprayed on and a lot of it was painted with dust from the floor that lasts forever. After all where I live it's absolutely surrounded with dust. Wherever I live becomes appalling disorder at once. For some reason I find I can work much easier with chaos around me."

In recent years Bacon has done a remarkable number of self-portraits. As he confronts a triptych of heads, little over life size and arranged in a row like mug-shots, the likeness is startling; loaded swoops of white carve the line of the nose, merging contour with face. Examining our reactions, Bacon remarks, "Shaving in the mirror everyday, looking at oneself, doing one's hair or anything   you have a very good idea. I only do self-portraits when I have no one else to do. I hate doing self-portraits. Probably they don't look anything like me but there it is."

He diverts our attention to his friends, the small cast of characters whose faces he knows almost as well as his own. He has painted them repeatedly since he first started naming portraits as such in the early 1950s. He glances down at Isabel Rawsthorne: "In a deformed way it's quite like her. She was a great friend of Giacometti's. A lot of the very early things Giacometti did are about her. Somebody with fantastic vitality."

What had the effect of the camera been on portraiture? "The only real thing now is to make not just an illustration of the person, but an image of them." The powerful profile of Muriel Belcher, the Queen of the Colony Room who ruled Soho with her serrated wit, twists in the paint. Mention of her names prompts Bacon: "These ghastly English laws, you can't have a drink, can't do anything. Do you think they'll ever change them? I don't think so — the church will stop them, you can be certain. I can take you up to that awful Colony Room, if you like?"

We hailed a cab to Dean Street and Bacon led the way up the dark green stairs. In the smoky mirrored room hung with mementoes of the artists who frequent it, the buzz was all about his opening. The whole club, it seemed, had been invited to dine at the Tate.

Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery, May 22-Aug 18.

 

 

 

 

Behind the brutality of Bacon

 

 

Waldemar Januszczak takes a fresh look at the powerful and savage paintings that have won Francis Bacon the rare honour of a second Tate retrospective

 

 

WALDEMAR JANUSZCZAK ARTS THE GUARDIAN WEDNESDAY, MAY 22, 1985

 

IS FRANCIS Bacon the greatest living painter? I ask the question because that is what the director of the Tate Gallery thinks. Bacon's art we are told in the catalogue "sets the standards for our times. "His paintings have a timeless quality that allows them to hang naturally in our museums "besides those of Rembrandt and Van Gogh."

Consider what is being claimed here. Bacon is being compared with two of the greatest painters ever to have lived. He is being described as the most important British artist since Turner. He is being given that most rare of accolades, a second retrospective at the Tate Gallery. He is being cited as the most significant artist of his day. Even allowing for jingoistic licence this is clearly not just another Tate exhibition. And I advise all keen witnesses of the times we live in to see it.

They will, I think, be disappointed, though not perhaps immediately. Although the exhibition is concerned mainly with the paintings produced since Bacon's last Tate retrospective in 1962, it opens with a selection of his earlier pictures, the sloth-like saints made to stand at the base of a Crucifixion, and the celebrated Popes whose blood-curdling scream rips through the silent world of clerical portraiture like a howitzer shell.

Bacon's interest in Velazquez's portrait of Innocent X has been, he admits, "obsessive". In the Velazquez original the Pope wears a knowing expression that has been the subject of much discussion. Is that a stern and authoritarian face or a kind and open one? Is he looking out at you or in, at himself? This ambiguity underpins the painting's greatness and sets up a fascinating dialogue between Innocent X as a man, and The Pope as an ikon.

All such complexities disappear in Bacon's feverish reworkings of the portrait. Bacon's Popes just open their crude mouths and scream, long and loud. A thousand different expressions of sophisticated humanity are obliterated by that single animal yell. A mind which seconds before, in the Velazquez original, had seemed capable of skipping in a hundred directions focuses focuses entirely on the experience of pain. Bacon's vision of humanity cuts through the niceties of civilisation like Van Gogh's Reaper slicing his way though a field of corn.

Right at he start of the show a group of zoo animals, a baboon, a chimpanzee, bare their fangs and scream across at the Velazquez-inspired Popes who just scream right back at them. The comparison between these two sets of caged creatures is all too obvious. Bacon's are devotes much of its energy to underlining the blood-ties between mankind and the animals.

His "Christ" is a bullet-ridden corpse lying dead on a grubby hospital bed. The shuddering centrepiece of Three Studies of Figures on Beds (1972) is a scene of violent buggery. The left hand panel of Triptych May-June 1973, shows a figure sitting slumped on a toilet. In the right hand panel the same figure is vomiting into a sink.

The received view about Bacon's art and moments such as these, is that it shows the human condition as it is, not as it wishes to present itself to others, that it penetrates to the human unconsciousness, the violent darkness that is inside each of us. "It is not that man in his scream sinks to the level of the animal," writes the unfortunately named Dawn Ades in the catalogue, "but that this animal element is necessary and a part of him, and without it he is restricted or constipated." Thus Bacon's art is deemed to be performing some kind of spiritual enema.

Certainly we have no difficulty imagining Bacon's figures starting wars and fighting them, crossing the thin dividing line that separates sex from violence, love from hate. But we cannot imagine them painting the Mona Lisa or building the Parthenon or composing Swan Lake. By focusing on the physical, overly masculine face of the human condition Bacon's art presents a distinctly unbalanced view off it. This is its major shortcoming.

However carefully you allow for higher ambitions, however much you admire the energy he has brought to British art, the thrilling uniqueness of his vision, it remains impossible to ignore the impression that his art embraces a certain kind of blood-lust, and that it is incapable of recognising the loftier aspects of humanity.

This is surely the most significant difference between him and Rembrandt (can you imagine Bacon painting a tender portrait of his mother?) and Van Gogh (can you imagine Bacon praising the honesty and kindness of his local postman?).

Which is not to say that he is incapable of real achievement. Far from it. But in this huge, 13-gallery-long show it pays to be selective and, unlike the organisers, reserve our admiration for those moments when Bacon's art succeeds in its often stated ambition of circumnavigating the intelligence and appealing directly to the senses.

Bacon is usually at his best when he is responding to the work of other artists. The Velazquez Popes are one example. The picture of Van Gogh returning home from the fields another. Not only is he painting sunshine here, but also, somehow, the artist's intoxication with it. The energy of the sun becomes one with the energy of the artist.

But the painter of the notorious sequence of Crucifixion triptychs that dominate the middle of the show is a significantly lesser artist, a melodramatic pseudo-visionary prone, unfortunately, to sensationalism. This is the artist who pins a swastika to the arm of the lumpish figure guarding the right hand panel of the 1965 Crucifixion. This is the artist who sees Christ as a broken body slithering down the cross ("like a worm") with two broken arms bandaged to the wood.

Bacon and his defenders spend a good deal of their time in print warning against the dangers of taking his paintings too literally. Yet such is the brutal directness of such images that it is, I suggest, well nigh impossible not to take them literally. Unless that is the audience enters into some sort of pact of intellectual dishonesty with the painter and pretends not to recognise what it sees.

It is just as preposterous to claim as some observers claim (with their eyes closed you feel, and their fingers crossed) that their is nothing "horrific" about these images, that they are images of beauty, and that Bacon's primary considerations are formal.

Where this exhibition does provide a real and entirely convincing corrective to the view of Bacon as a macabrist, testing the boundaries of propriety, is in six or seven of the triptychs near the end of the show which take us quietly and honestly into his domestic existence, and introduce us to his close circle of friends.

The painter's ability to take a likeness apart and reassemble it in a new order is a consistently impressive feature of the show. The triple portrait of himself, George Dyer, Bacon's lover who committed suicide the day before the opening of Bacon's Paris retrospective, and Lucian Freud, is a work of profound tenderness, as are most of his portraits of Dyer.

As a social observer, Bacon, like Lucian Freud, has done much to turn the grim facts of everyday life into a convincing and heroic subject for high art. As a painter of loneliness - not the screaming, existential, theatrical variety, but the quite, numbing, ordinary kind, that saps your faith in life and impresses you with the emptiness of the room you are sitting in - he is, I think, incomparable.

Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery until August 18

 

 

      

                                     Francis Bacon : more than macabre.  Picture by Neil Libbert

 

 


Time Vindicates Francis Bacon
s Searing Vision

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL ART VIEW | THE NEW YORK TIME | SUNDAY, JUNE 9, 1985

 

The retrospective exhibition of paintings by Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery in London is not an event about which I shall pretend to be objective. Among the many thousands of exhibitions that I have seen on business and for pleasure, none is more vivid to me than the first sight of Bacon's Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion at the Lefevre Gallery in London in April 1945. They are in every book on Bacon. They are the predestined point of departure for every retrospective exhibition of his work. They have been described a thousand times. But, when seen at first hand, they still startle.

 

It should be said in this context that in April 1945 the war in Europe was about to end. No one knew what peace would be like, but there was a general reluctance in England to believe that there was in human nature an element that was irreducibly evil. After nearly six years at war, people preferred to think that everything was going to be all right, and that we could go to an exhibition of new art in a spirit of thanksgiving for dangers honourably surmounted (with some help from others).

 

Bacon's Three Studies put forward a less comfortable point of view. They suggested that people would always go on doing dreadful things to one another, and that other people would always come by to gloat. That was not the whole meaning of the Three Studies, but it was one of their meanings, and it made a lot visitors hightail it out of the gallery. On any reading, these were terrifying images. The three figures in question had anatomies that were part human, part animal and part conundrum. They could probe, bite and suck, but their functioning in other respects was mysterious. Ears and mouths they had, but two at least of them were sightless. One was unpleasantly bandaged. Common to all three figures was a mindless voracity, an automatic unregulated gluttony and a ravening undifferentiated capacity for hatred. Each was as if cornered, and only waiting for a chance to drag the observer down and savage him.

 

As a view of humankind, this was thought to be as pessimistic as it was untimely. Was not violence about to be outlawed from the world? If people had been on the wrong side, was it not usually because they had had no choice? All that was needed to bring them back into the fold was a little reeducation in civics. As for those who had fought on the right side, no future could be too bright for them. (Anyone who saw Kate Nelligan in David Hare's play, Plenty, will have seen this latter point of view set out with an almost unbearable poignancy.)

 

Bacon in all this was the troublemaker, the specter at the vestigial feast, the doomsayer whom people wished away. But he didn't go away, and the paintings had a weight and an authority that had nothing to do with the newsreels of the day, terrifying as those were beginning to be. Bacon in 1945 was not a beginner, but a man pushing 36 who had been about the world in an irregular, noctambular, totally unprejudiced way. As a boy in Ireland, where his grandmother was married at one time to the chief of police for County Kildare, he had known violence on the road, violence in the house, and violence in the ditch. He had lived in Weimar Berlin at the time when it was the only truly free city in Europe (and quite possibly the most dangerous). Nothing human was alien to him, and it came out in his paintings.

 

But in the late 1940's and early 50's he was thought of as someone who habitually supped full on horrors and came back for seconds. Only slowly did it get through that he had done no more than reassert the terrible rightness of the summation that Shakespeare gives to Thersites in Troilus and Cressida. ''Lechery, lechery; still wars and lechery: nothing else holds fashion,'' is what Thersites says, and if we look round the world we shall see that this estimate has not gone out of style.

 

As had happened with the Three Studies - which were painted in 1944, by the way, and were in no way a commentary on the news that came in thick and fast as the Allied armies pressed ever deeper into Germany -there were paintings that with hindsight seemed to have a premonitory air. (The most famous of these was the image that prefigured the look of Eichmann on trial in Jerusalem.)

 

Yet eventually it emerged that Bacon's concern was as much with love and affection, and with the annals of an idiosyncratic domesticity, as it was with public events. As a portraitist, whether in the grand style or in the intimacy of close-up, he was in the tradition formulated by Vincent van Gogh when he said that he wanted his paintings to be ''inaccurate and anomalous in such a way that they become lies, if you like, but lies that are more truthful than literal truth.'' Here again, time has vindicated Bacon. His portraits - a record, in most cases, of loves and friendships long preserved, though sometimes subject to intermittences - have turned out to be, as van Gogh wished, ''more truthful than literal truth.'' On the basis of long acquaintance with some of his more regular sitters, I can attest that, like Bacon's portraits of himself, they grow more accurate year by year.  

Partly for this reason, Bacon's earlier retrospective in London (in 1962, at the Tate Gallery) left a memory of long walls hung with tall paintings of single figures that created an Old Masterly effect, as if they were van Dycks of the Genoese period that had undergone (but not been diminished by) an unaccountable mutation. This element in his work has come out more and more strongly in recent times, though once or twice an unwonted sweetness has crept in. (In the triple portrait of Mick Jagger in the present show the veteran troubadour gets, for instance, a soft and easy run.) As against that, the portrait heads of his close friend, the French anthropologist, autobiographer and authority on African art, Michel Leiris, have a power, a discernment and a concision that make most of the other portraits of our day look ridiculous.  

Yet the locus of Bacon's deepest and most reverberant activity may lie in images in which people carry on as if they do in life when they think that nobody is looking at them. With a formal portrait, no matter how searching, the presence of the artist is a given - built in, that is to say, and inescapable. No matter how total the candour -and Bacon in painting his friends (as in talking about them) is candour personified - we look at the sitter's eyeballs and see, or think that we see, the image of the painter reflected. Bacon may well be most himself when the subject is left free to move around, dressed or undressed, in a purposeful but abstracted way.

At such times he can make the most strenuous activity - murder, not least - seem a matter of every day. He can also give an unnerving intensity to actions like shaving, switching off the light, riding a bicycle and (in one case) turning a key with one's toes. Mating the mythical with the quotidian, singling out this detail or that from a commonplace interior, reinventing the human body as if no one had ever painted it before, he makes us aware of the volatility and the irrationality of many a notion that we are raised to think of as normal.

Reading the Tate Gallery catalogue, it may strike us that whereas in England and in France Bacon's work has prompted some of the best art writing of the last 30 and more years, it has never had a comparable impact among Americans. This for instance is what Andrew Forge, the English painter now teaching at Yale, has to say about the treatment of the human body in Bacon's George Dyer Crouching (1966). ''The figure, scrunched up at the end of a diving board, is formless at first sight. Then one hits upon an eye, flat on the side of the head, precisely defined, unwinking, dryly glittering.''

Once that eye is seen, ''the weight and thickness of the thighs, the downward stretch of the arm, the massive crest of muscle upon the shoulders, the massive concentration of the lowered head, all seem to leap out of the paint, triggered by the hard saurian eye which, as with some fantastic knobbly lizards, seems to be embedded like a living jewel in material that follows another order of form.'' Anyone who can provoke writing of that quality has to have been doing something right.

The exhibition can be seen in London through Aug. 18, and will travel later to Stuttgart and Berlin. Apart from assembling many a classic piece from the whole length of Bacon's career, it shows that at a time of life when many a senior painter settles for lucrative and easygoing replication, Bacon is still reinventing himself in situations of maximum risk. Who else now working would paint a sand dune in such a way as to give it so powerful an erotic suggestion? Or find a way to convince the authorities at the Pompidou Center that they simply could not go on without a figure painting that takes as its point of origin the game (never yet seen in France) of cricket?  

 

 

 

 

   SINGING WITHIN THE BLOODY WOOD

 

     At the Tate, a second celebration of Francis Bacon

 

      By ROBERT HUGHES ART TIME MONDAY, JULY 1, 1985

 

          

 

All of a sudden, in a rush, the English know what they have got. ''Surely the greatest living painter,'' wrote Alan Bowness, director of London's Tate Gallery. ''The greatest painter in the world,'' claimed Lord Gowrie, England's Minister for the Arts, ''and the best this country has produced since Turner.'' The artist is Francis Bacon, 75, whose second retrospective exhibition at the Tate (the first was 23 years ago) opened last month. 

Some art is wallpaper. Bacon's is flypaper, and innumerable claims stick to it: over the past 40 years it has attracted extremes of praise and calumniation. There are still plenty of people who see his work as icily mannered, sensationalist guignol. He is the sort of artist whose work generates admiration rather than fondness. The usual evolution of major artists in old age, whereby they become cozily grand paternal figures, patting their juniors on the back and reminiscing in autumnal mellowness about their dead coevals, has not happened to Bacon, who is apt to dismiss nearly everything painted in the 20th century with bleak contempt. He has gone on record as admiring Giacometti and Picasso; for a few others, a few words of respect; beyond that, the sense of isolation is ferocious. The motto of an aristocratic French family declared: ''Roi ne puis, prince ne daigne, Rohan je suis'' (King I cannot be; prince I do not deign to be; I am a Rohan). Shift the context and you have the epitome of Bacon's own view of his place in 20th century art. 

The lexicon of Baconian imagery is famous. Its most familiar component is the screaming Pope, smearily rising from blackness like carnivorous ectoplasm, his throne indicated by a pair of gold finials, the whole enclosed in a sketchy cage - homage to an original that Bacon firmly denies having ever seen, the Velasquez portrait of Innocent X in the Doria collection in Rome. There are the Crucifixion motifs, reflections of Grunewald and the CimabueCrucifixion in Santa Croce that was partly destroyed by the 1966 Florence flood, whose sinuous and near boneless body Bacon once startlingly compared to ''a worm crawling down the Cross.'' There are the humping, grappling figures on pallets or operating tables; the twisted, internalized portraits; the stabbings, the penetrations; the Aeschylean furies pinned against the $ windowpane; and the transformations of flesh into meat, nose into snout, jaw into mandible and mouth into a kind of all-purpose orifice with deadly molars, all of which aspire, in the common view, to the condition of documents. Here, one has been told over and over again, is the outer limit of expressionism: these are the signs of the pessimistic alienation to which a history of extreme mass suffering has reduced the human image. The collective psyche has imploded, leaving only the blurred individual meat, hideously generalized. The paintings ''reflect'' horror. Their power is in their mirroring. They are narratives, though not always openly legible ones. 

Bacon utterly rejects this view. He sees himself not as an expressionist but as a realist who nevertheless stakes the outcome of his art on an opposition between intelligence (ordering, remembering, exemplifying) and sensation. His paintings do not strive to tell stories, but to clamp themselves on the viewers' nervous system and offer, as he puts it, ''the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance.'' He once remarked: ''An illustrational form tells you through the intelligence immediately what the form is about, whereas a nonillustrational form works first upon sensation and then slowly leaks back into the fact.'' The nub of the difference between Bacon's figures and those of expressionism is that his do not solicit pity. They are not pathetic and do not try to call you into their own space. Everything unwinds in silence, on the other side of the glass wall. (Maybe this is why Bacon insists on putting even his biggest canvases behind glass: it makes the separation literal, though sometimes too literal. The glass becomes an element, even a kind of collage.) 

As Art Historian Dawn Ades acutely notes in her catalogue essay to the Tate show, there is a lot in common between Bacon's vision of human affairs and the neurasthenic, broken allusiveness of early Eliot - a cinematic, quick-cutting mixture of ''nostalgia for classical mythology, the abruptness of modern manners, the threat of the unseen and the eruption of casual violence.'' Some lines from Eliot's ''Sweeney Among the Nightingales'' are quite Baconian: 

The host with someone indistinct 
Converses at the door apart, 
The nightingales are singing near 
The Convent of the Sacred Heart, 
And sang within the bloody wood 
When Agamemnon cried aloud 
And let their liquid siftings fall 
To stain the stiff dishonoured shroud. 


That ''someone indistinct'' is, of course, a key figure in Bacon. The real peculiarity of his figurative style is that it manages to be both precise and ungraspable, for its distortions of face and limb bear little relationship to anything that painters have done to the human body since Cezanne. Forms are governed by slippage: they smear sideways, rotating, not like the succession of displayed facts and transparent planes in cubism, but as though they had endured some terminal rearrangement by massage. Their shape retains an obstinate integrity, the precise result of a sudden movement. And by the early to mid-'60s, the time of the great triptychs, when Bacon decisively abandoned the ''spectral,'' scumbled evocations of the face used in his Popes and caged businessmen, his figures had begun to embody an immense plastic power. Sometimes these creatures, knotted in contrapposto, seem desperately mannered; but there are other moments when the smearing and knotting of flesh, not so much depicted as reconstituted in the fatty whorls and runs of paint, take on a tragic density closer to Michelangelo than to modernism. Among those artists who, in the past century, have tried to represent the inwardness of the body, Bacon holds a high place, along with Schiele, Kokoschka and Giacometti. 

He breaks the chain of pessimistic expectation by taking his prototypes beyond themselves into grandeur. In earlier art there was a repertoire of classical emblems of energy and pathos, starting with the Laocoon, that painters could draw on for this operation. Bacon's starting point is less authoritative: photographs of anonymous, hermetic white bodies in Eadweard Muybridge's The Human Figure in Motion, a snap of a Baboon or a footballer in blurred motion, a wicketkeeper whipping the ball across the stumps, the bloodied face of the nursemaid of the Odessa Steps in Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin, her spectacles awry. These and other images begin as clues, holes in the social fabric, and are then worked up, gradually, into emblems. The elliptical lenses of the nursemaid's spectacles, for example, turn into bigger ellipses, without a face behind them; like punctuation marks commanding one to focus and look, they stud the painting of the '70s. Muybridge's wrestlers become Bacon's signs for sexual battle. But they shed their documentary purpose, and in doing so open the way to another discourse of figures. When impelled by strong emotion - as in the Triptych May - June, 1973, which commemorates the suicide of his friend George Dyer in a Paris hotel two years before - the ''shocking'' images in Bacon are raised to the order of grand lamentation: they take one back to the classical past, but to its sacrifices, not its marbles. 

None of this would be possible without Bacon's mastery of the physical side of painting. Much has been made of his reliance on chance, but it seems to have affected his life (he is an inveterate gambler, an addict of the green baize) more than his art. One could say the ejaculatory blurt of white paint in a painting like Two Studies for a Portrait of George Dyer, 1968, is chancy, but that kind of chance is easily manipulated with practice, and it rhymes suspiciously well with other curves in the painting (like the back of the chair in the picture within a picture to the left). The truth is that the Bacon one sees this time at the Tate has much more in common with old masters than with contemporary painting. The paint acquires a wonderful plenitude in becoming flesh. One thinks of the coruscated light, the Venetian red interstitial drawing, in Tintoretto. This kind of paint surface is part of the work of delivering sensations, not propositions, and it is neither idly sumptuous nor 'ironically' sexy. 

But the one thing it cannot reliably do is fix the extreme disjuncture between Bacon's figures and their backgrounds. The contrast of the two - the intense plasticity of the figures, the flat staginess of the rooms and spaces in which they convulse themselves - is what gives rise to the charge of ''illustration.'' It will not entirely go away, because Bacon only rarely manages to set up the whole field of the canvas as a coherent structure, every part exerting its necessary pressure on the next. One looks at the figures, not the ground. Hence the theatricality of his failures. But, like his successes, these too are the work of an utterly compelling artist who will die without heirs. No one could imitate Bacon without looking stupid. But to ignore him is equally absurd, for no other living painter has set forth with such pitiless clarity the tensions and paradoxes that surround all efforts to see, let alone to paint, the human figure in an age of photography. 

 

 

 

Why Bacon is a Great Artist

 

 

 

ANDREW BRIGHTON ART MONTHLY NUMBER 88 JULY/AUGUST 1985

 

It is extraordinary that one of the beacons of European painting in our time should have been working in England for the last forty years. There would seem to be so little in our suburban and puritanical high culture to sustain a great artist.

 

A terrible hymn composed in honour of fate and inescapable grief

On the 24th October 1971, in Paris, George Dyer, Bacon's companion and model for the previous seven years, died. Two days later Bacon's retrospective exhibition at the Grand Palais opened. 'In the lives of all of us there is a human being whom we least wish to lose', wrote John Russell. 'Bacon sustained that particular loss at the time of his retrospective exhibition in Paris', Back in London in November and December Bacon painted Triptych ainting 1971. In the central panel the partially silhouetted figure of Dyer stands,, a river of arm-like flesh cascades across and beyond the darkness of his back and holds a key in the Yale lock of an open door. Beyond him stairs turn into darkness. In Painting 1978 again, but this time naked and and with his foot, Dyer holds a key in the door.. 'I don't know why I made it turn with the foot - it very much came from that poem of Eliot's: "I heard the key/Turn in the door and turn once only ... " You know. It comes from The Waste Land. The next two lines of the poem read: "We think of the key, each in his prison/Thinking of the key, each confirms a  prison.'

 In his 'Notes on the Waste Land' Eliot attaches a quotation to this passage from that formative influence upon him, the Victorian and radically sceptical philosopher, J. H. Bradley. (Bradley for instance, argued that A can never in a proposition equal B. If A = B then A must be identified with B, in which case B is in fact A, and the proper form of the proposition is A = A. It follows from this that human reason and communication are profoundly faulted.)

The quotation Eliot gives is this: 'My external sensations are no less private to my self than are my thoughts or my feelings. In either case my experience falls within my own circle, a circle closed on the outside; and, with all its elements alike, every sphere is opaque to the others which surround it ... In brief, regarded as an existence which appears in a soul, the whole world for each is peculiar and private o that soul.' In Bradley's philosophy and Eliot's poetry man is profoundly not-at-home in the world. Each of us is isolated in faulty communication, in the burden of self-consciousness. No benign order, human, natural or divine, lies behind and unifies the world and the word. We give our lives meaning in defiance of their essential meaninglessness. At base we live as we die, alone. In one of his conversations with David Sylvester, Bacon is reported as saying; 'I think life is meaningless; but we give it meaning during our own existence. We create certain attitudes which give it a meaning while we exist, though they in themselves are meaningless, really.'

 

A good picture, faithful and worthy of the dreams that gave it birth, must be created like a world  

How do you paint such a vision? Or rather, how does Bacon realize and elaborate such a vision. First you must go against one of the reoccurring requirements of aesthetics, the demand for aesthetic unity. The experience of a work of art's formal unity has, since Kant, been seen as a manifestation of some metaphysical unity: the unity of the faculties of cognition, or as an intuition of the unity of Spirit. It is seen, in other words, as a symptom in one way or another man's at-homeness in the world.

'I hate a homely atmosphere', Bacon has said in discussing the disjuncture between his painterly painting of forms and figures and the flat and linear handling of the backgrounds and inanimate objects with which they co-exist. 'I always feel that malerisch painting has a too homely background ... I want to isolate the image and take it away from the interior and the home'.

Another device Bacon has used to isolate figures is the space-frame, those perspectival lines that seem to demark often invisible enclosures, but which sometimes become part of the architecture in which figures or forms exist. Bacon's is an emotive pictorial space, the space-frames are spatially incoherent. They refuse a consistent depth as well as two-dimensional pattern. They help to deny the integrity of the picture plane, that connoisseur's happy ending, that banality of good taste. Bacon's space is unsystematic, renegotiated, tested against affective resonance, against its imaginative life.

Study for Portrait of Van Gogh, 1957, is suffused with blue. The darkness of the figure runs into the road to make a shadow like a crouching biped. The space-frame that dramatises the isolation of the figure is self-contradictory, it is both in the picture and on the picture. It joins up with and echoes the figure's walking stick and this is in the picture, it is on the picture when it is arbitrarily scrubbed across the trees and sky. One leg of the frame stops at the horizon line, another disappears into the far side of the road of palette-knifed paint into the triangular black infinite abyss which is the flat foreground of the picture. Within this and other mashings of pictorial syntax is the image of a man, on a road, in a landscape. It is an image made in and assaulted by a conjuncture of pictorial languages, any one of which could be taken out and made into a coherent but different kind of painting.

In the age of systems, of consistently elaborated critical discourses, at a time when painting's capacities have been dismembered, Bacon has made synthetic pictures that cohere only in their reception, their resonance, in imaginative culture.    

 

The 'positivist' says: 'I want to represent things as they are, or as they would be on the assumption that I did not exist.' The universe without man. In the other camp are the imaginative ones who say: 'I want to illuminate things with my mind and cast its reflection on other minds.'

Positivism has haemorrhaged into moral life. The model of the physical sciences as an internally coherent and systematic discourse that gives ever-increasing mastery over its concern, its 'area of competence', to use Greenberg's phrase, has profoundly affected the European culture of self-awareness, of which the culture of images is but a part. Bacon's project is profoundly antipathetic to positivism's contagious influence. Central to this is his rejection of non-figurative painting.

Positivism is essentially a set of inhibitions which seek to disqualify as knowledge statements that do not conform to rules supposedly derived from scientific method.  This is often construed as a materialism which requires of painting that it offers nothing but what is given in the experience of its intrinsic properties. Paintings are supposed to speak for themselves. Attended to in a properly disinterested way, 'the aesthetic attitude', they offer a particular kind of pleasure. As I have said already, when speaking of aesthetic unity, this experience ha been given all kinds of metaphysical value. It is one of the ironies of Modernism that the anti-imaginative demands of positivism have been inserted into the culture of art clothed in the rhetoric of the spiritual.

For instance, Kandinsky, in Concerning the Spiritual in Art, spoke of the artist at the forefront, avant-garde, of humanity's spiritual progress, communicating his own higher being through the non-allusive properties of form and colour. His own work is a complex, rich and  in consistent elaboration of this hypothesis. Bacon's paintings are made precisely by reaching into the lexicon of images, into the allusive life of representation.

Positivism and its echo in the professionalised culture of art is profoundly hostile to imaginative culture. One reason being that imaginative culture has no single grammar, no single set of rules that govern its articulation. Imagination mirrors our manifold experience of being in the world. It is a nexus, a conjuncture, of ways of knowing.

A second source for positivism's hostility is is that imaginative culture is not an instrument of progress. It has the power to encompass the ambivalence and ambiguity of the world. It does not cut a concrete swathe of certainty through the forest of symbols. It is the medium of moral understanding, not of moral judgements. (As positivism does not allow of moral or aesthetic judgements as knowledge, judgements of art are now constituted as technical judgements. So works are given values as, for instance, the instruments of art's development or of social justice.)

 

The whole visible universe is nothing but a storehouse of images and signs, to which man's imagination will assign a place and relative value.

Bacon mixes grammars of representation. Above all he has submitted his talent as an image maker to the plenitude of painting as a medium and a culture. Submitted, in other words, to that culture of sensibility that has been elaborated through European painting. For instance, like Velasquez he has worked into darkness and used the discernible passage of the brush to evoke form. His drawing of the male form as full of a dense energy is indebted  to Michelangelo. The outbreak of hysterical rhythms has precedents in Munch and the de-idealised display of the body stretched out comes partly from Degas.

Many other sources could be argued. But at base, what he has done is to master the capacities of paint's sensual presence to act upon the sophisticated eye. To do this is to submit to a seemingly unnatural language, one removed and alienated from mundane, relatively unselfconscious communication. He has submitted his imagings to the resistance of painting rather as a poet submits to the resistance of the metre. The resistance is a stepping stone. It breaks up the banality of  first conceptions. It forces translations and transformations into the otherness of a world apart. It gives and withholds meaning. A mirror with its own languages of representation.

'He seems to me to be one of the very few English painters since Constable and Turner to be concerned with painting, that is with attempting to make idea and technique inseparable'. This could have been said of Bacon but was, of course, said by Bacon in his much-cited tribute to Matthew Smith. But Bacon, perhaps more than any other painter, has pulled images and ways of looking derived from the mechanical means of representation into the heart of painterly sensibility. He has, in other words, conjugated the most vulgar, the most seemingly 'real' language of representation with the most sophisticated. 

His use of Muybridge's photographs of the human body in motion, of newspaper photographs, of Eisenstein's screaming nurse, of reproductions (rather than the picture itself) of Velasquez's Pope Innocent X, of battered photographs of friends, of seedy photographic booth pictures of himself, all these are much referred to sources of Bacon's imagery. But the way of seeing needs to be stressed.

The single figure in an expanse of interior is surely cinematic in origin, even if the symmetry of backdrop is theatrical; the height  and closeness of our view is that of the camera. Michel Leiris reports that Bacon's use of the triptych was partly suggested to him by the panoramic screens of certain cinemas. Particularly in the portraits, Bacon's use of light and dark is more informed by photography than by painting. The painterly disrupts and abuses the mimetic force of photographic coherence. And Bacon's vision of the skeleton, of naked jaw, teeth, spine and skull owes everything to X-ray photography and nothing to anatomical drawing.

Perhaps a source for the mixture of grammars itself as well as for the radical shifts of scale within the same figure, from the huge face in the 1957 Van Gogh study to the tiny body and giant head in Triptych 1976, is photomontage. The uneasy, slightly wrong, relationship between face and head, head and neck, neck and body, as in, for example, Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing in a Street in Soho, 1967, has precedents in the work of Hausmann, Grosz and Heartfield.

The work of the Berlin Dadaists might be described as cubist imagery not primarily because of the links that can be made with cubist painting and collage, but but because their conjunctural images would seem to echo the celebration of the multiplicity of the modern city found in the work of the cubist poets. And of course, Bacon's debt to the imagery of poetry as a source and as a paradigm is vital to understanding why it is that he stands apart from so much post-war painting.

Like the city, Bacon's paintings are a meeting of disparate systems, the painterly meets the photographic, the gobbet of thrown paint meets the diagramatic arrow, paint as muck, immaculate paint, the dribble of paint and the ruled line, images of steel and hair, bone and geometry, fag ends and sex, safety pins and teeth, blood and lightbulbs. Bacon is a painter of modern life.

 

The curses, blasphemies, complaints, These ecstasies, cries, tears, these Te Deums

In a nation whose high culture is so dominated and strangled by the non-conformist conscience, by metaphysicless moralism, Bacon is an extraordinary anomaly; a practitioner of pictorial blasphemy, a painter of original sin.

Ours is a suburban culture; one that hates the city and sentimentalises nature. When our Oxbridge-dominated apology for an intelligentsia attempts seriousness it reverts to sermonising in the manner of F. R. Levis. But Levis's phrase 'doing dirt on life' gives the game away. It supposes that life is clean. Such phrases speak only of a blindness to the mental and bloody violence that secures privilege. It is tight-arsed suburbia universalising its own complaisance Like us, even the shrubs around those damps and quite suburban gardens grow out of, are ordered and return the the chaos of dirt. At seventeen Bacon had his dog-dirt revelation: 'I remember looking at a dog-shit on the pavement and I suddenly realized, there it is - this is what life. Strangely enough, it tormented me for months, till I came to, as it were, accept that here you are, existing for a second, brushed off like flies on the wall'. Without re-inventing God, as science or history or any other modern theism, refute this proposition. You have only the rest of your life to answer the question.

In England art is dissolved in the spittle of good taste. Dissolved into a minestrone of natural and regular aesthetic emotion-giving moralism. It is not surprising that the critic who first began to get the measure of Bacon was The Enemy. It was that scourge of the bourgeoisie, the cultural as well as the commercial, Wyndham Lewis who wrote in 1949, 'Bacon is a Grand Guignol artist: the mouths in his heads are unpleasant places, evil passions make a glittering white mess of the lips. There are,  after all, more things in heaven and earth than shiny horses  or juicy satins. There are the fleurs du mal for instance'. He wrote later in the same year, 'of the younger artists, none actually paints so beautifully as Francis Bacon'.

There is little or no precedent in English painting for Bacon. The first eleven of English Surrealism was hardly a source with, perhaps, the exception of Edward Burra His googlies has a real sense of evil. But the captain of the team, Paul Nash, epitomises the English myth of nature, retold as domesticated surrealism.  In his un-peopled landscapes the rhythms of nature  become the rhythms of the picture. Art and nature are in organic sympathy. Ruskin lives.

In Bacon's Study of a Figure in a Landscape, 1952, raw canvas is lost from sight only in the crouching naked man like a stain in the very centre of the picture.  The dry strokes of paint that are a bald simulacrum for grass offer no organic rhythm and terminate at a ruled boundary line. This is a landscape scrubbed bare in an unsympathetic symmetry.

There is no precedent in English painting for the act of blasphemy that is Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion of 1944. How is Bacon's work blasphemous? Blasphemy requires a notion of God to abuse. Pictorial blasphemy requires iconography and languages of painting that celebrate or assume God, that offer images of man in harmony with the fundamental order of the world, that offer visions of wholeness, visions of the external world as coherent and meaningful to us. Whereas much of modernist painting has attempted to reconstruct visions of unity in paintings from which traditional language of representation, with their residues of belief, have been extirpated, Bacon has explored the scars of God's departure. They have abandoned the ship of pictorial tradition; he rides with it on to the rocks.

Three Studies 1944 alludes to that which it abuses, the tradition of Christian iconography, by its triptych form, by its trinity of monsters and by its title. In its central panel from a human crotch, anused, standing on stork legs, extends a snarling lingam its opened, red-lipped meatus is crowded with incisors. The bandage that would seem to blindfold the glans is thought to derive from Grunewald's The Mocking of Christ.

Bacon has stated in a letter to the Tate that these three panels are 'sketches for the Eumenides (the Greek Furies) which I intended to use as the base of a large Crucifixion'. The Eumenides are the antithesis of the Christian God's love and forgiveness. They are the personifications of vengeance and guilt, they are blind to contrition and penitence. Orestes, at the end of Aeschylus's Oresteian Trilogy, claims he is cleansed of his guilt by his sufferings and the purgative rituals he has performed. The Furies reply:

Neither Apollo not Athene can have power To save you. Lost, cast off, the very taste of joy Forgotten, you will live the prey of vampire Powers.

In the early 1970s Bacon reintroduces images of the Furies. In Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus the left hand canvas has a creature swinging like a bat by one human leg. This thing is still part crotch but now with a lobe-like wing, a hairless animal. It spits blood. It would seem to be smashing against a glass barrier in Oedipus and the Sphinx after Ingres, 1983, scratching at the window in in Seated Figure 1974, snarling on a coffee table in Three Figures and a Portrait 1975, it sits like a bird of prey in the central canvas of Triptych 1976. In Triptych May-June 1973, which depicts the death of George Dyer, it is the shadow of a Fury that engulfs Dyer in the central canvas.

The traditional languages of representation have meaning, as does any language, because they are born of and are enmeshed in human culture. They are enmeshed in those patterns of differentiation by which we order the world. Blasphemous conjugations violate these differentiations. So, for instance, clean and unclean, edible and inedible mixed together not simply taste but the very ordering of our lives. In his Eumenides, Bacon conjoins the site and apparatus of male sexuality with the teeth exposing, blood-spitting energy of vengeance and guilt. Sewer and river of human emotions are mixed.

In the discontinuities of pictorial language and space Bacon articulates a rhetoric of the closed circle of the soul in a world that has lost meaning, lost coherence. But the isolation of figures within the space-frames is only an intensification of the predominant characteristic of most of his paintings; the isolated figure within the actual frame. Figures and forms alone within the rectangle of the canvas. There are exceptions and there is the exception.

In the exception, the repeated image of two figures in the same space, Bacon mixes two categories; sex and violence. He began with Two Figures, 1953. It is not in the Tate retrospective but six versions of the image are; the last one is Triptych August 1972. These two horizontal bodies arched in an eruption of movement are derived in part from a Muybridge photograph of two naked male wrestlers. Bacon plays upon the ambiguity of the bodily expression, upon the way that copulation and violent struggle can have the same appearance. In his adaptations and transformations the clarity of the photograph is suppressed. In the rich vagueness of the paint categories are confused and the ambivalence of the image speaks of the confused springs of desire, the ambivalence of lust's assault, the eroticism of violence.

In Three Studies for a Crucifixion of 1962 Bacon returns to the triptych format. He made the pictures in an alcohol-battered fortnight. In the central canvas the unsavoury puddle of poured, spattered, brushed, wiped, red, pink and white paint on a bed is a writhing figure. Its snarling teeth disallow pity. It appears to have a hole in its foot. If this is Christ, he is screaming for revenge.

On the left canvas, drawn with great sense of rotundity in sweeps of dry brushed paint is a flayed and disembowelled torso. It hangs upside down, its head on a cushion of its own dirt and and pink and white skin. This is blasphemy. We know that Bacon derived this image from Cimabue's Crucifixion:  'I always think of that as an image as a worm crawling down a cross'. The crucifixion is inverted, exposed teeth usurp the grace of Christ's forgiveness.

Bacon's blasphemies are profound because they are not political, they do not abuse the church and its hypocrisies, a jejune strategy best left for adolescents; they abuse God. They would seem to me to be enraged acts of mourning, it is the anger of the bereaved left isolated in a world without meaning by the death of God the Father.

 

Why is Bacon a Great Artist?

Why is Bacon a great artist? The first  problem with the question is the appellation, great artist. It is a near meaningless cliché. It is something mouthed by media persons trained in the cynical production of texts in a culture that has little but a trivial and sentimental conception of art. We have to re-invent the term.

To attend to art as something more than delectation, entertainment, or distraction is not simply to attend to a certain class of objects. It is also to enter a tradition of discourse around those objects. Like the artist, in our thinking and talking our way into works  of art, in making our understandings, we constantly re-invent what art is. We re-vivify that tradition of making and discourse.

For me art stands against the dominant current of our culture. Against the imperious demands of systematic discourse, against the apes of science. Such discourse speaks as if we can or do know the world and it does so, and again I echo Baudelaire, by speaking of the world as if we are not in it.

I take Bacon's work to be predicated on the assumption that we do not know. He tears the veil off conventional representations to make a strange beauty. Through the qualities and resonances of the images realised in paint we are confronted with harsh mirrors of our being in the world, mirrors of the ambivalence of the wells of feeling. Great artists re-invent the greatness of art. Bacon reconstitutes the profundity of art and imaginative culture.

Painting as part of the reflective culture of Europe is a historical mutation. A mutation sustained by a concentration of disparate interests. Sustained, for instance, by its use: as a badge of wealth and cultivation as a speculative commodity, the object of scholarly industry and hack copy, as a receptacle of moral, sentimental, ideological and political  values, and for practitioners as an addictive  affective embodiment and articulation of themselves. The dealers and art-scribes are not invaders of the temple of art, they are amongst its architects.

This mutation, this tradition of images an discourse is always in crisis, for one of its sources of energy is the contested notion of its value. In the twentieth century it has had a rich and complex dialectic with the demands of positivist myths. In the post-war period it has been diminished an trivialized by the institutionalisation of the power of intellectuals. They, for example, with the rise of mass education, have become the priests in the rites of meritocratic social stratification, that process by which people are taught to internalise their own disqualification for power and status.

With the rise of the institutions of contemporary art comes a new profession whose members, by their mappings and orderings, have created a dominant evaluative discourse; a professional discourse, like any other, which aspires to achieve a systematic mastery over its area of competence. Bacon's assertion of the heart of darkness is a beacon whose light exposes the herd hubris of professionalised culture and the political sentimentalities of our time as inadequate vessels for reflective culture, for the culture of self-awareness.

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

New transmutations of an autumn rose

 

 

The Tate Gallery retrospective exhibition of works by Francis Bacon has drawn well over 100,000 visitors in London and consolidates further his position as a major European painter. John McEwen here makes a reappraisal of Bacon in the broader context of his times.

 

 

JOHN MCEWEN STUDIO INTERNATIONAL VOLUME 198 NUMBER 1010 | 1985

 

‘Bacons painting challenges verbal explanation and, at the artist’s request, we have not provided the customary notes on each picture, explains Alan Bowness in his forward to the Bacon catalogue. Later, in Andrew Durhams essay on Bacons technique, Lucian Freud is quoted as saying that he thought Bacon‘urgency’ in painting had to do with the fact that paint was was his only means  of expression. And yet Bacons highly articulate responses to David Sylvesters questions must represent the most thorough explanation of his work by any artist in art history. This merely compounds the reviewer's difficulty.

Of course, Bacons whole art is one of literal disruption, of evading description now that the camera has made description redundant. Its subject is transience, its method reactionary, its desired result a succession of visual shocks that short-circuit the intellect. ‘I’ve made images that the intellect would never make,’ he said in his South Bank Show interview with Melvyn Bragg. ‘I make images of realism. The violence of life, of sensation. I believe in nothing, except the sensation of the moment. I drift.’ The artistic drive of his long life, let alone the number of principles and convictions revealed by his many conversations, stand in amusing contradiction of the claim; but then, like Delacroix, he has a high-born disdain for consistency. He is true to his momentary, transitory, ever-dying self, in conversation as in art.

This makes Bacon a romantic of rare purity. He seems uncontaminated by the social guilt, the bourgeois unease of the nineteenth century. He is the real eighteenth century article, a dandy worthy of Baudelaire: a man, in other words, who has made a ‘cult’ of his emotions; who has never aspired ‘to money as to something essential’ but has literally proved himself to be ‘perfectly content with a limitless credit at the bank’; who does partake of the dandys supreme characteristic of ‘opposition and revolt’, ‘of combating and destroying triviality’; and a man of his time too, which inevitably signals one aspect of his ‘Englishness’.

‘Dandyism appears above all in periods of transition, when democracy is not yet all-powerful and aristocracy is only just beginning to totter and fall’.Bacon is no fresh in his opinion, so easy to meet on level terms, so youthful in appearance even now, that it is hard to imagine he was born before the First World War.

But if he represents the ideal of the warrior individual in the face of levelling democracy or egalitarianism, it is only his single-mindedness as a painter that distinguishes him from the romantic norm. His beliefs — the primacy of individual expression, trust in instinct, distrust of intellect, hatred of academicism, renunciation of the supernatural, worship of the natural — do not. Wyndham Lewis2  noted the fleurs du mal strain Bacon as long ago as 1949 — it is not just a matter of attitude, but one of translation as well. What could be more Baudelairean than Bacons opalescent colour and invariable sense of claustrophobia?

‘How beautiful are the suns of sultry evenings; how space grows deep; how the heart compels! As I leaned towards you, my beloved, I seemed to breath the bouquet of your blood. How beautiful are the suns of sultry evenings!

The night was thickening round us like a wall, and in the dark my eyes were divining yours, and I drank the nectar, the poison of your breath, and your feet fell asleep in my fraternal hands, while the night was thickening round us like a wall.

This from BaudelaireThe Balcony summons up no less appropriate — and also too kittle commented upon  equivalence of Bacon and Genet.

‘The set seems to represent a sacristy, formed by three blood-red, cloth folding-screens. The one at the rear has a built-in door. Above, a huge Spanish crucifix, drawn in trompe l'oeil. On the right wall, a mirror, with a carved gilt frame, reflects an unmade bed which, if the room were arranged logically, would be in the first rows of the orchestra. A table with a large jug. A yellow armchair. On the chair, a pair of black trousers, a shirt and a jacket. THE BISHOP, in mitre and gilded cope, is sitting in the chair. He is obviously larger than life.’ (Jean Genet, The Balcony, Scene I)

And yet such associations never hold for long, thanks to his assiduous uprooting. Who but Bacon could make a fetish of cricket-pads? An animal of a sand-dune? An ejaculation of a water burst? These images all occur in recent works which have been generally dismissed, even by his friends, with the very significant exception, given her connection with Sickert, of Helen Lessore (Bacon’s rawness  not least his use of raw canvas  owing more to Sickert, surely, than to any other English painter). She considers the recent work ‘stronger and richer’ than what had gone before. This hardly seems true of some of the portraits  of Mick Jagger, for instance, ‘The Mouth’ himself, who could surely have been more of  ‘a Monet sunset’,though such tameness may reflect the personality of the sitters, not the age of the portraitist. However, the strength and richness of most of the large, late works is undeniable, despite being easy to overlook in their oddity and subtlety. Bacon himself thinks they are his best works, and the parallel with Picasso, whose later work was also dismissed in his lifetime, is obvious. The animalism of the inanimate, the daring shifts of scale, the Death in Venice intimations of Triptych (1974-77), the description-defying red of Study of the Human Body (1982) all this amounts to painting of the purest sensation he has yet contrived.

In this senstaionalism these works, though much more searching technically, are closer inventively to the heads and figures   some of them painted thick enough to qualify as bas-reliefs of the late 1940s. They come closer, in other words, than the famous screaming popes’ or even the van Gogh series  such a showstopper at Westkunst  to Bacons ideal of ‘trying to make images as accurately off his nervous system as possible’: because there is a knowingness in the latter paintings, that courts the intellectualism he has always seen as a canker.

The will to express sensation ends in transference, Bacon seemingly inhabiting the subject of his interest. It is well illustrated by Study for Bullfight No. 1 (1969) and the second version of the same picture. In the first Bullfight the crowd is visible and the matador has a face. The artistic viewpoint is that of a spectator and the picture accordingly verges on illustration. In the ‘improved’ version the crowd is virtually blanked out and the matador becomes no more than a shadowy presence. Greater emphasis is placed on the flung gobs of white paint. This is the bullfight from the point of view of the bull: blind, maddened, sapped of strength by the heat and spinning cape. Such transference is even more visible in his portraits. It hardly needs saying that he is at his most inventive and spontaneous when depicting close friends like Muriel Belcher, Isabel Rawsthorne, Lucian Freud or George Dyer. One feels he knows them inside out, which makes his use of X-ray photography as a  pictorial inspiration all the more metaphorically appropriate. They also challenge his orderly sense of design. Miss Muriel Belcher (1959), Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing in a Street in Soho (1967) and Three Studies of Isabel Rawsthorne (1967) remain among his most original conceptions. In the recent work, as has been mentioned, he succeeds in identifying with such elemental forces as water and sand.

‘You see, painting has now become, or all art has now become completely a game, by which man distracts himself. What is fascinating actually is, that it's going to become much more difficult for the artist, because he must really deepen the game to become any good at all.5

The more on looks at Bacons paintings, the more one is compelled by their concentration into the game they represent. There is the game of derivation: the notion of the game itself, from Duchamp; the sensationalism, with all its sexual and animal connotations, from Picasso; the aura of heat as a metaphor of time, casting shadows, melting and rotting flesh, a tribute to Dali; the flung paint, too, of Surrealism; the arrows of Dada; the futurists lines of force; even the colour-fields of the New York abstractionists he so mischievously feigns to disregard. While of films, Tod BrowningFreaks is perhaps the most to the fore of the least mentioned. And then comes the game of spotting Bacons own influence: Hockneys raw early style and men in showers; Lucian Freuds seedy couches and pursuit of the painterly; Auerbachs pigment bas-reliefs; Michael Andrews removed surfaces, as detached behind glass as Bacons arrows, chopped Letraset and stripes stamped with corduroy. Lost in the game, the common criticisms  that he cant draw, that you cant see the pictures for the frames, that he does dirt on life  become as superfluous to the viewer as the conceits of office to Bacon himself. The fact remains he is an autumn rose of Romanticism; Englands best, because most passionate painter of the century.

JOHN McEWAN

Footnotes

1  Baudelaire, The Painter of Modern Life, Phaidon, 1964.

2 'Bacon is a Grand Guignol artist: the mouth in his heads are unpleasant places, evil passions make a glittering white mess of the lips. They are, after all,  more things in heaven and earth than shiny horses  or juicy satins. There are the 'fleurs du mal' for instance.' P Wyndham Lewis, 'Francis Bacon', The Listener, 12 May, 1949.

3 Jeffrey and Bruce Bernard, 'Sides of Bacon' Tatler, May 1985. See also Daniel Farson, 'A cause for celebration', The Spectator, 11 May, 1985.

4 David Sylvester, Interviews with Francis Bacon 1962-1979. Thames and Hudson, page 80.

5 Ibid, page 29.

 

 

 

Francis Bacons Vision Of Isolation

 

 

 

WILLIAM WILSON THE LOS ANGELES TIMES OCTOBER 27 1985

 

STUTTGART, West Germany — This lovely and coherent Swabian town of 600,000 souls has a splendid new art museum by British architect James Stirling, an edifice that would grace a city five times its size. Opened last year, the widely acclaimed Neue Staatsgalerie at the moment plays host to the works of England's most eminent living painter, Francis Bacon. Just those few facts make enticing suggestions about a vital and cosmopolitan German culture.

Yet curiously enough, the most haunting image that remains after a visit to the exhibition is that of a mouth frozen in a mute scream. It is, of course the mouth from Bacon's trademark 1953 painting, "Study After Velazquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X," probably the most resonant shriek in the history of modern art. There are others--the distraught lonely soul in Edvard Munch's "The Cry" of 1895, the grieving woman of Picasso's "Guernica" of 1936. The thing that lends Bacon's painting singular significance is its point in time after World War II and the fact that it is based on a great portrait of an individual who embodies all the pomp and power of a temporal institution that claims to derive authority from an extra-terrestrial source.

In Bacon's version the Pope himself is overcome by a vision of horror that causes him to violate the symbolic demands of his office. In short, the painting represents the moment in European history when collective anxiety was replaced by individual anxiety. Francis Bacon (who must find deep irony in sharing a name with the great 17th-Century empiricist) emerged at the same time as Britain's Angry Young Man playwrights like Pinter and Osborn and continental Absurdists like Beckett and Ionesco. Despite the fact that Bacon is styled as an individual talent without peer, he was part of a widespread and spontaneous artistic impulse to make art that expressed revulsion at the collective terror and individual tragedy wreaked by the conflagration.

Artists from Bacon to Dubuffet, Giacometti and even California's Rico LeBrun could be seen to be asking what in hell kind of art they were supposed to make in a world where one side had systematically annihilated 6 million people and the other had introduced that lovely new human refinement, the atomic bomb. Their answer--and perhaps that of society in generalwas that they had no answer and that henceforth all art would have no greater significance than what could be read into expression that was flatly idiosyncratic, quirky and damaged.

Baconregularly styled as the world's greatest living painteris so revered in England that the prestigious Tate Gallery has taken the virtually unprecedented step of according him two retrospective exhibitions in his lifetime (the painter is now 75 and like several other great English creators is actually Irish).

His second retrospective is the one visiting the Neue Staatsgalerie. Gracefully spaced out in a dozen capacious white galleries, it has been cut down slightly from its original 125 works without apparent dilution and tends to lean slightly to works done since 1970.

The event leaves little doubt that Bacon is fundamentally a great painter in the same sense as, say, Titian or Goya, but also makes it clear that he operates trapped in the late 20th-Century vacuum of isolation. That circumstance makes it easy for an uncomfortable audience to dismiss him as an odd little man painting out private terrors, perversions and obsessions in a bedsitter in Chelsea

Thus the terrifying succubi of his early "Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion" is vulnerable to belittlement not only as a mere precursor of the gibbering protoplasm of current horror movies but as a simple Freudian oral fixation. A work with a fancy title like "Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus" can be sneered off as a homosexual fantasy and Bacon's preoccupation with flayed flesh as a masochism too extreme to be of general interest.

Bacon's early work is so searing that its power cannot be ignored. One has the feeling, however, that if this exhibition were on view in Los Angeles it might not play, in the same sense that certain theater pieces that make perfectly good sense in London are incomprehensible in New York

As time goes on, Bacon's work grows ever larger and his backgrounds simplify to large areas of flat color. Sometimes it is a rather lugubriously dramatic crimson, others a gentle pastel, but always it is somehow decorative. Cynicism shifts its smug bulk and we are conscious that Bacon is now a famous painter and probably a rich one as well. How are we supposed to take this showy angst seriously?

In laid-back Los Angeles, where much of the world's unpleasantness can be dismissed with a flick of the mind's channel selector, Bacon could be tuned out as too hard to take. On his own turf, however, he makes a kind of inescapable sense as a preeminent articulator of a distinctive kind of tension that pervades Europe.

 

 

               

                       Francis Bacon, Self Portrait, 1969, oil on canvas, 14 x 12" 

 

HYSTERICAL PAINTING

 

 DONALD KUSPIT | REVIEW | ART FORUM | VOL. 24, NO. 5 | JANUARY 1986

 

 

A typical Francis Bacon painting shows a single figure, or a fragment of one (the face also is a fragment), sealed in a stage space, spare and schematic for all the boldness of its color. Sometimes there are two figures, locked in a struggle, or resting between “engagements.”

The space is generally self-contained, geometrically emphatic, an isolation ward of sorts. It is a sacred space, the figure’s self-protective aura, the membrane of its dignity, confirming the figure’s character as a monad. The world comes into the space in various contingent ways. Sometimes it appears as fragmentary, rudimentary language, bits of alphabet repeated ad nauseam. This handmade but machinelike image of lettering has been mistaken for a representation of discarded newspapers, and for a kind of pseudo-Dada collage, but it is more like collapsed balloons of speech from which the language, like sand in an hourglass, has run out, confirming the silence of the figure. It is a distillation of the idea of language, like an eye chart whose letters are never fully in focus and irrationally blur in to meaninglessness. Other signs of the noisome, intrusive world the sections of nonhuman flesh that often appear suggesting that the world is a slaughter house. It is as though the space were insatiable and had to regularly fed animal meat lest it swallow its human inhabitant. The space is an abyss, which like a legendary monster, regularly needs a sacrifice to keep it quiescent. The meat is also the insignia of the figure, the trophy of a kill, it signals the figure's secret carnivorous authority.

Bacon's figure is spastic, a kind of aborted figura serpentina—hardly Michelangelesque, yet mutedly muscular. It is overdetermined and imploded. Of course it is psychically twisted as well as physically archaic, but that is only part of the story. What seems to me  of crucial importance for an understanding of what is at stake in Bacon's paintings is the fact that the isolated figure is blurred in its being. This is purely because of Bacon's allusions to Eadweard Muybridge's photographs of human and animal figures in normal and abnormal motion; each of his figures is like a transient duration in a hand-cranked movie. For all its photographic underpinning, however, Bacon's figure is a paint-intensive creation, appropriating Pablo Picasso's composites of multiple, shifting views of a figure in a concentrated space as much as it does Muybridge's clinical studies. It is built of what Bacon calls  cultivated chance moments—what I understand as forced painterly impulses, deliberately dredged-up libidinous charges. These charges can be regarded as "ingrown gestures"struggling to grow out—a pathological painterliness made manifest by the way the gestures seem to grow back into it and knot its fluidity. The figure seems about to be torn apart, brutalized by its own sensational discharges, and indeed in certain works it has lost some of its parts, becoming grotesque and crippled. The figure is often recognizable, or named in the painting's title, but its blurred bodiliness contradicts, and almost obliterates, that public identity.

Gilles Deleuze has generalized this attack on the memorable figure as an attack on the cliché image, aligning Bacon with Paul Cézanne as an artist who, unable "to accept the ready-made clichés that came from his mental consciousness, stocked with memories and which appeared mocking at him on his canvas, spent most of his time smashing his own forms to bits."2 But in fact it is the authority of the figure that Bacon challenges, not appearances. At the same time, the figure is asserted through that challenge—through the bits of paint that subvert it. And it is not so much that Bacon is attacking the standardized version of a figure/person—one unburdened by a hidden self—as doubting its very right to exist. It is as though the figure is a reluctantly used subject matter for him; he seems disinclined to grant it its traditional fundamentality, but is stuck with it as a necessary evil However much he alludes to specific persons, Bacon questions not their particularity but the authority of their being at all. It is this authority that he "manhandles," that he breaks on the rack of his pathological painterliness.

Bacon forces us to remember and rethink what has all too frequently forgotten about Modern art as it has bee been socially assimilated—that it is at heart dissatisfied, rebellious, angry, violent, and violative, an incisive reflection of the discontents of civilization. The defiant unhappiness is customarily understood as an anguished sign of autonomy, a subversion of conventional worldly appearances to construct the integrity of art in spite of the world, but Bacon forces us to read it not as a wilful transcendence of the world but as a hysterical, and invariably histrionic, effort to to recollect it in all its anxiety-arousing absurdity. Bacon's paintings are ambivalently acts of recollection and of forgetfulness, an ambivalence that is at the centre of the Modern sense of illusion.

T.W. Adorno has written that "the truth of works of art hinges on whether or not they succeed, in accordance with their inner necessity, to absorb the non-conceptual and contingent. For their purposefulness requires the purposeless, which is illusion."Bacon's paintings stretch the general problematic of portraiture to its limits, forcing the recognition that the uncategorizable, contingent personhood of the portrayed can never truly and completely grasped in and through paint. This leads to an aggravated attack of paint on the figure; the paint acquires added conviction and power, becoming painterly to an aggressive extreme, almost as though the painterliness were an expression of angry frustration at the ungraspable personhood of the figure. The art rises up to overwhelm the illusion of the person—the other—and in doing so achieves its own integrity. As if in spite, Bacon's portraits seek to destroy the vestige of personhood available in the everyday appearance of the figure by assimilating it entirely into painterliness. The melancholy of his figures results from the residue of personhood that has survived the process of painterly absorption. The paint scourges the figure, stripping it of skin, assimilating its raw being. Bacon takes such authoritative historical figures as Pope Innocent X and Vincent van Gogh and reduces them outrageously to clots of paint. They are overwhelmed by paint, into which they sink as if in quicksand. Is the scream of Innocent X recognition of his dissolution? Bacon repeatedly "misinterprets" the strength of character he seems to find in the 1650 Diego Velázquez portrait of the Pope as sheer monstrousness, brutality. More than Picasso in his historicist paintings, Bacon destroys what he creates in the very act of recreating. The destruction no doubt has world-historical import—the sadistic character of the Pope is brought home by the sadistic way paint is applied to him, as if it were acid—but the key point is that paint triumphs over human reality, becomes the dominant expression of being.

This issue of illusion is more complex, however. Bacon's paint spontaneously presents us with an authentic, compelling image—an image to which we feel committed, inescapably bound, just at the moment when we are most in despair of finding appearance to embody our own attachment to real being. His painterliness pushes the figure toward oblivion, but in the wake of painterliness comes a residue of the figure, its representation, which, however flimsy, holds us spellbound because of the energy and emotion that seem invested in it, and because of the way it has survived abuse by the painterliness. It is as though the painterliness had destroyed the conscious image so that the the unconscious image could emerge. What remains becomes freshly, all the more powerfully, an illusion of being. As we look at a painting we unconsciously desire an image—as though we could remember an image in and through the paint—and all we experience is paint, but we hallucinate an image in it. This is Bacon's figure—a hallucinated image of absolute being, free of the underpinnings of conventional appearance. This appearance has been supplied, implicitly and explicitly, by photography, but Bacon has worked over the photograph, and the contemporaneity it implies, with his grandiose painterliness. The photographic appearance is imaginatively transformed into a representation of archaic selfhood. Where in many contemporary artists' work reliance on the photographic image of reality disguises a failure of imagination, in Bacon's the destruction of photographic appearance represents imagination's aggressive reassertion of its rights.

Bacon gives us not simply an "expressive" illusion of a figure, but the illusion of being in the presence of a certain self. The figure has been transmuted in the  alembic of painterlinesss into a kind of self. Bacon gives us the illusion of the self as it introspects itself, the painterliness filtering out the figure's everyday appearance si that the urgency of its being itself can be felt. Purged of everydayness by painterliness, the figure is peculiarly self-possessed rather than owned by the world. Its existence in the limbo of the space confirms its self-realization and its authenticity.

Pure painting, then, is not necessarily an end in itself, for all of art's desire to declare it so as a manifestation of art's "autonomy". Such painting also has a "hysterical" purpose—by dissolving the everyday appearance, it can help us remember the obscure self that is forgotten underneath. Bacon's painterliness is hysterical painting in the deepest and most precise sense: it struggles to remember an archaic experience that has been forgotten, an experience that has profoundly affected and shaped the sense of self operative through the figure. At the same time, it is a symptom of our forgetfulness of traumatically primitive experience. Simultaneously memory and amnesia, Bacon's painterliness embodies the struggle between remembering and forgetting—representation and nonrepresentation—that is at the heart of the psychodynamic process that painting constitutes. Bacon's archetypal hysterical figure is a "hyper-aesthetic memory,"a form of "strangulated" speech. His figure is in a "hypnoid state, "very intense but ... cut off from associative communication."5 This is its existence as a repressed yet nagging memory. At the same time, it is abreacted through through painterliness; the "strangulated affect" it embodies finds a "way out" through painterly speech. 6 Bacon's painterliness has a double function: to articulate the intensity of the cut-off, dissociated figure, and to relieve it of its burden of feeling. His paintings have become less and less painterly, more and more flat in their their affect., more willful—less spontaneous—in their intensity, as though at last, after forty years, he has discharged the final bit of painful memory of the authoritative figure standing behind all the other figures. It is a figure whose substance was always doubted because it stood behind so many shadows and was associated with so many simulations of itself. In a sense, the polished glass that Bacon has for sometime insisted that his pictures be hermetically sealed under—finishing them off, packaging them, as it were,—shows just how determined he is to show the conflict between hysteria and its repression. He civilizes his pictures, makes their wildness museum-ready, by placing them behind glass, but he builds the material's critical function into this act. Before one gets to the violent, hysterical painting, the glass intervenes, stopping one—anesthetizing one—so that its maddening impact is muted or controlled and one isn't driven crazy by it. Bedlam is kept in and the spectator is kept out. The packaging also implies that the hysterical figure can be standardized, civilized, or at least caged, but it straitjacketing effect suggests that hysteria can still get out of hand. Painting and spectator circle each other, wary, two ambulatory patients in a  ambivalently esthetic and sexual encounter, finally mirroring each other  in a bizarre Dorian Gray manner: as we cling to our sanity in the face of the hysteria the picture induces in us, we transfer to the picture the energy of our struggle for control, so that the painting seems even more hysterical and even more representative of reality. The figure's hysteria is its realism.

Bacon's hysterical painting remains inseparable from "archaeologism." The importance of Bacon today, in this time of archaeologistic painting, is that he histrionically asserts the psychological root and purpose of such an approach. In his work this approach is unsubtle and unavoidable, whereas in other current archaeologies of the figure it is often nonexistent, forced, pseudosophisticated, or emptily didactic. I prefer the term "archaeologism" to "historicism," since it seems to go more to the root of the current culture of quotation. It suggests a conflicted attitude toward the past, at once celebrating it and denying its authority. Morris R. Cohen has described historicism as the "faith that history is the main road to wisdom in human affairs," but he notes that this belief has been much disputed throughout history.: "In the Old as well as the New Testament there is much of of the anti-historical philosophy so keenly expressed in the Book of Ecclesiastes to the effect that the earthly scene is all vanity and that there is nothing new under the sun. The canonical sayings of Jesus commanded men not only to take no thought of the morrow but to let the dead past bury its  dead."Archaeologims combines the optimism of historicism with the pessimism of antihistorical philosophy, the recognition that while everything will change, nothing will be new. In Bacon, ambivalence toward the authority of the past is used to undermine it, or at least bring it into doubt.

Among the more striking recent images by Bacon is Study of the Human Body, 1982, showing an abbreviated male figure, naked except for cricketer's leggings. The new figure recurs, in different poses, in Study from the HumanBody—Figure in Movement, 1982, and in the left panel—another "Study from the Human Body"—of Diptych, 1982-84. The cricketer's leggings are a sign of social identity of belonging to a certain class and world. The nakedness of the mutilated figure—a chunk of raw meat as much on display as the carcass in Rembrandt's Slaughtered Ox, 1655, a recurrent image, in different forms, in many Bacon paintings—contradicts the social identity the leggings signify. This tension between the social reality of a figure and its naked bodiliness is a constant in Bacon's paintings. His painterliness is used to strip the figure naked, not only to naked bodiliness but to naked emotion, as in the various pictures of Innocent X. Signs of social reality remain: the Pope still has his miter, Van Gogh still carries the instruments of his craft. (Bacon means to emulate Van Gogh in his stripping-down of the figure; Van Gogh was the inventor of the process and its first real master. As such he was the first truly Modern painter, in the sense in which to be  Modern means to strip away superficial social appearances to reveal existential reality, that is, to reveal being as such—a revelation that is being's only justification. Modernism, through its destructive process of stripping down, searches for a new starkness, the sign of genuine being.) The tension between the process of painterliness and the reality of society—between a generalized drive toward revelation of the irreducibly given, and socio-historical particularity—pervades in Bacon's work. He brings the power of painterliness—of art as a stripping down to the embryonically naked, as at birth and death—to bear on the power of social authority, hoping to cancel it out, but he recognizes that it is ultimately as ineradicable as the naked body and the naked emotion. It is as much like fate as the emblematic, existentially raw meat of the body.

What Bacon accomplishes is a linkage of the power of the painterly process to the power of social authority. This is the source of the real sexual hysteria and theatricality of his paintings. The linkage is revealed in the convergence of his anorexic color planes—the background of the real world—and his bulemic figures, depressed for all the abundance of painterly nerves that testify to their hypersensitivity. Together, backgrounds an figures have the authority that comes from attracting tremendous attention— something that the hysterical and histrionic represented in Bacon by the theatrical staging) also have in common.8 Bacon's paintings are not simply stark—, the way Van Gogh's are, but exaggeratedly starkto show off the figures' blatant exhibitionism. (Exhibitionism is a major hysterical trait.) These figures are always on stage—but more like specimens on clinical display in a medical amphitheatre than like actors in control of their roles. Their isolation is a form of them privileging themselves—of making themselves stand out and seem more intriguing or charismatic than others. At the same time that Bacon dissects the charisma of exhibitionism, he celebrates it, and through his repetitive representaion suggests that it is the only source of the figure's authority.

It can be inferred from Bacon's painting that he would agree with Anthony Storr in the idea that hysterical exhibitionism is a "defense against depression" in a person who regards him- or herself as defeated, and as a defence against recognition of the lack of ideal persons in the world. But, at the same time, Bacon seems to posit hysteria as in its own dramatic way an ideal mode of representing oneself as a person. But there is a paradox here, for this idealization has an archaeologistic basis. In hysteria a person attempts to immortalize him- or herself by becoming extravagantly demonstrative, exhibitionistic, in effect announcing his or her being as absolute and indisputable. It is given a surplus of presence, as it were. Absolutization and exhibitionism reveal the archaeologistic perspective: a stage holding an isolated figure is as much a coffin displaying an embalmed body as it is the the hysterical psychodrama of a particular person. The painterliness that gives hysterical flair to the person also mutilates that being into oblivion, generalizing it toward nonbeing. That something can be so real and at the next moment an illusion belonging to the past expresses the ambivalence endemic in archaeologism, All Bacon's figures live in a time warp, at once radically contemporary yet belonging to a dead world

Bacon's hysterical painting is paradoxical, and never more so than when it gives authority to inherently unauthoritatve, almost banal figures. This is an authority the figures have borrowed from art,  for the authority of are ultimately resides in the fact that it is the ultimate exhibitionism, making a more memorable splash than anything else, even if that splash destroys or cancels outrepresses and buries—the reality it represents, and thus makes us more anxious about it.

 

Donald Kuspit is the editor of Art Criticism, published at the State University of New York at Stony Brook. He is a regular contributor to Artforum

 

1  Philip Rieff, Freud: The Mind of the Moralist,  Garden City, NY: Doubleday & Co. Anchor Books 1961. p.12

2  Quoted in Dawn Ades, "Web of Images," in Francis Bacon, London: the Tate Gallery/Thames & Hudson, 1985, p. 22. This book is the catalogue for a large retrospective of Bacon's work that showed at the Tate last summer and is now travelling . It is at the  Staatsgallerie Stuttgart, until January 6, and at the Nationalgalerie, Berlin, from February 6 to March 31.

3  T.W. Adorno, Aesthetic Theory, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1984, p. 149

4  Josef Breur and Sigmund Freud, Studies on Hysteria, New York: Basic Books, 1957, p. 16

5  Ibid. p. 12

6 Ibid p. 17

7 Morris R. Coehn, The Meaning of Human History, La Salle : Open Court Press, 1961, pp. 15-16

8. Anthony Storr, The Art of Psychotherapy, New York: Methuen, 1980, pp. 85-88

 

 

 


'78 WORK BY BACON IS SOLD

 

 

RITA REIF | ARTS | THE NEW YORK TIMES | NOVEMBER 13, 1986

 

Francis Bacon's ''Seated Figure,'' a 1978 painting showing two men -one crouching, one in profile in suit and tie against a gloriously colored background - was sold last night at Christie's for the highest price at auction ever achieved for a work by the British artist.

The painting, one of the artist's favorites, was the most important of 10 works from the 20th-century art collection of Ted Ashley, the 64-year-old Warner Communications executive. It was purchased by a collector who was not identified for $935,000, almost double the previous record at auction for the artist, which was $517,000, the price paid in 1985 at Sotheby's for ''Landscape Near Malabata, Tangiers.'' Pop Art Works

Bidding was brisk on the Bacon and on two record-breaking Pop Art works consigned by Mr. Ashley, who is selling, according to Martha Baer, Christie's specialist in postwar art, because he ''is going on to a different phase in his personal life.'' Roy Lichtenstein's ''Blang'' from 1962 was sold for $792,000 to Thomas Ammann, a Zurich dealer, eclipsing the previous record of $522,500 paid for ''Reclining Nude,'' in May 1985 at Sotheby's. And Claes Oldenburg's ''Girls' Dresses Blowing in the Wind,'' from 1961, was purchased by a New York dealer who was not identified for $203,500, blotting out the previous high of $181,500 paid for the artist's ''Typewriter Eraser,'' in 1984 at Sotheby's.

The sale was the third of postwar art this week that established more than a score of records for artists, and all of the sales featured major Pop Art works. The two paintings by Andy Warhol that were auctioned last night, for example, brought extremely high prices. ''Campbell's Soup Can With Can Opener'' was purchased for $264,000 by James Mayor, the London dealer, and the ''Triple Elvis'' was sold for $203,500. Neither rewrote the record at auction for this artist, which was established Tuesday night at the Robert C. Scull sale at Sotheby's when ''200 One Dollar Bills,'' sold for $385,000. But both prices exceeded the artist's previous record of $165,000, which was paid for ''S & H Green Stamps'' at Sotheby's in 1985. Seller Is 'Thrilled'

The bidding was brisk but less spirited throughout than at Sotheby's on Monday and Tuesday, when what remained of the Pop and Minimalist works collected by Ethel Redner Scull and Robert C. Scull were auctioned. Nevertheless, Christie's auction of 60 works, in which 8 did not find buyers, totaled $8.6 million - the highest total for a sale of contemporary art at this gallery. Mr. Ashley's 10 paintings totaled $4.4 million.

Mr. Ashley, who assembled his art collection quietly over 20 years and had not granted interviews before the sale, attended the auction unnoticed.

''He was at the sale, slid away quietly and sent word back that he was thrilled,'' said Christopher Burge, Christie's president. Mr. Burge said the evening was a success on several levels.

''We had this steady succession of pictures - selling for prices of $300,000 to $900,000 - that two or three years ago would have shocked the world if they had brought $200,000.

Abstract Expressionist works also registered new highs. Sam Francis's ''Summer No. 1'' from 1957 sold for a record $825,000 to a Chicago dealer who also bought Mark Rothko's ''Light Earth and Blue'' from 1954 for $660,000 and Franz Kline's ''Wax Wing,'' from 1961, for $352,000. The same Chicago buyer purchased Julian Schnabel's ''Tower of Babel (for A. A.)'' from 1976-78 for $121,000, a record for the artist.

For the second time in two days the record for Pierre Soulages was rewritten. On Tuesday his ''27 August 61,'' was sold for $58,300, and last night ''13 August 1959'' was sold for $90,200 to a European collector who was bidding over the telephone and was not identified.

Sotheby's sales over the two and a half days totaled $24.6 million and included a record single session auction of postwar art (the Monday night session, which totaled $13.2 million), and a record single-owner sale of such art (the $8.6 million from the Robert C. Scull sale Tuesday night). In these dispersals there were 18 records for artists, including the $3.6 million paid for Jasper Johns's ''Out the Window,'' the highest price ever paid for a postwar work of art or for a work by a living artist.

 

 

 

Giacometti and Bacon

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER LONDON REVIEW OF BOOKS VOL. 9 NO. 6 19 MARCH 1987

 

Giacometti’s widow, says the preface, has chosen ‘to prevent the appearance in her husband’s biography of any unpublished writings by him of whatever sort: letters, journals or random notations’. Another recent biography of a leading modern artist was composed under similar restrictions. Peter Ackroyd says he was ‘forbidden by the Eliot estate to quote from Eliot’s published work, except for purposes of fair comment in a critical context, or to quote from Eliot’s unpublished work or correspondence’. As it happens, the two subjects, while profoundly unalike inasmuch as Giacometti was an atheist, a leftist and a bohemian, had many things in common, besides good looks, charisma, chronic mental torment and the hesitant production of a relatively small corpus of work notable for its marvellous marriage of innovation and tradition. Both of them came from cultivated and comfortably-off families rooted for generations in a backwater and both went on to spend their adult lives in a metropolis in a foreign land; both were quick to win fame as artists and quickly became legends, yet almost into middle age could not earn a living from their art and had to work in other areas to survive; both of them married but had no children; both were dominated – people say – by a mother – and haunted – the work says – by the idea of doing a girl in.

Their biographies have less in common. Lord had two big advantages over Ackroyd: he spent a great deal of time in the company of his subject and a great deal of time in composing his book. ‘I have devoted fifteen years to it’ – a luxury impossible for a professional writer like Ackroyd. As to the outcome, Ackroyd produced a biography that has been highly praised both by people who did not personally know the subject and by people who did; Lord’s biography has been highly praised by a number of people who did not know the subject. But more than forty who knew Giacometti signed a letter of protest against the book, a letter that has been published in America, where the book was initially issued, and is now published here on another page. However, a biography which elicits that sort of response may always be doing so because it is particularly penetrating.

I find this biography difficult to assess fairly because of the irritation it provokes both through its crass handling of the English language and through its snide attitude towards the supporting cast. Those irritants are often especially potent when a new character is being introduced. Here Sartre has just been brought on and we are at the point of his meeting a certain fellow student at the Sorbonne.

Tall and pretty, she had such an industrious devotion to hard work that she already bore the nickname which would stick to her for life: the Beaver. From the first, there was no doubt on either side that Sartre and she were people who understood each other. Her name was Simone de Beauvoir. It was one of those rare meetings of minds which make the matings of the herd seem lamentably bestial. They saw eye to eye, it appeared, on everything, including marriage, which they spurned, repudiating en masse all bourgeois standards and conventions, confident of their ability to distinguish good from evil, right from wrong, and truth from falsehood. Despite their devotion to the sole dictates of reason, Sartre and the Beaver liked a good time.


And Lord is no snob: he can be just as odious when presenting non-celebrities.

A pretty young woman could make her living in Montparnasse without a specific occupation. She could encourage the clients in a bar to do a bit more drinking, or strike up acquaintance with potential admirers who might be glad to give a girl a helping hand without expecting much more than a handshake in return. An easygoing, senseless sort of life. One of the girls who lived that way in the mid-Thirties was called Nelly.

Nelly became the mistress of Diego Giacometti, the artist’s brother. As they lived together for twenty years and as Lord’s book is almost as much a biography of Diego as it is of Alberto, Nelly appears in several later scenes. But always as a cipher, an irrelevance. No one would guess that she was someone who said: Pourquoi on appelle les bêtes les bêtes? Elles sont beaucoup plus intelligentes que les êtres humains.

Speaking of Diego brings me to what I think is the book’s most valuable achievement – its celebration of the love between those two brothers (to whose joint memory, in fact, Lord dedicates it). It is impossible to understand how Alberto functioned as a man or as an artist without understanding his relationship to Diego, yet Lord is – with the exception of Robert Wernick – the first writer on him to do justice to that subject. He delineates subtly and accurately the relationship they seemed to have when one knew them, in middle age and onwards. And he unearths events and habits in their childhood and youth which throw a remarkable amount of light on the formation of their relationship. And not only on that, but on Alberto in himself, as a man and as an artist. Thus he tells us that Alberto was left sterile by an attack of mumps. And he tells us that Alberto never learnt to dance but would go to dances and would get his two brothers to dance again and again with girls he fancied while he looked on: I had always wrongly supposed that when he behaved like that in middle age it was as a result of the accident in his mid-thirties which had left him lame. Above all, Lord tells the story behind the story Giacometti told in print of how, after going through his teens wonderfully confident of his mastery of drawing and modelling from life, he suddenly found himself working on a bust which left him totally at sea and that he destroyed it; from then on his work from life was always done – and his work from memory usually done – with an obsessive sense of failure (a feeling, of course, that many great artists have had when working from life). Lord reveals that the model for that bust was a young cousin with whom Giacometti had fallen in love and who loved him not and who destroyed the bust. ‘He always stated that it was he who had destroyed his work because he was dissatisfied with it. He never said that the bust had been a portrait of a girl with whom he was in love or that it was she who had destroyed it. The difficulty he encountered had destroyed something, and he had to assume responsibility for it.’

But Lord has a problem in dealing with Giacometti’s work – a shallow knowledge of modern art in general that is embarrassingly evident in, say, the simplistic survey he provides of the state of art in Paris at the time Giacometti arrived there. An ill-informed view of complex situations makes it difficult for Lord to place Giacometti’s art in its time. For instance, when he is dealing with the artist’s gradual alienation from the Surrealists in the mid-Thirties through becoming involved in trapping appearance, he sees the two versions of a headless Walking Woman as steps in that direction, which they were, but also as ‘openly alien to the spirit and purposes of Surrealism’, when they are actually classic examples of the Surrealist iconography of the moving statue. Again, when talking about the artist’s visit to New York in 1965 at the time of his retrospective at the Museum of Modern Art, he writes: ‘A reception was given at the museum in his honour, the invited guests being principally eminent American artists – Rothko, de Kooning, Motherwell, and Rauschenberg were among those present – and all of them approached Giacometti with the same sort of awe, none appearing to sense that what he represented was the last vestige of a tradition that they had thought to repudiate and that his presence in a museum dedicated to their achievements represented ipso facto a repudiation of the ground upon which they presumed to stand’. It is true that Giacometti did not reciprocate the great admiration those artists felt for him. Nevertheless, when I once asked him – I think it was in the mid-Fifties – to tell me, in so far as he could feel any affinity with any contemporary school, which was the one he felt closest to, he replied: Les tachistes, quand même.

My problem with this book is that it seems highly informative when it is dealing with matters of which I have no knowledge but is constantly inaccurate when dealing with matters I do know about. During Giacometti’s visits to London in 1955, 1964 and 1965 I saw him practically every day, whereas Lord, who saw him much more regularly in Paris than I did, was not around much, if at all. So the treatment of those London visits provides a clue to the quality of Lord’s research. I go into the detail that follows with some reluctance: the refutation of inaccuracies tends to make heavy reading and to encourage excessive intrusion on the part of the eye-witness. But somebody has to go round the dog track with a dustpan and brush.

Concerning the visits connected with the retrospective at the Tate in the summer of 1965, Lord writes: ‘Alberto went to London well before the inaugural date in order to supervise, with Diego’s help, the installation. He improvised in the basement of the museum a makeshift studio where he could touch up plasters or paint bronzes at the last minute’. In fact, Alberto intervened very little in the installation and Diego not at all. Alberto’s contribution had been made the previous autumn, when, studio, it was much more specific than Lord realises. It was needed for the making of new invited to choose the galleries for his show, he had insisted that they include the towering hall down the middle of the Tate, an absolute graveyard for sculpture. As to the purpose of the improvised versions in plaster of the figurines in Four figurines on a tall stand of 1950, as Giacometti had never been satisfied with the original ones. Above all, it was needed for the making of a plaster standing female figure about ten inches high which was to go on a pedestal in a corner of that vast hall which was to contain among other things four bronze standing female figures nine feet high. According to Giacometti, the validity of the whole exhibition would depend on the quality of that new figurine.

Something else which says a lot about Giacometti happened at that exhibition. The Tate told him that they had set aside twenty thousand pounds to purchase works of his and wondered whether he would generously let them have a few at a special price. A list was presented to him of desiderata from which he was to choose what items he was willing to let go for that sum; the sculptures and paintings on the list must then have been worth well over a hundred thousand pounds. Giacometti examined the list, pondered, and said the Tate could have everything on it, not for twenty thousand but for ten.   

Good-looking and clever, with a malicious tongue, he was determined to get along, though he had no idea in what direction. Driven by homosexual desires, a love for drink, and a passion for gambling, young Francis drifted through the low life, if not the underworld, of Paris and Berlin at a time when in both cities it was easily to be brilliant and depraved. Artistic innovation was everywhere, but Francis was not especially interested. His talents were directed to interior decoration and the design of furniture. It was not until the war years, when he was found unfit for service because he suffered from asthma, that he began to paint in earnest. He proved his aptitude with appalling authority. By the late Forties, he had made himself one of the masters of his generation and a figure of controversy. His style, his subject-matter, his adroit manipulation of his career roused the fervour of some, the contempt of others ... Attacked in the era of abstractionism for being figurative, he was also denounced for being morbid, macabre and self-indulgent. He responded with wit, made a mockery of criticism, and kept on painting, drinking, gambling, and making love to working-class boys. His favourite images were of men screaming, naked male bodies interlocked in throes that looked more like agony than bliss ...

From the way that begins, nobody would suppose that by the time he was 24 Bacon had shown pictures at the leading avant-garde gallery in London, the Mayor, and had had a work reproduced in Herbert Read’s Art Now; as to designing furniture, well, Giacometti did that too. On the subject of career-manipulation, Bacon in reality was and has remained a rather maladroit manipulator, too obsessed with painting and pleasure to be bothered. Thus in 1953, say, he completed 23 paintings, all of them large, which he sold for £150 at most and usually less, meaning that he could have hardly covered his painting expenses. That was the year when he painted the first of those pictures which Lord alludes to with that strange remark about ‘throes that looked more like agony than bliss’ – the sort of remark that might have been made by someone who had enjoyed bliss, if at all, only in solitude and without even the company of a mirror. What is sure is that the writer is given to imposing stereotypes on others’ sexual behaviour. ‘Making love to working-class boys’? I knew the three people who were Bacon’s friends from before his thirtieth till after his sixtieth year: two of them were anything but working-class, and none of them was a boy. But perhaps through naivety I do Lord an injustice? Perhaps Bacon has had an intense unofficial love-life that Lord knows all about.

As to what happened when Bacon and Giacometti actually met, Lord has only two anecdotes to relate. The first is that Bacon once asked Giacometti whether he thought it was possible for a homosexual to be a great artist. Lord introduces this question as an expression of some sort of doubt on Bacon’s part. Now, I have never heard Bacon express such doubts, and have a suspicion that he may have been testing Giacometti in the light of several mentions I had made to him over the years of a bizarre interchange I had with Giacometti in 1951 (sitting on the terrace of the Dôme) at the time of the Caravaggio exhibition in Milan. I had spoken of my enthusiasm for that master; Giacometti had been sceptical and had gone so far as to ask whether I thought it was possible for a homosexual to be a really great artist. After getting my breath back, I had mumbled the name of Michelangelo. Giacometti, taking up that shyster lawyer’s role so familiar to those who debated with him, had riposted by asking whether I was sure that Michelangelo was homosexual. So I wonder, presumptuously, whether Bacon was not teasingly recalling that interchange when he gave Giacometti back his question.

The other story is about a dinner arranged by Isabel Rawsthorne at a London restaurant in 1962 (the biographer should have remembered, though it’s not important, that Giacometti was never here that year). It claims that Bacon arrived drunk and concluded a friendly argument by raising the edge of the table ‘higher and higher until all the plates, glasses and silverware crashed to the floor’. Bacon tells me this never happened; he may be wrong. Having seen Bacon drunk hundreds of times, I cannot believe that he could have behaved like that; I may be wrong. It hardly matters. What does matter is the paragraph that follows.

Personal compatibility was one thing, professional concord quite another. Concerning aesthetic objectives, the two artists did not see eye to eye. In private, Alberto expressed dislike of the chance effects and crafty sleights of technique so beloved by Francis, while the latter, who is known never to have made a single drawing, allowed that as a draftsman Giacometti was without peer, leaving, of course, treacherously vague the mastery of other terrain. But nothing marred the friendship. After the older man’s death the younger said, ‘He was for me the most marvellous of human beings.’

But there was no ‘friendship’ to mar. If there was a friendship that Giacometti formed in London at that time, it was with Robin Campbell of the Arts Council, a new acquaintance to whom he was manifestly drawn in a very personal way. He and Bacon liked each other well enough, but they only met a few times and only once alone. One factor in bringing them together was Isabel Rawsthorne, who had been a great love of Giacometti’s and was a close friend of Bacon’s. But the main factor was precisely that they much admired each other as artists. Of course they were highly critical of each other’s work: one of the things they had in common was that they were scathingly critical about everyone’s work, especially their own. But each had a respect for the other such as he probably had for no other artist born in this century. As for Bacon’s being ‘treacherously vague’, he never made any secret of the fact that he liked Giacometti’s paintings of the Forties but not those that came after, and that he found the sculpture intolerably arty; perhaps Lord thinks he should have said so in print when he wrote in the catalogue of an exhibition of drawings that for him Giacometti was not only the greatest draughtsman of our time but one of the greatest ever. And Giacometti for his part perceived Bacon as his one rival. Thus, one night, when I was dropping him off at his hotel after we’d dined with Bacon, he asked me laughingly, putting us both to the test, which was the more ambitious artist, Bacon or himself. I said I thought that, while he was the greater artist, Bacon was probably the more ambitious; he said, as I knew he would, that I was wrong. Now, my answer had been mindful of a published statement of his that his great admiration for the Le Nain brothers was due to their having been able to inject human content into their art whereas he himself was taken up with merely capturing appearance; I felt that Bacon was the more ambitious in that his overtly tragic art essayed a bigger emotional scale.

Giacometti’s belief in the loftiness of his own ambition clearly related to a feeling he had expressed after spending three days sitting in a room drawing a tablecloth on a round table, trying to render it as he saw it. Drawing a tablecloth, he said, might appear to be a rather modest enterprise: but since it’s virtually impossible to do, you couldn’t really tell whether doing it was a matter of modesty or one of arrogance.

Giacometti: A Biography by James Lord
Faber, 592 pp, £25.00, June 1986, ISBN 0 571 13138 7

 

 

    

              nbsp;                     Alberto Giacometti with Francis Bacon at the Tate Gallery, London, in 1965.

 

 

 

Work by Bacon Brings $1.76 Million 

   

   

By RITA REIF | THE NEW YORK TIMES | WEDNESDAY, MAY 6, 1987

 

Francis Bacon's Study for Portrait II, a brooding rendering of a man that was begun as a portrait of the artist's friend David Sylvester in 1953 and became a study of a pope, was sold for $1.76 million last night, a record at auction for the artist.

Bacon's blue-black study of a figure in a brass thronelike frame that suggests the papal seat, conveys motion in its play of lines against the black background, a favourite device of this artist.

This Bacon, and a second one - Portrait of George Dyer Talking, from 1966, a wild study of the French poet [sic] shown twirling in the center of a brilliant red, lavender and green room that sold for $1.43 million - brought the highest prices in the sale. Both were purchased by Jan Krugier, a Geneva dealer.

The record-breaking Bacon painting was the third work offered in Christie's sale - and the most important postwar artwork from Baron Lambert's collection of 17 contemporary pieces. All of the Baron's artworks offered were sold, for a total of $6.34 million.

They were the first of his art holdings to be offered, and they represented about a fourth of the value of his entire collection. A larger segment of Impressionist and modern works with an estimated worth of about $11 million are to be auctioned at Christie's next Tuesday night.

Baron Lambert, the great-grandson of Baron James de Rothschild, is stepping down as chairman of the Groupe Bruxelles Lambert in Belgium. The Baron collected contemporary art and other modern works worth about $20 million, and spread them through the bank's offices and his penthouse apartment in the corporate headquarters in Brussels.

 

 

 

 

$15 Million for Art; 38 Individual Records Set at Christies

 

 

JUDD TULLY | THE WASHINGTON POST | MAY 6, 1987

 

Continuing the record spiral in art prices, Christie's tonight sold 90 works of contemporary art for $15,314,940 in an auction that set 38 individual artists' records.

It was the second-biggest single-evening contemporary sale ever, trailing only Monday's $18,906,800 showing at Sotheby's.

The sale comprised two major single-owner collections and an additional assortment of blue-chip works. The first segment consisted of 17 works from the Baron Leon Lambert Collection, which realized a total of $6,344,000 and produced the highlight of the evening: Francis Bacon's spooky Study for Portrait II, a portrait of a skullcapped pope that the artist began as a portrait of a friend.

 

 

 

 

Art: Francis Bacon Show Centres On 80'S Triptychs

 

 

By ROBERTA SMITH | ARTS THE NEW YORK TIMES FRIDAY, MAY 22, 1987

 

FRANCIS BACON'S latest exhibition, at the Marlborough Gallery (40 West 57th Street), is an impressive dose of more of the same: writhing figures, often violently truncated, isolated by their own evident anxiety and by fields of solid ''abstract'' color, most often a strong orange-red. This exhibition focuses on the artist's triptychs of the 1980's - in all there are five of the large three-panel works to be seen here, through July 31. Several of them give us three versions of the same individual - one at the center of each panel - which creates the effect of seeing someone at three different points in time or in varying emotional states. The gestures change, as do the blurred expressions; sometimes the figures seem to be replaced by another, more animalistic form, as if the artist had finally penetrated to the true inner soul of his sitter.

For nearly 30 years, Francis Bacon has struggled with two problems: how to portray postwar anxiety and how to use the figure in a modern way. Although their approaches are vastly different, these are the same issues that Alberto Giacometti faced in his late paintings, and with similarly problematic results.

In Mr. Bacon's work, the psychological situation is always more interesting than the painterly and visual one. A figure sits isolated in a room or rushes through a door at center canvas. In the most characteristic of them, a conversation, a sitting or an interrogation is under way. The viewer is drawn in, cast as confidante, portraitist, a member of the secret police or mere voyeur. Many of the strategies of modernist painting are deployed - raw canvas, flat color, autonomous drawing passages - but in a fastidious, reined-in way that is also monotonously repeated from work to work. Thus the formal formula of figure to monochrome ground and line to plane - like the relentless gold frames that surround each panel - eventually erodes the emotional impact of the work and we feel short-changed. In this regard, Mr. Bacon's work suffers some of the same weaknesses as Robert Motherwell's.

When the artist deviates from formula, as in the painting titled ''Blood on the Floor - Painting,'' whose melodramatic focal point is a splatter of deep red that shifts from the actual to the depictive, his fastidiousness becomes even more apparent. It makes one think that, at least recently, the courage with which Mr. Bacon confronts the human condition somehow fails him in the actual, potentially liberating, materials of painting itself.

In his blurred faces and twisting figures, Mr. Bacon attempts an unfixed pose, an expression in the making, a gesture or body in transit, and in the process a newly temporal emotional expression. It has been suggested that he has wanted to return to painting the psychological realities usurped first by photography and then by film. This is an interesting idea, especially from the vantage point of the late 1980's, because it posits Mr. Bacon's work between high art and popular culture, and also, by the way, between the Abstract Expressionists and the Neo-Expressionists - although some may find this idea demeaning to the artist's stature. In his wake, a younger generation of American and European artists, taking more liberties with paint, pictorial structure and photographs, have upon occasion been able to reconfigure the current human condition with more formal originality and, ultimately, greater emotional power.

When all is said and done, I think it will be seen that Mr. Bacon's talent fell short of the magnitude of his vision. He did not find a way to make the paintings he wanted to make and to supplement the great portrait condition of Velazquez and Degas. As an Expressionist and as a painter, he is not equal to Beckmann or even Soutine; neither his spirit nor his touch is as authentic. Yet it is equally clear that in pushing the exposed and often flayed human psyche directly to the fore, Francis Bacon did something essential for the art of his time. This exhibition gives voice equally to his dilemma and his achievement. 

 

 

 

NATURE AND RAW FLESH

 

 

PETER FULLER SUTHERLAND & BACON MODERN PAINTERS | VOLUME 1 NUMBER 1 | SPRING 1988

 

‘Graham Sutherland is the most distinguished and the most original English artist of the mid-twentieth century’. With these words, Douglas Cooper opened his monograph on Graham Sutherland, published in 1961; Cooper concluded that Sutherland was recognized in European artistic circles as the only significant English painter since Constable and Turner. Cooper certainly intended to imply Sutherland’s superiority to Francis Bacon. But Sutherland’s critical reputation was already on the wane, and Bacon’s was still rising. At the time of  Bacon’s second retrospective at the Tate Gallery in 1985, Alan Bowness, the Director, wrote ‘His own work sets the standard for our time, for he is surely the greatest living painter; no artist in our century has presented the human predicament with such insight and feeling.’ Bur how just is the contemporary evaluation of the relative achievements of Britain’s two major post second world war painters?

For a time, Sutherland an Bacon were friends, and, in the 1950s, they shared more than a taste for roulette. They had a direct influence on each other, and their work has much in common. Both artists constantly refer to a vanished tradition of European painting, for which religious symbolism and belief were of central importance. The work of both men is eccentric to modernist concerns; their subjects are landscapes, animals, portraits, and crucifixions. Although their imaginations constantly seem to touch upon each other’s they also diverged widely. It isn’t  just that Sutherland was a ‘nature’ painter, whose principle subject was landscape whereas Bacon, is, first and foremost, a painter of the human figure. Sutherland’s paintings are haunted by a yearning for spiritual redemption; he is the last serious artist who has practiced an aesthetic rooted in natural theology. As John Hayes has written, ‘For Sutherland, landscape, and all its elements, bears the impress of the divine creation, of which he seeks to catch a reflection.’ Indeed, no painter, this century, seems closer to the sensibility of Ruskin, who once wrote ‘the Great Spirit of nature is as deep and unapproachable in the lowest as in the noblest objects’. In Pembrokeshire in the 1930s (and again in the 1970s) Sutherland studies ‘sea-eroded rocks’, and noted how precisely they reproduced in miniature ‘forms of the inland hills’. For Sutherland, as for Ruskin, ‘the Divine mind is as visible in its full energy of operation on every lowly bank and mouldering stone, as in the lifting of the pillars in heaven, and settling the foundation of the earth.’ But Bacon acknowledges only sense and sensation, and can affirm no more than a mundane sense of damnation.

 Graham Sutherland was born in 1903; after a false start as an engineer, he trained as an etcher at Goldsmiths College. He converted to Catholicism in 1927. Throughout the 1920s, he was greatly influenced by Samuel Palmer. ‘It seemed to me wonderful,’ he wrote later, ‘that a strong emotion, such was Palmer’s, could change and transform the appearance of things’. Sutherland’s earliest etchings were idyllic images of rural England - unfashionably ‘over bitten’ in technique. In Pastoral, of 1930,  Sutherland’s imagery began to change. A note of menace became apparent in his twisted root and branch forms; but he gave up etching a few years later. He made a living as a designer and commercial artist, and then in 1934, visited Pembrokeshire, where, in his words, he began to learn painting. He resounded immediately to ‘the exultant strangeness’ of the place, which, despite its ‘magical and transforming’ light possessed ‘an element of disquiet’. It was, he wrote, ‘no uncommon sight to see a horse's skull or horns of cattle lying bleached on the sand’. He noted, too, ‘the twisted gorse on the cliff edge...twigs, like snakes, lying on the path’, the bare rock, worn, and showing through the path. heath fires, gorse burnt and blackened after the fire’ and ‘mantling clouds against a black sky’.

In one sense Sutherland remained faithful to what he had seen in Palmer: he continued to transform appearances with powerful emotions; but Pembrokeshire encouraged him to develop the twisted imagery hinted at in his last etchings. In pictures like the ominous Gorse on Sea Wall of 1939, Sutherland revealed a rocky, spikey, and even hostile Nature, a fallen world, rather than a garden created by God, for man. This feeling was only heightened by the onset of the war. Sutherland became an official War Artist in 1940. He drew first in the East End of London and around St. Paul’s; he made compelling images of damage and devastation, for example of burnt-out paper rolls, in a warehouse. Later, he produced infernal drawings of men at work in a steal furnace, and in womb-like caverns of the Cornish tin-mines. In France he drew caves with, as he put it, ‘a terrible sweet smell of death in them’. The war enabled Sutherland to incorporate images of mechanical destruction into his ominous vision. But paintings like Southampton Art Gallery’s fiery Red Landscape, of 1942, underline the imaginative continuity between his response to an injured and injurious nature, and his war work.

In 1944, Canon Walter Hussey perceptively invited Sutherland to undertake an ‘Agony in the Garden’ for his church, St. Matthew’s in Northampton. But Sutherland had set his mind on another religious subject. Although he had never seen the concentration camps, he had received a black-covered American Central Office of Information book containing photographs of Belsen, Auschwitz and Buchenwald. As a result, the idea of the depiction of Christ crucified became more real to him: and, as he put it, ‘it seemed possible to do this subject again.’ In 1945, while brooding on his crucifixion, Sutherland started to draw thorn bushes, attending intently to their structure as they pierced the air. As he did this, ‘The thorns rearranged themselves, they became, whilst still retaining their own pricking, space-encompassing life, something else - a kind of stand-in for a Crucifixion and a crucified head.’  Sutherland’s fine paintings, like Thorn Tree of 1945/6, were, in effect, preparations for a crucifixion. In 1946, he tied himself up with ropes on a make-shift, packing-case cross, and sketched himself in a mirror. After months of experiment, he returned to his original conception of a torture, symmetrically rendering of a Christ distanced from us by a small tubular railing around his feet - to emphasise the dreadful otherness of the event depicted. The crucifixion, Sutherland wrote later, interested him because ‘It is the most tragic of all themes yet inherent in it is  the promise of salvation.’

In the spring of 1945, Graham Sutherland contributed to an exhibition at the Lefevre Gallery which included Francis Bacon’s Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion. Bacon, the son of a Dublin race-horse trainer, was six years younger than Sutherland; he had left home early after an incident in which he was discovered wearing his mother’s clothes. He had no formal training in art, but began painting in the 1920s - without success. He worked as an interior designer: hints of tubular, Bauhaus furniture recur, often as a sort of space-frame, in much of his later work. Although Herbert Read reproduced a Bacon Crucifixion in his book, Art Now, Bacon destroyed almost all his early painting. Three Studies was his first mature painting, and it revealed many of the characteristics that were to recur in his later work. These included the use of  extreme anatomical and physiognomic distortion as the principal means of expression; a general tenor of violence and relentless physicality; and iconographic and formal allusions - e.g. through reference to the crucifixion, and the triptych format - to an abandoned tradition of Christian religious painting.

The Three Studies was followed by a Figure in a Landscape, 1945; but Bacon soon moved his mutilated creatures indoors where they have tended to remain. In the late 1940s came a series of macabre, isolated heads which reflected an obsession with the mouth and teeth. These merged with a series of screaming popes, based on Velázquez’s portrait of Pope Innocent X. Further studies of caged animals, enclosed figures, and grinning popes in front of carcasses of beef followed. Many of these contain indications of Bacon’s preoccupation with the incidents and accidents of photography. Two Figures, 1953, depicted a violent act of buggery, and declared Bacon’s preoccupation with sadistic, homosexual imagery. Toward the end of the 1950s, his palette briefly lightened; the studies he made for a portrait of Van Gogh even contain suggestions of borrowed sunlight. But the 1960s saw his return to more characteristic themes and moods.

Three Studies for a Crucifixion, 1962, is a massive triptych in virulent reds, oranges, purples and blacks, the centre panel of which characteristically displays a naked bleeding figure splayed upon a bed. The right-hand panel is an illustration of Bacon’s that Cimabue’s great Crucifixion is no more than an image of ‘a worm crawling down a cross’. Bacon insists, however, that his interest in the subject has nothing to do with its symbolic resonances - least of all with any hint of salvation. The explanations he gives for his involvement with the crucifixion has always been formal: ‘The central figure of Christ is raised into a very pronounced and isolated position, which gives it, from a formal point of view, greater possibilities than having all the different figures placed on the same level’.

After the second world war, it seemed, briefly, that Sutherland’s painting was about to assume a central role in the nation’s cultural life. In 1950, Sutherland was commissioned to paint a massive mural for the ‘Land of Britain’ pavilion at the Festival of Britain; he conceived of The Origins of the Land on the scale of a cliff-face, suggesting geological strata, and incorporating a pterodactyl. Sutherland represented Britain at the Venice Biennale in 1952;  and he and Gainsborough, were the artists selected for retrospectives at the Tate Gallery during the Coronation summer, the following year. Philip James explained that they were both ‘incontestably English in their style and vision’.

But, that same year. Sutherland painted one of the most pessimistic of all his paintings, Christ Carrying the Cross. Sutherland depicts Jesus at his moment of collapse. He is shown falling to the ground amid strange architectural ruins. An odious thug, with grinning teeth - explicitly recalling similar figures by Francis Bacon - boots him mercilessly. In this picture, at least, we are offered no hint of a resurrection. It is tempting to read the work as an allegory which expresses Sutherland’s growing doubts about the Baconian culture which was emerging in post-war Britain.

If so, it was prophetic. In 1951, Sutherland had also been invited to design a vast tapestry of the Risen Christ to form the centre piece of Basil Spence’s new Coventry Cathedral.  This absorbed much of his time over the decade. Working within tight theological constraints, Sutherland conceived a bold, frontal image of the Christ, whose face fuses the power of Egyptian sculpture, the hieratic stillness of the Byzantine Pantocrator, and elements drawn from Sutherland’s own physiognomy. But both the design and the weaving of the tapestry were subject to delays and prevarications; there were misunderstandings between the artist, the architect and the Cathedral authorities By the time it was unveiled, in 1962, both British culture, and Sutherland’s position with in it, ha changed

The ethics of hope and ‘reconstruction’ had been replaced by the callous banalities of consumerism; the shallow concerns of the Pop Art movement were booming. Despite - and, to some degree, because of - Cooper’s they really are’. impassioned advocacy, Sutherland’s reputation had collapsed among artists, critics, and the cultural cognnoscenti. Sutherland lived  for much of the year in France, where the tapestry had been woven; but he was becoming an exile in something more than than a physical sense. His ‘Risen Christ’ seemed like some strange iconic survival from a forgotten age of faith.

Churchill’s rejection of Sutherland’s portrait of him seems to have brought home to the artist his displacement from the mainstream of British cultural life. The following year, he bought a house at Menton, in France; soon after, he became embroiled in a bitter struggle with the Tate Gallery - which he rightly perceived was falling away from its former high ideals. But cut off from its roots in the landscape and tradition of Britain, Sutherland’s art did not prosper. His palette had been lightening and  brightening before he moved to France - partially as a result of his study of Picasso and Matisse. But something repetitive, and stereo-typed, entered into Sutherland’s handling in the 1960s; at its worst, his painting seemed to have lost its way, to have made too many concessions to accepted modernist styles. His virtuosity as a graphic designer seemed sometimes to inhibit his development as a painter. At times, he was in danger of producing pastiches of Picasso or Matisse. Two groups of works must be exempted from these general criticisms; in the 1960s Sutherland painted a number of animal pictures, and a series of related prints known as A Bestiary. Like his landscapes, these works involved intense imaginative transformations - or paraphrase, as he called it. In some of them, he imbued an established genre with new layers of symbolism, and imaginative resonnance. But the other and more significant exception is Sutherland’s work in portraiture.

In 1949, Somerset Maugham suddenly and unexpectedly invited Sutherland to paint his portrait. Eventually, Sutherland agreed to do so, and the startling result opened an entirely new chapter in his art. He has often been criticised for painting the rich and famous, even for accepting portrait commissions - as if these were things that the ‘serious’ modern artists did not do But Sutherland was drawn towards those who were creative, powerful, influential, or successful - in life, and in art. He liked sitters whose faces were, in effect, social masks, etched with the lines of history and experience, which revealed as much as they hid. Lord Beaverbrook, Kenneth Clark, and the  neurotically hyper-sensitive Edward Sackville West, he knew well. But his portraits of Helena Rubinstein, Konrad Adenauer, and Lord Goodman are also compelling.

Although, as John Hayes put it, ‘likeness has always been the essential ingredient in Sutherland’s portraiture’, he has treated ‘likeness’ as a means to an end, rather than an end in itself. The point has often been made that if Sutherland’s landscapes suggest human, and divine, presences, his portraits similarly recall landscape and reveal the depths of the human spirit. Nowhere is this more evident than in the creased and craggy features of Sutherland’s  Somerset Maugham. Sutherland argued that if you falsified physical truth, you were in danger of falsifying psychological truth. As so he did not caricature, flatter or idealise. Portraiture, Sutherland insisted, is a Sutherland insisted, ‘is a matter of accepting rather than imposing.’  He once explained that it was ‘an  art of letting the subject gradually reveal himself unconsciously so that by his voice and gaze as well as by his solid flesh your memory and emotions are stirred and assaulted, as with other forms of nature.’ Or, as Douglass Cooper put it, Sutherland waited while the sitter ‘composes his own portrait’. This, we feel, the ageing Churchill did for him. Churchill responded by complaining that he had been depicted as ‘a gross and cruel monster.’  But what, one wonders, would he have thought if the ‘the greatest living painter’, whose work (according to the former Director of the Tate Gallery) ‘sets the standard for our time’ had attempted likeness?

In the early 1960s, Bacon’s work began to change, too. It became of a more personal, one hesitate to say intimate character. He made increasing use of those in his personal circle as models - though he usually worked from photographs rather than life. He preferred low-life- characters, who accompanied him on his drinking and gambling bouts. The distorted faces and figures of Muriel Belcher - the owner of a Soho drinking club Bacon frequented, Isabel Rawsthorne, Lucian Freud, and George Dyer - Bacon’s lover, recur and recur.

Andrew Forge, the distinguished British critic, has argued that the scandal of Bacons painting resides in the fact that he had rejected the conventions that have dominated the art of his lifetime. Not only does Bacon dismiss abstract painting as fashionable pattern-making, but he also makes a claim for a traditional art of the human figure which takes its stand on likeness: ‘The gap between Sargent and Cezanne, between Sir William Orpen and Matisse was unbridgeable. Dimples, moist eyes, half smiles were taboo. Bacon affronts this taboo.’ 

It is certainly true that Bacon appeals exclusively to a system of ‘expression’ dependent upon the anatomy, gesture, and physiognomy of the depicted subject. But so, in his portraiture, did Sutherland, and so, of course, do many lesser artists whose work holds no ‘scandal’ for us. The scandal of Bacon’s work must lie elsewhere - in his particular way of handling likeness. I used to argue that Bacon caricatured his subjects. Caricature is, in effect, an intentionally biased rendering of the ‘social mask’ through which all men and women - especially those with a public persona - present themselves to the world. But caricature depends on difference; it accentuates specifics. And Andrew Forge is surely right when he says that Bacon has no interest in ‘social masks’; unlike the traditional portrait painter, he would never paint an individual ‘as’ an admiral, faithful wife, scholar, statesman, or whatever. Indeed, Bacon seems barely aware that such people exist. Whether he is depicting Isabel Rawsthorne, Muriel Belcher, George Dyer, or indeed himself, the brutal ‘revelation’ is always the same.

Bacon himself has often suggested that his distortions clear away veils and screens, and reveal his subjects, ‘as they really are’. But before we assent to this, we must first go along with Bacon’s judgement on his fellow human beings. In this sense, his approach is the opposite of Sutherland’s; Bacon would never let the sitter ‘compose his own portrait’. There is only one aspect of the human being which he attends to. Indeed, we have to go back a long time to find something similar; Reynolds too, rejected the psychologically revealing portrait, and caricature, alike. For example, he was commissioned to paint William, Duke of Cumberland, ‘The Butcher’, infamous for his massacre of he Jacobites after the Battle of Culloden. The Duke was grossly overweight, prodigiously ugly, and blind in one eye. But he emerges from Reynolds painting painting as a splendid, almost majestic fellow, set off against an imaginary landscape. For Reynolds, this was not flattery, but edifying idealisation; he believed that by painting even ‘The Butcher’ in this way, he was revealing the universal good. Manifestly, Bacon does not idealise: but, in a similarly universal way, he denigrates. It really does not matter whose likeness he exploits; their face will emerge as that of ‘a gross and cruel monster’ ‘and nothing else’. For Bacon, an individuals face is no more than an injured cypher for his own sense of the irredeemable baseness of man.

 

Bacon’s numerous critical supporters have repeatedly insisted that he is a great ‘realist’ who paints the world as it is. Michel Leiris has recently argued that Bacon ‘cleanses’ art ‘both of its religious halo and its moral dimension’. Bacon himself has said that his paintings can offend, because they deal with ‘facts, or what used to be called truth’. Yet Bacon is indifferent to particular truths concerning the appearance, and character, of his subjects. No one could accuse him of being a respecter of persons: in his view, men and women are raw and naked bags of muscle and gut, capable only of momentary spasmodic activity.

‘Realism’ in art inevitably involves the selective affirmation of values. Whether one accepts Bacon as a ‘realist’ or not will depend upon whether one shares his particular view of humanity. Bacon is an artist of persuasive power and undeniable ability; but he has used his expressive skills to denigrate and to degrade. He presents on aspect of the human condition as necessary and universal truth. Bacon’s work may currently be more highly esteemed than that of Sutherland; but this may merely tell us something about the values of those who express such a preference. Bacon’s skills may justly command our admiration; but his tendentious vision demands a moral response, and I believe a refusal.

The very existence of a talent like Sutherland’s indicates just how partial Bacon’s ‘realism’ is. But one might also ask, is his conception of human being more ‘realistic’ than, say, Henry Moore’s?  Moore found no difficulty in affirming the possibilities of consoling relationships  between mother and child, and even between adult individuals of the opposite sex. Like Sutherland’s paintings, Moore’s sculptures also celebrate the potentialities of a human relationship with the natural world beyond the walls of the water-closet. It is tempting to quote St. Paul: ‘whatsoever things are lovely, whatsoever things are of good report; if there be any virtue, and if there be any praise, think on these things.’

In 1967, Sutherland went to Pembrokeshire for  the first time since the war, to take part in a television film. He believed he had exhausted the the imaginative possibilities this landscape offered him. But once there, the country drew him again He returned for a longer visit the following year, and then again, frequently, until his death in 1980. The remarkable paintings Sutherland produced throughout the 1970s are more than an old man’s spiritual home-coming; he finally fused his English nature romanticism with what he had learned from the best 20th century French painting, to produce some original and elegiac British paintings of recent years. Conglomerate 1, 1970, bears witness to Sutherland’s Ruskinian capacity to see in a pebble the grandeur and scale of a mountain range; the troubled root forms of Picton, 1971/2, are heavy with presentiments of a return to earth, of impending death, whereas Forest with Chains II, 1973, suggests the eventual triumph of the organic over the mechanical - though Sutherland characteristically denied conscious symbolic intent. Bird over Sand, 1975, based on a bird flying over Sandy Haven at low-tide, brings to mind the desolate and historic imagery of The Origin of the Land - made for the Festival of Britain; it also reveals the relationship between Sutherland’s vision of an alien nature and that put forward by the Australian born painters Arthur Boyd and Sidney Nolan. In 1978, Sutherland painted Thicket: with Self-Portrait, a picture which has justly been described as his ‘testament’; it shows the artist, aged, and almost wizened, drawing intently, while above him soars a mass of vegetable and organic forms, which, like the monsters in Goya’s Sleep of Reason, seems about to absorb him into itself - except that in Thicket there is no terror. Only one more major work followed: Path through Woods, 1979. The figure of the artist has disappeared; but the vegetable forms are now frozen into a monumental stasis. The silence of eternity replaces the rushing urgencies of growth. Ruskin seems almost to have had Sutherland’s last paintings in mind when he praises the ‘infinite wonderfulness there is in this vegetation’, which, he says, ‘becomes the companion of man’, ministering to him ‘through a veil of strange intermediate being; which breathes, but has no voice; moves, but cannot leave its appointed place; passes through life with consciousness, to death without bitterness; wears the beauty of youth, without its passion; and declines to the weakness of age without regret.’ Within a matter of months of painting Path through Wood Sutherland was dead.

For Bacon, by contrast, the 1970s were marked only by the restatement of by now well-established themes; figures seated in front of crucified carcasses; scenes of animal buggery; disintegrative portraits of self and others; and images of lonely and naked men seated on lavatories, beneath bare light bulbs, or vomiting into sinks. Bacon’s handling of his forms - though not of the paint materials themselves - become looser; stereo-typing, mannerism and repetition held sway.  His chronic inability (at once formal and psychological) to unite figure and ground became more pronounced. The only development was a movement away from reliance on the photographic image towards a new element of mythic symbolism - but it often seemed arbitrary, even absurd. It was as if the Eumenides, in forms resembling pink elephants, had returned to haunt the sordid events in hotel rooms, or the sphinx had materialised amidst the used dressings of a casualty ward. Bacon drew less upon his day-to-day life in the ‘sexual gymnasium’ of the modern city; the references to the recognizable circle of friends diminished; those of Aeschylus and Ingres greatly increased. But, although Bacon’s painting was greeted with increasing acclaim, nothing reduced his relentless sense of surgical, but increasingly meaningless, despair, of paint thinned not so much with turpentine, as formaldehyde.

Bacon’s handling of his forms - though not of the paint materials themselves - become looser; stereo-tying, mannerism and repetition held sway. His chronic inability (at once formal and psychological) to unite figure and ground became more pronounced. The only development was a movement away from reliance on the photographic image towards a new element of mythic symbolism - but it often seemed arbitrary, even absurd. It was as if the Eumenides, in forms resembling pink elephants, had returned to haunt the sordid events in hotel rooms, or the sphinx had materialised amidst the used dressings of a casualty ward. Bacon drew less upon his day-to-day life in the ‘sexual gymnasium’ of the modern city; the references to the recognizable circle of friends diminished; those of Aeschylus and Ingres greatly increased. But, although Bacon’s painting was greeted with increasing acclaim, nothing reduced his relentless sense of surgical, but increasingly meaningless, despair, of paint thinned not so much with turpentine, as formaldehyde.

How then ought we to assess the achievements of these two painters? It was often said of Sutherland that, in the 1930s, he owed much to the Surrealist movement. But his roots lay in an older, English tradition of imaginative transformation of the appearances of nature. (Sutherland’ s weakness, perhaps, lay in the fact that a certain fatal facility, or a sense of graphic design occasionally entered into his work: virtuosity could take the place of working through emotions.) The personal and cultural events of the 1950s and 1960s alienated him from the common culture to which he belonged – with debilitating effects on his art. But he returned to it, triumphantly, in the 1970s, fortified by what he had learned from the European modernist tradition. Though sadly neglected by the cognoscenti of the world of art, Sutherland’s late pictures confirmed that his vision was not nostalgic; rather he was prophetic. After his death, there was much talk of a new ‘post-industrial’, ‘post-modern’ world, in which the restoration of a lost ecological harmony between man and nature has become essential for human survival.

Sutherland’s painting does not seem to demand that we share his belief in the Risen Christ. Rather he realistically acknowledges that we live in a world in which there is, to quote the historian Leo Marx, a ‘machine in the garden’ or a rusting industrial chain in a forest. He seems to affirm the intractable, unmalleable ‘otherness’ of the world of natural objects, And yet he insists, like Ruskin before him, upon the necessity of an imaginative, spiritual, and aesthetic response to nature, regardless.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taking Bacon to Moscow

 

 

 

GORBACHEV'S glasnost will soon be put to the test in the most bizarre way when an exhibition by the avante-garde British artist Francis Bacon opens in Moscow. Bacon, whose works command massive fees in the West, has been no stranger to controversy on this side of the Iron Curtain. So how will the normally staid and propagandist Soviet art world react to this capitalist enfant terrible?

 

The fact they will have the chance to see his pictures at all is due to the efforts of one man. Here is the story of the intriguing behind-the-scenes deal which made the exhibition possible.

 

 

by

 

By DANIEL FARSON | DAILY MAIL | TUESDAY, MARCH 22, 1988

 

 

 

JAMES BIRCH, lock of hair constantly falling over his forehead, looks more like a schoolboy than an art dealer.

 

His soft voice and modest manner seem totally out of place in what in recent times, with prices for pictures going through the roof, has become a viciously competitive profession.

 

Yet, single-handed, 30-year-old Birch has just pulled off the coup that has shaken the art world rigid.

 

Thanks solely to Birch's efforts, Francis Bacon's exhibition will open in Moscow in Septemberthe first time since 1917 that any living artist in the West has received such an honour.

 

Bacon's work is so controversial that it is alleged that when Mrs Thatcher asked the Tate Gallery, 'Who is our greatest painter?' and told her Francis Bacon, she cried out in dismay, 'Not that man who paints those dreadful pictures!'

 

The Soviet venture has been simmering for five years, since Birch revealed him ambition to go to Moscow to promote the artists he was representing at the time.

 

Struggling

 

'There is one man who could help,' he was told, 'a Russian Mr Fix-It called Klokov who happens to be in Paris at this moment.' Birch was broke but managed to get there.

 

'Klokov told me to write to the Union of Soviet Artists, which I did, stressing that I was poor and struggling, not capitalist-minded, and far from the main stream of Bond Street commercial art,' he explained.

 

'Six months later a telegram invited me to Moscow, but I realized after a couple of meetings that my mission was hopelessmy artists were far too avant-garderemember this was 1985 before glasnost.

 

'But Klokov told me the one person he'd really like to meet was Francis Bacon. "But I can't propose this or I'll end up in Siberia, so you must propose it to me," he said. "But if Mr Bacon comes to Moscow, I'm sure the queues will be bigger than those for Lenin's tomb".'

 

Birch added hastily, "Mr Klokov is a very humours man,' in case I take this too literally.

 

Birch did not take it too seriously himself, until a memorable day last year. Francis Bacon, at his most electric, invited several people to dinner. Birch was one of them. 'I suddenly remembered the Russians and asked if Bacon would like to have an exhibition in Moscow.' he said.

 

To Birch's astonishment, Bacon gave the art dealer his private number. Birch telephoned Klokov in Moscow the next morninghis response was 'Fantastic!'and made a nervous call to Bacon in case he had forgotten. Bacon remembered everything and when Birch insisted 'Are you sure,' gave an impatient, 'Yes'.

 

After persuading Bacon's dealers, the formidable Marlborough Gallery, to agree to the venture, Birch then received a call from the British Council. Could they help?

 

The last British artist to be honoured in Russia was Turner and though 78-year-old Bacon maintains that great tradition, it has to be admitted that his paintings are frequently condemned as brutal and perverted, with Popes screaming in silent agony behind the glass of their massive frames, dogs running round in circles, a naked woman on a striped mattress with a hypodermic needle in her arm.

 

Bacon told me years ago: 'One f the things I wanted to do was to record the human cry, the whole coagulation of pain and despair, and that in itself is something sensational.' Now the Russians will be able to judge for themselves.

 

Revolution

 

When I asked Birch if he 40 paintings, most of them new, will be vetted, he admitted the Russians have suggested that certain naked torsos and two men writhing on a bed might be unsuitable. 'Francis hopes his Assassination of Trotsky will be included, with all that blood,' says Birch.

 

What does James Birch get out of it? He seems genuinely surprised at the idea: 'Nothing. It's not a selling exhibition, so I don't get a commission.' Why did he persist? 'Because I've always thought that Bacon was the greatest. I like the Russians, and there's been so much trouble with fuddy-duddies in the past.'

 

There is one twinge of regret: Bacon is revered abroad. In America one of his paintings has sold for over £1 million, and his exhibition in Paris last year stopped the traffic as the crowds chanted, 'Bac-on, Bac-con' as they waited for the artist to appear. Yet, if you mention his name in this country, most people would think he is the man who might have written Shakespeare's plays.

 

He treads the streets of London with such ease and anonymity that he was offered a job as a decorator when someone heard he was a painter. In a way, that is a marvellous tribute to his discretion.

 

 

 

 

    

 

        Ready to take Russia by storm: Francis Bacon surrounded by his paintings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An alien culture comes to Moscow

 

 

 

 

Xan Smiley notes Soviet reactions to Francis Bacon's work  

 

 

 

XAN SMILEY | ARTS | WEEKEND TELEGRAPH | SATURDAY, SEPTEMBER 24, 1988

 

 

 

It was quite fun and quite revealing  to beard Russians coming out of Francis Bacon's Moscow exhibition yesterday. What was their impression of the 30 or so major works on show? They were "interested". They had seen nothing like it before. Three years ago it would not have happened. Bacon's work would have been condemned as debauched nihilism.

Generally, however, these first-time viewers could not say whether they liked it or not. The overall reaction was puzzlement"it's alien to us! became a kind of refrain. Indeed, several of the viewers invited me to explain what it was all about.

Bacon, of course, is alien to many solid Britons too. But the puzzlement was different from the confident "load of rubbish" reaction that many Westerners might be inclined to express. With us, who cares whether we fully "understand" a visual image or not? It either stimulates you or not. But after 70 years of socialist realism, with the Soviet painter's message blindingly obvious to the dumbest labourer, Russians do not, on the whole, like to be puzzled.

Many of the interviewees apologised for giving a "subjective" opinion. The words "objective" (often preceding "reality") and "subjective" are very popular here, always making my flesh creep a little. It is all part of that instinctive feeling, again the result of all those decades f intellectual coercion, that there is always a "right" view and a "wrong" one, even in art.

For a start, most Russians are quite unaccustomed to handling the ambiguity  inherent in abstract or even impressionistic art, its deliberate refusal to reveal a clear tune. A Russian colonel complained vociferously  that the head of a Bacon figure lying down was ... well, heads don't look like that, do they?  It was an insult to the human form. Again, such reactions might be heard in London. But here there are still people who feel such things should not be allowed.

Indeed, until recently they were not. And even today, it would be very hard for a Russian equivalent of Bacon to find a gallery to place his work. With glasnost, abstract or non-conformist art  is coming slowly back. So far, however,  it is mainly for foreigners to buy. for badly needed hard currency. Incidentally, the avant-garde Soviet painters who sold their work through Sotheby's this summer for for hundreds of thousands of pounds have yet to see a kopek: the Moscow ministries, paid months ago by Sotheby's, have not yet got round to shelling out.   

Other paradoxes about Bacon seemed hard to grasp. In private life, it seems,  he is an amusing and easy-going fellow. Yet the bleak brutality of his vision, his pessimism, could not be further from those  radiant milkmaids glorious tractor-drivers of socialist realism.

"If you have a very strong feeling for life, a shadow of death is always with you," says Bacon in a video showing in the hall. For the harder-thinking Russians, that must strike a chord. One of the few viewers I met who who was fully sympathetic to Bacon said: "Devil-take-you! Why shouldn't a man be pessimistic? We have a right to be.  But the power of his brush-work is invigorating, and he seems a nice chap on the filmhe laughs and jokes with his beer."

Bacon's unabashed homosexuality, not at its most explicit in this selection for the Russians, is also theoretically "alien" to Soviet man, who can still get five years in a labour camp for homosexual sex (eight years for involvement with minors). There was more puzzlement  when this aspect was mentioned. Even the two or three ultra-glasnost Soviet articles which in the past two years have dared to raise the question of homosexuality with some sympathy have usually described it as a sickness  or "pathology" which should, perhaps, be treated more kindly than in the past.

Of the 25 or so visitors whom I questioned, just onethe same enthusiast quoted earliersaid with intensity: "A person is entitled to express any aspect of his internal life. We have been frightened of that. We shouldn't be."

As a footnote, I was amused by a slightly and no doubt unintentionally skewed nuance in the Russian translation of Lord Gowrie's introduction in the catalogue. He explains why Bacon has supported the British Conservatives in recent yearsfor being "marginally less interfering of individual liberty than political groups on the Left ... he is savage  is savage about the way modern states everywhere interfere with citizens' lives for their own good."

The Russian translation, leaving out "everywhere" and substituting "negative" for "savage", adds "supposedly"  before "for their own good".

The difference is revealing. It is surely not a question of "supposedly" The pure libertarian rejects interference even if the state is most definitely improving you, just as Bacon has a right to shake you up rather than soothe. But in these parts, libertarianism, in art as in life, is still, as the Russians would say, a little bit "alien".

 

 

    

 

                                  Francis Bacon, pictured at the Tate in 1985: "Alien to many solid Britons, too"

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Master of ebullient despair

 

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon, confounder of art critics

 

 

PROFILE | THE INDEPENDENT | SATURDAY 24 SEPTEMBER 1988

 

Mrs Thatcher does not regard Francis Bacon, an exhibition of whose work opened in Moscow on Thursday, as part of the acceptable face of cultural glasnost. She once described his as “that man who paints those dreadful pictures.”  The remark caused outrage in the artistic community. ( “How dare she...” ) but Bacon, who once turned down a knighthood, cares as little for politicians’ opinions as he does for their baubles. He is not that kind of artist. Not for him those fashionable little dinner parties in north London where groups, named after the date on which they first met, are set up to fight Clause 28, cuts in welfare and other causes that disturb the digestion.

“The way you behave when you’re just a man in the street, the way you feel about Mrs. T. or killing dolphins; he has no interest in any of the things that engage ordinary mortals”, according to one acquaintance. “With a paint brush in his hand the imagination is at work.”

Bacon, still bouncy at 79, prefers the low life of Soho, drinking champagne with friends like Geoffrey Bernard in the Colony Club, eating oysters at Wheeler’s or simply standing in the food hall at Harrods, eyes devouring the  inspirational glitter of butchered meat.

He was upset because some of his more explicit paintings were excluded from the Russian show, but seemed content to let others make the fuss. David Sylvester, whose possessiveness of the Bacon legend causes irritation among London’s feuding artistic factions, speaks of censorship. “His most important work in the permanent collection is his central panel of buggers”, Sylvester says. “They’ve censored it. I feel the British Council quite rightly toes the line because it’s not like sending a cricket team to Russia is it? They wanted the work to be seen.

“Francis was frightfully excited about his show but he did lose some of his enthusiasm once they were censoring it. The main reason he’s not going there is because he’s had terrible asthma recently. Terrible. I can assure you that.” Sylvester paused. “I know what goes on”, he said.  “His doctor’s a friend of mine. Who also happens to be my doctor.”  

What the Russian public makes of Bacon’s work remains to be seen. Ten years ago its reaction could have been predicted. The yawning, distorted figures, screaming silently like bodies dug from a bomb disaster would have been embraced as further evidence of the decadence of Western society. “Now they’ll probably lean  over backwards not to criticise it that way”, says the English critic Brian Sewell. “The problem will be they won’ t find anything they can attach to their own tradition. There’s no panting in Russia which in any way resembles Bacon’s work.”

Confusion about Bacon remains also a British problem. Few painters have caused such gargling  literary agonies in that final refuge of purple prose, the English art room catalogue. Many critics, wrestling to understand his work, run to ground in thickets of verbal ambiguity. One described his Paired Figures on a Bed, an explicitly homosexual work, as follows: “Bacon brings them close to hard-core porn but then elevates them with his vision and technique into an abstracted allegory on which he makes a savage, shuddering, visceral comment.”

Thirty years of this kind of knowing gobbledygook have given Bacon a hearty dislike for most critics. Listening to them rummage through his paintings, many of which reflect intimate disappointments, he regards them as little better than burglars rifling his bedroom drawers. Occasionally, it must be said, Bacon seems to invite an incredulous reaction to the stories he has told about his early days. As a young man in Paris he bought a hand-painted book  on diseases of the mouth. He says he was fascinated by the colours (imagining them turned into a Monet sunset) but the incident encouraged critics to indulge themselves over the surgical imagery of much of his post-war work. Bacon’s portraits are often seen as operations in which the subject is cut open and exposed. Cynics say that this is why his pictures of Mick Jagger were so bland; Bacon slit open the rubbery mask and could find nothing behind it.

His triptychs, launched in 1945 with Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, followed the European tradition of altar pieces. Their mystical coldness, reducing the images of man to that of a godless animal, illustrate Bacon’s pessimism and can arouse extraordinary anger in people who feel that spiritual values, so central to Botticelli and Michelangelo, have been crudely betrayed.

English puritanism, coupled with the curiously British aversion to collecting contemporary art, may partly explain why Bacon has had to look abroad for his more appreciative audiences, despite two retrospectives at the Tate in 1962 and 1985 The French applauded “le mythe Bacon at his exhibition in Paris in 1971. Queues for the show chanted his name. In America last year his Study for Portrait II became his first work to break through the auctioneer’s £1m barrier. Shrewd marketing by his dealers, Marlborough Fine Art, is another reason why Bacon’s paintings seem to disappear into thin air. A friend remembers meeting him in Soho just after VAT was introduced. Bacon looked very cheerful. “They just sell all my pictures abroad and there’s no VAT  on exports.” For a man who is supposed to be indifferent to money, happy to lose thousands in an evening of roulette, Bacon can be very cute about the stuff.

Francis Bacon was born in 1909 in Ireland of English parents. His grandfather was the police chief in County Kildare and lived in fear of Sinn Fein behind road trenches and sand-bags. His father, who trained race-horses, was a descendent of the Elizabethan Francis Bacon whom Bacon once said was also a homosexual “though that’s only gossip”. The stories about his childhood are disturbing. His parents spent their money on parties rather than afford him a formal education. Bacon has said they became aware of his homosexuality at an early age. It was one reason why his father packed him off, aged 16, to survive on a small allowance.

He lived the life of a Bohemian vagabond in Europe and London designing art deco furniture, dabbling with a group of surrealists an abstractionists called Unit One, taking odd jobs (one of them as a solicitor’s house servant), stealing without remorse if the need arose. Even in his more prosperous years he still prefers the squalor of his tiny studio in South Kensington, its floor littered with debris and stalagmites of old paint. He still prefers o use the rougher surfaces of the backs of his canvases, once a frugal necessity when he lost all his money gambling at Monte Carlo.

Even as a painter struggling for recognition Bacon never allowed poverty intrude on his love of the good things. He was a favoured client of the Colony Club whose formidable owner Muriel Belcher became the subject of several portraits. Muriel called him “Miss Bacon” and paid him £10 a week to bring in the big spenders. He hated television but agreed to an interview in Wheeler’s with his old friend Daniel Farson to wipe out his bills there.

Bacon destroyed most of his earliest paintings, putting his canvases down with a razor. “They were, I suspect, bloody awful,” one critic says. He’d had no training as a painter. Only when Ruskin Spear had taken him on one side and really hammered home the principle of strong drawing and painting did he pick himself up and start pushing.

A more important influence was John Minton, a teacher at the Royal College whose loping gait, haggard appearance and wild variations of mood reminded people of a preoccupied scarecrow. Bacon, eight years his junior, met him at the college where he was regularly fed and watered. “I suspect that Francis fund a kindred spirit in John,” says ne of Minton’s old friends. “John continually painting the sailors he had been to bed with the night before,  released Francis from all sorts of reticences. It was a kind of sexual and artistic regeneration. Under Minton’s wings in the 1940s he managed to get rid of his inhibitions and behave quite freely.” In 1957, during a serious emotional downer, Minton killed himself.

Tragedy has always formed a seedy obverse face to the glamorous squalor of Bohemian life. Bacon recorded it like a reporter when it touched his own experience. His better known portraits include several of his one-time lover George Dyer, a petulant drunk who always acted as Bacons model and handyman. After a quarrel about money Dyer told the police that Bacon had cannabis in his studio. When the drug squad banged on his door Bacon, rather surprisingly for a Soho rake, asked “Can I telephone Lord Goodman?” He was acquitted in court. As an asthma sufferer the charge of smoking was absurd. Weeks later, on the eve of Bacon’s triumphant how in Paris, Dyer died of a haemorrhage on the lavatory in their hotel suite. Bacon consoled himself by painting two pictures of his friend’s undignified death.

Neither financial nor critical success have dislodged him from his old haunts or deterred him from his drinking sessions that bring younger men to their knees. Friends detect, however, a growing sense of mortality. “He’s actually terrified of death,” one of them said. “That’s why he dyes his hair and plays around like a 40-year old”.

No one will have provided a more appropriate epitaph to an extraordinary life than the artist himself. The writer Peter Lennon found it in his pocket, scribbled shakily on a crumpled card, after a surreal night of boozing with Bacon and some of his cronies at the Colony Club. During that session, with champagne bottles materialising sweatily in the gloom, Lennon had managed to disengage a phrase which Bacon had used to describe his work. It read: “Ebullient despair.”

 

 

 

 

Bacons art gets the red-carpet treatment

 

 

GEORDIE GREIG talks to Francis Bacon, whose paintings went on show in Moscow last week, a first-time honour for a Westerner

 

 

GEORDIE GREIG | THE SUNDAY TIMES | 25 SEPTEMBER 1988

 

IN BLACK and white baseball shoes, a pink and white stripped shirt under his black leather bomber jacket, Francis Bacon looks the perfect picture of health, happiness and bonhomie. His whole body twists with a restless energy as he sits in a tubular steel and leather chair in his London gallery. Every sentence is animated by gesture.

His one regret, he says, is not being in Russia. The 78-year-old artist has been prevented by an attack of asthma from travelling to Moscow to see an exhibition of his paintings there. This was a rare opportunity missed as he is the first living Western artist to be honoured with a retrospective exhibition in the Soviet Union.

"It is a great disappointment. If it wasn't for this bloody asthma I would be over there. I had been looking forward to it. Everything was closed up after 1917.  It would have been fascinating to see the country now," he mused glumly. 

The show is the pinnacle of an extraordinary career. In Britain, Bacon has had the rare compliment of having two retrospectives at the Tate in his lifetime and was hailed by the gallery's then-director, Alan Bowness, as "the greatest living painter." The show in Moscow possibly eclipses even the Tate's accolade.

It was arranged after James Birch, a Soho gallery owner, made the rounds of Soviet artists' studios in 1986 and discovered how many of them were interested in Bacon's work. He mentioned this to Bacon and a Soviet diplomat called Sergei Klokov, a member of his country's Unesco delegation with exceptional contacts in artistic and government circles. And thus Bacon's work – if not the artist himself – was brought behind the Iron Curtain.

Yet although he is pleased by the Moscow show, Bacon fends off questions about how it will be received. "All I know is that my pictures are some of the most disliked among any modern paintings. I have no idea what the Russians will make of them."

Despite international fame and great wealth (his triptychs fetch more than £2m), Bacon lives and works as he always has done: aloof, alone and as anonymously as possible. He paints early in the morning in the two-room mews house in South Kensington where he has lived for many years; barely furnished, undecorated and cluttered by a chaos of paint pots, old newspapers and junk. He makes no preliminary sketches but draws straight onto the canvas.

He still constantly admits failure, destroys canvases as he goes along and spends his time outside his studio eating well, drinking hard and spinning the occasional roulette wheel late into the night around Soho. "I have lost 10 times more than I won but I always believe I am going to win." Loses and gains run into thousands.

The one constant in his life remains art. "I do feel the need to paint. I paint for the excitement which comes when the image comes across but I also hope luck will work with me in paint. I have always painted to excite myself.  For me images are ways  of unlocking the valves of sensation. It is when you stop fumbling around and the images crystallises or when you realise you can take it further."

The Dublin-born painter dismisses interpretations of his work, albeit with a charming smile. Although he will be 80 next year, Bacon's physical appearance disturbingly belies his age. His fingers are stumpy and strong like a workman's. His face is virtually unlined. His eyes can cut you dead or sparkle with a leprechaun's enchantment. There is an elegance and springiness in his step.

"When one talks about paintings, it's all nonsense. It has its language and anything else is a bad translation." He quotes, instead, from one of Van Gogh's letters: " 'How to achieve such anomalies, such alterations and refashionings of reality so that what comes out of it are lies if you like, but lies that are more than literal truth.' That for me is one of the truest things ever said about painting," he said.

The Moscow show is just 22 pictures, a selection of his work from 1945 to the present day. On view is a selection of Bacon's "images of ebullient despair", as he himself describes them: the vocabulary of writhing bodies, twisted torsos, bloody wounds trapped in spaceless structures is familiar. "The same old stuff," he humorously refers to it.

But there are also two new pictures which both retain and refine that disquieting quality of forcing people to stop in their tracks: Jet of Water and a portrait of his friend John Edwards, a monumental, classical and relatively restrained work.

Yet even when pressed about these, Bacon won't be drawn into explanations. "It's just ... well, it's just a jet of water. That's all I can say. Somebody said to me the other day it must represent an ejaculation but it's not ... it's just a jet of water."

In painting as well in his gambling he makes chance a live element in his work. "In Jet of Water I did actually throw it on with a pailful of paint. It does have that energy of being thrown on. Everything that ever works for me comes through accident and accidents which I can then begin to evolve from," he said.

Just like the poet W B Yeats, one of his favourite authors and a direct inspiration for several pictures, he is now reworking and refining themes from past works. This year he has just repainted a new and larger version of  Three Studies for Figures at the Base of the Crucifixion, his 1946 triptych which first brought him wide public attention. "It actually looks rather good," he enthuses in a rare moment of self-praise.

The difference is that in 1945 the paintings were reviled as depicting "freaks and monsters" by a war-weary London, while today they will be priced for millions of pounds and win admiration worldwide.

Last Thursday, nine hours before his Moscow show opened, queues had begun to form. Bacon just regrets he was unable to accept the Soviet Union's invitation to join the throng.

 

 

Russian taste of Bacon

 

 

William Packer reports from the exhibition in Moscow

 

 

WILLIAM PACKER | ARTS | FINANCIAL TIMES | SATURDAY OCTOBER 1 1988

 

Francis Bacon is by any measure one of the great artists of the 20th century, British or otherwise. Now aged 78, he is still producing work of remarkable vigour and manifest authority, and long may ne continue.

Barring any extraordinary development in terms of fresh invention or shift of emphasis, his oeuvre is now essentially complete, and we may stand back and see it calmly, and see it whole. Since the great retrospective at the Tate in 1985 we no longer approach a Bacon exhibition expecting to come to a fresh assessment; confirmation of the life's achievement and curiosity about his latest work are justification enough.

And so it is with the concise Bacon retrospective22 works dating from 1945 to 1988that opened last week in Moscow at the Central Hall of the Union of Artists, the New Tretyakov Building across the road from Gorky Park. Or rather it would be almost anywhere else but in Moscow; to see it there only in terms of the work itself would rather be like asking Mrs Lincoln what she thought of the play. The context is everything.

That the work of Francis Bacon really is being shown in Moscow would have been unthinkable even a year or two ago. Remarkable too are the way it has come about and the speed with which it has been arranged. James Birch, of the Birch & Conran Gallery in Soho, made personal contact with Mr Klokov of the Russian UNESCO delegation; then the British Council, in association with Bacon's dealers, Marlborough Fine Art, organised it from scratch in about six months flat. It is the first major exhibition of British Art in Russia since the Council sent a Turner exhibition on a short tour in 1975; it will remain until November 7.

It is too soon to gauge any measured critical response on the Russian side, but interest was high enough at the time of the opening to get filmed reports into the main evening news programmes. These treated the item with an admirable editorial neutrality, being neither sensational nor flippant, inclining opinion neither one way nor the other. Here, the message seemed to say, was something new and strange, but of high sanding in the rest of the world and worth serious consideration. It was for the viewer to see for himself and form his own opinion. Already the exhibition is commanding a substantial flow if visitors, while the official opening itself was swamped by a serious, intrigued and quite enormous crowd.

The press conference before hand had its fascinating moments. Lord Gowrie, who had written in introduction to the exhibition catalogue, and Mr Salakhov of the Union of Artists opened the batting. Then the issue of Bacon's homosexualityof which he has never made a secretand its elation to Soviet lawpunishable by five years in a labour campwas raised by a brace of English journalists.

Gowrie, keeping his bat straight enough, said there had been no such policy of discrete censorship, nor could there have been, since homosexuality had never been an overt subject in Bacon's painting. But Salakhov, quietly going for his shots, merely suggested that times were changing in this area, as in so many areas of Russian life, and certain laws were long due for review.

On the more general significance of the exhibition, he said that only so much could be known of western art through magazines and reproductions and that it was important now to see the real thing. As for Soviet art since the Revolution, much that has been hidden or suppressed was now being reappraised and put on show. Even with Soviet art, he said, "we must fill in the white spaces."

The process would seem already to be well in hand. Bacon maybe the first and most controversial of British artists to benefit by this manifest cultural thaw, but he is not alone. Robert Rauschenberg has been invited to show nest year, and even now an entire floor of the New Tretyakov is taken up with the work of the West German sculptor, Gunther Uecker. And two mixed exhibitions of 20th century art, one foreign, the other domestic, are in another part of the building

From Lugano has come a selection of modern works in the Thyssen Collection as quid pro quo for the Russian art of the Revolutionary period in Soviet museums (which I reviewed from Lugano in August). The show in itself was clear evidence of a new acceptance in Russia of the critical importance of the work of the Russian avant-garde, most of all the constructivists, before 1930, even though it was set up for foreign consumption. And now in Moscow, across the landing from the Thyssen works, is a large show of Soviet art of all kinds, official and unofficial, socialist realism and avant-garde, from the 1950s right back to the Revolution and beyond, with Malevich and Kandinsky and their confreres holding their rightful place in the chronology. Another such show on a similar scale is to open in Leningrad next month.

Filling in all those "white spaces" clearly works both ways: it is good to know that those great early radical artists are being honoured at last in their own country, and we also see that not all socialist painting was dutiful hack work. The only reservation is that these artists, forced by circumstances to wok in creative isolation with no critical challenge from their peers abroad, has no measure by which to develop their work. The quality of sadness in a show of this kind lies not in any lack of power or ability, but in the frustration and compromise suffered over so many years.

It would be foolish and unfair to expect too much too soon, but Soviet artists are at last being allowed to put their work before western eyes, and to travel abroad to see for themselves. Who knows what will come of it all, but if this is the spirit of glasnost, it is all most encouraging.

 

 

 

 

Storming the bastion of art

 

 

 

Paris fêtes Francis Bacon as London shows a French Revolutionary face

 

 

 

GEORDIE GREIG | ARTS | THE SUNDAY TIMES | 4 OCTOBER 1987

 

PARIS has fallen completely under the hypnotic spell of Francis Bacon, whose new show opened at the Lelong gallery on Wednesday. For several days before the exhibition started, devotees gathered to stare at the paintings through the steel window shutters. All week France's newspapers and broadcasters focused on "le mythe Bacon". Even the rather sober Le Monde became so excited that it broke with custom and ran an arts story about the show on its front page.

"C'est sensation en Paris," intoned Francoise Guillard, the gallery's director, gleefully noting that, before Bacon, only an artist's death had merited front-page treatment.

The cause of all the excitement is a show of just 14 paintings. Only three are still for sale: a 1987 triptych priced at £2.4m, and two single canvases, both with price tags of £850,000. No other living British artist can command such veneration or such high prices.

Bacon, who will be 78 his month, evidently relishes the attention he is receiving. At the opening, the pin-striped and jaunty Dorian Gray figure was surrounded by admirers. Evidently seduced by the attention, he talked of moving permanently across the Channel. "I love France. I don't know why the French seem to like me but what I do know is that the critics in England loathe everything that I do."

Bacon's paintings have always provoked passion and controversy. Ever since April 1945, when his Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion was reviled as depicting "freaks and monsters" by war-weary London, his work has portrayed the rawest  and most pained elements of human life. No 20th century artist has created such a relentless flow of uncompromising, iconoclastic images.

His new show is equally disquieting. The vocabulary of writhing bodies, twisted torsoes, bloody wounds trapped in spaceless structures is familiar. But again and again, his "images of ebullient despair", as he describes them, touch a raw nerve.

The sensation of viewing Blood on the Floor is similar to receiving an electric shock. The blood splattered on the grey floor in this cell-like orange room looks as if it has just burst from a wound. With the barest devices and with no human figures he has created the most disturbing narrative of human anguish with masterful understatement and ambiguity.

But Bacon has no time for theories or interpretations of his work. "I don't now how that painting came about. I think I just dropped some paint on the floor and thought I'd draw blood on the floor. It's just ... well, it's just blood on the floor.

"I never think of my work except in terms of images and I have never thought of it as violent. I just think of myself as a realist. It is its own language. I've just always painted to excite myself. There is no explanation."

For many no explanation is needed. One of his early patrons, Helen Lessore, who first showed his work in 1953 with a top price of £300 per canvas, flew over for the exhibition this week. She enthused: "The shape and rhythm of his images are still equal to any Renaissance Venus in a  purely visual sense. For me they are the most beautiful paintings."

Geordie Greig

 

 

 

Bacon Goes To Moscow

 

 

By JAMES BIRCH | DIARY MODERN PAINTERS | VOLUME 1 NUMBER 3 AUTUMN 1988

 

A retrospective of the paintings of Francis Bacon opens at the Union of Soviet Artists' Hall in Moscow on 22 September. This will be the first time that a living Western artist of the first rank has been exhibited in the USSR. The convoluted process by which this came about, and in which I was instrumental, sheds interesting light on current Soviet attitudes towards art and its organisation.

In December, 1985, I was running a gallery, James Birch Fine Arts, in the Kings Road. My stable of artists included Jennifer Binnie, Grayson Perry, Davis Robilliard and Daniel Harvey and I was eager at the time to try and have their work shown in New York. At a party I mentioned this to Robert Chenciner, a buisness broker, notably in carpets, with many contacts in the Eastern bloc, who suggested that I might try and arrange an exhibition in Moscow. He gave me the name of the Soviet UNESCO representative, a Mr Klokov, and a telephone number in Paris, I spoke to Klokov, who asked me to come and see him the following week. Sergei Klokov is well connected in the ruling circles of Soviet cultural life. He is 33, charming and with considerable expertise in a number of esoteric fields, notably Islamic art and Tibetan medicine (about which he is writing a book for Thames & Hudson). Over lunch in Paris after has seen some slides of my artists' work, he expressed doubts over the possibility of a show in Moscow but told me what and to whom I should write at the Union of Soviet Artists, which deals with the work of living painters.

A mere six months later a telegram arrived inviting me to Moscow to discuss my proposal and in July, 1986, I went, accompanied by Robert Chenciner (who was attempting to persuade the Soviet government to sell one of its Hurricane fighter aircraft, sent over at the end of the Second World War, since when it has been in mothballs). In Moscow it rapidly became obvious that the work I wanted to show would be unacceptable. In the USSR all artists are employed by the state which organises exhibitions and is a major purchaser of their work. This has a deeply conservative influence on style and subjects, and produces works which seem unaware of whole areas of 20th century art. Since then, however, there appears to have been a considerable loosening of restrictions; the Sotheby's sale in July this year of contemporary art showed much more interesting work.

Having abandoned the idea of an exhibition of British artists in Moscow, I considered the possibility of taking Russian artists to London, and, in the company of Klokov, a man from the Ministry of Propaganda and a KGB translator, I visited many Moscow artists' studios. It was during these enjoyable meetings, often accompanied by large amounts of whiskey, that the name Francis Bacon came up. The artists certainly weren't shy about showing their work. They'd sit on a sofa and keep putting more and more paintings on the easel in front of you. Quite a change from England with its shy inquiries whether you'd care to see a portfolio. When I asked artists which living painters in the  West they admired, Bacon was easily the most often mentioned Reproductions of his works reach them through Italian, American and British art magazines which are widely available.

Although among the 'avant-garde' painters I was visiting Bacon was popular, little of his influence, if any, could be seen in their work. With a few exceptions (notably the Constructivist-influenced designs of Helena Khudiakova–also one of the leading fashion designers in the USSR–and the work of Alexander Sitnikov–two pictures of his were sold in the Sotheby's sale) there was little in painting that I felt would be of interest in London. However, an exhibition of Soviet illustrators, which I saw at the Union of Artists' Hall, I thought had potential, and I suggested taking a selection to London for the 70th anniversary of the Russian revolution. This idea was well received and arrangements were made for sending some photographs to London.

Shortly before I left iy occurred to me to ask Klokov if he thought an exhibition of Francis Bacon would be acceptable and popular in the USSR. He thought it would be marvellous, but wasn't sure if it would be possible. He suggested we should have lunch with his uncle, who in typical, well-connected Soviet fashion, was was Vice President of the Union of Artists. Over a meal at Klokov's parents' dacha–in the middle of a highly guarded military zone, complete with rockets, near Moscow, given to Klokov's grandfather by Stalin for heroism in the Great Patriotic War–he too agreed that a Bacon show would be a wonderful idea, and he said he thought the queues would be longer than those for Lenin's tomb.

I returned to London with the immediate intention of arranging the illustrators' show. I didn't have a gallery at the time and so I went to see a curator at the ICA. He was interested but couldn't do anything until the photographs of the work arrived from Moscow. In the end they arrived two days after the 70th anniversary of the Russian revolution; so that was that.

My time was now taken up in arranging my new gallery in Dean Street, Birch & Conran. Its opening show in April 1987, 'British Pop Art', had been running several days when one evening Francis Bacon came in with Denis Wirth-Miller. I'd come across Bacon several times before; Denis Wirth-Miller introduced him to my parents in the early 1960's and I had met him when he had come to lunch. This, however, was the first time I had seen him properly, since my invitation to his show in Marseilles in 1976. He suggested a drink upstairs in The Colony Room. Denis left after a while and Bacon suggested dinner. Daniel Farson came too, and in an Italian restaurant I asked him if he would be interested in a show in Moscow. Curiously I'd forgotten the Moscow interest until quite late. He said, 'Oh, I'd love to'. We went on somewhere for a drink and when we finally shared a cab and I dropped him off in South Kensington, I said I'd call him the next day to confirm that he was still keen. Which I did and he was.

I immediately called Klokov in Moscow, who was delighted and explained how I should proceed. I composed a letter to Mr. Salakhov, the First Secretary of the Union of Soviet Artists, indicating Bacon's interest. He replied straightaway with an official invitation.

The date was quite easy to settle; it had to be this autumn, since there is a large retrospective of Bacon in Washington next year. Initially, Bacon was worried that there might be a problem about obtaining works from some private owners who might object to an exhibition in the USSR. But in the event this was not a problem. The exhibition will be a small retrospective comprising between thirty and forty paintings including diptychs and triptychs, from all periods of his work. Quite a number of those to be shown are in private hands, and Bacon is producing some new work for the opening.

His gallery, Marlborough Fine Art London, were delighted. The selection was made largely by Bacon and Miss Beston of the Marlborough Gallery, although a few works have been rejected by the First Secretary as ' too pornographic'. They are paying for the costs of shipping the works to and from Moscow and providing a catalogue–in Cyrillic only–in England. Lord Gowrie is writing the introduction. The British Council became involved since it was necessary to have official involvement to allow the British government to provide the insurance indemnity. The show will be held at the Union of Soviet Artists' Hall, which is the largest exhibition space in Moscow. It's rather like the Hayward Gallery, except it's easier to get into.

At the time of writing, there are still some small problems to solve and I am going to Moscow again to sort them out. Soviet officials like meeting people face to face in order to deal with difficulties; indeed it is hard to imagine how this show could have been arranged through the normal channels of British and Soviet bureaucracy–it has been done almost entirely through personal contact between a handful of people. Robert Chenciner is still chasing his Hurricane over lunches in Moscow sushi bars with the head of the KGB at the Ministry of Culture. One of the things to be dealt with in Moscow is to ensure that the pictures are hung as Bacon specifies; five to six inches from the floor. Another is the question of whether there will be any alcohol at the private view. To set a good example in the Soviet drive against alcoholism, no drinks are served at official functions, and no senior official will drink in public. Senior members of the government are expected to attend the private view. Bacon's companion, John Edwards, however, is willing, if no one else will, to put up the money himself for champagne for the occasion.

Bacon himself is looking forward very much to the opening and his visit to the Soviet Union. He has always acknowledged the influence on his work of Eisenstein’s films; notably the nurse on the Odessa steps sequence of Battleship Potemkin was one of the sources of his portraits of the screaming popes. In the meantime he has bought a Russian language course on cassette.

 

 

    

                                       Francis Bacon. Photo by Jane Bown.

 

 


 

Francis Bacon

 

 

Grey Gowrie told the Russians that it was still difficult for the British to recognise how distinct Francis Bacon and Henry Moore had made them in the visual arts.

He argued that the quality achieved in Bacon's best work was that of 'joy'.

 

 

By GREY GOWRIE MODERN PAINTERS | VOLUME 1 | NUMBER 4 | WINTER 1988/89

 

The 20th century has been called the age of anxiety. Certainly it is an age of extremes. Life lived against the edge, the extremity of the human experience is, even vicariously, electric with nervous stress. Scientific progress is double-edged. In the industrialised world people live longer, are better nourished, entertain ideas, at least, of developing their creative potential. Through film and television and the pervasive influence of photography they are bombarded with images of what life can or should be. At the same time they are made aware that this civilisation of cars and central heating and pain killing drugs has entertained more horrors than any since the dark ages. Visual technology transmits the parts of the globe which have been left out of the development race or, worse still, allows people to view skyscrapers and bars and hospitals beside open-drained hovels only a few metres away. Throughout the advanced societies, the great central images which once governed people’s lives have cracked or broken down: the religious icons which reminded them, however briefly, of matters richer than their own concerns. We live in an age of political and scientific materialism which is nevertheless uncomfortably aware of the psychological limits of materialism. We are aware of the physical limits as well, of an earth threatened by tools of peace as well as weapons of war. No wonder that we are an anxious species, or that artists, who hold up mirrors to our condition, are nervous themselves of attempting those images of an idealised experience which art used to provide.

Since the death of Picasso, Francis Bacon has more than any other painter provided the age with an image, in Ezra Pound’s phrase, of its accelerated grimace. The key to his work is its ambition. He has taken on the great masters of the past without their mythological resources or their requirement to record events. At the same time he has turned his back on the abstract artist’s indulgence in decorative introspection: the painting whose principal subject is itself and the fact that someone painted it. Although his subject matter, the visual impulse which triggers his attempts to fashion an image on canvas, derives from his own sensibility and is to that extent egoistic, Bacon is the least narcissistic of artists. He uses some recollection or preoccupation which is at hand, so to speak, as a prompt for an act of painting. But it is the paint alone, and what happens as a result of its being pushed around on the canvas, which can provide an image of great externality and force, influencing the viewer with a life of its own and doing this independently of the artist. Bacon is in some respects closer to being a sculptor than a painter. The background to his paintings, which are applied at the end, act as a kind of plinth for the images poised upon them. It is sad that Bacon’s eminence occasions, as is often the case with major artists, so much photographic reproduction of his work. The physical grandeur, the sensual texture of his paint outweighs the often horrifying imagery it encapsulates. In reproduction it is the imagery that tells.

Bacon is descended from his great Elizabethan namesake, Shakespeare’s contemporary and an ancestor of the English scientific enlightenment. In his late 70’s now, though looking and talking like a man fifteen years younger, he lives alone in two rooms in central London. He works continually at present, sees a few close friends, eats and drinks very well, gambles with less Doskovieskian intensity than before. He is a man of great but narrow erudition, narrow because he is impatient of anything less than masterpieces and impatient also of masterpieces which he cannot harness to his own art. He is an asthmatic who dislikes the countryside: an urban, noctambular spirit. His bleak view of human life does not stop him enjoying it; indeed he has said in an interview that the aim of art – however violent or sad or grim - is to produce joy. He is good company and generous with money in the way of one who has had to hustle for a living in youth and now has more than he needs. Politically, he is an old-fashioned aristocratic liberal with a low threshold of boredom. He has said that in recent years he has supported the Conservatives, because they are marginally less interfering of individual liberty than political groups on the Left; he is savage about the way modern states interfere with citizens’ lives for their own good. He has refused to be honoured. The British admire his eminence but do not know quite what to make of him: an elegant, wealthy, rather conservative gentleman who paints such scary pictures.

Nevertheless he is the greatest living painter and the most important Britain has produced since Turner. This is a large claim but it is shared by a remarkable number of people round the world, many of them painters, rather few of them British. To us natives, it is still difficult to recognise how distinct Bacon and the sculptor Henry Moore have made us in the visual arts. Our cultural establishment is musical and literary in outlook; we take our theatrical tradition, and Shakespeare, for granted; since the Beatles we can command a world stage in popular music. Seeing and touching, by contrast, belong to the slightly seditious universe of pure sensation and both our puritan and idealistic strands of thought make us suspect appearances. Happily, these two great men have encouraged more than one generation of artists now to build on their achievements and make international names.

Of the two, Bacon is the more surprising. Henry Moore’s work is permeated with the English love of nature. He gives simple and powerful signals about the correspondence between landscapes and female figures. He reinforces life’s primal effects, as if the poet Wordsworth were working in stone. Francis Bacon is not a romantic artist in this way, although he shares the aristocratic intuitiveness of later romantics like Baudelaire. He has the nihilism and gaiety of certain 18th century minds. Nature, when it appears at all in his work, is both threatening and monotonous: purposeless matter unrelieved by the flicker of civilisation’s match. One of his greatest paintings, Landscape near Malabata, Tangier (1963), is a picture of a tree. It demonstrates the way colour, not drawing, is movement in painting, and how a tree’s sinews suggest muscular movement. But try to people this landscape and you are in the world of Beckett’s Godot or King Lear. A more recent work, Sand Dune (1981), is a picture of sand encroaching a building by the sea. The sand is all movement, dynamic; the building is being eaten and that will be the end of it because nature is in the business of demolition. To fly in the face of nature you need luck and the peculiar courage to stare her down. To adapt a line of the poet Thom Gunn, a few friends and a few with historical names have had the courage. A number of artists – Cimabue, Velasquez, Rembrandt, Degas, Picasso – have looked without blinking. Otherwise, existence is the same as nature: food, drink, territory, sex and status. Bacon is an artist of endgame. His work is a lifespan distant from Moore’s family groups or mothers-with-child.

Classical and romantic are hoary old terms but they provide us with a shorthand, yet to be superseded, for a profound and permanent divide, a creative conflict, within our sensibility. The classical approach represents tradition and training. Its focus is on the human clay and on proportions suitable for the configuration of the body. ‘The lengthened shadow of a man/Is history, said Emerson,’ wrote T. S. Eliot, the great classical poet of our century and one who has always haunted Bacon, in his poem Sweeney Erect. The fascination of the classical artist is the way he bends tradition and training to his own purpose, be that subjective and self-realising, or objective in the sense of realising or trying to imitate a world beyond the self. The permanent things in nature are birth, copulation and death; the ruins of time, man’s time, are what interest the classicist and provide him with his forms. The romantic says, with the 19th century poet Hopkins, that the sensibility soars above its terrestrial confines: ‘O the mind, mind has mountains; cliffs of fall/, Frightful, sheer, no-man fathomed.’

This being the case, the classical artist is preoccupied with realism. Bacon is passionate for realism, only he would argue that now photography has made reportage redundant you need realism of another kind: the ability to capture the emotional energy thrown off by any living presence. Added to this is the energy which works of art generate themselves. In a recent interview he said

The Study for Portrait of John Edwards (1988) is as ‘like’ as a photograph but with so much density of form that it has an object-life of its own. Because of the force of his painting, some commentators have confused Bacon with the Expressionists. They attribute to him an unsettling, northern sensibility. Bacon insists this is wrong. He is adamant that he is not an expressionist, believing in truthfulness rather than effects. The disturbing quality of his work comes partly from what Michel Leiris, quoting Bacon himself, has called his ‘exhilarated despair…the painful yet lyrical disturbance felt by all those who, living in these times of horror spangled with enchantment, can contemplate them with lucidity.’ It also comes, more prosaically, from what Bacon would see as his failure to win the fight between the raw material of oil paint and the mind’s eye. When Bacon does win, as in the Edwards portrait, his paintings are both awesome and tender, moving in the highest and most humane way. Yet even in the most violent pictures, the distortions of his figures are implicit in their own flesh. This is where he comes closest to Picasso.

To an existential artist like Bacon, chance is very important, both as a rubric for the universe (his hobby is roulette) and for what it brings about on the canvas. Lying Figure (1969) is one of a number of works painted in the 1960’s in which a naked, usually female figure lies on a bed, the head south to the viewer, limbs akimbo, bed and body seemingly about to slide down a great escarpment of carpet. Facial features are blurred as if they and the pigment from which they are formed had been pummelled into the final image. (This is often literally the case, since Bacon paints with rags and his hands as well as with brush). Stripped of their associations, not least the threat to civilised values and human dignity suggested by hypodermic digging into vein, these paintings have the vibrance – the beauty even – of colour which early in his career Bacon found in a medical textbook about diseases of the mouth. Bacon’s surgeon’s aesthetics and sang-froid take some getting used to. They are worth it because they are bound up with his special lucidity of purpose. Look how close oil paint comes to the stuff of life, he seems to say. You are used to this happening with clouds and hills in landscape painting. Why not discover it with the body as well? If the painter is lucky, impulses of memory and desire may allow him to manipulate the stuff so as to trap elusive and temporal personalities, and our feelings about them. Bacon does not paint from life. His subjects are a few friends and himself, painted over and over, in some cases after they have died, from snapshots and memory. Bacon himself looks very like a Francis Bacon. In this respect he is close to his admired contemporary, the painter and sculptor Giacometti. And as John Russell wrote in his book Francis Bacon (1971), ‘Bacon when he wishes is one of the great painters of human flesh and can give it a kind of creamy resonance, a fulfilled soft firmness, for which both Ingres and Courbet had also been searching.’

Ambition, in art, requires not only high seriousness but sufficient personal confidence and aplomb to take on the masters at their own game. Bacon’s belief in un-accommodated man, his identification during the two decades after the war with London’s low life, his gambling, his generosity with money and caustic wit, his frightening ability to drink a great deal and remain at the height of his powers, his age-cheating appearance – all play their part in his anti-heroic legend. By contrast, his career has been altogether steadfast and determined. He was a late starter. He was born and spent much of his childhood in Ireland, where his father trained racehorses. There is a lot of Ireland in Bacon but it is reasonable to think of Bacon as Irish only in the way of thinking of Camus as Algerian. He was educated haphazardly and travelled about Europe in the late 1920s. Berlin and Paris held his imagination and Paris remains the city which most admires his work.

He made his historical debut about 1930 as an interior decorator and furniture designer; he worked in what is today called the Art Deco style, a popularisation of cubism and geometric abstraction. He studied the art of Picasso, at that time involved in attenuated semi-geometrical figure paintings which were beginning to look haunted and surreal. Inspired, he taught himself to paint. His early work, nearly all of which he subsequently destroyed, gave abstracted hominoid shapes a similarly heightened air – sometimes by little references to the Western religious tradition. His work was not well received and he was turned down for the International Surrealist Exhibition in 1936. He himself dates his career from the 1944 triptych Three Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion in the Tate Gallery.

“Bacon’s belief in un-accommodated man, his identification during the two decades after the war with London’s low life, his gambling, his generosity with money and caustic wit, his frightening ability to drink a great deal and remain at the height of his powers, his age-cheating appearance – all play their part in his anti-heroic legend”

At first glance, this work still owes much to Picasso. It is a study, like the paintings and sketches of the Guernica period, of how to assault the nervous system of an onlooker with formal equivalents for pain, mental stress, distortions not of art merely but of daily living and his own hold upon it. Closer acquaintance suggest that here is someone who has looked hard and imaginatively at the Baroque tradition of wrenching the figure until it is, literally, dragged towards that self-extension known as the sublime. Although the triptych is a very strong, even a terrifying picture, one is at least as much aware of the scepticism and control underlying the element of shock. It is as if the artist were playing ‘touch’ with theatrical excess and learning to paint on the dangerous Baroque margin between going very far and going too far.

Bacon then dropped the linear, attenuated style of the triptych in favour of something much more solid. He was discovering oil paint’s correspondence with the density of the observed world: the Bourbet road to nature. Key paintings were Figure Study I and Figure Study II (both 1945-6), the latter also known as the Magdalene. These paintings seem to have inaugurated the interest in clothes (no other 20th century painter has rendered them so attentively) which reflected Bacon’s preoccupation with Velasquez’s portrait of Pope Innocent X and led to his own robed and enthroned popes, Head VI (1949) for example. A strong formal understanding of the kind of space clothes are designed to occupy draws shocking, and effective, attention to the absence of any owner – or the presence, in the case of Figure Study II, of the wrong owner. “What modern man wants,” Bacon has said, quoting Valéry, “is the grin without the cat: the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance.” Throughout his career, he has attempted to combine psychological immediacy – his chamber of horrors side – with whatever formal mechanics are most likely to allow the viewer to retain the pained image until it moves into memory and becomes a way of looking at the world. In the years following the war this search led Bacon to solidity at all cost. The Magdalene has the poise of a Giotto figure, so much presence that the umbrella half-concealing her becomes a convincing frame and not the gratuitous surreal emblem for which it is sometimes mistaken. Thirty years later we see it again, in the left panel of Triptych (1974-77): quarry for Bacon iconographers, along with light bulbs, blinds, plumbing, cricket pads and newspapers.

In the following decade, Bacon juxtaposed violent historical signs of our era with the gravities, hollow maybe, but socially and spiritually well anchored, of earlier epochs of painting. His habit of working from photographs and news clippings is everywhere apparent. Himmler and Goebbels, silent or in oratorical flood; Nadar’s captivating photograph of Baudelaire’s sidelong look; people rushing for shelter during street fighting in Petrograd in 1917; Marius Maxwell’s photographs of animals in equatorial Africa; the screaming nurse from Eisenstein’s film Potemkin; a postcard of the Promenade des Anglais in Nice – all appear and reappear as if they were slabs from some lost fresco of devastating formality and scale. There is the same feeling of a civilisation undergoing nervous breakdown that we find in Eliot’s poem The Waste Land (‘These fragments I have shored against my ruin.’) although the prevailing mood is relish rather than disgust. Bacon would bring technical devices out into the open and reinstate them as images. The famous boxes which circumscribe his male nudes, popes, business executives and monkeys start life as methods of containing space and end it as prisons out of Kafka or, prophetically, scenes from the trial of Eichmann. His brush strokes become rapid at this time (he does no preliminary drawing) and blur into one another. So originates the suggestion of the flesh poised, like that of M. Valdemar in Poe’s horrifying tale, on the edge of putrefaction

In recent years the work has in the main turned from public to private scenes, although the image of President Wilson in Triptych (1986-87) must be one of Bacon’s greatest paintings. Bacon’s originality is on as firm ground here, and slightly less susceptible to the aesthetics of shock. It can be said against him, however, that his paintings of men defecating or vomiting lack the grace which Degas found in women’s exercise of natural functions. They look as if their purpose were epater le bourgeois and they do. Memory traces of friends, nudes and the urban interiors which provide a natural setting for all but our least superficial human encounters are recreated, hit and miss, in the large body of work which made his international name. Bacon is unique in this century in his ability to render the indoor, overfed, alcohol-and-tobacco-lined flesh of the average urban male. His painting is how most of us look. Bacon paints beds, platforms, chairs and sofas with the attention Courbet gave to rocks. The effect is a suffocating enclosure: the landscape of hell done as hell’s hotel bedroom; the non-world of Sartre’s Huis Clos and Beckett’s Endgame. The implied theatricality seems to be deliberate. Compositional layout is very much like a stage set; at any moment another figure, bearing hypodermic or ashtray, may enter left or right. Sofas and tables have, like flesh, puffed out and turned flabby, their Art Deco youthfulness long gone. Not surprisingly, the great Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus (1981) discovers a theatricality appropriate to its purpose. The Oresteia plays are an abiding inspiration for Bacon, as they are the most powerful image in literature of mankind trapped by its history and its own sensibility. But in general all these interiors reveal a truism of art impossible to over-emphasize. The function of any artistic medium is to make the recipient work: to offer interchange, metamorphosis, the telescopic sliding-together of our perceptions until they are gathered back to their solitary neural source, there to be stored, reprocessed and used.

Like Eliot’s early poetry, Bacon’s paintings are documentaries of nervous stress. Given the era in which we find ourselves living, this comes as no surprise. What is surprising is the attempt to endow our diminished psychological circumstances with painting which can achieve the formal grandeur and beauty of texture of the very greatest old masters. These characteristics remain, in his best paintings, long after the initial assault on the system has worn off. When things work, therefore, the quality achieved is joy, which is, as Bacon said it should be, the purpose of art.

 

       

                               Francis Bacon, cover for Moscow exhibition

 

 

 

 

 Bacon in Moscow

 

 

    ANDREW GRAHAM-DIXON | THE INDEPENDENT | 1 OCTOBER, 1988


          

THE SOVIET General (Military Medical Services) inspected Francis Bacon's Head III, a screaming, simian ghoul painted in what looks like mud, grimaced and looked away. He had dressed up for the occasion  the official opening of Bacon's Moscow retrospective, the first granted to a living British artist since the Russian Revolution  but was finding it hard to keep up appearances. He shook his head and, medals jangling, made his way to the exit. He was reluctant to comment on what he had seen; pressed, he gave the opinion that 'Mr Bacon's paintings are evidence of a sick psyche.'

Natasha, who described herself as 'a middle-class lady', was less charitable. 'I didn't understand it, and I really didn't like it. In the speeches before they opened the doors, they said that Mr Bacon is a great painter, perhaps the greatest painter in the world. He paints such monsters, such horrors, such ugliness. I don't think it is possible for great art to be so unpleasant.' She and her companion trailed the General through the door, past the Russian flag and Union Jack which, side by side, signalled the latest exercise in glasnost.

They have a saying in Moscow: 'We Russians love foreign things, but when we want to eat well we al-ways go back to good Russian bacon.' You only need to take one trip on the Moscow underground system (price: five kopecks, about five pence) to realise why most Russians were always going to find the British Bacon hard to stomach. There, in the gigantesque statuary that lines virtually every platform, you find the sort of art that modern Muscovites have been brought up on. It is a subterranean pantheon, thronging with role models for the responsible Communist. At Revolution Square, Michelangelesque peasants, mothers, and factory workers line the exits, grand, admonitory sentinels. Massive gilded groups of Partisans keep armed vigil at Ismailovsky Park. Even the ventilation grilles are shaped like sheaves of superabundant corn, celebrating Stakhanovite virtues, urging the achievement of output norms.

Installed in the Central House of the Artists - a dull Muscovite equivalent to the Royal Festival Hall, bordering Gorky Park - Bacon's paintings are compelling, alien presences. Serious modern art has been unwelcome in the USSR since the 1930s, when Stalin branded it 'decadent bourgeois formalism' and put it under lock and key. In 1974, at the so-called 'Bulldozer Exhibition', Brezhnev had it steamrollered. Khruschev thought it was 'excrement.' 

Excrement is a subject close to Bacon's heart. When he was 17, he has recalled, he experienced a scatological revelation: 'I remember looking at a dogshit on the pavement and I suddenly realised, there it is  this is what life is like.' Bacon's paintings deal in prime biological fact, the stink and gore and flesh of us all; man, cornered by his own mortality, blurs into meaty putrescence. In Moscow, his art  the screaming, trapped heads, the crawling things that perform for the viewer in Woman Emptying a Bowl of Water and Paralytic Child on All Fours - has never looked more ferocious or unsettling. The shit really has hit the fan.

Sergei Klokov, who works in an advisory capacity for the Soviet UNESCO Commission, has probably worked harder than anyone else on the Russian side to ensure that this show took place. He is, naturally, its most eloquent advocate: 'This exhibition is only possible, administratively, morally, ideologically, at this particular moment in Soviet history. Bacon paints the evil in humanity, without mercy. That is new in Russia. The exhibition is a symbol of our whole concept of perestroika  now, thanks to Gorbachev, we are not afraid to show the dark side of life, the dark side of society - of our society.' A couple of days later, as if to prove his point, the Soviet magazine Ogonyok ran a photograph of the bodies of some of those massacred during the Stalinist purges.

Coincidentally, several of Bacon's paintings in Moscow contain specific references to Russia. There are, of course, the paintings derived from Eisenstein's 'Odessa Steps' sequence: the screaming, bloodied figure that stares, half-blinded, from Study for the Nurse from the Film Battleship Potemkin. But there are other works still more charged with significance for modern, post-glasnost Russians. Blood on the Floor consists of a stark interior, lit by a single lightbulb, the painting's central motif a mess of blood on what looks like an operating table - its mere presence in Moscow plays up the grisly KGB, post-interrogation associations. The right-hand panel of Bacon's Triptych 1986-7features an abandoned, blood-stained lectern, known to be a direct reference to Trotsky's assassination by icepick. Two weeks before Bacon's show opened in Moscow, Pravda ran a full-page article cautiously rehabilitating Trotsky - deleted from history under Stalinist rule - as a central figure in the early years of Communism.

Bacon's paintings, on the face of it, represent the absolute antithesis of Soviet state art. Yet, talking to Muscovite artists and arts administrators, you are struck by the fact that nobody seems to know what 'official' art means any more. Klokov makes a good case for Bacon as, in a peculiar sense, the perfect 'official' artist of perestroika, one who can stare evil in the eye. At the same time, Social Realism is not the force it once was. I visited the ageing Social Realist master, Vladimir Nalbanjan  famous in Russia for his large, idealising canvases treating the life of Lenin, and as the official portraitist of Brezhnev - in his Moscow studio. He came across as a lonely, slightly lost figure. The official commissions are smaller these days, and they arrive with less frequency. He was working on one modest canvas of Lenin haranguing a group of party officials, for a minor state building in the provinces, but most of the other works in his studio were slight landscapes, still lives and topographical studies.

The only reminder of the old days was a beautiful painting, dated 1935, of a young girl ('a member of the Communist Youth Organisation') reading party literature  a Correggio madonna transfigured in the service of the Communist ideal. 'A museum wants to buy it,' he said, but preferred not to talk about the picture, pointing instead to a landscape and insisting that 'no one can paint lilacs as well as I can.' He was diplomatically polite about the Bacon exhibition.

Social Realism might be moribund, but the old Soviet idea, that art should offer encouragement or at least some form of solace to the proletariat, dies hard. In order to get the Bacon exhibition off the ground, Klokov had to make the artist acceptable to the conservative elements in the Russian cultural bureaucracy. His solution was brilliant, an ingenious, syllogistic translation of Bacon's horrors into the language of Russian cultural officialdom: 'There were some difficult questions I had to answer. Why, I was asked, should we show this horrible painter, this creator of monsters and nightmares? I explained that Bacon's paintings are not negative, but actually very positive. I told them that to expose evil and to promote good is the same thing. I said that Bacon's paintings show the dark side, the void, and by doing so they tell us to fill it. I explained this to the Soviet UNESCO Commission, to the Union of Artists, to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. They accepted it.'

Seeing the Bacon exhibition in Moscow is like watching a stone being dropped into a pond: following the ripples, gauging the responses, you learn most, not about Bacon, but about the Russians themselves. It is still too early to judge how the general public in Moscow will receive Bacon. Some immediately hated his work; others, equally spontaneously, thought it was a magnificent show. But the commonest response was indecision: many Muscovites found Bacon's paintings 'interesting', and 'probably quite profound', but said they would have to read the catalogue and visit the show again before they would know quite what to make of them.

Art is the subject of intense debate in contemporary Russia. The Gorbachev administration has made few official pronouncements on the subject, but in the wake of the Sotheby's sale of early modernist and contemporary Russian art held in Moscow earlier this year, the general mood among artists is relief mingled with confusion. While they have been granted freedom of expression, many seem unsure of how to use it. There are hundreds of disparate groups of artists in Moscow, but few dominant tendencies. Last Friday saw the vernissage of an 'open' exhibition of Russian modern art in the Maniezh: 'all competing trends,' according to the official announcement of the exhibition, 'will be given equal space.'

Modern Russian artists were divided in their opinions of Bacon. This was as true of dissident - or, under glasnost, ex-dissident - artists as of their 'official' counterparts. Dima Gordeev, a relatively uninspiring figurative painter blacklisted in the 1970s simply because he painted portraits of 'undesirable elements', was characteristically dismissive of Bacon. 'I like to keep both feet firmly on the ground,' he said, gesturing dismissively towards one of Bacon's distorted, punished anatomies; 'I don't think Michelangelo or Leonardo would rush to this exhibition'.

'Some of the more self-consciously avant-garde Russian artists found Bacon's art, on the contrary, too 'traditional'. Dmitri Alexandrovitch Prigoff, a poet, performance artist and conceptualist, said he considered Bacon 'a very classical, old-fashioned artist. I hate his frames, these pompous gold surrounds, the glass in front of the canvas. They are so respectable; for me, to see frames like this spells 'official art.' ' I recited to him Bacon's own explanation of the glass that separates his canvases from the spectator - 'I like the distance between what has been done and the onlooker that the glass creates; I like, as it were, the removal of the object as far as possible.' Prigoff chuckled: 'There is a great gap between our cultures, I think.'

The most sympathetic response to Bacon's art, among Russian artists, came from Ilya Kabakov; he found, in Bacon's narrativeless icons of existential gloom, an answer to some of his own preoccupations. Since the 1950s, Kabakov has been exploring 'alternatives to narrative Social Realist art, which for me had nothing to do with reality, with the facts of life in Russia as I experienced it. Our life was very meagre, very dull, very grey, yet we were not permitted to express that publicly in our art. For so long, our life was divided into two parts  one life for the state, one life for the self.' Earlier this year, Kabakov was permitted to show and sell  via the Sotheby's auction - some of his previously 'private' works, dealing with such subjects as the Stalinist purges. He was, he said, 'greatly moved' by Bacon's paintings; placing the seal of state approval on the show, the Russian authorities are delivering an unmistakable message of hope to Kabakov and his like.

Yet even Gorbachev's perestroika- conscious Russia did not feel ready to show Bacon in his entirety. The exhibition was quietly censored: the main omission was the Tate Gallery's Triptych, August 1972, partly based on a Muybridge photograph of two men wrestling who become, in Bacon's hands, two men having sex. At the press conference that marked the opening of the show, Lord Gowrie, speaking for the British delegation, unaccountably decided to deny that any paintings had been excluded: 'There is only one major painting by Mr Bacon that could be seen as having a homosexual subject (there are, in fact, three alone illustrated in Bacon's 1985 Tate catalogue) and, as far as I know, it wasn't suggested at any stage. I suppose when human beings wrestle, if you put them on top of a bed, it is possible to interpret it sexually.'

Klokov flatly contradicts the Gowrie version of events. 'We decided to leave out the triptych, and I telephoned Francis Bacon and told him that, unfortunately, this painting might be misunderstood by the general public. I had to explain, in the end, that what I actually meant was that it might be understood. He laughed. But it is not such a bad thing that this picture was left out. It was very important not to give the exhibition too much the appearance of a scandal; to include the triptych might have made conservative elements in this country dismiss the whole show, to make it an object of ridicule.'

Back at the press conference, Mr Salakhov, First Secretary of the Union of Artists, fended off another question about Bacon's homosexuality, still a criminal offence in the Soviet Union. It was an impressive performance: 'Our government has certain laws which are under review in the era of Glasnost, especially concerning that category of people. I do not think that this will be the last exhibition that Francis Bacon will have in Moscow. Perhaps some day we will have another exhibition, that will show other sides of his . . . creativity.' The General would not have been amused.

 

 

     

                 Paralytic Child Walking on All Fours (from Muybridge), 1961

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 

ANDREW SOLOMON | EXHIBITIONS | CONTEMPORANEA | NOVEMBER 01, 1988

 

There is a grim high seriousness to the work of Francis Bacon, but it is a seriousness streaked with redemption, a formulation not so much of useless despair in an alienating society as of the humanizing effect of terror and suffering. The tension between horror and integrity is perhaps what makes it so appealing to the Soviet Union.

The Sotheby's sale in Moscow established the British, in whom the Russians have historically had little interest, as great publicists, capable of focusing Western attention and capital on Soviet. And the Moscow exhibition of the paintings of Francis Bacon, on view since 22 September has shown that British and Soviet artistic concerns are not wholly alien to one another. This show is a step toward greater sympathy between the artistic communities of the two countries in which literature has tended to assume primacy.

The story behind the exhibition is a tangled one. James Birch, a British gallerist, having failed to get New York galleries to show the work of any of the artists he represents, was at a drinks party in London at which a carpet broker “with many contacts in the Eastern Bloc” suggested to him that “Moscow might be easier”; armed with that advice, he set off for the Soviet Union to arrange an exhibition of his artists. This ill-advised effort was unsuccessful, but various Soviet officials and several official artists in the USSR indicated that they were fascinated by the work of Francis Bacon and would like to seen an exhibition of it. Birch came back and reported this to Bacon, who was delighted, and the British Council, in cooperation with the Marlborough Gallery, subsequently launched the effort to exhibit his paintings. The prime mover behind the show from the Soviet side has been Sergei Klokov, a charming and committed man who works with UNESCO and helped to arrange the invitation from the Union of Artists of the USSR. It is significant that the exhibition has been arranged by the Union rather than by the Ministry of Culture, and that it will be held in the Central House of the Union of Artists; the arrangements for such a show would until recently have been prohibitively complicated, involving desperately protracted bureaucratic negotiation. Though the exhibition has unfortunately been edited – several works were eliminated on grounds that they were “too pornographic” – it is essentially representative of the work of a contemporary Western artist, and as such is another landmark victory of perestroika.

The exhibition includes twenty-two paintings, spanning Bacon’s career, but it emphasizes recent work; more than a third of the paintings included have been done since 1980. The accompanying catalogue, published in Russian by Marlborough and the British Council, contains two essays. In the first, Lord Gowrie, chairman of Sotheby’s, attempts to explain Bacon’s frame of reference to the Soviets, with whom he has had some contact. In the second, the Soviet art historian M.N. Sokolov, who is well-acquainted with the Soviet viewing public and its difficulties with contextualization, provides Soviet insights into Bacon’s work. Gowrie’s essay is intelligent but confusing, littered with difficult references. Sokolov’s essay is more convincing; it picks out the Russian strengths in Bacon’s work and describes them in the language of Dostoevsky. Sokolov paints an entire career for Bacon, recounting a young spent indecisive and afraid in the decadence of Berlin and a maturity spent tracing the terrors of the mind. Again and again, Sokolov identifies what should be accessible to Soviets in Bacon’s works. He describes a postwoman who delivered a Bacon catalogue that “reminded her of Gogol’s tragi-comic satire.” He recalls the great dialogue of Raskolnikov and Svidrigailov, in which the idea of eternity as something vast gives way to “a bath-hut, blackened by smoke, and in all the corners – spiders, and that is all your eternity.” The effect of these references is not to diminish Bacon, but to elucidate his obsession with the grand emotions, stressing that it is no less eloquent because it is couched in then language of the nervous system rather than that of the soul. What most needs translating in Bacon’s work, for the Soviets, is its scale, and this is precisely where Sokolov is triumphant.

Bacon turned seventy-seven at the end of October; as his work becomes more introspective, the curatorial impulse to organize retrospectives grows stronger, and the Moscow show, with a modest twenty-two paintings, foreshadows the larger exhibitions scheduled for 1989 in Washington, Los Angeles, and New York. It is time to find coherence in his work, elucidating constants and noting changes.

In two of the first paintings in the Moscow exhibition, Head VI and Study for the Nurse in the film Battleship Potemkin, Bacon explores the image from Sergei Eisenstein’s film of 1925 that he has described as one of the great influences on his work. That the reference is to the work of a Soviet filmmaker makes the emphasis all the more apposite in this exhibition. Bacon has always kept a copy of the film still of the screaming nurse in his studio; Eisenstein’s portentous despair mirrored his own, and the abrupt and terrifying moment of knowledge that torments the nurse at her death is one that recurs throughout Bacon’s work. The figure in Head VI, indebted to Eisenstein, recalls Munch’s The Scream as much as the Velázquez it more obviously mimics; the relentless open mouth is like an unstoppable cavity in the in the middle of the canvas, and box containing the figure, exaggerates the futility of the suffering without decreasing the suffering itself. This painting, like the famous and closely related series of paintings of popes that followed it, is at once despairing and impersonal.

By the early sixties, Bacon was turning from such impersonal and referential images to portraits of friends. His many paintings of George Dyer, his long-time lover, and of his friends Isabel Rawsrhorne, Muriel Belcher, and Lucian Freud are more intimate than the earlier work, uncomfortable as much because they probe their subjects too closely as because of what that probing reveals. In paintings like Portrait of George Dyer Crouching and Portrait of George Dyer Staring at a Blind, Bacon discovers poignancy in the isolation of the naked figure. This is not the shattering despair of the earlier work, but a disquieting sense of isolation. In Studies of George Dyer and Isabel Rawsthorne, the faces have softened and blurred. They are pulled unnaturally close together, closer than conversation would warrant, but they are still unconnected, and her delicate, hooded eyes seem to see nothing. It is the painter who intrudes here, sustaining his position as the only locus of mutuality. The painting is about sadness; though there is less drama than in Head VI, there is still a lacuna.

The position of the artist as observer has become more and more important to Bacon’s work; indeed it is the central motif of much of his recent painting. After the death of George Dyer in 1971, Bacon painted his three “black triptychs,” in which the inhuman scale of loss itself takes control of the figures. In the first of these paintings, the figures are motionless before the cavernous black doors; in the second, they have moved into those empty spaces; and in the third, the powerful figure in the center emerges from the darkness to stand beneath a bright bulb, a butcher to his right and a photographer to his left. Loss gives way to absence that emerges as newly strengthened presence in the face of the artist and the tormentor. This essential progression can be seen repeatedly in Bacon’s work.

In his paintings of the eighties, Bacon has achieved all the softened maturity of retrospect. The figures are less harsh and less distorted, and the geometries that circumscribe them are less prone to interfere with their wholeness. In Three Studies for a Portrait of John Edwards, Bacon touched his current companion with a composure only granted to George Dyer after his death. Even in a major work like Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus, where such old motifs as doors opening to blackness and the headless trunk enthroned in majesty are in evidence, there is a formal balance, and the central figure has the dignity of those who choose not resist an inexorable fate.

Bacon has spoken more about his work and about the process of painting than has almost any artist of the twentieth century. “Great art,” he once said, “is always a way of concentrating, reinventing what is called fact, what we know of our existence – a reconcentration… tearing away the veils that fact acquires through time. Ideas always acquire appearance veils, the attitude people acquire of their time and earlier time. Really good artists tear down those veils.” Bacon’s work does just that, revealing itself as an agonized struggle to identify the disparity between inner and outer truth and at the same time to find a formal construct in which that disparity has meaning. Such patient suffering seems likely to find sympathy among the Soviets; and to them it will seem reasonable that the miseries of youth, dramatic and situational, gave way to the deeper sadnesses of middle life and ultimately to the resignation and introspection of old age. The progression is one that recurs in Russian literature, of course; it is also not entirely alien to the recent development of the Soviet vanguard, which, having won certain politicized triumphs, is now beginning to turn back in upon itself. The Soviets have matured in the wake of glasnost and perestroika. They have not received this exhibition with the naiveté brought to Warhol’s work when it came to Moscow some years ago; instead, they have looked at it with respect and dignity born of mutual resignation to the existential fallacy. The discontinuities of language are what make the art interesting to them: here is what often was thought, but never expressed with such surprising and particular poignancy.

In his introduction to the Moscow catalogue, Lord Gowrie quotes Bacon as saying that the purpose of art is joy. But what kind of joy is expressed in his work, which is sometimes poignant but so often agonized? Perhaps it is the joy of seeing the world for what it is and surviving to recount it. Describing the difficulties of painting a portrait, Bacon recently said, “the problem… was how to make an image and keep the likeness.” The joy lies not so much in success at this undertaking, which is never more than partial, but in having the integrity to imagine and then to attempt such singular clarity.

 

 

 

Tragedies without a Hero:

The Art of Francis Bacon

 

 

Francis Bacon in Moscow by Mikhail Sokolov

 

 

MIKHAIL SOKOLOV ART MONTHLY NUMBER 121 NOVEMBER 1988

 

Brandon Taylor writes: The following text is a slightly amended version of the catalogue essay written by the Soviet critic Mikhail Sokolov for the exhibition of Francis Bacon's paintings at the Central Hall of Artists, between 26 September and 6 November, in Moscow. Dr Sokolov is an expert on Renaissance iconography who always writes about contemporary art for Pravda and other publications. He works at the Institute of Art Theory and History, the USSR Academy of Art, in Moscow.

Opened by the former Minister for the Arts Lord Gowrie, the exhibition was organised by the British Council and the Marlborough Galleries, and appears to represent a cultural link of some importance between European and the Soviet Union in the period of glasnost. Adulatory speeches greeted Bacon as 'possibly the greatest living painter', an artist of 'deep humanity', and similar plaudits. Received rapturously by the Soviet art establishment, the exhibition is causing  wide debate in the Soviet press on the character of Western art and on Bacon's apparently nihilistic posture in particular.

The emendations made by Dr Sokolov for this version are interesting. The references to Trotsky's writing desk in the centre of the essay did not appear in the catalogue, possible because Trotsky is still not a topic of public debate in the Soviet Union. Secondly, the final sentence of the last paragraph was also not included; and indicates perhaps the extent to which Soviet art circles are interested in encouraging artistic exchanges which will fuel the flames of glasnost during this significant transitional period.

                 .  .  .
 

In the late 1920s, Sergei Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin was making its triumphal tour of European and American screens, In the film, the line of soldiers-executioners moves with an inhuman mechanical rhythm. A child's perambulator hurtles towards death down the radiant whiteness of the Potemkin steps. The mortally wounded nurse, her pince-nez shattered, expires in a mute cry of pain and despair. The scene. directed with a watchmaker's precision, depicts the catastrophically disintegrating past and the birth, through pain and struggle, of the new era, stunning the viewers. The film shocked the good-natured inhabitants of a rather somnolent Europe, as yet unaware that their continent, sliding towards the precipice of the 'European night', (in the words of the Russian poet Vladislav Khodasevich), was being threatened by the monstrous shadow of the impending Fascist rape. The celebrated scene of the shooting on the Potemkin steps in some degree foreshadowed the lethal automatism of this rape. At that time the scenes assailed the nerves, and appeared to lie altogether beyond the limits of the aesthetically acceptable.

Among those upon whose consciousness the marble steps of Odessa, the suddenly bristling rifles, the spray of shattered glass from the pince-nez, left an inedible print was a young Englishman who, despite no more than modest resources, attempted to lead in those pre-war years a frivolous social life and had not yet decided finally on a profession. He earned some money as a designer, his sketches of furniture and carpets being in no way superior to the average level of 'Art Deco' of that time. His memory had registered the cracks showing in the edifice of old Europe: the sandbags and the cavalry near his parental home in Ireland, where, as a boy,  he was witness to speeches urging Nationalist liberation; the convulsively orgiastic life in Berlin in the 1920s reminiscent of Rome on the eve of its decline (I became used to living next to violence of one sort or another'1). When looking at illustrated books, the young man's eye was invariably drawn to threatening, uncomfortable and alarming images anatomical illustrations of diseases, photographs of patients undergoing X-ray examinations, photographs of wild animals in the jungle or the savannah, or animals being slaughtered in abattoirs.

Anxiety and an oppressive sense of unease continued to accumulate in his consciousness until two cardinal impressions predestined his future: the Picasso exhibition in Paris and the film Battleship Potemkin. From a decorator embellishing everyday life, by the mid-1940s Francis Bacon had become an artist, known later the world over for work not not in the least superficially decorative, for brutally stripped images. As a tribute to the memory of Eisenstein's stern genius, he later painted The Nurse from Battleship Potemkin (1957), which was even more sombre because the victim had been translated from the sunlit South to a likeness of a prison cell, with an impenetrably black background.

Having become a professional artist at at a mature age, Bacon has always retained a feeling of wonder at the magic power of paint, generating images as it were spontaneously, independently of the artist's intentions. In his words about painting being a realm of mysterious accidents, an explicable game inaccessible to any interpretations in terms of theme or symbolism, there is f course not a little mischief. Nevertheless, Bacon's pronouncements on his art stress again and again that his images grow by themselves, outside his will, as an elemental reaction of the 'nervous system' (a concept which he invariably prefers to use, instead of the words such as 'psyche', 'soul' 'consciousness'). Bacon cultivates an atmosphere of all-powerful accident, and experiences a normal working mood only among the chaotic disorder which reigns in his studio, deliberately welcoming the colour effects produced by the settling dust. At times it seems that some universal, permanently continuing chaos and the very same dust, recreated in the form of a characteristic opaque veil enveloping the shapes, form the one eternal element in the disintegrating world of his canvases.

Links with tradition sometimes appear in Bacon's work not in the  form of a mutual attraction, but of a fated mutual repulsion between the old and the new, as if separated by an unbridgeable abyss. His admiration of Greek and Egyptian sculpture and Michelangelo's drawings is a fact of his personal biography, and does not enter his creative work. Motifs from classical painting especially from pictures by Velasquez and Van Gogh become transformed by Bacon's brush into a menacing parody, stressing not  he succession of the links between different epochs, but their catastrophic disintegration. Thus Pope Innocent X by Velasquez in Bacon's well-known variations dating to the 1950s no longer maintains his disdainful and cold majesty, but appears choked by a  malevolent cry as in the portrait of the supreme judge in Kafka's The Trial, where supreme power is also presented as an embodiment not of maximal order, but of a maximal degree of absurdity.

Literary associations occur constantly in Bacon's pictures despite his insistence on the fortuitous and inexplicable spontaneity of his painting. Among the artist's favourite authors are Aeschylus and other classical Greek dramatists; Baudelaire; Dostoevsky; and among modern writers, one of the greatest poets of the English-speaking world, T.S. Eliot. The present writer recalls an episode, long ago, when the post woman who delivered a letter and catalogues sent by Bacon, found that the reproductions of his cruel grotesques reminded her of Gogol's tragic-comic satire.

The conversation between Raskolnikov and Svidrigailov in Crime and Punishment comes to mind with particular insistence when faced with Bacon's work. Svidrigailov sarcastically disputing the concept of eternity as 'something vast', mutters: 'Why must it necessarily be vast? What if, instead of that, imagine that it will be a single tiny room, rather like a peasant bath-hut, blackened by smoke, and in all the corners spiders, and that is all your eternity.'

This feeling of the vulgar and mundane nature of the myth an avenging afterlife, the sense of the extremely 'everyday' greyness of the hell on earth, is particularly vividly expressed in J.P. Sartre's play Huis Clos (1945), which preceded the Theatre of the Absurd. It was produced precisely at the time when Bacon was beginning to work at the easel, and the feeling conveyed by the play appears in the artist's compositions condensed to a merciless nerve-racking expression of emotion. The setting, however, does not in any way recall the grey 'bath-hut with spiders', but resembles prestigious and spacious offices and halls, brightly lit by a glacially cold light. This is the frightening, but fully equipped with latest gadgets, thoroughly 'air-conditioned nightmare' (to recall the satirical title of one of the books by Henry Miller). No matter how tortured the inhabitants of these halls of death might be, one knows intuitively that everything takes place 'at the top', that all the personages in this urbane hell are existing in the established circle of social respectability, power and wealth.

Bacon's subjects paradoxically combine the features of both victim and executioner, sometimes resembling gigantic humanoid self-consuming locusts. Utmost helplessness and submissive passivity can suddenly combine with the aggression of the hunter, stalking his prey. The extreme degree of mutual alienation, which is the predominant feature here,  is the counterpart in painting of Eliot's poems in which thoroughly mundane chatter is suddenly pierced by signs of truly annihilating mutual alienation. Such a connection of imagery exists between one of Bacon's large triptychs (1967) and the poem 'Sweeney Agonistes' (1927), conceived by Eliot as 'fragments of Aristophanean melodrama'. The sinister knocking at the door which at the end becomes a continuous drumming creates an atmosphere of menace, of  a spiritual impasse. The same emotional effect is produced in Bacon's pictures by the solid black, grey or yellow backgrounds which seal off the space, the transparent 'boxes' framing the subjects as in a cage, and finally the impassive indicator arrows which enhance the impression of oppressive confinement.

Despite the satirical intonations which occur at times in Bacon's work, its predominant feeling is that of satirical doom. However much he may dissect his sitters, the emotional bond between the artist and his subjects continues to show through with a sorrowful persistence. This is not surprising,  because Bacon almost always paints friends and people close to him, not from life, but using photographs. This offers him more independence and plastic relaxation in depicting the model. This gallery of portraits, permeated by a mournful theme of mortality, unlit by a single smile ('I always tried to paint a smile, but to no avail'), includes self-portraits in which the artist shows a tendency to spare himself, idealising himself less than anyone else. The intentional lack of any romantic gloss is a concept of the portrait which Bacon shares with his friend, the outstanding British portraitist Lucian Freud, but Freud's interpretation of his models is more harmonious and restrained.

Bacon depicts both man and nature as imprisoned, confined by the 'boxes' characteristic of his pictures. He has painted very few landscapes, and they are all intentionally devoid of any lyrical charm, depicting shreds  of lifeless soil, left as pathetic ruins after some total ecological catastrophe. One of the landscapes (1982), again recalling Eliot, is called A Plot of Waste Land. Actually it recalls not so much Eliot's 'Waste Land' itself as his 'Hollow Man', a poem which ends in an extremely unheroic 'apocalypse', earth bound by its destitute impotence ("This is the way the world ends/This is the way the world ends/ This is the way the world ends/Not with a bang but a whimper').

Being of the senior generation of British artists, Bacon has on the whole remained outside the new wave  of political-journalistic dialogue between painting and mass media which emerged in the 'pop art' years. He creates his tragic images of human and natural calamity, the motifs of the world terrifying in its soullessness, with no inclination of painting any answers o the question 'Who is guilty?' Contemporary art has repeatedly demonstrated (particularly on the screen) how terrifying political realities burst from TV screens worthy homes exploding their comfortable isolation from the world, as, for example in the television 'interventions' in Ingmar Bergman's 'The Person'  (1966) or Tarkovsky's 'The Sacrifice' (1985). Such political intrusions are rare in Bacon's work, but when they do occur they are extremely significant like the sounds of percussion in a long polyphonal requiem.

Yet the stern candour of Bacon's pictures is associated primarily not with some grotesque political details, but with specific characteristics of his own artistic language. The candour, even it it is devoid of any political-journalistic overtones, is, perhaps, that essential 'Englishness of Bacon' which links his with the national tradition as a distant but true echo of the devastatingly lethal sarcasm of Swift and Hogarth. This at first may seem paradoxical, but Bacon's art fits somehow much more organically to the framework of literary or plastic tradition than into that of various avant garde movements within which it is rather difficult to classify his style. Attempts have been made to relate his style retrospectively to Surrealism, Expressionism, or to such a vague stylistic phenomenon as 'New Figuration', but none of these attempts appeared to be sufficiently convincing.

The moods of mortality, melancholy and despair, expressed in his work with utmost concentration, are  transformed into tragic symbols of contemporary (Western) civilisation no matter how much Bacon himself may stress the magic effect of accident and deny any 'programme'. It is no accident that Bacon's pictures, and his alone, form the background to the opening titles of Bernardo Bertolucci's 'Last Tango in Paris' (1972), which develops, at an intensely wearying and hypnotic rhythm, similar feelings of loneliness, alienation and spiritual disintegration. For future philosophers attempting to find new keys to the paradoxes of our century's culture, the comparison of Bacon's 'anti-heroes' with the triumphant stereotypes of commercial advertising of the same period will provide no small food for thought. The advertising 'image' of the 'consumer society' is a fashionable object of parody; but for Bacon it is not a question of parody rather a clinical diagnosis conducted with an unfavourable brush.

'Through suffering we learn', sings the choir in the 'Orestes' of Aeschylus, so beloved of Bacon. Thoughtfully repeating this phrase before the artist's 'conditioned nightmares', we suddenly notice that its end is missing. Tragedy, deprived of the stimulus of being acquainted with the heroic, turns into a monotonously repeated gesture of despair, full of pessimism and passivity. In this, Bacon departs not only from the ancient Greek tragedians, but also from Sergei Eisenstein and, even, from Eliot, who did try to oppose  something to 'the unbrotherly state of the world', although in his hands this opposition actually took the form of an unviable mystical utopia.

Nostalgically meditating on Velasquez and Rembrandt, Bacon rightly indicates positive humanistic values a a major spiritual basis of theory great art, but then gloomily adds that today is quite another matter, that today 'man understands that he is inescapably caught up in a game without any sense or purpose.' But it is not only the classical artists whose art reveals the meaning and purpose of human life; this has also been achieved by Bacon's contemporaries, when the hero returned to dramatic action, and suffering, illuminated by the wisdom of experience, was found not to have been in vain.

But each artist, should be judged by that which is present in his images, and not by that which is absent. No matter how often Bacon speaks of 'accident' and 'the game of fate', he also notes that 'it is essential to find a theme which attracts one powerfully' (it is, by implication, not worthwhile being an artist otherwise). The theme of true art, ensuring its majesty, is 'the vulnerability of human existence.' These words of the Russian religious philosopher Nikolai Fyodorov, permeated by genuine humanitarian anxiety and sorrow, do Bacon great honour. It is another matter that his means of embodying this lofty goal may justly appear to some as imperfect, depicting a game whose strategy has been programmed for defeat.

Seeing the works of Francis Bacon, maybe the the best of contemporary British painters, will indeed enrich our ideas of British culture today. Our knowledge of world art is becoming broader and more comprehensive day by day, and we begin to understand our own cultural tradition more sensitively and thoughtfully. This is the substance of the international dialogue of the arts, which is becoming ever more active as the twentieth century draws to its close. The main purpose of Baconian art may be defined as 'truth at any price', and this naked truth sometimes extremely cruel in its healing effect is the thing most indispensible today both for our society and for our cultural life. Bacon is the real 'painter of glasnost' it is why his exhibition takes place now in the best possible time and best possible place.

  1 All quotations are taken from D. Sylvester, The Brutality of Fact; Interviews with Francis Bacon, London, 1987.

 

 

 

Bacons changing monsters

 

 

Richard Dorment on the revealing new vision by Francis Bacon of his famous 1944 triptych

 

 


RICHARD DORMANT | THE ARTS | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 3, 1989 

 

 

WHEN an artist returns late in life to a subject first treated in his youth, we should ask the reason why, and pay close attention to the answers. This year Francis Bacon is 80. As if in recognition that he is now working is a “late period , he has painted a second and monumental version of his famous triptych of 1944, Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, the picture that first brought him critical recognition in this country and which can be seen at the Tate Gallery.

We know the original painting as one of the most memorable and disturbing images in British art: the three armless and legless torsos, blind, mouths open, howling with rage or pain, placed against a lightly sketched in  background which gives the barest suggestion of space and depth.

Because of the title, and because the the wartime context in which they were painted, the three figures have inevitably been seen as symbols of metaphysical despair and suffering, a weird lamentation by the three Fates of mankind.

Bacon, it seems to me, has now painted the new picture (on display at the Marlborough Gallery until February 10) in part to dispel such hazy humanist fancies about the nature of his work. At six foot high and almost 15 feet long, it is more than twice the size of the original, signalling the importance Bacon attaches to the image. The title is Second Version of Triptych 1944; the emotive word Crucifixion has been omitted.

More importantly, in the new canvas Bacon deliberately suppresses the sensuous use of paint. The earlier picture is painted in oil and pastel. In it the surface is varied and certain areas are built up with rich impastos. Paint is brushed on, smeared on, and scratched in, and the colours range from a predominant  hot orange to  crimson and violet. The viewer might recoil from the image, but he stays to look at the colours and admire the way in which the artist handles paint.

The 1988 picture is very different. Bacon uses turpentine to thin his dark maroon and black pigments before applying them to the canvas in an entirely unpainterly way, in places sprayed. He simplifies the background using a thin red line across all three panels, creating a bare box-like space. The effect of all this is to deflect our attention away from Bacon as painter and to concentrate on Bacon as an image-maker.

The alterations made to the three monsters after the 44-year interval separating the two pictures represent even more significant changes. The most human-looking of the three creatures, the gagged and dishevelled figure on the left, is no longer on an operating table, but on a wooden trestle. Now she bends her long neck towards a black coffin-like shape which was not present in the original.

In both versions the blind-folded central figure has its back turned from us, and has just swung its neck round to bare its teeth at our approach. But now this creature has two screws embedded in its soft flesh, and it stands on a dias. In both pictures it straddles a curious object that looks like the base of a three-legged table missing its round top, but in the new canvas a previously unclear circular shape swinging out from that table is seen to be a scythe. The central figure is therefore cutting down the two flanking figures, who offer the necks to its blade.

All this adds up to a new interpretation of what these three figures represent. The picture can no longer be viewed in a classical or Christian context, as the original was, but in what I can only call a psycho-sexual one. The creatures represent the state of mankind at birth when the new-born infant blindly experiences all sensation through the ears, mouth and anus. Through these orifices, some psychologists believe, we first experience feelings of aggression, fear or pleasure.

The psychic states depicted in the triptych are therefore infantile, but the appendages surrounding them are very adult indeed: the blindfold, the gag, the woman's torn clothes, can only mean that the figures are not timeless archetypes, but sado-masochistic fantasies. They symbolise a state of being whereby, in order to feel anything at all, victims willingly offer their bodies to be violated, dismembered and killed. Every altered detail of the new canvas serves to stress physical suffering. Bacon eroticises pain and seems to deny that such a thing as the human spirit exists. Life is physical suffering, fear and death.

It is a cliché to say that Francis Bacon's lifelong theme has been despair. But in the light of this latest painting I think we should begin to look back on his work and ask whether the cliché is really true. There is something here more deliberate, more chosen and more willed than despair.  Something vicious, and purely evil.

 


  

Teeth on edge

 

By JEFFREY BERNARD | LOW LIFE THE SPECTATOR | 22 APRIL 1989

 

Lunch with Francis Bacon this week for the first time in quite a while. It used to be a weekly event but he has better things to do nowadays. I wish I had. We talked about the usual things, sex and death, over the salmon and reminisced about the Wheeler's of yesteryear when Bernard Walsh owned it. The refurbishing — dreadful word — of the place took the charm away. There was such a nice little bar in a back room where we used to congregate. Sometimes we even got as far as lunch.

Francis was on to death within two minutes of coming into the pub. I asked him what he was up to and he said, 'I'm working on something I want to finish before I die.' Never have I known a man so obsessed with death, not counting the one sitting at this typewriter. People's various sexual kinks were also discussed and we thought it might make an interesting book if 200 famous people could be persuaded to come forward and own up about theirs. He then went on to say that he was a little bit fed up with homosexuals. Only Peter Watson and Peter Lacy came out well, and I must say Lacy was one of the really good men to have passed this way. A gentleman who could play a good cocktail piano, he died of pancreatitis in Tangier. Poor sod. What a place to get that illness.

After we parted I went back to the Coach and Horses to watch a couple of races on the box. It is serious stuff now. Trainers start to bring out the big guns at the first Newmarket meeting of the year. It was a bit irritating to be perched on a bar stool next to a man staring gloomily at a losing betting slip and complaining. He had lost £2. I lost a week's money and shall cool it until the horse decides to open his mouth and talk. I bet too boldly after a good lunch. That could have been a week in Florence, which was what I had wanted, but the beast was running backwards as they came into the final furlong. Never mind. Next time. But, you see, I do mind. It will be on my mind for a few days like a nightmare always is.

Speaking of which, my nightmares are now very nearly every night and they are making me feel quite ill. Two friends told me that the way to cure myself of them is to resolve to turn myself into a hero in them. But how can a man clinging to a ledge 100 feet above the ground with no way up or down turn himself into a hero? I am not interested in the interpretation of dreams, I just want to get rid of anxiety. It is bad enough to have it in the daytime before the sun is over the yardarm. I am beginning to suspect that this frame of mind might be chemically induced just as madness can be. Dutch courage wears off during the early hours and I don't intend to start drinking in bed.

I am also cheated in dreams for never have I had an erotic dream with a happy ending. Is there anything left not to feel anxious about? And the daughter has just phoned from Sydney. What the hell is going on down under, I wonder. Now I feel even worse about my bet at Newmarket. Never mind about needing the money to have two wisdom teeth extracted, with what I lost she could have had the lot pulled out. And now, with her teeth on my mind, I suppose there will be another nightmare tonight. You can bet that my dentist will be doing his business on the ledge of a skyscraper.

 

 


 

THE BLEAK VISION OF BACON

 

 

IN HIS 60-YEAR CAREER, THE PAINTER HAS BEEN GUIDED BY A RELENTLESS VIEW OF HUMAN FATE.

 

 

EDWARD J. SOZANSKI | INQUIRER | NOVEMBER 12, 1989

 

Few painters in this century have pursued an aesthetic agenda with the single-minded intensity and persistence one finds in the work of Francis Bacon, who turned 80 on Oct. 28.

In 60 years of making paintings, Bacon has restricted himself to one theme, the existential helplessness of human beings in the face of an incomprehensible universe, and the agonies they suffer in trying to muddle through lives that are, in his view, essentially meaningless.

The 58 paintings at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden that make up a retrospective of Bacon's work over the last 45 years confirm his dedication to this single grand investigation. His paintings from the mid-1940s, when his mature style emerged, are much the same as those from the mid-'80s.

They aren't precisely the same, of course - Bacon's imagery becomes more focused as he grows older - but there aren't any digressions in content or style. Since the end of World War II, Bacon has remained committed to the figure, to symbol, and to his intuition and obsessions, of which death is perhaps the most prominent.

His art is about as stripped-down as painting can get. He rejects any suggestion of narrative or context. He refuses to offer any insight into what his paintings are supposed to mean, even assigning them bland or neutral titles - Study for a Portrait, for instance - that are obviously intended to deflect critical interpretations.

"I'm just trying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can," he said in a 1973 interview. "I'm not saying anything. Whether (I'm) saying anything for other people, I don't know."

With disclaimers such as this, Bacon tries to portray himself as a kind of passive communicator of truths that emanate from the collective human experience. His deformed, distorted and sometimes grotesque figures represent not what he sees but what he feels.

When those feelings materialize as the large-format paintings that Hirshhorn director James T. Demetrion has assembled in this retrospective, viewers are apt to be startled, puzzled, disturbed or perhaps even repelled, for Bacon's art is neither pretty nor facile.

On the other hand, it's difficult to remain apathetic to Bacon. One is either mesmerized by the individuality and primal force of his images or one retires from the arena, for he offers neither emotional reassurance nor decorative flair and fashion.

Bacon is a loner; even though his painting has often been described as expressionistic or surrealistic, he neither belongs to nor espouses any movement. He has always worked by himself and within himself, avoiding the influences of whatever style happened to be in vogue at the moment and the status of celebrity artist.

One senses this even from the several books about him that have been produced in the last several years, including the catalogue for this exhibition. Bacon refuses to be photographed while working, and one presumes that he isn't crazy about being photographed under any circumstances, for the books contain very few pictures of him.

As Bacon moves into his 80s, he's being anointed as one of the most important artists of the 20th century. Clearly, he's the premier British artist still working. He already has had two retrospectives at the Tate Gallery in London, the most recent in 1985, and the Tate rarely mounts more than one such show for a living artist.

The Hirshhorn exhibition is the first full-scale survey of his painting in the United States since a show at the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum in 1963. After closing in Washington Jan. 7, it will travel to the Los Angeles County Museum of Art (Feb. 11 to April 29) and the Museum of Modern Art in New York (May 31 to Aug. 28).

The angst implicit in Bacon's often bizarre images - contorted bodies, screaming heads, dissolving faces - reflects the mood in Europe in the aftermath of World War II. It's the same mood that sculptor Alberto Giacometti expressed in a more melancholy way in his attenuated figures.

Even after 45 years, Bacon hasn't softened his pessimism about man's condition or his prospects. Yet although they're psychologically bleak, the paintings convey a heroic eloquence through the way they're conceived and painted and in the way that Bacon insists on presenting them in plain but substantial gold frames.

Bacon is a curious figure among 20th-century artists in that before 1944, when he completed Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, there weren't many indications that he was going to amount to very much.

He was born in Dublin, Ireland, of English parents. His formal education was spotty, and he left home when he was about 16 to live in London, where he supported himself with various odd jobs. During his late teens and 20s he travelled in Germany and France, working sporadically as an interior decorator and furniture designer.

In 1927, inspired by a Picasso exhibition in Paris, he began to draw and make watercolours; two years later he began to paint in oils. As with his decorative work, he's self-taught in art. Picasso appears to have been his only influence, although he has drawn source material from other artists, including Velazquez and the photographer Eadweard Muybridge.

The oddest thing about Bacon's career, evident in this exhibition as in the one four years ago at the Tate, is that it appears to begin at full throttle in 1944. Bacon destroyed most of his early work in 1943, so the retrospective is incomplete in that it presents only his mature efforts.

Bacon's life offers only one obvious clue, his early family existence, to the genesis of his bizarre and occasionally horrific imagery. He told art critic David Sylvester in 1984 that his relationship with his parents "was never good. We never got on."

The antipathy was strongest between Bacon and his father. "He didn't like me and he didn't like the idea that I was going to be an artist," Bacon observed. He had two brothers, both of whom died young.

Because Bacon had severe asthma, he was rejected for service in World War II. So he didn't experience the boredom, terror and random killing of the battlefield, which may be the ultimate existential experience.

One shouldn't make too much of these circumstances, however, for belief in the absurdity and pain of existence can be induced in many ways. However his philosophy formed, Bacon has always expressed this belief through the figure; he considers abstraction formalist decoration that's inadequate to the task.

He also has relied extensively on art-historical tradition - in his fondness for the triptych format, his references to mythological and religious themes such as the crucifixion, his reliance on the conventions of portraiture, and his custom of presenting his paintings as precious objects.

One of his more sensational pictures combining several of these issues is his 1949 paraphrase of Velazquez's famous portrait of Pope Innocent X. Bacon portrayed the Pope as a spectral figure who seems to be screaming in agony or defiance. The bust-length Pope is framed by a box-like outline, a device Bacon uses frequently to focus attention on the central figure of a painting.

The primal scream is Bacon's essential concern and message. A gaping mouth bristling with feral teeth and sometimes planted in a hideous, alien skull is a frequent motif. But Bacon uses other motifs that are equally unsettling - fantastically deformed bodies, contorted faces and impolite situations, like a naked man defecating.

Specific paintings refer to the Greek myths of Orestes being pursued by the Furies for murdering his mother, Clytemnestra, and of Oedipus murdering his father and marrying his mother. The visual references to these sources are obscure and distorted beyond recognition, but the agonized spirit of the paintings is consistent with them.

Bacon's aspiration to Old Master gravity is pronounced. It's evident not just in his themes but in his use of large formats and human-scale figures, along with his insistence on framing his paintings under glass to establish distance between the image and the viewer.

If the paintings were not so compelling, one might consider these tactics pretentious and arrogant. But one accepts Bacon's strategy as reasonable because of his extraordinary ability to capture one's attention and hold it, regardless of how one responds to a particular image.

Part of this is compositional; Bacon keeps his designs simple and devoid of extraneous details. He highlights figures with the framing box or by setting them against homogeneous black or pastel grounds.

The other part is the balance he strikes between "realism" and eccentricity; the pictures are recognizable and logical up to a point, but their ultimate fascination and meaning derives from their ambiguities. If the universe is the ultimate mystery, then Bacon's paintings represent an intuitive leap into its infinite depths.

Their fundamental nature is clear, however: These are images from hell, from the deepest, darkest depths of the human psyche. If they fascinate, it's because we recognize in them not just the soul of an individual artist but the souls of each and every person on earth.

 

 

 

     The world according to

Francis Bacon

 

After 50 years as an artist,

Bacon's credo remains the same:

Realism pushed to the edge

 

By ALAN G. ARTNER | ARTS | THE CHICAGO TRIBUNE | SUNDAY, OCTOBER 29, 1989

 

 "Head VI" (1949) is a composite of Velasquez' 1650  portrait of Pope Innocent X and a shot of the screaming nurse in Sergei Eisenstein's "The Battleship Potemkin."

 

    

      Eighteen years ago, an international poll of curators and museum directors named British artist Francis Bacon the world's finest living painter.

      At the time, it was a questionable choice, given that Bacon's earliest and strongest influence, Pablo Picasso, was still alive. But Picasso had just reached 90, the re-evaluation of his late work had not yet begun and many felt he had already had more than his share of the limelight.

      Now, with Bacon turned 80, the phenomenon repeats itself. For while Europeans tend to canonize Grand Old Men, Americans react differently, taking them down a peg or two, denying in life precisely the honours that will be acknowledged at death.

      So the retrospective exhibition of 58 Bacon paintings at Washington D.C.'s Hirshhorn Museum, may not be quite the celebration its organizers intended. At the artist's last big show in an American museum-36 paintings at the Metropolitan in 1975-critic Tom Hess wrote that "Bacon's energy seems to flag"  and artist Douglas Davis found  "a parade of predictable images, mottled and distorted in predictable ways."  The fangs already had been bared. Still, the biggest problem with Bacon today is less his work than nearly a half-century of its interpretation. After all, he was supposed to be the one painter who consistently tried to sum up the agony of modern man. He looked into the abyss and took away a tragic vision. He was the messenger who brought depravity, decay and death.

      What's more, his images were said to have the strength of hammer blows. Crucifixions, screaming Popes, tormented animals, bestial lovers-all this was in Bacon's painting. And there were few artistic refinements. Critics told us he was the mid-century's most violent nihilist.

      But to those who asked the artist about his art, the answers were markedly different:

"I have nothing to express about the human condition . . . ."

"I can't paint for other people. I can only paint to excite myself."

"I have never tried to be horrific."

"I believe that reality in art is something profoundly artificial and that it has to be re-created."

". . . with all the mechanical means of rendering appearance, it means that a painter, if he is going to attempt to record life, has to do it in a much more intense and curtailed way."
 

In sum, here was an artist who thought like an artist, and that should not have surprised anybody. But the fact that Bacon put aesthetics before philosophy and was less involved with 'message' than with colour and form has surprised people. And critics who saw his early paintings as existential illustrations later turned sour upon finding his newer works ever more concerned with the issues of art.

      Admittedly, his view of life is unusual, insofar as he accepts calmly what others might find terrifying. But this way of seeing is an artist's way, and it shows extraordinary detachment. Where viewers of his paintings may react strongly and rush to judge, Bacon himself does not. He is the archetypally cool observer.

      He also is a miraculous portraitist who captures not only the subject's appearance but what Bacon calls  "the energy within the appearance."  This he achieves through radical abbreviations and distortions. As he has said, "What I want to do is to distort the thing far beyond the appearance, but in the distortion to bring it back to a recording of the appearance."  Put another way, he uses extreme artifice to reach verisimilitude.

      Much of each painting Bacon attributes to chance. Working directly on the canvas without preliminary drawings, accidents often suggest new images, and so, what others again might see as a calamity, Bacon accepts as fortuitous.

      He has tried to explain how he got that view, by recalling how his father caught him dressed in his mother's lingerie and sent him from his home in provincial Ireland. The happy result was that young Bacon ended up in Berlin in the 1920s, one of the most open cities in the world.

      He has cited, too, how he saw a Picasso exhibition in Paris and, with no formal training or idea of his skills, knew he would become a painter. Until then, Bacon had little schooling of any kind and a distracting appetite for pleasure. But happening upon that exhibition instantly gave him resolve. And nothwithstanding a brief, moderately successful interlude as a furniture designer, his course remained fixed.

      The results have fallen into three distinct phases, only two of which are ever shown. Bacon destroyed nearly all of the Picasso-inspired pieces from the '30s, and no museum exhibition has ever brought the remaining ones together. Thus, his Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (1944), which depicts mutants at once sorrowing and menacing, has often mistakenly been seen as a product of the war instead of a world view the artist developed long before it.

      The chief influences of Bacon's second phase were again other artists, though now through two specific works: Velasquez' 1650 portrait of Pope Innocent X and the shot of the screaming nurse in The Battleship Potemkin, Sergei Eisenstein's film from 1925. These images together are behind nearly a decade of Bacon's most famous works.

      Then, in the late '50s, came the impress of motion studies by American photographer Eadweard Muybridge and Bacon's decision to make friends and lovers his primary subjects. This phase, gradually becoming more seductive in colour and form, continues today. But in the early '80s, Bacon also turned back to art, again taking inspiration from older paintings-including, surprisingly, his own.

      The show at the Hirshhorn begins with the raw Figure in a Landscape from 1945 and ends with Second Version of Triptych 1944, a refined reimagination of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion. It is just this progression-rawness to refinement-that will once more disturb Bacon's sternest critics. For the changes he has effected in scale, surface and colour make the grisly biomorphic subjects of the Triptych more aesthetically satisfying but have little to do with the images original power. Every painting on show is powerful, but not always in the way commentators once thought. They are powerful-and often quite beautiful-not as documents ripped from the psyche of an Everyman but simply as examples of painting, the practice that makes visible all sorts of accidents and deliberations.

      For many, this will not be enough. Generations of viewers may well prefer Bacon's works when the artist was technically groping and his awkwardness enhanced an overall impression of rawness. But one should remember that Bacon's view of the world was always calm, distanced, matter of fact, and it was only natural that his formal delivery should one day also carry that tone.

     The newer works are wonderful precisely in the degree that they intertwine beauty and ugliness without any great fuss and absolutely no recoil. However, at this stage in the 20th Century, everyone is anxious about the status of painting and its continued ability to communicate. In fact, everyone has such nostalgia for the days when painting was more central to life that it proves a terrible letdown to have to acknowledge painting is now only painting and not an agent of catharsis embedded in some incredibly far- reaching philosophical tract.

      Bacon has faced this like everything else. He has said: ". . .all art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself." But he also has become awfully good at playing that game, and more's the pity if viewers fail to see it.

Francis Bacon continues at the Hirshhorn Museum & Sculpture Garden, Independence at Eighth Street, Washington, D.C., through Jan. 7. Thereafter, it will travel to the Los Angeles County Museum (Feb. 11-April 29) and the Museum of Modern Art, New York (May 24-Aug. 28).

 

 

Bacon has always worked in an atmosphere of chaos, or as he describes it, "gilded squalor."

 

 

 

 

  BACON'S SUBLIME SCREAMS

 

 

    PAUL RICHARD | THE WASHINGTON POST | OCTOBER 12, 1989                          


 

      His canvases, worth millions each, hang in frames of burnished gold. They smell of blood and vomit.

      He is, as he set out to be, England's greatest painter. He drinks the best champagne, competes with the old masters - and works in utter squalor. His stroke is magisterial. The howling beings he conjures - their  faces smeared, their bodies flayed - writhe within their cageslike men turned into meat.

      Francis Bacon's paintings, with their screamings and their crouchings, their towering ambitions and their sordidness of subject, tear your soul in two. Sixty of the fiercest he has made since World War II have been picked by James T. Demetrion for the staggering retrospective that goes on view today at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden. To see them is to shudder with amazement and disgust. The tension they engender - between faith in art's transcendence and inconsolable despair, between imagined flesh and real paint - is just about unbearable. No master now alive - Bacon will be 80 on Oct. 28 - applies paint with such lusciousness. Or portrays such lamentations.

      He understands completely the power of the paradox. When Bacon depicts love, he paints grapplings and grief. "If life excites you," he has said, "its opposite, like a shadow, death, must excite you, too." In everything he does, in his living, in his painting, he pries opposites apart. You stare into the void before his elegant yet awful, physically sublime, down-and-dirty art.

      He might dwell in a mansion now. One of Bacon's Triptychs was auctioned off in May for $6.27 million at Sotheby's New York. Instead his life is lived in what he calls "gilded squalor." He carries round a wad of bills, but wears the same black turtlenecks, and drinks in the same seedy bars, and paints his costly pictures in a filthy London studio, with paint smears on the wall and rags and refuse underfoot.

      He has said, "I would like my pictures to look as if a human being had passed between them, like a snail, leaving a trail of the human presence ... as the snail leaves its slime."

      And yet he puts the paint on with brio and panache and absolute assurance. In his paintings, in his presence, one senses in his sufferings something close to joy.

      I met him only once, in New York in 1975, at a wet and costly lunch. He kept pouring the champagne. He said, "Life is wholly futile." He said all his friends were dead. "Wholly futile," he repeated, smiling at the waiter: "Another dozen oysters, please."

      When the painter, born in Dublin, speaks about his life, he relates, with that same friendly grace, a tale touched by horror.

      "I never got on with either my mother or my father," he once told David Sylvester. "They thought I was just a drifter. ... As you know, {my father} was a trainer of racehorses. And he just fought with people. He really had no friends at all. ... I disliked him, but I was sexually attracted to him when I was young. When I first sensed it, I hardly knew it was sexual. It was only later, through the grooms and the people in the stable I had affairs with, that I realized it was a sexual thing. ... {I} was brought up during the Sinn Fein movement. And I lived for a time with my grandmother, who married the commissioner of police for Kildare amongst her numerous marriages, and we lived in a sandbagged house. ... And then, when I was 16 or 17, I went to Berlin, and of course I saw the Berlin of 1927 and 1928 where there was a wide open city, which was, in a way, very, very violent. ... And after Berlin I went to Paris, and then I lived all those disturbed years between then and the war, which started in 1939. So I could say, perhaps, I have been accustomed to always living through forms of violence."

      You see that in his art. Men knotted like wrestlers copulate on Bacon's beds, or furtively, at night, on the grass of public parks. The tortured souls that he portrays hug themselves in pain, or plunge hypodermic needles deep into their arms. His popes scream silent screams. His baboons raise their snouts to howl, his trotting dog (a strange pastiche of an Eadweard Muybridge photograph and Giacomo Balla painting) pauses at a grating as if to sniff the sewer rats scuttling below.

      Love, in Bacon's pictures, is often twinned with foulness and with death. He's said, "I've always thought of friendship as where two people really tear each other apart." Though he often portrays friends, he will not make his pictures with the sitter present. He's said, "I don't want to practice before them the injury that I do them in my work."

      After George Dyer, the painter's friend and model, killed himself in Paris, on Oct. 24, 1971 -- two days before a major Bacon retrospective opened in that city at the Grand Palais -- Bacon tore out of his grief his auction-record painting, a triptych here displayed. At left, the dying Dyer, doubled up by cramps, squats upon a toilet; in the panel at the right he's sick into the sink; at the center Dyer dies. The darkness of his leaving, like the shadow of some devil-bat, flows out on the floor, its surface touched by powdered glass so that its blackness glistens like some peaceful starry night.

      Looking at these pictures, one recalls those pun-filled lines of Yeats:

For love has pitched his mansion in the place of excrement

And nothing can be sole or whole that has not been rent.

The Hirshhorn's exhibition has a strange, compelling closure. The newest painting in it, from 1988, is a second version of a triptych he completed in 1944. Bacon's art has grown of late more stately and assured. But since the dark days of the postwar years its spirit has hardly changed.

      "Head VI, 1949," the first of Bacon's screaming popes, with its borrowings from Velazquez, is among the works displayed. "The shock of the picture," writes scholar Lawrence Gowing in the exhibition catalogue, "when it was seen with a whole series of heads in Bacon's exhibition a the Hanover Gallery in London at Christmas 1949, was indescribable. ... It was everything unpardonable. The paradoxical appearance at once of pastiche and iconoclasm was indeed one of Bacon's most original strokes. The picture remains one of his masterpieces and one of the least conventional, least foreseeable pictures of the twentieth century."

      Bacon is self-taught, and entirely original. Nothing of his style was predicted by the earlier paintings of his day. But something of his spirit can be heard, if only distantly, in his contemporaries' words -- in Samuel Beckett's bleakness, in T.S. Eliot's mix of the soaring and the low, in the Nausea of Sartre, and in the hymns to criminality sung by Jean Genet.

      Bacon's paintings, at first glance, seem ready to tell stories. But as soon as one looks closer, the narrative dissolves until one is left only with the echo of a howling -- and the beauty of the paint.

      In almost all his pictures, Bacon puts the paint on in two completely different ways. One is flat and harsh. You see it in his backgrounds, his toilets and his basins, and in the curving and enclosing walls of his odd No Exit rooms. The other, near its opposite, is apparent in his figures with their swoopings and their smearings, their accurate, unseizable, fluid layerings of paint.

      He works not just with brushes, but with rags and rakes and sprays. He sometimes squeezes tubes of paint into his palm, and flings the goo at the canvas with one gesture of his hand. Though formalists detect here some aura of abstraction, Bacon loathes most abstract painting. "With me," he's said, "it's nearly always a person." His allegiance to the figure, to summoning in paint people he has known, is central to his art.

      Bacon has no predecessors, or imitators either, but in one sense he has allies. His use of paint to summon human souls, while dying in America, is still alive in English art. The Hirshhorn in the past decade - and recently, with special force, under James Demetrion, its excellent director - has helped to make that clear.

The museum has displayed the art of David Hockney, R.J. Kitaj and, lately, Lucian Freud, all of whom, in some ways, owe, as does Frank Auerbach, a special debt to the paintings in this show. While kind and friendly Hockney has turned horrificness upside down, his gentle and affectionate portraits of the men he loves return the mind to Bacon. So do Freud's compelling nudes. Bacon's 1959 portrait of George Dyer - naked, vulnerable and boneless, sleeping on a chaise longue that flows from midnight blue to black - somehow holds the germ of all the wondrous portraiture that Freud has done since then.

      The English, since Chaucer's day, through Shakespeare and through Dickens, through Alec Guinness and through Benny Hill, have clothed their various messages in voices, postures, faces. They give ideas personas.

      Bacon does that too. His paintings (he prefers to wall them off behind panes of glass) are more than just reports of his own despair. They somehow throw you back onto a truth, and dreadfulness that you already know. It is this that makes his art, with its savageries and beauties, so completely unforgettable. To peer into his pictures is to find within them the meat that writhes beneath our skins, the dying that awaits us all, the toothed and tortured beast that cries somewhere within us.

      Through the almost unbelievable beauty of his paint, of his ragwork and his brushwork, Bacon, that Old Master, has made the unbearable seem bearable. Without recourse to God, he's somehow made us feel that art makes suffering transcendent. The reflections in his glazings are easy to ignore. It is rather in his living paint, there behind the glass, that Bacon has devised his mirrors for us all.

      With Velazquez at the Met, Frans Hals at the National Gallery and Bacon at the Hirshhorn, figure painting in America may be freed at last of the flatness of the photograph and the license of cartooning, may seem again alive.

      Demetrion's Bacon retrospective is exactly the right size. It would not have been possible without a grant from the Smithsonian's Special Exhibitions Fund and a federal indemnity. It will travel to the Los Angeles Museum of Art and to New York's Museum of Modern Art after closing at the Hirshhorn on Jan. 7.

 

 

 

 

 

OUR BODIES, OUR HELLS

 

 

 
EDWARD PHILLIPS | THE WASHINGTON POST | OCTOBER 13, 1989

 

 

      There is a loosely connected group of thinkers and artists who believe that it is salutary for us to take a peek at our own shadow, however disturbing the experience may be. For those who share this belief, Francis Bacon is an ideal painter. Bacon, whose work is on exhibit at the Hirshhorn Museum, is a painter of tragedy, the tragedy of the body and the primal fear of those who inhabit it.

      The exhibit is the first retrospective of Bacon's work in the United States in 25 years and the 59 works on display span his entire career up to the present. He is very popular and critically acclaimed, but don't let that deter you from going to see his work. He is as masterful a painter as all the hype suggests.

      From the beginning of his career in the 1940s, Bacon found an articulation of the image which he continues to pursue today. A kind of grammar of fear in paint, the oozing flesh, the gaping void of the mouth, the threatening teeth were all present in his works in the mid to late '40s, as was the odd choice of color. Bacon's work is strange, but it's the way it is strange that makes it compelling. The beauty of his handling of the paint plays off the gruesomeness of his subject matter, creating a rhythm of attraction and repulsion. And this reverberation focuses on the human figure, the figure in space and the insecurity of the figure in that space. In Study for a Crouching Nude, the figure is like a wild animal grabbing bars in a boxed-in space, bent over, a ball of muscle pushing up against the relentless pull of gravity.

      Bacon's works hit you in the gut. His Reclining Figure of 1959 is reclining on a dark couch and the pink flesh oozes and swashes all over. As your eye traces this movement, your feeling shrinks away from the messiness of it. As tortured as the figures are, the space that surrounds them is often serene. Sphinx II is an expression of the serenity and the enigma of the space that enfolds our lives; a motionless statue rests on a wide open plane beneath a sky of pure black. In Tryptich Inspired By T.S. Eliot's Poem Sweeney Agonistes, Bacon juxtaposes what may be his most bloody expression of the figure (the red paint gets as much as an inch thick) with the serene and indifferent back drop of a black window and royal blue shade.

      The serenity of space is scant comfort if we are condemned to the fear-filled inhabitance of uncertain flesh. But in Bacon's work there is a vitality if not a comfort in the embracing of the ambiguities of life. The vitality that underlies Bacon's work may be most simply expressed by Jet of Water (1988). It is just a splash of water suspended in space; indistinct and ephemeral, it crowds the canvas. Like the flesh of his other works, the water breaks free of the boundaries of boxed-in space to arc across the sky for one celebratory moment of life.

 

 

 

 

 Francis Bacon celebrates

 

   at 80 without the pomp

 

 

 

Daniel Farson toasts his painter friend's birthday

 

 

DANIEL FARSON | THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH | SUNDAY OCTOBER 29, 1989

 

 

IN MOST countries, the 80th birthday of their greatest painter would be the cause of celebration and ceremony. With Francis Bacon, always the exception, there is celebration but a welcome absence of ceremony.

Yesterday, reminding him of the scene in Somerset Maugham's Cakes and Yale, when Edward Driffield, based on Thomas Hardy, reaches 80 and the Prime Minister arrives at his home with the Order of Merit, I asked if he expected Mrs Thatcher to come knocking on his door.

"I think that's most unlikely," he replied. Mrs Thatcher is alleged to have cried "not that dreadful man!" when told he was considered England's leading painter.

As for the awards, he has been offered many and has turned them down. "In a sense I would be cordoned off from existence," he said.

His aversion to publicity allows him such anonymity that when we went into a Soho pub and someone heard that Bacon was a painter, the man said he was doing up an old house and offered him a job. Bacon was flattered.

He has been described as a recluse, but it is hard to imagine anyone who approaches his stature yet lives so freely. With his extraordinary stamina he works hard in the early hours of the morning, breaking off in the afternoon to visit the restaurants, pubs or clubs of Soho ending up at Charlie Chester's Casino where he gambles with ferocious intensity and frequently wins.

He enjoys parties, yet did not turn up at the one held in his honour last Thursday by the Marlborough Gallery, which has guided and guarded him so faithfully over the years. Formal occasions are not his scene and he has earned the right to avoid them.

Instead, his presence was felt through the powerful paintings on loan.

If anyone expects a gloomy, introspective man, reflecting the despair which often features in his work, they are surprised to find a man of great charm and simplicity.

"It's very nice," he said yesterday, "but I'm in a terrible mess. People have sent me all these flowers, but I haven't anything to put them in. I'm not the sort of person who has vases."

Unable to afford a ton of caviare, I sent him nothing,  although I had taken him to the first night of Jeffrey Bernard is Unwell, unaware that Bacon was depicted briefly on stage as a camp painter in a smock, the negation of the truth. He had a convenient asthmatic attack in the interval and left.

Apart from flowers and caviare, what present can one give to a man who is so self-contained? A couple of birthdays ago, the artist Peter Bradshaw asked me to deliver a present he had painted in Bacon's honour, a picture of the nurse, her glasses shattered, from the film still of Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin, a subject which has influenced Bacon.

Knowing Bacon's aversion to material possessions and his detestation of contemporary paintings, I was relieved to see Bacon tear off the wrapping with the glee of a child at Christmas. It dawned on me that he rarely received presents because people assume he has everything he wants.

I was surprised even further as he studied the painting with such intensity that I dared not interrupt. After a minute's silence, he exclaimed: "That's what I've always wanted to do. The mouth. The colour of the tongue."

Telephoning him to wish him a happy birthday, I was startled when he suggested meeting for lunch. I had assumed that a gala lunch was being held in his honour somewhere, but that is not Bacon's style. He is a free spirit.

 

 

 

                                                                         Francis Bacon

 


 

Review/Art   Special to The New York Times

 

The Master of the Macabre, Francis Bacon

 

 

 

 

MICHAEL KIMMELMAN | THE ARTS | THE NEW YORK TIMES | THURSDAY, OCTOBER 26, 1989

 

WASHINGTON Since he exhibited Three Studies for Figures at the Base of the Crucifixion at the Lefevre Gallery in London 44 years ago, Francis Bacon has remained master of the macabre. The writhing half-human, half-animal forms he painted in that triptych may have owed something to the German Expressionists and something to Picasso. But Mr. Bacon's nightmare was fundamentally his own.

Coming as it did at the end of World War II, in a city that had been devastated by bombings and spiritually enervated, the display of Three Studies at Lefevre seemed to many of those who saw it to epitomize the spirit of the time. Mr. Bacon had left his home in Ireland at the age of 17 and spent the next 19 years drifting throughout Europe and England. All at once, this show established him as the pre-eminent painter of psychological and physical brutality. During the last four and a half decades, Mr. Bacon has done nothing to shake that reputation.

Now he is the subject of a very handsome retrospective at the Hirshhorn Museum for his 80th birthday. The show remains here through Jan. 7, after which it is to go to the Los Angeles County Museum of Art (Feb. 11 to April 29) and to the Museum of Modern Art in New York (May 31 to Aug. 28). With nearly 60 works from public and private collections around the world, this is the first major overview of the painter's achievements held in the United States since 1963. The exhibition has been organized by James T. Demetrion, the Hirshhorn's director, who obtained many of Mr. Bacon's best-known paintings.

There is, for example, one of the startlingly coloured works the artist based on van Gogh's Painter on the Road to Tarascon. There are a handful of the Popes that the artist created by combining elements of Velázquez's  portrait of Innocent X with the image of a screaming nurse from The Battleship Potemkin, the Sergei Eisenstein film. The artist's arresting Man With Dog of 1953 can be seen here, and so can at least one canvas, depicting a paralytic child walking on all fours, that Mr. Bacon derived from Eadweard Muybridge, the 19th-century photographer whose studies of figures in motion have had a profound impact on the painter.

There are a dozen or so small and strangely beautiful portrait heads of friends and associates as well as a handful of large triptychs from the 1960's and 70's, including a work from May to June 1973 that is Mr. Bacon's wrenching meditation on the death of a friend, George Dyer. There is not, unfortunately, the Three Studies of Figures at the Base of the Crucifixion from the 40's, which was deemed too fragile to travel from the Tate Gallery in London. But a second version of this work that Mr. Bacon completed last year is on view, and to see it is to realize both how much the artist has changed over the years and how much he has stayed the same.

Mr. Bacon has stayed the same in the sense that his subjects have not really varied, nor have the essential elements of his imagery. His focus remains on the human body. He continues to twist it, mangle its features, X-ray it and make it evaporate, transmogrify and bleed. His figures huddle and struggle in windowless rooms lighted only by a bare bulb that dangles from the ceiling. They vomit into a sink, find themselves pinned to the bed with a hypodermic needle or face to face with one of the ancient Greeks' Furies.

When two men are engaged in sex, as they sometimes are in his paintings, they seem to be wrestling each other to the death. When the artist paints himself in a state of repose, it appears as if he is recovering from a crippling hangover. Even when Mr. Bacon is creating imaginary creatures, as in the second version of Three Figures, the references to sex and violence cannot be missed. Mr. Bacon's images are rarely subtle.

But over the years they have been more beautifully rendered. The encrusted paint and vibrating atmosphere of such early works as Head I of 1948 and Study for Portrait (Man in a Blue Box) from 1949 have given way to a more serene and fluent style. Mr. Bacon is one of the greatest painters of voluptuous flesh. Few artists can make the body seem so palpable or transform a man turning a bathroom faucet into a figure of Michelangelesque proportions.

The artist has always imagined himself as engaged in a dialogue with past masters, not only Michelangelo and Velazquez and van Gogh but also Manet and Picasso and Ingres. At the same time, his paintings make conspicuous references to the latest furniture and clothing designs and they borrow freely from photographs in newspapers and magazines. His figures even occasionally bring to mind Willem de Kooning's paintings of women. But Mr. Bacon says he admires almost nothing contemporary in art. Abstract painting is to him a version of wallpaper. He insists he is a realist, that he re-creates the violence of everyday life.

There are times, of course, when Mr. Bacon seems more like a Surrealist. And there are times, it must be said, when he seems to have fallen back on tricks and melodramatic gestures. The images of cricket pads, the arrows, the swinging light cords and the slabs of beef are shallow devices to which the artist succumbs. The fact is that Mr. Bacon is often most affecting when his work is least theatrical.

It is clear, for example, from paintings like Study of Figure in a Landscape that Mr. Bacon can depict the outdoors vividly on those rare occasions when he puts himself to the task. His portraits, which at first look merely contorted, capture perfectly a likeness. They can also be witty. Several of the self-portraits are among the more endearing paintings in the exhibition because Mr. Bacon presents himself as charmingly ill at ease.

There are also striking images -like the darkened figure entering an empty house from the triptych In Memory of George Dyer (1971) -that speak in an unusually hushed tone. And there are a few works that seem to be the beneficiaries of chance. Mr. Bacon is a believer in spontaneity, and several of his paintings have been given a jolt of energy by a sudden splash of paint or a slip of the brush.

One of the most memorable canvases in the exhibition is also one of the artist's most recent works, his Study for Portrait of John Edwards from 1988. Here Mr. Bacon somehow manages to create a figure that looks at once fleshy and spectral, ashen and roseate. There is, in some ways, more of Velazquez in this austere portrait than there is in the early Popes. The work is neither histrionic nor shocking. It is mysterious and introspective and it underscores that, at the age of 80, Mr. Bacon has not missed a step. A retrospective will visit New York next year.

 

 

           

 A 1973 self-portrait by Francis Bacon from retrospective at Hirshhorn

 

 

 

 Francis Bacon at 80

 

Unnerving Art

 

 

By MICHAEL KIMMELMAN | THE NEW YORK TIMES MAGAZINE | SUNDAY, AUGUST 20, 1989

 

 

           

 

 

The doorbell to Francis Bacon’s ramshackle mews house in South Kensington, London, has not worked for some time. Visitors knock loudly and then cling to a rope bannister while climbing the steep, narrow stairs that lead to the kitchen, bedroom and studio.

Bacon cannot paint anything so large it won’t fit down the steps and out the door. On those infrequent occasions when the artist permits someone to see him at home, he must usher guests past the kitchen that includes a bathtub to the cramped bedroom that doubles as a living room. He has lived in this place for more than a quarter of a century. Widely regarded as perhaps the greatest living figure painter, a man whose works have lately sold for millions of dollars at auction, Bacon presumably could live anywhere in London. A few years ago he set himself up in a handsome and spacious home on the Thames, but he says the speckled light that reflected off the river and into his studio’s windows proved too distracting, so he moved back here. Even more than most people, Bacon is full of contradictions. He will turn 80 in late October, yet his wide eyes, chubby cheeks, pouting mouth and hair failing casually over his brow give him an astonishingly boyish look. Although he moves gingerly nowadays, his step retains traces of the jaunty side to sidespring that was a characteristic of his youth.

He can be intensely private yet disarmingly frank. With almost no prompting he details his fondness for alcohol and for men, his kinship with gangsters and drunks, his antipathy toward certain politicians, fashion designers and fellow painters. If coaxed just a bit, Bacon tells wonderful stories about being in Morocco with the novelist and composer Paul Bowles or wandering through galleries with Giacometti (“He liked all the wrong pictures,” Bacon recalls with a laugh). Friends know he can be ornery and unpredictable, especially after a few drinks, but they also know him as a man of tremendous generosity, wit and vulnerability. Although he has created some of the most alarming and outrageous images ever painted, Bacon is in fact immensely likeable and kind, a true gentleman.

He is especially eager to express opinions about art and literature. A few days earlier, over a leisurely lunch of wine, oysters and deviled crab at Bentley’s in London, Bacon talked about Velàzquez and Degas, Boulez and Freud (“Does anyone go to analysis anymore?” he asked with apparent sincerity), Proust and Yeats (whose productivity in old age particularly intrigues Bacon) with the passion of the self educated. A recent exhibition of early works by Cézanne prompted waves of enthusiastic commentary, although when the conversation eventually turned to American painters, he became coy. “He does those women, nice man, what was his name?” is the extent of Bacon’s remarks about Willem de Kooning, and about Jackson Pollock he said: “I can’t see the point of those drips, and I think he couldn’t do anything else particularly well.” Subtly, Bacon manipulates a conversation so that it never strays from subjects he is prepared to discuss, and it is almost impossible to get him to talk about anything else.

He particularly dislikes analyzing his own work. “If you can talk about it, why paint it?” is one of his favorite ripostes and he tends to fall back on canned remarks as a way of sidestepping queries. Bacon hates pretense, and he can be modest to the point of self deprecation. When London’s National Gallery asked him four years ago to do the first of the “Artist’s Eye” shows, in which prominent British painters juxtaposed their works with favorites from the museum’s collection, Bacon refused to include his own canvases.

He eschews almost all the trappings of success. Whennecessary, he reaches into his pocket for a wad of cash to cover expenses, which may include an elegant suit, gambling debts, medical costs for an ailing friend, lunch at a swank restaurant or champagne for everyone at the Colony Room, the rundown drinking club in Soho he has been going to for more than 40 years. In an art scene that has become dominated by commercial excess and ironic posturing, Bacon seems like a character from an altogether different time, a genuinely serious painter, a survivor from the generation of post war intellectuals for whom culture was not largely a matter of money.

Now he is the subject of a retrospective, on the occasion of his upcoming birthday, that open in Oct. 12 at the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington. The first Bacon exhibition in the United States since a modest show at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in 1975, it travels to the Los Angeles County Museum of Art in February 1990 and to the Museum of Modern Art in New York in May 1990. e Museum of Modern Art in New York in May 1990.

Bacon settles himself behind a table next to the single window in his bedroom where four bare bulbs hanging on wires from the ceiling provide most of the illumination on a gray day. A cot is tucked at the far end of the room behind two old couches and a couple of dressers. There is a space heater in one corner. Years ago, Bacon owned paintings by the English artists W.R. Sickert and Frank Auerbach, but he gave those away. Several tattered photographs of his own works are now taped above the kitchen sink and around his studio. Otherwise the walls are bare. “I cant live with pictures,” he explains.

Only after a little while does the artist suggest taking a look at the studio, and even so, he clearly feels some hesitation about it, as if fearful of revealing one of his more intimate secrets. Bacon can appear very open and jovial to strangers, but he can be extremely reticent when it comes to certain aspects of his work, and this room is one of them.

 The studio, on the other side of the kitchen, is shaped like the bedroom but has a skylight that Bacon installed some years ago. It is a mess. Aged paint tubes, discarded rags, brushes, papers and dust (he has incorporated the dust in certain paintings to suggest sand dunes) have at cumulated over the course of two decades and been swept into waist high piles around the floor.

Bare bulbs dangle from the ceiling. “I once bought a beautiful studio round the corner in Roland Gardens with the most perfect light, and I did it up so well, with carpets and curtains and everything, that I absolutely couldn’t work in it,” he once told an interviewer. “I was absolutely castrated in the place. That was because I had done it up so well, and I hadn’t got the chaos.”

Bacon has noted, only half in jest, that the closest he comes to abstract painting is on the walls of his studio: he uses them as a palette, and they are covered with multi. colored dabs of pigment. On one easel rests a small portrait of Bacon’s friend and, for the last several years, favorite subject, John Edwards, but all the other canvases have been turned to the wall, and the artist declines to show them. “There’s nothing on them,” he says. Bacon remains in the doorway throughout, anxious to leave.

He suggests a walk to the Victoria and Albert Museum before lunch. “If you’d like, we can see the Constables,” he offers, and a minute or two later slips a leather jacket over his turtleneck sweater and eases himself down the front steps and toward the street.

In April 1945, Bacon exhibited at the Lefevre Gallery in London a triptych entitled Three Studies for figures at the Base of a Crucifixion now at the Tate Gallery. Bacon’s trio of half-human, half animal creatures, mutilated and eyeless, their necks elongated and teeth I, were perched on tables or pedestals in rooms with disorienting fun house proportions. They were roughly, angrily drawn, suggesting both Picasso’s and Francis Picabia’s works from the 1920’s and something of German Expressionism. But nothing precisely like the “Three Studies” had been seen before. Bacon’s tortured and menacing figures seemed to capture perfectly the anguished claustrophobic of war ravaged England. At a time when painting in Britain, like so much else, had become enervated, these potent images were a sign of renewed vitality. Those who went to the Lefevre Gallery may not have liked Bacon’s work, but they surely wouldn’t forget it. Bacon had made his mark.

During the next decades the artist developed his now famous repertory of blurred figures, screaming popes, butchered carcasses and twisted portraits images that continue to occupy his attention today. They have inspired critics to classify him as a surrealist or an Expressionist, and skeptics to describe s a sensationalist or a lunatic.

Bacon insists he is a realist, that he does not paint merely to shock. “What is called Surrealism has gone through art at all times,” he says. “What is more surreal than Aeschylus?”
Bacon maintains he is simply aiming to reproduce as immediately and directly as possible, what his friend, the French anthropologist and poet Michel Leiris, calls “the sheer fact of existence.” This can encompass, Bacon points out, both violence and beauty, absurdity and romance. “You can’t be more horrific than life itself,” he is fond of saying. Still, his paintings have lost none of their power to unnerve.

 In part for this reason, private collectors have not stood in line to buy, and although the work has always been very popular in France, Italy and Germany, it has engendered more respect than enthusiasm in the United States and even in Britain. The poet Stephen Spender, one of Bacon’s oldest friends, says, “I wanted to get a painting, but no one in my house really wanted one.” Margaret Thatcher once described the artist as “that man who paints those dreadful pictures.” And in the recent film “Batman,” the only painting in Gotham City’s Flugelheim Museum that the Joker prevents his henchmen from destroying is a Bacon.

 “I think Americans have tended to measure him against de Kooning and find him less good,” says David Sylvester, an English art historian, author of a book of penetrating interviews with Bacon, and one of the painter’s most devoted friends. Spender insists that “American artists provide for Americans a foreground of activity that they can’t see beyond.”

 Yet a third view is held by Lawrence Gowing, the English art historian and painter who has been an admirer of Bacon for many years. “Abstract Expressionist taste was buoyed up by a solid optimism and a feeling that painting was getting better, that a way was opening to something fruitful,” he states. “But Bacon’s painting is rather tragic, and his whole work is an overt criticism of abstract art.”

 There are, however, few important museums of 20th century art that do not own, or at least covet, one of Bacon’s paintings, and his canvases are prominently displayed in London’s Tate Gallery and the Scottish National Gallery of Modern Art in Edinburgh. Bacon’s work has increasingly been so ambitious in scale and polished in execution that it looks specifically designed for public exhibition, as if the artist were demanding his place in the museum beside Manet, Picasso and the other modern masters. Gowing describes these latest canvases, even the most violent, as “classically serene”.

Consider, for example, one of his most recent works a second, much larger and arguably more affecting rendition of the “Three Figures,” in which Bacon has added an element of ambiguity to the gruff original by refining its forms. The new version is like a memory of the earlier one, still vivid but less tactile. After an initial reaction of horror or wariness, the viewer’s attention almost invariably focuses on the strange lyricism and meticulousness of the paintings. Bacon has a quirky and rather wonderful sense of color, and there have been very few artists who have ever managed to depict flesh in such a voluptuous way. The word “shocking” is still constantly used to describe Bacon’s works, but in fact they can be exceptionally beautiful and very moving.

The artist insists that his paintings be hung in gold frames and protected by a sheet of glass, which he thinks imparts evenness and sheen to his unvarnished surfaces. This style of presentation recalls the Old Master pictures that Bacon so admires; it also heightens the tension that comes from representing bizarre or subversive scenes in a highly formal, elegant way. He may depict two Michelangelesque nudes thrashing on a bed, but he shrouds the details behind seductive, titillating veils of paint. There is decorum to Bacon’s impropriety a paradox that describes the artist himself: He talks about sex and alcohol the way most people discuss the weather, but he also exudes a natural courtliness and grace, as if he were a good boy trying to be bad.

The son of a racehorse trainer (and a collateral descendant of the great Elizabethan statesman and philosopher), Bacon moved with his family between Dublin and London during the first years of his life. He was the second of five children He never got along with his parents, who, in turn, never supported the idea of his becoming a painter.

Asthma made school a problem, so he was tutored by clergymen at home, where in general he was left to his own devices. These involved what his heavy-gambling but strict father considered behavior so unacceptable-Bacon had sex with some of the grooms at the stables and was once caught trying on his mother’s underwear-that he banished the youngster. At the age of 16, Bacon set out for London, and then Berlin.

There, in a city devoted to extravagance and excess Bacon could indulge in sexual escapades and gambling sprees; he spent long nights in transvestite bars and endless hours with the sort of rough-and tumble characters who would always form a part of his social circle.

“Berlin was a very violent place emotionally violent not physically and that certainly had its effect on me,’ Bacon says. But I wasn’t the slightest bit interested in art until about 1930. 1 lived a very indolent life. I was absolutely free. I drifted for years.” He smiles. “You know, when you’re young, there are always people who want to help.”

He also spent time in Paris and although he says he was not interested in art, Bacon remembers attending an exhibition of Picasso’s surreal, biomorphic bathers painted in the 20’s. Over the years, he has given different accounts of how significant this event was to his own development but he certainly left Paris with a particular notion of artistic life properly spent. Bacon has always cultivated an image of himself as an instinctive painter, a loner, someone who is unconcerned with success qualities that make him resemble more the French artist of the 20’s than the celebrity artist of today.

He returned to London in 1929 and for a brief period deigned modernist furniture producing works that earned him a reputation as innovative and highly talented but that he now dismisses as “absolutely horrid” and “ghastly stuff.” A Cubist inspired pattern for a rug suggests Bacon’s interest in Picasso was not entirely casual. Unfortunately, Bacon came to consider the paintings from these years “so awful” that he painted over most of the canvases and bought back others in order to destroy them; virtually none exist.

Bacon participated in group show in 1933, the same year that the critic and historian Herbert Read reproduced the artist’s ghostly “Crucifixion” in his book “Art Now.” The next year, Bacon organized a solo show, and in 1937 his work was included in an exhibition at Agnew’s in London.

But that was the last time Bacon put his paintings on public view until 1945. More than lackadaisical about his career, he was totally indifferent. Bacon had never had any formal art training, and when he began to teach himself to paint during the 30’s it seems to have been little more than a distraction from drinking, gambling and wandering around the edges of London society. “Bacon before 1939,” writes John Russell in his monograph on the artist was “Marginal Man personified.” When the Second World War began, he tried to enlist but was turned down because of his asthma. He took a variety of odd jobs, working, for a time as a house servant and a secretary. It was not until 1944, when he began to work on “Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion,” that Bacon says that his career as a painter began in earnest. Yet the years spent in Dublin, Berlin and Paris, and in London during some of its grimmest days, clearly left their mark. The emotional turbulence of Bacon’s life, the restlessness, the sexual indiscretions, the sense of frustration and claustrophobia he felt as a boy, the offhand disregard for social mores and, importantly, the complete lack of concern for what others might think all these became distinguishingly features of his art. Only towards the end of the war, when he was already 35 years old and just beginning to take himself seriously, did Bacon finally realize that painting was the best way for him to bring order to the chaos of his life, to translate what he calls his “obsessions” into concrete images.

Upon arriving at the Victoria and Albert, Bacon immediately marches down one of the museum’s cavernous halls looking for an elevator to the floor where Constable’s paintings are displayed. He quickly becomes lost, asks directions from a guard, takes another wrong turn and again loses his way. The circuitous routed leads him past some pottery, a display of raincoats, medieval wood carvings and jewelry, and in every case the artist becomes momentarily absorbed by what he sees. Just as he feels socially at ease with both petty thieves and wealthy patrons, he can become deeply intrigued by a Turner hanging at the National Gallery and also by a chair he glimpses in the window of Conran’s on his way to lunch. Not surprisingly, Bacon’s paintings are full of references to Ingres and the daily press, to Picasso-who, with Duchamp, remains just about the only 20th century artist he admires-and the latest fashion show.

Finally, Bacon stumbles upon the elevator and finds the Constables. “These are pictures I could live with” he says enthusiastically, bounding toward the great sketches for “The Hay Wain” and “The Leaping Horse.” Although Bacon spent a good portion of his youth in the Irish countryside, he has painted very few landscapes. Yet he feels a particular affinity with these scenes and with many of the small sketches displayed in cases nearby because, he explains, they exemplify Constable’s “free style, his tremendous spontaneity.”
“I know that in my own work,” he continues, “the best things are the things that just happened images that were suddenly caught and that I hadn’t anticipated. We don’t know what the unconscious is, but every so often something wells up in us. It sounds pompous nowadays to talk about the unconscious, so maybe it’s better to say ‘chance.’ I believe in a deeply ordered chaos and in the rules of chance.”

Bacon never makes preliminary drawings but works directly on unprimed canvas, where a, wayward brush stroke cannot easily be disguised. Sometimes he will toss a bucket of paint across the canvas in order to promote spontaneity. “I have to hope that my instincts will do the right thing,” Bacon says, “because I can’t erase what I have done. And if I drew something first, then my paintings would be illustrations of drawings.” Arriving at another of his favorite phrases, he adds, “I want to create images that are a shorthand of sensation.”

 Photographs have always been a source of inspiration for Bacon. Many of his ideas, and quirky compositional devices have originated in the newspaper and magazine snapshots that he collects, and especially in the famous sequential photographs of prancing animals and walking, running and wrestling men that Eadweard Muybridge took during the last quarter of the 19th century.

In the twisted, awkward, even bizarre movements of Muybridge’s figures, Bacon sees a potential repertory of images that are at once startling and commonplace, and it is this impression of something sudden and unposed, yet absolutely true to life, that the painter wants to convey in his own work. In painting portraits, he dispenses with a sitter and relies solely on photographs and memory. Bacon uses only intimate friends as subjects, and he fears they might be offended to see him maneuvering and rearranging their faces despite the unmistakable likeness that emerges.

Bacon has also based works on paintings by Van Gogh, films by Luis Buñuel and poems by T.S. Eliot During the 50’s, he combined references to Velázquez’s “Portrait of Pope Innocent X” and a still photograph of a screaming nurse from Sergei Eisenstein’s film “The Battleship Potemkin” to create his series of screaming popes, which have achieved a degree of fame he now finds tedious. “Those references were just mental starting points, armatures on which to hang the pictures,” Bacon says. “Actually, I hate those popes. I think the Velázquez is such a superb image that it was silly of me to use it.”

Bacon insists his paintings are not about anything in particular, that nothing should be read into his borrowings from certain images, and that even his triptychs, which might seem to, be recounting a tale in three scenes, are in no ‘way narrative. He compares them to police mug shots of a suspect’s face and profiles.. Nonetheless, his paintings often contain arrows, circles, mirrors and boxes that seem to single out one or two elements as having special significance. Bacon disagrees. “I’ve no story to tell,” he says.

It is early afternoon, and so far Bacon has had nothing to drink. Once, when asked to sum up his life, he said it consisted of “going from bar to bar and drinking and that kind of thing.” The walk is short from the museum to Bibendum, the elegant restaurant in a former Michelin tire factory where Bacon has made a lunch reservation and where he is greeted warmly as a regular. He orders oysters and the first of what will be many glasses of champagne. By the end of the meal he has also drunk the better part of two bottles of wine. When the idea of a trip to the Colony Room comes up, Bacon agrees, saying that he hasn’t been to the bar in months.

It is a small, oddly shaped and rather claustrophobic place not unlike many of the rooms in Bacon’s paintings and it is almost impossible to find the entrance from the street. Photographs and caricatures of the owners and regular patrons hang haphazardly on the dark green walls. The dozen or so people who are there getting drunk in the late afternoon seem very happy to see the artist, and he seems utterly at home joking and laughing with them. They are not part of the London art scene but clearly know he is a famous painter and don’t seem to care. This especially pleases Bacon. He offers drinks all around, then orders a bottle of champagne, then another. Most people couldn’t stand up at this point, but Bacon is just getting started.

Nikos Stangos, an editor at the British publishing house Thames & Hudson, who has edited books about Bacon and known the artist for many years, notes that “Francis never expresses moral indignation about anything.” And in fact, chatting easily over drinks, Bacon recalls without the least sense of outrage or distress episodes like his arrest in 1970 for drug possession. “It was obvious at the trial that the police had planted marijuana on me, because I’m asthmatic and can’t smoke,” he says drily. “I wasn’t really worried anyway, since I recognized some criminals on the jury.”

Still, a vein of deep compassion and sorrow runs just beneath the surface of Bacon’s images. These feelings occasionally emerge in conversation, as when the subject of George Dyer comes up. A heavy drinker, Dyer was the artist’s closest friend throughout the last half of the 60’s; he died in a hotel room in Paris in 1971 at the age of 37, just two days before a Bacon retrospective opened at the Grand Palais.

Bacon did a series of three triptychs that, despite the artist’s repeated statements about never painting narratives, are transparent meditations on Dyer’s death. Dyer, naked or almost naked, is shown slumped on the toilet, vomiting into a sink or slouching in a chair, either half asleep or in a drunken stupor. Parts of his limbs and chest are invariably missing, as if they had evaporated. In all the scenes Dyer is alone and in the sort of bare, windowless room that is a trademark of Bacon’s work but in this case specifically evokes the hotel in Paris. The flesh is both roseate and ashen voluptuous and deathly and in several of the scenes Dyer casts a pink shadow that does not conform precisely to the shape of his body but resembles a thick pool of liquid or a spectral presence, like a shadowy version of the beastly Furies Bacon later painted in a triptych based on the “Oresteia.”

Perhaps the most memorable of the scenes, the centerpiece of “Triptych August 1972,” represents Dyer as hardly more than a lumpy, oozing form, his face obliterated, his body prone across a blackened doorway. There is something of Muybridge and of Michelangelo in this twisted, fleshy figure, something, as well, of the Manet who painted “The Execution of Maximilian,” which was among the works Bacon chose to include in his “Art¬ist’s Eye” exhibition at the National Gallery.

To see figures that look at once corporeal and ghostly; sensual and morbid, beautiful and horrific, is to understand why Bacon has come to be regarded as one of the most distinctive and difficult figure painters of the century. The triptychs of Dyer’s last hours demonstrate what the artist means when he describes himself as a realist, as a painter devoted not to Expressionism or Surrealism but to what he has called “the brutality of fact.” During lunch at Bentley’s, Bacon had described old age as “a desert because all of one’s friends die,” and the paintings of Dyer exude this despair. The only faith they can be said to express is in the power of paint.

“I am an optimist, but about nothing,” Bacon says, repeating another of his favorite phrases. “It’s just my nature to be optimistic.” He stops to polish off the last drops from a glass of champagne. “We live, we die and that’s it don’t you think?’

 

Unnerving Art: Reply 

The New York Times, September 17, 1989

 

Twice in his article on Francis Bacon, described as ''perhaps the greatest living figure painter,'' Michael Kimmelman reports that Bacon ''details his fondness for men,'' apparently with some degree of pleasure and pride, yet no amplification of these observations made it into print, even in euphemistic form (Unnerving Art, Aug. 20). Given the hot debate over the work of Robert Mapplethorpe, another gay artist who wasn't afraid to deal with his sexual preference in public, Francis Bacon's forthright homosexuality, described in his own words and on his own terms, would have been fascinating, as germane to his paintings as to today's censorial climate.

ED SIKOV New York, N.Y.

 

 

 

An Interview with
Francis Bacon:

Provoking Accidents
Prompting Chance

 

by Michael Peppiatt

Art International, Number 8, Autumn 1989

 

The following interview was recorded in Francis Bacon's London studio earlier this year.

You told me that you'd been to the Science Museum and you'd been looking at scientific images.

Yes, but that's nothing of any interest. You see, one has ideas, but it's only what you make of them. Theories are no good, it's only what you actually make. I had thought of doing a group of portraits, and I went there thinking that, amongst various things, I might find something that would provide a grid on which these portraits could be put, but I didn't find what I wanted and I don't think it's going to come off at all.

Are there certain things that you go back to a great deal, for example Egyptian images? You look at the same things a lot, don't you?

I look at the same things, I do think that Egyptian art is the greatest thing that has happened so far. But I get a great deal from poems, from the Greek tragedies, and those I find tremendously suggestive of all kinds of things.

Do you find the word more suggestive than the actual image?

Not necessarily, but very often it is.

Do the Greek tragedies suggest new images when you reread them, or do they just deepen the images that are already there?

They very often suggest new images. I don't think one can come down to anything specific, one doesn't really know. I mean you could glance at an advertisement or something and it could suggest just as much as reading Aeschylus. Anything can suggest things to you.

For you, it's normally an image that is suggested though, it's not sound, it's not words sparking off words. Words spark off images.

To a great extent. Great poets are remarkable in themselves and don't necessarily spark off images, what they write is just very exciting in itself.

You must be quite singular among contemporary artists to be moved in that way by literature. Looking at, for example, Degas, doesn't affect you?

No, Degas is complete in himself. I like his pastels enormously, particularly the nudes. They are formally remarkable, but they are very complete in themselves, so they don't suggest as much.

Not so much as something less complete? Are there less complete things which do? For example, I know you admire some of Michelangelo's unfinished things. And recently you were talking about some engineering drawings by Brunel and it sounded as though you were very excited by them.

In a certain mood, certain things start off a whole series of images and ideas which keep changing all the time.

Is there a whole series of images that you find haunting? There are specific images, aren't there, that have been very important to you?

Yes, but I don't think those are the things that I've been able to get anything from. You see, the best images just come about.

So that's almost a different category of experience.

Yes, I think my paintings just come about. I couldn't say where any of the elements come from.

Do you ever experiment with automatism?

No, I don't really believe in that. What I do believe is that chance and accident are the most fertile things at any artist's disposal at the present time. I'm trying to do some portraits now and I'm just hoping that they'll come about by chance. I want to capture an appearance without it being an illustrated appearance.

So it's something that you couldn't have planned consciously?

No. I wouldn't know it's what I wanted but it's what for me at the time makes a reality. Reality, that is, that comes about in the actual way the painting has been put down, which is a reality, but I'm also trying to make the reality into the appearance of the person I'm painting.

It's a locking together of two things.

It's a locking together of a great number of things, and it will only come about by chance. It's prompted chance because you have in the back of your mind the image of the person whose portrait you are trying to paint. You see, this is the point at which you absolutely cannot talk painting. It's in the making.

You're trying to bring two unique elements together?

It has nothing to do with Surrealist idea, because that's bringing two things together which has already made. This thing isn't made. It's got to be made.

But I mean that there is the person's appearance, and then there are all sorts of sensation about that particular person.

I don't know how much it's a question of sensation about the other person. It's the sensations within yourself. It's to do with the shock of two completely unillustrational things which come together and make an appearance. But again it's all words, it's all an approximation. I feel talking about painting is always superficial. We have lost our real directness. We talk in such a dreary, bourgeois kind of way. Nothing is ever directly said.

But are there things that really jolt you? I know you love Greek tragedy, Shakespeare, Yeats, Eliot and so on, but do odd things, like newspaper photographs, jolt you every now and then?

I don't think photographs do it so much, just very occasionally.

You used to look at photographs a lot. Do you still look at books of photographs?

No. Dalí and Buñuel did something interesting with the Chien andalou, but that is where film is interesting and it doesn't work with single photographs in the same way. The slicing of the eyeball is interesting because it's in movement...

But is your sensibility still "joltable"? Does one become hardened to visual shock?

I don't think so, but not much that is produced now jolts one. Everything that is made now is made for public consumption and it makes it all so anodyne. It's rather like this ghastly government we have in this country. The whole thing's a kind of anodyne way of making money.

I suppose one doesn't have to be jolted as such to be interested, to be moved. One can be persuaded or convinced by something without it actually shocking one's sensibility. And I am sure that people have come to accept images that begin by seeming extremely violent, war pictures for instance.

They are violent, and yet it's not enough. Something much more horrendous is the last line in Yeats' "The Second Coming," which is a prophetic poem: "And what rough beast, its hour come round at last,/Slouches toward Bethlehem to be born?" That's stronger than any war painting. It's more extraordinary than even one of the horrors of war pictures, because that's just a literal horror, whereas the Yeats is a horror which has a whole vibration, in its prophetic quality.

It's shocking too because it's been put into a memorable form.

Well, of course that's the reason. Things are not shocking if they haven't been put into a memorable form. Otherwise, it's just blood spattered against a wall. In the end, if you see that two or three times, it's no longer shocking. It must be a form that has more than the implication of blood splashed against a wall. It's when it has much wider implications. It's something which reverberates within your psyche, it disturbs the whole life cycle within a person. It affects the atmosphere in which you live. Most of what is called art, your eye just flows over. It may be charming or nice, but it doesn't change you.

Do you think about painting all the time, or do you just think about things?

I think about things really, about images.

Do images keep dropping into your mind?

Images do drop in, constantly, but to crystallize all these phantoms that drop into your mind is another thing. A phantom and an image are two totally different things.

Do you dream, or remember your dreams? Do they affect you at all?

No. I'm sure I do dream but I've never remembered my dreams. About two or three years ago I had a very vivid dream and I tried to write it down because I thought I could use it. But it was a load of nonsense. When I looked at what I'd written down the next day, it had no shape to it, it was just nothing. I've never used dreams in my work. Anything that comes about does so by accident in the actual working of the painting. Suddenly something appears that I can grasp.

Do you often start blind?

No, I don't start blind. I have an idea of what I would like to do, but, as I start working, that completely evaporates. If it goes at all well, something will start to crystallize.

Do you make a sketch of some sort on the canvas, a basic structure?

Sometimes, a little bit. It never stays that way. It's just to get me into the act of doing it. Often, you just put on paint almost without knowing what you're doing. You've got to get some material on the canvas to begin with. Then it may or may not begin to work. It doesn't often happen within the first day or two. I just go on putting paint on, or wiping it out. Sometimes the shadows left from this lead to another image. But, still, I don't think those free marks that Henri Michaux used to make really work. They're too arbitrary.

Are they not conscious enough, not willed enough?

Something is only willed when the unconscious thing has begun to arise on which your will can be imposed.

You've got to have the feedback from the paint. It's a dialogue in a strange sense.

It is a dialogue, yes.

The paint is doing as much as you are. It's suggesting things to you. It's a constant exchange.

It is. And one's always hoping that the paint will do more for you. It's like painting a wall. The very first brushstroke gives a sudden shock of reality, which is cancelled out when you paint the whole wall.

And you find that when you start painting. That must be very depressing.

Very.

Do you still destroy a lot?

Yes. Practice doesn't really help. It should make you slightly more wily about realizing that something could come out of what you've done. But if that happens...

You become like an artisan?

Well, you always are an artisan. Once you become what is called an artist, there is nothing more awful, like those awful people who produce those awful images, and you know more or less what they're going to be like.

But it doesn't become any easier to paint?

No. In a way, it becomes more difficult. You're more conscious of the fact that nine-tenths of everything is inessential. What is called "reality" becomes so much more acute. The few things that matter become so much more concentrated and can be summed up with so much less.

 

 

THE BLEAK VISION OF BACON

 
IN HIS 60-YEAR CAREER, THE PAINTER HAS BEEN GUIDED BY A RELENTLESS VIEW OF HUMAN FATE.

 

EDWARD J. SOZANSKI  |  THE PHILADELPHIA INQUIRER  |  NOVEMBER 12, 1989

 

Few painters in this century have pursued an aesthetic agenda with the single-minded intensity and persistence one finds in the work of Francis Bacon, who turned 80 on Oct. 28.

In 60 years of making paintings, Bacon has restricted himself to one theme, the existential helplessness of human beings in the face of an incomprehensible universe, and the agonies they suffer in trying to muddle through lives that are, in his view, essentially meaningless.

The 58 paintings at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden that make up a retrospective of Bacon's work over the last 45 years confirm his dedication to this single grand investigation. His paintings from the mid-1940s, when his mature style emerged, are much the same as those from the mid-'80s.

They aren't precisely the same, of course - Bacon's imagery becomes more focused as he grows older - but there aren't any digressions in content or style. Since the end of World War II, Bacon has remained committed to the figure, to symbol, and to his intuition and obsessions, of which death is perhaps the most prominent.

His art is about as stripped-down as painting can get. He rejects any suggestion of narrative or context. He refuses to offer any insight into what his paintings are supposed to mean, even assigning them bland or neutral titles - Study for a Portrait, for instance - that are obviously intended to deflect critical interpretations.

"I'm just trying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can," he said in a 1973 interview. "I'm not saying anything. Whether (I'm) saying anything for other people, I don't know."

With disclaimers such as this, Bacon tries to portray himself as a kind of passive communicator of truths that emanate from the collective human experience. His deformed, distorted and sometimes grotesque figures represent not what he sees but what he feels.

When those feelings materialize as the large-format paintings that Hirshhorn director James T. Demetrion has assembled in this retrospective, viewers are apt to be startled, puzzled, disturbed or perhaps even repelled, for Bacon's art is neither pretty nor facile.

On the other hand, it's difficult to remain apathetic to Bacon. One is either mesmerized by the individuality and primal force of his images or one retires from the arena, for he offers neither emotional reassurance nor decorative flair and fashion.

Bacon is a loner; even though his painting has often been described as expressionistic or surrealistic, he neither belongs to nor espouses any movement. He has always worked by himself and within himself, avoiding the influences of whatever style happened to be in vogue at the moment and the status of celebrity artist.

One senses this even from the several books about him that have been produced in the last several years, including the catalogue for this exhibition. Bacon refuses to be photographed while working, and one presumes that he isn't crazy about being photographed under any circumstances, for the books contain very few pictures of him.

As Bacon moves into his 80s, he's being anointed as one of the most important artists of the 20th century. Clearly, he's the premier British artist still working. He already has had two retrospectives at the Tate Gallery in London, the most recent in 1985, and the Tate rarely mounts more than one such show for a living artist.

The Hirshhorn exhibition is the first full-scale survey of his painting in the United States since a show at the Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum in 1963. After closing in Washington Jan. 7, it will travel to the Los Angeles County Museum of Art (Feb. 11 to April 29) and the Museum of Modern Art in New York (May 31 to Aug. 28).

The angst implicit in Bacon's often bizarre images - contorted bodies, screaming heads, dissolving faces - reflects the mood in Europe in the aftermath of World War II. It's the same mood that sculptor Alberto Giacometti expressed in a more melancholy way in his attenuated figures.

Even after 45 years, Bacon hasn't softened his pessimism about man's condition or his prospects. Yet although they're psychologically bleak, the paintings convey a heroic eloquence through the way they're conceived and painted and in the way that Bacon insists on presenting them in plain but substantial gold frames.

Bacon is a curious figure among 20th-century artists in that before 1944, when he completed Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, there weren't many indications that he was going to amount to very much.

He was born in Dublin, Ireland, of English parents. His formal education was spotty, and he left home when he was about 16 to live in London, where he supported himself with various odd jobs. During his late teens and 20s he travelled in Germany and France, working sporadically as an interior decorator and furniture designer.

In 1927, inspired by a Picasso exhibition in Paris, he began to draw and make watercolours; two years later he began to paint in oils. As with his decorative work, he's self-taught in art. Picasso appears to have been his only influence, although he has drawn source material from other artists, including Velazquez and the photographer Eadweard Muybridge.

The oddest thing about Bacon's career, evident in this exhibition as in the one four years ago at the Tate, is that it appears to begin at full throttle in 1944. Bacon destroyed most of his early work in 1943, so the retrospective is incomplete in that it presents only his mature efforts.

Bacon's life offers only one obvious clue, his early family existence, to the genesis of his bizarre and occasionally horrific imagery. He told art critic David Sylvester in 1984 that his relationship with his parents "was never good. We never got on."

The antipathy was strongest between Bacon and his father. "He didn't like me and he didn't like the idea that I was going to be an artist," Bacon observed. He had two brothers, both of whom died young.

Because Bacon had severe asthma, he was rejected for service in World War II. So he didn't experience the boredom, terror and random killing of the battlefield, which may be the ultimate existential experience.

One shouldn't make too much of these circumstances, however, for belief in the absurdity and pain of existence can be induced in many ways. However his philosophy formed, Bacon has always expressed this belief through the figure; he considers abstraction formalist decoration that's inadequate to the task.

He also has relied extensively on art-historical tradition - in his fondness for the triptych format, his references to mythological and religious themes such as the crucifixion, his reliance on the conventions of portraiture, and his custom of presenting his paintings as precious objects.

One of his more sensational pictures combining several of these issues is his 1949 paraphrase of Velazquez's famous portrait of Pope Innocent X. Bacon portrayed the Pope as a spectral figure who seems to be screaming in agony or defiance. The bust-length Pope is framed by a box-like outline, a device Bacon uses frequently to focus attention on the central figure of a painting.

The primal scream is Bacon's essential concern and message. A gaping mouth bristling with feral teeth and sometimes planted in a hideous, alien skull is a frequent motif. But Bacon uses other motifs that are equally unsettling - fantastically deformed bodies, contorted faces and impolite situations, like a naked man defecating.

Specific paintings refer to the Greek myths of Orestes being pursued by the Furies for murdering his mother, Clytemnestra, and of Oedipus murdering his father and marrying his mother. The visual references to these sources are obscure and distorted beyond recognition, but the agonized spirit of the paintings is consistent with them.

Bacon's aspiration to Old Master gravity is pronounced. It's evident not just in his themes but in his use of large formats and human-scale figures, along with his insistence on framing his paintings under glass to establish distance between the image and the viewer.

If the paintings were not so compelling, one might consider these tactics pretentious and arrogant. But one accepts Bacon's strategy as reasonable because of his extraordinary ability to capture one's attention and hold it, regardless of how one responds to a particular image.

Part of this is compositional; Bacon keeps his designs simple and devoid of extraneous details. He highlights figures with the framing box or by setting them against homogeneous black or pastel grounds.

The other part is the balance he strikes between "realism" and eccentricity; the pictures are recognizable and logical up to a point, but their ultimate fascination and meaning derives from their ambiguities. If the universe is the ultimate mystery, then Bacon's paintings represent an intuitive leap into its infinite depths.

Their fundamental nature is clear, however: These are images from hell, from the deepest, darkest depths of the human psyche. If they fascinate, it's because we recognize in them not just the soul of an individual artist but the souls of each and every person on earth.

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON AT EIGHTY

 

 
Francis Bacon, sometimes described as "the greatest living painter" was 80 last October. Peter Jenkins, political columnist for The Independent, visited the current Bacon retrospective inWashington, for Modern Painters.

 

 

PETER JENKINS  |  BACON  |  MODERN PAINTERS   VOLUME 2 NUMBER 4 WINTER 1989/90

 

Francis Bacon has been the haunting presence of our age. Belonging to no school, possessing no clear artistic antecedents, by no means quintessentially English, un-explicit in meaning, he has been seen to embody, more than any other painter, the spirit of his age. To have exerted so powerful a fascination for so long is in itself a tribute to the immense power of his imagery. The viewer may not like what he sees, sometimes may recoil in horror or disgust, but seldom is unmoved by the experience. During his 45 active years as a paintera late starter, Bacon is unbelievably, 80—he has inspired successive generations of younger painters, not to paint like him but to paint. Through his conversations about art, notably with David Sylvester, he has opened many eyes to painting and painters. Laurence Gowing in the catalogue to the American retrospective notes his ‘gift of making sense of the original art of his time, a sense that escaped and still largely escapes conventional taste’. As a result of Bacon there is much that we see differently.

If art history is, or should be, about artists, Bacon will make a fine subject. He has lived the life of the romantic artist and his habits and predilections are as well known as his imagery. When I first encountered him at a drunken Soho party in 1960, I was convinced he had sold his soul to the devil. The chubby baby-faced man, with his barrel-chest and strong muscular forearms displayed from the short sleeves of a dark-knit shirt (the arms are the most recognizable feature of his self-portraits), unsteadily swaying in too-tight khaki trousers, looked not a day more than 30. Yet Bacon was then past 50. Later, when coming across him on licensed premises, it was easy to imagine Mephistopheles at his side, his companion in the lower depths of Soho, guiding his hand occasionally at the roulette wheel, supping his champagne. Bacon would buy even the devil a drink. I do not mean to suggest, as some of his critics have, that his painting has a diabolical quality, only that there seemed to be some kind of nefarious arrangement between, on the one hand, his genius and apparent immortality of his liver and, on the other, the horror which stalked him daily. And if Faustian pact there were, it was of a twentieth century kind, involving the eternal damnationBacon doesn't believe in any of thatbut hell on earth in the here and now; this he does believe in, or so he told John Rothenstein for the introduction to the catalogue for the 1962 Tate show.

Bacons’ reputation as a major painter was established in the short space between the display of the Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, 1944, and the purchase by the Museum of Modern Art, New York, in 1948 of Painting, 1946, which will join will join the retrospective exhibition when it reaches New York next year. Bursting upon the scene in the way that he did at that time it was inevitable that he would be seen, as Gowing records, as having ‘stated the case for post-war European despair with a vehemence and originality that earned him a special place among contemporary Cassandras’. His first and most famous triptych, the Three Studies, was a contemporary of Camus’s The Outsider the bleak absurdity of which is echoed in Bacon’s many utterances on the futility of life. ‘At what age did you come to realise that death was going to happen to you too?’

I realised when I was 17. I remember it very, very clearly. I remember looking at a dog-shit on the pavement and I suddenly realised, there it is, this is what life is like.

The vulgar existentialism, exceeding even Sartre’s vituperative self-hared, positions Bacon at a particular moment in the twentieth century when despair was all the rage. Not without reason: Sartre was ‘obsessed by torture’, says Camus, who saw Europe as a ‘charnel house’ (a Baconian image). The MOMA Painting, 1946, has a strong sniff of Paris, an echo of Juliette Greco or the broken chords of be-bop. L’enfer, c’est les autres’, decided Sartre. Lenfer, c’est moi’, was Bacons view.

Bacon was born (in 1909) at about the moment when the young Arthur Koestler, his mind filled with Freud and Einstein, concluded it to be a self evident truth that reason was absurd. Bacon much later would say:

Man now realises that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game with no reason.

He came of age as a painter in that post-war moment when, for Sartre, abandoning literature for politics, the birds had ceased to sing. Artists, said Shelley, ‘reveal less their spirit than the spirit of their age’, but it is probably a mistake to read too much of the times into Bacon’s images. People have read into his early paintings Baconian evocations of Belsen and Buchenwald, or the mass murderer Christie, who ran his own cottage Bruchenwald in North London. Later, they credited Bacon with prefiguring Eichmann’s glass cage (Study for Portrait [Man in a Blue Box], 1949), although, as he was to explain, his boxes and tubular frames (often like a conductors podium) were intended only as technical devices for concentrating the image.

At a time when, no doubt, he saw pictures of the tangled and emaciated corpses of the extermination camps, we know for certain that he as consulting medical books, including his beloved volume of colour plates of disease of the mouth (in conversation with John Russell he refers to a ‘beautiful wound’), and of course, Eadweard Muybridge’s photographs of animals and human beings in motion. We know also that he had read accounts of the behaviour of animals in slaughter houses and it would be characteristic of Bacon if he found that as instructive as the behaviour of the creatures herded to the gas chambers. Images are what interest him, he insists over and over again, not stories or illustrations. Nor, he says, is he a preacherI have nothing to say about the human situation’.

The twentieth century has been a manic-depressive affair with ups of great hope and downs of deep despair. It had begun with high hopes of all-conquering  technology, of secular heavens on earth, and the grasping even of the origins of the universe. But out of the knowledge sprang new irrationalisms, out of technology instruments of war and mass destruction, while from the pinnacle of high civilisation Europe plunged into new depths of barbarism Yet from the ashes of hope rose new hope, prosperity, and new flowerings. The mid-century mood which Bacon’s early paintings seemed to exemplify was soon to pass while his own dog shit weltanshaung was to persist. Shelley was wrong in Bacon’s case: his works reveal the spirit of the artists, less the spirit of the times.

Two main themes run through his own account of what he is about. One is the role of accident, the other the impossibility of painting. About accident it is necessary to be very clear. ‘All painting is accident’, he says, and the best things are likely to happen when the artist is out of control, conjuring new visions of reality from the subconscious. But the result is disciplined accident, paint a ‘fight between accident and criticism’. ‘I think that great art is deeply ordered.’ In other words, what happens with paint by chance is subject to the painter’s decision, and what survives the veto of the slashing palette knife is no accident. As to the difficulty, or near impossibility, of painting, Bacon attributes this variously to to the death of God, to surfeits of images and information, but especially, to photography—the consequent redundancy of the painter as a mere depicter. Velázquez is, for him, the painter par excellence who, before photography, had been able to ‘keep so near to what we call illustration and, at the same time, to deeply unlock the deepest and greatest things that men can feel’. Today, the painter works in constant peril of lapsing into ‘description’ or ‘illustration’ when his task must be to ‘trap’ reality, to ‘reinvent realism’ in the face of all the media-competition, to achieve in an image the essence of something.

How does he succeed in capturing ‘the truth’, or ‘what used to ne called the truth?’ That life is not a bowl of cherries but a plate of dog shit? Is that all? A major retrospective—50 canvases are on show in Washington —is an opportunity to reconsider. The gathering of paintings together in one place at a moment in time, and also their juxtapositions on the walls, can cause familiar images to be seen differently. What struck me most about this 80th birthday show was how unshocking Bacon has become, partly perhaps through the familiarity of so many of his images—the carcases, the defecating dogs, those ectoplasmic Eumenides, most of all the screaming popes—but chiefly, I suspect, because many of the stereotypes concerning his works are false. For example, I could count only some half dozen paintings whose subjects were explicitly shocking or repugnant—for example, theDiptych, 1982-84, which seemed to owe more to Thalidomide than Ingres. This maybe a somewhat sanitised Bacon show, without the buggery scenes or anything as unpleasant as the Triptych, August, 1972, which was part of Marlborough’s 80th birthday show, or as silly and camp as his naked male figures in cricket pads (of which there was also one at the Marlborough show). Some of the most powerful images, it seemed to me, are the earlier onesin Washington Figure Study II, 1945-46 (which used to be known as the Magdalene in which the umbrella of the great MOMA Picture, 1946, makes an earlier appearance) and its companion Figure Study I at the Marlborough with the striking image of the draped hat and coat with or without a man inside.

The shock quality of Bacon is also diminished by his painterliness. The Washington show reminds us what a traditional and conventional painter he is at hear, mostly tonal, his palette mostly conservative (the more expressionist period of the red-orange fields did not last long) and the formal structure of many of the canvases, while concentrating the eye on the image, at the same time sanitising it. Striving to avoid story-telling or illustration,  he quite often fails to avoid elegance. The repetitiveness of much of his work, the familiar furniture of the paintings, the same flat backgrounds to his figures, leads the eye to grow accustomed where, coming across a single powerful image on a mixed gallery wall, it might be stunned. Finally, the much discussed and explained glass and the traditional gilded frames he insists upon in order to hold the viewer at greater arms-length from the image, succeed all too well in giving gloss to what are ostensibly raw images. At the Washington show Americans unfamiliar with Bacon’s work found the paintings powerful and fascinating but showed few signs of shock-horror at his imagery.

His best work, on the evidence of the Washington show, are the portraits he painted, mostly in the ’60s, of friends. It seems to me, although it may be surprising, that Bacon paints women better than men; that may say something about the kind of men he paints, but possibly has to do with a greater detachment and curiosity on his part. Certainly one of hi great masterpieces is the wonderful Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing In a Street in Soho, 1967, but the 1967 head and shoulder portrait of her is also very beautiful. Bacon exactly describes the success of these paintings, but especially of the first, when talking of portraiture in general he talks about ‘trapping’ the ‘pulsations’ or ‘emanation’ of a person.

The way in which the Washington show opened eyes afresh was, for me, as a chronicle of the artist’s Odyssey. From the ‘exhilarated despair’ of the bold and provocative images of his early work, through the mature portraits of the middle period, through much personal agony on the way, we come in 1971 to the suicide of his lover and model, George Dyer, on the eve of his retrospective at the Grand Palais, one of the greatest honours available to a living artist. A room at the Hirshborn is devoted to this painful subject, featuring the wash basin over which Dyer failed to die and the lavatory pan on which he succeeded. Here everything that Bacon says about story-telling flies to the winds; it is impossible not to look at these powerful images in terms of the story they tell about Bacon, most moving of all of the artist stumped against a wash basin and clinging to it for consolation.

From this point, on the evidence of this show, Bacon was too often struggling for effect, ay times as if going through a second enfant terribilism, too often repeating himself or borrowing images from others, splashing water from Hockney for example. Finally, we come to the 1988 version of his 1944 crucifixion triptych. The contrast is striking, although sadly the first version is in no condition to travel from the Tate. The emotional, blazing Van-Gogh-like orange-red has given way to a deep Rothko-like purple-blood field. The whole work is more formalist, static, austere, and even more sculptural than the earlier version; the expressive, painterliness of the first version has given way to post-painterly spray and stain, in one of the panels the canvas left bare in large part. In this setting even the Eumenides have become house-trained, their fury cooled What kind of comment is intended here, we may wonder? Surely not a conscious mellowing, an old man’s scream, nor a repudiation of the early work, perhaps some kind of monument to it or to its painter; or, perhaps, the ‘accidents’ of 1988 were simply different to the ‘accidents’ of 1944, less exciting ‘accidents’ in my view.

There is no gainsaying Bacon’s power of image-making. He has become part of the visual vocabulary of the age. As Gowing points out, he was alone in realising that Picasso’s distortions of the 1920s offered an exciting and unexplored figurative alternative to abstractionism. His relentless pursuit of the ‘real’, his aspiration to the duality of form and meaning which finds perfection in Velázquez, combined with the seriousness  and quality of his thought on the subject of painting, make him something of an artist-hero, if a tragic one. For the Faustian spree must be nearing its end. Eighty is not a bad measure of eternal youth. One wishes only that Bacon had had a better time of it, less of the dog shit. For the tawdry bleakness of his vision does less than justice to the times, but, we must fear, paints the true ortrait of the artist as young and old man.

 

 

 

 

A master of destruction? 

 

 

 

PETER FULLER cannot share the general enthusiasm for Francis Bacon, who is 80 today 

 

 

PETER FULLER | THE ARTS | WEEKEND TELEGRAPH | SATURDAY, OCTOBER 28, 1989

 

 

ACCORDING to Alan Bowness, former director of the Tate Gallery, Francis Bacon’s work, sets the standard for our time, for he is surely the greatest living painter. Such is the accepted judgement on Bacon who is 80 today; but it is not one I can share.

Bacon is certainly an artist of considerable power who has shown an exemplary contempt for fashion and trivia. No one can be indifferent to his work. When his pictures are gathered in a major retrospective they exude what theologians call kerygma, or a “call to decision”. Yet the response they demand is not so much admiration as a moral refusal: for if Bacon is possessed by genius, it is of a life-diminishing kind.

He was born in Ireland, the son of a pugnacious race-horse trainer. He did not like his father but was plagued by confused sexual feelings about him. Late on, he described boxing and bull-fighting as suitable aperitifs to sex. He left home after an incident in which he was discovered wearing his mothers clothing.

After an uncertain beginning as a designer and a neer-do-well, Bacon turned to painting. He was to destroy most of the pictures he made before the war. Asthma exempted him from military service; but in 1945 he painted Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, now in the Tate Gallery. This triptych shows monstrous, amputated, bandaged, bleeding and shrieking creatures, coarsely drawn against a background of livid orange. Bacon had found himself.

In the years that followed, he produced some pictures of figures in distressed landscapes; but his heart was never in them. His imagination retreated behind closed doors into a world of bestial heads, screaming popes (après Velázquez), hell-hounds, and scenes of violent embuggerment après Eadweard Muybridge, a 19th century photographer.

Bacon said he wanted a feeling of “exhilerated despair.” He paints the world after the death of God. He has always tried to eschew consoling aesthetic illusions and has preferred to numb his pain with alcohol, gaming and what he once described as “the sexual gymnasium of the modern city.

Even so, the heavy presence of Gods absence or at least the ghost of the great tradition of European religious painting hangs over much of what he produces, For him, Cimabue’s Crucifixion may be no more than, as he once put it, an image of  “a worm crawling down the cross”; but in his own pictures, crucifixes and triptychs abound.

In the 1960s, however, Bacon’s emphasis shifted: he began to focus much more on self-portraits and portraits of a group of close friends, including his lover, George Dyer. There were certainly no precedents for these works. Some critics have argued they are really caricatures; but a caricaturist exaggerates particular facial features to travesty character. That doesnt interest Bacon. Unlike most portrait painters, he is also indifferent to his sitters  social masks and psychological depth.

Whomsoever Bacon paints, what he finds is always the same. The nearest parallel is perhaps the 18th-century artist, Sir Joshua Reynolds, who also searched for some universal aspects in everywhere: only where Reynolds idealised and ennobled, Bacon denigrates and destroys. He once justified this saying:  If I make people look unattractive, its not because I want to. Id like them to look as attractive as they are.

In Bacon’s more recent works, the emphasis has shifted again towards more anonymous and mythological subjects. The familiar themes persist; but something stereotyped, repetitious and smooth enters into his forms. The lonely figures still throw up in lavatory bowls beneath naked light bulbs; occasionally, they hunch together on couches for some barbarous act of congress, or lie sprawled disgorging their abdomens. But these gross scenes are often displayed against sickly, sometimes lavendery, pastel backgrounds  the sort of tones with which, I imagine, Cynthia Payne decorated the walls of her suburban bordellos.

In the interviews which, over the years, David Sylvester has recorded with Bacon, the artist makes it clear how he wants his work to be seen. He insists he has nothing to say about the nature of man  or the human condition”.  Im just trying to makes images as accurately off my nervous system as I can.” He claims that the violence which concerns him is not his own, but that which is to be found in reality itself. Perhaps, Bacon comments, I have from time to time been able to clear away one of two of the veils or screens. And so, he sees himself as an uncompromising realist.

But none of us is the best judge of our own work. For myself, I don’t accept that Bacon is a “realist” at all. Perhaps it was unfair to visit his current retrospective in Washington so soon after seeing the great Velázquez show in New York; the experience certainly confirmed my prejudices about Bacon’s art.

When the wicked and suspicious Pope Innocent X first viewed his portrait by Velázquez he exclaimed “Troppo Vero!” (“Too true”). Even today, we know what the Pope meant. Bacon, of course, painted screaming travesties of this picture, which he himself now rejects as “silly”. They certainly have none of Velázquez’s devastating power to reveal truth, and none of his sumptuous, scarlet beauty. Indeed, I doubt whether anyone who looks at any Bacon portraits thinks anything except, “How very like Francis Bacon!”

Even when Velázquez was painting freaks and dwarfs, he did so in a way which celebrated their defiant human dignity. He handled his paint and composed his pictures so as to bring about what I like to call a “redemption through form”, But for much of his life Bacon applied pigment as if he hated the stuff, dragging it acros raw, unsized canvas which drains it of beauty and of all semblance of life.

Bacon’s technical inadequacies seem inseparable from his spiritual dereliction. Psychologists describe certain individuals who are driven to reunite themselves with a reality from which they have lost emotional touch by perpetrating terrible acts of injury on others. Bacon’s paintings seem to me to offer a pictorial equivalent of such behaviour, They owe more to the violence and perversity of his imagination than to any love of the facts, let alone of truth.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon, Master of Despair

 

 

At 80, Francis Bacon would seem to belong to another era;

Why do his paintings still take us off guard?

 

 

WILLIAM WILSON | LOS ANGELES TIMES | FEBRUARY 11, 1990

 

 

    In the mid-1950s, a UCLA exhibition included a new British artistFrancis Bacon. He was represented by Study after Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X. Awed faculty dragged their budding-genius students down to have a look. It wasn't surprising that the kids had never seen anything quite like it, but neither had grizzled art teachers, who had seen a good bit.

    The sinister, crafty Pope was pictured suddenly screaming. That seemed significant enough, but the painting's technique was even more strikingthe Pope appeared flickeringly through vertical, thinly applied striations that suddenly gave way to the crazy, free-brushed drapery of his gown and then firmed up to an illusive but deftly realized rendering of his face and purple cap. The image seemed less seen than hallucinated.

    Anti-Establishment beatniks roamed the campus in those days wearing black, drinking espresso and acting cool. Cool was the colloquialization of Alienation. Everybody was still learning about the Holocaust, Jean-Paul Sartre and Existentialism; Giacometti and Dubuffet; Beckett, Ionesco and Pinter. Smart people were learning that the Second World War had rendered the world Absurd.

    In that ambiance, Francis Bacon had a certain inevitability. Besides, it looked to conservative artists as if this was the guy who would give new meaning to figurative painting in an era dominated by abstraction. Even among the Abstract Expressionists, there was a lot of talk that dribble-and-splash painting was washed up.

    Now, some 35 years later, Samuel Beckett has recently died and the County Museum of Art presents a 58-work survey of Bacon's oeuvrethe first in the United States in some 25 years. The occasion marks the 80th birthday of the artist who has been called the world's greatest living figurative painter. Notable parallels exist between Beckett and Bacon. Both were born in Ireland but moved away - the playwright to Paris, the painter to London. Although Bacon is technically English, he joins Joyce, Beckett and Camus as either real or philosophical exiles. All startled and shocked the world with radical, disturbing art. By now, Bacon would seem to belong to a past era and thus in a neutral chronological slot where his work can be sorted into the bin marked Modern Classic or that labeled Period Piece.

    Things about Bacon's art invite dismissal. Formalists like to kiss him off as little more than a juiced-up version of Picasso in his surrealist period. The art often seems overly theatrical, calculating its effects like the curtain-line in Pinter's The Caretaker whenafter a long silencea character blurts out, "What's the game?"

    Bacon's work is increasingly full of empty, flat spaces punctuated by dramatically placed scumbles of figures. A recent diptych of studies from the human body is little more than a series of stagey red rectangles and risers bearing grotesque mutations of torsos. It's all about effect and we remember that Bacon started his career as a decorator and designer.

    His art is intensely mannered and has changed only in nuance over the decades. His stylization invites impersonation and has affected a long string of artists from the now half-forgotten James Gill to Bay Area Figurative Art in general and Ron Kitaj, David Hockney and recent James Dine in particular. Bacon's mannerism leaves observers with the impression that he has made a career of impersonating himself. This effect is heightened by the character of the art. It seems fair to ask how anyone as immensely successfuland presumably wealthyas Bacon can go on making art about despair.

    The quick answer to that is that the rich and famous are not necessarily content and Bacon has been strange and haunted all his life - an out-patient recluse, compulsive gambler, serious boozer and a homosexual of sometimes self-destructive bent. Alsowhen so inclinedalmost predictably viciously witty and charming.

    Given all this, one approaches the retrospective ready to snicker. At first, the once-haunting Pope looks like the payoff of a Monty Python skit where mouse has just run up the pontiff's skirt. The snarling succubus in the 1950 Fragment for a Crucifixion has long since been made cuddly as E.T. Looking at a Bacon portrait where the skin of a face is peeling off, we think of a spy in Mission: Impossible pulling off the mask of a latex disguise. A study for a portrait of  Van Gogh trudging the road begs for some such caption as, "Pardon me, madame, can you direct me to Arles?"

    Today, we view Bacon across a gulf of time, with electronic culture on our side and modernist culture on his. On our side is a detached art inspired by the media and on his, an art that filters history through intense personal experience. His modernist culture included appreciation for ancient classical literature like the Oresteia of Aeschylus, which inspired one recent triptych, and then-contemporary culture, which still included T.S. Eliot's Sweeney Agonistes. Bacon's gang includes Rembrandt, lots of Goya, Muybridge, Eisenstein, Bunel, Godard and Eric Rohmer. Our side stands four-square with MTV.

    As you begin to wonder if you haven't somehow gotten onto the wrong promontory, Bacon begins to get to you again. Of course there is an element of humor in him as there is in Beckett. Humor and muffled horror combine to produce Absurdity. I was once in a head-on car crash I thought was going to kill me. I saw the face of this perfectly nice chap in the other car and thought, "So that's what death looks like." Dying felt, well, ridiculous.

    Bacon's art still contrives to take you off guard like an unexpected anxiety attack in familiar, comfortable surroundings. Just as he rarely wanders far from his Chelsea studio, the paintings rarely stray from homey street corners or dowdy apartments. A sudden rush of Angst in such reassuring places peels back the armor of conventional assumption and gives us a glimpse of cauterizing fact.

    Bacon jolts us into remembering that we are animals. There isn't a dime's worth of difference between the dog he painted after one Muybridge photo and the paralytic child he took from another, walking on all fours like his brother simians. All beasts are subject to sudden and violent extinction at the hands of other beasts. When he paints two nude men embracing in a field, they are like creatures in a zoo. You can't tell if they are copulating or killing each other. Maybe both.

    The 1946 Painting is a charnel house where a flailed carcass presides and a bloody-mouthed man grimaces. He hides under the umbrella of middle-class convention. It is another version of those invisible glass boxes where Bacon paints us imprisoned in rationality, bellowing against its constraints.

    The artist is exquisitely aware of human vulnerability. If he weren't so tough about it, he might seem sentimental or self-pitying. Actually he does sometimes, but not in "Portrait of George Dyer Riding a Bicycle, "where he transforms the innocent business of a nice peddle into a metaphor of life's precarious balance. Dyer rides as if on a tightrope just as the Fool of the Tarot gambols on the edge of a cliff.

    Bacon is a master of the tentative. Even his most finished paintings are called "studies." He has a genius for the illusive, the not-quite-stated, the ominous. And he gets at it through plastic means. Triptychs like Three Studies for a Crucifixion do woozy things with space. We are in a red, circular room. Two men look over their shoulders at carrion lying in the foreground. In the next panel, we see a grinning, suppurating corpse on a bed and finally another dematerialized side of beef. It is never clear if the flailed meat is all human or if it is all the same thing viewed from different angles, so we seem to be floating around the room like a jerky balloon, a witness to something as vague as it is awful.

    He also has a talent for the telling detail. In the midst of some hairy, unclear scene of muted violence our attention is drawn to a pack of cigarettes, a light switch or porcelain cabinet handle-- the kinds of small realities that keep us from dismissing the unpleasant as just a bad dream.

Bacon's recent art is sometimes an unconvincing attempt at getting up to his old tricks. He is more persuasive these days in a mellower mood. There is subtlety and gravity in a triple self-portrait that doesn't need to be anything but the thoughtful record of a man thinking quietly about himself.

    Significantly, the exhibition (through April 29) runs concurrently with a retrospective devoted to the pioneer New York stain painter Helen Frankenthaler, an artist sometimes thought of as a maker of exceedingly pretty abstractions. Hearing of this unlikely juxtaposition, one immediately wants to title the coincidental pairing Beauty and the Beast.

    So much for our ideas about art. She turns out to be much tougher than her reputation and he much more tender. The coupling leaves a nice reminder that we can't experience art according to our notions about it--only looking at it face to face.

 

 

 

BaconStaying Power

 

Steven Dornbusch


In a letter to the Editor, The Los Angeles Times

February 25, 1990
 

 

       Regarding William Wilson's Feb. 11 review of the Francis Bacon exhibit at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art:
I admit to snickering at a recent LACMA exhibition. Not at Francis Bacon's paintings -I snickered at all the people fawning over Robert Longo's superficiality.

      So Bacon belongs to the era of Existentialists and beatniks. Fine. Kurt Schwitters belongs to the era of Dadaists, revolutionaries and prophets. Cezanne and Goya belong to their times. I do not snicker at art because it belongs to another time.

      Francis Bacon has not changed much over the decades. He paints the same images. He chooses to refine, rather than add new techniques. His subjects - death, alienation, violence and sex  - remain unchanged.

      Bacon rescues the viewer from Western "sophistication" of not feeling anything about much of anything. His paintings make us feel. Over and over again.

      While his art belongs to another era, his place in art will not pass like so many fads. Wilson's confused opinions will soon be forgotten. Like his MTV and "electronic culture."

      Violence, sex and death do not bore me. Banality does.

 

 

 

Bacon's Visions of a Violent, Disjointed Century

    

  

By JOHN RUSSELL THE NEW YORK TIMES JUNE 1, 1990

 

 

The Francis Bacon exhibition that opens Sunday at the Museum of Modern Art comprises 59 paintings. Most of them are large, and some are made up of two or three canvases, each measuring 78 by 58 inches. They cover the years from 1945 to 1988. (Bacon was 80 years old last October.) Many of the images in the show acquired classic status long ago and have been regarded by enthusiasts as central to the concerns of our day.

The Francis Bacon exhibition that opens Sunday at the Museum of Modern Art comprises 59 paintings. Most of them are large, and some are made up of two or three canvases, each measuring 78 by 58 inches. They cover the years from 1945 to 1988. (Bacon was 80 years old last October.) Many of the images in the show acquired classic status long ago and have been regarded by enthusiasts as central to the concerns of our day. This was already true when Bacon was believed, as the critic Sam Hunter writes in the catalogue, to have echoed the ''paralyzing, affectless settings of Jean-Paul Sartre's No Exit of 1942 and Samuel Beckett's Endgame of 1957.'' And to this day, in a sustained tracking shot that has been going for half a century, Bacon seems to have prefigured many of the images that look out at us every day in the news pages and on the television news.

We see men discarded like rotting meat. Behind what is presumably bulletproof glass, we see other men preaching, talking, hallooing, ranting, raving or prey to manic, uncontrollable laughter. (The primal human cry, King Lear's ''Howl, howl, howl!,'' is a lifelong obsession with Bacon, though we should not forget what he said in 1962 to his friend, the critic David Sylvester: that often as he had painted the primal cry, he had always wanted to paint the primal smile but had never succeeded in doing it.) In the Bacons that everyone talks about, we see violence taken for granted, and the bloodied messes that result from it. Voyeur and victim are set before us in ways that suggest they may soon change places. Second-rank and second-rate people stand around, just as they do in life, to see what will come of it all.

In the windowless echo chamber that Bacon knew so well how to evoke, (as in Study for a Portrait, 1953), we see an archetypal C.E.O. revert to babyhood in his single hotel room. We see prefigured the hideous ordinariness of Adolf Eichmann, on trial in Jerusalem. Bacon could also (as in Fragment for a Crucifixion, from 1950) give a new and sinister meaning to the phrase ''dog eat dog.''

These are one-shot images, and most of them date from 40 years ago, but they still pack a formidable punch. Those who have grown up and grown old with them would have trouble imagining a world in which they had played no part. They are by now a permanent part of the furniture of the European imagination, and the paintings as we see them in the Museum of Modern Art come over again and again as grand formal statements in which order and clarity have long ago won out over disquiet.

That is why, for this critic, the present show does not come over as in any way sensational. Dreadful things are seen to be done, but they are nothing to what is done routinely, day by day, in the world around us. Besides, there is a whole other side to what Bacon does with paint. There are paintings in this show in which no one does much of anything except hang out, talk, ride a bicycle very, very slowly or sit bunched up as if in readiness for some tremendous outburst of erotic energy.

Once or twice, as in the Double Portrait of Lucian Freud and Frank Auerbach, from 1964, we glimpse a duet between two fellow painters and champion talkers that would be unforgettable if only we could hear it. (The high-keyed colour and the literally laid-back postures of both Freud and Auerbach leave an unforgettable impression). An understated intimacy and a gift for direct statement are the mark of Bacon's portraits of his old friend, the French anthropologist and autobiographer Michel Leiris.

In the Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing in a Street in Soho, from 1967, we glimpse a rare, unfettered and galvanic human being -the beloved at one time of Jacob Epstein, Andre Derain and Alberto Giacometti among artists, and of Constant Lambert and Alan Rawsthorne among composers - who has the world at her feet and expects nothing less. As a record of an aspect of humankind that we must hope will always be with us, that painting is an astonishing achievement, and one powered by a boundless affection.

No less essential to any anthology of rare human beings is the portrait of Muriel Belcher, the owner of a drinking club in London of which Bacon was for many years a habitue. Mrs. Belcher was notable in life for her piercing gaze, her almost unbelievably free speech and her sense of the precipitous ups and downs of metropolitan life.

Bacon portrays her as a sphinx, with long, delicate forearms that double as forelegs and feet. As no one was ever more ready than she with a plain answer to a plain question, Mrs. Belcher could be said to set here a new tone for sphinxes. But it is a glorious impersonation.

Images like these are not gratuitous violations of either the face, the limbs or the dignity of the people portrayed. Nor did they seem to me to deal with what Mr. Demetrion believes to be Bacon's ''real subject'': ''man as animal, stripped to his bestial nature - to his real nature.''

They have come to look, on the contrary, like the contemporary equivalent of the ancestral portraits that we find in museums and palaces and great country houses all over Europe. In psychological terms, they have of course been pushed infinitely farther than the Old Masters would have thought it either possible or appropriate to go.

Bacon's way of painting is, moreover, peculiar to himself, and to our own time. Faces have been taken apart and reconstructed on an inspired whim that flouts every known canon of likeness. But far from looking battered or abused, the people in question are right there, and have never looked more completely or irreducibly themselves.

The show also includes one of the most mysterious of all Bacon's paintings: the Sand Dune of 1983, in which a huge shelving area of sand would seem part indoors and part outdoors. When his longtime friend Mr. Sylvester, the English critic, asked Bacon some years ago why he had painted landscapes at one time in his career, he said simply, ''Inability to do the figure.'' But in his 70's he found a way of painting a landscape in such a way that it reinvented the human figure.

Those shifting, heaving, rolling sands do a double duty, in other words. Though perfectly convincing as one of the more precious features of the foreshore, they can also be read in terms of human bodies that form and reform themselves, half in and half out of the sand. Once we get the point, we may consider this as one of the most voluptuous evocations of the nude in 20th-century art.

Yet there are many observers - in the United States especially - who think of Bacon's work as simply a freak show, a horror show, a gratuitous monsterscape. Bacon himself is, of course, well aware of this. ''Who ever bought a painting of mine because he liked it?'' he once said to a friend.

That is doubtless why the last full-career museum retrospective of Bacon's work in this country was in 1966. ''Difficult'' is still the American code word for them. It should surprise nobody that, in the words of James T. Demetrion, who organized the show, ''traditional sources of sponsorship have not generally been available.''

But Mr. Demetrion could count on the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington, where he has been director since 1984; on the Smithsonian Special Exhibition Fund and on an indemnity from the Federal Council on the Arts and the Humanities. The Los Angeles County Museum of Art took the show, and so did the Museum of Modern Art, which in 1946 was the first museum anywhere to buy a Bacon for its permanent collection.

Mr. Demetrion could also count on John Elderfield, the Modern's director of drawings since 1980. who has installed the show in a grave, uncluttered and unhurrying style that allows the big paintings to ride the wall at the height, and at the pace, that suits them best.

This, in short, is a very grand show, an affair of huge and often shattered presences that are entirely of our own day and yet seem on occasion to stretch back into antiquity. Bacon deserves a long second look in New York, and this show makes it possible.

Francis Bacon remains on view at the Museum of Modern Art, 11 West 53d Street, through Aug. 28. The New York showing has been made possible by a grant from IFI International.

 

 

 

 

BAD FEELING

 

 

“...Francis Bacon is a one-note painter, an eccentric, who has achieved effects within a claustrophobically small horizon...”

 

 

KAY LARSON  | ART |  NEW YORK MAGAZINE | JUNE 18, 1990

 

Francis Bacon is the grand old man of British painting, and it might be expected that his survival to an eighth decade (as though to spite the horrendous vulnerability in his art) would prod someone to celebrate. So, even though New Yorkers last saw his work in 1975, when Henry Geldzahler brought it to the Metropolitan, we get another chance to see it this summer, in a show (organized by the Hirshhorn Museum) at the Museum of Modern Art. I hadn't noticed anyone waiting breathlessly or the sequel, but perhaps it's just me.

Bacon is one of those lucky painters who have had the consensus of history on their side from their first exhibition. One of the first pictures he sold (in 1948, two years after it was panted) went straight to the Modern and became everybody's image of postwar existential anguish. This is MOMA's famous meat-rack painting of slabs of butchered beef and strings of sausages draped like tinsel around a slack-jawed black-robed authority figure whose eyes are shadowed by a black umbrella a blind judge, if you will. The "judge" holds court in a sterile U.N.-style amphitheatre you could associate with the Kafkaesque trials of individual and collective guilt that preoccupied Europe after the Nazi fell. Modern life unfolds in a panorama of sterility and butchery, ruled by the terrifying figure of an eyeless justice who talks with bared teeth and who shields himself from the rain of Heaven with a proper bureaucratic umbrella. As a primal cry out of the crumbling London of the Blitz, this painting had no match in its time. Because it holds pride of place in MOMA's collection, it has carried Bacon's reputation locally for decades.

I can't buy it, unfortunately. On the basis of this exhibition (which is better at winnowing duplicates and editing weak spots than others I've seen), I'm more convinced than ever that he's a minor master, with the emphasis on minor.

Bacon is now untouchable. You can gauge the grandeur pegged to his name by noting who wrote the catalogue entries - Sir Lawrence Gowing and Sam Hunter, two of the most eminent living art historians - and adding up the superlatives that fall like snow. The English, Sir Lawrence included, place him in the same camp as T.S. Eliot, who wastelands he populated with squashed faces pulverised under modern boot heals.

What Bacon does best is suggest what it's like to have your skin stripped off and your flayed nerves rubbed in the dirt. There is no small talent in being able to irradiate a painting with feeling. In the forties, Bacon proved himself in his fist show (and has adapted his style only slightly since). He seemed at the time to have sprung out of nowhere, an interior decorator turned painter who felt shattered as much by the open-mouthed screaming nurse in Eisenstein's Potemkin as by Poussin.

To arrive at the state of painterly disintegration that would express that primal scream, the looked for his model, not surprisingly, from Picasso. (And in Surrealism and Hieronymous Bosch). In taking the lesson to heart, Bacon steered himself in an unusual direction. Most Picasso followers tried to extend and elaborate on the stunning formalist possibilities suggested by Cubism's shattered viewpoint: Bacon focused on the pychic consequences of Cubist disintegration. In his hands, a profound formal invention an invention of the way we see — was dismantled and reconstructed in order to convey his turbulance. Very early in his career, he found a new path out of Picasso but one that led toward illustration (of emotion).

In the forties, the distinction between formalism and emotionalism was still new and crudely cut; it wouldn't carry the weight it would acquire in the next decade, when the Americans (who also came out of Cubism and Surrealism) would create Abstract Expressionism by pushing the formal possibilities to the limit. Bacon's reputation in England, where the British cast a glum eye on developments in America, continued to soar. He means something more in his homeland, you could speculate, because Abstract Expressionism and its descendants mean something less.

On this side of the Atlantic, Bacon's achievements don't look so glossy. He is undeniably a powerful illustrator of despair. On this bleak theme he produces as many plot changes as Stephen King; his sense of the grotesque is as developed as Salvador Dali's. Like Dali and King, he's a tactician of emotion. But when you reach saturation (with me it happens fast) and you look further, for evidence of painterly experiment and formal brilliance, form becomes formula rather quickly. Like Balthus or Henri Rousseau, Bacon is a one-note painter, an eccentric, who has achieved charmed effects within a claustrophobically small horizon. As I said, a minor master. 

Describing himself, he says, "I'm just trying to make images as accurately as I can off my nervous system as I can." The comment helps explains why he considers himself a realist. It all depends on how you define what's real. Comparing him with that other grand British gent, Lucian Freud, you can see both painters as the poles of a continuum, a very British line of pragmatic observation. Freud screws his microscope to the surface of flesh whose minutest bumps and hollows form a topography of obsession. For Bacon, searching for catharsis, the ferocity and ugliness lie beneath the surface, and he mangles skin and bone to reveal it.

That the English buff him to such a golden sheen is slightly perverse, considering that the undercurrent of these paintings his homosexuality. The theme didn't openly declare itself until Bacon began to let his figures roll in the grass together in the fifties. But even in the beginning, these pictures were about nakedness and carnal loathing, corruption, and the disease of humanness. The open-mouthed screaming orifices mounted on long throats are receivers as well as disseminators, attractors as well as repulsers. You're not sure whether the gaping mouths aren't getting ready to suck you in. Bacon revels in the ambiguities, surely, or he wouldn't keep returning there, much as Joseph Conrad did in Heart of Darkness, mucking around in the horror within. Bacon, again like Balthus or Rousseau, has proved nearly impossible to imitate, and his spasms of conscience seemed dated and irrelevant for a long moment. But now his timing coincides the AIDS specter. The thin, toxic atmosphere inside Bacon's generic rooms reminds me of the phosphorescent gloom of Ross Bleckner's paintings in memoriam to the dead. Bacon's pictures only work if you care about the message than the means, but the world supplies enough genuine horror  to keep the message coming round again.

(11 West 53rd Street; through August 28.)

 

 

    

                                   BLUE: Portrait of Van Gogh III (study).

 


  Francis Bacon

 

 

      By ARTHUR C. DANTO | THE NATION | VOLUME 251 | ISSUE 4 | JULY 30, 1990  

 

Grammar makes certain sentences available to us that are useless for any purpose other than philosophical jokes. "I am screaming" for example, is what philosophers term self-stultifying: The conditions under which it could be true are inconsistent with its being uttered, so it cannot but be false if said or even written. Thus the lie is transparent to all but the writer when the hateful and ludicrous Fanny Squeers, in Nicholas Nickleby, puts into a letter "I am screaming out loud all the time I write" as an excuse for mistakes. One cannot scream and write letters at the same time, in part because the circumstances that explain the scream rule out the possibility of concurrent rational action. The scream ordinarily implies some loss of will, something the screamer cannot help despite resolutions of silence, as in the torture chamber or the pit in hell. But that does not leave the will free for other pursuits. Or, if we can imagine someone knitting and screaming, it would have to be someone mad, and the scream, like the lunatic's laugh, disconnected from the network of circumstances in which either expression has the meaning of terror, say, or mirth.

Much the same considerations apply to cases in which an artist paints a scream. It is always a reasonable inference in such cases that the scream cannot be the artist's own, for the mere fact that the representation is clear enough to be recognized as of a scream is inconsistent with that. Painting, in whatever way it facilitates the expression of emotions, cannot be a kind of scream if it is in fact of a kind of scream. This is an important truth to keep in mind when viewing the painted screams of Francis Bacon.

Bacon's images of screaming popes are among the great defining images of twentieth-century art, and certainly they were taken, in the early postwar years when they first appeared, to be artistic summations of an era of unspeakable agony and horror. And they affect us even today, and against the body of Bacon's far less compelling subsequent work, perhaps because we cannot be indifferent to screams-not even when we know, for example, that someone is only practicing for a part that requires him to scream, just because that particular sound, issued through a human mouth, must trigger in us reflexes over which we have as little control as screamers themselves are supposed to have at the moment of impulse. And a painted scream comparably summons up associations through which it is vested with moral meaning. This is especially so when, as with Bacon's popes, there is no context, within the painting, to account for the scream. When Poussin paints a woman screaming in his Massacre of the Innocents (a painting frequently cited as among Bacon's early influences), her scream is a natural response to the butchery of helpless children. When Eisenstein shows the screaming nurse in Battleship Potemkin (another source unfailingly cited for Bacon), there is, in the massacre on the steps, all the explanation we need for the grimace of impotence and despair and pain condensed in the shape of her mouth. Seen just as a frame, clipped out of the film, the scream of Eisenstein's nurse still implies a narrative which the shattered glasses and shot-out eye enable us to fill in. There is no available narrative for Bacon's screaming pontiff, all the less so when we appreciate that the painting is itself a modified appropriation of the celebrated portrait by Velázquez of Innocent X. The occurrence of the word "innocent" in two of Bacon's acknowledged sources is possibly worth keeping in mind, though the papal name, in the case of this particular bearer of it, was one of the great examples of ironic nomenclature in the history of mislabeling. Velázquez's portrait simply shows the wily churchman, in white lace and red silk, enthroned in a curtained chamber, wearing an expression that rules out screams.

Everyone in fact admires the psychology of Velázquez's portrait, and the larger meanings to which the psychology must contribute. Innocent is looking up from some document held loosely in his left hand, and looks out at us beaming authority, power, mercilessness, guile, defiance, resolution and contempt from his terrifying eyes. It is the look a shepherd might direct to his sheep only if his mind were fixed on mutton. Innocent may have been indifferent to the expression Velazquez gave him, or possibly he was pleased by it as an outward sign of a man dangerous to trifle with, but one cannot, today at least, refrain from drawing lessons from the fact that this highest position in the universal church should have been occupied by a man whose character was so at odds with the charity and love that ought to be emblemized physiognomically. It is a tension not easily rationalized, though in its own right it may express a deep truth of Catholicism. Bacon's pope has no psychology to speak of, since the scream leaves no space for other expressions and is in any case not really an expression of someones character. A scream implies an absolute reduction of its emitter to whatever state it is that the scream outwardly expresses. There are no wry screamers, no crafty screamers. The scream is a momentary mask. Still, the fact that it is a pope who screams raises some delicate questions of interpretation. In the language of symbols, the image of the pope carries the obvious meanings that flow from his position as Christ's surrogate on earth and intercessor for the salvational needs of mankind. The question is why someone with the extreme moral weight of a pope should be shown screaming when, within the canvas, there is nothing that accounts for the act.

It must of course be decided whether the pope is screaming at something whether there is an object-or whether, like the screams of the damned and the tortured, he cannot help screaming because of unendurable pain. There are screams of horror, after all, where the witness is overcome by something seen or heard. The pope's scream cannot be objectless, one feels, since he is seated in his throne or on his palanquin (which is one way of reading the yellow curves in Bacon's painting), unless he is supposed insane, like a crazy in the park. He could, if this were an internal symbol for Christians, be screaming at Christ's agony, or in grief, like one of the Marys so often shown at the base of the cross. Whatever the object, it must be commensurate with the stature of the pope as pope. Think, for contrast, of the famous screamer in Munch's The Scream, of 1895. A woman (one assumes) is shown running toward us, over a bridge, with a couple in the distance walking away, as if indifferent to her anguish. The screamer's object (if there is one) must, one is certain, be some fraught personal situation she finds unendurable: The image is a depiction of personal extremity. And this fits with Munch's work-his themes are sickness, jealousy, bereavement, madness, sexual torment-as well as what we know of his character and his life. But none of this would fit with the screamer's being a pope, all got up in ecclesiastical regalia. Neither, in truth, does it fit with Bacon, from what we know of him as a person. And the assumption would have been, in the postwar years, that the pope was screaming as the only appropriate moral response to the fallenness of mankind and the world as slaughter-bench. As such, it could not but be a powerful image, even if somewhat crudely painted, save for the lavender capelet. Somehow, if a message, it must have seemed too urgent to be conveyed through a piece of elegant painting. The powdery white, the swipes of yellow and the vertical slashes that are vestigial reminders of Velazquez's drapes, though they also suggest a deluge, are secondary marks of the moral lamentation of the howling prelate. One would have wanted to scream in sympathy: And with that cry I have raised my cry," as Yeats writes.

All of Bacon's work in those years, whether or not of popes, appears to be of screams or to call for screams. In his, painting, of 1946, an early acquisition by the Museum of Modern Art, which is honouring Bacon  with a retrospective exhibition (until August 28), the screamer is in a business suit, a yellow boutonniere in his lapel and the upper half of his face cast in shadow by his umbrella. He is surrounded by butchered meat, including, behind him, an immense gutted carcass hung by its legs. The carcass of beef, in Rembrandt's painting of one, seems to connote helplessness of a nearly cosmic order and comes across as a symbol of suffering, as it does in a bloody painting by Soutine. There is a harsh contrast in Bacon's image between the regular rhythm of bones and teeth and that of torn flesh and a world torn by the scream of the man, whose umbrella is an affecting symbol of ineffective protection, certainly against the forces that rend flesh, eviscerate bodies, consume in pain and flame. Painting, in context, had to have conveyed some political message and, to use the irrepressible word from those days, existential mood. And there are several images of heads that bear out this heavy inescapable reading, for they seem to have no discernible features other than toothed cavities, as if their owners had died, beaten to some pulp, with a terminal scream on their lips. In some cases, the screamer is seated, as the pope is, but in such a way and in such a space that it could be the electric chair they are in. And in all or most of these, the vertical lines rain down, cleansing perhaps, purging, or just adding to the agony, having no connection to the vertical fall of drapes from Velázquez.

So, if not strictly Bacon's screams, these depicted screams seem to entitle us to some inference that they at least express an attitude of despair or outrage or condemnation, and that in the medium of extreme gesture the artist is registering a moral view toward the conditions that account for scream upon scream upon scream. How profoundly disillusioning it is then to read the artist saying, in a famous interview he gave to David Sylvester for The Brutality of Fact.- Interviews With Francis Bacon, " I've always hoped in a sense to be able to paint the mouth like Monet painted a sunset." As if, standing before one of those canvases, Bacon were to say, "Well, there, I think, I very nearly got a screaming mouth as it should be painted. Damned hard to do." Or to read that "Horrible or not ... his pictures were not supposed to mean a thing." So Cezanne painted apples, Renoir nudes, Monet sunsets, Bacon screams. To paint a scream because it is a difficult thing to paint, where the difficulty is not at all emotional but technical, like doing a human figure in extreme foreshortening or capturing the evanescent pinks of sunrise over misting water, is really a form of perversion. As a perversion, it marks this strange artist's entire corpus. It is like a rack maker who listens to the screams of the racked only as evidence that he has done a fine job. It is inhuman. As humans, however, we cannot be indifferent to screams. We are accordingly victims ourselves, manipulated in our moral being by an art that has no such being, though it looks as if it must. It is for this reason that I hate Bacon's art.

Bared teeth and exposed bones play a referential role in some of Bacon's later works, particularly in two triptychs, one of which, Three Studies for a Crucifixion, shows the victim hung upside-down in the right panel, like an emptied carcass, with his head lying in what one supposes must be his own spilled viscera. But by this stage in his development, Bacon had begun to treat his figures virtually as viscera, as lumps and gobbets and tubes of flesh, not easily identified anatomically, pink and red and white, as if his subjects were what was left when skin and bones were removed. So shapeless are they, as piles and puddles of scraped and squeezed paint, that one is grateful at times for the mouths, as dentated wounds, to serve as some point of orientation. In the middle panel of this triptych, for example, a figure lies, like a pile of guts, on an elegant chaise longue, blood splattering the pillowcase and rising, like red bubbles, up past the black window shade in some piecemeal ascension. The teeth locate us in the gore, so we can identify eye sockets and a neat wound in one foot. In the left panel stand two uncrucified figures-witnesses, perhaps, patrons, executioners-one of them in a business suit, which could be Bacon  himself, the other a blob in what might be black leather. The three panels, paradoxically in view of their content, are done in cheerful decorator colors, apart from the figures themselves: flat planes of pompeian red and cadmium orange, with black window panels. One cannot help thinking of Auden's great poem on art and suffering, as the old masters showed it: "how it takes place/while someone else is eating or opening a window or just/walking dully along:' Auden went on, marvelously, "They never forgot that even the dreadful martyrdom must run its course/anyhow in a corner, some untidy spot/where the dogs go on with their doggy life."

How appropriate, one thinks, that the crucifixion should transpire in a tasteful salon, amidst the sort of fin de siecle color scheme Odette de Crecy would have favored when Swann at last found his way to her body. After all, the act of love, thrashing bodies and flashing teeth and animal hoots, also takes place in those ornamental spaces. (Bacon, who had some success as a decorator and designer of Art Deco furniture, also likes to paint coupled figures smeared against one another in damp intercourse.) Or one thinks of the crucifixion as a metaphor for terrible interrogations that took place behind shuttered windows on quiet boulevards that the screams couldn't reach. There is a certain insight in Nietzsche that it is not suffering so much as meaningless suffering to which the human mind is opposed, so that it was, in Nietzsche's view, the genius of Christianity to have made all suffering meaningful. Certainly, we stand before works Uke this-or the Triptych Inspired by the Orestia of Aeschylus-compelled, despite our will, to cover the brutalized bodies with a balm of interpretation, a redemptive coating of allegory, if only to comfort ourselves. So again one feels oneself to have been manipulated in some way when the artist disowns any meaning whatever, and draws our attention, in his interviews, just to paint, almost as if he were some sort of Abstract Expressionist with no antecedent view of what he was going to do when he faced the canvas. Why is he then not an abstract painter-why choose these charged images only to elicit, as involutarily as a scream, an interpretation he rejects, categorically, as beside the point? We cannot see gore as just so much scraped red pigment, cannot disinterpret a writhing limb as simply a marvelous wipe of white paint. And this stance is reinforced by the fact that we cannot succeed in giving meaning to a lot of what Bacon does in his portraits and figure studies, where the subjects are liable to distortions that ought to have an explanation in the world to which the figures belong but which will standardly be given an explanation from the world in which painting takes place-as something that happens not in meaningful spaces but on meaningless surfaces.

There is one absolutely marvelous painting in the show, worth anyone's time to see. This is Study for Portrait of Van Gogh III, of 1957. It shows us what Bacon could have done had he given to the whole painting what he instead gives to isolated faces and figures. He shows Van Gogh as Van Gogh might have shown himself in a world that looks the way he represented it in paint-as if the world were made the way paintings are-trees of black paint squirming up out of fields of red paint, past fields of yellow paint and green paint. The artist stands on heavy feet, the kind that belong in his famous shoes, in a field of pink mud, casting blue shadows. He has a black all-purpose face; it could be the face of a horse as well as a human, or even of a fish. The face does not matter: It is the world according to Vincent, and we are seeing it from within. For its allusiveness, its power, its brilliance, its total engagement with its subject, it makes the rest of the show look like posters for some avant-garde guignol of yesterday. The portrait of Van Gogh is an homage, a celebration of the only values Bacon allows himself to mention, the values of painting as painting. It shows what his deflected talent is capable of when his heart is in his subject.

 

 

 

Eminent outrage - British painter Francis Bacon

 

By JAMES GARDNER | NATIONAL REVIEW | AUGUST 6, 1990

 

IN HIS MOST recent avatar at the Museum of Modern Art, Francis Bacon appears before us defanged and declawed. The primal rantings now sound like a petulant whimper. The spastic gestures and maimed movements now savour almost of balletic adroitness. And yet nothing has changed in the heart or mind of this octogenarian artist, the elder statesman of the British art world. The latest paintings in this retrospective manifest the same unyielding, implacable anguish that has been his hallmark for almost fifty years.

Rather it is we who have changed. For the past two generations at least, we have been assailed on all sides by art works of such calculated grotesqueness that we have lost all power to be genuinely shocked by anything. We analyze the forms or assay the political correctness of the artifact, depending upon our orientation. Sometimes we even go through the motions of outrage. But we know that ultimately it is only art. Anything Bacon can pitch, we can catch.

Yet, by any reasonable computation, Francis Bacon is as great an outrage as any generation should have to endure. And if the eminent artist has a sense of humour, as I suspect he does not, he must be chuckling heartily at the public's eagerness to embrace each festering and deformed carcass he throws at it.

Though Bacon was born in 1909, he becomes relevant to us and to himself only after 1943. That was the year in which, through a negation verging on self-parody, he studiously destroyed almost all of the art he had made up to that date. That was the year in which he was reborn as the shrill, tormented sociopath the art world loves. Since that time, Bacon has evolved remarkably little. His art has consisted in endless variations upon a closely circumscribed canon of themes and forms. Bacon was and remains a surrealist, an unrepentant irrationalist. But whereas others of that strain turned to Freud and to the dream world of the unconscious mind, Bacon reverts with a vengeance to Darwin and to the jungles of instinct. Whereas the other surrealists never lost their grounding in the man-made world, Bacon voids his paintings of most human traces, filling them with shrieking gibbons, salivating dogs, and subhuman apemen cast against a chillingly blank field.

His earlier works, it is true, are busier than that, overladen as they are with props: umbrellas and whole sides of beef, densely patterned Oriental rugs and landscapes whose nervously thin lines reveal a lingering debt to British modernists like Henry Moore and John Piper. A few later works, such as Sphinx II and Study for a Portrait of Van Gogh III, represent slight departures as well. But by the late Forties, with the "Head" series, Bacon had defined the highly idiosyncratic style in which he would work for the rest of his life. Emerging from a blackness qualified only by those wiry perspectival lines that have become something of the artist's signature, a massive, disembodied head appears. An ear floats absurdly to the side, perhaps torn away. The ill-defined eyes are shut in suspended rage; the mouth-like orifice is fixed in a noiseless ululation, exposing molars and fang-like canines. Were is there an end of it/The soundless wailing?" asks T. S. Eliot. For Bacon there is no end. That wailing, bitter, gnashing, self-consuming is the sound of life itself. All other sounds are lies.

Everything Francis Bacon depicts he distorts. And yet every depiction, even if we cannot describe or name the thing depicted, has the infallible ring of truth. An indescribable biomorph hangs down from a wire cage. A boneless, quivering mass of gelatinous flesh drowns in a sink or sits huddled over a toilet. Bacon is obsessed with movement within suspension, and with the suspension of movement. An expressionless face decomposes before our eyes into a psychotic omelette. A violent jet of water is frozen and immobilized as it streaks across the canvas.

To glance even cursorily at these paintings is to understand why they have come to seem the quintessential, unequivocal statement of the modem mood. But precisely for this reason it is too early to tell how good they really are. We shall need to be well out of the twentieth century before we can finally say whether Bacon was ever really on to something, or was merely a cantankerous, maladjusted misanthrope. Formally, his brilliant, stylish works are closer to masterpieces than anything else being done today. If some of the colouristic choices are of debatable merit, his way with a laden brush comes very close to perfection. What is wrong with the larger, spiritual dimensions of these sixty paintings at the Modern is their one-sidedness. To Bacon's binary mind, man, because he is not an angel, can only be a beast. In this belief Bacon is surely not alone in contemporary culture. Rather he is the foremost embodiment of the prevailing trend, the regnant humbug of the age. This is the wilful fallacy which, in an age more happy than our own, may one day qualify the esteem in which we hold Francis Bacon and everyone like him.

 

 

"Body Language"

 

 

By MICHAEL LEVEY | ART NEWS | SUMMER 1990

 

 

En masse, the way [Francis] Bacon’s pictures are painted takes visual priority over what they depict—which is what should always happen, though we cannot help our conditioned impulse to look for what the areas of paint are “about.” Bacon might be accused of being something of a tease in this matter, for despite his understandable protests about his art neither illustrating nor narrating, he frequently alludes to circumstances of his own life that are bound to pique human curiosity.

But to enter a room of his pictures is to encounter paint first. It is the large-scale areas of applied pigment, often semiabstract in form, that make what can be a lasting impact: a curved pink-and-biscuit-colored expanse of a blackish brown rectangle slotted, half-Mondrian-like, into a far bigger rectangle of fawn. Such shapes have their own tautness and vitality. Although it may be that they have been added by the painter as backgrounds to his figures, they often appear fundamental to the composition. The surfaces of his paint read as though they were expanses of fabric stretched tightly over some invisible drum. In fact, they are much less formal than anything in Mondrian. Nor do they have anything of the sensuousness, in color and in shape, of Matisse. Color is altogether where Bacon’s art is least sure. yet there is a clean-cut, clear-cut feel to these sweeping fields of paint.

They may well be indications of austere interiors, with bare floors and blank windows. Fashionable analogies hover, prompting commentators to mention the constriction of urban modern life or even of prisons. But looked at directly, without literary overtones, they fail to be oppressive or claustrophobic. In much the same way, the paint in the foreground crisply defining a complex human shape, can enchant the eye before it resolves itself into the unpromising suggestions of mutilation and pain.

The apparent paradox between form and content brings one to the artist himself. It is difficult to think that he has experienced any particular disgust at the style of images he has created, or that he means his images to shock. There is neither horror nor pity in his pictures. Bacon’s art is not likely to produce a Guernica. It is too sealed in, within a narrow circle of self-reference merging into self-regard. His work partly draws its power from that concentration. After all, an artist is not necessarily a social commentator—or a social worker. There is no guarantee that the good artist will be a good citizen. Bacon can be seen as admirable in his refusal to be anything but an artist, refusing to let society have claims on him and scrupulously refusing to make claims on it. Such an uncompromising and isolated position has its romantic aspect. It may encourage the idea that the resulting art is bleak, severe in its emphasis on the individual, and finally pessimistic about the human condition.

Nevertheless, in what is perhaps the clinching paradox at the heart of Bacon’s art, there is about his pictures a sensation profoundly more positive than negative.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 Museum of Modern Art

 

  DONALD KUSPIT | NEW YORK | ARTFORUM | VOLUME 29, NUMBER 3 | NOVEMBER 1990

 

The revelation of this carefully selected, historically self-conscious retrospective of the work of Francis Bacon is the progression over the course of the artist's career from a loaded, murky painterliness, to a spare, even linear, handling. This evolution toward an evanescent thinness, even when colour is boldly uniform, goes hand and hand with his schematization of format and figures. Usually considered vitally and uniquely individual, Bacon's grimacing faces and tortured bodies, his general sense of the sickness of human existence, his ironic secularization (profanation?) of the traditional format of the sacred triptych, his spontaneous appropriation of high art and media images, guided by inner necessity—which makes him look contemporary (if eccentrically excited) in this age of studied appropriations—seem secondary issues. Here Bacon's signature tortured subjects progressively reveal themselves  as tropes, even clichés, of stylized suffering.

Is the late economy of means successful? Certainly it is another way of sustaining the expressionist attitude at a time when its language of direct expression seems to betray it. There is the sense that the dryness of the late works may not be the result of a diminution of anguish—did Bacon become habituated to his own psyche, and thus less overtly mad, more sane?—but simply the exhaustion of artistic means with which to articulate it. Indeed, the late works look redundant, as though Bacon is pedantically driving home the predictably painful lesson life inflicts on those who expect comfort from it. The late works seem less visionary, as though Bacon, having grown accustom to his insanity, now saw it with mundane eyes. The least that can be said is that Bacon seems tired—of himself? Of the habit of making pictures? In contrast to the compulsive early works, in the last paintings he may be taking himself, and art, for granted.

But perhaps his reduction of everything in his oeuvre to a predictable pattern is the indication of a new compulsion. With age, according to some theorists, one is supposed to see life less experimentally and more abstractly, that is, to finalize and order it. There is no sense, however, of a grand summing up in Bacon's last works, no sense of wisdom—visual or existential—distilled from all the year of labor. At the same time they hardly constitute the whimper that T. S. Eliot thought came with the end. Rather, Bacon has become a mannerist of himself. His late works index his earlier works, but they look like a table of contents to paintings that were never made. That's the way an artist signals he's at the end of his tether, has nothing more to say: his works begin to look like an index to themselves, an index easily confused with a table of contents. Why, one wonders, is there no living work to read, and only the denuded text?

—Donald Kuspit

 

 

 

 

 

Home thoughts from an incurable surrealist

 

 

 

Absorbed by his art; he scorns decoration; in fear of death, he is fascinated by the macabre.

Francis Bacon, master of the incongruous, talks to Richard Cork. Photograph by Graham Wood.

 

 

RICHARD CORK | THE ARTS | THE TIMES SATURDAY REVIEW | MARCH 16 1991

 

 

Entering Francis Bacon's surprisingly Spartan bedsitting room in an uncanny experience, like finding yourself inside one of his own paintings. The walls are bare, and dangling from the ceiling are the same naked light bulbs that swing like demented pendulums in his pictures or bear down glaringly on a nude sprawled across a bed. Bacon's preoccupation with reflections in many of his paintings is also echoed, with a startling dash of he macabre, by a wall-sized mirror. Its surface has been partially riven by a spectacular crack, as if somebody had picked up the small electric fire perched on a near by chair and hurled it straight at the glass. Rather than replacing the mirror, Bacon has taped up the largest slivers to prevent them falling off. The crack's explosive power has been preserved, almost as disturbingly as one of the figures writhing in the immensity of a Bacon canvas.

When I remarked on the austerity of the room, with its single bed flanked by an angle-poise lamp at the far end, Bacon replied: "My surroundings simply don't interest me very much." In one sense, his comment is understandable enough. The studiously neutral colour of the walls implies an utter lack of concern for the niceties of decoration. Two sofas, half-obscured by rows of clothes, likewise suggest that their owner has no time for wardrobes. The interior looks like a student's digs, inhabited by somebody who disdains bourgeois propriety and feels impatient with the whole notion of possessions.

"I once had a very early Frank Auerbach," Bacon said, after I asked him about the absence of pictures. "At one stage I also bought a Sickert of a woman lying on a bed with a man seated next to her. But, like a fool, I gave it to Lucian Freud. I wish I had it now." He spoke like a man who lacked the financial resources to remedy his loss, and Bacon's home certainly seems untouched by his ability to command millions of pounds for a single painting. "Earning vast amounts of money doesn't affect me one bit," he said. "I'd be quite happy going back to the income I had as a young man, when I worked as a cook and general servant."

Looking round the room, I could see what he meant. There is nothing fixed or settled about this interior, no hint of and expenditure having been lavished on a place Bacon moved into 30 years ago. It resembles the room of a man in transit, someone unshackled by any of the conventional ties binding most people to their houses. Perhaps the truth is that Bacon is so absorbed in thinking about his art, and reading the books which festoon every available surface, that he has no time left for the external details of life.

In another sense, though, the parallels between this strange environment and his work indicate that it nourishes him as powerfully as the life-mask of William Blake once did. He still keeps it, on a cupboard next to an electric fan a very Baconian juxtaposition. Its blanched and enigmatic features inspired a mesmerising sequence of paintings in the mid-Fifties. More recently, it also prompted him to have his own life-mask taken, an experience he regretted as soon as they started smothering his face with plaster. Now Blake's life-mask presides over the room, mediating with stoicism on the inevitability of his eventual demise.

What, I wondered, did Bacon feel about the prospect of death of death? "Well, Picasso abhorred the thought of death: he loathed being reminded of mortality so much that he didn't even want anyone to mention his  75th birthday when it arrived." Bacon, who refers to Picasso a great deal and regards him as by far the greatest artist of our century, understands exactly why he felt that way. "I hate the thought of death," he said. "I hate the thought of it all coming to an end." He paused, stared out of the window for a moment, and then brightened with a defiant rallying cry: "Shall we have some champagne?"

He leapt up with astonishing agility and, betraying no sign of an 81-yea old's stiffness, disappeared into the kitchen. While he was away, I reflected that anyone who retains o much energy is bound to regard the whole notion of extinction as anathema. Within seconds he was back, bearing a bottle which he uncorked with seasoned ease. The two stemmed glasses he placed on the table were elegantly inscribed with the initials FB in flowing script. They were the gift, apparently, of an admirer in Germany, where his work is regarded with almost as much veneration as in France.

Did he think that his paintings are appreciated more warmly over there than in Britain? "Oh, they don't like my work here at all," he said bluntly. "Maybe it's the savagery they find in it, or maybe it's the homosexuality which I suppose is in my work. I don't go about shouting that I'm gay, but Aids has made it all much worse, you know. People are very, very odd about it. The other day a telephone engineer came round, so I offered him a drink. He looked at me strangely and said: 'You're gay, aren't you?' "

With characteristic honesty, Bacon has never made any attempt to hide his homosexuality. Some of his finest and most erotic paintings depict male figures embracing or making love. Moreover, he is intrigues by the fact that his distant ancestor, the celebrated Elizabethan Lord Chancellor Francis Bacon, was also homosexual. "It comes up in Aubrey's Brief Lives," he said, bounding up from the table again and moving swiftly over to a pile of books on a cupboard near the bed. The search proved fruitless: "Where is it? What have I done with it? I've thrown all my books away, you know, because I've got no room for them."

I challenged his about the British perception of his work. He is, after all, widely regarded as this country's most outstanding living painter, and over the past 30 years the Tate Gallery has paid him the unique honour of staging two great retrospectives. Now, in the Tate's latest rehang, he has been given the accolade of a large room devoted solely to his work. It is immensely powerful, and prompted me to telephone him on impulse after I had visited the gallery. Bacon's line was engaged for almost an hour, but then, quite suddenly, started ringing. He answered at once, and I told him that I had been particularly impressed at the Tate by his loan of a grand triptych, which he painted three years ago.

Bacon conceived it as a second version of a smaller and far more rasping triptych called Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion. Painted in 1944, it seemed at the time to encapsulate the horror of war, by showing three monstrously deformed hybrids, half human and half beast, yelling their despair against a vehement orange ground. This disconcerting trio reappears in the 1988 version. But the two figures at the sides now point inwards rather than outwards, seeming to direct their anguish towards a blindfolded form with bared, vicious teeth in the centre. This time the extra space around each figure intensifies their isolation, and Bacon exchanges the parched, angry orange of the earlier triptych for a sumptuous deep crimson.

Having mentioned my fascination with these two versions, I asked Bacon if we might meet. To my surprise he agreed, and the next morning I went round to his mews home, in South Kensington, armed with his warning that its entrance had no name-plate to identify it. Although his work might suggest that Bacon is a reclusive and difficult man, he could not have been more convivial. Unusually for an artist, he is also very frank in his criticism of the work he had produced. "I did that second triptych because I'd always wanted to do a large version of the earlier one," he said. "I thought it might work, but I think the first one is the best. I should have reiterated the orange to give it a kick, because the red dissolves. But I may had been dissuaded by the boredom of putting it on, because mixing that orange paint with pastel and spraying it was a terrible lot of work."

Why, I asked, had he remained so obsessed with the crucifixion theme? "Well, I'm not in the least religious," he said, "even though I was brought up in the Protestant faith and went to church as a child. At my age, I've known many people die or commit suicide and I've never thought they were anything other than dead. I'm certain there's nothing after that, and I like the finality of the American expression 'drop dead'. But I am fascinated by the great crucifixions which have been painted in the past by Cimabue and Grünewald."

Lying on the table beside us, next to an assortment of bottles and a Linguaphone course, was W. B. Stanford's book on  Greek Tragedy and the Emotions. It reminded me that Bacon's gruelling interpretation of the crucifixion had been profoundly affected by his love of Aeschylus. One of his most haunting late triptychs was "suggested by" the  Oresteia plays, and although he can only read Aeschylus in translation, "the whole surrealism is there". Picasso's paintings of bathers from the surrealist period likewise influenced Bacon profoundly, to the extent of  inspiring him to start painting. "But I've been influenced by everything," he said, "even the extraordinary colour photographs in medical text books, which I get from a bookshop in Gower Street. I got one there recently on small wounds."

He rose again and returned this time with a well-thumbed, paint-smeared copy of A Colour Atlas of Nursing Procedures in Accidents and Emergencies. I flinched from the pictures of syphilitic sores and other excruciating painful afflictions inside, all reproduced with glistening vividness. But Bacon seemed captivated rather than appalled as he leafed through the pages Why did he never even shudder at them? "I suppose when I look at these photographs, I think: 'My God, I'm lucky I don't have that," he replied, pointing at a particularly gruesome wound. "But they don't alarm me in the way that they do other people. Once I was driving through France with a friend, and we came across a terribly bad motor accident. There was blood and glass all over the road. But I remember thinking that there was a beauty about it. I didn't feel the horror of it, because it was par of life."

Sensing that we were approaching the central reason why some people still recoil from Bacon's art, I pressed him to speculate on the origins of his preoccupation with the normality of violence. "Well, you musn't forget that I was born in Ireland," he said, "where my English father trained racehorses very unsuccessfully. I grew up there at a time when Sinn Fein was going around. All the houses in our neighbourhood were being attacked,  and on all the trees  you'd see the green, white and gold of the Sinn Fein flags.."

Although Bacon's family moved to London at the beginning of the the first world war, when he was almost five, the atmosphere of fear did not abate. "We lived near Hyde Park, in Westbourne Terrace, and after the bombing started they sprayed the park with a phosphorescent substance from watering-cans. The idea was that the zeppelins would identify this glow as the lights of the city, and drop their bombs there. Then we went back to Ireland again, so I was brought up to think of life having this violence."

Even today it remains a powerful force driving his work. At an age when most men have mellowed and lost some, at least, of their youthful fire, Bacon stays close to his old obsessions. "I was planning this year to do a series of paintings about places where murder has been committed," he said, describing how there would have been, "one in a field, one on a pavement, and one in a room. But I'm going to abandon the idea."

One of these canvases sat half-finished on an easel in his studio, a modestly proportioned room reached by passing through a kitchen lined with colour reproductions of his work. A grey upper area in the painting led down to a central section spattered with blood. It had the rudiments of an authentically chilling image. But Bacon, an inveterate and ruthless destroyer of pictures he considers to be failures, said it was no good. He seemed reluctant to show me any of the other works-in-progress stacked against the wall.

Responding to my interest, though, he did allow me to explore the rest of the studio. It was cold, probably because his anxiety about the risk of fire prompts him to leave unheated the rooms he is not currently not using. The walls, like the doors, were gaudily covered with paint-splashes of every conceivable colour. As for the floor, it was heaped to the point of outright congestion with books, paint pots, squeezed-out tubes of pigment and smeared rags. How Bacon moves around in such a cluttered space remains unfathomable, but I did manage to bend down and retrieve a small canvas from the wreckage. The painted face it once contained had been cut out with a few swift slashes of the knife, leaving only a tantalizing vestige of a head behind.

In this cramped interior, lit by a skylight window which Bacon inserted for the purpose, he manages even to work on even the largest of his triptychs. When assembled, they must stretch across virtually the full width of the room, but Bacon finds this restriction oddly stimulating. "The best exhibition I've ever had was in 1977 at the Galerie Claude Bernard, in Paris, where the spaces are all small and the paintings looked more intense." So here, hemmed in by detritus in a studio which most artists would find claustrophobic, the indefatigable octogenarian repairs every morning. Unlike Lucian Freud, who painted a masterly little portrait of Bacon from nocturnal sittings almost 40 years ago, he prefers working in daylight. "I get up very early  and paint in here until 1 pm. Then I'm finished, I've had it. I hate afternoons, I think they're absolutely revolting, they're a wash-out. But I feel better again in the evenings."

Hr looked spry enough as we talked, and while walking to a nearby Italian restaurant for lunch his gait seemed positively jaunty. The laced-up gym shoes, fawn pullover and corduroy slacks only accentuated the inner vitality of a man whose enthusiasm for work, and eagerness to talk about the artists and writers he admires most keenly, remains undimmed.

"I've thought of doing dozens of things which I've never done," he said, with an old man's acute awareness of the role played by temporality and chance. "One's energy fluctuates, and there's never enough time. With life passing so quickly, you can never talk in ultimate terms, never plan for the future. It just happens." But, judging by the paintings he continues to produce, Bacon's ability to seize the moment is still as formidable as ever.

 

 

     

              At home among the paintpots: "My surrounds simply don't interest me."

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon, genius of the violent style, is dead

 

 

 

FIRST EDITION | FRONT PAGE | THE EVENING STANDARD | WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

FRANCIS BACON died today of a heart attack in a Madrid hospital after being taken ill on holiday. 

The 82-year-old painter had been staying with friends in Spain. He had complained of not feeling well and was admitted to hospital where he died suddenly this morning, his London agent said. He had suffered from asthma throughout his life. 

His body will be flown back to England for a private funeral. Francis Bacon lived a life divided between the gutter and the Ritz. Some said he was the greatest British artist since Turner
others considered his art obscene. All over the world sales of his work attract top collectors and record prices. Yet Bacon lived for most of his later life in a chaotic two-bedroom mews house in South Kensington. 

Born in Dublin in 1909, his English father was a retired Army officer and went to Ireland to train horses. Bacon's relationship with his parents was not good and they never really supported his ambitions as an artist. At the age of 16 he was banished by his father after he was found wearing his mother's underwear and caught having sex with the grooms. First stop for Bacon was London and then Berlin, where he indulged in sexual escapades, including nights in transvestite clubs, and gambling sprees. 

He returned to London in 1923 and began to design modernistic furniture. However, Bacon - who destroyed much of his early work with a razor
himself dated the start of his artistic career with the triptychs Three Studies for the Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion. 

His triptychs, which launched his career at the age of 35, followed the European tradition of altar pieces but his strong exciting images reinvigorated the British art scene and became a symbol of renewed life. At the outbreak of the Second World War he tried to enlist, but was turned down because of his asthma, so joined the ambulance rescue squad. Some critics believe this experience with death helped mould his violent artistic style. 

He had no formal training and used his fingers, scrubbing brushes and rags, combining different images from different media to produce startling images. 

Inspiration came from poets, photographs and even medical books. Some of his most famous and striking pictures are the Screaming Popes. Here he combined references from a still photograph from Sergei Eisenstein's film Battleship Potemkin and Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X to produce an unforgettable image. 

Aloof and alone when working, he could also be sociable, drinking in Soho's Colony club where, as a struggling artist, the shrewd owner Mrs Muriel Belcher paid him £10 a week to bring in 'good spenders'. 

His famous love of champagne and oysters at Wheelers restaurant made him legendary and he once agreed to a television interview provided it was filmed there and his slate was cleared. 

In 1971 he was given a retrospective in Paris's Grand Palais, an honour rarely afforded British artists. Tragically his former lover and model George Dyer committed suicide hours before the exhibition opened.

* CHANNEL 4 is screening a 1985 South Bank Show on Francis Bacon at 9pm tonight.

 

 

 

 

 

MIRROR OF OUR VIOLENT TIMES

 

 

 

 

By BRIAN SEWELL | FIRST EDITION  |  THE EVENING STANDARD | WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992   

 


IT IS an irony that Francis Bacon should die in Madrid, the city of Velasquez, whose heir he was as the last in the line of ancestral European painting. He was heir too to the grandeurs of the Italian Renaissance and the bloodstained violence of German art, ignoring the aesthetic nonsenses of abstract art and other late 20th century fashion. 

He took the Crucifixion, stripped it of all its Christian implications, and invested it instead with the universal beastliness of man and abattoir, running with blood, deafened with screams. As a portrait painter he was not the friend with insight but the harsh interrogator, the man outside the ring of light with lash and electrodes close at hand. His prisoners, presidents, popes and old friends squirmed. 

He used the ideas of the trap, the cell, the cage, the X-ray field and the heavy fall of light to imprison and torment his subjects to distil the violence, and to assault complacent senses with graceless nakedness on the lavatory pan and vomit in the wash basin. 

Francis Bacon was born in Dublin in 1909 but did not stay there long. Ill-at-ease with his middle-class parents, Bacon's adolescence was spent alone in Berlin and Paris, designing furniture and rugs, and it was only in 1929 that he turned to painting. 

He was entirely self-taught, rejected by the English surrealists for not being sufficiently surreal, and as no one else paid serious attention to his early work, he destroyed it. After the war, the friendship and support of Ruskin Spear and John Minton, and the use of a studio in the Royal College of Art, gave his work new strength and impetus. 

In 1945 he exhibited Three Studies for figures at the base of a Crucifixion, now in the Tate Gallery, a benchmark for all subsequent work, and in 1949 he was given a one-man exhibition in London. It was an immediate success, and the first of many all over the world, for Bacon broke all the timid rules of British art and forced it into the European tradition. His work was eventually to be found in major galleries all over Europe, Japan and America and was in such demand that prices paid by private collectors often exceeded the £1 million mark. 

He was held by Alan Bowness, former Director of the Tate Gallery and a close friend, to be Europe's greatest living painter others of us thought him the greatest living painter in the world. 

A very likeable man, a considerable drinker, he was in private life unassuming, quick-witted and warm; he travelled by Tube as often as not, did his own shopping, offered support to young painters whose work he liked and was never formidable. 

When interviewed by distinguished broadcasters and critics, he invariably saved them from themselves, camouflaging the worst of their idiocies with quick and reasonable answers to fumbling, incoherent questions. Made into something of a guru by the media, his view of the future of painting was deeply pessimistic. 

Bacon took the vile, sexually and politically obscene, the shudderingly visceral, and lifted them with paint so that we might contemplate ferociously profane images of cruelty and despair and see in them an inheritance from the great Renaissance themes of religious and temporal power. 

Titian, Rembrandt and Velasquez might not have cared for Bacon's work but they would at once have recognised kinship in his astonishing mastery of paint and the profound pessimistic atheism of his images. He was the perfect mirror of the spirit of our age. 

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon dies of a heart attack at 82

 

 

By COLIN RANDALL | THE TELEGRAPH | WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

FRANCIS BACON, the self-taught artist seen by admirers as Britain's greatest 20th century painter but by Mrs Thatcher as "that dreadful man who paints those horrible pictures", died yesterday after suffering a heart attack while while on holiday in Spain. He was 82.

The conflict aroused by his work was prompted by his concentration on sex and death, often violently expressed. He also adopted a colourful lifestyle and was openly homosexual.

Mr Bacon lived to see his work command to prices. A 1973 triptych fetched £3.75 million at Sotheby's in New York in 1989, and a portrait was sold last December for almost £2 million at Sotheby's in London.

 

 

 

 

 

A life between the gutter and the Ritz

 

 

 

Was Francis Bacon, who died yesterday, Britains greatest painter?

 

Daniel Farson, a friend for 40 years, traces his unconventional life and, right, Richard Dorment assesses his work

 

 

 

DANIEL FARSON | THE ARTS | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

FRANCIS BACON, who has died in Spain ages 82, was considered by many to be the most important and original British artist of this century.

He was one of a few painters to receive critical if not public acclaim during his life time. He was offered such honours as a knighthood and the Order of Merit, but he quietly declined them.

Though constantly surprising, his work did not change drastically over the years but but developed his theme of human pain, despair and loneliness, depicted with a violence which may become symbolic of the 20th century.

He was also one of the formidable figures of his time, a man who divided his life, as he put it, "between the gutter and the Ritz". His bohemian excesses are bound to make him legendary.

A heavy drinker and obsessive gambler, His stamina was exceptional and he appeared 20 years younger than his age. He was a brilliant conversationalist; his wit was spontaneous and his carefully measured sentences and lilting intonation could make the mundane sound hilarious.

His presence was equally welcome in the clubs of Soho or the salons of smart society, and he was at his ease in both.

Certainly, he had not time for the trappings of success and lived for the last  25 years in a small mews cottage near South Kensington which looked as if it was waiting for the furniture to arrive, with blackened windows and naked light-bulbs. "I feel at home in chaos," he said.

Bacon directed his career with consummate skill while appearing to ignore it, and he was careful not to be associated with any artistic school or movement.  He did not attempt to conceal his homosexuality, but tended to his dislike of militant "gays"—though he signed a petition against the Government's controversial Clause 28.

Increasingly, he resented Mrs Thatcher's standards while admiring her strength. In her turn, when informed that Bacon was regarded as Britain's greatest painter, she expressed dismay: "Not that dreadful man who paints those horrible pictures!"

When a historic exhibition of his work was held in Moscow in 1988—an extraordinary honour of an artist who was frequently accused of "decadence" in the Western world—he claimed his asthma prevented him from attending, though privately he confided that he felt he was being "manipulated".

Francis Bacon was born in Dublin of English parents on October 28, 1909, and brought up in County Kildare where his father (a distant kinsman of the late 16th early 17th-century essayist, Francis Bacon) had a training stable. When the First World War broke out, the family moved temporarily to London, where his father worked for the War Office.

After repeatedly running away, Bacon was removed from a minor public school in Cheltenham after a year and given a weekly allowance of £3 by his mother at the age of 16. This marked the end of his education and his family life, which he admitted was unhappy. His father opposed his wish to become an artist.

At the age of 18 he went to Berlin. One explanation is that his father was exasperated by his son's indolence and habit of dressing in his mother's clothes, and hoped too make a man of him by entrusting him into the care of a sporting uncle, who, as it turned out, shared his nephew's inclinations. Two months later he moved to Paris, where he saw his first Picasso exhibition.

In the years that followed Bacon drifted between menial jobs. Applying for a job as a "gentleman's gentleman", he forged his references but was given his notice when his "gentleman" saw him dining at the next table at the Ritz on his evening off.

With his usual candour, Bacon admitted that he lived on his wits as well: "I used to steal money from my father whenever I could and I was always taking rooms in London and then disappearingnot paying the rent. What's called morality has grown on me with age."

At the same time he experimented as a decoratorhis modernist furniture was illustrated in The Studio in 1930 and even bought by R. A. Butler.

Self-taught, and never a draughtsman, he acknowledged several images which helped him, such as the early photographs by Eadweard Muybridge of The Human Figure in Motion and the film still of the screaming nurse on the Odessa Steps, her glasses shattered, from Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin.

Why, I asked, had he remained so obsessed with the crucifixion theme? "Well, I'm not in the least religious," he said, "even though I was brought up in the Protestant faith and went to church as a child. At my age, I've known many people die or commit suicide and I've never thought they were anything other than dead. I'm certain there's nothing after that, and I like the finality of the American expression 'drop dead'. But I am fascinated by the great crucifixions which have been painted in the past by Cimabue and Grünewald."

Though he claimed that nothing in his work mattered until 1945, Bacon was influenced by his close friend, the Australian painter, Roy de Maistre, and particularly by Graham Sutherland. As early as 1934 he held his own show in a Curzon Street basement; his painting of a crucifixion (1933) was noticed by Herbert Read and reproduced in his book Art Now; the publisher Sir Michael Sadleir bought it by telegram.

During the Second World War Bacon was exempt from military service because of his asthma. Instead, he ran private gambling parties in Millais's old studio in South Kensington, with his faithful nanny looking after the hats and coats. It was now that he started to paint seriously.

"I do what I do to excite myself," he said, but claimed; "I have looked at everything in art." Among the artists he admired were Rembrandt, Grunewald and Velázquez, whose portraits of Pope Innocent X provided the inspiration for Bacon's early series  of Popes screaming in silence.

In Monte Carlo immediately after the war, he resumed his friendship with the Sutherlands, who witnessed a win at the Casino so large that Bacon was able to rent a villa for a year and buy a year's supply at a delicatessen, before returning to lose the rest. It seems undeniable, though he tended to deny it, that Bacon gained from the encouragement of the more experienced artist.

In 1944 Bacon's of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion was shown in a mixed exhibition at the Lefevre that included Henry Moore and Graham Sutherland. The considerable influence of Picasso's abstract shapes in the 1927 Paris exhibition in instantly apparent, but Bacon twisted them into figures which were almost human. John Russell described their impact: "Visitors were brought up short by images so unrelievedly awful that the mind shut with a snap  at the sight of them ... these figures had an anatomy half-human, half-animal ... They caused total consternation."

This was a turning pint and the studies were bought in 1953 by the Tate Gallery. Though rivalry now entered their friendship and finally eclipsed it, Sutherland remained supportive, introducing Bacon to such patrons as the ship-owner Sir Colin Anderson, and to Kenneth Clark, who left the studio murmuring "Interesting ... yes", whereupon Bacon explained; "You see, you're surrounded by cretins."

That night Clark told Sutherland: "You and I may be in a minority of two, but will still be right in thinking that Francis Bacon has genius."

Clark was proved correct. A period followed with some of Bacon's most memorable paintings; Figures in Lanscape, hinting at assassination, and a series of Heads caught in the act of screaming.

His importance was recognised by fellow Soho artists: John Minton, Lucian Freud, Rodrigo Moynihan, Frank Auerbach and Michael Andrews. They met in the Colony Room, run by Muriel Belcher, who became one of his few intimate friends.

Outside this circle he remained virtually unknown and in spite of his patrons he was glad to sell his pictures for negligible sums.

Bacon's life changed dramatically in 1958  when he joined the Marlborough Gallery, whose initiative was instrumental in staging the first retrospective at the Tate in 1962, when the critics accepted him as a painter of extraordinary power.

This was the first of three landmarks, followed by the exhibition at the Grand Palais in Paris (1971), and the second retrospective at the Tate in 1985, when he gained new respect as "Britain's greatest living painter", though there were dissenters.

But public triumph was accompanied by personal tragedy. After the first Tate exhibition he opened a score of congratulatory telegrams, the last of which informed him of the death of Peter Lacy, a friend whom he was about to join in Tangier.

Then in Paris in 1971, as he waited at the Grand Palais to welcome President Pompidou, word was brought to Bacon that George Dyer, his close friend and model, had committed suicide.

But in his final years Bacon had the support and companionship of a young East Ender, John Edwards. These years were among his calmest, though his energy seemed undiminished.

Benefiting from the boom in the art world, Bacon became a rich man. In 1987 a million pounds was paid at Christie's in New York for Study for Portrait II, painted in the 1950s. Ever disdainful of success, he recoiled when an accountant advised him to live in Switzerland: "What a terrible prospect. All those fucking views!"

For a man who enjoyed the best of lifefood, drink and friendshipthere is no celebration of life as in the French Impressionists or Matisse. For a man who will be remembered for his laughter, there is non of the zest of Lautrec, and Bacon was adamant that humour has no place in art.

Like the greatest artists, he compelled you to look again at life and see it differently. People constantly misinterpreted his objective, finding sensation when he saw a terrible beauty. His attraction to raw flesh was simple: "You've only got to go into a butcher's shop, like Harrods food hall. It's nothing to do with mortality but it's to do with the great beauty of the colour of raw meat."

In his first television interview in 1958, he told me: "Sometimes I have used subject matter which people think is sensational because one of the things I have wanted to do was record the human crythe whole coagulation of pain and despairand that in itself is something sensational."

 

 

Francis Bacon at his spartan studio in 1984: 'I feel at home in chaos,' said the artist whose work sold for up to a million pounds

 

 

 

 

THE ART OF DESPAIR

 

 

RICHARD DORMENT | THE ARTS | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | WEDNESDAY, APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

TO HIS admirers, Francis Bacon was the most instinctive and visceral of 20-century British painters, the one who communicated most forcefully the grossness of human appetites and the emptiness that lies at the bottom of their gratification.

His was a world in which the concepts either of hope, or of the spiritual life, did not exist. Among his subjects were sodomy, drug addiction, anxiety and suicide. Voyeurism and violent death figure largely in his oeuvre. No artist painted so many toilets.

To many, all this came perilously close to self-indulgence. And yet at the 1985 retrospective at the Tate Gallery one understood what Alan Bowness, then director, meant when he described Bacon as the greatest living English artist. There was a grandeur in Bacon's art because his theme was a terrible one: a revulsion against his own humanity. He turned self-hatred into high art.

Indeed, the Tate retrospective revealed a much greater artist than many had realised. Visitors were stunned by Bacon's ravishing sense of colour.

At times it almost seemed as though he had discovered an alternative rainbow made up of rich purples, shocking oranges, and artichoke greens. Whether one liked his subjects or not, Bacon emerged as a grand, dramatic painter with an innate sense of design. He had, too, a wonderful feel for the sensual laying on of paint to canvas.

In British art he belongs to a line of painters that looks back to Edward Burra and forward to Gilbert and George. He was an expressionist of extraordinary power.

This year he exhibited his reworking of his famous Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, using spray paint and considerably restricting and darkening the original colour range.

The result looked to me like a deliberate and measured summing up of his art, comparable in a way to the late works of other artists who stood on the brink of death, particularly Titian.

What made Bacon's work so chilling was that there was no softening of the despair, no diminution of the ferocious loathing for the human condition.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 

 

BRUCE BERNARD | GAZETTE | THE INDEPENDENT | WEDNESDAY 29 APRIL 1992  

 

I FIRST came across the work of Francis Bacon at school. I was just becoming interested in "modern art"  and was tremendously stimulated by Herbert Read's Art Now. I don't know quite why the reproduction of Bacon's Crucifixion (1993) struck me as forcefully as it did, looking stronger in a way that the Picasso 1929 Baigneuse that it faced, but I was captivated by the mysterious presence.

When I saw the 1944 triptych Study for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion that made him famous in the art world at least, it confirmed my feeling that he was an entirely remarkable painter. Moderate horror was expressed by the press at the time and Michael Ayrton wrote a paragraph tying Bacon to Picasso's "Bone Period" and patronising them both. But to others it was a miraculously energetic work, uncompromising and offering great promise for the future.

It seemed that the confident radicalism of early-twentieth-century European painting might have found a worthy exponent in Britain for the first time. Graham Sutherland had been doing some of his best work (and had actually been influenced by the entirely unknown Bacon in the Thirties) but his pictures never gave one the confidence that they could travel, while Bacon's have done so triumphantly.

The next masterpiece was, I thing, Painting, 1946. Picasso's work had made Bacon want to be a painter when he saw a show in Paris in 1928 but, though always acknowledging his debt, he was, with Painting, 1946, now entirely himself. From then on his career started its inevitable upward progress. The Bacon "scream" was born (derived mainly from the nurses on the Odessa Steps in Eisenstein's The Battleship Potemkin) and it appeared, though much less frequently than is thought, through ape-like heads, a series based on Velasquez's famous portrait of Pope Innocent X and several desperately isolated men in suits. Bacon always insisted that the Popes were a mistake but a few of them are, I'm sure, great paintings.

In 1953 he painted an outrageous picture which must surely be one of the great figure paintings of the century. Bacon was, of course, homosexual and, although he must have certainly enjoyed turning an Eadweard Muybridge photograph of two wrestlers on their mat into Two Figures on a Bed, he made it a mordant allegory of flesh and futility. Although latterly his male figures became more "voluptuous", the earlier apparently coupling ones seem equivocal and mostly tormented prisoners of their human incarnation.

Lucian Freud, who was a close friend of Bacon's for some 30 years, though later their relations became very cool, once told me that when he first met Bacon in 1944 that he seemed "the wildest and wisest" person he had ever met.

He has had something like that effect on many people. But when I met him in 1948, when I was 20, it was his marvellously self-conscious charm that impressed me because it seemed at the same time to be a natural expression of vitality. His famous courtesy also increased with his sense of well-being, along with his overflowing humour which, whether malicious or not, was only to do with high spirits (he hated "jokes"). But on bad days his generosity became a defensive barrier and good manners would come under threat, quite often turning into a daunting asperity and more than that.

Afternoons out with him in Soho during the Fifties and Sixties were mostly really exhilarating. To see him come into the French Pub around 12.30 (after having probably worked for six hours that morning) gave one, when not obliged to work oneself, a sense that one's banal idleness might soon be redeemed by irresponsible pleasure and conversation. The bar staff and Gaston Berlemont were pleased to see him for reasons only very loosely connected to commerce and, if one did go on to Wheeler's for lunch, often with several others, the greeting from the staff and management there was equally pleased and expectant.

Nearly everyone likes being bought champagne and lunch but the real pleasure of these occasions was  the spectacle of care being banished with such élan. Generally this feeling could be sustained all afternoon and evening, but occasionally it crumbled, either slowly or spectacularly, at Muriel Belcher's Colony Room. (Muriel, who had once paid Bacon £10 a week to bring in affluent customers, was one of the few people he really loved, and he made several paintings of her).

In the late Fifties, after producing at lightening speed a sensational show at the Hanover Gallery of pictures based on Van Gogh's The Painter on the Road to Tarascon, Bacon started painting portraits of people he knew.

At first he tried working from the model, but then found he was less distracted if he used photographs. (There is an interesting exchange with David Sylvester and Bacon on this subject in that essential book of conversations The Brutality of Fact.) The pictures were nearly always taken by a brilliant photographer called John Deakin who was one of the best British photographers of this century -  if not quite the most productive  or consistent.

Bacon will be remembered for a large number of single images and at least 20 of his large triptychs, but his portraits will be considered as important as anything in his oeuvre, particularly those involving George Dyer, Henrietta Moraes and Isabel Rawsthorne (as well as the constant stream of self-portraits). Those of Lucian Freud are powerful paintings but not so impressively "like" as the others. Isabel Rawsthorne, who inspired several masterpieces conveying her extraordinary looks and presence, said that, although they were done from photographs, she felt she knew exactly "when and where" they were painted. And Frank Auerbach has said that the best Bacon portraits seem "like risen spirits".

The Seventies and Eighties brought Bacon new triumphs on a world-wide scale. The great series of the triptychs started in the Sixties was continued with some of the strongest images he ever made, including the ruthlessly poignant re-enactment of the death of his friend George Dyer.

For my taste the work of the Eighties is, with certain notable exceptions, less convincing than that of earlier decades as it seems done more for Bacon's private pleasure than the previous dramas acted out on a larger and more public stage. His technical virtuosity however was often as brilliant as ever. In 1988 a historic exhibition of Bacon's work was mounted in Moscow and provoked tremendous interest. Opinion was as polarised as ever, but the heroic element in the work was noted more than usual by those in favour of it.

Bacon was a tormented person in many ways - particularly because of his need for a kind of negative certainty about art and the human life. But it must be always remembered that the artists he revered mostly either possessed religious faith or embodied it in their work, like Rembrandt, Michelangelo and Velasquez; or had abandoned it but preserved a powerfully religious temperament, like Van Gogh; or had a strong sense of social morality, like Seurat. Degas, Duchamp and Picasso were exceptions, but perhaps in the end they have the least affinities with him. His favourite poets, Eliot and Yeats, surely had very strong religious and metaphysical leanings and Shakespeare of course had everything.

I am reluctant to believe that he chose the iconography of the Crucifixion simply because it was an example of "human behaviour". Bacon's depth of feeling needed the spiritual intensity of the traditional image, though Nietzsche was his guide. The critics who said he lacked a "truly tragic dimension" only betrayed their limited notion of tragedy, and disappointed seekers after "affirmation" failed to realise that it is present in all real art, including Bacon's.

Bacon was a deeper and more driven man than he would admit - and always determined to be the driver. Only he could have stayed the course he took with such calculated recklessness. Apart from his personal and intimate life, his gambling (and once the running of a dangerously illegal gaming party) there was his drinking, which, together with his work, continuously taxed his constitution. It all added up to near total improvidence - unit age got as close as it could to catching up with him. And writing as an agnostic I don't think that his "nihilism" can harm anyone at all. I believe that his best work is testing in salutary way and that it provides what all great art does - the sense of the indispensible experience.

Francis could be a marvellously out going person but would also conspire to make himself a lonely one. He was often simply kind. All manner of people and surviving friends will miss his presence in the world, and so will I.

Bruce Bernard

 

 

An artist whose work has ravelled triumphantly: Francis Bacon in the doorway of his studio, 1984

Photograph: Bruce Bernard

 

 

 

I would say I tend to destroy all the better paintings

 

 

Francis Bacon talks to David Sylvester:

from Sylvester's Interviews with Francis Bacon, 1962-1979 (Thames & Hudson)

 

 

‘When I was trying in despair the other day to paint that head of a specific person, I used a very big brush and a great deal of paint and I put it on very, very freely, and I simply didn’t know in the end what I was doing, and suddenly this thing clicked, and became exactly like this image I was trying to record. But not out of any conscious will, nor was it anything to do with illustrational painting. What has never yet been analysed is why this particular way of painting is more poignant than illustration. I suppose because it has a life completely of its own. It lives on its own, like the image one’s trying to trap; it lives on its own, and therefore transfers the essence of the image more poignantly. So that the artist may be able to open up or rather, should I say, unlock the valves of feeling and therefore return the onlooker to life more violently. 

Sylvester: And when you feel that the thing, as you say, has clicked, does this mean it's given you what you initially wanted or that it's given you'd like to have wanted?

Bacon: One never, of course, I'm afraid, gets that. But there is a possibility that you get through this accidental thing something much more profound than what you really wanted.

Sylvester: When you were talking earlier about this head you were doing the other day, you said that you tried to take it further and lost it. Is this often the reason for your destroying paintings? That's to say, do you tend to destroy paintings early on or do you tend to destroy them precisely when they've been good and you're trying to make them better?

Bacon: I think I tend to destroy the better paintings, or those that have been better to a certain extent. I try and take them further, and they lose all their qualities, and they lose everything. I think I would say that I tend to destroy all the better paintings.

Sylvester: Can you never get it back once it's gone over the top?

Bacon: Not now. And less and less. As the way I work is totally now, accidental, and becomes more and more accidental, and doesn't seem to behave, as it were, unless it is accidental, how can I recreate an accident? It's almost an impossible thing to do.

Sylvester: But you might get another accident on the same canvas?

Bacon: One might get another accident, but it would never be quite the same. This is the thing that can probably happen only in oil paint, because it is so subtle that one tone, one piece of paint, that moves one thing into another completely changes the implications of the image.

Sylvester: You wouldn't get back what you'd lost, but you might get something else. Why, then, do you tend to destroy rather than work on? Why do you prefer to begin again on another canvas?

Bacon: Because sometimes it disappears completely and the canvas becomes completely clogged, and there's too much paint on it - just a technical thing, but too much paint, and one just can't go on . . .

Sylvester If people didn't come and take the away from you, I take it, nothing would ever leave the studio; you'd go on till you'd destroyed them all.

Bacon: I think so, yes.’

 

 

 

                                 Francis Bacon in 1928

 

 

 

Obituary: Francis Bacon

 

 

Genius formed in the blackness of the Blitz

 

 

TIM HILTON | ARTS | THE GUARDIAN | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992   

 

FRANCIS BACON was the last of the major European expressionist painters who came to prominence in the years after the war, and for nearly five decades was a towering if somewhat remote figure in British art. He belongs to no school and had no close followers. His pictures sat uneasily in group exhibitions and often look out of place in museums. For many of his admirers - and those who relished Bacon's art and company  extended in the social range from rent boys to minor royalty - he was a truly existentialist painter, scornful of reward, convention and personal satisfaction.

He came late to painting, abandoned work on canvas for years and had no training whatsoever. Like his near contemporary Jean Dubuffet he was a more challenging artist because he had never studied professional skills and procedures. In the grand pomp of Bacon's most dramatic visions, characteristically enclosed in the ornate old master frames that he and his galleries preferred, there is always a trace of the amateur artist. Not that he painted as a hobby, or to make a point or to earn his living: he was an amateur because his work was the result of a personal compulsion.

Bacon was born in Lower Baggot Street in Dublin in 1909, one of the five children of an English racehorse trainer. His mother was well connected on both sides of the Irish sea and during Bacon's childhood the family lived between  England and Ireland in a succession of grand, often dilapidated houses. He had little formal education and later recalled that his teenage ambition was "to do nothing". Thus he began the life of drifting in European capitals that gave a cosmopolitan background to his paintings' painful interior scenes.

By 1928 he was in Berlin and witnesses the last days of the Weimar Republic. In Paris he saw his first Picassos. In 1930 he returned to England and took a basement flat in South Kensington. The SW10 area was Bacon's first home for the rest of his life. However, he spent long periods in Monte Carlo and other places in which he could indulge his passion for gambling, and made extended visits to southern Africa, fascinated both by big game and the atmosphere of a doomed white population. From the early seventies Bacon lived for part of each year in Paris.

In Kensington in the early thirties Bacon set up a desultory practice as a designer of rugs and art deco furniture. His drawings seem very much of their date, but the steel-and-glass furniture and bold black-outlined mirrors lingered  in his imagination for tears, and may be seen in many paintings of crouching, naked, suffering figures. The short period when Bacon practiced as an interior designer was also the time when he began to paint. Like a gambler, he had immediate success followed by failure. A painting of a crucifixion was reproduced by Herbert Read in his 1933 book Art Now and was bought by the connoisseur Sir Michael Sadler. In the next year Bacon put on a private exhibition of his painting in a house in Curzon Street. The show flopped and with the exception of three canvases in a mixed exhibition in 1937, Bacon did not exhibit again until 1945.

An asthmatic, Bacon did not serve in the war apart from a brief enrolment in the ARP rescue service. He remained in London and had a kind of relish for the darkness and violence of the Blitz. As he later said, "We all needed to be aware of the potential disaster which stalks us at every moment of the day." It is a neat encapsulation of his personal muse, born as he stalked bombarded London in search of places to gamble. Bacon now began to paint again, and most accounts agree that at some point between 1940 and 1945 his work at the easel became obsessive. He is the pre-eminent artist of post-war German angst and disillusion, so it is appropriate that his real career as a painter should have begun in fear, destruction - and lawlessness - of the blackout.

In every aspect of his temperament (though both men were united in assurance of their personal greatness) Bacon was the opposite of that other second world war artist, Henry Moore. Bacon's art is about risk, catastrophe, murder and an abandoned but private sexuality. If Moore was a humanist and a guardian of tradition in the modern world, Bacon was the desperate maestro of immoderation and despair. Asked recently whether he was going to celebrate his 80th birthday, he replied "I celebrate every day". It was as though his daily intake of champagne were the thin ice above deep seas of horror.

His exhibitions at the Lefevre Gallery in 1945 and 1946 established Bacon as an individual, authoritative and notorious painter. The shows also demonstrated the leading principle of his style, a manner that was pretty much constant for years afterwards. Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (1944), now in the Tate Gallery, mingles Picasso with a use of photography as a source.

HISTORIANS will regard Bacon as one of the first important figurative painters whose inspiration came primarily from photographs rather than from human contact or close acquaintance with paintings by old or modern masters. Of course his disregard for other art helped Bacon towards an extraordinary personal licence: those vile background colours, slurred or slovenly brushwork and feigned nobility. And photography also helped him to be competitive. He could hardly have embarked on the series of Screaming Popes, perhaps now his most famous work, had he studied their source, Velasquez's 1650 Portrait of Pope Innocent X in the original.

While Bacon's public career is pretty accurately documented, his personal life is often a matter of legend. His adolescent desire to "do nothing" came true for years at a time. Nobody quite knows how he spent his time in Monte Carlo, when he wasn't at the tables or in bed. Most recent reports of Bacon's life stress his fondness for Soho, the French Pub, the Caves de France and the Colony Club. This was the standard Bohemian London of the late fifties and beyond, in which Bacon was indeed a leading figure; but there were other aspects of his life that seem, in retrospect, to have a faded Edwardian grandeur - grandeur despite the police around the corner, as often they were.

At one time Bacon had a Cromwell Place flat in a house that had belonged to a grandee of Victorian painting, Millais. The chintz, the velvet, the sofas were all faded and stained. The carpet was covered with paint. Bacon's  old nanny lived with him, muttering all the time of her obsession, capital punishment. She slept on the table. Bacon - like many generous grandees - was often surrounded by retainers with no obvious function. Yet this nanny had a particular job. She was the hat-check girl while Bacon gave his nightly, all-night gaming parties.

Nobody ever told him what to do. He liked discussion but never took advice, especially about painting. Little wonder that the quality of his art was so varied. Bacon was not a sensible judge of his own work. A wretched performance might mean as much to him as a far better canvas, presumably because of some personal association. His great fault was always the assumption of a high style. I suppose that he should have painted smaller - but then we would not have known the vulgar immodesty of those pictures that really did have something to say about modern times. Not for nothing was Eichmann in his box compared o the composition of a Bacon painting.

Two sudden yet horribly complementary private griefs accompanied Bacon's largest public triumphs. His boyfriend Peter Lacey, a country gentleman character who played the piano in Dean's Bar, Tangier, died on the opening day of his 1962 Tate Gallery retrospective. Lacey's successor, George Dyer, of whom there are many living and posthumous portraits, died on the day of Bacon's largest retrospective at the Grand Palais in Paris in 1975. In truth Bacon cared nothing for such official art-world occasions and did little to assist the preparations of further retrospectives at the Tate in 1985 and Moscow in 1988 where, somewhat surprisingly, he was presented as evidence of health in modern western culture. The enclosed world of his friendships was most important to him. Observing this, mainly from afar, I was often struck by an expression of delight on Bacon's face as he came into some drinking club or private view and saw a friend. Both faces would light up - I know it's a cliché, but it's true - with some kind of happy love. I got him to his feet once, when he had fallen down insensible. His face was all white and I thought he was dead before I realised it was make-up. It's the smile I remember most. Winning or losing, a great human smile.

Tim Hilton

 

                  Female nude (1966) ... Bacon was the pre-eminent artist of angst and disillusion

 

 

 

 

Obituary: Francis Bacon

 

 

Genius formed in the blackness of the Blitz

 

 

BRYAN ROBERTSON | ARTS | THE GUARDIAN | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992  

 

WHEN the Guardian printed a tribute to Francis Bacon from myself among several others on the occasion of his 80th birthday, I hope he would live for many more years to exemplify the truth of my opening lines. I said that Francis's long and productive life was an excellent precept for us all and the perfect example for any aspiring young painter. For Francis had never attended art school, screwed about a good deal, drank champagne as a fundamental daily amenity and treated all patrons with courteous indifference - whether though aborted commissions or portraits that reduced their sitters to a deformed and grimacing lump of matter. And he never had an Arts Council hand-out or indeed any kind of scholarship or bursary.

The was in which Francis Bacon conducted his life presupposes a fundamental measure of talent - in his case, genius - or the frequent waywardness, mostly the drunkenness, would have been less easy to bear. Lie his two near-contemporaries and late - or neo - Edwardians, Sutherland and Moore, Bacon had come to professional maturity before the ameliorative and propagating work of the Arts Council and British Council came into being, and had learnt how to survive financially  long before public commissions and grants for artists were established.

All three artists had hard years when young. Moore and Sutherland, like Piper, Pasmore and many others, eventually were helped tremendously by the patronage of Kenneth Clark. Bacon painted, designed screens, interiors and furniture, ran a gambling club briefly, and was more adventurous so far as patronage was concerned. Bacon enjoyed something like patronage in his stable relationship with a mildly well-off civil servant, Eric Hall, whose death not long after the 1939-45 war was a great blow for Bacon. But the point I want to make here is that, like Moore and Sutherland, Bacon had grown-up in a totally different artistic climate to those artists born during or after the 1939-45 war, in the sense that hard work and resourceful self-sufficiency were the order of the day and to be an artist for this earlier generation was to follow a vocation and not a highly publicised profession. Compared with an older generation, artists today often sound and behave like upwardly mobile dentists.

I became very friendly with the painter, Roy de Maistre, not long after I was appointed director of the Whitechapel Gallery in 1953. Before the war, in the thirties, Francis had lived near Roy de Maistre's studio just off Ebury Street, and the two painters had become close friends, Roy acting as a kind of uncle or father figure to the much younger Francis, often trouble by  one or other of the three usual problems: health, love or money. The third ember of what became a trio of close friends living round Ebury Street was the young and equally remarkable Patrick White, like Roy, coming from a cultivated background in Australia. Listening to Roy's reminiscences, always absorbing, I often sat on a vast couch designed by Francis, backed by one of his screens. And Francis was sometimes a fellow guest at dinner, his affection and regard for de Maistre unchanged. I had met Francis first in 1948, when he had just returned from a long spell in the south of France, and the Lefevre Gallery  and then Erika Brausen's Hanover Gallery were becoming interested in his work. Francis took me out to many splendid dinners at the old Carlton Grill. He was a terrific companion, lively, well informed, well read and wholly irreverent about the art world. My only problem then, as always, was that although my love for drink was second to no man's, Francis could drink me under the table and sometimes did.

ALL THE same, I braved the boozy stronghold of the Colony Club one spring day in 1951 to meet Francis and secure the location of a villa in the south of France that I wanted to rent for myself and some friends on holiday together. Francis arrived and told me how to rent his favourite villa on the heights above Monaco which he had taken for many winters as a place for himself and his old nurse. Francis painted all day, gambled all night, and the nurse knitted in the sun. That involuntary revelation of Francis's kindness touched me, and the villa turned out to be delightful, secluded and spacious. It was amusing to find that the furnishings included the most comprehensive library of literature on sexual perversions imaginable, which added a certain zing to hot afternoon siestas, as well as a cupboard off my own bedroom filled with intensely alarming images on canvas left by Francis in various stages of abandonment.

I kept in touch with Francis over the years and cannot remember anything beyond mutual amusement at the follies of the art world and immense and unfailing kindness to those in need. Most recently, I asked him to help a hospice for Aids victims for which I was fund-raising among artists, asking for works for auction. Francis sent a conspicuously large cheque at once. We were fellow asthmatics and often compared notes over treatments and perhaps that bond of affliction inhibited Francis from running down,  beyond the occasional flouncy bit of derision, the work of the abstract painters and sculptors that I exhibited and supported with much enthusiasm. He made an exception of Mark Rothko, whose work toughed him, but derided all the others.

That side of Francis rather bored me, particularly when I saw how swiftly he lifted and made use of abstract devices in his own work. I remember a man sitting and yelling his head off sitting on a long flight of steps which could not have been painted without the incongruous example of Noland's tripe paintings. And of course the crux of all Bacon's works was the abstract space-frame on which the figure stands in Giacometti's pivotal  Hands Holding The Void and through which the long phallic shape extrudes in the same sculptor's The Nose. All that in turn comes from Picasso's rediscovery of Grunewald's painful Isenheim altarpiece in the 1930s, before Guernica, and from which so much in the work of Matta, Sutherland, and many others depended.

There was some justice in the caustic verdict of my friend, Colin Colin MacInnes: "The Norman Hartnell of the horror movement." I too sometimes thought that there was something repellent about the imagery of something like Belsen being presented as a chic cabaret turn. Bur Colin's put-down perhaps came from shewing the floor, as it were, in the Colony bar, where Francis would not always stand for a tutorial from the erudite, often brilliant, but implacably centre-stage MacInnes. More particularly, I have always objected to the silliness of Bacon's adulators, who would have us believe that Francis painted the entire human condition, you, me, all of us. Well, old men and women die alone in poverty, many live painfully and in despair with disease, the bombers and machine-gunners are hard at it everywhere. A man screaming his head off sitting on a bed in a rather expensive hotel bedroom seems rather too special a case to stand in for universal suffering.

But Bacon was unquestionably a marvellous painter; he caught a nerve in painting a no artist has ever done before and he created, despite some mechanically contrived triptychs and a few other weaker works, some of the strongest images of the century. Acutely sensitive to surface, he had little gift for psychological probity compared with early Kokoschka portraits, but he had a fantastic feeling for the figure in space: trapped, pinned down or imperilled like a moth or a hunk of meat.

Bryan Robertson

Francis Bacon, born October 28, 1909; died April 28. 1992.

 

 

 

 

Homage to work and love  

 

 

GREY GOWRIE | ARTS | THE GUARDIAN | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992 

 

FRANCIS BACON was, until yesterday, the greatest living painter and the greatest British painter since Turner. These are high claims. You can make a case against them. Bacon had no formal training and it shows. He was an action painter; he attacked the canvas physically until it was finished, and usually denied himself oil painter's architectural possibilities, which allow painters to build a painting and strip it down again and rebuild it until it comes right. Inevitably, there were bosh shots.

Bacon should have obeyed his early instincts and destroyed more of his work. Then he relied sometimes, though not as often as people think, on the aesthetics of shock: a figure crapping or throwing up; a nude on a bed with a hypodermic syringe.

These and other criticisms pale if you spend time with is best work. He was a very grand man, in the old and aristocratic sense of the word, and he brought grandeur back to modern painting. His handling of paint can be sumptuous. These are not the kind of words which it is easy to use in the context of modern art, but you can use them with Bacon as you can with Picasso, Van Gogh and Cezanne. I sometimes visit a collection in Lausanne where he hangs beside these masters. In the end, that is the way to decide things.

I was an acquaintance of Bacon for the last 10 years of his life. He had ceased to be the waspish, terrifying figure of the Colony Club days in fifties and sixties Soho. As Freud said we should, he reduced things to work and love. After a fraught life, though not one I can imagine him conducting differently, he combined the two. I suspect he was as happy towards the end of his life as he had ever been. Bu the allowed some time foe peripheral affection and for that I will always be grateful.

We met through a mutual friend, David Sylvester, whose Conversations With Bacon is one of the classic texts of modern art. Bacon liked an essay I had written about him. Since he was famously hard to please in this regard I pushed my luck and asked if I could write a life. I told him I was the only person who understood his background. Quite fortuitously, we shared the same roots, indeed the same village, in Co. Kildare, where Bacon's father was a racehorse trainer. He admitted that the memory of Ireland was both important and traumatic for him and that it did affect the paintings. He told me that if he co-operated with anyone it would be with me. But he did not want a life written. "It will happen in any case, Francis." "Yes, but I shall be dead and I shan't of helped and I shan't care."

I asked him if it was his love life that was the trouble, and gave him my view that all love lifes are at once crucial and banal. I was interested in writing about the paintings as if they were battles: you need to know what the general is up to only insofar as it affects strategy and tactics.

He told me that he had come to the view that homosexuality was an affliction, that it had turned him, at one point in his life, into a crook. The crookishness, not the sex, was a source of shame and if he talked at all, it was his nature to tell everything. We both liked Proust and agreed that the beginning of Cities Of The Plain said all that needed to be said about being homosexual. He told me that a centre of his being was that he had disliked his father greatly and liked his mother, but that it was the father for whom he felt attraction. He suffered always from asthma; he could not visit Ireland without it becoming acute. He thought Yeats and Picasso the great artists of the century.

These and like conversations would take place over first-class claret. Taking Francis out was, financially, like buying one of his paintings. He could be polite about anything other than Petrus, Mouton, Cheval, Blanc, Margaux, Lafite, but only just. He liked politics in short bursts and worked under a star system. Mrs Thatcher was in favour for quite a while but yielded in time to Dr Owen. As a minister I felt obliged to point out that "Clause 28" was designed to discourage homosexual propaganda and fell well short of a pogrom. He suffered through the breakdown of his friendship with Lucian Freud, whom he missed. He though Lucian thought him boring, and when you think that, you often are.

He lived at home like a student, out of doors like a prince. The three-roomed Kensington studio, up a ladder rather than a stairs, is more important for the nation than any Canaletto. We must work to preserve it. He gambled his money and gave money and paintings away. He had aristocratic indifference without aristocratic disdain. I am glad he died in Madrid, surronded by great paintings and with someone who had made him happy. Nothing will ever taste quite as good again as Francis talking in his intense physical way about paintings. He has left a dozen or so of his own which will live with the art.

Grey Gowrie

 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON DIES AT 82

 

 

 

THE WASHINGTON POST | APRIL 29, 1992

 

LONDON Francis Bacon, 82, the British artist whose large paintings of misshapen or screaming figures explored human misery and isolation and gave the contemporary art world some of its most disturbing images, died April 28 at a hospital in Madrid after a heart attack.

Mr. Bacon, who had asthma, was stricken while on vacation. He lived in London.

He had been hailed as one of the most influential figure painters of the postwar period and as one of the world's greatest contemporary painters. A Bacon triptych recently sold in New York for almost $7 million. Last year, Mr. Bacon gave one of his major paintings, worth more than $5 million, to London's Tate Gallery. He became the first living British painter to be given a one-man show at New York's Metropolitan Museum of Art, and in 1988 received an exhibition in Moscow -- a first-time honor for a living Westerner.

British contemporary painter Howard Hodgkin called him "the greatest English painter since Turner." At least one other noted figure was not so kind. Former British prime minister Margaret Thatcher outraged London's artistic community when she once described him as "that man who paints those dreadful pictures."

Mr. Bacon was best known for his biomorphic abstractions and representations of the male human form, often twisted or distorted shapes in a stark setting such as a bare room or on a platform-like arena. Sometimes his figures were surrounded by lines suggesting a cage or prison and a spirit locked in a private hell.

He often used contemporary images as a starting point for his work, including news photos and movie stills. Other of his works were based on old and classic works. These included his portrait of Pope Innocent X, which was based on a famous portrait by the Spanish artist Diego Velazquez and shows the 17th century pontiff caged in plate glass and screaming. The picture is known as "The Screaming Pope."

If the works were violent and shocking, and often based on a contemporary theme, they also featured a kind of epic grandeur of style, with what one critic called rich, sensuous handling of paint reminiscent of the 16th and early 17th century Venetian and Spanish painting.

Mr. Bacon, who was descended from the philosopher of the same name, was born in Dublin, the son of a former British Army officer and a race horse trainer. His father banished him from home at the age of 16 after he was found having sexual relations with the grooms. The future artist traveled to Berlin, where he threw himself into the life of a city renowned for its excesses in the 1920s and 1930s. He went on gambling sprees and spent nights in transvestite clubs.

He started to paint in 1930 after working as an interior decorator. A completely self-taught artist, he often said he had virtually no education as a youth. He told a biographer that he was "scarcely aware pictures existed" until he left Ireland. He said that he disliked his early work and destroyed much of it.

The gruesome nature of Mr. Bacon's art raised questions about the purpose of art: Is it to be pleasurably enjoyed or must it confront the viewer with stark reality?

His first major surviving painting, "Crucifixion," appeared in a British art journal in 1933. His first show, in 1945, featured the triptych "Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion" which showed carcass-like forms on crosses.

In the 1940s, he concentrated more on the human form and male nudes, painting a series based on his friend Eric Hall as well as self-portraits.

The central figures increasingly became abstract during the 1950s and 1960s sometimes merging human and animal forms. He sometimes flanked the forms with depictions of raw meat or paint splashed on the canvas.

"Animal movement and human movement are certainly linked in my images," he told an interviewer in the 1950s.

He frequently returned to the crucifixion theme, including another triptych done during the mid-1980s. He demanded that all his paintings be covered by glass and they often had ornate frames.

In interviews, Mr. Bacon cited one of his major influences as Sergei Eisenstein's 1925 film "Battleship Potemkin," particularly a closeup shot of a screaming nurse. He also closely studied the early photography of Eadweard Muybridge, who made sequences of human and animal movement.

"What I want is to distort the figure far beyond the appearance, but in the distortion to bring it back to a recording of the appearance," he said in an interview in the 1950s.

 

 

 

  In a jamb

 

 

    PETERBOROUGH | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | WEDNESDAY 29 April 1992

 

WHO gets Francis Bacon's palette? Bacon, who died yesterday, spurned the conventional palette which artists normally stick their thumbs through. Instead, he used his brightly daubed studio door.

It will probably go to Michael Leventis, a London-based Greek Cypriot artist whom Bacon encouraged after a chance encounter in a Soho restaurant eight years ago. "I admired the door and he indicated that I might have it," said Leventis.

"I already have one of Francis's easels and a couple of signed prints. The easel means a lot to me. It has all the colours he used on some of his best-known paintings. I would never dream of using it."

There was a subdued air last night around Bacon's favourite drinking haunts in Soho, London. Sandy Fawkes, an old friend, said: "He once told me the only cure for a hangover was suicide. When he died he was in love again."

Leventis had a different view. He said: "Francis had a hard winter, couldn't paint, and without his work I don't think he wanted to go on."

 

 

 

  FRANCIS BACON, PAINTER DRIVEN BY MORTALITY

 

 

   By ANDREW GRAHAM-DIXON | THE INDEPENDENT | 29 APRIL 1992

 

 

The painter Francis Bacon died yesterday. He was 82


“I have often thought upon death and I find it the least of all evils,” wrote Francis Bacon’s namesake and ancestor, the Elizabethan philosopher.

For Bacon the painter, the opposite was true. Death was the greatest of evils: “I have a feeling of mortality all the time,” he once said. “Because, if life excites you, its opposite, like a shadow, death, must excite you. Perhaps not excite you, but you are aware of it in the same way as you are aware of life, you are aware of life, you’re aware of It like the turn of a coin between life and death… I’m always very surprised when I wake up in the morning.”

Mortality was Bacon’s great theme, his keen sense of his own mortality, the driving force behind his art. His paintings are not pleasant, embodying a singularly bleak view of human existence, but they have a power born of obsession that is unique in British post war art.

Storyless, enigmatic compositions, characteristically painted in triptych format, they place the emphasis on prime biological fact, figures usually male scream, couple bestially, vomit or defecate, depicted as lurid agglomerations of bodily matter, raw flesh that seems on the point of putrefaction. Their beauty is the beauty of rottenness.

“I’ve always been very moved by pictures about slaughter-houses,” he said and Bacon’s figures, frequently isolated on the flattest and most uninflected areas of pure colour, almost like clinical specimen, have something of the slaughterhouse about them. “We are meat, we are potential carcasses,” he said, and painted the fact.

Bacon’s place in art history is assured, yet it is also true that art historians have never known quite what to make of him. He distrusted interpretation of his paintings and when pressed on the possible symbolic significance of his work, insisted: “I’m not saying anything.” He was never the member of a school or movement in painting and neither did he found any.

Bacon was singular-an artist for whose work there are few if any precedents in modern art, an artist whose work has had little issue in subsequent painting – but he was also one of those rare artists who give visual expression to the mood of their times. His art, despite his protestations, has taken on the status of symbol, and that, in the end, is the source of its significance.

Bacon’s subject is twentieth century man, unaccommodated man, living in a world that has been voided of spiritual significance. His subject matter has often been, in one sense, traditional he is the only twentieth century painter, to have made a significant contribution to the tradition of crucifixion imagery yet in Bacon’s case that has tended to emphasise his originality the gap that separates him from the art of the past. Bacon’s crucifixions are bloody, thoroughly untranscendental paintings, his Christ a joint of raw meat or (as he once put it) “a worm crawling down the cross”.

They are not, strictly speaking, sacrilegious paintings; but they are profoundly pessimistic. Man, in Bacon’s world, Is an unregenerate, bestial creature, a secular being for whom “religious possibilities have been cancelled”. Among Bacon’s most famous paintings are the series of screaming heads he painted from the late Forties on. Questioned about the violence of his paintings, Bacon answered that he had lived in violent times. He spent the years of the First World War in London, and then lived in Ireland in the early years of the Sinn Fein movement; he was in Berlin in 1927-28 and then in Paris until the outbreak of the Second World War. It was this, perhaps that made possible for him to paint the crucifixion as “just an act of man’s behaviour, a way of behaviour to another.”

It is probably significant that Bacon came to his maturity at a time when the various utopias projected by the art of early modernism were coming to seem sad, unrealistic fantasies.
It is one of the paradoxes of Bacon’s career that he should have managed to conjure images of such majesty and grandeur from such pessimism; it is the miracle of his career that Bacon’s sense of pointlessness, his nihilism, should have kept him painting with such vitality and such fervour into his old age.

He once said that the most exciting person is one “totally without belief, but totally dedicated to futility”. He was describing himself.

 

 

 

 

British Painter Francis Bacon Dies

 

 

At 82, he remained a figure of controversy whose powerful, boldly painted canvases divided critics and viewers alike.

 

 

WILLIAM TUOHY | TIMES STAFF WRITER | ART | LOS ANGELES TIMES | APRIL 29, 1992

 

LONDON — Francis Bacon, widely regarded as Britain's greatest contemporary painter, died of a heart attack in a Madrid hospital Tuesday.

Bacon, who had suffered from asthma, became ill while visiting friends in Spain.

The 82-year-old painter was highly controversial in traditional artistic circles, since his powerful canvases, executed with splashing brush strokes, were often concerned with the themes of sex, suffering and death. Many regarded his paintings as obscene.

But his work commanded high prices a Bacon triptych recently sold in New York for $7 million and in 1975 he was the first living British artist to rate a one-man show at New York's Metropolitan Museum.

Bacon reportedly turned down a knighthood and other honors on the grounds, as he once said with a shrug, that "they cordon you off from existence".

In 1962, his large retrospective exhibition at London's Tate Gallery received considerable public and critical acclaim. Additional attention focused on his paintings in 1971, when he was given a rare retrospective at Paris' Grand Palais that opened only hours after his model and lover, George Dyer, had committed suicide.

Bacon later memorialized Dyer's death in a famous triptych of tormented paintings. It was reminiscent of one of his first works to draw international attention--a triptych called "Three Studies for the Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion.

His paintings often depicted people such as Dyer in the throes of drug addiction and other agonies, and his "Screaming Pope" series was an unsettling reference to Diego Velazquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X.

Bacon was an avowed homosexual who lived in a paint can-cluttered apartment and hung around the bars of London's raffish Soho district.

While reticent about his work, he was personable and charming outside his studio. Bacon often said that his life was divided between "the gutter and the Ritz".

He normally consumed at least a bottle of champagne and a dozen oysters for lunch, and when not working he would pub-crawl through the day in Soho, often ending in fashionable South Kensington, where he lived and worked in a simple two-bedroom townhouse.

He wandered the streets in a dark leather jacket, looking at least 10 years younger than his age and seldom recognize.

Bacon seemed to care little about money, deploring the astronomical prices of paintings including his own with the comment, "Prices are so ridiculous that people go to galleries because they are obsessed by the money

He was born in Ireland in 1909, reportedly descended from the 16th-Century English philosopher and essayist whose name he bore.

His English father was a retired army officer who banished him from home when Bacon was caught having sex with a stable hand.

The teen-ager struck out for London and then Berlin, where he quickly began indulging in sexual escapades, gambling and nights in transvestite clubs.

He returned to London in 1923 and designed modernistic furniture. It was not until 1929 that he turned to painting.

In the 1930s, his supporters claimed that his work was revitalizing the British art scene. At the outbreak of the war, he tried to enlist but, rejected because of his longstanding asthma, joined the ambulance rescue squad instead.

It was about this time that he decided his early work displeased him, and he destroyed much of it with a razor.

In his work, Bacon broke all the staid rules of traditional English art and followed a more European tradition. With no formal art training, he sometimes painted with his fingers, scrubbing brushes and rags, combining different images from different mediums to produce startling picture.

To those who abhorred his depiction of flesh animal, human, and sometimes indeterminate he once said: "You've only got to go into a butcher's shop. . . . It's nothing to do with mortality, but it's to do with the great color of the meat.

Times art critic William Wilson, writing of a Bacon exhibit at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art two years ago, likened the artist to an Irish countryman, the playwright Samuel Beckett.

Both men were philosophical exiles, Wilson said, "and (both) shocked the world with radical, disturbing art . . . which has changed only in nuance over the decades. . . .

"It seems fair to ask how anyone as immensely successful--and presumably wealthy--as Bacon can go on making art about despair. The quick answer to that is that the rich and famous are still not necessarily content, and Bacon has been strange and haunted all his life. . . . 

Bacon was once asked about the hostility that his paintings created among some viewers and answered, "If I thought about what the critics said, I shouldn't have gone on painting.

He did not explain his obsession with sex and death in his paintings, but said, "If you really love life you're constantly walking in the shadow of death.

"I don't emphasize death," he continued. "I accept it as part of one's existence. One is always aware of mortality in life, even in a rose that blooms and then dies.

PRIVATE TORMENT: Times critic William Wilson reviews artist's tortured life.

 

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon, 82, Artist of the Macabre, Dies

 

 

By MICHAEL KIMMELMAN | THE NEW YORK TIMES | APRIL 29, 1992

 

 

Francis Bacon, the Irish-born painter whose abstract images of psychological and physical brutality made him one of the most exalted, and most disliked, artists of the postwar era, died yesterday at a hospital in Madrid. He was 82 years old and lived in London.

He died of a heart attack while vacationing in Spain, according to a statement from his London dealer, Marlborough Fine Art.

Mr. Bacon first gained acclaim in 1945, when he exhibited Three Studies for Figures at the Base of the Crucifixion at the Lefevre Gallery in London. His angrily drawn image of writhing half-human, half-animal forms, perched atop pedestals and set in claustrophobic spaces, seemed to epitomize the grim spirit of postwar England and established the painter immediately as a master of the macabre.

That reputation was to be reinforced time and again by the screaming popes, butchered carcasses and distorted portraits that Mr. Bacon turned out over the next four and a half decades. Critics noted his links with, among other things, the Surrealist art of Picasso and with German Expressionism. Detractors - and there were always many of them, especially in the United States, where he seemed so out of step with the Abstract Expressionists of his generation - dismissed his art as sensationalistic and slick. Museums around the world bought his work, but private collectors were often loath to decorate their homes with it. The former British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher once called him "that man who paints those dreadful pictures."

But Mr. Bacon maintained that he was simply a realist and did not aim to shock. "You can't be more horrific than life itself," he was fond of saying.

Until his death, he continued to work in his cramped, cluttered studio in a small ramshackle mews house in South Kensington, with its bare bulbs, tattered photographs taped to the wall, and bathtub in the kitchen. Although his paintings sold for millions of dollars, Mr. Bacon eschewed most of the trappings of success. He would reach into his pocket and pull out a wad of cash whenever he wanted to indulge in lunches in swank restaurants or Champagne for the crowd at the Colony Room, the run-down drinking club in the Soho district of London, where he was a regular for more than 40 years. A Raffish Youth

A man of striking contradictions, he cultivated a bad-boy reputation, speaking freely about his fondness for alcohol, his homosexuality and his kinship with gangsters. Friends knew he could be ornery and unpredictable, especially after a few drinks. But they also admired him for his generosity, wit and kindness, qualities that clashed so dramatically with the paintings for which he was famous.

The son of a hard-drinking racehorse trainer (and a collateral descendant of the great Elizabethan statesman and philosopher of the same name), Mr. Bacon spent his first years moving with his family between Dublin and London. Asthma made school a problem, so he was tutored by clergymen at home. He never got along with his mother and father. When, at the age of 16, he was discovered to have had sex with some of the grooms at the stables and was caught trying on his mother's underwear, his parents banished him.

Mr. Bacon traveled to Berlin, where he spent long nights in transvestite bars and endless hours with the sorts of rough characters who would be no less a part of his social circle than intellectuals like the poets Michel Leiris and Stephen Spender. He stopped in Paris, where he saw an exhibition of Picasso's surreal paintings of the 20's, although he later said it had little impact on him.

In 1929, he settled in London, working briefly as a designer of modernist furniture, for which he achieved a modest reputation. Almost casually, and without any formal training, he took up painting, but he came to consider these earliest canvases "so awful" that he subsequently painted over or destroyed almost all of them. In 1933, he participated in a group show and was mentioned in a book called Art Now, by the critic and historian Herbert Read. Over the next few years he exhibited his work a little, but he treated art less as a career than as a distraction from the drinking, gambling and wandering around London that were his main preoccupations.

When World War II started, Mr. Bacon tried to enlist but was rejected because of his asthma. He supported himself through a string of odd jobs. The restlessness he recounted feeling during these years, his sexual indiscretions, his mood of frustration and claustrophobia, and his casual disregard for social mores and the opinions of others, would become characteristics of his art. But only as the war was ending did he begin to take painting seriously as an occupation.

The sources for his art were eclectic. He looked at the work of Old Masters like Velazquez, whose Portrait of Pope Innocent X he combined with a still photograph from Sergei Eisenstein's film The Battleship Potemkin to contrive his series of screaming popes. Mr. Bacon derived images from the newspaper and magazine photographs that he collected, and from the famous sequential photographs of moving figures and animals that Eadweard Muybridge made in the late 19th century. References to the latest designs in furniture and clothing regularly appeared in his art. He based one series of paintings on van Gogh; another series was inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus. "What is called Surrealism has gone through art at all times," he once said. "What is more surreal than Aeschylus?"

And he was an extraordinary portraitist of his friends, somehow managing, despite the blurred and mangled features, to convey an unmistakable likeness and very often the attributes of beauty, wit and affection.

Although Mr. Bacon made a handful of landscapes over the course of his career, he was first and last a painter of the human body. His images twisted it, X-rayed it, made it bleed, transmogrify and unravel. The body became an expression of longing, exhaustion, illness and also lust. Few artists could render flesh so palpably and voluptuously, or endow even so mundane a subject as a man turning a bathroom faucet with Michelangelesque aspirations.

Often his figures were represented in what looked like cages or enclosures or in bleak rooms. In time, he came to favor gold frames and glass protection for his paintings, extravagant touches that intentionally contrasted with the shocking content of the pictures and underscored his desire to have his art considered in the company of museum masterpieces. An Evolving Style

He consistently said his art was not about anything in particular, that his paintings conveyed no narrative. "I've no story to tell," he said. Over the years, he was criticized for recycling a small repertory of images and devices. But if his subjects did not change, his style did. Increasingly, his paintings were characterized by a refinement of touch that made his startling subject matter all the more unexpected. In 1988, he made a second version of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of the Crucifixion, in which rawness has been replaced by an almost lyrical handling of paint and the figures seem less gruff, more incorporeal, as if they were memories of the earlier ones.

Mr. Bacon's paintings have connections with the work of divergent postwar artists without belonging to any specific movement. He is part of the tradition of English figure painting to which Lucian Freud, Frank Auerbach, Leon Kosoff and others belong. At the same time, like Alberto Giacometti, he explored the spirit of Existential anguish that pervaded European postwar culture. (He admired the writings of Samuel Beckett and Harold Pinter). Although he denied any interest in the American Abstract Expressionists, and although his art was generally thought to be in opposition to theirs, Mr. Bacon's work invariably brings to mind the violent and distorted paintings of women by Willem de Kooning.

Through Pop, Minimalism, Conceptual art and every other movement of the 1960's and early 70's, Mr. Bacon stuck to his path, shunning fashion. But in the late 70's and early 80's, he was taken up by the young Neo-Expressionists, who felt an affinity with his emphasis on the figure and the emotionalism of his imagery. In the last decades of his life, he was the subject of retrospectives at the Grand Palais in Paris, the Tate Gallery in London, the National Gallery of Modern Art in Tokyo and the Metropolitan Museum in New York. On the occasion of his 80th birthday, a traveling exhibition of his work was presented at the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington, the Los Angeles County Museum of Art and the Museum of Modern Art in New York.

Around the time of that exhibition, Mr. Bacon, who is survived only by a sister in South Africa, lamented that old age was "a desert because all of one's friends die." Yet he described himself as eternally "an optimist, but about nothing."

"We live, we die and that's it," he said.

 

 

                                           Francis Bacon in London in 1985 with his 1979 painting "Triptych: Studies of the Hunan Body."

 

 

 

 

 

 OBITUARIES, FRANCIS BACON

 

 

   WILLIAM PACKER | FINANCIAL TIMES | APRIL 29 1992

 

FRANCIS BACON, who died yesterday at the age of 82, remained to the last what he had been throughout his long and active career never so much the enfant as the vieux terrible of ‘contemporary British art. As uncompromising and unabashed in his private life as he was in his work which to him was ever a matter of the utmost seriousness – there was nothing, of the Grand Old Man about him.

Yet was a towering figure in his creative reputation, which was matched only by, that of the somewhat older and oddly complementary, figure of Henry Moore: both profoundly humane in their preoccupations, but the one dark, the other light; serene optimism against a bleaker pessimism.

The difference was that Bacon was to find himself almost alone the only British painter in his time to be accepted, at home and abroad, as standing by right in the first rank with his contemporaries in the world at large. It is a paradox that he should have achieved such standing with work which, even as it was being produced, was seen to be at odds with the trend of the contemporary avant garde: surreal expressionism, darkly romantic, above all, figurative, in the time of formalist abstraction.

He was accorded two full scale retrospectives at the Tate. At the first, in 1962, he stood alone: sui generis. By the time of the second show, in 1985. the world had come round to him again. If, by then, the critic might enter certain reservations concerning his later work on its own terms, seen in the context of figurative expressionism revived – Baselitz, Clemente, Schnabel – clearly he remained a singular and towering figure.

But that first retrospective in 1962 was the more significant; it came after a career of barely 18 years as a painter. From the distance of the second show it could be seen to mark a watershed in that career, celebrating the substantive and astonishing achievement which would he enough to sustain his reputation undiminished.

Francis. Bacon was born in Dublin in October 1909, of English parents. He submitted himself to no formal training as an artist, and as a young man practised for a time as an interior decorator and designer. He continued to paint, even, to exhibit, through the 1930s, but he destroyed most of this early work; it was not until 1944 that he again began to paint in earnest.

The mature achievement was almost Byronic in its instantaneity. Two magisterial works of this first period, a sinister lurking Figure in a Landscape (1945), and the triptych, Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion(1944), have rightly been in the Tate the past 40 years.

The next dozen years or so saw the production of the screaming Popes, the dogs, baboons and chimpanzees, the early portraits, the figures after Muybridge and, at last, the extended sequence of portraits of Van Gogh on the road to Tarascon. By, 1962, the full range of his imagery was established and thoroughly explored, in particular the compositional device of the figure encapsulated by an open, unspecific structure.

In the years following, Bacon’s interest settled principally on the figure. The scale was amplified, the image subject to all manner of formal variations, but in essence nothing further was introduced. And as the imagery settled into a certain predictability, so the old shock and impact lessened. Attention fell more reality on the surface, and on the speed and subtle dexterity of Bacon’s handling of his material. It was what he had said all along: what interested him was not the image for itself, not the message nor the content as such, but only the painting as painting getting it right, making it real.

The problem with Francis Bacon and his work, was never of Bacon’s making; rather it was always the viewer’s. Arrested by the image, viewers found it hard to move beyond it into the work itself. Perhaps it still seems strange to speak of the physical beauty of Bacon’s work, but with time it becomes easier.

 

 

 

 

Bacons house

 

LONDONER'S DIARY | EVENING STANDARD | WEDNESDAY, 29 APRIL, 1992

 

AS the world of art comes to terms with the sad loss of  Francis Bacon, many wonder what will happen to Bacon's anarchic mews cottage-cum-studio in South Kensington where he worked virtually until the end of his life.

With paint and doodles all over the walls, and books, papers and photographs covered in Bacon's sketches and comments scattered everywhere, the property in itself could be worth millions as a monument to Bacon's swirling vitality. As it stands, it is susceptible to burglary or vandalism and many in the art world believe it should be securely preserved as a museum.

An English Heritage spokesman says: "We are acutely aware of the risk of burglary, especially when there are compelling features of interest. We would like to look into the possibility of converting it into a museum."

Artist Patrick Procktor tells me: "It should be kept absolutely as it is like El Greco's in Toledo, with a picture left on the easel and brushes in tins. I was very shocked and saddened at his death." Roger de Grey, President of  the Royal Academy adds: "I am all in favour of careful consideration being given to the conservation of artists' houses such as Francis Bacon's."

 

 

 

 

Life as art

 

EDITORIAL | EVENING STANDARD | WEDNESDAY, 29 APRIL, 1992

 

WHATEVER one thought of Francis Bacon's art, his life was a modern masterpiece. Banished by his rich father at 16 for trying on his mother's underwear, Mr Bacon drove a field ambulance in World War I, gallivanted in 1930s Berlin transvestite clubs, spent heavily on gambling, drank Soho dry every day, spurned a knighthood as being too common and died, aged 82, enjoying himself in Spain. Never mind the pictures: feel the life.

 

 

 

 

The artist as a beloved adventurer

 

 

Francis Bacon will be mourned in Soho pubs as much as in the world of high art.

 

David Lister traces an extraordinary life

 

 

DAVID LISTER | THE INDEPENDENT | WEDNESDAY 29 APRIL 1992 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON was being mourned yesterday not jus in the great art galleries and salons of the world but in the Soho pubs and drinking clubs that he frequented for more than 40 years.

Bacon, in his prime a homosexual adventurer who once summarised his life as "going from bar to bar  and drinking and that kind of thing", flitted between what was once the demi-monde of the now well-known Soho drinking clubs and the gaming tables of Monte Carlo.

The artist largely retained his anonymity in London, and was delighted, on going into a pub in Soho, to be offered a job doing up an old house by someone who had heard he was a painter.

Though long since a multi-millionaire with a penchant for champagne and oysters at Wheeler's restaurant, Bacon occupied a corner seat in the Colony Room, a Soho drinking club, whenever he was in London and lobbied Westminster City Council last year when the building was threatened.

When he first went to the Colony in the late Forties, the then owner, whom he adored, Muriel Belcher, paid him £10 a week to bring in "good spenders".

Ian Board, his long-time friend, who now runs the Colony Room and spoke with Bacon only last week, said yesterday: "He was generous, marvellous, witty and bitchy. I will miss his viper's tongue. I loved him even though he would call me a thieving, conniving bitch.

"He wasn't fond of talking about art after the early days. Way back he would have a fling or two with Lucien Freud but they fell out because Lucien went common and took a title from the Queen. Francis refused two titles. He said he wanted to leave this world as he came in."

In the main, though, tributes focused on the supreme place that Bacon occupied in the history of modern art. David Mellor, Secretary of State for National Heritage, said: "Britain has been one of the great centres of modern art with a tremendously successful group of artists. Most people would accept Bacon as either leader of that group or certainly one of the two or three most precious figures."

Nicholas Serota, director of the Tate Gallery, to which the artist donated his Second Version of Triptych 1944, said last night: "Francis Bacon was not only the greatest British painter of his generation, but was also internationally recognised as one of the outstanding artists of the post-war era. His art stand in the great tradition of Western painting, addressing central themes of human existence in compositions grand in conception, rich in colour and powerful in presence."

Bacon did have his critics in Britain, including the former Prime Minister, Margret Thatcher. She once described him as "that man who paints those dreadful".

The late Peter Fuller wrote when he was editor of the magazine Modern Painter of Bacon's "spiritual dereliction", saying his paintings owed more "to the violence and perversity of his imagination than to any love of the facts, let alone truth".

But these were rare voices. The description of Bacon by the former Tate director Sir Alan Bowness as "setting the standard for our time" was the one that found most echoes yesterday.

Bacon dies of a heart attack while staying with friends in Madrid. He suffered from asthma but always looked younger than his years. Born in Dublin, he began painting in 1929 but destroyed nearly all of his earlier works. His English father was a retired Army officer who went to Ireland to train horses.

Bacon's relationship with his parents was not good and they never really supported his ambitions as an artist.

At the age of 16, Bacon was banished by his father after he was found wearing his mother's underwear and was caught having sex with the grooms.

Bacon moved to London and then Berlin. In this city devoted to excess he indulged in all kinds of sexual escapades. He went on gambling sprees and spent nights in transvestite clubs.

At the outbreak of the Second World War he tried to enlist, but was turned down because of his asthma, so joined the ambulance rescue squad. Some critics believe this experience with death and bodies helped mould his artistic style.

In 1971 he was given a retrospective in Paris's Grand Palais, an honour rarely afforded British artists. His former lover and model George Dyer committed suicide hours before the exhibition opened. Only months before Bacon had been acquitted on a drugs charge, brought after Dyer reported him to the police. To remember his friend, Bacon did a series of three paintings depicting Dyer's death.

 

 

           Bacon with one of his paintings. (Photograph: Terence Spencer)

 

 

 

Fate of the painters fortune is unclear

 

 

 

DALYA ALBERGE | THE INDEPENDENT  | WEDNESDAY 29 APRIL 1992

 

THERE was endless speculation within the art world yesterday about who would benefit from the fortune of a man who had been Britain's most expensive living artist. With one of his paintings, Triptych; May-June, 1973, he became the most expensive living British artist; it sold for £3.53m at Sotheby's New York in 1989.

But Francis Bacon once said he preferred to be "surrounded by blank walls rather than paintings." Apart from works in progress, the few works to be found in his ramshackle mews were mostly reproductions. Some say he used to sell a canvas to his dealers, Marlborough Fine Art, as soon a the paint dried.

And just as he was unsentimental about his art, he cared little about the millions it made him. Money was there to be spent on gambling, drink and friends.

One former friend said yesterday that Bacon "cannot have spent it all and must have been worth a few million at his death".

But as another of them put it, "knowing Francis, he would not have even written a will".

It seems likely that Marlborough Fine Art will handle the Bacon estate. One art world source said that if there were any works that Bacon had not sold, he was unlikely to have left them to an institution. "He is more likely to have wanted friends and family to have them. He led a very private life, and didn't particularly identify with any museums".

Bacon was not particularly prolific, and only a handful of his works are brought to auction each year. Bacon is one of the few British painters with an international following among collectors, but as one auctioneer said, "it will take perhaps two or three years for the art world to revalue and evaluate Bacon's art in the light of twentieth century painting. Even then, it is the art market in general that seems to be the overriding factor, rather than the death of an artist".

The first test will come in July, when Christie's brings a small portrait by him to auction.

 

 

 

 

 

World of art pays tribute to Bacon

 

 

 

NICHOLAS WATT | THE TIMES | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992

 

 

Francis Bacon, hailed as one of Britain’s greatest painters, died yesterday morning in a Madrid hospital after a heart attack. His London agent said his body would be flown to Britain for burial.

Bacon, 82, was described yesterday as the finest British painter since Turner. Born in Dublin in 1909 he started painting in 1929 and was entirely self-taught. He destroyed nearly all of his earlier works but by the end of his career his paintings commanded some of the highest prices on the world art market. A triptych recently sold in New York for £3.9 million.

The first test of the value of his works, which are certain to rise following his death, will come at a Christies sale in London on July 2, when a portrait of one of Bacon’s regular models comes up for auction. It has been valued at between £180,000 and £220,000 and Christies anticipate strong interest.

Bacon, who turned down a knighthood, usually focused his art on the themes of sex and death. His work could be shocking and some regarded it as obscene.

David Hockney paid warm tribute to Bacon from his home in Los Angeles. “I first met Francis 30 years ago and met him again in Paris in the 1970s. He was a wonderful artist. He had quite a narrow way of looking at the world but this was very powerful.

“He was also a powerful person and I’ll never forget meeting him in Paris when his friend George Dyer died on the opening night ofhis big exhibition at the Grand Palais. We met in La Coupole and I said I was very sorry. He took out a large handkerchief and let out a big scream. He said all he could do was laugh or cry. During his life people thought Francis looked drunk, but he was very fit and looked after himself.”

Nicholas Serota, director of the Tate Gallery, which presented Bacon’s retrospective exhibitions of 1962 and 1985, said: “Francis Bacon was not only the greatest British painter of his generation, he was also internationally recognised as one of the outstanding artists of the post-war era. His art stands in the great tradition of Western painting, addressing central themes of human existence in compositions grand in conception, rich in colour and powerful in presence.” From today the gallery is displaying Bacon’s Second Version of Triptych 1944, painted in 1988, which he gave to the gallery. The original triptych of 1944 will be shown at the same time.

Lord Gowrie, the former arts minister and chairman of Sotheby’s said: “He was the greatest living painter and the greatest British painter since Turner.”

The artist Howard Hodgkin said: “He was a hero of English painting and there have been few of them.”

Bridget Riley said: “I admired Francis enormously and his death is a great loss. I saw his retrospective at the Tate and I think he had fulfilled his particular vision.”

Rober Hugues, art critic of Time magazine, said: “Francis Bacon went into areas of the human psyche that other modern painters didn’t touch. Because he had been around for so long many people felt that he was a bit of a living cliché. But his work went much further than the deployment of shock tactics.”

Melvyn Bragg, who produced a South Bank Show on Bacon in 1985, remembered visiting him at his messy mews house in South Kensington. “He was a man who went his own way and he lived as an old-fashioned bohemian. His flat was unbelievably tatty and should be preserved for the nation. He had a small room that was covered in paint because he mixed colours on the walls, a galley kitchen and his bedroom.

“He painted every day, starting in the morning, and then he went out and drank an immense amount of champagne. He was one of the world’s greatest painters in the second half of the twentieth century. He found his style and subjects in the mid 1940s and he never really changed from that.” Bacon will be sorely missed at the Colony Club where he drank his famous quantities of champagne. Ian Board, the club’s proprietor, said: “The club has lost its greatest member”.

Nicholas Watt

 

 

 

 

Painter bursting with exhilarated despair

 

 

 

With the death of Francis Bacon, Britain's finest painter of his time, art suffers a grievous loss, writes Richard Cork

 

 

RICHARD CORK | THE TIMES | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

THE first time I met Francis Bacon for an interview in the early 1970s, I approached him his South Kensington mews with trepidation. Would I be greeted by a writhing, turbulent figure, so obsessed with his own neuroses that conversation proved impossible to sustain?

My anxiety could hardly have been more misplaced. Charming, convivial and wonderfully eager to talk, he greeted me enthusiastically at the top of his steep, narrow stairs. Preparing at the time for his immense retrospective exhibitions at the Grand Palais in Paris, he was prepared nevertheless to spend the whole morning ranging inexhaustibly over art and literature, from Velazquez and Proust to Rembrandt, Greet tragedy and T.S. Eliot. Stimulating, often provocative and above all intensely energetic, the conversation continued over a bibulous Soho lunch and terminated tipsily in the ramshackle Colony Club.

I realised, on that bacchanalian day, just how much this animated man relished life. Far from viewing it with depressive morbidity, he savoured his defiantly unconventional existence with boundless zest. The same gusto animates his paintings. Isolated the figures may often be, but they are far from limp or defeated. At their most dynamic, they fill the entire canvas with protesting howls. But even when simply sitting on a chair, accompanied by one of the sinister shadows Bacon favoured, these solitary men have a tense, coiled dynamism that counters their awareness that each of us is, in the end, alone.

Bacon himself claimed that he looked on life with “exhilarated despair”. The horror is that all right, as well as the violence that erupted in the world on so many occasions during his lifetime. But Bacon’s awareness of man’s capacity for bestiality is offset by his stubborn belief in grandeur.

Viewers who recoil from Bacon in disgust are unable to grasp the more positive aspects of his art. But they are a vital part of his towering achievement. Bacon set great store by accident when painting, and his finest work is galvanised by an exuberant sense of risk. An inveterate gambler, he loved to surprise himself in painting as in life. The many canvases he destroyed throughout his career testify to his impatience with predictability. In Bacon’s greatest canvases his impulsive handling of paint has an astonishing eloquence as he pummels, caresses, obliterates and coaxes the pigment at will.

At the same time though, Bacon has a passion for order. His compositions are always calculated and refined, playing off the convulsive figures against areas of flat, semi-abstract colour. He liked immaculate painting and the tormented passages in his work gain enormously from their contrast with the clean, plain areas surrounding them. Bacon’s superb finesse, coupled with an instinctive monumentality, counteracts the depressing aspects of his world. Indeed his exhilaration seems all the more persuasive precisely because it is pitched against the confinement and vulnerability of the human condition. Bacon’s assertion of a resilient vigour could not be more hard won. And in some of his most impressive pictures naked figures close on one another with extraordinary erotic forcefulness, as if trying to combat their former isolation.

Bacon will be remembered, not only as the finest British painter of his time, but one of the most outstanding artists anywhere in the late 20th century world. With his death, painting suffers an incalculable loss. When we met for the last time a few months ago he told me that he hated the thought of death, before pausing and then brightening with a defiant cry: “ Shall we have some champagne?”

 

 

 

 

Painted into a corner

 

 

 

DIARY | THE TIMES | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

THE DEATH of Francis Bacon was met with surprise in some quarters yesterday. Such was the legendary status of the 82 year-old artist once described by Mrs Thatcher as "that man who paints those dreadful pictures" — that a few people assumed he had been dead for years. One one occasion Andrew Billen, now deputy editor of The Observer Magazine but then arts correspondent on this paper, was instructed by the news editor to phone Bacon to find out whether or not he was still alive.

"We had received copy from a foreign agency describing Bacon in the past tense," says Billen. "As soon as he answered the phone I felt the story slipping away". Rivalling Mark Twain's sang froid about reports of his death, Bacon responded to the enquiry by saying: "I am sorry not to be able to help on this occasion."

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

 

Francis Bacon, the internationally-renowned British painter, died yesterday in Madrid aged 82.

He was born in Dublin on October 28, 1909.

 

 

 

OBITUARIES | THE TIMES | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29 1992  

 

 

NO OTHER post-war painter transformed British art with as much energy, flair and obsessive conviction as Francis Bacon. After a surprisingly tentative beginning, when he wavered between painting and designing furniture and rugs, the self-taught Bacon vision arrived fully-formed in 1944. And it already had the ability to unnerve. In a searing orange triptych, he painted three alarmingly distorted figures at the base of a crucifix. Half-human, half-animal, they writhe, push their distended necks forward and open their mouths in desolate howls.

When this excoriating triptych was exhibited at the Lefevre Gallery, it announced a new post-war mood of uncompromising anxiety.  The advent of the cold war, combined with the horror of Hiroshima, confirmed Bacon's preoccupations. He returned, time and again, to the image of a male solitary figure enclosed in a bare interior.

During the 1950s this anguished presence often gave vent to his disquiet with a scream, nowhere more vehemently than in an extended series of paintings based on Velasquez's celebrated portrait of Pope Innocent X. In the original canvas, which Bacon never went to inspect in Rome, the Pope looks masterful and shrewd. But Bacon transforms him into a screaming grotesque, trapped like a prisoner in an electric chair, rather than a Pontiff's throne.

In later life, Bacon himself came to regret spending so much time on the Pope images. He thought they were too sensational, and went on too long. But they were certainly instrumental in establishing him with a formidable international reputation. Another series, smaller in number and on the whole more powerful, took as its inspiration a Van Gogh painting of the artist walking through the French countryside on his way to work. Once again, Bacon changed the original image into a turbulent, troubled expression of his own ominous vision.

On the whole, though, Bacon's figures remain indoors rather than out in the open. Landscapes were rare in his work, and the paintings of recent decades concentrate, with remarkable consistency, on clothed or naked figures in the archetypal Bacon room. As if to stress how little his art had changed, he embarked in 1988 on a second, larger version of his 1944 triptych. The lacerating orange became a more sumptuous red and the three figures are surrounded by more space than in the earlier version. But they twist and yell as hideously as before, and Bacon demonstrated his regard for the new triptych by presenting it to the Tate Gallery.

Francis Bacon was born of English parents. His father trained horses in Ireland. Bacon had little formal education except for a brief period at boarding school in Cheltenham. He left home early and spent some years in Paris and Berlin. By 1930 he was in London earning a precarious living as a designer of furniture and rugs.

He had already begun to paint, but of his first experiments very little remains. There were some abstract paintings they are seen in a picture of the corner of his studio painted by a great friend of that time, Roy de Maistre. There are one or two pictures which found their way into private collections the best know is a Crucifixion which was reproduced in Herbert Read's Art Now (1933) but everything else Bacon destroyed.

There was nothing tentative about his re-appearance in the closing years of the war. From 1945 onwards he began to show pictures of great technical assurance  and startling originality. The crucial moment was his first one-man exhibition at the Hanover Gallery in 1949 which thrust him to the forefront of contemporary painting.

Just as the name Kafka has passed into the language as evocative of a certain kind of anxiety-ridden impasse, so Bacon's name now began to be used descriptively. This is an indication of the way in which these pictures reflected a recognisable range of feelings. They were of men's heads set against thick curtains or enclosed in glass boxes, their eyes often obliterated and their mouths stretched open as if to scream. Melodramatic, they were also contemplative and the mood of extreme, yet stoical, despair seemed of a piece with the mood of Sartre's Huis Clos and the early Beckett novels.

It was perhaps this literary side to them which first captured the imagination of the public. Not since Fuseli had the horrific been the overt subject-matter of painting, and the novelty was both shocking and absorbing. There were other equally disturbing features. His painting was, for instance, the very antithesis of abstract at a moment when the general drift of painting seemed to be inexorably in an abstract direction. It was illusionistic, although in a novel and  non-academic way; it drew upon the Old Masters, on Velasquez in particular, and equally on photography, not only for its imagery but for its surface appearance too.

It was impossible to place him comfortably within any existing framework. Certain critics, notably Robert Melville and David Sylvester, wrote about him brilliantly and with deep partisanship. Others tended to dismiss him as a morbid sensationalist and a light-weight, a view in which they were strengthened when in 1953, on the occasion of  a retrospective exhibition of Matthew Smith at the Tate, Bacon contributed a short tribute to the catalogue in which he said: "I think that painting today is pure intuition and luck and taking advantage of what happens when you splash the stuff down..." However, within a year or two London was to become familiar with the achievements of the American painters of Bacon's generations. Chance and intuition with paint had begun to take on wider meanings and Bacon looked less isolated, more profound and even more original than before.

His painting was shown in the British Pavilion at the Venice Biennale in 1954, and from now onwards his reputation rose steadily in Europe and America; indeed it could be said that as far as the international standing of British art went, Bacon did for painting what Henry Moore had done for sculpture a few years earlier. There was a major retrospective exhibition at the Tate Gallery in 1962, which later toured Europe, and from this point onwards hardly a year passed without some important showing somewhere in the world. He was the first English painter of this century to be taken seriously in Paris, where queues formed to see his retrospective at the Grand Palais in 1971-72. He was shown at the Metropolitan in New York in 1975.

In one of his first statements about his work Bacon had said: "Painting is the pattern of one's nervous system being projected on the canvas." It was always to have for him this quality of naked attack. It was able, as nothing else, to convey feeling directly, to "come immediately onto the nervous system". Above all it was able to do so through the mysterious equivalence of paint and flesh. He saw this power as an unbroken inheritance from the past, continually to be revived by the risks and intuitions of the present. He had little regard for abstract art, which in his view avoided the challenge that made painting worthwhile.

For him the proper subject for art was the human figure, and specifically the portrait. As his work matured he dropped much of the menacing mise-en-scène of the earlier pictures, and his figures became more particular portraits. He painted the same close friends over and over, working from photographs and memory, placing them in simple modern interiors, naked or clothed and concentrating on their faces with what to many observers seemed to be sadistic violence. Bacon would always deny this reading.

Neither his international reputation nor the success that went with it made Bacon a conformist figure. He sat on no committees and accepted no honours. He was indifferent to officialdom. Robert Melville once wrote of him: "He is at home in the complicated night life of big cities, interested in the exhibitionism and instability of the people he chooses to mix with and absorbed by extreme situations." His art was very close indeed to his life, and his life was lived on the very fringes of normality.

He was a man of infinite charm and generosity with a great gift for friendship. A prodigious host, his life was uncluttered by possessions. His appearance was ageless. His influence on younger artists during the 1950s and 1960s was very considerable not stylistically, for he had few imitators but through his attitude to his work and the sense he gave of the ultimate seriousness of art.

Bacon's outstanding reputation was recognised, in 1985, by a second retrospective exhibition at the Tate Gallery. Until then, no living British artist had been granted such an honour, and in his forward to the catalogue the then director, Sir Alan Bowness, categorically declared that Bacon's "work sets the standard for our time, for he is surely the greatest living painter; no artist in our century has presented the human predicament with such insight and feeling. The paintings have the inescapable mark of the present; I am tempted to add the world alas, but for Bacon the virtues of truth and honesty transcend the tasteful. They give to his paintings a terrible beauty that has placed them among the most memorable images in the entire history of art. And these paintings have a timeless quality that allows them to hang naturally in our museums beside those of Van Gogh and Rembrandt."

 

 

 

 

FRANCIS BACON

 

 

CONTROVERSIAL ABSTRACT PAINTER DIES AT 82

 

 

EDITORIAL | FORT WAYNE | THE JOURNAL GAZETTE | APRIL 29, 1992   

 

 

       Francis Bacon, the Irish-born painter whose abstract images of psychological and physical brutality made him one of the most exalted and most disliked artists of the post-war era, died Tuesday at a hospital in Madrid, Spain.

     He was 82 and lived in London. He died of a heart attack while vacationing, according to a statement from his London dealer, Marlborough Fine Art.

     Mr. Bacon first gained acclaim in 1945, when he exhibited Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, 1944 at the Lefevre Gallery in London. Mr. Bacon's angrily drawn image of writhing half-human, half- animal forms, perched atop pedestals and set in claustrophobic spaces, seemed to epitomize the grim spirit of post-war England and established him as a master of the macabre.

     That reputation was reinforced time and again by the screaming popes, butchered carcasses and distorted portraits that Mr. Bacon turned out over the next 45 years. Until his death, he continued to work in his cramped, cluttered studio in a small ramshackle house in South Kensington, London.

     Although his paintings sold for millions of dollars, Mr. Bacon eschewed most of the trappings of success. He kept no bank account, but would reach into his pocket and pull out a wad of cash whenever he wanted to indulge.

     Mr. Bacon cultivated a bad-boy reputation, speaking freely about his fondness for alcohol, his homosexuality and his kinship with gangsters.

 

 

 

 

FEROCITY OF PAINTINGS EARNED BACON REPUTATION AS BRITAIN'S TOP ARTIST

 

 

DEATH NOTICE

 

 

GRAHAM HEATHCOTE | ASSOCIATED PRESS APRIL 29, 1992

 


Francis Bacon, whose disturbing paintings of humanity in despair screamed across huge canvases, fetched millions and ranked him among Britain's greatest 20th-century artists, died Tuesday, at the age of 82.

Bacon died of a heart attack while on holiday, in Madrid, said his agent, Mary Miller. He had been hospitalized, but was thought to be recovering and died unexpectedly. Bacon turned down a knighthood, had little regard for money and could be abrupt and difficult. But in his work, he insisted, he didn't set out to shock. "You see, just the very fact of being born is a very ferocious thing," he explained in a 1980 interview with London's Observer newspaper. "Life........ is just filled, really, with suffering and despair."

On his 80th birthday, he told the Associated Press, "I'm not celebrating it. I'm not going anywhere and I don't want any presents." Then he hung up.

His paintings of violently distorted people and animals on garishly coloured backgrounds were regarded by some as obscene. But they hang in the great museums of London, New York, Chicago, Detroit and Ottawa. "He was not only the greatest British painter of his generation, but was also internationally recognized as one of the outstanding artists of the postwar era," said Nicholas Serota, director of London's Tate Gallery.

Sotheby's Chairman Lord Gowrie said Bacon was Britain's finest painter since 19th-century landscape artist J.M.W. Turner.

In November, Bacon gave the Tate Gallery a painting that he could have sold for around 3 million pounds (then $5.3 million). Sotheby's set the Bacon auction record of $6.27 million to an anonymous buyer in New York in May 1990 for Triptych May-June. His Study of a Pope had sold six months earlier at Christie's in New York for $5.72 million.

Bacon's haunting paintings of the 17th-century Pope Innocent X - a series depicting the pope caged in plate glass and screaming - made Bacon world famous.

Bacon had lived alone since his long time companion, George Dyer, committed suicide in 1971. A completely self-taught artist, the Irish-born Bacon began painting in London in 1929, but destroyed most of his earlier work with a razor. In World War II, he joined an ambulance rescue squad. Witnessing violent death helped inspire his style, especially the triptych form of three canvases linked together like a medieval altarpiece.



 

 

 

The Tortured Vision of Francis Bacon


 

 

WILLIAM WILSON TIMES ART CRITIC | LOS ANGELES TIMES | APRIL 29, 1992

 

 

      Francis Bacon was inarguably the greatest British figurative painter of the 20th Century, one of those typical stand-alone artists that England produces - Gainsborough, Turner, Blake. He died of a heart attack Tuesday in a Madrid hospital while vacationing in Spain. He was 82.

      He burst insidiously on the world in the mid-1950s with strange paintings like Study After Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X. The pontiff is seen as a screaming hallucination, as if overcome by a traumatic understanding that all the pomp, ceremony and benign authority attached to church and government was a hollow fiction.

      Europe was still reeling from World War II. In England, the pace of recovery was particularly slow. The world was still absorbing the unimaginable horror of the Holocaust. In Paris, Jean-Paul Sartre posited the dark dilemma of Existentialism: Life offers no rules or precedents to guide us; we must make it up as we go along; we find our being in nothingness.

      Bacon's work reflected this mood. He painted figures for a crucifixion scene like gelatinous succubi, all teeth, sucking mouths and blind eyes against a vibrating red backdrop. The artist was actually Irish like his contemporary, the great genius of absurdist theater, Samuel Beckett. Bacon's images of grimacing men in glass boxes live in the same spirit as Beckett characters who inhabit garbage cans. Bacon had come to London as a youth to be a decorator but his inner demons goaded him out of an easy life. He was a dedicated tosspot, compulsive gambler and tortured homosexual who haunted the low-life demimonde of Berlin and Paris before he settled in Chelsea. He started painting seriously during the war. He was, by turns, recluse, seductive charmer and vicious wit.

      "I serve champagne to my real friends and real pain to my sham friends," he remarked.

      Technically he was a virtuoso but his vision of life was unremittingly edged with violence and madness. "Man now realizes he is an accident," he once said, "that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason. I think of life as meaningless; we create certain attitudes which give it meaning while we exist, though they in themselves are meaningless."

      Visually he expressed all this in images often drawn from photographs. He borrowed the face of a screaming woman from Sergei Eisenstein's film The Battleship Potemkin. He mined the serial photographs of Eadweard Muybridge, transforming a photograph of nude men wrestling into a troubled sexual coupling. He often painted his companion George Dyer and his friend Isabel Rawsthorne in radically distorted portraits that made them seem like lonely souls going insane in barren bed-sitters.

      His style can be described in shorthand as a combination of Picasso's distortions and Rembrandt's fleshiness. But such a formula leaves out the galvanic effect of the work, the way it captures the sense of inner contortion brought on by anxiety, the feeling of physical flagellation induced by masochistic worry.

      Bacon was a singular stylist who both mirrored and molded his epoch. He was one of the last artists easily attached to the larger culture. He found kindred spirits in artists like Alberto Giacometti and Jean Dubuffet. In the theater the plays of Harold Pinter, Eugene Ionesco and Jean Genet echoed Bacon's dark, absurdist spirit. The fruitlessness of conventional culture and life lived on the run turns up in the American Beat generation in Ginsberg and Kerouac. California figurative painting of the '50s owes something to Bacon. There are hints of it in Richard Diebenkorn's "Girl on Terrace" paintings, in Nathan Oliveira's specters. In Los Angeles, the art of Rico Lebrun and Howard Warshaw mirrored Bacon's tragic vision.

      Like many who endure a long life, Bacon at a certain point seemed to have outlived his moment. In the cool '60s, dominated by ironic Pop and exquisite Minimalism, Bacon seemed overblown, operatically self-indulgent and inclined to impersonate himself. He came to represent a pessimistic humanism that represented the tattered survival of a great cultural tradition that admits of pain and suffering and implies the need for heroism in the face of the abyss. Bacon had but a small progenypainters like Lucian Freud, Ron Kitaj, Jim Dine. Nobody wanted to think about poets of loneliness in the go-go '60s or the narcissistic '80s.

      But when the County Museum presented a survey of his work in 1990, we were reminded of his striking images. And now that times are tough again and Bacon is gone, we see him afresh. He managed to do something relevant with the legacy of the very culture his generation thought bankrupt, its traditions of art, philosophy and literature. He talked straight about the phantom maze of our inner life and heeded to the worth of the outsider's soul.

 

 

 

Bacon the low-life art genius dies

 

 

 

By PATRICK HENNESSY | DAILY EXPRESS | WEDNESDAY APRIL 29 1992

 

 

                    PAIN AND FAME: Bacon with one of his paintings at the Tate in 1985.

 

 

HARD-DRINKING, fast-living artist Francis Bacon died from a heart attack yesterday while on holiday in Spain.

Last night tributes poured in for the 82-year-old genius, believed by some critics to have been the greatest British artist since Turner.

Many of his pictures have been labelled obscene — but they are sold for record sums worldwide.

His detractors included former Premier Margaret Thatcher, who described him as "that man who paints those dreadful pictures".

A self-confessed homosexual, Bacon was fascinated by sex and death, which provided most of the shocking imagery that is shot through his work.

A typical working day for him consisted of painting from dawn until lunchtime, then downing bottles of champagne with journalist Jeffrey Bernard in seedy Soho drinking clubs until late into the night.

His death came while staying with friends on holiday.

Bacon, an asthma sufferer, complained of not feeling well yesterday and was taken to hospital, where he died suddenly.

His body will be flown back to England for a private funeral.

In an interview last year Bacon spoke frankly about his homosexuality.

"I don't go about shouting that I'm gay but AIDS has made it all much worse, you know. People are very odd about it," he said.

Bacon, the son of a British Army officer, was born in Ireland in 1909.

As a youth he ran wild and at 16 was banished by his father after being caught wearing his mothers underwear and having sex with one of the grooms.

During the war he joined an ambulance squad — and his exposure to corpses had a profound effect on his work.

A year ago he gave a £3 million painting dating from 1944 to London's Tate Gallery.

Last night Mark Fisher, shadow arts minister, said: "There is no doubt that his work is going to survive. It said something about the pain of the human condition."

 

 

 

 

Homage to a slice of Bacon

 

 

MARTYN HARRIS | ODD MAN OUT | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | SATURDAY, MAY 2, 1992

 

Francis Bacon's body lay a moulderin' in Madrid, but in London the Tate Gallery had already created what will doubtless be the first of many memorials. In Room 25 they have hung his last major triptych, Three Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, which he gave to the gallery in 1991, and which is now flanked on one side with a vase of roses on a tasteful grey plinth made of plywood, but trying hard to be stone.

Bacon, who sneered equally at sentiment and kitsch, would have laughed at this, but already the public are arriving to pay homage, pausing respectfully to read the inscription, or sitting to meditate on the bench before the great painting. And so begins that mysterious translation from semi-ignored outsider to pillar of culture. Not so long ago, in a Soho pub, a man who had heard Bacon was a painter offered him a job doing up his house. This week Bacon takes full-page obituaries in every serious paper in the land.

Most of the people passing by know he is dead, and some even know other Bacon paintings. "He did Screaming Popes." "and Mick Jagger", "sides of meat," "and men having it off". Asked for the first adjective that comes to mind in front of the crucifixion triptych they say, "nightmare", "scary", "slasher movie", "alien", "warped" and "weird".

The triptych is actually a retread of a 1944 Bacon which hangs two rooms away. This shows three animal forms with lumpen greyish bodies, elongated necks and tiny snarling heads, set in windowless interiors painted a garish tomato soup colour. In the modern version the background is a more restful imperial purple, and the figures less agitated, more monumental.

Alexander, an art student from Nice, says the faces seem to be trying to escape from the bodies, like the threshing heads of straitjacketed lunatics. "But I don't like to read meaning into painting you know. Proust says 'a work of art which contains theories is like a present with the price tag still on'."  All the same there is a sense of revulsion here, from the flesh and mortality. I think of Yeats's terror, ay being a creative intelligence "chained to a dying animal".

Quite a little seminar group is gathering now, in front of the painting. There are American couples in Burberries, filling in time before Starlight Express; French/Spanish students with Day-Glo bumbags full of postcards; and soi-distant "practicing artists" in black Levis and torn vests. Everyone looks at the label before the painting.

Burberries like to imagine messages behind the picture: "For me this is a feminist image on the left of the woman armless and bound..." Bumbags, on the other hand, prefer to find popular parallels; "Zis reminds me vair much of zis punk band album cover. I sink ze Ramones..." The black Levis lot are opposed to all attempts at interpretation and prefer words like "strong", "sensual" and "interesting".

They do all seem to like Bacon though, which, given his unpleasant material and limited range, seems strange. Looking through Michel Leiris's book on the artist, there is hardly any development over the years in the pictures of flayed faces, doglike couplings, grungy rooms  and screaming mouths -  except that in the later paintings the distortions of bodies and faces look more wilful than pathological; colours are cleaner, edges neater, and the expression of disgust seems more factitious than felt.

 Though his boozing and gambling friends like to portray him as a desperate character, Bacon actually had a remarkably placid and healthy life, from his comfortable home background to the cosy clubs of his declining years. The nearest he came to real horror was conscription to the Army in 1939, which he avoided by hiring an Alsatian dog from Harrods and sleeping beside it overnight. As he suffered from asthma and was allergic to dogs he was gasping for breath when he reported for his medical, and was rejected as unfit.

The British artist Alfred Stevens once remarked: "The artist who always paints the same scene pleases the public for the sole reason that it recognises him with ease and thinks itself a connoisseur."

Perhaps that is all it is. Bacon did the same kind of painting for 50 years, and anyone who goes on for that long must have something to say, mustn't he? Sheer persistence will finally wear away scepticism, and in any case Bacon did have something to say, though as years went by he said it with less venom and less real horror, until in the end it felt like a tic of style rather than genuine terror.

 

 

 

     Francis Bacon

 

Out of decay, immortality

 

         Giles Auty

 

 

By GILES AUTY | THE SPECTATOR | 2 MAY 1992

 

I was having lunch this Tuesday with a painter friend when news of Francis Bacon's death reached us. Bacon was in his 83rd year and was felt by many who knew him well to have been lucky to have got so far. My friend celebrated him for another reason: 'You've got to be grateful to old Francis for keeping the idea of figurative painting alive during those awful years of Pop and abstract expressionism.' Francis Bacon outlived many more art movements than these and in a sense reaffirmed belief in the continuity of art rather than sharing in the idea of modernist schism.

I first met the artist in the closing months of 1959 when we rented almost adjacent dwellings in St Ives. I remember especially talking with him during a long, sunlit after- noon largely on the subject of Bonnard. The artist was charming, considerate and well-informed. As dusk drew in a male companion of the artist who seemed to me none of these things made his return and I made polite excuses to depart.

I encountered the artist intermittently over succeeding years, once in the restaurant car of a train. In days when Britain was less affluent, I suspect many users of restaurant cars seldom dined out other than when travelling. There was a subdued hush in the dining car broken only by the tinkle of cutlery and whispered discussions between long-married couples as to whether to order a half-bottle of Beaujolais. The waiter motioned me to an unoccupied seat at a table . . . 'If you wouldn't mind joining the other gentlemen, sir.' Almost as I did so, Mr Bacon's new companion, a brawny young man sporting a bright ginger crew-cut, complained very loudly of the heat: 'Cor, Francis, it ain't 'alf fuckin' 'ot in 'ere.' Throwing off his coat, he revealed a short-sleeved shirt, impressive musculature and brilliant braces. Several delicately poised fish knives clattered to the floor.

The artist resisted the idea of a biography which would probably centre more on his private social habits — notably drinking, gambling and intense physical attachments — than on his art. A good deal of nonsense has been written about the latter, too, and I expect we must now fear the excesses, also, of his obituarists. Thus I do not share Sir Roy Strong's view, already stated, that Bacon was the greatest British artist since Turner. The artist's unusual life and background probably explain much more in his art than is commonly realised — but it would be strange if they did not do so. Bacon was a weak and asthmatic child sired by a domineering racehorse trainer in Ireland. He had little convention- al schooling and no art training at all. He left home at 16 following a reputed incident of trying on his mother's clothes. Unsurprisingly, his natural milieu became that of Bohemia and the demimonde in Berlin, Paris and London, where he worked before the last war as a designer of rugs and furniture. At the time I first met Bacon, his rise to artistic fame and fortune had merely begun. I believe the critic David Sylvester was as responsible as anyone for its subsequent acceleration. For years, whenever I remarked on the low standard of coverage on television of the visual arts, colleagues would refer me to a most illuminating interview between Bacon and Sylvester ... 'if only you had seen that'. Not many years ago I did so and was acutely disappointed. Little doubt this footage will be re-run many times in the months to come.

Bacon learned the craft of painting slowly but developed subsequent techniques which made his technical shortcomings difficult for most critics to comment upon. At the end of his life he was accused by former admirers of becoming almost too accomplished for his own good: of producing pastiches of his own mannerisms, in fact. For me, perhaps the greatest virtue of Bacon's painting lay in his commitment to the activity itself. To the best of my knowledge he never complained of the inadequacy of the medium, recognising rightly that if the activity of painting were good enough for anyone from Rembrandt to Grünewald or Ingres to Goya there was no particular need to look elsewhere.

Bacon's often remarkable painting struck me always as a far more urgent reflection of his own, driven condition than that of humanity at large. His supposed assault on 'reality' accords more with vulgar conceptions of such matters than with the profound or philosophical. Paradoxically, there is often a taint of melodrama and sentimentality about visions of remorselessness, whether written or painted. Bacon's over-insistence on decay and futility may have been an unintended argument for immortality. Though his friends may deny this, perhaps he was not such an old, existential romantic after all.

 

 

 

 


PORTRAYING MAN'S AGONY

 

 

To Francis Bacon, Life was the horror, not his paintings

 


ALAN G. ARTNER | CHICAGO TRIBUNE | MAY 1, 1992

 

      The death of Francis Bacon on Tuesday at age 82 brought to an end one of the most individual careers in the history of 20th Century painting.

      His vision was grisly, but he always maintained, realistic. He had few antecedents and attracted fewer disciples. Yet the strength of that vision indelibly impressed itself on art of our time and, contrary to his many statements, came to stand for a particular moment in Western cultural history. Nearly a half-century of interpreters have seen Bacon as the one artist who consistently tried to sum up the agony of modern man. They said his outlook was shaped by World War II and inevitably represented extreme states of feeling.

      Bacon himself was cooler, repeating again and again that he had nothing to express about the human condition. Life was the horror and his paintings were no match for it.

      Sometimes they captured a little bit of truth. But they did it in an intense and curtailed way, distorting beyond appearance yet working into the distortions something still recognizable.

      In short, Bacon was more concerned with the act of painting than the philosophy everyone said lay behind it. He was not in any sense a philosopher. As a young man, he merely had seen a dog defecate on the street and had accepted it as the most accurate representation of life. This viewpoint allowed him to look at every conceivable human act without surprise, disappointment, judgment or recoil.

      What was normal to Bacon was terrible to others, and, paradoxically, the extent of the terror accounted for his success. He often said he could not imagine anyone who really liked his paintings, but museums and collectors around the world acquired them, and they entered even the popular imagination through use on the opening credits of Bernardo Bertolucci's film Last Tango in Paris.

      American critics frequently dismissed his work as "automatic angst" that, over the years, had become decorative in their composition and colour. Some gave him credit for being a great image maker, but denied him the status of great painter. This was transparent. Bacon rankled American critics only because he did not need them.

      Bacon never claimed to have brought anything new to painting and, in truth, he did not. Though self-taught, he recognized the value of history and freely approached it as a storehouse of images that might trigger his imagination.

      The most famous image he used was that of Velasquez's 1650 portrait of Pope Innocent X , but there were many others, most notably from paintings by Picasso, Cimabue, Ingres and Van Gogh, and from photographs by Edweard Muybridge.

Bacon was acutely aware of the predicament of the 20th Century painter who tried to record life, acknowledging that mechanical means could do it better. So he sought an intensity that came in part from the risk-taking of the artist, and he often ruined paintings by throwing pigment at them or by deliberately causing accidents upon which he hoped to capitalize.

      In 1988, a year before the 80th birthday exhibition at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden in Washington, D.C., Bacon returned to the work that first brought him notoriety, his  Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, 1944.  This time, he did not rework the original but created a new triptych marked by telling refinements in composition, colour and touch. The piece reaffirmed that Bacon's primary concern long had been painting, not subject matter. And it should have surprised no one. His words and deeds were consistent throughout his career and, decades before, while looking through a book on mouth diseases, he had said he wanted to paint the inside of a screaming mouth as beautifully as a Claude Monet sunset.

      That linkage between beauty and horror came naturally to Bacon, and it kept him from ever appearing sentimental about anything, including art.

      If not especially appealing, it is nonetheless extraordinary that a world-famous artist would say, simply and without guile: "I would like my pictures to look as if a human being had passed between them, like a snail, leaving a trail of the human presence and memory trace of past events as the snail leaves its slime."

 

 


 

Just a pile of paint and a nightmare of chic thrills

 

 

Michael McNay takes a dissenting view of a 'genius'

 

 

MICHAEL McNAY | THE GUARDIAN WEEKEND | 2-3 MAY, 1992

 

All the world loves a picture. A picture with a story is even better. Ulysses Deridibg Polyphenus before Symphony in Grey and Black; The Last of England or the Hireling Shepherd before Dedham Vale. Better still - halcyon days of the Royal Academy when Munnings ruled and God was his heaven? - the puzzle pictures, a canvas that hinted at a story but which left the viewer guessing. 

Francis Bacon bestrides this honourable tradition. Pictures, no paintings. Best of all, English narrative pictures. One must be careful here: he is of course "painterly" picture maker. His legions of admirers say so. Many of his admirers are painters themselves', some very good painters; though Bacon himself, we keep hearing, was the greatest living artist, the best British artist since Turner. But Bacon's paint is in the service of pictorial effect. The surface itself should not be scrutinised too carefully. Too often in doesn't describe what it purports to be describing. Bacon can't paint a foot or an ear or a hand. Some of the curves he used to describe physical forms are so slack they would have got him fired from a Disney workshop. 

So Bacon  smudged and threw paint and turned forms back in on themselves and disrupted their logic, instinctively hiding his own deficiencies. These smears of paint describing swollen and distended shapes, especially in the portrait, seize attention and distract the eye from what lies between. Which is nothing.

Nothing will come of nothing. And Bacon's nothing isn't even a black hole, it is a break down in communication. The painting stops dead between the smears of pigment. There is nothing there because it hasn't been described or constructed or placed.

Bacon lived the life of Riley, but despite the boozing and gambling and promiscuity he lived to a fine old age. That style of life must have made him sense that he was a man in a hurry, and he worked obsessively. But unlike Picasso painting in a hurry in his last days, Bacon's talent was not underpinned by training. He gambled and quite often won. Often, too, he lost, and because he had a painter's eye he could pick the losers.

This is no secret. Bacon groupies who fill the columns of the art press and who have been taking up radio time since the artist's death have described with suppressed excitement the way Bacon destroyed work that dissatisfied him, cut the heads out of portraits and left the canvases with gapping holes. They are like Nosey in Joyce Cary's The Horse's Mouth, stuttering excitement over every manifestation of the painter's genius, even the recognition of failure. Bacon himself was quite open about his methods.

His conversations with David Sylvester, published in the 1970s, are quite explicit. Bacon worked fast, and with a lot of paint, pushing it around the surface, waiting for the controlled accident to erupt. It it got out of hand, there was no going back. The canvas had to be abandoned.

The process, an eruption, sounds unpleasant, and it was; because the secret of bacon's successful work was the paint, like a gigantic eructation of pus. The Grand Guignol apparatus of screaming heads, the sides of raw meat, the smeared visages underpinned this visceral sense of horror. Bacon was the last and most extreme of the line of painters who followed van Gogh. But Bacon was self-taught, and unlike Van Gogh, never overcame his technical deficiencies. He borrowed motifs, fair enough, but imposed sketchily realised pictorial devices, like the frame crudely articulated to impose some sense of control over the central images sprawling like something from under a stone.

Given the shortcomings of imagination and technique, Bacon's success is singular. He caught a nerve, as Bryan Robertson put it in his Guardian tribute. The risk taking, the throw of the dice that characterised his encounter with the canvas, had its own excitement.

The nastiness of the images, the grandeur of the nightmare as some would have it, help to assuage a western civilisation that can't cope with its own darker compulsions. A bad dream by Bacon is the ultimate adjunct to any truly-chic boardroom. Which is why the front page of the Times was able to report: "The first test of the value of his works, which are (sic) certain to rise following his death, will come at a Christie's sale in London on July 2."  As Wilde would have said, there's a reporter who knows the price of everything and the value of nothing. No doubt the market will bear him out. But as for being  the "best living painter", Bacon wasn't even the best painter living in North London.

 

                      

 

 

The horror of Francis Bacon

 

 

THE ECONOMIST | OBITUARY | THE ECONOMIST | MAY 2, 1992

 

THE trauma of our age, after Auschwitz, after Hiroshima, haunts so many of his pictures. Francis Bacon, who died aged 82 on April 28th, was the greatest British painter since Turner but also something more. His works, like Picasso's, have left their mark on everyman, not just the art public. 

He nearly always painted the human face and figure, stripped bare of civilised niceties, set against backgrounds of stark colour and a terrifying clinical vacancy. "I hate a homely atmosphere," he once said, and there is nothing cosy or illustrative about his figures: screaming prelates;manically grimacing businessmen; naked men vomiting, defecating, wrestling (or making love) with each other. He compressed reality to the claustrophobia of the interrogation chamber, the screaming cell, the slaughterhouse.

Nothing about Bacon,, a descendent of the Elizabethan English philosopher of the same name, was conventional. He suffered from asthma in his childhood in Dublin and had little schooling.  Despaired of by his family, the adolescent Bacon set off for London, then to Paris and Berlin. During the wandering years that followed, he worked sometimes in nightclubs, and was always a keen gambler. He never attended art school, in his case a saving grace. A 1927 Picasso exhibition opened his eyes to the imaginative possibilities of distorting the human face.

In 1944 he painted "Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixon", in which humanoid creatures, grotesquely phallic in proportion, emit ineffable primal screams. The human cry, inspired by images such as that of the blooded nruse in Eisenstein's 1925 film 2Battleship Potemkin", obsessed him. He always denied, however, being a visual terrorist out to shock gratuitously. "I've always hoped in a sense to be able to paint the mouth like Monet painted a sunset."

His first London exhibition in 1949 a shocked and riveted the art public. Its iconoclasm and gallows humour broke ever taboo, but, as always, with tremendous assurance of composition, acute sense of the figure in space and beautiful qualities of paint. Figures were depicted mid-howl; a pope in a transparent box, like a hunted specimen; a monstrous man with opened umbrella under suspended animal carcasses.

By the late 1950s Bacon was internationally famous. In 1962 and 1985, he had retrospectives at London's Tate Gallery. His 1988 Moscow retrospective was the first of a living, western artist to be held in the Soviet Union. His pictures commanded prices in seven figures.

But he remained an elusive figure, avoiding interviews, parrying critics. "I'm just rying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can. I don't even know what half of them mean. I'm not saying anything. Yet as Cecil Beaton, a famous society photographer described him in 1960, Bacon provided lively, humorous company for his friends, gay and straight. His studio was incredibly dishevelled; he enjoyed heavy late-night drinking in London clubs; he was indifferent to the opinions of others.

He lived and worked like this almost o the end. In his art, he desperately exorcised the ravaging tensions within. He described his portraiture as a kind of injury inflicted on the subject, and spontaneously applied paint almost as a physical assault on the viewer's sensibilities. A flayed human body on a bed under a rude electric light bulb: this is Bacon's tragic view of man. His are 20th-century icons, without a glimmer of redemption or release from horror.

 

 

 

 

THE BOOK THAT BACON BANNED

 

 


Francis Bacon died on Tuesday morning aged 82. 

 

BRUCE BERNARD, visual arts editor of The Independent Magazine and a longtime friend of Bacon’s, recalls the revealing saga of ‘About Francis Bacon a book approved by Bacon, monitored by Bacon, and – at the last minute – blocked by Bacon.

 

 

BRUCE BERNARD | THE INDEPENDENT MAGAZINE | 2 MAY 1992

 

About five years ago, an art director at Macdonald Orbis, the publishers for whom I had compiled three books about painting, suggested that I should “do a book” about Francis Bacon. At first I thought that there was nothing I could contrive that would supersede or add anything significant to the books already published, but within a very short time I had an idea. Why not make the best possible picture book of Bacon’s work, with a text consisting mostly of extracts from press criticism of it from the very beginning (which turned out to be 1931)? One would break into this occasionally with a biographical narrative, and use documentary photographs of Bacon, his friends and models, and reproductions of magazine spreads and books such as Herbert Read’s Art Now of 1937, which showed a Bacon opposite a Picasso and had first aroused my interest in him when I was still at school.

I naturally went first to the designer Derek Birdsall, who had designed two of my compilations, earning universal approval for his work on them, and he immediately bettered my proposed title with About Francis Bacon, and made a splendid dummy. He chose a squarish landscape format so that the numerous triptychs could be shown without resort to fold outs. Francis, whom I had known since 1949, and always been on friendly terms with, thought it looked “marvellous” (“like a scrapbook”, he said approvingly). Everyone else was equally enthusiastic, and the book was commissioned without delay. Bacon’s agents, Marlborough Fine Art, offered bill co operation and gave me access to their several tomes of press cuttings: I also found invaluable the bibliography prepared by Krzysztof Cieszkowski of the Tate Gallery. I commissioned translations of what three intelligent linguists thought the most interesting foreign language cuttings in the Marlborough books, and sent a patient assistant to Colindale Newspaper Library and the V & A to get copies of the most interesting looking pieces on the Tate list. It added up to a fascinating, if predictable, mixture of vilification, bewilderment, recognition of a remarkable talent, and the acknowledgement of greatness (the favourable notices perhaps too numerous for Francis’s taste). Comments such as Bernard Levin’s 1984 prediction that the paintings would be sold as scrap in 20 years or so have always been balanced by Lawrence Gowing, Andrew Forge, David Sylvester and others, carrying torches that illuminate, with all possible mixtures of feeling in between.

I wrote a biographical narrative with personal comments on a few paintings which I believe to be among Bacon’s greatest, and showed it to him after one of the many dinners he gave me as the book progressed. He took my words home with him, and rang me early the next morning to say that owing to insomnia he had read it that night, and “rather liked it”. Later on he asked me to take out an anecdote that would cause someone embarrassment, and kept on insisting that I must declare that my “interpretations” of the works I mentioned were mine alone. I agreed, though this was perfectly obvious and needed no underlining. There were other minor objections, such as my use of the word “incarnation”, which he thought had unwelcome religious connotations, but he made no fundamental objection to the uneven text, which I admit might possibly have seemed presumptuous in parts. (I did not think a distinguished piece of art writing appropriate, and would have asked someone else to provide it if I had.) In view of his later objection to anything biographical in words or photographs, it should be borne in mind that Francis was particularly anxious that all the staff at Wheeler’s restaurant in Old Compton Street were fully named in my account of his very friendly relationship with them, and was pleased that I had found photographs of other friends. Many of the pictures had been taken by John Deakin, the remarkable photographer who had provided numerous portraits for Bacon to work from.

Derek Birdsail soon produced layouts and Francis came to his workshop in Islington to look at them. He professed himself very pleased, using the word “marvellous” many times and voicing very few reservations. He then took me, Derek, and most of the Birdsall family out to lunch, and charmed us all with his generosity and customary enjoyment of such occasions.

When the colour proofs arrived and were pasted down quite soon after this, he came to the workshop again. A lot of the colour was, as it so often is at this stage, depressingly inaccurate, and this seemed to worry him. I felt that it triggered other unspoken doubts, but we then had another lunch with family, scarcely less enjoyable than the first. The book was due to go to the printers within a fortnight.

Two days later he phoned me, saying that he wanted to see me urgently, and his tone of voice was ominous. I went along to his place early the following morning, and after offering me tea in his usual hospitable way, he told me that he was insisting that all the photographs and my text (apart from the short introduction) should be removed, and that no work before the famous 1944 Tate triptych, Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, should be reproduced. This seemed to me quite unacceptable, and although I was prepared to bargain to some extent about my text, which I considered the least of the book’s components, I was not prepared to surrender the idea of some kind of biographical narrative or illustration, or endure the embargo on his earliest work. The package of demands being so destructive of my own and Derek’s notion of the book, I did not stay to argue.

Francis then asked for a meeting with the publishers, to whom he spelled out the same conditions. They declined to accept them, deciding quite rightly that the book would not arouse half the interest either here or abroad if they did. I sent him a letter pointing out his earlier co operation with the biographical aspect, his loans of personal photographs, and his general approval of my text when he first saw it. I also stated my belief that the elements he wanted removed in no way detracted from the impact of his work (I considered the sequence and juxtaposition of the paintings to be the best ever made). I never had an answer to my letter perhaps because it was unanswerable, though I can now see that several things I wrote in the book were unwise, and also that he couldn’t be expected to like the unavoidable sense of valediction at the end. If I had possessed a written agreement with his gallery concerning the use of the paintings we could, it seems, have printed the book with little fear of an injunction. But friendly agreements are, by their nature, vulnerable.

If our friendship was a little dented by this episode, my regard and admiration for the best he did and was will never change. I feel honoured to have known him.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Terrible beauty or dirty mac decadence?

 

 

John McEwen recalls his meetings with Francis Bacon, the wild card of English art and epitome of dandyism, who died last Tuesday

 

 
JOHN MCEWEN | THE ARTS | THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH | MAY 3 1992

 

THE WORD "dandy" to describe a person is rarely used today. Baudelaire lamented his passing 150 years ago, but dandyism has survived into our own time - no doubt it will never be quite snuffed out - and in art its epitome was Francis Bacon.

Bacon as a man devoted to what Baudelaire defined as "the cult of the self" was the real Regency McCoy. This Byronic aspect to his nature had something to do with a complete absence of sentimentality, a recklessness, a bleak rationality, an awareness that his lack of religious faith was in itself despair, and also an intense animalism.

The animalism was the first thing one felt on meeting him, a palpable magnetic field. It gave one some inkling of what he meant when he rather mystifyingly described his art as trying to record his feelings about things as closely to his "own nervous system" as he could. He wanted to conduct this nervous energy into his painting, to vent its expressive power.

On one occasion I was standing close behind him when an artist he disliked entered the room. Immediately he stiffened, bristled, became alert as a dog. It was the only time I have witnessed the hairs stand up on the back of a human neck. No fight ensued, or hostile conversation. It was more menacing than that. As a younger man he must have been capable of being quite terrifying.

The electricity showed itself in other ways. It preserved his youth to a Dorian Gray extent. Right till the end, into his eighties, he still looked 10 to 20 years younger than he was. There was no sense of that collapse which most of us suffer in ripe middle age. He walked with a spring in a step, a semi-tiptoe effect well described by the sobriquet of "Lightfoot", which he had chosen for himself when he worked for a short time as a butler.

In old age he defiantly wore tight trousers, the better to show off his figure. He was dapper and had settled on a late 1950s "mod" taste for leather jackets and pastel slip-on shoes. His face was soft and pink and he was shamelessly vain, admiring himself in the nearest mirror and combing his hair even when carrying on a conversations. He was made for an age of blades and beaux. His conversation was always conducted with courteous attention to whoever he was talking to. Since he knew he was the most splendid person in the room, there was no need of him to scan the crowd.

His patrician cockney is well preserved on film interviews, his favourite of which was "with that Yorkshire chap, can't remember his name" (Melvyn Bragg), where he answers questions during the course of a long well-oiled lunch: "I've made images that the intellect would never make. I make images of realism. The violence of life, of sensation. I believe in nothing, except the sensation of the moment. I drift."

What is missing from the official record is his wit and asperity. He spoke French as might have been expected, fluently but with no attempt at an accent. Conversation was his forte; interviewing was sticky - perhaps always the case when the interviewee has answered every question a hundred times before; and Bacon has been exhaustively and famously interviewed.

Subjecting himself to my interrogation in the basement of the Marlborough Galley, he gave little away. Why did he paint those little arrows? He couldn't think. And the bits and pieces of newsprint?

"You don't like it? No one likes my pictures, you know. They buy them for some reason, but nobody likes them." He said it with an air of resignation. "Fame? I now nothing about that. It's all done in here by the Marlborough."

What Bernard Levin regarded as "dirty mac" decadence, he saw as Yeats's "terrible beauty". Life was at its most intense at its most extreme, and only in the extreme did reality fully reveal itself, which was why he gambled in casinos, saw life as a gamble, and treated painting as a game of chance.

I suggested, in Baconian fashion, that we have a drink at the near by Ritz. After all, he reckoned to have divided his life "between the gutter and the Ritz" - a metaphor he continued in his art by insisting on those ritzy gilded frames, however squalid the subject they enclosed.

And once there, of course, it had to be champagne with which to drink good fortune to our true friends and pain to our sham ones. Conversation became general and easier. I asked if he thought someone we both new actually had got chucked out of the navy in the war for murdering the ship's cook.

"I think you'd have to do something much worse than murder the cook to get drummed out of the merchant navy - don't you think?"

We got on to his love of low, not to say criminal, life. The Kray twins had been wished upon him in Tangier by Stanley Baker. They came round his studio one Sunday morning - Ronnie and two cronies - when there was talk of him suing a friend of theirs for some paintings they hadn't paid for.

His homosexuality he regarded as "an affliction", but at least it had been fun until it was made legal. The best grass in London was in the foreground of Seurat's La Grande Jatte in the National Gallery. He had just been to look again at Velázquez's Las Meninas in the Prado: "It was so nice to see it without any Japanese mice in the way."

At a late stage in the proceedings I disappeared to the cloakroom. On my return I called for the bill. With customary grace he had already paid it. As Baudelaire says: " ... money is indispensible to those who make a cult of their emotions; but the dandy does not aspire to money as to something essential; this crude passions he leaves to vulgar mortals; he would be perfectly content with a limitless credit at the bank.

Bacon once approvingly described a mutual friend as someone who seemed, "to have cut out all that nonsense that most people have"; and he meant much the same when he said that no one over 30 could be shy. He had certainly cut the nonsense out of his own life - no tiresome distractions or keeping up with the Joneses for him.

His favourite photograph of himself was taken secretly on the Underground by John Stiletto; and to travel by public transport and then to pick up the tab for the most expensive lunch in town was just another expression of his delight in living a life of "gilded squalor".

But then, as a born aristocrat, he had no need of airs and graces - he had a claim to the vacant barony of Oxford, which would have entitled him to a seat in the Lords, but he disdained it, as his father had before him. As for official honours, he was not interested.

No vignette of his attitude could have been more precise than his refusal to go to lunch with Frank Lloyd, the art dealer, when they met one day by chance in the Marlborough front entrance for the first time since Lloyd's disgrace and American exile. "My dear boy, let me give you lunch. We've got so much to talk about." But Bacon, at his most assiduously Lightfooted - head cocked eyelids a-flutter - was not to be moved.

It is fitting that he died in Spain. The world had long been his oyster, but Spain for him was the pearl of it. His favourite art was ancient Egyptian, his preferred reading Racine or the Greek tragedies; but his favourite artist was Velázquez, and one of his own masterpieces is of the bullfight. He is the wild card of English art; the wildest it has surely ever thrown.

 

 

High art underground, in Bacon's favourite photograph of himself. 'I make images of realism. I believe in nothing, except the sensation of the moment. I drift."

 

 

 

 

Myth of the modern

 

 

 

Francis Bacon could not draw, but the tyrannical Modern Art Industry took him up, argues Paul Johnson

 

 


PAUL JOHNSON | SUNDAY COMMENT | THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH | May 3 1992

 

"The greatest British painter since Turner" "The heir to Velasquez" These were just two of the accolades repeatedly lavished on Francis Bacon over the past few days. The mind reels. One looks again at his works and the mind reels further. Bacon was an amiable and much-loved man, generous to the point of mania, much exploited by the sharks and hyenas of the bohemian work he inhabited, unassuming about his paintings and certainly incapable of the conscious fraudulence of a man like Picasso. But to hail him as a Great Master not only reveals the bankruptcy of Modern Art - we knew all about that already - but flings a dismally revealing beam into the moral and aesthetic decay of our culture. Having long since lost our standards, are we beginning to lose our senses too?

Bacon was almost entirely a creation of the Modern Art Industry. Working in a discipline that once demanded many years of the strictest studio apprenticeship, he had no training of any significance. That need not matter but he had little natural aptitude either. He could not draw. His ability to paint was limited and the way he laid the pigments on the canvas was often barbarous. He had no ideas, other than one or two morbid fancies arising from his homosexuality, chaotic way of life, and Irish fear of death. What he did have was a gimmick, something resembling an advertising-designer's logo. In his case it was a knack of portraying the human face or body not so much twisted as smeared our of shape. It was enough. Such a logo could easily be dressed up by the scriptwriters of the Industry into an image of "our despairing century"; it fitted their favourite words: "disquieting", "disturbing".

Of course there was luck in it. The essence of painting is in the hand portraying what the eyes see, the imaginative rendering of nature. The Impressionists still paid the closest attention to nature and endeavoured to reproduce it with inspired fidelity. From the Post-Impressionists onwards the divorce from nature began, until painting ceased to be anchored in the visual world of people and landscapes and became man-centred.

As decade succeeded decade, the divorce widened, nature was increasingly dismissed as irrelevant, the internal visual notions, or rather whims, of man took over. The canonical traditions of centuries were brushed aside. Skills acquired with infinite pain over many generations ceased to be used, thus ceased to be taught, and so were lost. For an entire generation, until recently, most art schools did not even attempt to train students in the fundamental grammar and syntax of drawing - lacked, indeed, the staff competent to do so - and in painting merely encouraged all to "do their own thing". The Royal Academy, which had a glorious opportunity to uphold truth to nature amid this aesthetic anarchy, pusillanimously sold the pass, and so became a comic hybrid. With the collapse of any objective standards of how to judge skill, talent and merit, the way was wide open for art to be replaced by fashion.

Yet the schools continued to turn out thousands of would-be artists, joined by thousands more who lacked, and no longer needed, any training at all. Such neophytes were keen for fame and money, and sharply observant of the way the world was run. They saw that a gimmick was needed, a little trick of their own to catch the eye of fashion, and feverishly sought to manufacture one. But how to choose the lucky few among so many?

The arbiters of the lottery were the critics, dealers and gallery owners, and ultimately the directors of public institutions. Themselves lacking any agreed criteria of worth, other than a willingness to worship fashionable success, each chose by caprice, though looking suspiciously over his shoulder at the others. Thus an apostolic succession of Great Modern Masters was anointed by the pontiffs of the Industry, exactly as the hard-faced men of pop-music select the next synthetic superstar from among the clamorous multitude of youngsters.

That, more or less, was how Francis Bacon became our greatest painter since Turner, the heir to Velasquez. Told to go out into the world, as Turner did, and paint a landscape with truth and imagination, he could not have done it. The role of the humblest court portraitist - let alone the audacious subtleties and complexities of Velasquez - was beyond him. To ask him to give a truthful rendering of a real pope (or cardinal), instead of his logo-esque screaming one, would be like asking the average pop singer to perform the lead role in Otello. The notion that a painter is and ought to be in some way at the service of the public and society, instead of his own ego, died the moment the Modern Art Industry established its visual dictatorship and began to select the artistic idols we are supposed to worship. No political dictatorship has ever been more ruthless and totalitarian or more anxious to suppress dissent.

For dissent can cost money - lots of it. Once an artistic reputation is inflated, however artificially, canvases can fetch millions. Having paid them, museum directors and trend-setting private collectors are anxious to conserve, and indeed increase their capital, and stand shoulder-to-shoulder with dealers, galleries and auction houses to deflect any challenge to their verdicts. Thus the labels of fake masters are engraved in stone, and genuine ones, like Rembrandt and Goya, are dragged unwillingly from their honoured graves for purposes of promotion. Bacon was a comparatively minor player in this big league. Billions are now invested in the Picasso Trade, and to defend them it has been equipped with a whole apparatus of functionaries, including scholars and hagiographers.

The Modern Art Industry is only one example of the way in which cultural dictatorships, ultimately propelled by the quest for money or power or both, impose their arbitrary wills on the public, in letters as well as the arts. Their ravages are all around us. Modernism in architecture has filled our cities with enormous buildings of unspeakable ugliness, many of them put up with our own money, which will depress us for decades. In public galleries, paintings and sculpture of great beauty have been cynically trundled into basements to make space for collections of scrap-iron, bricks, weird wire cobwebs and inch-thick daubs of paint. Pop singers replace Beethoven and Brahms on music syllabuses, while students are told that there is no such thing as "quality", that a horror comic has as much artistic status as a poem by Keats and that "the phrase 'George Elliot' signifies nothing more than the insertion of certain specific ideological determinations".

Yet, as Gladstone once put it, "the resources of civilisation are not exhausted". We had to wait a long time for the fall of Marxism and the Soviet Empire of Evil, but it came in the end. Cultural dictatorships can be destroyed too. There are in fact signs in the world of art that paintings created from nature by skills rediscovered from the past are once more winning favour. This new renaissance can be rapidly accelerated if young people defy the diktats of their corrupt elders and begin to open their eyes and look for themselves. Let them expose the fraudulence and cry with a loud voice that the artistic emperors have no clothes.

 

 

      

               Heir to Velasquez? Francis Bacon painted screaming prelates but could never portray real ones

 

 

 

 
THE OUTCAST WHO MASTERED MISERY

AND THE PAIN THAT COLOURED HIS WORK

 

 


PAUL RICHARD | THE WASHINGTON POST MAY 3, 1992

 

    In the flesh, Francis Bacon suggested - as his paintings do - unexpected luxury pulled from piercing pain. It's been nearly 17 years since I saw him last, in 1975. That Anglo-Irish master - who died at 82 on Tuesday of a heart attack in Spain - was seated in an overpriced mid-town New York restaurant. In between his smiles his face would sag in grief. He had a wad of $100 bills wedged into his pocket. His jacket was black leather, his sweater a black turtleneck. He kept speaking of his miseries, and pouring the champagne.

    He said, "Life is wholly futile." His closest friends were dead, he said. "Wholly futile," he repeated - and then he made a sudden movement with his arm. It was a gesture of odd beauty, as casually graceful as that of a Beau Brummell tying a foulard. The waiter bowed, attentive. "Another dozen oysters, please," Francis Bacon said.

    That same disturbing shift, from despondency and suffering to voluptuary elegance, is apparent in his art. His superbly painted pictures - with their gibberings and howlings, their sucking sounds of human flesh torn from living bone - clamp your heart with dread. Yet even as they do so, the beauty of the paint - that sumptuousness of surface, that perfectly controlled swooping of the brush - somehow sings in exaltation.

    The man could gild the ghastly. The highest of the high and the lowest of the low are blended in his art. His pictures have the glow, the grand expensive aura of European masterworks, yet they stink of stale cigarettes, of windowless hotel rooms, of paid-for sex on unmade beds. The tensions that divide them - between towering ambition and sordidness of subject, between faith in art's transcendence and unnameable despair, between imagined flesh and real paint - could tear your soul in two.

    He thought himself - and was - one of England's greatest painters. He set out to paint masterworks. He insisted they be shown, as one might display relics, behind gleaming panes of glass. He surrounded them with heavy frames sheathed in burnished gold. Yet he painted them in squalor. His decaying mews house in South Kensington in London had its bathtub in the kitchen. He could have lived in splendour, yet his studio was a filthy place of bare bulbs overhead and refuse underfoot, thick clots of paint and rags. The paintings he produced there sometimes sold, at auction, for nearly $7 million. His art was first seen in London just after World War II. His final retrospective, arranged by James Demetrion, opened in Washington at the Hirshhorn Museum and Sculpture Garden in 1989. A small memorial show of four of Bacon's pictures is currently on view there. As he aged, his art grew grander, but his themes remained the same.

    You cannot see his pictures without thinking of the horrors of Europe at mid-century, not only of the public ones - corpses piled high, the stink of burned-out buildings - but of private horrors too. Bacon's popes scream silent screams as if sensing for the first time the era's desolations. Other men had shown us the underside of Europe - think of Jean Genet in jail, of Isherwood's Berlin - but Bacon did so without showing us any touch of sweetness. He preferred to tear off scabs. His violent scenes of male sex are never warmed by love, his men are almost animals, his flesh is butchered meat. Yet he paints with such fierce brio that he conquers our revulsions. He forces us to see.

    He became an outcast early. "I never got on with my mother or my father," he once told author David Sylvester. "They thought I was just a drifter... . As you know, {my father} was a trainer of racehorses. And he just fought with people. He really had no friends at all... . I disliked him, but I was sexually attracted to him when I was young. When I first sensed it, I hardly knew it was sexual. It was only later, through the grooms and the people in the stable I had affairs with, that I realized it was a sexual thing ...

    "And then, when I was 16 or 17, I went to Berlin, and of course I saw the Berlin of 1927 and 1928 where there was a wide open city, which was, in a way, very, very violent... . And after Berlin, I went to Paris, and then I lived all those disturbed years between then and the war, which started in 1939. So I could say, perhaps, I have been accustomed to always living through forms of violence."

    We feel his violence with our bodies. The people in his pictures, some bleeding in their business suits, some crouching in their bathrooms, writhe and retch and die. Bacon was above all else a figurative painter. At a time when other artists gave up the painted figure for the realms of pure abstraction (Willem de Kooning, with his "Women," was a notable exception), Bacon kept the body at the center of his art.

    The strength of his adherence marked him as an Englishman. The British have for centuries given faces to their thoughts; they've personified ideas. Think of Shakespeare's troubled kings, of Milton's fallen angels, of Dickens too and Benny Hill. Bacon in his own way extended that tradition. Figure painting is nearly dead. Portraiture that's something more than cartooning or photography is largely moribund in our land, and throughout most of Europe. But in Britain it's alive. The figure painters there who followed Francis Bacon - Lucian Freud, David Hockney and Frank Auerbach among them - rank among the strongest, most convincing of our time.

    Bacon's smeared and kneaded figures don't participate in our world. Locked behind their panes of glass, or imprisoned in their narrow cells, or silhouetted oddly against blank enclosing walls of orange or light green, they writhe in isolation. They're gruesome, magisterial and completely unforgettable. No one else could paint them. Though he sometimes borrowed images from the paintings of Velazquez, from photographs and movies, Bacon had no predecessors. And no followers survive him. The artist has now joined the pantheon of masters, but like the figures in his pictures, Francis Bacon is still alone.

 

 

 

 

Why Bacon was driven to destruction 

 

 

 

DALYA ALBERGE  | THE INDEPENDENT | 5 MAY 1992

 

Francis Bacon twice destroyed sackfuls of archival material about himself. The disclosure comes days after the death of the man widely considered the greatest British artists since Turner.

While the art world speculates about who might inherit the fortune of the painter whose work sold for millions, news that even a little archival material is forever lost will be a blow to art historians.

According to a friend, Bacon destroyed the material some years ago, after receiving a letter from what he considered "an officious person" in the Tate Gallery's archive. The archivist had asked him to send the Tate the source material relating to his paintings.

Bacon was so disgusted by the apparently arrogant tone of the "bureaucratic" letter that, according to the friend, he gathered up the papers - much of it photographic material from which he liked to work - and destroyed them, perhaps by burning.

Some two years later, the same archivist is said to have dispatched another letter, repeating the request. Bacon found some more suitable material, and, once again, got rid of the lot. The archivist was never told. As Bacon's friend explains: "Francis didn't like to be subjected to harassment, and disliked high-handed people." His actions were not directed against the Tate Gallery, to which he was well-disposed. Last year he gave it one of his triptychs and when two other major galleries clamoured to give him an exhibition, he chose to have it in the Tate.

A Bacon sold for £3.5m in 1989, making him the most expensive British living artist. That his work sold for such prices has led many to speculate about bacon's wealth. However, artists do not necessarily get what their works make in the salerooms. Back in the Fifties, the price for a Bacon was just £300, of which the artists received £50. It took six years from 1946 to persuade a public collection to accept one of his works, Study for the Magdalene: it had been a gift, to any museum that wanted it, from the Contemporary Art Society, the art charity. It hangs at Batley Art Gallery.

He was generous to friends and enjoyed encouraging young artists by buying their work.

No one quite knows who might stand to benefit from the Bacon inheritance, though many have been giving the impression that they do know.

In the past he had given generously to cancer research. While many believe that there are no paintings in the Bacon inheritance, one of his former friends was reported to be claiming that Bacon's paint-splattered studio door, which the artist used as a palette for trying out colours, belonged to him.

 

 

 

 

Face to face with the dogs of war

 

 

 

Richard Cork suggests that anyone in search of the essential Francis Bacon should begin at the Tate

 

 

RICHARD CORK | LIFE & TIMES THE TIMES FRIDAY MAY 8 1992

 

For a considered reassessment of the late Francis Bacon's contribution to 20th-century art, we will have to wait for the full retrospective which must soon be staged. But until the entire range of Bacon's achievement is disclosed in that memorial show, I recommend a visit to the Tate Gallery in London. For there, in Room 20, hangs the great triptych which announced the unnerving arrival of a formidable new voice in post-war painting: Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion.

By April 1945, when Bacon displayed this vehement image at a London gallery, most people in Britain knew that the second world war was nearly over. The following month, the Nazi surrender was formerly ratified in Berlin.

This was, of course, a time for national rejoicing, and VE-Day witnessed scenes of jubilation across the country. A conflict in which more than 20 million men, women and children had died gave way to a widespread feeling of optimism about the prospect of peace.

Bacon's lacerating picture could not have stood in more stubborn contrast to this new mood. He finished painting it in 1944, after working on all three parts throughout the war, so the trauma of those years scarred itself deeply on the roughly worked surface of each panel. Bacon later admitted that he "began" a an artist with his triptych, and it certainly carries a far more singleminded impact than any of his earlier, surprisingly hesitant pictures.

All the same, the protest it makes about the human condition first lodged itself in his mind long before the war began. As an impressionable adolescent he went to Berlin in the late 1920s, and afterwards recalled how this "wide open city" appeared to him "very, very violent". The neurotic instability of the Weimar Republic, defined with such power by Grosz, Beckmann and Dix, supplied the ideal compost for Hitler to nurture the poisoned weeds of fascism.

Nazi imagery would later feed his work in many different ways, ranging from the photographs of Himmler and Goebbels he pinned on his studio wall in 1950, to the swastika he emblazoned on a man's armband in 1965. Before the war, though, Bacon's youthful attempts at painting were too uncertain to make his awareness of fascist savagery overt in his early pictures.

The inconclusive trail of his 1930s works, many half-finished and some subsequently destroyed, indicates that he saw the crucifixion as the most direct means of conveying the brutality of the society around him. Although no longer a Christian, he still regarded the dying figure nailed to the cross in paintings by Cimabue and Grünewald as the most eloquent available images of human suffering.

The advent of the second world war must have confirmed all his darkest misgivings about the world he had seen assailed by so many severe spasms during the 1930s. To find man's bestiality now demonstrated on a global scale could only make Bacon determined to develop an art expressive of the new horror.

For the very first time, he based part of a painting on a photograph of Hitler getting out of his car at a Nuremberg rally. But the Führer himself was replaced with a loathsome creature, which extends its reptilian length over the car window in order to dangle, snarling viciously, near the ground below.

The disgust which inspired the painting is clear enough, but its reference to the Nazi was apparently too specific. Bacon did not want to make an attack on fascism alone alone: he was after an image which would convey a more general sickness. So Figure Getting Out of a Car was painted over, for Bacon had suddenly hit on how to incorporate its main form in a new and more complex structure.

The triptych arrangement enabled him to join three repugnant creatures in one work. At the same time, it isolates each presence within gilt frames so that none can alleviate the other's torment. The female figure o the left, saddled with a pair of limp feelers hanging from her shoulder-stumps, cranes forward.

She seems to be trying to slide off her perch and discover what is happening in the central panel, but cannot move. Paralysis also afflicts the monster on the right, a humpbacked oddity with starved ribs who can only stretch out its distended neck and utter a helpless roar.

The realistic human ear attached to this screaming head clashes with the animality of its body. And the same principal of shock through contrast applies to the patch of grass growing so unexpectedly in the orange ground which gives the whole triptych such a parched and eye-smarting air.

The impulsive handling of paint and pastel, smeared, scraped, slashed and dragged over the hardboard rather than applied with conventional refinement, shows the urgency with which Bacon set down this atheistic vision of Hell. But discipline counters the rhetoric wherever you look.

Spare black outlines brushed in behind the figures lend order to the triptych, and direct our attention towards the middle. Here, the focal image offers no trace of a body on a cross. Instead, a beast as brutish as its companions bares jagged teeth at us.

The beast could be growling, like an enraged dog warning strangers not to get too close. Or it might be yelling because its eyes, like poor Gloucester's in King Lear, have been put out. The ambiguity is left exposed, for Bacon understands that a cry can signify aggression just as easily as pain.

In 1945, many of the gallery visitors who encountered Bacon's blinded monster, whose white cloth is rendered with a few stabbing thrusts of the brush, were no longer certain about the role of Christianity in the contemporary world. The waste of war had only confirmed their doubts about religious faith, and they might well have understood why the crucifixion is missing from the triptych.

But that would not have stopped them, in the euphoria of the victory against Hitler, recoiling from the main emotion dramatised by Bacona howl of pain at a universe so meaningless that humanity is reduced to the level of gruesome accident.

These three figures' agitation is unalleviated by a saviour on a cross who reassures them with the promise of eternal life. The triptych format, which ha been the vehicle for so many heartfelt affirmations of Christianity in western art, is used here with bitter irony to drive home the impossibility of painting a traditional crucifixion.

Just as Bacon would later take a Velázquez painting of a Pope and transform it into a screaming grotesque, so he chose here the ultimate symbol of human salvation in order to expose its desolating absence.

The forcefulness with which these three Greek Furies, as Bacon himself once called them, hurl their misery and rage at us proves the extent of his own loss of faith. If he had not felt the absurdity of existence so keenly, Bacon would never have mustered the energy to invest his trio of outcasts with such thwarted grandeur.

Despite their determination to survive the suffering, these bruised victims with their livid flesh may have seemed to excoriating in April 1945. But their repulsive malformations, were, in fact, a portent of an historic event which bore out Bacon's trepidation.

On August 6, an atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima. It exterminated about 70,000 civilians. The war came to an end in Japan soon afterwards, and yet the terrible injuries inflicted by thee explosion linger today.

Some of the victims were disfigured beyond recognition, as dehumanised in their way as the wretches in Bacon's picture who warn us, with nightmarish conviction, of what we might become if the armoury devised for our godless conflicts since 1945 were ever unleashed. The prospect is almost too horrible to contemplate, but Bacon's fiercely eloquent imagination insists that we ignore it at our peril.

 

Tate Gallery, Millbank, London, SW1. Mon-Sat 10am-5.50am, Sun 2-5.50

 

 

     

          Central panel from Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, by Francis Bacon, at the Tate Gallery

 

 

 

 

 
  Francis Bacon (1909–1992)

    

     By Caroline Blackwood 

   

      THE NEW YORK REVIEW OF BOOKS VOLUME 39, NUMBER 15 SEPTEMBER 24, 1992  

 

I first became aware of Francis Bacon shortly after World War II. I was then eighteen, and I was invited to a formal London ball given by Lady Rothermere, who was later to become Mrs. Ian Fleming. Princess Margaret was among the guests and could immediately be seen on the parquet floor wearing a crinoline and being worshiped by her adoring set who were known at the time as "the Smarties." She was revered and considered glamorous because she was the one "Royal" who was accessible. Princess Margaret smoked, and she drank, and she flirted. She went to nightclubs and she loved show business and popular music.

As a guest Princess Margaret used to send out confusing signals. At times she seemed to ask to be treated as an ordinary racy young girl. But her conception of "ordinariness" sometimes made her behave in a manner that embarrassed rather than reassured those who entertained her. In order to put them at their ease so that they could forget that they had a royal figure at their table, she would pick up strings of tomato-pasted spaghetti from her plate and make loud sucking noises as she ate them with her hands. However, because she had emerged from the insulated capsule of her regal upbringing with ideas of "normality" that were askew, Princess Margaret inspired fear among her contemporaries. She encouraged familiarity and then, without warning, drew herself up to her full, small height and administered chilling snubs in which she reminded the socially inept that they had offended the daughter of the King of England.

Toward the end of the ball given by Lady Rothermere, after much champagne had been consumed, Princess Margaret seemed to be seized by a heady desire to show off. She grabbed the microphone from the startled singer of the band and she instructed them to play songs by Cole Porter. All the guests who had been waltzing under the vast chandeliers instantly stopped dancing. They stood like Buckingham Palace sentries called to attention in order to watch the royal performance.

Princess Margaret knew the Cole Porter lyrics by heart but she sang all his songs hopelessly off-key. She was given unfair encouragement by the reaction of her audience. All the ladies heavy-laden with jewelry, all the gentlemen penguin-like in their white ties and perfect black tails clapped for her. They shouted and they roared, and they asked for more.

Princess Margaret became a little manic at receiving such approval of her musical abilities, and she started wriggling around in her crinoline and tiara as she tried to mimic the sexual movements of the professional entertainer. Her dress with its petticoats bolstered by the wooden hoops that ballooned her skirts was unsuitable for the slinky act but all the rapturous applause seemed to make her forget this. Just when she had embarked on a rendering of "Let's Do It," a very menacing and unexpected sound came from the back of the crowded ballroom. It grew louder and louder until it eclipsed Princess Margaret's singing. It was the sound of jeering and hissing, of prolonged and thunderous booing.

Princess Margaret faltered in mid-lyric. Mortification turned her face scarlet and then it went ashen. Because she looked close to tears, her smallness of stature suddenly made her look rather pitiful. She abandoned the microphone and a phalanx of flustered ladies-in-waiting rushed her out of the ballroom. The band stopped playing because they felt it was unseemly to continue in the face of this unprecedented situation. There was a buzzing of furious whispers as Lady Rothermere's guests started to take in what they had witnessed.

"Who did that?" I asked the nearest white-tied and black-tailed man who happened to be standing next to me. His face was already red but rage made it look apoplectic. "It was that dreadful man, Francis Bacon," he said. "He calls himself a painter but he does the most frightful paintings. I just don't understand how a creature like him was allowed to get in here. It's really quite disgraceful."

Later when I was married to Lucian Freud and I got to know Francis he once referred to this incident, which caused a scandal.

"Her singing was really too awful," he said. "Someone had to stop her. I don't think people should perform if they can't do it properly."

Francis had an anarchic fearlessness which was unique. I can think of no one else who would have dared to boo a member of the Royal family in a private house. Among all the guests assembled in Lady Rothermere's ballroom, more than a few were secretly suffering from Princess Margaret's singing, but they suffered in silence, gagged by their snobbery. Francis could not be gagged. If he found a performance shoddy no conventional trepidation prevented him from expressing his reactions. Sometimes his opinions could be biased and perverse and unfair, but he never cared if they created outrage.

He could be fearlessly outspoken and crushing if provoked. I remember him being pestered in a bar by a very bad and irritating artist who was trying to make him come to his studio to look at his work. The artist said that he had the feeling that Francis only refused to come and look at his paintings because they threatened him. Francis replied that he didn't feel in the least threatened by the man's paintings.

"I don't want to come to your studio because I've seen your tie."

This same quality of fearlessness manifested itself in his work. The critics who found his painting obscene and ugly did not intimidate him. With big and masterful brush strokes he continued to stamp his canvases with the bleak but beautiful images that expressed his darkly Irish, pessimistic, and extremely personal vision.

There was also a fearlessness in his attitude to money, a wildness in his reckless generosity. When I first got to know him in Soho he was forty and he had not yet found any gallery prepared to give him a show because his work was considered too off-putting. Francis was broke at that time but somehow, mysteriously, he still managed to pay for rounds of drinks and he kept the champagne flowing. Later when he became world-famous and very rich there was no basic change in his behaviour. He continued to keep the champagne flowing, the only difference was that he filled his friends' glasses with champagne of a very much higher quality.

His generosity like his fearlessness was infectious. Extremely stingy and mean-fisted people who hated to pay for others would suddenly and amazingly offer to pay for a round of drinks while they were in his company. He could always shame the miserly.

In the Fifties, I remember Francis joining Lucian and me for dinner in his favourite fish restaurant, Wheelers, in Soho. The owner was perceptive and he allowed him to eat and drink there in return for his paintings, which were still spurned by the art world. Francis arrived late because he'd just been to the doctor. He came rolling in with the confident walk of a pirate making adjustments to the slope of the wind-tilted deck. As usual his round cheeks made him look cherubic, but his eyes were far more intelligent than those of the average cherub.

He said that his doctor had just told him that his heart was in tatters. Not a ventricle was functioning. His doctor had rarely seen such a hopeless and diseased organ. Francis had been warned that if he had one more drink or even allowed himself to become excited, his useless heart would fail and he would die.

Having told us the bad news he waved to the waiter and ordered a bottle of champagne, and once we had finished it he went to order a succession of new bottles. He was ebullient throughout the evening but Lucian and I went home feeling very depressed. He seemed doomed. We were convinced he was going to die, aged forty. We took the doctor's diagnosis seriously. No one was ever going to stop him from drinking. No one would ever prevent him from becoming excited. We even wondered that night if we would ever see him again. But he lived to be eighty-two. His attitude toward doctors and death was disdainful. They didn't frighten him. In his way, he jeered at them just as he jeered at the bad singing of Princess Margaret.

A younger British painter, Michael Wishart, once said to me that he thought that Francis had two major ambitions. He wanted to be one of the world's best painters and he wanted to be one of the world's leading alcoholics. Whereas most people discovered that these two ambitions were contradictory and self-defeating he felt that Francis had pulled them both off.

There was an "Irishness" in Bacon's temperament, although he vehemently denied it, having experienced his childhood in Ireland as traumatically painful. He found it impossible to return to Ireland although he loved its countryside. He developed a neurotic attack of asthma on the plane whenever he tried to get there. He could fly to any country in the world without physical mishap, but any flight to his homeland always proved disastrous.

"My father was a horse trainer," I remember him saying to me with a shudder. "A failed horse trainer," and he stressed the word "failed" with such disgust and anger that he made his father's occupation sound utterly repulsive. When he was a little boy his parents had put him astride a pony and they had forced him to go fox-hunting. He loathed the brutality of the "Sport of Kings" and developed a violent allergy to horses. He turned blue once he found himself on the hunting field and he started to choke with chronic asthma. His parents were very soon made to realize that he was never going to be the son they had wanted.

"Surely there's nothing worse," Francis once said to me, "than the dusty saddle lying in the hall."

Coming from Ireland myself, I sometimes tried to make him tell me more about his unlikely and horsey Irish upbringing. I wanted him to go on, I longed to hear more about his loathing of the awful dusty saddles that symbolically litter the Irish hall. But the subject made him freeze. He became agitated whenever I broached it. He started to tug at the collar of his shirt as if he were trying to loosen some kind of noose which he found asphyxiating; for a moment he resembled the agonized figures in his paintings whose faces turn a truly dangerous shade of indigo purple as they go into the last stages of strangulation. I always stopped my questioning because it seemed cruel and tactless to upset him. I was told by a homosexual friend of Francis's that he'd once admitted that his father, the dreaded and failed horse trainer, had arranged that his small son spend his childhood being systematically and viciously horsewhipped by his Irish grooms.

But with all his horror of Ireland he had the intellectual Irishman's traditional dislike of Catholicism. The Popes that he painted were all screaming and distorted. Some of them were sitting on the lavatory. Although he stubbornly denied that he had been influenced by his Irish upbringing, the desolation of his vision was very similar to that of Beckett.

There was nothing tragic or untimely about his end, although his gallantry, his fearlessness, and his exuberance made one feel he could last drinking champagne forever. Fascinated by the inevitability of human physical decay, Francis, himself, never believed that he would last forever for one moment.

 

 

 

Art Market: Bacon nude expected to exceed 1m pounds

 

 

DALYA ALBERGE  | THE INDEPENDENT  | FRIDAY, 30 OCTOBER 1992

 

 

THE FIRST major painting by Francis Bacon to come up for auction since the modern master's death in April will be offered by Sotheby's in December.

The estimate of more than pounds 1m for Study of a Nude with Figure in a Mirror takes into account both the way that prices for a major artist's work are affected after his or her death and the slump in the art market. In 1990 a comparable picture sold for dollars 3.3m in New York.

The painting, which depicts a reclining naked woman and one of Bacon's 'spectator' figures, is from a group he painted in the Sixties. It has been consigned by a private European collector.

 

 

 

 


CHRONICLE

 

By NADINE BROZAN THE NEW YORK TIMES DECEMBER 4, 1992  

 

Francis Bacon, the English painter known for his abstract images of psychological and physical brutality, left an estate with a net worth of $16.9 million to his companion, JOHN EDWARDS, when he died in April at the age of 82, the Associated Press reported.

As the terms of the will were announced in London yesterday, a Bacon painting of a female nude lying on a table was sold to an unidentified buyer for $1.3 million at Sotheby's.

 

 

 

Obituary: Erica Brausen

 

 

BARRY JOULE | THE INDEPENDENT | WEDNESDAY 30 DECEMBER 1992

 

FRANCIS BACON always said that Erica Brausen had the best eye in the art world. An accolade like that from the master was unique. One of his own favourite paintings was Painting 1946 ('I don't like my paintings for very long. I have always liked that one, it goes on having power'). It was spotted by Brausen on her first visit to the artist's studio, stacked against the wall in his shabby room in Beaufort Gardens, near Harrods. She immediately drew out pounds 350 in pounds 5 notes and bought it (she sold it on to the Museum of Modern Art in New York in 1948). This was a small fortune for Bacon, saddled at the time with mounting gambling debts. The two soon became devoted to each other and he had his first one-man exhibition at her gallery, the Hanover Gallery, in November 1949. For a long time Bacon was not to receive that sort of money again, but the dealer-artist relationship worked well and nourished what many believe to be the greatest period of his work.

Erica Brausen was born into a conservative merchant bourgeois family in Dusseldorf in 1908. Distant from her mother, she always remained at odds with her father, who was master of the local hunt. After completing her education and with the rise of Hitler she departed Germany for the Paris of the 1930s. For some time she shared a large house in Montparnasse and was able to survive on her family's small allowance. Liberated by the heady Bohemian atmosphere there, she got to know the young giants of the Parisian art milieu and became a prominent figure at art exhibitions.

An intellectual friendship with the Catalan sculptor Joan Miro led her to travel to Majorca, in 1935. There she ran a popular bar frequented by many writers and artists who enjoyed the good island life. As Franco's Fascism began its heavy march across Spain, Brausen, operating under the code name of Beryl, clandestinely helped her many Jewish and socialist friends escape the naval blockade. Michel Leiris, later France's great man of letters, credited Brausen with saving him and his wife. Through her contacts with the US Navy, who often docked on the island, Brausen convinced a submarine captain of the importance of getting the Leirises off the island. They were secreted on board and safely delivered to Marseilles. Brausen herself slipped away on a fishing boat and with difficulty made her way to England. She arrived penniless as war broke out.

In London she rejoined some of her old friends from the Continent and set about organising small exhibitions in artists' studios, but, as an exiled German, she found it difficult to earn a living by working legally. Fortunately, a sympathetic homosexual artist friend married her, to give her status. They remained lifelong friends. Her first real work in England was to start in the mid-Forties at the Redfern Gallery, in the West End of London.

In 1946 Brausen met the flamboyant millionaire American banker Arthur Jefferies at a party and they immediately took to each other. Jefferies agreed to bankroll her in her own gallery. A lease was secured to 32a St George Street, just off Hanover Square, in London, and the Hanover Gallery was born. Brausen set about turning a drab space into a great showroom for art exhibitions. Bacon remembered it as 'an excellent exhibition space with large rooms of good proportions and proper day lighting for the pictures'.

It is almost impossible to overstate the importance of the Hanover Gallery in the international art world at that time. From early in 1947, when it first opened, until it finally closed on 1 April 1973, it became - driven by Brausen's vision - the most diverse and interesting art gallery in Europe. The Swiss sculptor Alberto Giacometti had formed a friendship with Brausen years before in Paris, and Giacometti and Bacon were often to be seen together in the Hanover, arguing about art or sex.

Brausen suffered a great loss when in 1958 Bacon left the Hanover to join the Marlborough Gallery, with whom he remained until his death. He later said that he had been sad to leave Brausen, but that he was desperately short of cash and needed £5,000 to pay off his debts. The Hanover's new backer was none too happy about advancing a large sum of money to this rather queer, raffish, gambler artist and refused to do so. Bacon said that he had no choice but to enter into a contract with the Marlborough. Brausen, in France at the time, returned to London devastated. To lose her first artistic 'find' and now greatest star, of whom she was extremely fond, was a catastrophe. Remorse turned to anger and there were mutterings about suing the departed artist. But, as Bacon pointed out, as he had never had a contract with the Hanover, he could not be sued. That was the end of their artistic relationship. They never made it up, although Bacon kept a lifelong interest in her work and many projects. (When, several years ago, he was told that she was ill and needed medical attention, he immediately sent her pounds 100,000.)

Brausen had a close working relationship with many of the titans of 20th-century art, among them Matisse, Miro, Henry Moore and William Scott. (The Hanover held annual sculpture exhibitions and Moore allowed Brausen to buy his work directly from him; she in turn afforded him the rare opportunity of arranging his own exhibitions in her gallery.) She often saw, and exhibited the works of, the Surrealists Marcel Duchamp, Max Ernst, Man Ray and Rene Magritte. Her own collection in her elegant London maisonette included works of these artists beautifully displayed. She acquired a striking collection of furniture by Alberto Giacometti's brother Diego, to offset her works by Alberto. Rodins sat easily beside a fabulous collection of early Egyptian sculpture.

Two important people close to Brausen helped to make the Hanover Gallery the success it was and to ensure its place on the international art scene. Jean-Yves Mock, now 65, is the curator of retrospective exhibitions at the Pompidou Centre in Paris. He joined the Hanover as an assistant in 1956 and remained there until it closed. He proved a brilliant administrator and worked energetically beside Brausen.

Another enormous influence and great love of Brausen's was the exotic mixed-blood Javanese Dutch beauty Catherina 'Toto' Koopman. In the Twenties and Thirties Toto Koopman reigned as one of Europe's most beautiful women, a model and sometimes an actress. She was caught spying for the Allies in Italy in December 1941, and survived nearly four years at the Nazi concentration camp of Ravensbruck, recuperating in Switzerland in the summer of 1945. The same year, in Florence, she met Brausen. Koopman moved to London and two women lived together until her death in August 1991.

Koopman vividly recalled the unnerving but dramatic experience of sitting at the front desk of the Hanover during a Francis Bacon exhibition, with six of his huge, nightmarish screaming Popes lined up on the gallery wall directly behind her. She never forgot the agonised look on startled visitors' faces.

In 1958, the two women began to create an outstanding residence on the dream-like island of Panarea, north of Sicily - Le Case dei Sette Mulini, six white houses exquisitely interwoven with stunning terraces and descending gardens to the sea.

After the Hanover closed its doors in 1973, Brausen continued to deal in art either from home or from the Zurich-based gallery which she had started in 1961, and shared with Gimpel fils. Although a shy and retiring person by nature, she would extract 'top dollar' from even the sharpest New York dealer after one of her pieces.

The complex and intriguing quadrangular relationship between a gallery, dealer, artist and public is a difficult one to explore. On very few occasions do all the ingredients come together successfully to push the boundaries of what we know and expect in that medium to something new and exciting. During the 25-year life of the Hanover Gallery this happened. Erica Brausen's ceaseless exploration opened new vistas in the appreciation of contemporary art.
 

Erica Brausen, art dealer, born Dusseldorf Germany 31 January 1908, died London 16 December 1992.

 

 

MADRID

 

FRANCIS BACON 

 

GALERIE MARLBOROUGH

 

 

JUAN VICENTE ALIAGA | REVIEWS | ART FORUM | VOLUME 31 | NUMBER 6 | FEBRUARY 1993

 

Francis Bacon's painting has been characterized as accentuating a latent state of things, as writing (in many works we see a character seated on a stool), as frozen action, petrified in those images of water jets or in the use of small red, black, or white arrows. Despite this dynamism and impulsive vitality, the configuration of closed spaces, prevails in Bacon's works. Precisely on this stage of inner doors, ordered like an oppressive huis clos, Bacon establishes a web of sensitive relations that visually mark the limits of pictorial space. It is a question of a net formed with permanent indicators: the electric cable of a light bulb; straight or curved lines that make a box; arrows; circles that surround the isolated figures; paintings within the paintings; paper left on the ground.

This exhibition was drawn from the paintings of the last decade. Nine of them displayed a certain calm, a serene quiet. We were not standing before a series of images surprising in their novelty (something that did not seem to worry him), rather, in these last works, Bacon offers quietude and contemplation.

It would be easy and simplistic to read these works as an omen of death. There are no echoes of decadence nor forced signs of decrepitude that allude to his end. Bacon does not permit a teleological reading, rather, his works are filled with historicity. He was no stranger to the chaos of World War II, for example, nor to personal pain due to the death of his friend George Dyer, as exemplified in his series of triptychs, Triptych. August., 1972, Triptych. May-June., 1973, Triptych. March., 1974. The horror, the abjection that oozed from the crucifixes has been transformed in his last paintings into quiet solitude. The masculine bodies entwined in a carnal embrace have given way to the solitary figure leaning over the washbasin, standing firm on the smooth ground, neutral, bald-headed, his convex back deformed, his testicles contracted in a fold.

Bacon's concept of space has not been modified: the same sparse, even walls of horizontals and verticals and a similar chromatic treatment characterize these late works. The confined space in which his figures move or their apparent immobility are no more asphyxiating than in previous periods. Even in works like Study for Self-Portrait, 1981, a mocking smile begins to be seen on the face split in two.

Conscious of the deterioration that time and experience leave on bodies, Bacon does not hide the wear and tear left by the years--above all the marks on the face, the wrinkles, the thinning hair--in his self-portraits. Folding back into himself, his gaze explores the pulse of life, the internal fissure. He is not interested in the immediate contour that envelops his figures; the gaze is not fixed on the objects. The simple, spare atmosphere of the rooms indicates this, contradicting the golden, lustrous frames in a ridiculous even absurd manner. In a statement to Richard Cork, Bacon declared: "I used to think of making dozens of things that I have never made. Our energy fluctuates and there is never enough time. Since time passes so quickly, one can never speak in definitive terms, one can never plan the future. It simply happens ... suddenly. Everything else seems superfluous."

 

 

 

Unimpeachable sauces

 

 

The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon

 

 - Daniel Farson: Century, £17.99

 

LYNN BARBER | BOOK REVIEW | THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | 18 April 1993

 

 

DANIEL FARSON met Francis Bacon in 1951 when he, Farson, was a young and pretty photographer and Bacon was just beginning to be known. Farson was, he admits, 'a celebrity snob' and a very willing recipient of Bacon's unquenchable generosity. Thereafter they whiled away many happy hours in Soho, and it is this slice of Bacon that Farson so brilliantly captures - the champagne lunches at Wheeler's (Bacon always paid), the drunken afternoons at Muriel's, the rent-boy pick-ups, the squabbles in the French pub, the outrageous scenes at parties, the drinking rituals and Bacon's quaint Edwardian benediction: 'Real pain for your sham friends, champagne for your real friends]'

 

Although their friendship deteriorated in later years - Bacon may have feared, with some justice, that Farson was exploiting him - they remained in touch and Farson writes movingly and gratefully of Bacon's many kindnesses, not least the ready cheques that helped him through lean times. In fact, he says, the greatest mistake he ever made was paying one of these cheques back and confiding to Bacon's lover, John Edwards, that he had done it from the advance on this book: Bacon didn't like to be paid back anyway, and he dreaded biographies - once or twice, in his cups, he gave Farson permission, but always withdrew it later.

 

Still, I think he has been well served by this book. It will certainly be the first of many biographies, and perhaps the slightest, but it preserves precisely the aspects of Bacon that will be hardest for scholarly researchers to capture. And although Farson rightly concentrates on what he knew at first hand - Bacon's Soho social life - he casts some interesting sidelights on the work, especially the revelation that in the late 1930s, when Bacon always claimed to be doing nothing, he was actually turning out dozens of drawings a day and painting, according to a lodger who shared his house, leafy Post- Impressionist landscapes - extraordinary if true. Farson knew many of Bacon's models - Muriel Belcher, of course, George Dyer, Isabel Rawsthorne and John Edwards (who became his heir) - and describes them in memorable vignettes. He traces the rise and fall of his relationships with fellow artists Graham Sutherland and Lucian Freud, and his lasting admiration for Giacometti.

 

Farson is good on Bacon's sex life, too. Knowing many of Bacon's boyfriends, he recognised his taste in pick-ups - 'masculine in suits' - and understood the intrinsic dilemma of being a masochist shopping for sadists. He says, interestingly, that paying for sex was Bacon's way of alleviating his guilt about being homosexual. He records Bacon's reply when asked what he would like to have been if not an artist - 'a mother]' - and makes a conscientious stab at trying to illuminate his childhood: the loveless parents, the choleric and drunken father, the doting nanny, the asthma attacks, the sense of gloom and violence that pervaded their various Irish homes. Bacon told Farson that he had enjoyed frequent orgies with his father's grooms; he told another friend that his father encouraged the grooms to horsewhip him.

 

How reliable any of this might be remains to be seen, and there is obviously an awful lot of work for a serious biographer to do. Yet perhaps no one can convey better than Farson the fun of Bacon's company and the louche adventures of the Soho underworld. There are some truly joyous yarns in this book - Bacon appearing in full maquillage at Farson's village pub in Devon, a drunken visit to Barbara Hutton's house in Tangier, Princess Margaret insisting on singing at a party and Bacon booing, Bacon clearing a restaurant by saying loudly that he wanted to be fucked by Colonel Gaddafi - and wonderful quotes like Bacon's response when being sent endless deliveries of flowers for his eightieth birthday: 'I'm not the sort of person who has vases.' All in all, a book that is a joy in itself and a goldmine for biographers to come.

 

 

 

Soho was full of drinkers and artists, but there was only one Francis Bacon

 

 

 

Here, four days before the first anniversary of his death, his old friend Daniel Farson recalls him

 

 

 

DANIEL FARSON THE INDEPENDENT SATURDAY, 24 APRIL 1993

 

 


 

HIS VIEW of life could hardly be harsher. He did not believe in God, in morality, in love or in worldly success - only in 'the sensation of the moment'. Francis Bacon, above all, conveyed 20th-century man in his various states of loneliness.

 

To understand the man it is necessary to accept that he was contradictory. He was a loner, though he relished company. His work is seen as pessimistic, yet he had an innate optimism which helped him to survive. He was the best company, the funniest and most humorous. He could be kind and generous, as I knew from experience, yet capable of sudden anger, even petulance. He betrayed many of his close friends, especially if they were rival artists, and some did not forgive him. He was totally amoral.

 

He was born in 1909 in Dublin, of English parents, and was brought up in considerable luxury and style. His father had been a major in the British Army who moved to Ireland. Later he moved to train horses in Co Kildare, to a comfortable house with outbuildings and stables, ideal for a child who was fond of horses and hunting. Francis liked neither and he detested the countryside for the rest of his life.

 

The only attempt his parents made to give him a formal education was to send him to Dean Close School in Cheltenham but he stayed there for just a few months. Partly because of his asthma, his education amounted to little more than private tutorials with the parish priest. 'I had no upbringing at all,' he once said. 'I used simply to work on my father's farm.' His closest companion was his nanny.

 

How Irish was he? Lord Gowrie, the former arts minister, understood his background - they shared the same roots. Gowrie told me that Francis was not an 'Irish painter', although he was in many respects Irish and his memories of Ireland had a traumatic effect upon him. Bacon himself said in an interview: 'I grew up at a time when the Sinn Fein was going around. All the houses in our neighbourhood were being attacked. I'll always remember my father saying: 'If they come tonight, say nothing.' ' He has said: 'I was made aware of danger at a very young age.'

 

Lady Caroline Blackwood, who was married to Lucian Freud and is a member of the Guinness family, was very conscious of his horror for Ireland: 'He had the intellectual Irishman's traditional dislike of Catholicism. The popes that he painted were all screaming and distorted. Some of them were sitting on the lavatory. Although he stubbornly denied that he had been influenced by his Irish upbringing, the desolation of his vision was very similar to that of Beckett.'

 

Homosexuality was his nature and he had the strength not to wish it otherwise. When he was 18, his father made a final attempt to 'make a man' of his son by placing him in the custody of a friend of his: a tough, no-nonsense-seeming horse trainer, but he turned out not to be what he seemed. He was a man with a taste for decadence. 'We settled in Berlin for a time,' said Francis, 'it must have been 1926 and by way of education I found myself in the atmosphere of the Blue Angel.'

 

They stayed at the Adlon Hotel, where Francis enjoyed the luxury of breakfast in their double bed, served by an unperturbed German waiter.

 

When he returned to London in the late Twenties, after a brief sojourn in Paris, he embarked on furniture design, but in 1933 he abandoned that to concentrate on painting. His picture Crucifixion was that year included in Art Now by Herbert Read. This was a sensational start, considering he was untrained and no more than 23 or 24.

 

Francis had a deplorable war. When he received his call-up papers, he hired an alsatian dog from Harrods and slept beside it in order to aggravate his asthma. When he reported for his medical the next morning, he was granted an immediate exemption and the unfortunate animal was returned to Harrods - or so one hopes.

 

Instead of fighting, he stalked the 'sexual gymnasium of the city', as he described the streets of London. No one gave a damn as to who did what to whom, and the darkness of the blackout provided convenient cover as you went in search of trade. Asked later if he liked rough trade, Francis said: 'Yes, and married men, too.'

 

The writer and painter Michael Wishart gave this account of seeing him make up one evening in those years: 'He applied the basic foundation with lightning dexterity borne of long practice. He was more careful, even sparing, with the rouge. For his hair he had a selection of Kiwi boot polishes in various browns. He blended them on the back of his hand, selecting a tone appropriate for the particular evening, and brushed them into his abundant hair with a shoe brush. He polished his teeth with Vim.'

 

Throughout the war, when he refused to exhibit - although it is doubtful if many opportunities arose - he survived by gambling.

 

The Colony Room was a smallish room with a faded air at the top of some shabby stairs in Dean Street in Soho, central London. It was a place where you could drink in the afternoons after the pubs had closed. Owned by a remarkable woman called Muriel Belcher, it was also known as Muriel's. Bacon came to love her and the place and was a habitue for more or less the last 40 years of his life. 'It is a place,' he told me, 'where you can lose your inhibitions. It's different from anywhere else.' Actually, he had no inhibitions to lose.

 

Though she enjoyed her members' success, Muriel had not the slightest interest in art. This was all to the good. Generally the last thing artists wish to talk about is art, and at Muriel's they gossiped about the things that really mattered - sex, drink, scandal and daydreams. Though Francis was unknown to the public 40 years ago, he was revered by his contemporaries, especially the small group that met at the Colony Room and became known as the 'School of London' or, better still, 'Muriel's Boys'. They included Lucian Freud, Michael Andrews, Frank Auerbach and Tim Behrens.

 

At Muriel's, as at Wheeler's, his favourite restaurant, Francis always signed the bill. He would wave his bottle of champagne, slopping it into the glasses of those around him, spilling much of it on the floor, with the Edwardian toast: 'Real pain for your sham friends, champagne from your real friends', a habit he had acquired from his father.

 

But Francis was never wholly relaxed, even at Muriel's. It was a long time before I realised that, when he wandered off to the lavatory with his glass in his hand as if he could not bear to part with it, he threw the contents away; he drank less while filling the glasses of those around him.

 

He could be very nasty. An artist - I think he came from Trinidad - came into the Colony one afternoon to present the club with his latest painting, which was still wet. This generous gesture was accepted politely until Francis made his entrance. He shook his bottle of champagne, aiming it at the picture, whose colours dissolved into an even more frightful mess than it was in the first place.

 

But he could also be very gracious. One afternoon an art student navely showed him a leaflet he had produced. Francis asked if he could buy a copy, adding that he would be grateful if the young man would sign it for him. Francis made his day, as he had destroyed the Trinidadian's.

 

FRANCIS'S discipline was extraordinary. In the early Fifties he worked from 6am with fierce concentration. He told me that drink and the after-effects forced him to concentrate on his painting and at times it gave him 'a sort of freedom'. It was hard to imagine him asleep, indeed he could not have slept much. I have seen him on mornings when he was grey and nearly sightless from fatigue after drinking and gambling through the night, but a few hours later he would reappear totally refreshed.

 

His output was consistent. The years 1951 to 1962, when he was raging around Soho, were also the period of his artistic ascendancy. If we compare his Three Studies for the Base of a Crucifixion, the painting with which he burst on to the scene in 1945, with the masterpieces of his Soho period (that is to say the popes, the remarkable painting Man with Dog, his series on Van Gogh, the astonishing Two Figures, also called 'The Wrestlers' and 'The Buggers', Miss Muriel Belcher, the Paralytic Child Walking on All Fours, and the blood-spattered Three Studies for a Crucifixion of 1962, completed while he was drunk), they confirm his formidable development in a comparatively short time.

 

In 1974 he met John Edwards and formed a friendship that would go on for the rest of his life and be a happy contrast to an emotional life which had been often turbulent and punctuated with untimely deaths. They met through John's elder brother David, the licensee of The Swan in Stratford East, who was a frequent visitor to the Colony and good friends with Muriel. 'My brother used to say Francis Bacon would be coming to The Swan with Muriel. She would tell us to get champagne every week - and Francis Bacon would never turn up. We were always stuck with the champagne because in those days people did not drink champagne in the East End.'

 

One day John was taken to the Colony and when he was introduced to Bacon he said: 'Why don't you turn up when you are supposed to for all this fucking champagne?'

 

Francis was amused and invited him to Wheeler's. From that day they were friends. Ian Board ran the Colony with Muriel and eventually took it over. He remembers: 'John was hypnotised. Francis told him: 'You don't want an old boiler like me', but Francis was a great seducer and, to him, John appeared to be a tough East Ender.'

 

'To my amazement,' says John, 'when I walked into his studio about two months later, there was a picture he had painted of me. I never sat for him. He was marvellous company, good fun and a great drinking companion. I saw him every day.'

 

For an East End boy who could neither read nor write, it was an extraordinary transition. Yet he had such self-assurance that Francis didn't have to explain him to anyone. David Edwards says Francis liked John because he told him exactly what he thought. Most people just bowed down to Francis; John stood up to him.

 

Ian Board remembers asking Francis: 'Are you in love with him?'

'Oh no, dear, fond of him.'

 

'Then it became 'very fond of him'. Actually, he was riddled with love.'

 

It had nothing to do with sex. John told me that they shared a bed once after Francis passed out from drink and that was as far as it had gone. What was important was that John was lively, young and streetwise, and of a happy disposition, a welcome change for Francis.

 

By the time he reached 80, Bacon had been one of the world's most famous artists for two decades, but he had time for some of the people who had need of him. When Sonia Orwell (George's widow) was dying of cancer, he went to the trouble of renting an attractive room for her in a hotel near the hospital, and every evening when she returned from treatment she found champagne and flowers waiting for her. He was also scrupulous in remembering people who might have been forgotten, such as his childhood nurse. 'He remained strangely loyal,' says Ian Board, 'it was one of his surprising characteristics. I'd meet him and it was either 'I've just been to see the old girl', or 'I'm just going to visit her'.'

 

His stamina and powers of recovery were remarkable. Illness and accidents were ignored. He was so pissed one afternoon that, going upstairs to the Colony, he slipped and one of the metal strips hit the right side of his eye and put it half out. He just pushed it back in again. After an exhausting day's filming for The South Bank Show, Francis got Melvyn Bragg drunk in Mario's restaurant. And, when they continued filming in the Colony next morning, Michael Wojas, the barman, says he can't forget the look on Bragg's face when he saw Francis already sparkling at 11am, having been there for an hour already. Bragg sent out for black coffee; Francis continued on champagne.

 

'Francis saw him coming,' says Ian Board.

'Did he get Bragg drunk deliberately?' I asked.

'Oh yes. He made a particular point of topping up the drink.'

'To get the edge?' said Michael.

 

'To show what idiots they are,' said Ian, with a snort.

With a final flourish and sleight of hand, Francis Bacon died on the morning of 28 April 1992 in Madrid. He was 82. This was what he had hoped for: no fuss, no discovery of his body in an empty room a day or two later, not even a funeral. It was not so much a death as a disappearance.

 


In his way he was triumphant to the end. He treated death just as he had treated life. His whole estate went to John Edwards: pounds 11,370,244.

 

His friends were shocked by the news of his death, though at the age of 82 death was hardly a cause for surprise. In Soho there was almost revelry. Members climbed the dingy stairs to the Colony Room. 'It's been electrifying,' Ian Board told me. 'The worms crawled out of their holes - I thought many of them were dead - but the extraordinary thing is that the younger generation came in full fucking bloom.'

 

My own sense of loss overwhelmed me for a few days but one letter I received gave me particular pleasure, for it came from David Sylvester, Britain's most distinguished art critic and one of Bacon's closest friends: 'Since he died, I've not thought about him as a painter. I've only thought about the qualities that have long made me feel he was probably the greatest man I've ever known, and certainly the grandest. His honesty with himself and about himself; his constant sense of the tragic and the comic; his appetite for pleasure; his fastidiousness; his generosity, not only with money - that was easy - but with his time; above all, I think, his courage. He had faults which could be maddening, such as being waspish and bigoted and fairly disloyal, as well as indiscreet. But he was also kind and forgiving and unspoilt by success and never rude unintentionally.'

 

The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon by Daniel Farson is published by Century at £17.99.

 

 

 

 

                                                         Francis Bacon and Daniel Farson in 1987  © Terence Pepper

 

 

 

 

Gossip of a gay genius

 

 

 

The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon by Daniel Farson

 

John Russell Taylor on an intimate life of the late Francis Bacon

 

   

JOHN RUSSELL TAYLOR | THE SUNDAY TIMES | MAY 1993

 

 

     Bacon:  full of nerve and completely without nerves

 

 

   There are books, and there are documents. What the world will eventually need on Francis Bacon is a book - measured, considered, carefully researched, neither spiteful nor grovelling. But not, perhaps, quite yet.

   Meanwhile, a document will do very nicely. And Daniel Farson's is nothing if not a document. Thrown together from what looks like a very quick rummage through the press cuttings, and constantly maddening in its inconsistencies of date and spelling, its tendency to repeat things almost word-for-word a few pages on, it yet has the inestimable advantage of being written by a real intimate who has flung down his recollections in a white heat, if not of inspiration, then at least of eagerness to get there first.

   For this immediacy it can be forgiven a lot - especially if one can regard it as a personal memoir which others later, at a more critical distance, will quarry. Too much discretion, too many second thoughts, can be a dangerous thing. And in any case, Farson seems to be remarkably without malice towards almost anybody, so that his tales of Bacon and his associates have the tone of good-natured gossip in a bar over a few drinks. Very much the circumstances in which Bacon himself was seen at best conversational advantage, indeed, through his nearest and dearest could hardly claim that his alcohol-fueled talk was always good natured.

Bacon, though oddly unwilling to discuss Ireland in any shape or form, seems to have been at times quite expansive about his Irish experiences, notably his relations with his father.  According to his accounts, his father would seem to have been a sadist who thought that the best way to make a man of his cissified 'artistic' son was to let the stable staff thrash him within an inch of his life and (with some tacit consent, presumably) exact whatever sexual favours they wanted from him.

   At least this makes a convenient explanation of the link between sex and violence in his life. Not that diagnoses of this kind mean very much. Bacon was, as Farson points out, "the embodiment of all that was advantageous in being homosexual", full of nerve and completely without nerves. When Lord Rothermere proved in 1990 to have forgotten who Bacon was (as  well he might, after a traumatic earlier gathering under his aegis in which Bacon was the only one present  to dare boo Princess Margaret's off-key rendition of "Let's Do It"), he asked the artist hopefully: "And what do you do?" Bacon blandly answered: "I'm an old poof." He had by that time turned down all possible honours up to an OM.

   Naturally, everyone wants to read this tittle-tattle, while deploring the fact that anyone thinks it worth publishing. But in Bacon's case, it is, because the homosexuality, the bravado, the drink and the discipline are all central to the art of someone who was widely considered the greatest living painter after the death of Picasso.

   The book also contains other, rather more alarming revelations. For instance, the tragedy hitherto tactfully glossed over, of Graham Sutherland's early married life, at just the time he was closest and most helpful to Bacon, was the birth of a child so agonisingly malformed that when it inevitably died the Sutherlands were forbidden by doctors from having another child, for fear that their clashing genes would assert themselves again the same way.

   Bacon was intensely sympathetic. But we are told that the child was "so deformed that there was little more than a stump and a heart, no arms or legs". Sounds curiously familiar in the imagery of Bacon's mature work? If there is any truth in the story, it was hardly kind of bacon to revert, even unconsciously, to something so painful in the history of a close friend. But then, maybe he thought art was more important. Maybe, in this case, it was.

 

 

 

The matter of life and death: Francis Bacon was one of the greatest post-war artists, and also one of the loneliest.

 

 

TIM HILTON | ART | CULTURE | THE INDEPENDENT | SUNDAY 20 JUNE 1993

 

NOBODY IN the world makes better exhibitions than David Sylvester and many artists have been lucky to receive his interest. Last year he gave us the memorable Magritte exhibition at the Hayward Gallery. This summer he has chosen a Francis Bacon exhibition and devised its setting in the Correr Museum in Venice. Ii is a triumph. Whatever one's reservations about Bacon as an artist - and I have many - the show looks magisterial. The painter has never been better displayed.

 

It is not a conventional retrospective of the sort that leads from one period to the next and includes studies and comparative material. Bacon himself would have vetoed such an approach and Sylvester's feelings are akin to those of his deceased friend. In the Correr we find confrontation, not introduction. This is not an easy show. Its attitude is that you take Bacon as a whole or not at all; that you do not explain him in terms of a developing, maturing and declining life but that you match up to his most commanding icons, whenever they were made; further, that you recognise that those images are so personal to Bacon that there is no reason why they should be granted to anyone else's eyesight; and finally that any of his paintings, or for that matter any human life, might at any time be destroyed, just because the world destroys more than it creates.

 

This I believe to be the general theme of Bacon's painting, so often slashed and burnt by the artist for reasons that we do not comprehend and which may not have been aesthetic. His surviving art doesn't work when it fails to be frightening or loses a sense of fragile life. It has a fleshy nihilism. And just as Bacon luxuriates in the horrors of the body, he always denies that his paintings can be explained by the life of the mind. So I think that he was also an intellectual nihilist (as unrestrainable gamblers often are), a man who felt that it was futile to consider life through the light of reason. Sylvester is sensitive to this anti-humanism and has thought about Bacon's aversion to explanatory retrospectives. The Correr show could be read as a reproof to the half-dozen or so people who currently hope to write Bacon's biography. Its message is that no biography of the artist can explain the nature of his art.

 

In the exhibition's first gallery are three sets of paintings in triptychs. They are Study for Self-Portrait (1985-6), the Second Version of Triptych 1944 (1988) and the Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus (1981). So we have a crucifixion, for this was the subject of the 1944 painting, a classical or mythological subject, and a rumination by the artist about his own identity - all in threes, therefore making nine separate canvases.

 

In all, Sylvester gives us eight triptych works, overwhelmingly the larger part of the exhibition. This is a clue to his interpretation of Bacon's view of the world. In the first place, of course, triptychs are associated with the Crucifixion, Christ flanked by grieving saints, and convey the general aura of Christianity. Then, especially in northern European modern art, triptychs suggest metaphysics and a search for meaning. They also suggest the passage of time, journeys that proceed towards an emotional resolution.


But Bacon's triptychs are not like this. Obviously they are non-Christian or hostile to the Christian, so they have the flavour that comes with desecration. Equally obviously they allow Bacon, never confident with more than one figure in a painting, to compose with some of the grandeur to which he aspired. It's more important that Bacon denies the possibility of narrative suggested by the three-painting format. You feel that he relished extreme situations but hated change. Here is the reason for his inveterate, perhaps compulsive recourse to photography. Snapshots were not to help him fix an image or elaborate a composition. He liked them because they froze time.

 

Hence the weird stories, told by more than one sitter, of Bacon painting from life but actually looking at a photograph rather than his model. Bacon was never a direct portraitist, even when he was his own subject. Characteristically, figures seem to be posed some 10 or 12 feet from his easel. This suited the most natural size for his paintings, 198 x 147cm, a format found in all the later works in this exhibition. Smaller paintings of people's features (for which Bacon also used standard-sized canvases, either 61 x 51cm or 35 x 30cm) get close up but are among his least convincing works. Bacon liked something between his brush and the person he was looking at: space, a photograph or that transparent but impermeable screen suggested by the cage-like structures that enclose his subjects.

 

Bacon's unexplained demand that his pictures should always be glazed, described by Sylvester in these pages last week, was the external side of this desire for an interior screen. For an expressionist so drawn to violence Bacon had a fastidious nature. In the Correr we find a smoother artist than we had expected. There is even some suavity in his surfaces, no doubt emphasised by the glass and his gold frames. One moment, as in the Oresteia picture, you find twisted spurts of dark red pigment - as though the artist had spat out his own giblets. Yet within the same picture are areas of South Kensington smoothness.

 

Bacon reached a high sophistication in the mid-Seventies, maintained at least until 1988, the date of the last paintings in the exhibition. He had a balance between the sickening implications of his pictures and a virtuoso command of his manners. I recognise the qualities of the later paintings but prefer earlier canvases that were not academicised by their role in a tripartite schema.

 

Bacon's painting took its risks before the 1960s, and perhaps before 1958, when he joined the Marlborough Gallery and began to paint more often than not on those 198 x 147 canvases. He became safe in the routines of his grandiloquence. Just one gallery in Sylvester's show wobbles, and this is simply because of the size of its pictures - death-mask portraits of William Blake, a triptych of some bourgeois in a business suit and a picture of Bacon's friend Michel Leiris. These are 61 x 51 or 35 x 30. As pictures they are not much good. Why? Because the real instinct of Bacon's vision was to keep people at a distance.

 

Or so it seems when looking at the later pictures, or such celebrated views of homosexual life as the Two Figures in the Grass of 1954. In paintings like this, however, Bacon's touch has a closeness that is disturbing. It is a sort of creeping and scratching application, dry, chalky and scrawled. He began to paint in this way after the Second World War, the period both of matter painting and Existentialist statements. He was more of a contemporary artist at that time. The Figure in a Landscape of 1945, the 1946 picture of a man with his head apparently blown off, the Fragment of a Crucifixion of 1950 and other paintings all compare favourably with European art of the time. He was, for instance, an artist of greater power than many of the contributors to Paris Post War, the Tate's survey of French Existentialism, while sharing a number of their concerns.

 

Bacon was, in fact, the most European of British artists in the post-war years. But as his life went on, he became detached from the other painters of his generation. You cannot, for instance, imagine him contributing to group shows. For many reasons his paintings would have been too awkward to hang beside canvases by other people. In the Correr there is a strong impression of a totally lonely eminence, as though comparisons with the general progress of art were beside the point. This is why the exhibition is so individual and powerful; but also why one thinks that the rest of us need not bear Bacon in mind as we get on with our own lives.

 

THIS YEAR'S Venice Biennale has nothing to match the Bacon exhibition but offers, as usual, much of interest. Ninety-eight years now since it was founded, and still the Biennale is the largest regular gathering of the world's new art. The exhibition, or series of exhibitions, lasts longer than people sometimes think. This year it closes on 10 October, so the attendance - in this capital of cultural tourism - must be enormous. Though its opening is always chaotic and the publicity overdone, the Biennale is genuinely important. Behind the hype we see many indications of the way the world looks at its creative life.

 

This year the theme is of internationalism and the crumbling of old empires. Different countries have always had their own pavilions; but now there is a tendency to swap artists, to take in refugees or displaced persons and to ignore traditional frontiers. Competing national self-images are a thing of the past. This ought to be for the good, one feels, but the international mood is accompanied by something else - a political and cultural despair that the Biennale has never previously exhibited.

 


 

 

 

 

 

Bacons works on despair fetch six figures

 

 

 

 

DALYA ALBERGE | ART MARKET CORRESPONDENT | THE INDEPENDENT | FRIDAY 25 JUNE 1993

 

 

 

IN THE 1940s it took six years to persuade a British museum to accept a painting by Francis Bacon as a gift; in the 1950s collectors were prepared to pay about £300 for one. Yesterday, a year after the death of arguably Britain's greatest 20th-century artist at the age of 82, three paintings achieved six-figure sums in sales at both Christie's and Sotheby's.

 

Bacon's record is £3.53m, but that was set in 1989. That such high prices can be fetched today in recessionary times said more about Bacon's standing in art history than the art market. He remains one of the few British painters with an international following among collectors. Each of the works sold yesterday reflects the artist's obsession with the human cry, the despair, the pain and the bleakness of human existence

 

One of Sotheby's two examples, Study for a Portrait, dating from the early 1950s, sold for £562,500 (against an estimated £300,000 to £400,000) to a European private collector. In the same sale, the 1965 portrait of Lucian Freud, a fellow modern master, made pounds 221,500 (estimate, £250,000 to £300,000)

 

Christie's sold Bacon's 1962 painting, Figure Turning, a powerful image of a man in twisted, contorted position against a bleak, black background, for £529,500, just over its low estimate

 

In 1991, Bacon told the Independent that among the younger generation, 'there is no real talent around at the moment'. He did, however, mention Miguel Barcelo as an artist to watch. Moules et Gants Rouges by this Spanish artist, born in 1957, was sold at Christie's for £36,700.

 

Although one leading dealer dismissed both sales as 'the weakest contemporary auctions I've seen for some time', buyers at Sotheby's clearly thought otherwise: only 28 out of 117 works failed to sell, achieving the highest total for a London contemporary art sale since June 1991. Christie's fared less well this time, with half the items remaining unsold.

 

 

 

 

 

 

From icon to Bacon

 

 

 

Holy Russian and unholy British art: Andrew Graham-Dixon compares an anonymous painter from Pskov with Francis Bacon

 

 

By ANDREW GRAHAM-DIXON | THE INDEPENDENT | 26 OCTOBER, 1993

 

 A thousand years ago, Prince Vladimir of Kiev decided to put a stop to pagan practices in the newly founded state of Rus. He sent his ambassadors to many lands (so the story goes) to choose an appropriately potent religion for the nation that would become Russia, and they eventually wrote back to him from the Hagia Sophia in Constantinople. ''We knew not whether we were in heaven or on earth. For on earth there is no such splendour or such beauty, and we are at a loss to describe it. We only know that God dwells there among men . . . we cannot forget such beauty.'' The persuasive capacities of art should not be underestimated. Vladimir, weighing up his options, adopted the Orthodox religion of the Byzantine empire rather than Western Catholicism.

 ''The Art of Holy Russia'', at the Victoria and Albert Museum, is dedicated to Russian art's attempts, over a span of several centuries, to re-create the beauty that haunted Prince Vladimir's ambassadors. But Russian devotional art is liable to seem forbiddingly alien to modern eyes. To look at an icon such as the St Demetrios of Thessalonike, painted by an anonymous artist for the Church of St Barbara in Pskov in the early 15th century, is to see a painting that allows virtually no room for the forms of response that the average modern viewer, of averagely weak religious convictions, tends to bring to religious art of the past. There is no anecdotal light relief, no hint of narrative, none of those sudden shafts of reality - a dog drinking from a stream, say, or a bright landscape background that may be admired in the devotional art of the Catholic middle ages and after. The only hint of reality here is the reality of a human face, although it is a face evidently transfigured by artistic convention and by an ideal of holiness.

What you see is, simply, a saint with his attributes (cross, sword and shield) staring out at you with impassive solemnity from a gold ground. History, it is true, can furnish a sense of the world which produced such an image  can explain (in this instance) that the much venerated Byzantine saint Demetrios, an early Christian martyr renowned for his defence of the city of Thessalonike against the Roman armies of Diocletian and Maximian, may have been a natural choice of patron saint for the people of Pskov who were themselves constantly under threat from Livonian mercenaries and from the marauding armies of Poland and Lithuania. But the icon itself is mute about the real, historical world, because that world is so remote from its concerns.

 The icon cannot be made to fit the evolutionary rhetoric in which so many modern Western accounts of the history of art have been couched. This rhetoric tends to see aesthetic convention as something to be deviated from, something to be escaped in the name of progress. The painter of icons might be said to aspire to absolute conventionality. Yet this ambition for conformity is nevertheless charged with tremendous spiritual intensity. When the anonymous painter from Pskov painted his St Demetrios according to type, when he painted him at once like a real man and yet also profoundly unlike a real man, he reaffirmed a very particular conception of holiness that lies at the heart of Byzantine theology.

 The holiness of which the icon speaks is a holiness of the real transfigured, a holiness whose ultimate type is the Incarnation of Christ. The conventions of icon painting might be described as the inevitable visual cor-relatives of the Byzantine religious obsession with that single great mystery, of how the divine and the mundane once briefly coexisted. Icons are painted equivalents of that collision between the material and the im-material world, an intersection between the visible and the invisible, symbolised by the Incarnation. Byzantine holiness is emphatically paradoxical, rooted in a sense of being of this world while not being of it. This starts to explain the tension between near-realism and total abstraction in all icon painting, the icon painter's practice of combining an art that quite frequently approaches portraiture with an art that tends to pure abstraction. This is an art that lives in the collision between two very specific conventions - and an art, therefore, which cannot afford to change too much, since to do so would be to traduce the theology that lies behind it. Repetitiveness can be a form of necessity.

 The late Francis Bacon might not appear to have very much in common with an anonymous 15th- century painter of devotional art from Pskov but his ''Small Portrait Studies'' at the Marlborough Gallery share a lot of the characteristics of holy Russian icons. Bacon's pictures live in the tension between portraiture and abstraction, between a sense of human reality and its distortion by the pressures of a convention. They are fantastically repetitive. And their repetitiveness has an air of inevitability about it as well as an aura of high seriousness that makes them seem charged with a form of spiritual intent.

David Sylvester recently described Bacon's desire to be cremated without ceremony and ''without the imposition of invocations, however half-hearted, of the Deity''. Bacon painted people, perhaps, to make them look as unblessed and as unholy as he felt himself to be - or it might be more accurate to say that he painted people whose predicament it is to live in a world where holiness itself has been terminally discredited, where it is not possible to be touched by sacredness.

If the icon-painter's conventional treatment of the human face makes the saint seem like a being suspended between this world and the next, real yet also holy, Bacon's self-created figurative conventions tend in the opposite direction. Rendering people as restive blurs of swiped paint, he makes of them an odd blend of the human and the animal. Bacon's portraits, like icons, use the transfiguring capacities of painting to talk about the capacity to be transfigured that is inherent within all people - but the difference is that, whereas the icon speaks of an upward transfiguration, an ascent to holiness, Bacon's paintings see only the possibility of people becoming still less than they are. For the abstract gold ground of the icon, symbol of holiness, Bacon substitutes lurid grounds of dark red, green, pink or yellow: his people exist not in a sacred void but simply in a void.

But these paintings are less despairing than they are often made out to be. At their best (up until the late 1960s), Bacon's small portraits have a kind of savage, joyous vigour and carnality which communicates not existential gloom but a weird form of celebration something like the manic exuberance of someone who knows he does not have long to live but has decided (what the hell) to enjoy being alive while he can. These pictures find a kind of spiritual strength in the denial of spirituality.

 

 


Bacon nude expected to exceed
1m pounds

 


DALYA ALBERGE | ART MARKET | THE INDEPENDENT | FRIDAY 30 OCTOBER 1992

 

THE FIRST major painting by Francis Bacon to come up for auction since the modern master's death in April will be offered by Sotheby's in December

The estimate of more than pounds 1m for Study of a Nude with Figure in a Mirror takes into account both the way that prices for a major artist's work are affected after his or her death and the slump in the art market. In 1990 a comparable picture sold for dollars 3.3m in New York.

The painting, which depicts a reclining naked woman and one of Bacon's 'spectator' figures, is from a group he painted in the Sixties. It has been consigned by a private European collector.

 

 


Bacon fortune is left to companion

 

 

TIKELSEY & DAVID LISTER | NEWS | THE INDEPENDENT | FRIDAY 4 DECEMBER 1992

 

THE ARTIST Francis Bacon has left more than pounds 10m to his companion John Edwards in his will, which was published yesterday.

Mr Edwards, 43, was the artist's companion for the last 15 years of his life.

The publication of the will coincided with the sale of Bacon's painting, Study of A Nude with Figure in a Mirror, at Sotheby's in London but it failed to reach its reserve price. The painting of a naked, reclining woman was expected to fetch more than pounds 1m but was bought for pounds 735,000, after the official sale had closed, by an anonymous foreign buyer.

The artist, who died last April, left his entire estate to John Edwards, whom he first met shortly after the death of a lover. The estate was valued at pounds 11,370,244 gross, pounds 10,923,900 net.

Despite his ability to command millions of pounds for individual paintings, Bacon was never touched by his wealth. His lifestyle was simple and unpretentious. Naked light bulbs dangled from the ceilings of his home in south London and he often told friends that he would be happy to return to the meagre income he enjoyed while working, in his youth, as a cook and servant. He turned down the offer of a knighthood.

Mr Edwards, one of six children, was the son of an East End publican and, until he met Bacon, worked in his father's pubs. Although Bacon was never reticent about his own homosexuality, the relationship that developed between the two men was platonic.

Francis saw him as an adopted son,' one close friend said yesterday. 'He took him under his wing. He saw this rough diamond and always made him shave, dress properly; made a man out of him.'

Mr Edwards became his favourite model and appears in some of Bacon's most famous paintings. The artist bought him a house in Suffolk and a flat in London. 'He needed something in his life to cherish.

Apart from each other, the two shared little in common and Mr Edwards never had more than a passing interest in art. 'He couldn't have told a Constable if it hit him in the face,' one acquaintance said.

But their friendship became one of the best-known, if most unlikely, in the art world. The two had originally met in Bacon's favourite watering hole, the Colony Club in Soho.

Mr Edwards has two brothers who are wealthy in their own right as antiques dealers, and art dealers, as well as artists, are confident that some of the Bacon inheritance will be used to the benefit of British art.

 


Wills

 


JEREMY LEWISON | NEWS | PEOPLE | THE INDEPENDENT | SATURDAY 5 DECEMBER 1992

 

Mr Francis Bacon, of London SW7, the artist, left estate valued at pounds 10,923,900 net.

 

 

 

ALL THE PULSATIONS OF A PERSON

 

 

Francis Bacons small portraits are on show in London.

The exhibition forms a gallery of his lovers and friends, notably Lucian Freud.

David Sylvester, another subject, looks at the paintings and the web of relationships behind them

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | ARTS | THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | 24 OCTOBER 1993

 

AN EXHIBITION of heads by Francis Bacon inevitably presents a portrait gallery of his friends, since the heads in his paintings are almost always heads of people he knew. He refused all but three of the many commissions he was offered to do a portrait of someone unknown to him (one exception was a triptych of heads of Mick Jagger). He chose to paint people whose features, attitudes, movements, expressions were familiar.

He did portraits of painter friends, such as Frank Auerbach and Lucian Freud. and of writer friends, such as Michel Leiris and Jacques Dupin. He did portraits of women who were intimate friends, such as Isabel Rawsthorne and Muriel Belcher, owner of the Colony Room, his favourite drinking room. He did portraits of his lovers, such as Peter Lacy, who was to die in 1962 on the eve of his first major retrospective in London, and George Dyer, who was to die in 1972 on the eve of his first retrospective in Paris and who inspired posthumous images which are probably the most moving things Bacon painted. He did portraits of John Edwards, the young East Ender who in later years plated the ole in his life of a surrogate son and was named his sole heir.

There is no kind of portrait more interesting than portraits of artists by artists, above all when they're reciprocal. Bacon painted dozens of heads and full-lengths of Lucian Freud, which are the clearest possible demonstration of what he meant when he said that in painting a portrait he wanted to "give over all the pulsations of a person". Freud for his part painted a head of Bacon in the early 1950s which remains the definitive image of his pear-shaped face despite all the brilliant photographs that were taken of it.  He painted no others, although he, like Bacon, tends to paint interesting subjects again and again.

The reason was merely practical. Freud makes great demands on his subjects by getting them to sit for him hour after hour, week after week, for each portrait. Bacon only rarely worked from a sitter, preferring to work from memory and photographs; the subject could get on with his life.

The highly rewarding exchange of portraits between the two of them can be seen as symbolic of what was surely the most intellectually rewarding friendship Francis ever had. His relationship with Michel Leiris was not so much a friendship with the usual brutal skirmishes of friendship as a deeply affectionate mutual admiration. Moreover, he could never have had with Michel, whatever his esteem for him as a writer, the same free intellectual interchange as he could have with Lucian, for there was a certain ambivalence in Francis's relationships with most French intellectuals. On the other hand, he had a gut feeling that Paris was the cultural capital of the word, so it was always the place where he most liked exhibiting his work. On the other hand, he was affronted by the intellectual rigidity of the French. For example, as a Conservative politically, he despised the automatic leftism of the French intellectuals of his generation of whom Leiris was typical.

There was a different kind of ambivalence in his relationship with Lucian. In the early 1950s, at a time when they were almost inseparable, he would often say to me: "I'm not really fond of Lucian, you know, the way I am of Rodrigo [Moynihan] and Bobby [Buhler]. It's just hat he rings me up all the time. (But any ringing up had to be done by Lucian, as he made a point of not being on the telephone). At the same time, Francis always said that Lucian was the most entertaining and stimulating person he knew. And whatever his ambivalence, h made no pretence that he very much minded the gap in his life when in later years Lucian stopped ringing up.

In those early days Lucian clearly had a crush on Francis, as I did. (We both copied his uniform of a plain, dark grey, worsted double-breasted Savile Row suit, plain shirt, plain dark tie, brown suede shoes.) The crush was more interesting in Lucian's case, because he was normally so much in control of every situation. When he was with Francis he gave the impression that he was twirling around him in his anxiety to please. Again, he was normally the most discrete of men but he couldn't resist confiding in Francis, which meant, as Francis was the most indiscrete of men, that Lucian no longer had any secrets. But, if his adoration was  admirably intemperate, it was also characteristically intelligent. We had both met Francis at about the same time and used to talk about him to each other like a pair of groupies. One day, when I had been going on about what  an unexpectedly moral person Francis was, Lucian amended my gushings by saying that what Francis was really like was Nietzsche's  Ubermensch. He said it with embarrassment because it was such an extravagant thing to say, but he was, I think, absolutely right.

TALKING about Lucian's painting, Francis was usually pretty bitchy: I suppose some of this got reported back to Lucian, because people behave like that. But then, of course, Francis was hyper-critical about about everyone's painting. Including his own. And including that of his heroes, Rembrandt, Velasquez and Picasso, for he always reserved his enthusiasm for a small proportion of their works.

Not only with art but with inanimate things generally, Francis was difficult to please. He was much more lenient about human beings. He was capable of the most devastating, because the most accurate and penetrating, analyses of the characters of his friends; he has no illusions about them. But he forgave them. On the other had, he could be suddenly intolerant.

Francis had read and enormously admired a book by an eminent academic. He was aware that I knew him, and said that he would be very grateful if I could arrange a lunch for the three of us. This was easily done, and we sat down together at Wilton's in an atmosphere of the greatest cordiality. When Francis asked his guest of honour what he would like to drink and was told he didn't drink, Francis, for all his social skills, could not disguise his disappointment and the occasion never quote took off.

But his exigency was more generally applied to objects. He was very fastidious about his clothes; if an expensive raincoat he had bought rustled in a way he disliked, it had to go. He was very exacting about food it had to be perfect in itself and plainly cooked, not tarted up  and very decided in his tastes. Anyone who believed Fortnum's was as good a grocer as Harrods was beyond the pale. In restaurants he did not contain his irritation if the poached turbot was served with a drop of water on the plate or if a waiter put gravy on the grouse before he could be stopped. He always had me order the wine and, so that it wouldn't cost him hundreds, I tended to order a second-growth claret of a good year rather than a first-growth of that year. This invariably led to him insisting the next bottle should be a first-growth. But I'm told that behind my back he poke of my expensive tastes, which had to be satisfied.

Certainly, his dandyism stopped him from treating great wines with due respect. He didn't like to have them decanted, so they could breathe: that would have been officious. He preferred to leave them casually in the bottle, which sometimes meant that the lees got into his glass. He would drink them with relish. I once made up am epitaph for him: "He loved the lees of great wines." I think this is an improvement on his own remarks about living a life of gilded squalor or a gilded gutter life. He had too much style to put it the right way round. Upstarts have gilded lives; his life was tarnished gold.

He was difficult about art, then, but not at al offhand, once he thought an artist had something of his own. And, whatever his reservations about Lucian's work, he took it very seriously. Thus he deplored the fact that Lucian had not had a major retrospective when much lesser contemporaries had. Knowing that I served on various committees, he frequently said I should try and put that right. I did try, and after a surprisingly uphill fight, got a retrospective on to the programme of the Hayward Gallery in 1974. The exhibition was a great success and Lucian later became the only artist to have a second retrospective at the Hayward.

Francis cared very much about his friends, and was deeply generous by instinct. Not only with money but with his time. If a friend was ill, he was not content to pay their bills:  he would visit them regularly. His old nanny lived with him until she died. For many years after he would visit a friend of hers every Saturday bearing gifts. He didn't like his sister Winifred at all unlike his sister Ianthe but when she was permanently hospitalised he visited her twice a week.

He firmly chose to be the one who gave. And he was doing so long before was richer than the people with whom he spent his time. He didn't like to be given things; he felt uncomfortable about having to be grateful. Quite late in his life he went to dinner one night at the White Tower with two acquaintances thinking that he was the host. They ate and drank well and then somebody else picked up the tab, Francis immediately took them off to Annabel's where he ordered quantities of caviar and champagne that nobody wanted.

No doubt he insisted on paying because that way he felt freer. But if he wanted to be the one in the chair it was not simply out of a need to be dominant. He believed that he had to buy his way through life. Although he was expert in using his charm to manipulate, he didn't realise how much he was treasured by the people he knew, how much they loved having him around, just as he failed to realise how tremendously his work was admired by fellow-artists, including artists whose own work was utterly different from his own.

HE ALSO underestimated the admiration of the tastemakers. When he heard that Alan Bowness had been appointed director of the Tate, he told me: "Well, U can't expect anything of him. He only likes Ben Nicholson." The first thing Bowness did on taking over was to find which of Francis's available big triptychs was the one that he liked best and to buy it for a huge sum (though a fraction of its present value). And Bowness was to describe him in print as "surely the greatest living painter.

But Francis always imagined that he was going to be frustrated or let down. He could be quite confused if people were utterly nice to him, asking for nothing in return. He expected people to behave badly and was rather relieved when it happened.

On the spur of the moment, though, he could revolt against being put upon. In his relationship with John Edwards he was truly parental, rather than maternal, worried about his welfare, very protective of him and of his family as well as materially prodigal. Like parent he not merely accepted but enjoyed the fact that there was much more give than take in his role. And John is the sort of person who commands helpfulness, being handsome, laid-back, never seeking to impress, never trying to call attention to himself, never apologising for himself, always relaxing, lapping up kindnesses.

But he overstepped the mark one day when four or five of us turned up at Holy Trinity, Brompton, to be with Francis at the funeral of his cousin and friend, Miss Diana Watson. As we stood in the churchyard afterwards Francis passionately reiterated his wish, well known to us all, to be incinerated without any ceremony and if possible with no one there. He had often expressed quite serious anxieties that no crematorium would dispose of his corpse without the imposition of invocations, however half-hearted, of the Deity. One day I had therefore telephoned the West London Crematorium to find out whether it was possible to be cremated there without any ceremony whatever, had been assured that it was, and had passed the good news straight on to Francis. He went on not quite believing it, and in the churchyard I reminded him of what I'd been told. That satisfied him for the moment.

"But you wouldn't mind our having a party for you, would you Francis?" said John.

"No, I wouldn't mind that at all."

"Maybe you'd better leave some money for it, Francis," said John.

"Well, I'd have thought you'd had quite enough of that already."

A good deal in Francis's handling of money suggests that his generosity was also a way of keeping people at a distance. And a disinclination for sustained intimacy could have played a part in his method of painting portraits. Posing for an artist quite apart from any question of a sexual relationship is one of the best of ways for two people to get to know each other. Not wanting any of that may have been a part of Francis's resolute practice of not working from a sitter but from photographs of the sitter. In doing so he was also, since he always painted people he knew, working from memory of what they looked like when moving about and not just from theses fixed images.

In an interview in 1966 he explained that he found it inhibiting to have the subject sitting there in front of him. "They in inhibit me because, if like them, I don't want to practice before them injury in private by which I think I can record the fact of them more clearly."

Published reminiscences of Francis tend to give the impression that his life was extremely gregarious. In fact he needed solitude, to dream up images, look out of the window, read, walk in the streets, take the Underground, think, do nothing. And he preferred to be alone when painting. He was telling the truth when he said he liked to paint in private; I don't how serious he was being when he talked about doing injuries to the model.

What he could have said seriously was that he found it much easier to paint pictures from photographs or from paintings by other people, such as Velasquez or Van Gogh, or from his own previous paintings than from life, that for him it was a great advantage to be working from images on the flat rather than from real figures in space. Throughout his career he used photographs from books and periodicals some of them famous photographs, such as Muybridge's studies of human and animal locomotion, some of them found casually, such as pictures in the papers of politicians or prize-fights or an illustrated book of David Gower in action, In using photographs, of course, he was continuing a tradition that included Degas and Sickert and Bonnard and Vuillard.

In the early 1950s, however, he decided to try to work from a model. Lucian and I were among his sitters. When Lucian arrived at the studio to pose to Francis's first portrait of him, he found that the picture had already been nearly painted from a photograph of Franz Kafka. When I was sitting for him in 1953, part of the time he as looking at me, part of the time at a photograph of a rhino in long grass: he said that he found this photograph suggested ways of rendering certain textures in paint. It has been supposed by one or two writers that the model was idiotically sitting there wasting his time while the artist was depicting the head of a rhino. In fact, he was producing a head of the model, one which is fairly recognisable.

However, the following day, working without a model, he dressed up the likeness as one of his Popes after Velasquez. During the next two weeks he painted seven further Popes. Some of their faces resemble that of the Velasquez Pope; none of them resembled mine. The picture I had sat for, and which triggered off a series, was thus a compound of several elements a sitter, a wild-life photograph, an Old Master painting, plus a colour, violet, for the Pope's robes which is quite different from their colour in the Old Master painting. This is how a painter like Bacon works, not by reason but by instinct. And in life as well as art Francis put his faith in instinct: the word had an almost magical force for him.

In the course of doing those portraits from life of Lucian and myself, and also many of many of Robert and Lisa Sainsbury, Francis realised that he might as well work from images and stop confusing himself with live models. At all events, from the mid-1950s on he did all his portraits from photographs which he commissioned for he purpose. In one way and another he was haunted by photography. He often said that his triptychs of heads were inspired by police mugshots.

Those triptychs began quite spontaneously. In the summer of 1953 he had dome a very remarkable small painting of a head resting on a pillow, a head in which the form was so broken up by the marks of the brush as to create a poignant image of disintegration. After several unsuccessful attempts to sell it had been made on his behalf, it went back to the studio, and he did two further paintings of heads to go with it, putting them together as a triptych. The initial work was on the right, at the end of the sequence; the head on the left was Peter Lacy; the head in the middle of a man orating was based on a photograph of a politician lately published in Time.

The middleman who had tried in vain to sell the initial canvas to various Bond Street Galleries for the sum of £60 or even £50 did find a buyer for the triptych. The middleman was I. I had started occasionally selling pictures for Francis the year before. It grew naturally out of the fact that we were meeting almost everyday in his current borrowed studio; at the senior common room at the Royal College of Art; in Soho, at Wheelers, the Colony Room and the Gargoyle. We also went greyhound racing together at Stamford Bridge or Wembley. Though we both backed horses and often discussed and duplicated our bets, he never came with me to the races.

The sales I made of his work were made behind the back of his dealer, Erica Brausen of the Hanover Gallery. It was immoral of me to be part of the conspiracy because I owed a lot to Erica, firstly because she had wisely ordered me in 1942 to give up trying to be painter, secondly because she had lately been giving me encouragement and patronage as a writer by commissioning catalogue prefaces for exhibitions. Of course, there was less to be earned from these than by trading on Francis's behalf. He paid me a very generous commission: 20 per cent of the selling price, the price to a dealer being £150 for a large painting, £60 for a small one the dealers would sell them for double that or rather less. It's possible that the financial incentive meant less to me than endearing myself to Francis.

He really had no alternative to cheating. Erica would give him advances against paintings to be delivered but, thanks to the stinginess and obtuseness of her backers, the advances were too small. Francis was always in need of funds and it was an irresistible temptation to sell unofficially for ready cash rather than deliver something already paid for. I went on acting as his agent in these arrangements until 1955, by which time the trade price for a big picture was £200.

ONE MORNING in 1953 three large paintings for sale arrived at my flat in Chelsea from Henley, where Francis was working: a man in a city suit; two figures embracing in a window; two figures on a bed having sex. The first was an averagely good example; the second was pleasant and the subject made a change, but it wasn't a strong painting; the third was a masterpiece, and one with a subject matter that was new, amazing, inevitable and, for many, objectionable.

It was clearly one of the finest things Francis had done and without exception his finest tribute to the Italian Renaissance, with a largeness and a sensuousness that recall Titian. At the same time it also recalled the faces of Peter Lacy and Francis Bacon. The composition was based faithfully upon a photograph by Muybridge of wrestlers. This was a perfect instance of something Francis said in an interview years later that memories of Muybridge and Michelangelo and of bodies he had known became inextricably intermingled in his paintings.

In 1953 it was not going to be an easy picture to sell; it certainly couldn't be exhibited. Three or four months later Francis was to paint an almost equally beautiful picture of figures having sex in long grass, less brazen in its treatment of the subject. It was delivered to Erica Brausen and nearly 40 years later Francis was still giving a fierce impersonation, with an exaggeratedly foreign accent, of her saying: "Vy do you have to paint these feelthy pictures that I can't sell?" She did sell it, and it was shown at the ICA in 1955, but Francis left the subject alone for 10 years, when the climate had changed, thanks partly to the Lady Chatterley case. In the meantime, when the picture  which had arrived that morning was finally shown, nearly 10 years later, it was at the Tate, which lent it respectability. The Tate was circumspect to enough to exhibit the Muybridge photograph of the wrestlers nearby. Actually, it looked much more pornographic than the painting.

I got on the telephone and made an appointment with Pat Philips of the Leicester Galleries to come at 11 and another with Freddie Mayor to come in the afternoon. Pat bought the suited man without hesitation for the asking price of £150 in cash, but showed no commercial interest in the others. I sat wondering whether Freddie would be more daring. I hardly knew him but greatly like and admired him. His father had been a good painter and since the early 1930s he had been England's most distinguished dealer in difficult modern art; indeed in 1933 he had exhibited Francis. He was also a great gent and totally unpompous, given to abandoning his gallery to go racing in the afternoon.

He responded positively to the two paintings. "But it'll be very difficult to sell that one. I certainly shan't be able to show it in the gallery."

"I'm sure you won't, but there must be certain collectors for whom that will make it all the more enticing."

"I don't think I could get the normal price."

"Are you sure that if you can sell at all it won't be for well above the normal price?"

"Well, you're asking £3oo for the two. I'll give you 200 140 for the figures in the window and 60 for the other." I was shaken, morally. I said I'd accepts 250 (150 for the figures on the bed and 100 for the other). Freddie stuck at 200.

We walked slowly down the long corridor to the front door. "Freddie, I'll tell you what. I'll accept your offer on condition that Francis has the right if he can raise the money within seven days to buy the £60 picture back for £100."

That evening I handed Francis an envelope containing £350 less my £70 commission. He thus received £48 for a painting which would now fetch more millions than any other single canvas he ever painted. I felt ashamed, and determined that Freddie should not keep the picture at such a price. If it couldn't be sold for a proper price it had to stay in the family. There was no chance that Francis could find the money: he needed all he had to buy champagne and oysters for his friends. And I wouldn't be able to buy the picture myself: the £70 was needed for arrears in rent, and in any case I had already bought one marvellous large painting. I therefore told Lucian that if he could raise £100 in cash within a week he would become the owner of a superlative Bacon. Meanwhile the paintings went off in a van. After five days Lucian telephoned to say he had the money (it  was provided, she later told me, by Caroline Blackwood, his future wife). I rang Freddie and said that Francis had managed to raise the money and would like the picture back; he wanted to give it to Lucian Freud. Freddie said that this was very sad for him because he had a client for the picture. I said I was terribly sorry and I was, but I had no qualms: he hadn't been wanting to keep the picture and he had almost doubled his money in a week.

Lucian proved to be a devoted owner. Though he was to sell other Bacons he had bought or been given, he resisted every temptation to sell this one, whatever the pressure of his spectacular gambling debts. He did pawn it several times but always managed to redeem it. Francis was extremely disappointed that he refused to lend it to the 1985 retrospective at the Tate and, as a curator of the 1993 memorial exhibition in Venice, I was extremely disappointed that he refused to lend it there. As to my own Bacon, in 1955 I sold it to a friend for £350 to get ammunition to go racing with.

 

Francis Bacon 1909-1993 Small Portrait Studies, Marlborough Gallery, 6 Albemarle St, W1 (071-629 5161), to 3 Dec.

Quotations extracted from 'Interviews with Francis Bacon' by David Sylvester (Thames & Hudson). The author is currently working on a critical study of Bacon.

 

 


Review: Francis Bacon. Venice

 

 


JEREMY LEWISON | THE BURLINGTON MAGAZINE | VOLUME 135, NUMBER 1088 | NOVEMBER, 1993

 

Francis Bacon's death in 1992 has provoked a number of publications and exhibitions of varying merit. The most impressive was David Sylvester's exhibition at the Musco Correr in Venice (closed 10th October), mounted as part of this year's Biennale. It was small but choice, and Sylvester, with his characteristically spare hanging one work per wall amply demonstrated that Bacon is an artist of classical roots, his triptychs the equal of any renaissance altar-piece in terms of their poise and equilibrium, their remoteness and elevation, their scale and their finish and not least there thematic grandeur.

The exhibition opened back to front with three triptychs of the late years vying for attention with a black and white marble floor, an ornately carved frieze and a cluster of chandeliers. If there was a weak point in the exhibition it was this opening sequence. The richness of Bacon's paintings and frames appeared excessive in this opulent but colourless setting, and problems of reflection in the glass, evident throughout the show, here proved insurmountable. These late triptychs are eloquent statements of Bacon's continuing energy in later life, but they appear rather rhetorical alongside the triptychs of the early 70s. The primal energy and rawness of the earlier works has been replaced by a certain ironic distance, a cleanliness and a clinicalness which diffuse their impact. They are grandes machines.

From this hall, with its embarrassing richesse, the visitor mounted to the upper floor where the rest of the exhibition was housed. Resisting the temptation to include more than one papal scream, Sylvester hung the first room with works of a domestic scale, mostly in black or grisaille and depicting heads or fragments of them, which showed clear debts to Picasso, particularly to the screaming and weeping figures of the Guernica period. (Bacon's debt to Picasso was tellingly communicated by Herbert Read as early as 1933 in Art Now when he reproduced Bacon's Crucifixion of 1933, alongside Picasso's Bathers of 1929). A number of these paintings also showed an affinity with artists such as Jean Fautrier, as David Mellor points out in his excellent essay in the confusingly designed catalogue, and even to Jean Dubuffet. Fautrier's Large tragic head, its features obliterated to express pain and despair, and Dubuffet's strident portraits of friends and women of the late 40s and early 50s convey alternative expressions of anguish and horror, while in America Willem de Kooning's series of women evoke a similar sense of violence and violation. Such community of themes in the post-war period merits further investigation for, as Mellor points out, Bacon's reputation as a unique artist of singular vision, without influences or peers, can no longer be maintained. Far from his reputation suffering at the hands of historians such as Mellor, who have begun to look into the influences on Bacon's work, it will be enhanced by our understanding of how he was able to appropriate, assimilate and transform the images of other twentieth-century artists to achieve his own powerful ends.

Among the artists whom Mellor discusses as having had a bearing on Bacon's work are Hogarth, G.F. Watts, W.R. Sickert, James Pryde, Roy de Maistre, Graham Sutherland and Naum Gabo. Velázquez is, of course, another, but one artist appears to be especially pertinent to an understanding of Bacon and that is Ingres. This is particularly evident in Bacon's use of compressed and confined spaces - one thinks for example of the 1863 portrait of Mme Moitessier with its fattening mirror; his taste for luxuriant colour - paralleled in, for example, Odalisque and slave or even the earlier portrait of Mme Moitesserie with its rich, red background;  his love of contoured postures and distorted anatomies - of which Ingres's Turkish bath is a paradigm; his evident enjoyment in painting flesh; his emphasis on simple, unitary compositions - here one might recall the three paintings of the Riviere family and compare them with, say, Triptych August 1972; and finally, but not least important, his desire to paint subjects relating to the Classics. Ingres's Oedipus and the Sphinx, to which Bacon paid homage in his own painting of 1983 (not in the exhibition), must surely have made an  impact on Bacon at an earlier period, not only for its conjunction of a nude with a being half-human half-beast, but for the seemingly distanced and dispassionate atmosphere evoked by the painting. What comes across clearly in this exhibition is that however 'hot' the subject of a painting by Bacon, and however expressive the paint surface, his pared down environments and his insistence on hiding the canvas behind a sheet of glass reduces the temperature, smoothes out the impasto and distances the viewer from an active participation in the events before him. Thus the death of George Dyer is perceived as no more horrific than a portrait, and although a sense of grief is evoked it is without sentiment. Through the simplicity of his compositions, the concentration of forms, the sometimes restricted range of tones and the physical barrier of the glass, Bacon prohibits the viewer from entering the drama and renders the action remote and enobled. Horror and violence are  are aggrandised and exalted to an heroic level, beyond the worldly, in the manner of a history painting, and although Bacon's violence has been much commented on, it is, however, mitigated by the sensuousness of the paint handling, the contrast between between thick impasto, suggesting viscera, and smooth sweeping brushstrokes of thinned paint, representing a fleshy perfection. The poses of some of Bacon's protagonists - for example the reclining nude in the centre panel of Three Studies for a Crucifixion (1962) recall Ingres's odalisques while others others suggest variations on academic nudes, although rudely exposed, can be as seductive as many a nineteenth-century painting. Bacon is a painter of the grand manner.

Throughout the exhibition, less obvious affinities with a number of twentieth-century artists came to mind. The solitary nature of many of Bacon's figures recalls the isolation of Edward Hopper's characters; the background of the left and right panels of Triptych 1974 called to mind the Ocean Park paintings of Richard Diebenkorn, while the right panel of Three studies of a crucifixion (1962) suggested a possible link to Marcel Duchamp's Nude descending a staircase and related paintings. The curious combination of David Hockney, Paul Nash and Giorgio de Chirico was summoned up by Sand dune (1981) and Jet of water (1988; Fig.56) in the last room, while Mark Rothko was invoked  not only by the nineteenth-century sense of elevated heroism found in many of Bacon's works but also by the use of sombre colours of extraordinary depth in paintings such as  Triptych May June 1973 and even Second version of Triptych 1944 (1988). It is no coincidence that both Bacon and Rothko painted 'mythological' images during the Second World War. While Bacon continued to develop a figurative idiom, Rothko pursued 'tragic and timeless' subject matter in an abstract manner. Essentially, however, they were both painters of the human condition.

In general the exhibition was hung chronologically, the occasional painting  surfacing out of order sometimes to telling effect, as with the Portrait of Michel Leiris (1976; Fig.57) juxtaposed with two two versions of Study for portrait (1955) and Three studies of the human head (1953), where the portrait of Leiris acts as a marker for Bacon's later development and refinement and, rather extraordinary, evokes the special contortions and volumes of some of the sculptures of Naum Gabo. Indeed the excavation of the body and and the sculptural rendering of its interior in, for example,  the middle panel of the Triptych inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus (1981), suggests that Gabo may have been more than passing interest. Considering Bacon's interest in modernist design in the 30s this may not be altogether surprising. While Picasso is often cited as the origin of  Bacon's contorted faces, Gabo's interest in space needs to be taken into account. There is a great deal of work to be done on the overlap between the figurative work of Bacon and contemporary abstract painting and sculpture.

A less successful chronological interruption was the inclusion of Figure in a landscape (1945) among paintings from the  fifties. Although its surface texture has some similarities to works of this decade its subject is more diffuse and its tone considerably brighter. Sylvester indicates in the catalogue that the source for this picture was a snapshot of Bacon's lover, Eric Hall, dozing on a chair in Hyde Park, but the conjunction of an arm with what appears to be a chair back or railing, the dark area immediately beside the figure - not to mention the machine gun (for which, possibly substitute umbrella) - suggests Manet's Balcony as a further source.

The hanging of this exhibition allowed for concentration on individual works and close comparisons between no more than three works at a time. In his division of the long gallery into chapels, Sylvester recreated the sense of containment found within Bacon's painting, allowing for an intensification of experience. The concision of the show unequivocally demonstrated Bacon's status as one of the great British artists of this century, an artist capable of working grand themes on a grand scale. A  larger show might have dissipated this impression for it cannot be denied that Bacon's work is uneven in quality. A glance at the catalogue for the exhibition held earlier this year at Lugano proves the point. Bacon found a successful formula but he was at his greatest when he rose above the formulaic.

Bacon's first major exposure outside Britain was at the 1954 Venice Biennale when he shared the British Pavilion with Ben Nicholson and Lucian Freud. Nicholson was granted senior status and given the greatest number of rooms, but Bacon was allocated the large first room, much to Nicholson's annoyance, because the British Council felt that Bacon's work, seen first, would make a greater impact. Although neither Bacon nor Freud had the success of Nicholson that year, in 1993 Bacon has stolen the show.

JEREMY LEWISON

Tate Gallery

 

 

 

  

DEEP INTO THAT DARKNESS PEERING

 

 

 

 PETER PARKER WASHINGTON POST | DECEMBER 26, 1993

 

     At the time of his death in April 1992, Francis Bacon was widely considered the greatest British painter of the century. He was a grand master in the style of Rembrandt and Velazquez, with a style and subject matter entirely his own. He declared that he painted for himself and that it was the act of painting, not what happened to the canvases thereafter, that drove him on. What happened to many canvases was that they were sold for large amounts of money, but Bacon (who had known real poverty in his time) remained uncorrupted by wealth, for he was one of the last Bohemians.

     A familiar figure in the pubs, drinking clubs and restaurants of London's Soho and Fitzrovia, he was an importunate host who almost always insisted upon paying for everyone, peeling off banknotes from the fat rolls of them he customarily carried in his pockets. He drank vast amounts of champagne and was a profligate gambler. Flamboyantly homosexual, with a taste for rough trade, he would tell people that his lover and model George Dyer had entered his life through a bedroom window, intent upon burglary.

     In spite of the appalling images he produced in his paintings - figures, often mutilated, eviscerated or deformed, portrayed in bleak, mute isolation, or raging against the world and what it had done to them - Bacon proclaimed that he was an "optimist." At one moment he would say that he was painting "the history of Europe in my lifetime," at another furiously deny that his work was in any way illustrational. Any biography of Bacon needs to explore these contradictions and the apparent gulf between the man who was such amusing company and the artist who produced the bleakest and most disturbing paintings of our age.

     Novelist and social historian Andrew Sinclair, as he freely admits, is no art critic; neither, unfortunately, is he much of a biographer. He defines his job as "to explain the interaction between an individual and his times," but all too often he is so busy colouring in the background that Bacon simply disappears from view. Much of the social history he provides is irrelevant and seems little more than padding: the overall impression left by this book is of someone diligently leafing through files of newspaper clippings and the indexes of biographies of the period in search of Bacon, Francis. In spite of such endeavours, Sinclair's actual quarry seems to elude him, except in the briefEndpiece, which provides a summary more succinct and valuable than anything that has gone before.

     Bacon had said that he did not want a biography written about him while he was still alive. Consequently, as soon as he died, the race was on, with several writers, who had been circling impatiently at the starting line, galloping off into the distance. In England, Sinclair passed the finishing post almost neck and neck with Daniel Farson, whose The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon, an unashamedly personal memoir, provides an altogether livelier and more evocative account of its subject.

     Sinclair's biography shows every sign of haste, both in the writing and editing, with the frequent repetition of information and numerous inelegancies of style. For example, of Bacon's famous Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, first exhibited in April 1945, Sinclair writes: "It seemed to howl against the massacre of the twenty million dead and more in the conflict, just as the nation was about to celebrate a victory that seemed to be justice." Strenuous attempts at fine writing frequently go awry, as in the nonsensical assertion that: "There was more wit on one hair of Bacon's paintbrush than in all the saliva on {Brian} Howard's loose tongue." Occasionally one realizes that Sinclair cannot really mean what he has written. "So radical, disruptive, seminal and real were Bacon's paintings," he states at one point, "that he would achieve what the Auden Communist group of the 'thirties dreamed of: an exhibition of pictures in Moscow, seen there as revolutionary protests against religious authority and the destruction of humankind." Just what sort of pictures Auden and his friends dreamed of exhibiting in Moscow is not explained: their own?

    Many chapters bear portentous or simply meaningless titles. Chapter 8, The Blood of an Englishman, is prefaced by a quote from King Lear and opens: "Like the wise Edgar pretending to play the Fool - Fie, Foh, and Fum - Bacon was to smell the blood of two of his beloved British men within ten years of their deaths." Is Sinclair suggesting that Edgar prophecies the deaths of his father and Lear - the words he uses, after all, are those of a ravening, cannibalistic giant - and, if so, how does this relate to Bacon? If Sinclair means that Bacon in some way predicted the deaths of Dyer and his predecessor Peter Lacy, he does not say so. If he does not mean this, then what is the burden of this sentence? As with rather too much of his overwritten book, the answer would appear to be: sound and fury, signifying nothing.

 

 

 

Portrait of a Portraitist

Of a Century's Horrors

 

 

 

By MICHIKO KAKUTANI | THE NEW YORK TIMES | TUESDAY, DECEMBER 14, 1993

 

The images created by Francis Bacon are shocking ones, visceral, contorted, often horrific: Human beings metamorphosing into demonic birds and dogs, their bodies twisted unmercifully into grimaces of pain. Shrieking popes imprisoned in golden cages, unleashing primal screams upon a world incapable of hearing. Copulating men writhing on a bed, their fat, pink limbs melting together in a desperate, meaty embrace. Ragged, butchered carcasses dangling from a ceiling, leaking blood onto a ghoulish man in a suit.

In such images can be read the horrors of our century: the devastation of two world wars, the crimes of Hitler and Stalin, the terrors of the atom bomb, the dislocations of a world shorn of its illusions. As Bacon once observed, his ambition was to paint "the History of Europe in my lifetime." "I think of myself," he said, "as a kind of pulverizing machine into which everything I look at and feel is fed."

In Francis Bacon: His Life and Violent Times, the writer and social historian Andrew Sinclair attempts both to chronicle the painter's life and to situate his work within a historical context. Though the volume relies heavily at times on earlier books (including David Sylvester's fascinating Interviews With Francis Bacon and John Russell's Francis Bacon), it also draws upon the author's own talks with the painter, and it succeeds in giving the reader a vivid sense of both Bacon's maturation as a painter and the ways in which his work was shaped by his times.

Although Bacon was born to a wealthy Irish family - he was a collateral descendant of his namesake, the famous Elizabethan philosopher - his childhood was rootless and fearful, indelibly shaped by the Zeppelin bombings of London in World War I and the countryside atrocities of the Irish civil war. Mr. Sinclair argues that the blackouts, which shrouded daily life in ominous, murky shadows, informed Bacon's portraits in which "distorted figures would emerge from a fearful night, as sudden and grotesque as the strangers glimpsed in the dim streets" of wartime London. Similar parallels can be drawn between the lynched bodies the young Bacon saw during the Irish rebellion and his later preoccupation with the idea of crucifixion, and the image of butchered meat.

Bacon's willful flouting of authority - mirrored in his fierce deconstructionist portraits of popes, dictators and businessmen - also had roots in his childhood. According to Mr. Sinclair, it was a reaction to the religious authorities, both Protestant and Catholic, who seemed to have condemned Ireland to bloodshed, and to Bacon's censorious father, who regarded him as a weak, asthmatic sissy and who banished him from the house at the age of 16.

With an allowance of £3 a week, the young Bacon began a peripatetic life in London, moving from one rented room to another, until a distant relative took him on a trip to Berlin.

There, in the waning days of the Weimar Republic, Bacon was introduced to a sexually licentious life style, and to the work of artists who would indelibly shape his own vision. From Edvard Munch and the German Expressionists, Mr. Sinclair notes, Bacon would learn about the iconography of emotional violence; from Otto Dix, Christian Schad and other practitioners of New Objectivity, he would learn the value of precision and detachment.

Paris, the next stop on Bacon's youthful odyssey, provided another set of influences: Picasso and his Cubist reassemblings of the human body, and the Surrealists, with their emphasis on instinct and the unconscious. It was also in Paris that Bacon came to appreciate the cinematic genius of Eisenstein and Bunuel, and to value the art of photography (he would base many of his later paintings on Eadweard Muybridge's action shots of animals and people in motion).

Although Bacon began painting in London in the early 1930's under the mentorship of Roy de Maistre, who was also his lover, he did not come into his own until the death of his father in 1940. Liberated from the inhibiting memory of his harsh, judgmental progenitor and galvanized by the bloody events of World War II, Bacon embarked on the ferocious paintings - including Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, Painting 1946 and a series of frightening Heads - that would begin to earn him a reputation as one of Britain's foremost painters.

Throughout this book, Mr. Sinclair doggedly traces the autobiographical impulse in Bacon's work. He does a nimble job of explicating the many influences on his work, from Goya and Velazquez to Aeschylus and T. S. Eliot, and he also provides an ample supply of colourful anecdotes illustrating the painter's raucous, bohemian life. We are told about Bacon's taste for raffish, lower-class lovers, his penchant for gambling and his almost complete disregard for money.

Along the way, a lot of adjectives are offered up to describe Bacon: generous, chameleon-like, waspish, passionate and reckless. We're also told that he was a dandy, an existentialist and a nihilist. None of these words, however, really conjures up a full picture of the man; as far as this volume is concerned, Bacon, who died in 1992 at the age of 82, remains a slippery, mercurial figure, eluding capture in the biographer's cage. It is in evoking Bacon's tumultuous times and tracing the conjunctions between the painter's work and world that Mr. Sinclair is most convincing. Indeed, he makes a powerful case in these pages for regarding Bacon as a representative artist of the violent and disordered modern age.

Francis Bacon His Life and Violent Times By Andrew Sinclair Illustrated. 354 pages. Crown Publishers.

 

 

 

 

Raw slice of artist Bacons life

 

 

GERARD O'REGAN | IRISH INDEPENDENT WEEKENDER | SATURDAY, FEBRUARY 5, 1994

 

FRANCIS Bacon, the Dublin-born artist of genius, died in Madrid in April, 1992, and almost exactly a year later came a biography which aroused much controversy, mainly because it was written by one of his close friends.

Not that friendship, as such, ever rated very high on Bacon's list of priorities. "I've always thought of friendship as where two people tear each other apart - that way you learn something from each other," he once wrote.

The book, The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon, by Daniel Farson, is now out in paperback (Vintage £6.99). While not pretending to be the definitive "life", it nevertheless makes for compulsive reading.

It was back in 1951 when a 23-year-old Farson first met Bacon in Soho. The artist was by then in his late 40s - but it was the beginning of a long-running friendship.

Bacon's early life in Co Kildare, where his father owned a stud farm, is sketched in detail. After London he drifted to Berlin, indulging in a sexual freedom which fortified his instinct to flout convention of practically any hue.

Farson's incidental and anecdotal style makes the book more of a personal memoir than an autobiography in the strict sense of the term. But it is also an approach which makes for high readability.

The author suggests that Bacon's unabashed homosexuality was a crucible in his artistic make-up. "If he's been straight, he would not have been so daring," commented one of his friends.

Yet Bacon's savage sense of nihilism was at times almost frightening "I have never had any love in the whole of my life, and what's more I don't want any. Al I do is cast my rod in the sewers of despair and see what I come up with," he once wrote.

Tragedy and a sense of indulgent despair haunted much of Bacon's life, as well as his work, and to the end he indulged what might be termed "low life" to a near manic degree.

Former British Arts Minister David Mellor provided one of the best reviews of a book which describes the life and turbulent times of a man widely regarded as one of the century's greatest artists.

He wrote: "This book will shock some people a lot and almost everybody a bit. It deals, I suspect, with people and events far removed from the common experience of most of those who will read it" - a fact that few, as they will stagger through all the drink, all the gay sex, and some of the bloody and violent deaths, will regret.

 

 

 

                          Francis Bacon never thought highly of friendship

 

 


Unleashing a 'Human Cry'

 

FRANCIS BACON: His Life and Violent Times,

By Andrew Sinclair (Crown $30; 354 pp)

 

THE GILDED GUTTER LIFE OF FRANCIS BACON,

By Daniel Farson (Pantheon $25; 293 pp)

 

 

JEFFREY HOGREFE | LOS ANGELES TIMES | APRIL 10, 1994

 

After dinner in private houses, Princess Margaret likes to sing Cole Porter. As sister of the most powerful monarch in the world, she can generally hold guests captive to her lack of ability. One night, though, at a fancy ball given by Ann, Lady Rothermere (later Mrs. Ian Fleming), the princess began the familiar lyrics of "Let's Do It," when the cheering of Queen Elizabeth's subjects was drowned out by the sound of booing rumbling like thunder from the back of the ballroom. Unaccustomed to criticism, the princess abandoned the microphone, the band stopped playing, and Lady Rothermere's guests asked what happened.

"It was that dreadful Francis Bacon," a man said to Lady Caroline Lowell. "He calls himself a painter but he does the most frightful paintings. I just don't understand how a creature like him was allowed to get in here."

Inarguably the most original 20th-Century British artist, a creature like Francis Bacon gave a new twist to horror. His work has been equated with the pain and suffering of the 20th Century. These are paintings of writhing, corpulent wrestlers, blood-soaked Crucifixions and caged, screaming popes: "slimy, slithering, pure blind images," in the words of novelist and art historian Anita Brookner. As recently as 1989, one of the artist's paintings brought a bid of $6.2 million dollars at Sotheby's in New York, and they are found in great collections worldwide.

But Bacon's real fascination judging from two books that have appeared since he died at the age of 82 in 1992, is in the accumulation of Jacobean antics that colored the artist's life. Bacon was openly gay--part gnome, part mischief-maker--"taking no part in society's rituals, observing none of the canons or taboos," according to Andrew Sinclair, a British novelist and social historian, in "Francis Bacon His Life and Violent Times," the first complete biography. This has been augmented by "The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon," a thoroughly entertaining memoir by Daniel Farson, a British art critic and friend of the subject.

He was born in 1909 in Dublin to Edward Bacon, a major in the British army who was a collateral relation of the Elizabeth philosopher, his namesake, and Christine Winifred Firth, whose family owned one of the largest Georgian houses in the center of the Irish capital. Shunted between relatives during outbreaks of the Irish Civil War, an asthmatic who turned purple the first time he rode with the hunt, his disruptive upbringing consisted of private tutorials with a priest and a truncated year of boarding school. A gambler and alcoholic who unsuccessfully operated a racing stable outside of Dublin, Edward Bacon was, "a complete bastard," according to his famous son, a sissy who was encouraged by his mother to dress up in her clothes. Francis was introduced to sex by stable grooms who worked for his father. In turn, as punishment he was routinely horsewhipped by the same stable grooms in front of his father. At 16, he was finally expelled from this twisted setting when caught dressed only in his mother's underwear, but he never forgot the pain of his childhood. "Surely there's nothing worse," he said, according to Sinclair, "than a dusty saddle appearing in the hall."

When Bacon arrived in London in 1925, as Sullivan observed, his "violent upbringing curiously prepared him for life in the jungles of large cities." Relying on published material and one interview with the subject, Sullivan's many observations attempt to integrate the "homosexual milieu" with the subject. Slightly more than 25 years after Oscar Wilde was convicted on charges of gross indecency, homosexuality was still a punishable criminal act in Great Britain, and open gays, by virtue of their lawlessness, often lived alongside criminals. Entering this Faustian world, the young artist supplemented an allowance of 3 pounds per week from his mother with proceeds from theft, gambling and prostitution. "One is always helped when one is young," he said airily, according to Sinclair, "I was what you call pretty. I had no trouble getting around and getting money."

In 1933, Bacon exhibited a startling painting of a bloody Crucifixion at a gallery in London. It was an immediate success, illustrated in Art Now, an influential journal. With no formal training, his art was nurtured in the great museums and galleries of Berlin and Paris on a junket to Europe with a "sporting uncle." Like many artists at this time, his first influence was Pablo Picasso, but a viewing of Nicolas Poussin's "The Massacre of Innocence," led the artist to realize he too could capture "the human cry" in paint. Although his avowed influences were also Francisco Goya and Diego de Velazquez, it was the Expressionism of Edvard Munch and Vincent van Gogh that gave his early work its raw power.

Bacon's patrons were inducted into a mysterious world of decadence. Farson knew this world as a firsthand participant, and he brings refreshing immediacy to the subject. The artist lived with his elderly nanny, an eccentric Victorian who slept on the kitchen table during the day. She startled visitors by calling out for capital punishment for the Duchess of Windsor. For the crime of stealing the King of England she wanted to see her drawn and quartered in a public gibbet in Marble Arch. At night, "Nan" doubled as a hat check girl in an illegal gambling den in the artist's paint-spattered studio under a pair of enormous crystal chandeliers. Dressed in black leather jacket and boots, the artist appeared to his gaming guests with liquid make-up caked to his beard and Kiwi boot black in his hair, sometimes only in a set of elaborate garters supporting black fishnet stockings. "I am looking for a cruel father," he admitted matter-of-factly, according to Sinclair.

Both authors make the connection between the release of new power in his art and the death of his father in 1940. This was first seen in a 1945 exhibition at the Lefevre Gallery, of "Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion." With the horrors of Nagasaki and Dachau resting uneasily on people's minds, according to art critic John Russell, people looking at the painting were "brought up short by images so unrelievably awful that the mind shut with a snap at the sight of them."

The Expressionism of his youth was eventually supplanted by a more sophisticated neo-mannerism during the 1950s. Using Velazquez's portraits of Pope Innocent X as a springboard, Bacon turned out exquisitely styled paintings of purple screaming popes trapped in golden cages. Though he had been taught by Catholic priests, the artist refused to have his work linked to anti-religious sentiment, and resisted other obvious interpretations. They were personal, he said, as were his images of twisted wrestlers, which it was interesting to learn came directly from a 19th-Century photograph by Eadweard Muybridge he discovered in the Victoria & Albert Museum. Of the wrestlers, Sinclair presents a flimsy argument that Bacon, "saw images of aggressive homosexuality and used them to produced paintings that mocked the moral code and subverted the criminal law of the time."

Bacon saw himself as a grand artiste, a divinely inspired purist with links to the Renaissance, reacting to forces beyond the petty concerns of day-to-day living. Trying to force him into a mold as a moral guardian for a gay movement, as Sinclair does, is irritating and wrong-headed. Far better it would seem to merely take Farson's unjudgmental position, and join in the celebration of the high-spirited mischief-maker always thumbing his nose at convention, whose searing honesty and standards of perfection were sometimes painful for the recipient to bear.

"Someone had to stop her," the artist explained candidly to Lady Lowell after he took the unheard of step of booing a member of the royal family in a private home and stopped Princess Margaret cold. "Her singing was really too awful. If you are going to do something, you shouldn't do it as badly as that."

 

 

 

Bacon's screaming pope for sale

 

 

DALYA ALBERGE ART MARKET CORRESPONDENT | THE INDEPENDENT THURSDAY APRIL 21, 1994  

 

ONE OF the most famous works by Francis Bacon, widely considered the greatest British master since Turner, is to be sold by Christie's this summer for an estimated pounds 2m. It is one of the few important Bacons likely to appear at auction.

Study from Portrait of Pope Innocent X by Velazquez, his violent image of a screaming pope, was painted in 1959. It was the culmination of a series of reinterpretations of Velazquez's original, which Bacon described as 'one of the greatest paintings in the world'; it was an image that 'haunted and obsessed (him) . . . by its perfection'.

His sources also included a contemporary photograph of Pope Pius XII, a blurred photograph of a baboon, and the wounded face of the nurse from the 1925 film Battleship Potemkin. Bacon's distorted imagery in the Popes series reflects his obsession with the pain and bleakness of existence.

Bacon, who died in 1992, was not a prolific artist, and only a handful of works come on to the market each year. He is one of the few British painters bought by international collectors. In the Fifties, his works could be acquired for just pounds 300. In 1990, a Bacon sold for pounds 3.75m in New York. He was unsentimental about his paintings and cared little about the millions they made. In 1991, Bacon told the Independent that if he could have his way, his figurative work would not have any titles. He said: 'I don't think it's a way into a painting.' By prefixing a description with the words 'study for', he intended to imply that the composition was not a final statement.

Christie's auction takes place on 30 June.

 

 

 

 

Obituary: Ian Board

 

 

CHRISTOPHER HOWSE | INDEPENDENT | MONDAY 27 JUNE 1994

 

 

 

 

IAN BOARD, the successor to Muriel Belcher as the proprietor of the Colony Room Club, in Soho, was distinguished as much by the peculiarities of his appearance as by the pungency of his speech.

Muriel Belcher, who founded the Colony Room, in Dean Street, in 1948, was famous for the foul- mouthed greeting she gave to visitors to her afternoon drinking club. Board's line in talk was no less obscene, but tended towards a sustained stream of enraged invective, usually directed towards a stranger or someone who exhibited signs of weakness, such as drunkenness. 'Look at you, you great lump,' he would shout at some unsuspecting woman. 'Just take a look at yourself. You're a sad and pathetic sight. For fuck's sake pull yourself together . . .' - and so on, in great sweeping periods of abuse.

By his mid-fifties Board's nose had swollen under the influence of brandy to a great red pitted ball, like a giant strawberry. He would dress in a bright green floppy cap and green tracksuit, and outside would often carry a stick, since he had hurt a leg and his back in falls.

The club is housed in a small, dark upstairs room, painted racing green, and heavily hung with pictures, photographs and mirrors, a survival from the Fifties. Until the change in the licensing laws in 1988, 'Muriel's' was particularly popular between 3pm and 5.30pm, with Thursday afternoon the busiest time before the grander members left for the country the succeeding day. Board would perch on the high stool at one corner of the bar, on the customers' side, where Muriel had always sat. Her capacious handbag hung from the ceiling near one window, and on her birthday he would buy drinks in her memory.

Ian David Archibald Board, whom only his closest associates dared call by his nickname 'Ida', came from a poor family in Exeter. His mother died before he was five. He cared neither for his father nor for his stepmother. Escaping to London as a teenager, he went straight to Speakers' Corner and picked up a man, with whom he lived for some weeks. After a time he became a commis waiter at a restaurant in Greek Street, Soho. He retained something of his Devon accent, and in the style of his region put the letter 'l' at the end of words ending in a vowel: tomorrowl, dildol.

For all his crude talk, Board could sometimes display, and certainly appreciated, verbal wit. Woe betide anyone who tried to tell a formal joke. 'I can't stand jokes]' he would yell. 'Shut your cakehole, you boring dreary fart.'

Board's continued survival under the assaults of drink was a source of wonder. He would go without food for days, then eat a cold tin of ravioli in the small hours of the morning. In his 60th year he gave up drinking brandy for breakfast. He drank vodka in the morning at home and from noon to 11pm more vodka and brandy at the club.

Board treasured the patronage of famous artists - Francis Bacon, Lucian Freud, Michael Andrews, Barry Flanagan - though in truth their visits became rarer or stopped. One night he bundled Francis Bacon, then nearly 80, out of the door, shouting, 'Get out] Call yourself a painter. You can't fucking paint. Take your boring friends with you and don't bother coming back.' But he did.

Board was attracted by success. He was delighted to find that the girl who had taken to drinking in the Colony on her visits to London was the singer Lisa Stansfield, and went to visit her in her home in Rochdale. The return train journey was enlivened by a mother with a baby that kept on crying. Board, infuriated by the noise, and by the strong drink he had taken that morning, asked the woman why she did not chuck the 'thing' out of the window. A policeman was on the platform to meet him on his arrival in London.

In 1991 the Colony's existence was threatened by a planning application from its landlord to turn it into offices. Hundreds of objections were sent to Westminster Council, largely through the organisational efforts of Michael Wojas, Board's loyal barman. The planning meeting was swamped by dozens of Colony Room Club members looking strangely pale in the unaccustomed daylight. The application was refused.

It is odd that despite Board's personal unattractiveness the club inspired such widespread affection. But it was certainly a backwater of a disappearing Soho, where men and women from all social backgrounds (there were a couple of dukes and a couple of stagehands who turned up regularly) could talk and drink and laugh. With the death of Ian Board that world has shrunk a little more.

 

Ian David Archibald Board, club owner: born 16 December 1929; proprietor, Colony Room Club 1981-94; died London 26 June 1994.

 

 

 


Francis Bacon and the Loss of Self

The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon

Francis Bacon: His Life and Violent Times

Francis Bacon: In Conversation with Michel Archimbaud

 

Bacon Book Reviews by Faye Hirsch 

 

 

           FAYE HIRSCH ART IN AMERICA | DECEMBER 1994

 


"One's basic nature is totally without hope, and yet one's nervous system is made out of optimistic stuff," Francis Bacon told David Sylvester in the early '70s.[1] Bacon died of asthma in spring 1992 at the age of 82, after a life so prodigal that only a high degree of optimism - and no doubt some sturdy genes - could account for his longevity. The artist also worked assiduously, starting at six or seven o'clock most mornings, he asserted, in spite of the hangovers that were the aftermath of his late-night carousals with the luminaries and drifters of his milieu. "What is called inspiration," said Bacon, "only comes from regular work."[2] This combination of profligacy and hard work provides a tough precedent dent for artists whose nervous systems aren't quite up to snuff. And it certainly makes one curious about the man. The Sylvester interviews - surely among the best we have with a 20th-century artist - and Bacon's several appearances on film have given us a taste of what he was like - his wit, his cynicism. "When he entered a room," writes Daniel Farson, "it was an occasion." Bacon refused to sanction a biography during his lifetime, but since his death two - Farson's The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon and Andrew Sinclair's Francis Bacon: His Life and Violent Times - have already appeared, and more are promised.[3]

The challenge for any artist's biographer is to formulate some meaningful nexus between the available data about the artist's life and his or her work. There is always a temptation to read the contours of a life into the visual imagery, and with Bacon that temptation is especially strong. Despite his repeated disavowal of the "illustrational" in his paintings, he frequently painted his friends and lovers - Isabel Rawsthorne, Lucian Freud, George Dyer, John Edwards, Sylvester, et al. He also led an eventful and, at times, violent existence that seems to have its correlative in his violent iconography. But, no matter how allusive the imagery seems, one must be wary of drawing too literal a connection. The Farson and Sinclair biographies of Bacon and Ernst van Alphen's Francis Bacon and the Loss of Self, a study of Bacon's paintings, raise the question of whether there is some middle ground between an approach that sees the artist's work as an illustration of his life and times, and one that entirely eliminates biographical material from consideration of the work. Genet wrote of Rembrandt, "a hopeless complicity linked his eye to the world."[4] But deducing the nature of that complicity can be a tricky matter.

Sinclair's biography is written with the apparent conviction that the subject, his times, and his work are discernibly linked. The author says he had only sporadic direct conversations with Bacon, one in depth in 1988; a fresh tone, then, is not the chief virtue of this biography. Still, though he may not have had an ongoing relationship with Bacon - as opposed to Farson, whose work is engaging precisely because of his 40-year friendship with the artist - Sinclair consulted numerous friends and relations and did thorough research, fleshing out his account with the type of second-hand material that is missing from Farson's account. The same basics are presented by both biographers: Bacon's childhood among the lower aristocracy in Ireland, where he was the son of a Protestant military officer in service to England, and later a horse trainer; his youthful adventures in Weimar Germany; his bohemian escapades in London's Soho and in Tangier.

Bacon's education was sporadic, his antipathy to academies unwavering. He returned to Ireland only rarely after leaving home as a teenager, when he was banished by his father for dressing up in women's clothing. He remembered being horse whipped by his father's grooms at his father's behest; some connect this experience, justifiably or not, to his later sadomasochist bent (Bacon himself confessed that there was a sexual dimension to his paternal attachment).(5) After drifting about in London, he was sent to Berlin under the "protection" of one of his father's friends, a "sporting uncle," as Bacon called him, with whom he plunged into the seediest aspects of Weimar nightlife. When he returned to England, by way of Paris, where he was awed by the work of Picasso, Bacon came under the protection of the Australian painter Roy de Maistre. By the late '20s he was designing furniture, but he had also begun to paint, and a reproduction of an early crucifixion by him was included in Herbert Read's Art Now of 1993. Success was not to come steadily until after April 1945, when his Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion appeared in a group show at Lefevre Gallery in London along with works by other British artists, including Henry Moore and Graham Sutherland (the latter was one of the many friends with whom he would subsequently fall out).

Bacon did, of course, live through dramatic times, and Sinclair often crams any gaps in biographical information with verbose descriptions of events of the period and the artist's surroundings. His long excursuses provide backdrops, but little recommends these descriptions over any other of, say, London during the Blitz or Ireland during the Sinn Fein rebellion. Often such events are used to explain, none too subtly, Bacon's artistic sensibility or to prefigure the appearance of specific details in his paintings. About a 1950 sea voyage the artist made to visit his sister in South Africa, Sinclair writes: "On his voyage, the white iron railings of the old liners with their polished wooden tops would have given, with their oblong definitions, a restraint and a cage to the violence of the living sea and the chaotic wake" - laboured way to describe a simple ship railing, but this railing was contemplated by Bacon, who tended to include railings as frames within his paintings. All of Bacon's world, as seen through Sinclair's eyes, is made of such details, as if the paintings are somehow a distillation of that world. And working in reverse as well, Sinclair discerns in Bacon's paintings innumerable metaphors for contemporary existence: "The umbrella represented the dark halo of the modem age, the poison cloud of the nuclear threat from the air, its ribs spread like the black lines of sound in Munch's The Cry." Sinclair, a self-proclaimed "social historian," thus transforms art into a mirror of history.

Farson, by contrast, neither fantasizes about Bacon's subjective experiences, nor attempts to write art history. His is an anecdotal, sometimes self-promoting but always appealing account of the man. Farson knows first-hand the underworld Bacon frequented, and was eyewitness to numerous astonishing encounters. He skillfully recalls dialogue and minute gestures: Bacon tugging on his collar as he delivers a stinging bon mot, the unique impression Bacon made on others:

It was nearly one o'clock when [John] Deakin gave a stage whisper: "I think, kiddo, this is going to be one of the good days. Look who's just come in." Opening his mouth in that grimace of a well-meant smile, he nodded to a man on the far side of the bar who now came over to join us. He walked with the cautious tread of a first-class passenger venturing out on deck in a high sea, or that of a man who suspects there might be a small earthquake at any moment. This was my first sight of Francis Bacon; he was laughing already.

Farson does not disguise his adulation of the man ("I doubt if he was the greatest man I have known, but he was the most extraordinary"). Although objectivity may not be Farson's strong point, he does vividly recount instances of the cruelty of Bacon, who could be ruthless to friends, artists and critics, not to mention anyone with unattractive pretenses. (Farson describes Bacon's rude jeering at Princess Margaret when she gave an extemporaneous recital of Cole Porter songs at a party they were both attending. "Someone had to stop her," Bacon said afterwards.) Farson's picture is not always pretty - one dark chapter begins with vignettes of alcohol-sodden deaths (Bacon's was a quintessentially pickled circle and another, about Bacon's relationship with the pianist Peter Lacy, includes accounts of Lacy's having slashed Bacon's canvases and inflicted weals on the artist's back. Although Farson might to some degree be accused of sensationalism, Bacon did lead a sensational life. ("Seduire c'est tout," said Bacon to Farson.)

Admittedly, Farson's enterprise is less ambitious than Sinclair's, and his genre as much memoir as biography. The memoir, unlike biography, can risk seeming tainted by vanity, since the memorialist claims a privileged relationship with the deceased. And, indeed, Parson does not entirely avoid this pitfall. He includes, for instance, an abridged transcript of a television interview he did in 1958 with Bacon for a program called The Art Game. Since the film of this interview was subsequently lost, one wonders if Farson's intention here is not primarily to claim precedence over Sylvester's (and others') later interviews. Drawing on the film's "continuity sheets" for dialogue, he shows himself eliciting remarks on several of Bacon's most famous themes some years before Sylvester did, For example, in 1962, Bacon told Sylvester that his painting was "an attempt to bring the figurative thing up onto the nervous system more violently and more poignantly." But four years earlier, according to Farson, Bacon had rhetorically asked, "How can I . . . present what is called the living sensation more nearly on the nervous system and more violently?" And although, in 1966, Bacon said to Sylvester, "I did hope one day to make the best painting of the human cry," eight years before he had already told Farson that "one of the things I wanted to do was to record the human cry, and that in itself is something sensational." There are similar expressions, as well, of Bacon's views of happiness and love, of optimism as the reverse side of "the shadow" - that is, mortality, and of his opinion of abstract art, particularly action painting, as mere "decoration."

Thus, Farson's belated transcription of his interview is nearly superfluous. Furthermore, much of the incidental dialogue elsewhere in Farson's book is so wonderfully recalled that many parts of it feel like very richly embellished interviews, in which characters and props have been added for emphasis. Even Farson's digressions into his own life or those of others in the Soho circles - photographer John Deakin's, for instance - nicely work to make the milieu come to life. This vitality is precisely what Sinclair's text lacks; in spite of his book's title, Bacon's fife and times in Sinclair's version seem too remote, too abstract to be of compelling interest.

By the time Michel Archimbaud interviewed Bacon in French in 1991-92, there were few new revelations. Francis Bacon: In Conversation with Michel Archimbaud, recently published in translation by Phaidon in an attractive paperback, is little more than an addendum to the incomparable Sylvester interviews, which are still in print. But Archimbaud's are the final formal interviews, with some insights to offer. The artist repeats his views on Eisenstein's Potemkin, on Velazquez, and on the subject of chance; but he also makes quite specific remarks about a wide range of artists from Degas and van Gogh to Warhol and Klee. And, because of Archimbaud's interest in music, Bacon reveals as well his tastes in a field he has spoken little of before. Had Archimbaud been able to carry his interviews through as planned, who knows what other tidbits he might have recorded? But the artist died before the last of the scheduled interviews could be conducted.

As an alternative to biographies and memoirs, a major new study by Ernst van Alphen, Francis Bacon and the Loss of Self, scrupulously avoids the life in pursuit of a theoretical analysis of the work. "The first time I saw a painting by Bacon, I was literally left speechless," writes the author in his introduction. "I was perplexed about the level on which these paintings touched me: I could not even formulate what the paintings were about, still less what aspect of them hurt me so deeply." In thinking over his "incapacitation," van Alphen, a professor of comparative literature at the University of Leiden, turned to other works of art and literature that had a similar effect on him, in order to try to get at the expressive mechanisms that provoke a "momentary loss of self." His study of Bacon is a close analysis that draws on a wide range of literature and criticism to demonstrate "how Bacon's works hit the nervous system, not only of the viewer, but also of Western culture and its artistic traditions."

Van Alphen begins by examining the ways that Bacon's paintings "stimulate" but then cancel out, narrative readings. Through formal discontinuities that undermine temporal and spatial coherence, Bacon creates, particularly in the triptychs, "another kind of narrative: narrative that is contiguous with the reader [sic], that touches the reader by its focus on the performative 'affect' of narrative." Van Alphen characterizes Bacon's "narrativity" as one in which the modernist gaze is destabilized even as it is seduced by an apparent readability. Bacon's subject matter is frequently concerned with perception and its tools - cameras, mirrors, lights - and the figure of the voyeur makes repeated appearances. Van Alphen sees Bacon as eroding the distance between the viewing subject and the painted object; Bacon's "procreative narrative," he says, "does not allow for a safe distance between viewer and a unified image, but . . . implicates the viewer, in almost a bodily way, in the act of production." What the viewer sees, according to van Alphen, is a shattered image with no potential for a heroic reconstruction of self. Such devices as the multiplication of interior frames or a displacement of corporeal forms onto landscape serve only to confuse inside and outside, subjectivity and the world. Finally, van Alphen claims that Bacon's representation of masculinity in bodies which "show no signs of stability, control, action, or production" "re-subjectifies" the body, establishing a new self through resistance to received notions of identity.

This is a sketchy summary of a dense argument that ranges through the hot spots of contemporary theory - narrative, perception, mortality, the body, gender. Van Alphen draws upon a battery of literary critics and philosophers ranging from William James to Roland Barthes to Leo Bersani. His own observations on Bacon can be quite insightful, but the constant sampling of secondary sources is sometimes wearying.[6] There are inspired analogies - van Alphen characterizes Bacon's portraits as "mystery portraits," comparing them to Willem Brakman's De Vadermoorders (The Fatherkillers), a crime novel in which the murderer is never unveiled. According to van Alphen, "Bacon ... shows that representation, seen as an act of detection, does not unmask the figure; it forms, or better, it deforms, decomposes, and kills the figure."

More surprising is van Alphen's choice of Djuna Barnes's Nightwood to shed fight on the splitting and replicating figures in Bacon's paintings. Clearly, homosexuality has something to do with it; van Alphen sees Barnes's book as apposite because in it lesbian love is presented as "the ideal representation of loss of self." But why choose Nightwood's lesbianism rather than, say, the male homosexuality of Genet's Querelle, where "twinning" and split subjectivity are also of great importance and, I might argue, in which the subcultures portrayed are closer to those that Bacon frequented? The answer, I believe, lies in van Alphen's desire to eliminate the person of the artist from his consideration of the paintings. But Bacon was, after all, a gay man, although he assiduously denied the importance of that fact for the interpretation of his paintings. No doubt van Alphen knows Bacon's position. Perhaps he has inadvertently succumbed to the artist's desire to control the critical interpretation of his work; or perhaps he is simply pursuing his own critical project, which seems to take the idea of "death of the author" to literal extremes. Van Alphen's last chapter, on masculinity, perhaps the best in his book, never once mentions homosexuality in a 26 page discussion of Bacon's deconstruction of masculine identity.

Van Alphen's fragmentary use of passages from criticism and philosophy sometimes results in distortions of the argument of his source. For example, in support of his assertion that there is a masochistic subtext to Bacon's depiction of "loss of self" van Alphen cites Leo Bersani's article, Is the Rectum a Grave? which appeared in an issue of October devoted to AIDS.[7] There Bersani argues that before gay men can truly see the mechanism of their own oppression, they must acknowledge their masochistic fascination with the phallocentric order. "The logic of homosexual desire includes the potential for a loving identification with the gay man's enemies," writes Bersani, but gay male sexuality frightens those in power, who transfer their terror, more or less unconsciously, into a hysterical reaction to the public health crisis of AIDS. Neglecting the important political implications of this article and Bersani's predominant emphasis on gay male sexuality, van Alphen focuses exclusively on the Freudian argumentation of the piece and stresses its universal aspects. Wouldn't it perhaps have been more relevant to use Bersani's argument to support a reading of Bacon's attack on pictorial conventions - that is, to see his radical perversions of the representational order as a species of specifically gay male homoeroticism? Instead, van Alphen moves on to discuss Bacon's work in the context of Nightwood, with its references to a specifically lesbian "gay body."

Van Alphen demonstrates only a minimal interest in the enormous Bacon bibliography, and his comparative visual material is relatively scant (in contrast to his many literary allusions). Clearly, he is no art historian - though that should not, of course, preclude his making a study of 20th-century art. Nevertheless, some of his statements - e.g., "The conventions of chiaroscuro culminated in the work of Rembrandt, whose paintings are commonly seen as the major achievement of visual art" - seem rather naive. Likewise, his comparison of Bacon's use of the triptych format with the traditional, use of it appear uninformed. He generalizes that the triptych "traditionally displays temporal continuity spatially. . . . This type of triptych is a plain representation of a story." In fact, a more knowing eye trained on the vast history of devotional triptychs would surely reveal narrative discontinuities just as disorienting, although obviously for different purposes, as anything found in Bacon. Temporal sequence is often beside the point in devotional triptychs, and the narratives of these works are so familiar (as van Alphen himself acknowledges) that to read them as "plain stories" win get the viewer nowhere.[8] Is there really a closer narrative connection, as van Alphen seems to believe, between the central crucifixion and the saints in the wings of Grunewald's Isenheim Altarpiece than there is between the two lateral images of Lucian Freud and the central image of the same artist in Bacon's Three Studies of Lucian Freud (1969)?

The facts of Bacon's life are so seductive that they often encourage reckless interpretations of the paintings. On the other hand, some discussions of Bacon's works have intentionally concealed relevant biographical information - which is what van Alphen accuses Hugh Davies of doing in his 1975 commentary on Triptych May-June 1973.[9] Davies describes the three panels as depicting "a naked man vomiting into the bathroom sink, then crossing the room, then dying on the toilet." It is generally agreed that this painting depicts the death of Bacon's lover, George Dyer, from an overdose of drugs and alcohol on the night of the opening of Bacon's 1971-72 retrospective at the Grand Palais. But Davies omits some of this information and, according to van Alphen, thereby "turns the story into a burlesque tragedy." For van Alphen, however, Davies's real mistake is even to attempt to see the work as a sequence of narrative events. "How relevant," he asks, "is Bacon's biography to the reading of his paintings? . . . Davies's reading - and any narrative reading of this kind - rests on the assumption that the painting illustrates. . . . But the work does nothing to encourage this assumption."

Bacon himself might have disagreed. Talking about the painting to Melvyn Bragg, he described it as "the nearest I've ever done to a story." He also said: "That is how he was found."[10] But Bacon referred to this triptych as the exception rather than the rule; he was - rightfully, as Sinclair proves - leery of biographical interpretations of his work. And perhaps he would have respected the intentions of van Alphen's book, which offers valuable new readings of the work independent of distracting biographical detail.

Yet for this reader, van Alphen's tendency to step too warily around the details of Bacon's life is a weakness of his study. Rather than limiting the possibilities for a sound theoretical analysis of the artist's work, a judicious use of the biographical facts might well have helped van Alphen expand his interpretation in a manner fully complementary to his own admirable purposes.

[1.] David Sylvester, Interviews with Francis Bacon, London, Thames & Hudson, 1975 & 1980; reprinted 1985, p. 80. 

[2.] In Melvyn Bragg's program on the artist for The South Bank Show, June 9, 1985. 

[3.] David Plante, in his own excellent memoir of Bacon, Bacon's Instinct, in the New Yorker (Nov. 1, 1993, pp. 98-99) mentions two additional biographies in the works (by Michael Peppiatt and Henrietta Moraes) as well as a number of memoirs. 

[4.] Jean Genet, Rembrandt's Secret What Remains of a Rembrandt Torn into Four Equal Pieces and Flushed Down the Toilet, trans. Randolph Hough, Madras A New York, Hanuman Books,1988, p. 77. 

[5.] Sylvester, pp. 71-72. 

[6.] And his own observations are never so alluringly radical as, say, those of Gilles Deleuze, who described Bacon's "marks or features of animality" as "spirits that haunt the wiped-off parts, deforming, individualizing and describing the head without a face. Deleuze, Logique de la Sensation, Paris, Editions de la Difference, 1981, chapter IV (Le corps, la viande et l'esprit, le devenir-animal), partly translated as A New Power of Laughter for the Living, in Art International (Autumn, 1989), p. 34. 

[7.] Leo Bersani, Is the Rectum a Grave? October 43 (Winter, 1987), pp. 197-222. 

[8.] On the sacred in Bacon, see Michel Leiris, Francis Bacon: Full Face and In Profile, trans. John Weightman, New York, Rizzoli, 1983, pp. 40-41. It should be mentioned that John Russell has added a chapter to his 1971 study of Bacon in a 1993 edition from Thames & Hudson. 

[9.] Hugh M. Davies, Bacon's Black Triptychs, Art in America, Mar.-Apr., 1975, pp. 62-68. [10.] Bragg, op. cit.

 

                                      Francis Bacon, The Art Game, London 27th August 1958

 

 

 

 

The School of London, Mordantly Messy as Ever

 

 

 

ALAN RIDING THE NEW YORK TIMES SEPTEMBER 25, 1995

 

 

When the American artist R. B. Kitaj coined the phrase "School of London" in 1976, he conceded that such a school existed largely in his head. There were "10 or more" world-class painters working in London, he said, but they would need a lot more attention and encouragement if they were to constitute a movement.

Strangely, though, his phrase stuck: the notion of a School of London was born, and its core members were gradually identified as Francis Bacon, Lucian Freud, Leon Kossoff, Frank Auerbach, Michael Andrews and Mr. Kitaj himself. And, while it was none too clear how much they had in common, they at least flew the flag of figurative painting when it was distinctly unfashionable.

Now, with artists again showing interest in the human body, two exhibitions - "From London," at the Scottish National Gallery of Modern Art in Edinburgh, and Bacon-Freud: Expressions, at the Fondation Maeght in St.-Paul-de-Vence, near Nice - have looked afresh at the links and differences between the London-based artists. If the existence of a School of London is still debated, the timing of the shows could not be better.

As recently as the late 1980's, skeptics asserted that promotion of a School of London was merely a way of associating the names of lesser-known artists with that of Mr. Bacon, who was already enshrined as one of the great painters of the postwar era. But with Mr. Bacon's death in 1992, the others have emerged from under his shadow and are flourishing more than ever.

Mr. Freud's 1993 retrospective at the Metropolitan Museum of Art in New York City was widely acclaimed. Mr. Kossoff represented Britain at this year's Venice Biennale. Mr. Auerbach just had a show at the National Gallery in London. Mr. Kitaj, whose big 1994 show in London later traveled to New York and Los Angeles, was awarded the top painting prize in Venice this summer. And, before his death in July, some critics felt that Mr. Andrews was doing the most daring work of his career.

Their success as individuals, then, has served to renew interest in them as a group. Their work was first displayed together in A School of London: Six Figurative Painters, an exhibition sponsored by the British Council that traveled in Europe in 1987 and 1988. And now, with the Edinburgh show, which closed on Sept. 5 and will soon go to Luxembourg, Lausanne and Barcelona, they have been seen for the first time as a group in Britain.

In St.-Paul-de-Vence, Jean-Louis Prat, the Fondation Maeght's longtime director, chose to focus his exhibition, which runs through Oct. 15, on Mr. Bacon and Mr. Freud only. Nonetheless, he identified them as "the prominent actors in an English school and in the School of London, which, albeit little known and invariably badly exhibited, is held together by tenacious individualism."

His emphasis on their individuality was not accidental. In the 1960's, the six artists frequently wined and dined together in Soho (although Mr. Bacon fell out with the others well before his death). They also sat for each other, with Mr. Bacon's portrait of Mr. Freud and Mr. Freud's painting of Mr. Auerbach now considered significant works. Today the surviving four are all in their 60's and 70's.

But their backgrounds were very different. Mr. Kossoff, the only one of the six to be born in London, is of Russian Jewish extraction. Three others are also Jewish: Mr. Kitaj, who was born in Cleveland, as well as Mr. Freud (a grandson of Sigmund Freud) and Mr. Auerbach, both of whom were born in Berlin and brought to London as children. Mr. Bacon was Irish, and Mr. Andrews was born in the English provinces.

Still more important, their styles of painting are different, ranging from the contorted eruptions of flesh presented by Mr. Bacon to Mr. Andrews's often ethereal landscapes, and from the thick brushstrokes of Mr. Freud's many nude portraits to the mystical multicolored figures favored by Mr. Kitaj. In the strictest sense, probably only Mr. Auerbach and Mr. Kossoff, with their use of deep layers of paint, could be described as belonging to the same school.

Yet the Fondation Maeght's show reveals more. "I wanted to do Bacon and Freud together because I felt their language was both close and distant," Mr. Prat explained. "Once you see Freud, you can better understand Bacon. Once you see Bacon, you accept Freud more easily. They're tied together like mountain-climbers. You can see Freud's importance thanks to Bacon."

With 30 paintings by Mr. Bacon and 40 by Mr. Freud to work with, Mr. Prat decided to display the artists separately, bringing them together only in a final exhibition room. "A chronological approach would have worked to Freud's disadvantage," he said, "because his early works were small, while Bacon was already painting large oils." By viewing them separately, it is also easier to see how Mr. Bacon's peculiar vision of the fragility of human identity developed - but did not fundamentally change - between the 1950's and late 1980's, while Mr. Freud has continually revised his style and, in Mr. Prat's view, is only now "reaching his summit."

In the final room, Mr. Prat felt free to set up a confrontation of late works by the two artists. Suddenly the logic of the exhibition becomes apparent in the dialogue between painfully isolated figures in Mr. Bacon's Study From the Human Body (1987) and Study for Self Portrait triptych (1985-1986) and in Mr. Freud's three giant portraits of a monstrously fat woman in repose, painted in the 1990's.

In contrast, Richard Calvocoressi, who organized the Edinburgh show, decided to test the idea of a School of London more directly by having some exhibition rooms dedicated to just one artist and other rooms displaying the works of several artists. He avoided the temptation of uniting Mr. Kossoff and Mr. Auerbach, as if he were eager to show their differences. But monumental figure paintings by Mr. Bacon, Mr. Freud and Mr. Kitaj were hung together.

With 100 paintings on display, the range of styles was enormous, from the screaming face of Head VI, painted by Mr. Bacon in 1949, to a dreamy landscape of the Thames estuary completed by Mr. Andrews weeks before his death. So, while "From London" reinforces the notion of a School of London, it also questions it.

During a heated debate about the exhibition during this summer's Edinburgh Festival, the British art critic David Sylvester went further, challenging the quality of recent work by Mr. Freud, Mr. Kitaj and Mr. Auerbach and arguing that Mr. Bacon was too different from the other five for the concept of a School of London to work. "For one thing, he, unlike the others did not paint or draw from nature," Mr. Sylvester explained.

But in Mr. Calvocoressi's view, what holds the London group together is less its form of expression than its roots in the great tradition of figurative painting. "If there is a single source of inspiration common to all six artists," he wrote in the catalogue, "it is that treatment of the great universal themes of human existence to be found in the paintings of the Old Masters."

 

 

 

 

Bacon, Freud and Human Bodies

 

 

 

MICHAEL GIBSON | INTERNATIONAL HERALD TRIBUNE | AUGUST 12, 1995


 

The exhibition devoted to Francis Bacon and Lucian Freud at the Maeght Foundation is a fascinating confrontation of two artists so close and so contrasted, curiously heightening what is best in each.

The disquieting treatment to which both of them subject the human face and body also raises troubling questions — emotionally and intellectually — just as their decision to continue painting the body, in the postwar years and an age that frowned on such things, brings back the belabored question of "the subject of painting."

Bacon's paroxystic and baroque depictions of the human figure, his silent screaming cardinals and his more recent boneless, grimly distorted anatomies give pause. They are mythic and tragic.

These terrible events often unfold in a world of pastel decorator tones, incongruously reminiscent of the better hotel rooms, while the pigment representing the bodies themselves is applied in masterful brush strokes often reminiscent of great artists of the past. But why this terror?

Freud, on the other hand, after a period not all that foreign to the Neue Sachlichkeit of the '20s, opted for a curiously perverse form of naturalism that often stresses the least Grecian traits of the anatomies he paints: implausibly lumpy noses, sagging muscles, superabundant fat, sickly skin and unhealthy green or ocher complexions.

In contrast to the clean environment in which Bacon's victims sit or crouch, Freud's people live in a world of extinguished hues and more often than not recline in a state of utter passivity.

This preference for the supine position and a striking absence of muscular tone in face and body is just as disquieting, in its own way, as Bacon's explicit violence.

Critics have sometimes been tempted to ask the artists about what such things may mean. More often than not, they brush the question aside, as Bacon does in a television interview — and rightly so, since this is not his business. His paintings, however, stand on their own, both as painted objects, and as a highly sensitive response to this artist's peculiar experience of being in the world, nailed to a time and place.

ANTHROPOLOGISTS have discovered the wide variety of representations of man in diverse cultures. In our own societies, these mythic images have suffered in the past hundred years or so, and the distress expressed by both Bacon and Freud might have traits of the anatomies he paints: implausibly lumpy noses, sagging muscles, superabundant fat, sickly skin and unhealthy green or ocher complexions.

In contrast to the clean environment in which Bacon's victims sit or crouch, Freud's people live in a world of extinguished hues and more often than not recline in a state of utter passivity.

This preference for the supine position and a striking absence of muscular tone in face and body is just as disquieting, in its own way, as Bacon's explicit violence.

Critics have sometimes been tempted to ask the artists about what such things may mean. More often than not, they brush the question aside, as Bacon does in a television interview — and rightly so, since this is not his business. His paintings, however, stand on their own, both as painted objects, and as a highly sensitive response to this artist's peculiar experience of being in the world, nailed to a time and place.

ANTHROPOLOGISTS have discovered the wide variety of representations of man in diverse cultures. In our own societies, these mythic images have suffered in the past hundred years or so, and the distress expressed by both Bacon and Freud might have some bearing on this.

They would both be entitled to say this is nonsense — and they would be right, since this is no direct concern of theirs. It is however the concern of the public, which discovers in the pictures a magical mirror of its present condition.

As for "the subject of painting" — every artist needs a strategy to approach his own creative depths. The artist, more often than not, declares that the subject does not matter. Yet we have seen so many of them over the past half-century forsaking the human face and body to pursue some underlying pattern of reality.

The dominant idea behind this pursuit, is that the ultimate reality is not man, but the sustaining patterns that surround him.

The French philosopher Michel Foucault shocked even some of the stauncher defenders of such ideas when he declared that "man (as a notion) is in the process of disappearing." He certainly did seem to be doing so in the mirror of art. But now, with the extraordinary paintings of Bacon and Freud, we turn as though to a different mirror, and there, rather to our surprise, man still stands (or lies) — in a terrible metaphysical condition to be sure — still demanding to be recognized.

That, I suspect, along with the splendid craft and art of both these formidable English painters, is what makes these terrible paintings so strangely appealing. - Bacon and Freud, Maeght Foundation, Saint-Paul-de-Vence, to Oct. 15. 

 

 

 

     A Subdued Start to Spring Auctions

     

 

       BY CAROL VOGEL THE NEW YORK TIMES MAY 3, 1995

 

 

                                Portrait of Henrietta Moraes on White Ground (1964)

 

 

The usual suspects packed Sotheby's salesroom last night for the first important art auction of the spring. While the audience looked the same as it always does, the crowd of dealers and collectors, art experts and auction-house groupies who came to watch and to bid on contemporary art didn't act the same. Hadn't they taken their vitamins? Bidding was cautious, if not anemic. But the auction still managed to total a respectable $13 million, not far below Sotheby's estimate of $15.7 million to $22 million. Of the 46 works offered for sale, 36 found buyers.

Still, caution seemed contagious last night. For the most part, works tended to sell for around Sotheby's estimates. Francis Bacon's Portrait of Henrietta Moraes on White Ground (1964), depicting one of the artist's favourite models reclining on a bed, went to an unidentified American buyer in the front row for nearly $1.4 million, right in the middle of Sotheby's estimate of $1.2 million to $1.8 million. The price must have been right. In London last June, Christie's tried to sell a Bacon with an estimate of $3.1 million, but the painting, Study of a Portrait of Pope Innocent X by Velazquez (1959), didn't elicit a bid.

 

 

 

 

   Remaking Bacon

 

 

John Russell. Francis Bacon. London: Thames and Hudson, 1993. 192 pp.; 37 color ills., 138 b/w. $11.95 paper

Andrew Sinclair. Francis Bacon: His Life and Violent Times. New York: Crown, 1993. 368 pp.; 10 colour ills., 52 b/w. $30.00

Ernst van Alphen. Francis Bacon and the Loss of Self. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1992. 208 pp.; 15 colour ills., 108 b/w. $39.95

F

ANDRES MARIO ZERVIGON | BOOK REVIEWS ART JOURNAL VOLUME 54 NUMBER 2 SUMMER 1995  

 

A large literary corpus has arisen around Francis Bacon reflecting in its size the consistent popularity of the artist as well as the strong impact of his paintings. Despite its size, the literary corpus on Bacon can be broken down into two approaches with one mostly focusing on the form Bacon's art takes (Russell) and the other focusing on the artist's biography (Sinclair). A third approach that has arisen recently, however, deploys theoretical concepts new to art history in an effort to understand the art's content and effect (van Alphen). The three books under review represent these different approaches, as well as a broader evolutionary process in art history that greatly expands the limits of what material is admissible and relevant, especially in terms of sexuality and gender.

The literary corpus on Bacon charts this evolution particularly well. Perhaps the excess seen in his paintings has discouraged commentators from breaking with the reigning critical and art historical orthodoxy. Their writing generally shows a need to establish control in the face of art that seems out of control. Considering the context of Bacon's initial success, this restraint is quite predictable. In an era dominated by abstraction and formalist criticism, Bacon's beaten bodies and blood-filled beds introduced a content that few people wished to discuss (as seen in Three Studies for a Crucifixion, fig 1). The result has been writing that analyzes Bacon in formalist terms and politely omits the erotic and violent elements that threaten to overwhelm his art. Only in the realm of biography have these issues arisen, but their connection to his art has been kept carefully vague. This effort to control Bacon's art, or at least to control its reception, renders the extreme praise for his paintings strangely baseless, but such a control conforms to the restrictions imposed by a once stodgy art history.1 As the discipline has broadened, so has the willingness to discuss the sexuality and violence that in the past appeared too powerful a topic to broach. Now we can admit that the enthusiasm for this art may be related to the sexual violence that reviewers resisted discussing for so long. 

In coming to terms with the critical silence that surrounds Bacon's art, one must confess that his painting is difficult to decipher. Though its figurative realism promises a legibility denied by abstract painting, its lack of clear setting or narrative disrupts the familiarity that the figures might otherwise provide. Furthermore, the violence these figures suffer can be attributed to no agent, while the sterility they occupy robs them of context. The vehicles of meaning that produce such clarity in Leon Golub's Mercenary series, for example, are rarely present in the work of Bacon. With this in mind, it is interesting to see how reviewers cope with Bacon's work when its sexual violence is overwhelming and the evidence otherwise assisting interpretation is limited.

John Russell's book, revised for the third time in 1993, continues to pursue a largely formalist approach to Bacon's painting, taking as its focus the artist's handling of paint. The result is a critical assessment of Bacon's entire oeuvre where works demonstrating less painterly skills are judged to be works of lesser quality. Russell's formal critique is a restrictive approach to painting in which the content is responsible for much of the overall impact, but his attention to quality offers sobriety to the praise-heavy world of Bacon studies. Perhaps because of this more tempered treatment, his book has been a standard text on Bacon since its first publication in 1971.

Russell's study is strongly influenced by David Sylvester's response to the negative criticism that greeted the first ten years of Bacon's successful output (1944-54).2 A long time advocate of Bacon, Sylvester sought to temper the artist's negative reception by shifting attention away from issues of content and highlighting instead Bacon's overlooked painterly skills. By mobilizing the existing critical language on abstraction, he explained that the only significance found in Bacon's art was its paint, an ambiguous presence that essentially signified nothing.3 Sylvester's critical approach reduced any discussion of content to purely aesthetic considerations. Accordingly, such motifs as screaming bloody mouths were seen as harmless studies in pink, white, and red. By contrast, Bacon's negative press in its obsession with sexual violence spoke more clearly about the content and effect of his work than the positive reviews of then and now.

Russell, who has been writing on Bacon since the early sixties, adopts Sylvester's concern for paint but develops a more complicated analysis. In his hands, the ambiguous paint described by Sylvester becomes a semiabstract blur that threatens to abdicate its place in representation and assert a singular presence as pigment. According to Russell, Bacon's skill resides in his capacity to position this blur on the boundary between representation and abstraction, allying "the strongest possible dose of verifiable reality to the strongest possible dose of inspired risk" (p. 107). Here, in this narrow border region, Bacon distinguishes his art from straightforward representation; he produces wholly unique and compelling images through a use of abstracting deformities. Although Russell attributes these deformities to Bacon's technique of chance, he also acknowledges their origin in the artist's lively subconscious.

Russell's primary interest, as it turns out, is the photographic source of Bacon's images. The way in which the artist can scan innumerable photographs and synthesize their disparate features into one painted image fascinates Russell. This synthesis, he feels, produces images with a power quite distinct from their photographic sources, a skill few painters have mastered. Furthermore, Bacon's technique marries fine art and photography into a union well adapted to the demands that abstraction makes upon representation. It demonstrates that modem painting need not distance itself from representation, and indeed, that a reliance upon photography allows painting to reflect its epoch. Russell writes that Bacon "aims to set up one day against this undifferentiated flux of visual garbage [the overabundance of photographic images] the great single image which will halt the wandering eye and cause us to say, "This makes sense of life" (p. 59).

Bacon's painted blur marks his synthesis. The more successful paintings are those where the blue and the image work in harmony without one overtaking the other. By Russell's standard, the more shocking and celebrated paintings from the fifties are not Bacon's best since they rely too much upon direct quotations (Velazquez's Pope Innocent X, Eisenstein's Potempkin nurse) and consequently feature images that overwhelm their paint. The two come together more successfully with the onset of the sixties, when Bacon's skill at synthesis produces representations defined by, rather than surpassing the blur of paint; when a certain degree of likeness co-exists with a certain amount of abstraction. Miss Muriel Belcher (fig. 2) presents a good example of just such a combination. Through the seventies Bacon's painting continues to improve as a growing reliance upon personal experience augments his photographic reservoirs, further stimulating his ability to synthesize.4 The result, says Russell, is a greater power and immediacy to Bacon's painting. Assisting his power is the increasingly convincing space of Bacon's paintings - the rooms and theaters that contain the blurred figures.  

A periodization and a critique of Bacon's work may seem the basic ingredients of any formalist art historical study, but as far as Bacon is concerned, Russell's is one of the few. He describes exactly what makes this art successful and where that success is less realized.5 As for interpretation, however, he reproduces the standard argument initially set out by John Rothenstein in 1962. In the catalogue to Bacon's first retrospective, Rothenstein explained that this painting reflects the violent century out of which it is born. By making human anguish dramatically significant to our generation, he added, Bacon's work communicates a message that goes beyond the specificity of the scenes depicted.6 This interpretation, also adopted by Russell, dissolves the sexual brutality of Bacon's images into "universal reflections" of our century's suffering. Therefore, the shock that viewers feel before one of these paintings surpasses the base titillation of raw sexuality and arrives at a more philosophical, and hence acceptable, reflection on history. Russell's treatment of Bacon's biography generally reinforces this interpretation, linking the artist's experience of war and other grand episodes of violence to the motifs in his paintings. We hear little about the more individual and sexual nature of this violence since portions of Bacon's biography pertinent to these motifs are quietly left behind.

Only in the last chapter of this book does Russell change course and focus on the intimate nature of Bacon's iconography. Here he examines how the artist's relationship with his lover, George Dyer, affected the style and content of the painter's art. Bacon's physical familiarity with his lover, for example, is reflected in Three Studies of the Male Back, where "there was an exuberant power that could only have been born of a sense of being completely and gloriously at home with one another" (p. 161). The same familiarity occurs in the paintings following Dyer's suicide, when Bacon depicts his lover's death and repeatedly recreates their domesticity. Such obsessive redepiction arises from the loss of a lover rather than the loss of a friend, as Hugh Davies has maintained.7 Russell only fails to explain why these many depictions of Dyer feature a figure so deformed and fragmented. Nonetheless, his last chapter begins to show how Bacon's sexuality informs the subject and form of his painting. In contrast to the rest of this book, we see that Bacon's paintings may not be just a "universal reflection" of history, as Russell describes, but a more individual manifestation of the painter's sexuality as well.

This final chapter represents the only significant addition Russell has made to his study since its original publication in 1971. His 1979 edition also contained an additional final chapter, but in this 1993 version Russell has reworked his earlier addendum into something of an obituary. While this allows him to digest the final twenty years of Bacon's production and nod in the increasingly biographical direction of Bacon criticism, its brevity is disappointing. Russell's interest, however, lies not so much in covering Bacon's life or proposing a comprehensive interpretation of the artist's painting. Instead, he intends to create a wide art historical space where Bacon may reside with other great modern painters. He argues this case quite convincingly.

While Russell gestures toward the biographical direction of current Bacon scholarship, Andrew Sinclair pursues its extreme. As his book's title suggests, Sinclair covers Bacon's life and violent times, using both as a basis for interpreting the paintings. In doing so Sinclair follows on Rothenstein's older interpretive approach, which saw Bacon and his work as a product of their times. But thirty years on, what is deemed acceptable and relevant in art history has dramatically changed, allowing Sinclair to firmly link Bacon's painting and historical context through biography. The private significance of Bacon's iconography now surfaces in greater detail: the artist's sexual life, his relationship with his parents and friends, and the vibrant subculture in which he thrived; all of these are reflected in his painting, according to Sinclair. Indeed, this study relies heavily upon such personal biographical material because it forms, for Sinclair, the only clear linkage between painting widely perceived as violent and a century commonly accepted as brutal.

The use of this linkage has recently become ever more widespread. Russell, of course, now finds it helpful, as does Daniel Farson in his recent book The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon. Henrietta Moraes's upcoming autobiography will likely do the same.8 Sinclair, however, possesses the tools of an accomplished social historian and with these delivers a specificity of facts that lead to startlingly literal interpretations of Bacon's art. But this specificity forces various factors to compete for a position as the influence or meaning of a given motif. The cages Bacon used so often in his paintings, for example, could be inspired by his radical sexual practices or by the steel boxes set up to protect London from German bombing runs during World War I. They could also hearken back to the transport vehicles in which British troops enclosed themselves during Ireland's Sinn Fein.9 Although various influences may echo in a single motif, Sinclair's additive approach to image interpretation lacks an explanation for how these various factors combine or co-exist in the paintings. This problem arises, perhaps, because Sinclair's search for linkage requires each historical episode of the artist's violent context to have a visible connection to his painting.10

Otherwise, Sinclair adopts Russell's study in order to critically assess Bacon's painting. But this does not mean that Sinclair's study simply recycles an existing analysis. Rather, he improves upon it. The artist's skill with paint, for instance, acquires further significance once Sinclair has traced its origin to years of dedication and informal apprenticeship. Similarly, what Russell calls Bacon's game with chance comes to characterize not only the artist's technique but his whole life style as well, giving us a sense that the artist's dedication was infused with impulsiveness. This clarification highlights Bacon's intuitive approach to painting and generally shows the benefits of a study so heavily focused on the artist's life." But again, the search for clear links between Bacon's context and art grows problematic once Sinclair articulates Russell's ideas concerning the role of photography in Bacon's art. Now a stress on autobiographical sources of inspiration conflicts with the claim that Bacon's inspiration lay on his studio floor, in the innumerable photos and medical books collected and used over the course of a career. In those images Bacon found what he could not experience directly, such as the influence of Eadweard Muybridge. The nineteenth-century photographer is clearly part of Two Figures (fig. 3), for example, even if Bacon's sexual desire exhibits its own powerful presence. This conflict between claims of inspiration would be calmed if Sinclair explained how influences may occur in numbers and make their subtle effect as a network of stimuli. However, his demand for clear links between Bacon's historical context and artwork strains the contribution of any one influence, especially in lieu of such an explanation.  

But the fact that Sinclair discusses Bacon's sexual desire at all is a vast improvement over other commentators. His study, despite its literalness, often benefits from this attention to "impolite" details, allowing us to see that Bacon's work begins as a personal expression of desire, even if it is accepted as a general reflection of history. So with Sinclair's exhaustive research and attention to detail, we see that Bacon's repeated depiction of love-making men expresses his openly gay identity. As for the cruel condition in which these men and other figures are seemingly depicted, Sinclair tells us of Bacon's professed interest in sadomasochism.

If we choose to see other factors as contributing rather then competing, then Sinclair's study can expose nuances of the cruelty visible in these paintings. For example, Bacon's many crucifixions may retain a direct sexual message while also representing the terrible suffering the artist experienced throughout his life: whipped and sexually abused by his father's horse grooms, struggling with asthma, kicked out of home at an early age. Sinclair's search for linkage works well where the details of his study expose the very personal side of Bacon's work. Indeed, one would expect that links between an artist's life and his/her art could say more about such personal messages than they could say about the historical context in which the art was made. Sinclair spends much of his time in this more personal realm of Bacon's biography, exactly where other commentators have feared to tread.

Lastly, Sinclair's friendship with the artist gives him unique insight into the facts that he so laboriously collects. They reflect well on the personality they are supposed to define. Furthermore, in Sinclair's hands these many facts take an anecdotal form, giving his study a readability uncharacteristic of art biographies.

Ernst van Alphen pursues an altogether different approach to Bacon's art, devising an interpretation less reliant upon considerations of form alone or the artist's biography. Instead, he employs relatively new theoretical conceptions in an effort to understand how these paintings affect their viewers. He proposes that by understanding this effect on viewers, we can see how the paintings communicate and ultimately how they can be interpreted. As evidence of the distinctive type of communication that Bacon's art initiates, van Alphen points to the silence that echoes throughout the Bacon literature. This is not just the critical silence of commentators unwilling to discuss the artist's scandalous private life or violent subject matter. Instead, van Alphen sees something typical of passersby before a brutal automobile accident, a silence of viewers left in pain by what they see. He calls this phenomenon the loss of self.

The primary agents of this loss are supposed to be the figures who populate Bacon's painting. Their disintegrated and fragmented form shocks us, imparting a pain that renders us speechless. Our response, however, is not a straightforward pain of sympathy, but a more complex although no less unsettling pain of isolation. Van Alphen explains that these figures in all their mutilation demonstrate a capacity to form their own sense-perceptions and hence a capacity to form their own self-perception. As we witness their independence from discursively formed perceptions of the self, we are momentarily divested of our identity isolated from the mechanisms that situate us within reality.

Ultimately, the course of this analysis is determined by the French writers on Bacon, namely Gilles Deleuze and Michel Leiris. Their studies examine Bacon's iconography through the lens of psychoanalytic theory.12 Van Alphen takes up Deleuze's interest in the role of sensation, but he shifts the French writer's focus away from overall composition and focuses instead upon figural form. He then deploys a sophisticated theory of the gaze and a discursive theory of subjectivity to explain how Bacon's figures undermine Western conventions of the role of vision in constituting subjectivity.

Understanding this experience of loss can become rather difficult, but all the reader must truly comprehend is van Alphen's primary theoretical point: "While others see the subject's body as object and as whole, the subject has only inner experiences or fragmented outer views of her or his body" (p. 114). Hence, "the subject depends for wholeness on the gaze of the other" (p. 115). We overcome the fragmented outer views of our body by absorbing the whole views of ourselves made by others, through representations composed by subjects who look back at us as objects. Their look back is the gaze of the Other, central to van Alphen's theorization. Bacon denies the power of the Other's gaze by displaying figures completely unreliant upon it. They "are all represented as trapped in an entirely inner sensation of self." These figures arrive at their self-perception without the power of the gaze because "only the inner body . . . is given to a human being himself, " as van Alphen quotes Bahktin (p. 115). This capacity to independently generate self-perception constitutes a refusal of the wholeness offered by the Other's gaze. Bacon's figures, "can . . . be read, first figuratively, as the confinement of the subject within his inner sensations, and second, more literally, as the demarcation of the subject's position, always alone on the border of the world" (p. 119). The breakdown of this self/Other relationship leaves the viewer equally isolated and experiencing a similar though temporary loss of self. This phenomenon, then, accounts for the silence we feel before Bacon's paintings. "The viewer's subjectivity," van Alphen says, "is forced to engage in a confrontation with figures that block the very possibility of subject construction. But these works are not committed to this negative view for the sake of negativity. Their target is a specific element in subject formation in the Western world. They aim, that is, to respond through their specifically visual discourse to cultural discourses that are central to our culture" (p. 163).

Bacon's images present the fragmentation that the viewer as subject should recognize as the original inner-sense experience. Their condition is not the result of violence, but conversely, their independence  from the violence normally wrought by visual perception. Van Alphan assures us that the only place violence arises as an issue is in the viewer, in whom a temporary loss of self creates pain. Otherwise, Bacon's images actually uplift the viewer since the artist refuses to allow his figures to be defined by the Other; they have a self-perceptual independence whose benefit we share.

Despite the heavy theoretical stress of his study, van Alphen devotes a large portion of his analysis to a visual interrogation of Bacon's works. Surprisingly perhaps, he focuses upon Bacon's use of the painted blur just as Russell does, and for rather similar reasons. That blur, he feels, articulates the fragmented state of the figures presented, and as such, it visually traces their various sense perceptions. In Reclining Woman (fig. 4) for example, the swirling pigment and the figure's position express the rapture of orgasm. But her cursory representation denies her discursively preformed attributes of physical beauty.13 Instead, she is pure subject whose sense perception, though fragmentary, constitutes her form and allows her a pleasure unavailable to the viewer. Russell aesthetically appreciates the visibility of Bacon's paint, while van Alphen philosophically lauds it.

While Russell appreciates Bacon's space for its increasingly convincing quality, however, van Alphen appreciates its ever indeterminate character We can see this indeterminacy in mirrors that don't reflect but alter, frames of images that don't contain but release, and shadows that do not project but redefine. The space in Bacon's work absorbs the figures as they spill from their corporal confines, a process seen most clearly in Two Figures in the Grass, where the figures and space merge into one entity. Van Alphen feels that this lack of figural-spatial boundaries creates a pool into which visible traces of the figure's sensations can spill and accumulate, enhancing viewer awareness of the figure's sense perception. The viewer's enhanced awareness guarantees a loss of self.14

This theoretical articulation, endowing Bacon's work with the power to deconstruct cultural assumptions of visuality and subjectivity, offers an enticing alternative to heavily biographic and iconographic studies. It accounts for the response that these works generate and then interprets that response as a significant part of the meaning of the image But there remain a number of shortcomings to this approach. One is that Bacon's agency as an author remains rather vague through the whole of the book. Although van Alphen makes a good case arguing that the figures presented are active and in charge of their own subjectivity, the fact remains that they are still representations produced by the hand of a single individual. Of course, a basic postmodern premise is that reality is articulated by a language beyond our control, a phenomenon that displaces Bacon's agency as an author. But van Alphen has not theorized the removal of Bacon from his art. He remains present and, thus, responsible for producing what appear to be mutilated figures. One may be able to make a case that these figures are not producing their own stimuli, but rather, they are suffering pain by someone else's agency.

Another problem is that the features allegedly unique to Bacon's work that grant it a power to deconstruct might also be found in other art with a different effect. For example, Picasso's fractured yet sensual bodies, particularly those of women, have been seen by some critics as misogynist and lacking in any redeeming value.15

Van Alphen leaves us with a conclusion we may not be ready to accept; the appeal of Bacon's art arises from a pleasurable and uplifting refusal to be defined by the Other, a loss of self that resubjectifies the body. While this phenomenon seems to function in theory, could the average viewer consciously or subconsciously be aware of it enough to experience its pleasure? Van Alphen himself offers and then abandons a simpler and more direct explanation for the pleasure of, and silence around, Bacon's work. He notes early in his study that "no critic [of Bacon's work] has admitted that the violence [of this art] itself excercises a particular attraction for him or her; yet when one asserts the thematic centrality of violence, while at the same time expressing admiration, such an inference is hard to avoid" (p. 10). Could it be that Bacon's subject matter is indeed violent as so many attics have asserted, and could it be that the pleasure of viewing, his art is nothing more than the pleasure of masochism? This explanation could account for the strong reaction to and appeal of Bacon's art while also accounting for the suspicious silence of those who dare not speak the meaning of this art and its appeal.

These problems are minor considering the overall strength of van Alphen's study He is the first scholar to produce a Convincing interpretation of Bacon's work free of the heavily biographic and iconographic concerns that have burdened other commentators. More importantly, he is the first to finally address the critical silence that has existed for so long around Bacon's art. By reading this silence as an important factor in the art's meaning, he has proposed a wholly new way of understanding what was otherwise inexplicably impenetrable painting. His book shows the degree to which art history's new openness can expand the understanding of visual representations. By utilizing conceptions new to art history and incorporating the long-ignored viewer into his analysis, van Alphen demonstrates the new possibilities of our field of study.

Notes

(1.) Discussions on the quality of Bacon's work tend to lack the restraint characterizing the literature on this artist. For a discussion on the extreme praise Bacon's painting has received, see William Feaver, "The Greatest Living Painter?" Artnews 84 (September 1985):123-25. While many writers have praised Bacon's work, they have found it difficult to explain exactly why it warrants superlatives. Commentators clearly experience a strong appeal for his painting, yet they somehow find it difficult to articulate this appeal. Substantiations for such claims as, "The greatest British painter since Constable," are hard to find. Russell, at least, strives to demonstrate in clear formal terms why Bacon's painting is good.

(2.) Anita Brookner was one of the more thoughtful critics reviewing his work negatively, but Alan Clutton-Brock (The Listener) and David Corrupt (Evening Standard) typify the less premeditated reactions against Bacon's art, up to and even through the early 1960s.

(3.) In 1954 Sylvester wrote that Bacon's art presents paint "that brings flesh into being and at the same time dissolves it away. Paint that means nothing and something, and the something is never one thing. Paint whose fluidity conveys the fluidity of all it conveys." David Sylvester, Francis Bacon, in La Biennale di Venezia, exh. cat. (Venice: Lombroso Editore, 1954): 317-19; English translation in Rive Droite, February 12-March 10, 1957.

(4.) Russell fails to explain what comprises this personal experience, other than to mention that the artist's friends appear more frequently in his work.

(5.) Many writers seem so impressed by Bacon's work that they hesitate to criticize it. Their writing attempts to describe the acceptable contents of his art and/or trace the images that inspired it They mostly laud his painting skill but fail to explain what comprises this skill.

(6.) "Bacon's contemporaries belong to generators that have seen the destruction of cities by bomb, the flight of whole peoples under the lash of fear, the concentration camps, the death camps and the rest. His power of making human anguish dramatically significant to our generation is due in part to the dignity and the sobriety of his treatment of all his subjects." John Rothenstein, Francis Bacon, exh. cat. (London: Tate Gallery, 1962). Other critics who followed Rothenstein's lead are Sylvester himself, as well as Hugh Davies, Cecil Beaton, Lawrence Gowing, and Sam Hunter.

(7.) Hugh Davies, Bacon's Black Tryptichs, Art in America (March/April 1975): 62-68.

(8.) Moraes was a friend and model of the artist.

(9.) Bacon lived through all these, and therefore, such sources of inspiration are relevant.

(10.) As a further example, Sinclair writes about Bacon's childhood experience during London's World War I blackouts: "There was only a dull gleam on the pavement on starry nights, and the road was no brighter than a country lane. Bodies of people would loom out of the obscurity and disappear again Throughout the future portraits by Francis Bacon, distorted figures would emerge form a fearful night, as sudden and grotesque as the strangers glimpsed in the dim streets of London in the black-out" (p. 21)

(11.) Bacon always painted without the use of drawings or studies.

(12.) Gilles Deleuze, Francis Bacon, logique de la sensation (Paris Editions de la difference, 1981); Michel Leiris, Francis Bacon: Face et profil (Paris Albin Michel, 1983).

(13.) van Alphen also points out that this figure's position facing away from the viewer further undermines her role as a source of our viewing pleasure.

(14.) In a parallel analysis van Alphen discusses how Bacon's blurred paint and ambiguous spaces deconstruct representation's role as a re-presentation Of realty The painted blur, he says, reaffirms the fact that visual representations nominally hide their means of articulation and hence, "that the subject is [normally] the product rather than the producer of representation, and that paint does not stand in but stands before the figure, not uncovering but hiding it" (p. 13). As for Bacon's indeterminate space, he asserts that its failure to define the figures it surrounds further undermines the power of representation. An example of this indeterminacy can be seen in the room of Painting 1978. Here a figure reaches from what could be the inside or the outside of a room in an effort to open a door with his foot Similarly ambiguous is Three Studies of Isabel Rawsthorne (1967), where the figure exist; in three places simultaneously.

(15.) For a discussion on this with further references, see Anna Chave, New Encounters with Les Demoiselles D'Avignon, Art Bulletin 75 (December 1994): 596-611.

ANDRES MARIO ZERVIGON is a doctoral candidate in the Fine Arts Department of Harvard University. He is currently researching a dissertation on Otto Dix and the representation of modern identity.

COPYRIGHT 1995 College Art Association

 

 

 

Francis Bacon in 1930: An Early Exhibition Rediscovered

 

 


BY RICHARD SHONE
 | THE BURLINGTON MAGAZINE | VOLUME 138 | NUMBER 1117 | APRIL 1996

 

ALMOST nothing is known of Francis Bacon's first exhibition beyond the fact that it was put on by the artist himself in his studio-flat in South Kensington in London at sometime in 1929. It appears to have consisted of paintings (all subsequently destroyed)  together with furniture and rugs designed by the artist. A little more is reported of the second show he organised in his flat, an exhibition shared with his friend the Australian artist Roy de Maistre (or Roi de Mestre as he was then known). The date of this show varies in the literature but most commentators follow the chronology established by Ronal Alley in the 1964 catalogue raissone of Bacon's work and place it in the winter of 1929-30 when the artist was twenty years old. It is assumed that the exhibition, attracting attention to Bacon as an interior designer rather than as a painter, prompted The Studio to publish a brief, illustrated notice of his modernist rugs and furniture in its August 1930 issue.

Much of the above can be modified or discounted in the light of a shift of papers left behind by actress Jean Shepeard (1904-1989), who, it transpires, shared the same exhibition wit Bacon and De Maistre and in fact contributed well over half the listed items in the show. Born to immigrant Rumanian parents in Manchester, Shepeard first studies at the Slade School of Fine Art before moving on to the Royal Academy of Dramatic Art in 1925. From then onwards her career was divided between art and the stage. As a recent exhibition demonstrated, she had a fluent gift as a portraitist in pastel, pencil and ink, her synoptic and dramatic style being praised by, among others, a former editor of this Magazine. At the same time she became an up-and-coming actress, appearing alongside John Gielgud in Margaret Kennedy's The Constant Nymph in London and on tour (1927), and in a succession of popular if now forgotten plays on the West End stage. How she came into contact with the young Francis Bacon is unknown. Her own circle revolved around the painter R.O. Dunlop (whose lover she became), well known from the 1920s onwards for his thickly painted landscapes and interiors, often in sombre colours put on with a palette knife in emulation of Segonzac and Vlaminck. In 1923 he had founded an obscure society of artists, musicians and writers in Chelsea known as the Emotionist Group, which published its own illustrated magazine (two issues are known to have been produced) from its meeting pace, the Hurricane Lamp gallery in Cheyne Walk. One of the later members of this group was Peggy Ashcroft, who wrote poetry before the stage claimed her completely. She and Jean Shepeard, who became Emotionists at about the same time (c. 1928), shared a flat in Golders Green and appeared together on stage, first in May 1927 at the Hampstead Everyman Theatre. Ashcroft was the subject of several of Shepeard's drawings.

The founding of the Emotionists is recounted in Dunlop's aptly named memoirs Struggling with Paint. His only mention of Jean Shepeard [sic] is as a member of this group; none of the other members' names can be associated with Francis Bacon's known friends or colleagues at that time but it is possible that the sociable and ambitious De Maistre (1894-1968) may have provided the contact. Dunlop and Shepeard showed in group exhibitions for three or four years beginning with the Summer Salon at the Redfern Gallery, London, in August 1929 (where Hooper Rowe, another Emotionist member, also exhibited. She shared a show with Dunlop and two other artists at the Ward Gallery, 3 Baker Street, in 1931, held a one-woman show of drawings at Reid & Lefevre in early 1933, which attracted considerable notice, and had works at the Wertheim Gallery and the Picture Lending Society, Bloomsbury, in the same period. She seems to have given up exhibiting in c. 1933-34 when her stage appearances became numerous, but continued to draw and paint until her death in Highbury, London, in 1989.

Two facts are immediately established from the papers Jean Shepeard left behind relating to this shared exhibition. The first is that Bacon lived at 17 Queensberry Mews West, South Kensington, and not at number 7 as has been given in all previous literature. And the second is that the show was held from 4th to 22nd November in late 1930, not in the winter of 1929-30, and thus three months after the Studio puff had been published. Perhaps that article was a contributing factor to Bacon's increased professionalism for he printed not only an invitation card (Fig. 41), presumably designed by him, in fashionable eau-de-nil and black, but also a brief catalogue (see the Appendix below), both hitherto unrecorded.

Queensbury Place Mews runs between Queensbury Place and Queen's Gate, S.W.7, (and very close to Reece Mews where Bacon lived and worked in the last three decade s of his life). It was well known for its motor garages and motor accessories showrooms and it is known that Bacon's ground-floor studio was a converted garage; living quarters occupied the storey above, reached by an outside staircase from the News; number 17 (which exists seemingly unchanged externally and is now part of a health and fitness club; Fig 43) was at the end of the cul-de-sac running west of the Mews itself, half-way down, and abutting the ecclesiastical Place Gate Hall. The exhibition must have taken place in the white-walled, converted garage where the photographs for Studio had been taken. There are at least two paintings by Roy de Maistre of the room. In the first, an internal staircase at one corner leads to the flat above. The second, known as Interior (Fig. 42) and almost without doubt shown in the 1930 exhibition (no.7), depicts the front of the studio with recognisable furniture and a rug by Bacon, as well as the barred windows still in situ. The painting, in De Maitre's coolly objective style (which alternated with a more modernist manner inspired by the modernism of Herbin and Metzinger), has been in the Manchester City Art Gallery's collection since 1934. These records of Bacon's pristine working space at that time form a remarkable contrast to the celebrated photographs of his later studios.

Further confirmation of Bacon's tenancy is found in the London Post Office Directory. For 1931 'Bacon Fras' is listed under 17 Queensbury Mews West, indicating he was resident in 1930 when the Directory was compiled. In 1932 a Mrs Favell has taken up residency and we lose sight of Bacon until 1934 when he appears as 'Bacon Fras. artist' above Mrs Alex Scott's oriental art business at 71 Royal Hospital Road, Chelsea, where there was a rear studio whose previous tenant had been Anna de Wolkoff. In 1932-33 it seems Bacon was peripatetic, living in or near Fulham Road and in Glebe Place, Chelsea. It seems likely that Bacon's return from Berlin and Paris must have been towards the very end of 1929, when he lighted on the Mews garage, his tenancy just too late for inclusion in the Directory for 1930.

 

 


Notes on Francis Bacon

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | THE INDEPENDENT JULY 14, 1996

 

Five thousand people a day are going to see the new Bacon retrospective in Paris, the city which the artist always thought of as his mecca. Here, the show's curator reflects on the contradictions and the mystery in the work

Francis Bacon was an old-fashioned militant atheist who always seemed to be looking for pretexts to issue a reminder that God was dead and to bang a few nails into his coffin. Nevertheless, Bacon's paintings - especially the big triptychs - tend to have a structure and an atmosphere which make them look as if they belonged in churches. Within the tradition of European religious painting God appears, of course, in numerous guises - as creator, as vengeful judge, as merciful father, as the son sacrificed and reborn, as king of the universe, and here as dead and gone. So Bacon's art has a momentous quality that has won him a widely perceived role as something like a successor to Picasso; it's not his formal qualities that have given him this exalted place but his creation of images that are seen as apocalyptic.

He himself said: "Really, I think of myself as a maker of images. The image matters more than the beauty of the paint . . . I suppose I'm lucky in that images just drop in as if they were handed down to me . . . I always think of myself not so much as a painter but as a medium for accident and chance . . . I think perhaps I am unique in that way, and perhaps it's a vanity to say such a thing, but I don't think I'm gifted; I just think I'm receptive . . ." This extremely sophisticated, intellectually acute man, with a deep realism about life, saw himself as a prophet.

While allowing that "the image matters more than the beauty of the paint", Bacon felt that painting tended to be pointless if the paint itself were not eloquent. He aimed at the "complete interlocking of image and paint" so that "every movement of the brush on the canvas alters the shape and implications of the image". All sorts of ways of putting paint on and taking it off were used to bring into being something unforeseen; it was a question of "taking advantage of what happens when you splash the bits down". Painting became a gamble in which every gain made had to be risked in the search for further gain. Winning, as always, was largely a question of knowing when to stop. For many years Bacon hardly ever stopped in time.

We walk into a bar or a party and suddenly people are there occupying spaces we might have moved into. They surge up in our field of vision and every movement they make seems to set off vibrations that impinge on us. They are expansive, anarchic presences, and we cannot avoid paying attention to them.

A similar raw immediacy emanates from the figures in Bacon's paintings. And with it a smell of mortality. But also an easy grandeur which suggests that they are demigods or kings.

These epic figures are mostly depictions of individuals in Bacon's life - his erotic life or his drinking life. Bacon had something of Picasso's genius for transforming his autobiography into images with a mythic allure and weight.

Was Bacon an expressionist? He didn't think of himself as one: "I'm just trying to make images as accurately off my nervous system as I can. I don't even know what half of them mean. I'm not saying anything. Whether one's saying anything for other people, I don't know. But I'm not really saying anything, because I'm probably much more concerned with the aesthetic qualities of a work than, perhaps, Munch was. But I've no idea what any artist is trying to say, except the most banal artists."

At the same time, he was convinced that "the greatest art always returns you to the vulnerability of the human situation".

FB: I was thinking about your bedroom - that just to have Holland blinds would be better aesthetically but that curtains make sex more comforting.

DS: Well, I'm sure curtains go very well with sex because they're there so often in pictures of sexual scenes. You yourself used to have curtains in your earliest pictures of having sex but now the backgrounds are starker and the sex seems just as good.

FB: Yes, but in the more recent pictures it's pure sex. You know, I don't really like the billing and cooing of sex; I just like the sex itself. Do you think that's a homosexual thing?

DS: No. I think it can go right across the board.

His choice of art: Egyptian sculpture. Masaccio. Michelangelo - the drawings above all, perhaps. Raphael. Velsquez. Rembrandt, mainly the portraits. Goya, but not the black paintings. Turner and Constable. Manet. Degas. Van Gogh. Seurat. Picasso, especially where he is closest to Surrealism. Duchamp, especially the Large Glass. Some Matisse, especially the Bathers by a River, but not wholeheartedly: "he doesn't have Picasso's brutality of fact." And Giacometti's drawings, but not the sculpture.

His choice of literature: Aeschylus. Shakespeare. Racine. Aubrey's Brief Lives. Boswell's Johnson. Saint-Simon. Balzac. Nietzsche. Van Gogh's letters. Freud. Proust. Yeats. Joyce. Pound. Eliot. Heart of Darkness. Leiris. Artaud. He liked some of Cocteau but generally had a positive dislike for homosexual writing, such as Auden and Genet.

Bacon was almost the only important artist of his generation anywhere who behaved as if Paris were still the centre of the art world.

Even today Bacon is widely thought of as an artistic leper. People like to say complacently that they are afraid to go near the work. They decline to cope with its "violence". Well, of course, Bacon's work is violent, in the sense that a Matisse or a Newman is violent in the force and incisiveness of its impact: it is aesthetically violent. ("I think that great art is deeply ordered. Even if within the order there may be enormously instinctive and accidental things, nevertheless I think that they come out of a desire for ordering and for returning fact on to the nervous system in a more violent way.") But the main objection that seems to emerge from the muddy controversy about Bacon's violence is that it is something more specialised - that it's a "morbid" taste for real violence.

There is certainly a very convulsive quality in many of Bacon's figures, and convulsion is a sign of violence. But not necessarily of a horrific violence. Convulsions of sexual pleasure are something most of us undergo as often as we can.

In the monumental spaces of the retrospective at the Centre Pompidou the balance of power in Bacon's work between convulsion and order seems remarkably different from what it has previously seemed (and will no doubt seem again in other installations). Here the dominant attributes are grandeur and calm.

Some peculiarities of Bacon's paintings:

(1) They are intended to be seen through glass - always, not just when they are partly in pastel.

(2) All the extant canvases are upright in format, with two exceptions; all others with a landscape format are triptychs.

(3) There is normally a single mass on a canvas unless it depicts a couple coupling and coalescing into a single mass.

(4) Human beings are always shown on roughly the same scale: the small canvases depict heads and these are about the same size as the heads on the figures which the big canvases depict - about three-quarters life- size.

(5) Even when the space is a perspectival stage in the Renaissance tradition, there are often elements such as arrows or dotted lines which are clearly not meant to be read as parts of what is depicted but as diagrammatic signs superimposed upon the image. Another indicator of the work's artificiality is a dichotomy between the handling of figures and that of settings: the figures are realised with highly visible brushmarks, the settings with a flat layer of thin paint.

(6) The paintings have titles like Study from the Human BodyStudy for PortraitStudy for Crouching NudeStudy of a Figure in a LandscapeStudy after Velsquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X. So there are studies from, studies for, studies of, studies after, as if to say that at least some of the works were preliminary sketches for more definitive statements. What is in fact being said is that the artist wishes all his works to be regarded as provisional.

According to a curator's wall text at the Tate, "Bacon's view of existence strips life of purpose and meaning". So much for wall texts. Bacon's view of existence was that life was not empty merely because it was bereft of an afterlife and a deity. "We are born and we die, but in between we give this purposeless existence a meaning by our drives." The paintings are a huge affirmation that human vulnerability is countered by human vitality. They are a shout of defiance in the face of death.

"And what about the great silent figures of Aeschylus?" he suddenly said one day, apropos of nothing.

The Aeschylean menace and foreboding, the feeling - despite the humanism - of the immanence of higher and decisive powers, are there all of the time.

Francis Bacon, organised with the collaboration of the British Council, continues at the Centre Pompidou, Paris (00 33 1 44 78 12 33), to 14 Oct (not Tues). On 28 Oct, the exhibition will open at the Haus der Kunst, Munich (00 49 89 21 12 70), to 31 Jan 1997.

 

 

 

 

Bacon's cardinal steps into the light

 

 

By MARIANNE MACDONALD ARTS CORRESPONDENT THE INDEPENDENT | OCTOBER 12, 1996

 

The usual suspects packed Sotheby's salesroom last night for the first important art auction of the spring. While the audience looked the same as it always does, the crowd of dealers and collectors, art experts and auction-house groupies who came to watch and to bid on contemporary art didn't act the same. Hadn't they taken their vitamins? Bidding was cautious, if not anemic. But the auction still managed to total a respectable $13 million, not far below Sotheby's estimate of $15.7 million to $22 million. Of the 46 works offered for sale, 36 found buyers.

Still, caution seemed contagious last night. For the most part, works tended to sell for around Sotheby's estimates. Francis Bacon's Portrait of Henrietta Moraes on White Ground (1964), depicting one of the artist's favourite models reclining on a bed, went to an unidentified American buyer in the front row for nearly $1.4 million, right in the middle of Sotheby's estimate of $1.2 million to $1.8 million. The price must have been right. In London last June, Christie's tried to sell a Bacon with an estimate of $3.1 million, but the painting, Study of a Portrait of Pope Innocent X by Velazquez (1959), didn't elicit a bid.

 

 

 

 

 

Bacon: Terrifying and Seductive
 

 

 

MICHAEL GIBSON INTERNATIONAL HERALD TRIBUNE SATURDAY, JUNE 29, 1996


 

Twenty years ago, Francis Bacon (1909-1992) made the cover of Newsweek under the caption Art as Agony. In 1989 it was The New York Times Magazine's turn to celebrate his work under the title Unnerving Art. Both phrases testify eloquently to the troubled emotions Bacon's paintings can arouse.

As demonstrated by the stunning exhibition of close to a hundred works (including numerous triptychs), which opened this week at the Pompidou Center, his terrifying visions still seduce and disturb as can no other work of contemporary art. Walking through the halls in which these paintings hang assembled, one is first struck by the extraordinary continuity they form, as though one thread ran through them all, stringing them together into a single coherent narrative.

The work of other artists (Cézanne, Picasso) can be broken down into such watertight categories as landscapes, nudes or portraits.

These same categories also exist in Bacon's work, but the startling unity and coherence of the experience his paintings provide as soon as they are set side by side suggests that the artist addressed something that lies beyond such categories, binding them all together as surely as still life, landscape, portrait and narrative stand intimately fused in a Renaissance fresco.

There is nonetheless a strong contrast between the setting depicted in most of his paintings, in which color is diluted and applied evenly across the surface in pleasant, decorative tones, and the figures themselves, which stand out in drips and smears and occasionally crusty impasto.

The neutrality of the setting, which resembles nothing so much as a bare and freshly painted hotel room, stresses the indifference that surrounds the abominable suffering of the figure bleeding and leaking various offensive fluids at the center of the picture.

At Beaubourg we find ourselves confronted from beginning to end with a single continuous Via Dolorosa, a gruesome Passion narrative.

This effect is heightened by the fact, that Bacon's paintings, as his friend David Sylvester, co-curator of the exhibition, so rightly observes, "tend to have a structure and an atmosphere which makes them look as if they belonged in churches."

Crucifixions are allusively treated in several major triptychs; countless other works are devoted to the agony of vivisected bodies which may or may not be human. Horror even emerges in such mundane ventures as portraits in which the sitter's features are smeared, distorted or — in Bacon's own words — subjected to "injury."

Considering the great unity of the work in both form and subject matter, one is oddly faced with the idea that the exhibition as a whole addresses the viewer in terms that are precisely those of religious art. Nor is this incompatible with the fact that Bacon was (Sylvester, once more) "an old-fashioned militant atheist."

These works may be said to address the human condition, but without attempting to deliver any message. "I work for myself," Bacon declared, "for how can one work for a public?" - THIS is indeed a crucial point, for viewers often seem to have a sixth sense that immediately detects whether an artist is using the seductive power of his work as a lever to make some moral point. There is none of this in Bacon's work. He paints from the vantage point of his own special solitude without trying to convince anyone of anything. ''That's why I'm always surprised when anyone else likes my work,'' Bacon concluded. But why all this pain? An answer to such a question is to be sought in such older works as Grünewald's Issenheim altarpiece with its blood-flecked and gangrenous Christ on the cross, or in Titian's Flaying of Marsyas in which a little dog is shown lapping up the blood that flows from the skinless body: Pain, moral and physical, is an existential issue that art has consistently touched upon throughout the centuries. The issue of pain is also at the core of the question of meaning: When pain reaches such paroxysmal intensity, can any life still have meaning? Bacon did not believe in any divinely ordained meaning, but he clearly did believe that his own kind of pain found meaning and, indeed, a defiant form of redemption in the triumph of his art. 

This exhibition, so appropriately assembled as the century hastens to its close, suggests that Bacon is not alone in finding redemption, or at least catharsis, in these works. So do, perhaps, the occupants of this inhuman age, brought face to face not so much with bloody deeds as with the horrifying, degrading conception of man that alone made such deeds possible. 

Francis Bacon, Centre Pompidou, to Oct. 14. Then to Munich, Haus der Kunst, Nov. 4 to Jan. 31.

 

 

 

 

 

A Mystery Livens London Art Auctions

 

 

By CAROL VOGEL | THE NEW YORK TIMES | JULY 1st, 1996

 

A mysterious German-speaking collector went on a wild shopping spree at Sotheby's last week, buying approximately $22 million worth of paintings by Chagall, Renoir, Klee, Miro, Dubuffet, Freud and Bacon, among others. She bid by telephone to Agnes Husslein, Sotheby's Vienna representative, who was here for the Impressionist, modern and contemporary art auctions. Since the buyer asked that the auction house not reveal her identity, Sotheby's would say only that she was a woman who lived in Europe.

While there has been frenzied speculation among experts as to who she is, the name that has surfaced most is that of Heidi Charmat, the widow of Helmut Horten, a Viennese owner of a department-store chain, who died in 1987, leaving her a reported $3 billion.

One of the sale's highlights was Francis Bacon's Head of Woman, a 1960 portrait of Muriel Belcher, the proprietor of the Colony Room, a famous Soho drinking club, which sold to an unidentified telephone bidder for $832,370, just above its low $800,000 estimate.

 

 

 

 

 

A British Outsider Embraced With a French Blockbuster

 

 

By ALAN RIDING | ARTS | THE NEW YORK TIMES JULY 10, 1996

 


PARIS July 9 - Like many other cities, Paris now routinely uses blockbuster shows to revive interest in artists ranging from Poussin to Cezanne. But what distinguishes the major retrospective of Francis Bacon that just opened at the Georges Pompidou Center is that the British artist died only four years ago. Already, it seems, his work is considered ripe to be rediscovered.

Not that Bacon lacked for attention in his lifetime. In fact, one of the most important exhibitions of his works was held at the Grand Palais in Paris in 1971. France nonetheless always viewed him as something of an outsider, a figurative painter when abstract and then Conceptual Art were all the rage, a man whose distinct visual language seemed to owe nothing to French artistic tradition.

For a new generation, then, the show at the Pompidou Center, the largest Bacon exhibition in a decade, is indeed a discovery. And it has been received here as such, with extensive coverage in newspapers and magazines and the publication of a comprehensive 336-page catalogue. The exhibition, which closes on Oct. 14, has 79 paintings, including 16 of Bacon's 30 triptychs, and 7 works on paper.

"Bacon at last!" Jean-Marie Tasset wrote in Le Figaro. "If he had not been a millionaire, he would no doubt have been our martyr of contemporary art. For so long he was scorned as reactionary and conventional by the official thinkers of the day. Long excluded, he is now recognized by all. Through his life and work, Bacon showed that individual courage is the best way of fighting prejudice."

Bacon made no effort to reach out to most of his contemporaries. For many years he was a close friend of the painter Lucian Freud, although he disliked being grouped with Mr. Freud, Leon Kossoff, Frank Auerbach, R. B. Kitaj and Michael Andrews in a so-called School of London. He also dismissed Jackson Pollock and Willem de Kooning and made no secret of his deep distaste for the whole range of nonfigurative postwar art movements.

What becomes apparent in this exhibition is that from the moment he created his Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion in 1944, Bacon found his own tormented vision of art. And until his death in 1992 at the age of 83, he continued to explore the disturbingly deformed images of the human face and body that distinguish his work from anything before or since. His favorite subject in his later years was John Edwards, the friend to whom he left $16.9 million. Bacon liked to consider the 1944 triptych, with its monstrous semi-human figures set against an acid orange background, as marking the start of his career as an artist. In truth, he began drawing and painting more than 15 years earlier, but he destroyed almost everything he did. Of 10 surviving pre-1944 paintings, three are in the show here, including his ghostly Crucifixion of 1933, which was well received at the time.

Bacon was born in Dublin of English parents in 1909 and moved with his family to London in 1914. In 1925, at 16, he left home after a fight with his father and began what became an infamously bohemian life. He began work as a decorator and furniture designer and often went to Europe. In 1928, he visited a Picasso exhibition in Paris that inspired him to start drawing.

By the mid-1930's, he had given up decorating for painting but had had little success. He showed his work in some collective exhibitions and did odd jobs to make ends meet. The two other early works on display here point the way to his lifelong use of rich, almost garish colours, although their styles are derivative, Interior of a Room (1935) of post-Cubism and Figures in a Garden (1936) of Surrealism. Two of the works on paper, one an hommage to Picasso, also date to this period.

In 1944, recognition of Bacon as an original began to grow. His personal life was tumultuous: he was an inveterate gambler, he always drank heavily and he flaunted his homosexuality. But his provocative way of life seemed to inspire him to create. He was an avowed atheist, yet he returned frequently to the theme of crucifixion, always calling his works "studies," as if one day he planned to paint a complete crucifixion. The howling mouths or silent screams that characterized much of his work through the 1950's soon appeared, with a series of isolated heads giving way to his many studies inspired by Velazquez's majestic portrait of Pope Innocent X. In this series and in his studies for a portrait of van Gogh, his tributes to the artists were direct. Elsewhere, he quoted more subtly from Monet, Michelangelo, Turner and Degas.

In the 1960's, Bacon began to use friends, among them Mr. Freud, as models, although working from photographs because he liked to work alone in his studio. And even here, the photos were merely to remind him of certain features. What counted was the image they projected to him, and it was this he would paint, often mangling faces or twisting bodies to catch their "appearance."

"The image is a kind of tightrope walk between what is called figurative painting and abstraction," he once told David Sylvester, an old friend and distinguished British art critic who organized the Pompidou exhibition. "It will go right out from abstraction but will really have nothing to do with it. It's an attempt to bring the figurative thing up onto the nervous system more violently and more poignantly."

With these portraits, Bacon also began to reduce competing images in his canvases to a minimum, apparently eager to focus all attention on the pain or sex or violence or solitude he was trying to convey. Obsessed with geometric forms, he introduced lines as "glass cages" to create frames within frames. In Triptych Inspired by T. S. Eliot's Poem 'Sweeney Agonistes' (1960), the flanking panels show two nude women and two nude men on beds inside "glass cages," while the central panel shows a bloody corpse in a train compartment.

In many of his works of this period, he used his lover, George Dyer, as his model, as in Three Studies of the Male Back. And after Dyer committed suicide in 1971 (just before Bacon's Paris exhibition that year), Bacon continued to paint him, as if anxious to purge himself of responsibility for his friend's death. Triptych: In Memory of George Dyer is particularly touching, with the central panel showing Dyer holding the key to the door of an apartment.

Bacon's sense of the continuity of his work was underlined in 1988 when he repainted his 1944 triptych, now somewhat more stylized and with a dark red background replacing the original acid orange. And until the end of his life he continued to probe himself in studies for self-portraits. But he always insisted that his purpose was not to shock or disturb.

"My figures are not twisted or tortured by torture," he said in a 1971 interview with a French magazine. "I do not deform bodies for the pleasure of it, rather in order to transmit the reality of the image in its most poignant phase. Perhaps it is not the best way, but it is the only way I know of to get to something that is as close as possible to life."

 

 

 

The artist formerly known as British

 

 

ANDREW GRAHAM-DIXON | THE INDEPENDENT | JULY 16, 1996


 

The Francis Bacon retrospective, which opened a fortnight ago at the Centre Georges Pompidou in Paris, has been attracting approximately 5,000 visitors each day. That is a remarkable figure. Picasso and Matisse apart, it is hard to think of another 20th-century artist capable of drawing such crowds. It is impossible to think of another British 20th-century artist capable of doing so.

As far as the French are concerned, we are to understand that Bacon is not British at all, but European. According to Jean-Jacques Aillagon, the president of the Pompidou Centre, he is one of the quintessentially European artists of modern times. Indeed, Aillagon adds, the exhibition may be counted upon to reveal the "profonde Europeanite" - the profound Europeanness - of his painting. It is very unusual for the French to consider a British artist as one of them, as part of the mainstream, in quite this way.

The desire to recruit Bacon as a "European" is not entirely perverse because, at the level of its technique, Bacon's art does speak long and lovingly about the art of the Italian, Spanish and Dutch masters he admired (above all Titian, Velázquez and Rembrandt). Yet the Pompidou exhibition and its popularity surely says as much about the the times in which we live as it does about Bacon's art.

The readiness or the desire to see this difficult, refractory boundlessly vital individual as an emblematic trans-national European figure may be symptomatic of something else; part of a broader quest for some binding sense of European identify, perhaps. But there is a paradox here, because Bacon's grand subject is the troubled and fugitive nature of identity itself. Bacon's art teaches us to admit that we do not know quite who we are, nor quite what is going on, nor why. Could it be that modern Europe is prepared to embrace him because it sees in his work a reflection of its own uncertainties and fragmentation?

The images confronting those 5,000 daily visitors to the Pompidou Centre are neither pleasant nor comforting. In Bacon's art the Pope screams, the newsreader, in his glass box, laughs the laugh of a maniac; while the politician grins, melts and collapses into an incoherent puddle of matter. The dissolved, blurred and otherwise deformed people we see in Bacon's paintings have lost their coherence and have metamorphosed into projectiles of flesh and energy, going God knows where. They embrace each other. They eat each other. Often, we see them in the process of turning into animals.

Bacon's is an art of breakdown, meltdown and entropy - a fact he makes plain by taking the classic forms of Western European religious art (the triptych, the icon) and twisting them to his own ends. One of the first pictures to be seen in the exhibition is that with which the artist made his London exhibiting debut, in 1944: Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion. The writer John Russell, who went to see the painting in an exhibition at the Lefevre Gallery just a month before the end of the Second World War, has left a fine description of the appalling impact it made on the fragile optimism of its first audience.

"Immediately to the right of the door were images so unrelievedly awful that the mind shut snap at the sight of them. Their anatomy was half-human, half-animal and they were confined in a low-ceilinged, windowless and oddly proportioned space. They could bite, probe and suck, and they had very long, eel-like necks ... Common to all three figures was a mindless voracity, an automatic unregulated gluttony, a ravening undifferentiated capacity for hatred. They caused a total consternation. We had no name for them, and no name for what we felt about them."

Yet the mood at the Pompidou Centre is one of reverence. The paintings are hung within spaces and arranged in configurations that suggest the sacredness of the chapel. There is even, perhaps, a sense in which Bacon has now come to seem all too easily accessible an artist. These days Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion does not seem to prompt shock but (and this may itself be shocking in another way) an almost straightforward sense of recognition. On the day when I visited the exhibition, I saw a young couple approach Bacon's howling, sneering, squatting maenads, consider them for a moment or two in silence, nod sadly and move on. Yes, the choreography of their bodies seemed to say, yes, this is what the world is like. Ghouls like these ones lurk everywhere - in corners of the mind best left unvisited, in the shadow lands of society, in war zones.

Bacon originally seemed a disturbing artist because he insisted on emphasising those aspects of humanity - transgressive, violent, bestial - that most of his audience had spent their lives attempting to suppress or ignore. Once, his work scandalised those who saw it. Now, many seem to find in it cause for consent, even consensus. One generation' s revelation has become another generation's given.

Perhaps it is in this sense, then, that Bacon has become a "European" artist. In his visions of the ego perpetually succumbing to the id, of the humane succumbing to the bestial, of the coherent being swallowed up by the incoherent, we now simply see a convincing account of the way things are - especially in central and Eastern Europe. Yet, while the troubled modern European sensibility finds it tempting to see itself and its own predicaments so uncannily reflected in the deformations, apparent violence and the heightened sense of mortality expressed by Bacon's work, this does not necessarily make it any easier for us to see his strengths and weaknesses as an artist. Bacon himself, it ought to be remembered, passionately disliked overt symbolic interpretation of his work. Indeed, few things horrified him more than the notion that his pictures might be taken for allegories of the political, moral or other ills of the 20th century.

The danger is that our own historical circumstances, and our own sense of history, may persuade us to see Bacon's work as merely a form of higher illustration; a series of cartoon diagrams depicting such abstractions as the Human Condition or Late Twentieth Century Anxiety. Yet at his very best, and particularly in his earlier work, which looks more impressive with each passing year, Bacon gave expression to his undoubted morbidity and pessimism with a pictorial inventiveness - an originality in the actual handling of paint itself - unmatched in the art of any of his contemporaries.

His paint had a visceral quality, and a perverse beauty, that sets itself against the apparent horror of his imagery. He once said, a propos of the screaming face that so fascinated him as a motif that he wanted to paint the glitter and the life of the human mouth as if he were Monet painting a sunset.

To see Francis Bacon as a great describer of what it means, now, to be a European, may be in one sense to pay him his due. But it is also to risk ironing out the unevenness in his work, and seeing almost everything he touched as a masterpiece - which is almost the same as forgetting what made him great, when he was great, in the first place. The moment when we begin to find Significance in an artist's work may, also, be the moment when we begin to lose sight of the work itself.

 

  Cooked up emotions

 

 

 

     Edward Lucie-Smith

 

 

   e EDWARD LUCIE-SMITH | ARTS  | EXHIBITIONS  | THE SPECTATOR | 27 JULY 1996

 

 

The Bacon retrospective at the Centre Pompidou in Paris is about the best representation of the artist which can be imagined — intelligently selected and flawlessly hung: no surprise, this, when the curator of the show is David Sylvester, a close friend of the artist, the major expert on Bacon's work, and a man who has turned the making of exhibitions into an art form in its own right. The question the event raises, and in even more acute form since the exhibition itself is so well done, is whether Bacon is all he is cracked up to be.

Few contemporary artists have attracted the support of intellectuals to the same extent. From the great anthropologist Michel Leiris in Paris to Marta Traba, founder of the Museo de Arte Moderns in Bogota, they have all sung Bacon's praises. Traba's book Los cuatro monstruos cardinales, published in Mexico City in 1965 (the other 'monsters' were Dubuffet, De Kooning and Jose Luis Cuevas), was enormously influential in spreading Bacon's reputation throughout Latin America. It is a major omission from the Centre Pompidou's otherwise very thorough bibliography. The attitude of these intellectuals towards Bacon's work is summed up in the titles of two essays by the veteran French poet and critic Alain Bosquet. One, published in Le Quotidien de Paris in 1987, was called 'Francis Bacon ou le terreur de soi'. The other, published in Le Figaro four years ago, was called 'Francis Bacon, le terreur d'être'. That is, the artist is seen as some- one who teaches us about that favourite 20th-century concept, existential fear of the void. A militant atheist all his life, Bacon emerges from the writings of his admirers as a quasi-religious figure. Can one accept this? Equally, can one accept the view that Bacon is a technical wizard, one of the few artists of his generation who actually understood what paint could be made to do on canvas?

At this point, I think it must be said that I already have a fairly prominent place amongst the sceptics. I reviewed Bacon's first retrospective at the Tate for the Listener in 1962, and I reviewed his work again for the Evening Standard in 1978. On both occasions, if I remember correctly, I compared him to Johann Heinrich Fuseli, painter of that wonderfully hysterical, but also rather comic, near-masterpiece The Nightmare', and central figure in the late 18th-century Sturm and Drang. Bacon, I thought, was technically hit-or-miss, just as Fuseli was. I also felt that, like Fuseli, he dealt in cooked up emotions — rushing around saying boo to any goose he could find.

Has the current exhibition caused me to change my mind? The answer must be 'a little bit, but not as much as I hoped'. This is the first would-be comprehensive survey of Bacon's work mounted since his death in 1992. Sylvester has not had to consult the artist, and it shows in the choices he has made. There are 88 single paintings and triptychs in the catalogue. Sixty-two of these date from before the year 1972. Thirty-five date from before 1960. Clearly the curator thinks that the early years produced Bacon's most significant work. Going round the show, it is hard to disagree with this verdict. 'Figure in a Landscape' of 1945, and the two 'Figure Studies' of 1946 — apparitions conjured up from an old tweed overcoat and a few other props — are disturbing, masterly paintings which evoke a state halfway between sleeping and waking, when familiar objects seem sinister and alienated. Some of the paintings dating from the early 1950s based on images made by the Victorian photographer Eadweard Muybridge are scarcely less good.

These were also the years when Bacon courageously faced the subject of his own homosexuality, in images whose meaning could scarcely be misconstrued. 'Two Figures in the Grass', of 1954, is present in the Pompidou exhibition. The even more forthright 'Two Figures on a Bed', of the 'Study of a Figure in a Landscape' by Francis Bacon, Phillips Collection, Washington previous year, is absent, but reproduced full-page in the catalogue. Post-Wolfenden, post-Hockney, post-Gay Lib, these paintings have lost a great deal of their original impact. In the repressed climate of the 1950s, they had the force of an explosion. People talked about them, though they were little seen. When the Institute of Con- temporary Arts gave Bacon a retrospective in 1955, featuring only 13 pictures, 'Two Figures in the Grass' was included, but prudently not reproduced in the catalogue.

Perhaps because the imagery carried such a serious freight of meaning, this was also the epoch when Bacon's actual technique was at its most secure. As everyone knows, he was not a trained artist, and the three paintings done in the 1930s which are included here (Bacon destroyed a number of others) are not models of technical refinement. Indeed, it wouldn't be going too far to call them slightly ham-fisted. His best technical achievements came when he learned to use the 'wrong, unprepared, side of the canvas. This led to the vaporous, dream-like look typical of the series of Popes (paraphrases of Velazquez's 'Portrait of Pope Innocent X'), the paintings which, more than any others, supplied the bedrock of Bacon's early reputation. In the 1960s, there is a change, and not for the better. Now only the figures are freely brushed, against linoleum-like grounds of flat, unarticulated colour. As if to compensate for deadness of a large part of the picture-surface, Bacon also elaborated the whole decorative apparatus which already played a role in his works — platforms, transparent boxes, screens, bath- room fittings, distorted items of modernist furniture. Even where the paintings commemorate real, tragic events, like the suicide of the artist's lover George Dyer on the eve of the triumphant opening of Bacon's first Paris retrospective in 1971, there is something cooked up about them — a shrill, forced, sensationalist element which would only strengthen as the years went on. Even the most personal works became scenes from a melodrama.

If one considers Bacon's career as a whole, one is struck by certain things. He relied on a very small store of key images, most of them borrowed — from the Velazquez just mentioned (a painting he never dared to see in the original), from Muybridge, from medical textbooks, from Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin. Equally, he mythicised a small group of friends and lovers, whose likenesses appear again and again — Dyer, Isabel, Rawsthome, Lucian Freud, Muriel Belcher (proprietress of the Colony Room in Soho), Henrietta Moraes. With the exception of Freud, few of these were personalities of general interest, though as anyone who encountered some of them in the flesh can say, they did have a certain arrogant confidence in their own bohemianism, just like Bacon himself. Whether you can actually found a universal myth about the splendours and horrors of contemporary life on such specialised and scanty materials must, I think, remain in question.

It remains to say something, briefly, about the other 'British' show in Paris, A Century of British Sculpture at the Jeu de Paume. Alluding to the exhibition in these pages (6 July), Leslie Geddes-Brown seemed to think it was rather a good thing. Alas, this is not the case. Epstein, Moore, Hepworth, Ben Nicholson, Caro, Paolozzi are crammed into small spaces downstairs. Upstairs, in the larger galleries, is a parade of currently fashionable names — Flanagan, Long, Cragg, Kapoor, Rachel Whiteread, Damien Hirst. It is British sculpture seen through the eyes of leading international art magazines: a hierarchy of what is 'important' which has everything to do with current hype and almost nothing to do with a sense of history or with individual judgment. Better not to publicise national achievement at all than to publicise it in these terms.

Francis Bacon (Pompidou Centre, 14 October)

 

 

    

     ‘Study of a Figure in a Landscape’ by Francis Bacon, Phillips Collection, Washington

 

 

 

 

He hung himself on a hook

 

 

 

By MARTIN GAYFORD | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | SATURDAY, 24 AUGUST, 1996

 

 

FRANCIS BACON fills the main exhibition rooms at the Pompidou Centre this summer (until October 14). How many other British artists would be accorded similar prominence in Paris? Turner, and Constable, no doubt, and Henry Moore, and that's about it. To most art lovers in continental Europe the above is an exhaustive list of significant art from this island, and Bacon is a key element of it: the 20th-century English painter. But, back in his own country, Bacon is not necessarily awarded so much honour.

Several critics have come out over the last couple of months with admissions that, frankly, they can't see what all the fuss is about. To many people, not necessarily philistines either,  Bacon  what he was to Mrs Thatcher: the man who painted those horrible pictures. This impeccably hung and selected exhibition offers an opportunity for an interim assessment of Bacon's reputation. How good was he really?

The case against him comes in two parts, one moral and one aesthetic. Let's take the first first. According to this his view of the world was too warped for his paintings to count as major art. Bacon, this line goes, was a Johnny One-note of art, offering a repetitive Hobbesian diet of visual nastiness and brutishness. Bacon's vision of human existence therefore requires, in the words of the late Peter Fuller, "a moral refusal". In other words, life simply isn't like that.

To this Bacon had an answer. In the course of his interviews with David Sylvester he described his aims as an artist thus: "I've always tried to put things over as directly and rawly as I possibly can, and perhaps, if a thing comes across directly, people find that it is horrific. Because people tend to be offended by facts, or what used to be called the truth."

 

This exhibition substantiates Bacon's opinion of his own work.

Thus Bacon, in his own mind, was by no means a master of modernist Grand Guignol; on the contrary, he was a sort of realist. His work was an attempt to make images which would have the most intense possible effect on his nervous system, images which would affect the viewer "more violently and poignantly". True or false?

It seems to me that this exhibition substantiates Bacon's opinion of his own work. Bacon was not an expressionist, but a painter who was out to capture how real people looked and, included in the way they looked, inevitably, the feelings that they gave him. He did this, however, in a highly idiosyncratic way. Many great figurative artists of the last century - from Cézanne to Kossoff, Auerbach and Freud - have slogged their way through a fresh vision by working directly from nature. Others have used drawings, or photographs.

Bacon worked from his memories. He used photographs, true, but the resulting image did not look photographic. Bacon looked at photographs, as he explained, to jog his memory - as one would look up a word in a dictionary. It was the memories he was after.

That explains a great deal about his paintings - their slightly dream-like quality, the impression they sometimes give of being not quite there, and at the same time tremendously vivid. There is an ectoplasmic feel, for example, about the Three Studies of the Human Head from 1953, one of his best paintings of the period, which is easily comprehensible as a memory, a powerful, probably drunken memory, rather than as an image of a sitter in front of the artist.

Essentially, he was trying to find an equivalent in paint to his own emotional reactions to people - and he clearly had an overpowering sense of the animal nature of man. Most of us scarcely think of ourselves as made up of muscle, which is meat. Bacon clearly never lost that awareness.

 

His distortions are no more radical than those employed by many 20th-century artists.

He was always surprised, he said, when he went into a butcher's shop, not to find himself hanging up on a hook. This visceral sense of the beast in man evidently struck Bacon as both alarming and touching - "violent and poignant" - because it is linked so clearly with mortality.

Thus there is a feral blur - as if of something caught in the act of pouncing - not just about his paintings of animals, for example the Dog of 1952, but also about his pictures of people, such as the Study for Nude from the previous year. Some of his pictures of people have an air of sardonic menace - Study for a Portrait 1953 is an example - which one associates with gangland villains in films. Could Bacon sometimes be humorous? It's a strange thought.

On the other hand, some of his people - the reclining man on the right section of the triptych Three Figures in a Room 1964 - have an air of nobility. But to see that you have to get over the shock value of his idiom. In fact, his distortions are no more radical than those employed by many 20th-century artists.

Thus Turning Figure from 1962 has a good deal in common with the running figure, Unique Forms of Continuity in Space, by the Futurist, Umberto Boccioni. His heads are often dissected into curving planes in a way that brings Picasso to mind, or the Russian sculptor Antoine Pevsner.

The difference is that with Bacon there is a far greater sense that his figures are actually made out of living flesh. Indeed, one or two give the impression that the sitter has been rearranged along modernist lines with a chain saw. But that shock - not so much the shock of the new as the shock of the real - was exactly what Bacon was after. To the extent that he produced it, he succeeded.

The other charge against him is that the paintings do not work as art. In the later work there is certainly sometimes a jarring dislocation between the figures executed in meaty swirls of oil paint and the crisply clean, brightly-coloured settings which are close to geometric abstract painting. But that, arguably, is part of Bacon's expressive purpose. It dramatises the contrast between messy, organic, mortal man and his clean, dead, manufactured environment.

 

A few years after his death, the best of Bacon's painting looks sure to last.

It is less easy to acquit Bacon of the charge of repetitiousness. After the early surreal period of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, and the succeeding period of Screaming Popes, the classic Bacon man - and sometimes woman - evolved. The format to an extent became standardised. There was a saminess about his work which perhaps resulted from its lack of direct contact with reality.

Towards the end (he died in 1992) there was a clear falling off. Few paintings from the last decade of his life work, with the exception of the moving Study for Self-Portrait: Triptych from 1985-86. Some - especially those that examine the sexual potential of the cricket-pad - are not so much raw and shocking as preposterous.

But repetitiousness is a common fate of late 20th- century artists of all varieties - figurative, abstract, conceptual. Now, a few years after his death, the best of Bacon's painting looks sure to last. But, as he said himself, it takes 75 to 100 years for a reputation to settle down. "Time is the only great critic."

 

 


 

The Body as Flesh: Theological and Medical Discourses

 

Professor Bryan Turner

Dean of the Faculty of Arts at Deakin University. He has published widely on social theory and made fundamental contributions to the sociological study of citizenship, religion and the body.

 

Art, Medicine & Body Conference, Perth, August 1996

 

I will move forward into some twentieth century images of the human body. Francis Bacon's work, I think, is interesting for today's paper on the whole idea of fleshliness. A lot of people have commented on Francis Bacon's own name as an interesting statement about the human body. You probably know that many of Francis Bacon's works were influenced by his fascination, as a younger man, with medical pictures of pathology of the mouth. As we will see in some of the later slides I will show, [there is] an emphasis on the mouth in many of Bacon's works. He is, as you probably know, also very much influenced by the whole problem of war, violence, and terror in contemporary society. This relates more to what I want to say in the second paper, but the body raises acute issues of what the self is, and I think in Bacon's portraits, what we are getting is a reflection on how the face relates to the notion of self in human society.

These are probably quite well known slides of Bacon that you will be familiar with. I want to get to the one called Painting 1946, which is the thing that I am going to concentrate on. It has got all the characteristic signs, so to speak, of a Bacon painting. There is the cage, or the frame that the body is located in; there are bits of butchered meat in various parts of the painting; we have got at the back a side of beef, yet again, which to me sends out signals about Rembrandt and Soutine and Goya and the whole western history of the body as flesh, the body as meat. Again, it raises important questions about relationships with nature and society, but also important questions about animal flesh and human beings, and the fact that human beings, in so far as they are carnivorous, share a community, a company, with animals through the consumption of meat. In the background, there is either a side of beef, or a crucifixion scene.

Then there is a characteristic umbrella-or at least I read it as an umbrella-over the head, and in some of the interpretations of this painting that I have read, this head is partly based upon images of Mussolini. Here again, I think the mouth [is] the orifice which is connected to the beating and the destruction, with the consumption of meat, but also that organ which is characteristically human, namely the organ of speech and communication, an organ closely associated with sexuality and love, kissing and touching of lips, but also biting and violence. The fascination with the mouth and the fragmentation of the body into different parts-again, following both earlier talks-I think is quite interesting.

The human mouth, again, is totally ambiguous, apart from the hand, probably one of the most expressive parts of the body. We shake hands, we spit on our hands, we clasp hands-another way of bonding, of course, is kissing and communicating through the mouth. So, [like] a lot of writing about deconstructionist methodologies-in one of the earlier papers, Alan was talking about the idea of language and body going together-I would say speech and communication and embodiment [are] very fundamental to much of what Francis Bacon is trying to say here.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

Centre Georges Pompidou

 

 

LINDA NOCHLIN ARTFORUM REVIEW VOL. 35, NO. 2 OCTOBER 1996

 

On entering this major Francis Bacon retrospective, curated by David Sylvester, one was immediately confronted by the memorably horrific Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, 1944. These weird sisters, phallic in inspiration, ambiguously maleficent in pose and identity, seem to have been inspired by the vengeful Eumenides who, in Aeschylus' drama, pursued Orestes after Athens lost the Peloponnesian war. Writhing before a stark orange background, mouths either hardly visible or wide open in a vagina dentata-esque howl, these creatures are nevertheless oddly domesticated, more demons of the middle-class parlour than mourners at a crucifixion. With its obvious references to World War II, this triptych initiates the thematic and formal intensities that were to mark Bacon's career as a whole; it was the work he invariably chose to inaugurate all his retrospectives after 1962.

It is hard to recapture the existentialist aura that surrounded Bacon's imagery in postwar Europe: the comparisons with Jean-Paul Sartre and Albert Camus, the references to the Blitz and the horrors of Auschwitz; the grandiose overreadings and philosophical generalizations that his work almost inevitably attracted in the '50s and early '60s. Yet, another reading of these early paintings is also possible. The first work of Bacon's that I really got to know well was one in the series of variations on Velazquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X, 1650, which was best represented in the Pompidou show by Study for Portrait, VII, 1953. Now generally condemned as "too obvious" or "too illustrative," it seemed at the time that, far from being an image of generalized postwar angst, the papal portrait constituted an exemplum virtutis of sardonic concreteness. Despite the usual reading of the pope's open mouth as a sign of existential nausea - universal scream on the order of Edvard Munch's famous image - I always read it, in the Vassar version with which I was familiar at any rate, Study for Portrait, IV, 1953, as a sneeze, which reduced the papal being, or rather, Velazquez's famous image of Innocent X, to a modern photo-op, the pope's partially covered mouth agape in a vigorous and nonexistential kerchoo. In Bacon's portrait, temporal immediacy and mere physical reflex wittily undermine the pictorial effects of hierarchy and permanence. And this not merely in the captured gesture, but in the very transparency of the physical substance of the image itself, its reality as a chance instant enhanced by the neat lines of gold that encase the quivering papal form.

Almost from the beginning, Bacon's work has been engaged with temporality, making, at the very least, a flirtation with narration almost unavoidable. Or one might say, more accurately, that Bacon's imagery, his considerable formal gifts and his technical bravura have been harnessed to change - sexual struggle, the metamorphosis of man into meat, or vice versa; the disruption or coagulation of the structure of face and body, the blatant reduction of the dignity of human form to a trickle or a puddle of paint; and, at the end, time's grimmest depredation, the horror, bestiality, and meaninglessness of death. His whole oeuvre, with rare exceptions, can be seen as a gigantic figure of meiosis, a rhetorical belittlement of the human condition, except that, as Lawrence Alloway pointed out many years ago, it so often makes reference and aspires to the Grand Manner of traditional High Art: Velazquez, Michelangelo, Rembrandt, Degas. Yet such references are always ironized, pulled to earth by the intervention of more "factual" imagery - photography, most explicitly Eadweard Muybridge's series of the human figure in motion, medical illustrations, movie stills, snapshots - and also by the artist's furious yet controlled will to debasement, his stated wish to create painting which, in its very materiality, its lack of idealism or transcendence might touch the nervous system directly.

As early as 1953, Bacon turned to one of his most obsessively reiterated subjects: men engaged in sex. Although the famous Two Figures of that date, "one of the most provocative homosexual images of our epoch," according to Daniel Farson is not included in the Pompidou show, the equally innovative Two Figures in the Grass, 1954, is. Here, Muybridge's photograph of two wrestlers serves as the basis of a hallucinatory image of intercourse. The men seem to be going at it in a kind of grass-covered boxing ring (another reference to wrestling, perhaps?), and the fragile and activated substance of the nude figures seems almost to merge with the windblown grass carpet on which they lie. These spasms of passion are bordered by a stark black band at the bottom of the canvas and something that looks like pleated curtains above.

Although Bacon certainly was drawn more frequently to the male nude than to the female variety, he nevertheless created several important paintings of nude women, most notably the 1970 triptych Studies of the Human Body, which featured three sculptural and voluptuously mutilated figures posed on a kind of ramp-armature against a flat, continuous, mauvish pink background, the central, frontal figure incongruously haloed by a large bottle-green umbrella. No less striking, Lying Figure, 1969, was based on a series of photographs depicting Henrietta Moraes naked on a bed. In the painting, the model is presented head down, legs up, her head and face aggressively eradicated by bold swishes of paint, her arm nailed to the bed by an extremely businesslike syringe, whose presence Bacon explains as a kind of formal and iconographic necessity: "I included the syringe not because she was injecting herself with drugs, but because it is less stupid than putting a nail through her arm, which would have been even more melodramatic." The uptilted figure, offered to the spectator as though on a tray, is surrounded on the one hand by a series of sordid, realistic details - an ashtray, cigarette butts, a light switch, a bare lightbulb - and then, as though to deny the reality of the setting, by almost abstract circular forms like that of the striped mattress, the blue appendages of the bed, the yellow oblique oval of the "light" in the background.

It was in the late '60s and the '70s that Bacon created his great triptychs, not all of them successful but many of them powerful and disturbingly original. According to Gilles Deleuze, in Francis Bacon: Logique de la sensation (Francis Bacon: the logic of sensation, 1981), the triptych form enabled the artist to engage with the human figure without being drawn into the conventional storytelling mode. "It's not only that the painting is an isolated reality, and not only that the triptych consists of three isolated panels and the fundamental rule that they never be united into a single frame: it's rather that the Figure itself is isolated in the painting. . . . And Bacon has often told us why: in order to avoid the figurative, illustrative, and narrative character that the Figure would necessarily assume if it weren't in isolation." In one of the most memorable of the great triptychs of the '70s, Triptych, May-June 1973, Bacon is, however, less set than usual on staving off demon narrative. Here, contrary to Deleuze's assertion that the triptych form serves an isolating function, it seems to me that the images beg to be read as a story, from left to right. And the story, at once personal and melodramatic, is riveting: the suicide (right before the opening of a major retrospective of Bacon's work in 1971-72 at the Grand Palais in Paris) of the artist's lover, George Dyer, at the Hotel des Saint-Peres. Here, the ignoble furniture of daily recuperation - the toilet, the sink - become the instruments of Dyer's Passion. To the left, he shits; to the right, he vomits; to the center, he hovers against the black background which is transmuted into a giant shadow, his shadow. In the opaque darkness, death itself assumes the form, however inchoate, of a giant bat, a demon, a revenging angel. Sex, death, and the throes of creation are at one here, as Jean-Claude Lebensztejn points out in his brilliant catalogue essay, an extensive analysis of the recurrent squirt of white paint streaking across the surface of many of Bacon's most intense canvases of the period. Figured as a kind of materialized sexual spasm, a jet of sperm, the white spurts up in the final, right-hand images of the triptych, in which Dyer, who has overdosed, spews his soul into the hotel washbasin.

One may ask: Why this persistent "fear of narrative," permeating not only Bacon's own statements about his work, but most of the critical analyses of his work both pro and con? Almost everyone who has discussed Bacon - most prominently Deleuze - hastens to defend the artist from charges of illustrativeness, jumping in with an account of his antinarrative strategies, strategies in which the format of the triptych, the isolation of the human figure, and the patent flatness of the pictorial sitting play an important role. This defensiveness is understandable enough in the heady days of Abstract Expressionism (which Bacon ostensibly hated but which obviously exerted a certain seductive power on his formal language), an era when "illustration" and "decoration" figured as the two sides of artistic failure. Nevertheless, nobody really explains just why illustration and narration are such terrible sins, temptations to be avoided at all costs. After all, British art, from Hogarth to the pre-Raphaelites and later, has had a considerably positive engagement with narration - and with narration in the service of morality at that. Perhaps that is why Bacon and his supporters have been particularly avid to separate the artist from this tradition, to make sure that he is seen and judged as a player in the game of International Modernism, as a painter whose formal inventiveness and up-to-date anguish sever his work completely from all connection with the fuddy-duddy past of pre-Roger Fry and pre-Clive Bell British achievement.

Finally, it would be interesting to compare some of Bacon's late, kinky, often campy male nudes, such as Study of the Human Body, 1982 - a rear view torso, isolated against a reddish-orange background, adorned with cricket pads, no less - with Warhol's extensive repertory of the same subject created at almost the same time. The Bacon-Warhol comparison is never attempted, but should be taken seriously. Bacon's male nudes, though less deadpan, share with Warhol's an equivocal delight in the body, a fascination with the seductiveness of technical finesse, and with the scars of an incorrigible materialism.

COPYRIGHT 1996 Artforum International Magazine, Inc.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

High anxiety maybe - not high art 


Pompidou Centre, Paris, 27 June - 14 October 1996 

 

A Francis Bacon show in Paris is drawing crowds, but Richard Dorment is repelled by the artist's work 

 

 

RICHARD DORMENT | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 18 JULY 1996

 

IN Study of the Human Body of 1982 Francis Bacon presents us with an image of a mutant creature composed of a man's genitals and buttocks, standing on two bare legs covered from feet to knees in cricket pads. To be frank, the picture strikes me as too silly for words. But the reason it is high camp and not high art has less to do with its subject than its composition. Bacon is giving visual form to a sexual fantasy, depicting another person not in terms of his humanity but as fragments of his body. 

Since those cricket pads reek of fetishism, the painting may interest students of abnormal psychology. But artistically it is a failure. Instead of limiting the amount of space around the central motif (as Magritte or Courbet instinctively did in their tightly cropped close-ups of women's sexual organs), Bacon places the body parts on a pedestal in the middle of the canvas and surrounds them with space, asking us to regard them as objects of aesthetic contemplation, not of fetishistic fascination. 

The result invites ridicule. It may be unfair to judge Bacon by a painting done 11 years before his death in 1992. For most people it is the work of the first half of his career that places him among the most important British artists of this century. But is this division between the early and later work really so acute? The occasion of the British Council's retrospective of his work at the Pompidou Centre in Paris (until October 14) gives us a chance to revise the received view by taking a long, hard look at the career as a whole. 

The show has been selected and installed by Bacon's formidable advocate, the critic David Sylvester. My enormous admiration for Sylvester means that this exhibition represents the best and probably the last opportunity I will have to come to terms with an artist who has always left me cold. Before seeing it, I had always thought that Bacon's paintings perfectly captured the angst of the post-war period, but that his work did not transcend his own time in the way that, say, Pollock's has, and Jasper Johns's surely will. Having now seen the show, I wish I could say it changed my mind. But, though Bacon at his best ranks as the most gifted painter of the School of London, seen from an international perspective he is the most overrated artist since Bouguereau.

Where to begin? Technically, Bacon is such a limited painter. He found it nearly impossible to sustain the visual interest in a picture over the entire surface of a canvas, from the central motif to the edges. A face or figure may contain ravishingly painted passages, but it will typically be surrounded by vast areas of dead, flat pigment. 

It isn't that Bacon didn't try, in works like the Study for a Portrait of 1953, to create space and atmosphere with modulations of light and dark, but that, having tried, he soon lost interest, and eventually gave up. In the later works he simply used a can of spray paint. As early as the Self-Portrait of 1956 it feels to me as though he was working on too large a scale - too large, that is, for a neo-Romantic artist who was no draughtsman and had no technical training. As the paintings get bigger, they flare into life only in isolated passages, usually where impastoed paint is used to evoke gobs of viscera, spattered brains and smeared bloodstains.

Another problem is Bacon himself, as we know him through his pictures. When Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion was first seen by the British public in 1944, the three armless and legless torsos howling with rage or pain were seen as symbols of spiritual despair or of suffering humanity. But Bacon was not happy with that interpretation. When he returned to the subject on a much larger scale in 1988, he made changes which conveyed a much nastier message: that these were not timeless archetypes, but sado-masochistic fantasies, creatures who, in order to feel anything at all, offer their bodies to be violated and mutilated. You have to conclude that Bacon finds pain erotic. Because his paintings are so often filled with lovely colours, Bacon aestheticises physical and emotional suffering. 

There are two outstanding paintings in this exhibition. The pit bull terrier in Man with Dog of 1953 is set against a nocturne of silvery blacks and blues beautifully painted with a dragged brush. Against an uptilted plane, the animal becomes as mysterious and threatening as a Cerberus guarding the entrance to the underworld, here suggested by a sewer. And the Study for Portrait of Van Gogh III of 1957 is wonderfully voluptuous, colour-saturated painting, demonstrating that Bacon might have been a de Kooning, if not a Van Gogh, if only he had not been so desperate to enter the pantheon of great artists by taking on ever more portentous subjects.


But what are we to make of the succession of enormous triptychs in which men in their underpants defecate or vomit or look as though they've just been beaten to a pulp? The answer is: quite a lot if you are a psychoanalyst treating them purely as material for interpretation. I have no objection to this approach if, as with some contemporary conceptual artists, this is how the viewer is invited to respond to the work. But to do that, you first have to set aesthetics aside. Bacon wanted his work to be judged as painting, he was asking us to see beauty in pain and death. This to me is repellent. 

But what I dislike most about Francis Bacon's art is that in both earlier and later paintings he manipulates his viewers. I hate being told what to feel in front of a picture. It is like the difference between Grand Guignol and Chekhov. The first is crass and crude and admits of only one possible response: revulsion.

Real art is more complex. It allows us to bring our own thoughts and feelings to it. I just don't understand an artist who pitches the level of anxiety in all his pictures so high that it crowds out anything remotely resembling a real thought or feeling. You can do one of two things in front of an image of unadulterated horror: either you go along with it and scream, or you say "this has nothing to do with my experience". Since 4,000 people a day are pouring into the Paris show, and Bacon is one of the most revered of all British artists, I realise that his work says something to them that I just can't hear. 

The Francis Bacon retrospective, organised in collaboration with the British Council, is at the Pompidou Centre in Paris until October 14. Information: 00 33 1 44 78 12 33.

 

 

 

 

A Life with thugs

 

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | SUNDAY, 3 NOVEMBER, 1996

 

 

      Francis Bacon used to say that what he wanted to capture in a portrait was all the pulsations of a person. This portrait of him is a speaking likeness. It is especially telling on the subject of his most unattractive fault, his controllingness.

      It is also very telling about the agonising long love affair in which he was for once controlled by the other person - the ex-fighter pilot Peter Lacy. Lacy died a year before Peppiatt met Bacon with a view to getting him to talk to about himself and writing down what was said for later use. The enterprise worked, for his account of the affair with Lacy is based purely on what he was told.

      When it came to Bacon's other highly destructive long relationship, the one with George Dyer - a petty crook with a drink problem - Peppiatt was often a witness at close quarters, and here his report is still more moving. It brings back what a profoundly nice and utterly hopeless creature Dyer was and the depth of Bacon's despair in trying to cope with him when he was alive and that of his remorse after his suicide. When Bacon first took up with Dyer after Lacy's death he told me: "I don't care whether they're upper-class thugs or working-class thugs so long as they're thugs." Dyer may have been a thug in the bedroom - or may not - but as a member of the criminal class he was a Ferdinand the Bull.

      The publication of Peppiatt's account of the Bacon-Dyer affair is extremely timely inasmuch as the BFI and the BBC and David Puttnam have been showing some determination to bring into being a feature film about that affair to be called Love is the Devil. If they will only read this book and get a scent of how Bacon and Dyer actually behaved and talked, they may realise before it's too late that they've been backing a squalid travesty.

      In other respects the book is not timely. It shows several signs of having been rushed into print, presumably in order to cash in on a currently hot subject. For one thing, it could have done with more rigorous editing. It is shamelessly repetitive, and while that may help over serialisation, it's a bit of an insult to buyers of a book. Then there's the problem of the quality of the writing. It can be effective (even if ungrammatical) when Peppiatt concentrates:

      "Yet there can be little doubt that Bacon's interest in the open mouth was due in large part to its sexual suggestiveness; and that the cry itself is an example of pure ambiguity, betokening rage, pain, fear or the pleasure of release without the slightest degree of differentiation. It is this enigmatic combination which fascinated the sado-masochistic artist. It was the one moment at which human nature could be perceived wholly naked, undisguised by civilised restraint; the spasm that made man indistinguishable from beast. For Bacon, whose genius dictated the shortest way to the heart of existence, the cry was the one indisputable moment of truth."

      But on the whole the writing has to get by through the strength of the author's obsession with the subject. Still, it would have been worthwhile to take another look at the passages which are too embarrassingly pedestrian, like:

      "Outside the studio, Bacon dressed immaculately. Even when he wore a sweater with jeans and a leather jacket, the clothes were of the best quality; and his suits impressed many of his contemporaries by their expert tailoring".

      Or too vulgar, like:

      "It was at Ann Fleming's that Bacon got to know a whole segment of London society including such ubiquitous personalities as the poet Stephen Spender and the legal wizard Lord Goodman, who later defended the artist against charges of drug possession. These frequentations, with or without a Teddy boy in tow, certainly did no harm to Bacon's career".

      Further work might also have corrected some of 20-odd factual errors.

      For instance, there is a failure to pick up on Bacon's own error in believing that he first saw Eisenstein's Strike, which so much impressed him, before the War, rather than in the 1950s. Other examples are that Louise Leiris wasn't exactly Kahnweiler's daughter and that Isabel Rawsthorne, though at first a professional model, didn't give all those sittings to Giacometti because she needed money: she was married then to a highly-paid foreign correspondent.

      Such mistakes tend to arise because Peppiatt's knowledge of the art world is sketchy. For example, six million dollars is a high but not an "astronomical" auction price for an outstanding painting about two metres by five by a leading international artist. Mention of "a Mr and Mrs Bomford" as the surprising owners in the 1950s of 19 Bacons signifies unawareness of their fascinating existence as eccentric collectors who also owned a private racing stable with a string of National Hunt horses whose star was the great Colonel Bagwash. There is no mention whatever of Blaise Gauthier, the inspired prime mover of the Grand Palais retrospective in 1971 of which Peppiatt makes so much, nor of Lilian Somerville who, as art commissar of the British Council, not only gave Bacon a show at the Venice Biennale in 1954 but had the cheek to give him the best room in the pavilion and, under protest, Ben Nicholson a back room. And he writes about Bacon's complicated dealings with Erica Brausen of the Hanover Gallery in ignorance of published details as to how he double-crossed her. In short, Peppiatt needed time for more thorough research.

      Some of the gaps in the book are strange. Dennis Wirth-Miller, who for the last 40 years of Bacon's life was his closest friend, and Nadine Haim, probably his closest friend in Paris, get three passing mentions between them. It seems arbitrary whether people who mattered to Bacon are there or not. Among those missing are Peter Watson, Joan Leigh-Fermor, Janetta Parlade and Gilbert de Botton and several artists he was friendly with, such as John Piper, Richard Hamilton, Mark Boyle, Clive Barker and Karel Appel.

      As to artist friends who are present, Peppiatt could have been much more precise on Bacon's complicated and volatile views about the work of Freud and Auberbach and Michael Andrews. Nor is there enough about his views on dead artists. Nothing is said about the admiration he constantly expressed in the 1950s for Bonnard and the Soutine of the Ceret period, admiration that related to the development of his own painterliness.

      I called the book a "portrait" earlier because it is only a draft for a biography, not a "definitive Life" the publisher claims it to be. I do hope that Peppiatt will find the time and energy and funding to produce a fuller version of this essential book.

 

 

 

 

Hiding from the glare of morality

 

 

FRANCIS BACON by Michael Peppiatt - Weidenfeld, pp. 366

 

 

By RICHARD SHONE THE SPECTATOR NOVEMBER 9, 1996

 

Francis Bacon was one of the most arresting personalities in post-war Britain. Few others can hold a candle to his striking affirmation of individuality. He conferred on British art its sharpest international edge, raising its profile beyond the earthy sobriety of Moore and the genteel anxieties of Sutherland. His direct influence as a painter was always dangerous but his example as liberator and free spirit was cherished by a wide range of artists

Although the vision Bacon bequeathed is somewhat narrow and the tally of his innovations restricted, he created an instantly recognisable Bacon-scape that has captured successive generations. That particular perfume of catastrophe founded on a repertory of salient images, mostly hit upon in his early years, stood him remarkably well over nearly half a century. Such images were continually transformed by the circumstances of what he called his 'extraordinary life'. He was an unmitigatedly autobiographical painter who cannibalised events, friends, lovers and places almost before they were dry on the page of his life. Inevitably his personal history will go on being scrutinised for any key that might unlock the potent imagery of his work.

From several, mostly recent publications, we already know a good deal about Bacon. Michael Peppiatt's biography has two advantages - he knew his subject for over 25 years and he knows something about art. Of these new books, his is the most reliable. He may not have that affinity with the gilded gutter that was Daniel Farson's trump card or the contextual sweep that upholstered Andrew Sinclair's 1993 biography, but he has laborious merits of his own. Future books on Bacon will owe him a solid debt.

As he grew older and more celebrated, Bacon tailored his life story with all the economy of the sharp Italian suits he liked to wear; much of the established local colour - the gambling and drinking and fetishistic sexuality - comes from other people's reminiscences. Not unreasonably, Bacon felt that giving away too much ,source material' would bring down a screen between his work and its public (he once burnt two sacks of documentation which the Tate Gallery was after). Peppiatt unravels layers of meaning in the paintings in a consistently illuminating way. Whether or not his interpretations are correct is another matter: his tidying mind tends to underestimate those elements of chance and accident which weave themselves into an artist's work. Bacon himself was self-protectively disingenuous about the origins of his imagery: not many painters would account for a swastika armband on a figure by saying that a red accent was needed at that particular point on the canvas. As for his biography, although Bacon was often frank about what he did vouchsafe, he had a reticence about revealing personal detail, especially when one remembers how much of his life was lived beyond the pale of the law and outside conventional morality.

From the start, Peppiatt established Bacon's extreme individuality and personal magnetism. He sifts facts from legend in the early years to achieve the most convincing portrait yet published of this dissolute, amoral, asthmatic, immensely intelligent sprig of a well-to-do, unattractive English family living in Ireland. To escape his punitive and anti-social father whose only advice to his son was 'If anyone talks to you, run and get the police', the teenage Bacon began several years of self-education in London, Berlin and Paris. A weekly allowance from his mother was supplemented by short-lived domestic jobs, thieving and the generosity of older men. In 1929 we find him established in a mews in South Kensington as a swish interior decorator specialising in modernist steel and glass furniture. He began to paint and draw, diffidently exhibiting in the 1930s and 40s works in which sensationalism and high camp contributed to his blazing images. He was nourished by selected Old Masters, by Van Gogh and Picasso, by wide reading (Peppiatt is good on the influence of Eliot, for example), by the cinema and news photographs, by his masochistic sexual preferences, and above all by his being constantly on the look-out for 'the dog beneath the skin'.

From the early 1950s which saw the screaming Popes, grimacing heads and men in claustrophobic rooms where curtains are closed and blinds down against the prying glare of orthodox morality, Bacon's professional career went from strength to strength. More feted in Europe than in the United States, he became one of the few post-war painters who inched forward the European figurative tradition in an era of triumphant abstraction. In Britain he was viewed as an isolated and subversive artist: his lines of compatibility snaking out to Giacometti and Fautrier, Picasso and de Kooning, were frequently underestimated. The ambitiousness of the true dandy and the longing for aesthetic certainties of a man obsessed by transience and nihilism came together to produce some of the unforgettable images of post-war art. Peppiatt is good on Bacon's ill-starred lovers and their effect on his life and work. Less happy are his portraits of Bacon's circle, those friends and models who were essential to his existence and to several of whom Bacon was lavishly generous. Peppiatt's long residence in Paris gives conviction to his picture of Bacon in the capital he loved, but his evocations of Soho are lacklustre, partly because his style is serviceable rather than vivid. For pertinent illustrations, much needed in a book that examines a mass of the artist's work, we must look elsewhere: they are in black and white, one is upside down and several are printed in reverse or with a triptych's panels in the wrong order. But a bonus is the painter's reported conversations with his tenacious Boswell. They are authentically Baconian in their 'exhilarated despair'.

 

 


Bacon dripping with confidence

 

 

ART TIMES HIGHER EDUCATION 27 DECEMEBER 1996

 

 

 

Francis Bacon appreciated what was expected of a great artist by his public and gave it to them with great style. In this book the publisher sets out to do something along the same lines. Like one of Bacon's paintings, it is constructed with confidence, full of quotes from its guests, and dripping with references to chance and gambling. Like one of Bacon's paintings, it forces us to ponder things we should disapprove of, carefully picking its way with a smooth magic towards a well-framed and sumptuous object: 220 colour illustrations of portrait heads cut at the neckline and three big photographs of the artist's studio framed by two essays.

 

The introduction "The painter's brutal gesture" by the Czech novelist Milan Kundera builds up on one side of the colour plates an equivalent in words to one of Bacon's canvases. In doing this, Kundera manages to juxtapose Jesus, Shakespeare, Picasso and Beckett. At the other end of the book an essay by the Belgian art historian France Borel entitled Francis Bacon: the flayed face takes us elegantly from the Colony Room via the artist's palette to the Apocalypse. Both essays share Bacon's relish for chaffing raw meat and rough trade into an elegant and apparently aristocratic dish.

 

Bacon's portraits are small by modern standards, allowing the photographer to go in close and focus on the tooth of the canvas. The result is that we can see quite clearly how the picture is made. This is what makes the book. To get some idea of the quality of the plates, compare the 1976 portrait of Michael Leiris with the same image in the 1985 Tate Gallery catalogue (also by Thames and Hudson). The comparison shows the benefits of new advances in photomechanical reproduction.

 

Bacon's paintings are usually trapped under plate glass which brings with it reflections and enhancements. Unglazed they are dry and rough like pastel drawing by Degas or paintings by Kitaj. Details become blurred; a half-tone is built into the brush stroke with dry paint dusting the surface of the canvas. The camera has caught this and allows us to see Bacon as a rebel taxidermist, a mature surgeon stitching away at his operations, a carnal consultant who blends in my mind with Henry Tonks, who trained as a surgeon then turned to art but kept a foot in both camps by practising plastic surgery during the first world war. Kundera expresses surprise at Bacon's ability to achieve a likeness through his distortions. If he had seen Tonks's images of disfigured soldiers he would see that likenesses survive the most extreme upheavals. The only one of Bacon's subjects I know well enough to comment on is Richard Chopping. I look at the small black and white illustration of him and compare it to Bacon's portraits. The real thing wins out. The photograph is more as I remember him. The painting makes him look too handsome, too nice. No psychological surgery seems to have taken place, just magenta cross-hatchings which on this occasion go across the sitter's lips like a barrier. More fetish than likeness. This book does not enquire into meanings or begin to question why Bacon's work is so highly valued. It celebrates, through the craft of making a book, the work of an important 20th-century artist and through new technology makes it more visible.

 

Stephen Farthing is an artist, painter and Ruskin master of drawing at University of Oxford.

 

Bacon: Portraits and Self-Portraits

Editor - Milan Kundera With essay by France Borel
ISBN - 0 500 092664
Publisher - Thames and Hudson
Price - £39.95
Pages - 216

 

 

 

Influence and Inspiration: Francis Bacon's Use of Photography

 

APERTURE | ARTICLE | FALL 1996 

 

                                          Muriel Belcher 1958  John Deakin

 

 

They were a particularly ambivalent yet strangely fitting pair of friends. Francis Bacon was one of the pre-eminent post-modernist painters of our times, while John Deakin, despite a prolific career as a photographer for British Vogue, remains a relative unknown. Now, a series of exhibitions in London and a new book are providing an opportunity to reassess Deakin's work, in the process shedding significant light on the influence and inspiration photography had on Bacon's painting. "John Deakin - Photographs," at National Portrait Gallery, and curator Robin Muir's accompanying catalogue (Schirmer/Mosel), represent the most significant contribution towards this reappraisal, but another Deakin show at the Zelda Cheatle Gallery fleshes out the picture of his career, while "Velazquez and Bacon: Paintings of Popes," at the National Gallery also contains important clues to understanding the substantial role photography in general, and Deakin's photographs in particular, played in Bacon's work. 

A self-taught painter, with no real formal art education, Bacon made conflicting claims about his use of photographs. In a conversation with Michel Archimbaud which took place in 1991, he said that "Photographs are only of interest to me as records. I know people think I've often used it [photography], but that isn't true. But when I say that to me photographs are merely records, I mean that I don't use them at all as a model. A photograph, basically, is a means of illustrating something and illustration doesn't interest me." However, in the same discussion, Bacon explained that "Since the invention of photography, painting really has changed completely. We no longer have the same reasons for painting as before. The problem is that each generation has to find its own way of working. You see here in my studio, there are these photographs scattered about the floor, all damaged. I've used them to paint portraits of friends, and then kept them. It's easier for me to work from these records than from the people themselves, that way I can work alone and feel much freer. When I work, I don't want to see anyone, not even models. These photographs were my aide-memoire, they helped me to convey certain features, certain details." 

Bacon's disengenuity at this stage in his life (he died a year later, in 1992), seems designed to contradict earlier statements made in a noteworthy series of interviews with his friend, the art historian David Sylvester. In those discussions, which began in 1962 and continued through 1974, Bacon spoke much more specifically about his use of photography. "The thing of doing series may possibly have come from looking at those books of Muybridge with the stages of movement shown in separate photographs. I've also always had a book of photographs that's influenced me very much called Positioning in Radiography, with a lot of photographs showing the positioning of the body for the X-ray photographs to be taken, and also of the X-rays themselves." Later, referring to photographs by Marius Maxwell which he admired in the 1924 publication, Stalking Big Game with a Camera in Equatorial Africa, Bacon acknowledges that "one image can be deeply suggestive in relation to another. I had the idea that ...textures should be very much thicker, and therefore the texture of, for instance, a rhinoceros skin would help me to think about the texture of human skin." In addition, Bacon was well aware of Documents, one of the great European magazines of the late 1920's and early '30's; one issue in particular featured photographs of slaughterhouses, which became a recurring motif in several of his paintings.

He also alludes to different, more oblique role photography had on his approach to looking at things. "Photographs are not only points of reference; they're often triggers of ideas...I think one's sense of appearance is assaulted all the time by photography. So that, when one looks at something, one's not only looking at it directly, but also looking at it through the assault that has already been made on one by photography. I've always been haunted by them [photographs]; I think it's the slight remove from fact, which returns me onto the fact more violently." From these comments, it becomes clear that Bacon was discussing not just with the influence specific images had on his work, but also the inspiration he derived from the particular regard of photography. 

Even when creating works that referred to other paintings, Bacon preferred to work from photographs. The Velazquez and Bacon exhibition at the National Gallery imparts a sense of reunion that is misleading. Bacon's four studies from Velazquez' portrait of Pope Innocent X all derive from photographs and reproductions of the earlier masterpiece rather than any first- hand experience with the actual painting. Despite traveling to Rome, Bacon never saw the "Innocent X" in the Doria-Pamphilj Collection. He spoke, instead, of "a fear of seeing the reality of the Velazquez after my tampering with it." Andrew Sinclair suggests that Bacon's use of photography in this regard derives from a Surrealist approach to picture-making, in which the artist finds inspiration in the objet-trouve, the random thing or postcard or photograph. 

Interestingly, Bacon rarely refers specifically to his use of Deakin's portraits. Deakin started photographing in 1939 and continued to work intently if intermittently through the mid-1960's. His heyday occurred during the '50's when he was under contract to Vogue (where he had the dubious distinction of being the only staff photographer ever fired twice by the same administration). Although his tenure there was short-lived, in a period of approximately 4 years he produced more work than his contemporaries at Vogue, including Norman Parkinson, Clifford Coffin and Cecil Beaton. Deakin photographed everything for Vogue, including fashion and beauty, but his forte was portraiture. The poet and novelist, Elizabeth Smart, remarked that Deakin had "tyrannical eyes," and the art critic, John Russell, wrote that Deakin "rivaled Bacon in his ability to make a likeness in which truth came unwrapped and unpackaged. His portraits, like Bacon's, had a dead-centered, unrhetorical quality. A complete human being was set before us, without additives." Deakin's portraits were characterised by a monochromatic austerity and raw clarity that wasn't in keeping with the buoyancy of the work done by Parkinson or Beaton; indeed, it precedes the nearest thing to it - the photographs of David Bailey and Richard Avedon - by a decade. "Whoever the sitter, Hollywood actor, celebrated writer or valued friend," writes Robin Muir in his catalogue essay, "Deakin made no concessions to vanity, his portraits are never idealised or evasive, and typically contain no pretense to flattery. There is no soft focus, no blurring or retouching. At their most extreme these images are cruel depictions. And even now, over forty years later, his prints are still defiantly modern."

Despite creating a memorable body of work, Deakin remains largely forgotten. His prints were outsized and consequently not easily archived. Deakin himself distrusted their worth. "He really was a member of photography's unhappiest minority whose members, while doubting its status as art, sometimes prove better than anyone else that there is no doubt about it," recalls his friend, Bruce Bernard. His greatest undoing, though, is evident in his portraits. Many of his subjects were his friends and drinking companions from the pubs and clubs of Soho; Bacon and Deakin, along with Michael Andrews, Frank Auerbach, and Lucien Freud comprised a group (virtually a subset of R.B. Kitaj's "School of London"), that would frequently gather for drinks at Muriel Belcher's club, the Colony Room, a setting described as "a place you could take your grandmother, and possibly your father, but not your mother." But while Bacon would regularly return to his studio from a late night out and religiously put in several hours painting, drinking affected Deakin's work and led to his dismissal from Conde Nast. His career as an independent photographer was not a success and his life devolved into a series of trips abroad. 

Deakin's portraits did have a life, albeit largely unacknowledged, in Bacon's paintings. Bacon commissioned many of Deakin's portraits as reference points for his own work. "Even in the case of friends who will come and pose," Bacon said, "I've had photographs taken for portraits because I very much prefer working from the photographs than from them. I think that, if I have the presence of the image there, I am not able to drift so freely as I am able to through the photographic image. This may just be my own neurotic sense but I find it less inhibiting to work from them through memory and the photographs than actually having them seated there before me. I don't want to practise before them the injury that I do to them in my work." 

Bacon's studio was notoriously chaotic and cluttered. "My photographs are very damaged by people walking over them and crumpling them and everything else, and this does add other implications to an image," he stated. To see the exhibition of Deakin prints from Bacon's estate consequently becomes an experience in watching the figure deconstruct according to the state of destruction in which the print has settled, much as the figures in Bacon's painting appear tortured, convoluted and deconstructed. While Bacon spoke about the ways in which he used photography, he rarely specifically cited Deakin's photography by name. Nor did he comment on the inspiration he drew from these torn and crumpled prints. However, in the same manner in which photographs of Velazquez' portrait of Innocent X had an object quality and presence for Bacon above and beyond that of the work itself, it is not inconceivable that Deakin's photographs, transformed by the damage sustained while in his studio, came to represent much more than simple aide-memoire for him. 

In a different context, Bacon once commented that "his [Deakin's] work is so little known when one thinks of all the well-known and famous names in photography - his portraits to me are the best since Nadar and Julia Margaret Cameron." Deakin's photographic output essentially ended in 1961, yet he and Bacon retained some semblance of a friendship. It was Bacon who was listed as Deakin's next of kin during his last hospital stay and it was Bacon who paid for his convalescence in Brighton where Deakin died of heart failure in 1972. But the kinship seems strongest in the work. The prints of Deakin's photographs which Bacon held in his studio, set alongside Bacon's painted portraits, are evidence of the influence and inspiration photography provided for Bacon. Deakin could have been speaking for Bacon as well when he said "Being fatally drawn to the human race, what I want to do when I photograph it is to make a revelation about it. So my sitters turn into my victims."     

 

 

 


THE DUALIST: FRANCIS BACON

 


The late Francis Bacon, the subject of a retrospective now on view in Germany, was vehement in his disdain for abstraction and illustration.

And yet, the author suggests, these techniques were integral to his presentation of violent imagery

 

 

        Francis Bacon, Haus der Kunst, Munich, Germany

 

DAVID COHEN | ART IN AMERICA 1st JANUARY 1997 Feb 1

998

            Francis Bacon offers a strange feast for the eye. Abundant painterly pleasures were to be had at the sumptuous retrospective at the Centre Georges Pompidou, Paris (the show which comes four years after the artist's death, is now at its second venue, the Haus der Kunst, Munich), but such pleasures are necessarily tinged with a frisson of guilt. To marvel at Bacon's manipulations of material and form, anatomy and perspective, innovation and convention is to delight, at the same time, in the representation of extraordinary states of mutilation and pain. To enjoy - as one is enticed to enjoy - such adventures in representation, one must divorce the form of content. And yet one cannot: to separate them would be like pulling apart Siamese tins, leaving limbs and torsos bloodied as any in the  paintings of Francis Bacon. To enjoy Bacon is, inevitably, at some imaginative level, to participate is injury.

            Just as there is an esthetic compulsion to look more and more closely at Bacon's paintings - especially when they are gathered "in the flesh" at a major exhibition of this kind - so there is a moral exhibition of this kind - so there is a moral imperative to come to terms with Bacon's violence. In a way, though, these two levels of attention are mutually exclusive. The work's painterliness enjoins us to aestheticize any extremities of depiction, such as the way faces are mashed by unexpected twists of the brush, just at the very moment when we might be groping for psychological or political excuses for such distortions. Pondering Goya's etchings, Disasters of War, Jean Genet describes a similar quandary: "We are so absorbed by the lightness and vitality of Goya's line that the beauty of the spectacle makes us forget to condemn the war it represents."

            There is a standard interpretation of Bacon as an artist who reflects the violence of his century, but this has come to seem inadequate precisely because it fails to confront the ambiguity of the violence in his work, as well as the fact that the word "violence" operates on different levels in the artist's own statements. Andrew Sinclair exclaims in his recent biography, Francis Bacon: His life and Violent Times (1995), that the artist "read the entrails of his half-century, pulverized them and vomited his three Eumenides in paint" [seeA.i.A., Dec. ‘94]. This is a reference to Three Studies for Figures and Violent Times (1944), which Bacon identified as a depiction of the furies in the Orestia of Aeschylus. Sinclair is able to draw upon plenty of reserves of violence in Bacon's life, from his childhood in Ireland during the Troubles and in London during the zeppelin raids of World War I (He was born in Dublin in 1909 to English parents), through an adolescence all the more turbulent because of his homosexuality and his ambiguous relationship to his tyrannical, racehorse-trainer father. He follows Bacon's more to the seedy Berlin of the Weimar Republic and Paris of the 1920s, where the artist came  of age and defined his outlook (it was after seeing a Picasso exhibition in Paris that he resolved to become a painter). During the 1930s Bacon was predominantly a designer of innovative modern furniture; he never darkened the door of an art school, but experimented during these years with current French artistic avant-garde as his models. Sinclair also draws liberally upon the historical calamities that marked the years of Bacon's public emergence. The artist was excused from the military service on account of his asthma, but World War II nonetheless had a galvanizing effect on him. As he launched his painting career in earnest towards the close of 1944, Auschwitz and Hiroshima were godparents of his painted furies. But Sinclair's biographically and historically casual view can be countered with Mark Roskill's contention - ever fresh from his 1963 essay Francis Bacon as a Mannerist - that "if both Rosso Fiorentino's art and Bacon's look ‘sick' to us, this is because they play upon our sensations in parallel ways, not because their periods gave them relevant imagery and mood."

            Bacon's use of the word "violent" in his interviews with David Sylvester (who, along with Fabrice Hergott, curated the current retrospective) was not always literal, despite enough blood-and-guts in his images to warrant such use. The "violence" of images - apart from specific scenes of mutilation or torture - can as often mean, to Bacon, the abruptness or keenness with which such images present themselves. He can thus speak of making things "more clearly, more exactly, more violently." Violence is as much what happens to images as within them. Bacon's people don't always suffer from their mutilations; many are quite able to go about their usual business. It is in this sense that he is a mannerist: violent distortion is just his way of doing figures, of painting faces. His stylistic distortions of body or visage - the mangled, lacerated features, the radical contortions or mutilation of limbs - as often accentuate aliveness as portend death.

            But Bacon has it both ways with violence: he elevated and sanitizes injury to the level of style, but he also trades on the emotionally charged resonance of injury, exploiting the repulsion and fascination that such wounds - were they real - would elicit. Bacon exhibits an ambivalence toward violence not only in his finished paintings but also in the procedures underlying them. For instance, he said that he preferred to develop his portraits from photographs rather than have a person actually sit for him. The living presence of his sitters would inhibit him, he told Sylvester, "because, if I like them, I don't want to practise before them the injury that I do to them in my work. I would rather practise the injury in private by which I can record the fact of them more clearly."

            Bacon was famously and consistently disdainful of abstraction. He told Sylvester that "it can convey very watered-down lyrical feelings, because I think any shapes I can. But I don't think it can really convey feeling in the grand sense." Elsewhere he insisted that "the image matters more than the beauty of the paint." Invariably, however, viewers must adopt a point of view diametrically opposed to the painter's if they are to survive the assault of his art. At some conscious or unconscious level, every admirer of Bacon has to say to himself or herself: the paint matters more than the ugliness of the image.

            An anti-epicurean stance comes through in Bacon's avowed preference for Picasso over Matisse. Matisse was "to lyrical and decorative....he doesn't have Picasso's brutality of fact." And yet Matisse springs to mind on seeing the first painting of the Paris exhibition, Interior of a Room (ca. 1935). When Bacon fully embarked on his painting career in 1944-45 (with the Three Studies) he destroyed his previous output. Those few early pieces which were already in other hands, and thus survived, would be omitted from exhibitions during his lifetime. The exception to this rule was the ghostly Picassoid Crucifixion (1933), which had been reproduced by Herbert Read in his landmark 1934 book, Art Now, marking Bacon's first official recognition as an artist. (Read had wanted to include Bacon in the 1936 International Surrealist Exhibition at the Burlington Galleries, but bizarrely his co-selectors deemed him "not surrealist enough.")

            An accurate reckoning of his pre-1944 output within the context of his entire career is now possible, and is one of the things that makes the Paris/Munich show so significant - and the most comprehensive Bacon retrospective to date, even though there were more pictures in the 1985 Tate survey, and at the Grand Palais, Paris, in 1971. Another of the artist's own myths exploded by this exhibition is that of his not having made drawings. The curators have gathered several revealing works on paper - in gouache, pen and crayon - as well as his paintings over photographs in books.

            The 1935 Interior of a Room is richly prophetic on a number of counts. It already announces Bacon's love for spatial ambiguity and somewhat nauseating colour. Structurally, the composition is probably too ambitious for its own good, but it is telling that t here is (loosely speaking) a tripartite division, anticipating his adoption of the triptych format. And there is evidence of another consistent trait, the desire to do subversive things with paint, smudging and smearing it to gain disconcerting effects. But with all the cubistic complications of space and the intrusions of both oddly biomorphic elements ad irregular rods, there is an unfamiliar decorative intensity in the lozenge shapes we can read as wallpaper in the center of the image, and in the luscious red and purple stripes to the right. The way the lozenges - yellow and green on green- are "written" in a pinched, abbreviated, uneven handwriting seems pure Matisse. What would happen in subsequent work is that a dualism of living matter and inanimate surroundings would sharpen: the dog at the bottom right is the only living thing depicted, but it is passive and inert; there is more life in the ambiguous forms in the opposite corner. The vitality invested in these lozenges will be reinvested in organic forms (the dog will spring into action, so to speak). Backgrounds will become exactly that - background, consigned to a secondary role - and they will be forced to take on an intentionally deadpan quality, creating all t he more heightened contrast with the main event, the concentrated, centered living form. Sometimes the background will be painted in "dead" acrylic, the figures in "fleshy" oil, to intensify the dichotomy.

           The decorative element, so joyously bodied forth in the painting of the young interior designer, would be subordinated, once he relaunched his career, but not expunged. The stripes of the top right corner ofInterior reassert themselves in Painting (1950). Here they look more Bonnard than Matisse, perhaps because the nude - of uncertain gender - is standing in a bathtub. The stripes are the second subject, but only just. Although they and the blue and red rectangles topping and tailing the composition can be read as depicting the wall and the side of the bath, there is an unnerving consonance between this figure painting and then-contemporary American abstraction.

            Various considerations conspire to block appreciation of the decorative aspects of Bacon's work: his disdain for abstraction; his status as (apart from Giacometti, whom he much admired) quite probably the greatest reinventor of figuration after Picasso; the sheer brutality of his subject matter. And yet, the abstract qualities are an indispensable component of the paintings. However compelling the central figure in Portrait of Isabel Rawsthorne Standing in a Street in Soho (1967), however intriguing the ambiguous animal-cum-automobile form behind her, the first and last memory of the work is of the rich blue flapping shapes at the top of the composition and the swerving spiral that arcs below. Of course, these can be "read" - as awnings and road respectively - but this does not distract from their autonomy as abstract shapes, their right to be regarded as flat shapes on the canvas. Likewise, the brushwork m the decorate flooring/plush carpet of the 1973 triptych Three Portraits: Posthumous Portrait of George Dyer, Self Portrait, Portrait of Lucian Freud (1973), with its gay abandon, is too involved in its own lyricism to be explained away in descriptive terms. Often in Bacon one senses an abstract painting bursting to escape from the figurative space it is enlisted to describe.

            But this is to discuss abstraction as if it is a quantifiable state apart from figuration. Bacon's argument with abstraction is not that he despises the abstract, but that he takes it to be inextricably linked to other facets of painting. "I think painting is a duality," he explained, "and that abstract painting is an entirely aesthetic thing. It always remains on one level. It is only really interested in the beauty of its patterns or its shapes." The patterns and shapes in the two paintings just mentioned, admired for their abstract, "esthetic" qualities, can also be absorbed within denser, more multifaceted readings of the images they serve. The billowing awnings in the Isabel Rawsthorne painting rhyme with the swelling of Rawsthorne's skirt, the voluptuous tightness of her clothing. The very involvedness of the ground in the triptych intensifies the isolation of three figures depicted within the same space. That the pattern arises from undisciplined doodles, with colors that are loosely flesh tones, lends to it a sexual suggestiveness.

            Bacon's suspicion of the "entirely aesthetic thing" and his plea for another level of meaning recall Ruskin's famous distinction between "aesthesis" and "theoria," between "mere animal consciousness of the pleasantness" and "exulting, reverent and grateful perception." Of course, Ruskin's moral universe is turned upside down by the time this dualism reaches Bacon: his outlook is so imbued by a Nietzschean sense of vitalism that "mere animal consciousness" is actually the "exulted" condition he seeks. Ruskin's projected state beyond the esthetic, with its overtones of moral rectitude, would have smacked to Bacon of "illustration," to which he was just as hostile as he was toward "decoration" and "abstraction."

            Illustration, according to Bacon, transports imagery along a cumbersome route through language, association, meaning. His ideal was to bypass such laborious stages of cognition in a brutal assault directly upon the core of our physical being: "Some paint," he said, "comes across directly into the nervous system and other paint tells you the story in a long diatribe through the brain." He is ever the inverted Cartesian, rooting for the body in its dualistic struggle with the mind. ("I masturbate, therefore I am," as Donald Kuspit once put it apropos of Bacon's men.) To Bacon, the physical being is more real, more truethan any more or social being. A line from Andre Gide's The Immoralist making similar Nietzschean plea for the authentic in raw physicality suggests itself as almost prophetic of Bacon's art: "The layers of acquired knowledge peel away  from the mind like a cosmetic and reveal, in patches, the naked flesh beneath, the authentic being there."

            Bacon the dualist is as prone to play form against meaning as meaning against form. He is even capable, at times, of talking like a true formalist, as when he came to justify his use of a swastika armband in the right-hand panel of Crucifixion (1965). This motif, appearing in a work, moreover, belonging to the Staatsgalerie in Munich, naturally gave rise to fanciful historical and political interpretations of precisely the kind Bacon preferred to avoid for his work. Pressed on the matter of the armband in his second interview with David Sylvester, Bacon disconcertingly replied that he wanted to "break the continuity of the arm and to add the colour .... You may say it was a stupid thing to do, but it was done entirely as part of trying to make the figure" work - not work on the level of interpretation of its being a Nazi, but on the level of its working formally." The swastika happened to present itself to him, he claims because he had just been studying photos of Hitler and his entourage.

            When Bacon made his distinction between illustrational and nonillustrational form, his preference was obviously for the latter, for the form which works upon the nervous system, bypassing memory and expectation. And yet he is a realist in the sense that he paints immediately recognizable objects and forms from the observed world in a pictorial language that is predominantly accessible, and when ambiguous, deliberately and contrastively so. The dichotomy of real versus illustrational has one status in his statements, another in his work, for it is in fact the distorted, ambiguous forms - usually the figures - which are the more vital and urgent forms, the more "real." As with the way Bacon paints background very differently from foreground, so in this respect his work presents a duality of different kinds or degrees of realism. There are the moments of radical distortion and painterly spasm, but these are offset by surrounding passages of blandness, in which the mode of depiction is as deadpan as the paint-handling. Everyday objects - furniture, baseboards, mirrors, roller blinds, fight bulbs, door knobs, etc. - are often achieved with the studied simplicity of a commercial artist, of a cartoonist or (dare one say it) an illustrator. This makes all the more forceful the explosions of flesh, the deformative smudges, or the onanistic ejaculations of paint which are allowed to intrude upon and puncture this otherwise innocuous surface. Opposite in execution as in appearance, these heightened moments stand apart from the calculated banality of what surrounds them - the real as in the actual substance of paint is pitted against "realism" as in pictorial representation.

            "I want a very ordered image, but I want it to come about by chance," Bacon once said. Chance, with its risk of spoiling everything, is a sort of violence committed against Bacon's own meticulousness, a rude interruption of the smooth, measured surface. His infatuation with chance has none of the idealism of Surrealist or Abstract-Expressionist notions of automatism, which link spontaneity to freedom or truth. Instead, his chance is imbued with a nihilistic, existentialist sense of the arbitrary. Flung and frenzied marks declaim the violence of their moment of becoming.

            It would be a mistake, though, to think of the miraculous splurges as the authentic Bacon, and the rest as the painter marking time. This is not just because the distinction between the two modes is frequently blurred. It also has to be stressed that the background Bacon is often Bacon at his most lyrical; that his design is capable of compelling compactness (as with the blue a= in the Rawsthorne portrait); that even the shorthand details and illustrational passages can have the sort of mesmerizing hold of such masters of the deadpan as Hopper and Magritte. But there is another reason not to overrate the chance effects, namely that they are not as "chancy" as they might appear. Bacon was in actual fact a compulsive gambler, losing large sums at the roulette wheel, but in the act of painting, the wheel can be said to have been weighted. Through his studio risk taking, he could simulate the thrill of the wheel knowing that each "gamble" would eventually pay off: time and an unlimited supply of paint and canvas were on his side. He could keep working until he won.

            In a painting done toward the end of his career, Jet of Water (1988), life is seen to imitate art: a burst of water from a faucet in an anonymous street provided Bacon with a perfect subject to pursue his connection of the fluid, the violent and the effects of chance. In general, Bacon's work of the last 20 years had neither the disturbing power of the paintings of the 1940s and 1950s nor the compelling design quality of the 1960s canvases. Relative to his earlier work, a diffuseness bordering on sterility began to set in; the sharpness of contrast between figure and ground was a casualty, even as the dead-centered figure became almost ubiquitous, making the contrast especially needed. But, with a burst of the old energy, Jet of Water - and several other quietly sumptuous works from the last years gathered in the Paris/Munich exhibition - defied the impression of talent going to seed. This image redramatizes the dichotomy between an almost fey and punctilious background - actually very reminiscent of Pittura Metafisica, with its pale blue sky, delicately drawn architectural elements, characteristic dry-brush fines and edges - and a vigorous foreground, here very literary a ‘splash' of paint.

            Bacon, who rightly insisted that he was not an expressionist, is arguably at his most canny when the materials seem most freely handled and invested with personal feeling and surprised response. It is telling that these qualities should emerge so forcefully in one of the numerous works done in homage to Velazquez, that master of control: Study for Portrait of Pope Innocent X (1965), with the brushiness of the flame- and limb-like folds of the backcloth, the diaphanous whiteness of the pontiff s frock, the unfinish of his oddly misshaped throne, the bravura economy of his cape. An almost love-hate ambivalence towards the very stuff of paint comes through in Study for Portrait of Van Gogh (1957) with its voluptuous yet disdainfully fluid dollops of red and white, and blue and black, mixed as much on the brush as on the sickly yellow ground.

            There is actually a sort of violence in the way Bacon cannibalizes historic sources; his attitude toward the old masters mixed awe and contempt. As with his depictions of contemporaries, he was more comfortable working from photographs of past art than from the originals. (Numerous creased, paint-splattered art reproductions and photographic portraits recovered from the floor of Bacon's studio are included in the Pompidou catalogue.) Just as the 16th-century Mannerists subverted the classical perfection of Raphael so Bacon repeatedly took up artists of calm and measure in seeming contrast to his own sensibility - the unaffected naturalist Velazquez, the restrained classicists Poussin and Ingres, the rationalist pioneer photographer Eadweard Muybridge - twisting their images around for his own expressive purpose. (The contrast in sensibility was admittedly less when he borrowed from van Gogh.) Idealism and positivism are turned on their head when a pair of Muybridge's male wrestlers, for instance, naked for the purpose of documenting movement, metamorphose into male lovers. "Bacon's compulsive emotion would break Poussin's precious, porcelain mouth to pieces" says Donald Kuspit, referring to Bacon's appropriation in countless images of the aghast mother's expression from Poussin's Massacre of the Innocents.

            Bacon's willful misreading of the old masters can border on the deconstructive as he homes in upon unconscious lesions and incongruities which make the images so alive for him. Citing Degas's After the Bath in London's National Gallery, he delight in the way "the top of the spine almost comes out of the skin ... this gives it such a grip and a twist that you're more conscious of the vulnerability of the rest of the body than if he had drawn the spine naturally." But there is no arrogance in his exploitation of the masters. On the contrary, talking with David Sylvester he wonders, looking at a favourite Rembrandt, why any modern should bother competing with such an image. Logically speaking, his actual connection with the old masters is tenuous: he never trained academically, after all, never drew in life-class or copied in museums. And yet his relationship with them is more profound than the staginess of his appropriations would at first allow, and more meaningful than that of most self-conscious traditionalists: experience of Bacon's work puts one in mind of great paintings of the past. I have often detected in my own response to Bacon a marked discrepancy between attitudes in the presence of actual works and memories of them. In memory, as indeed in photographic reproduction, the image out-balances its conveyance, and one thinks of the paintings in iconographic or narrative terms. Seeing an immaculately hung and judiciously selected retrospective such as the Paris/Munich show restores the extraordinary sense of design and scale, the sheer painterliness, of Francis Bacon. But still, the images come across even more strongly. His aestheticized violence, like that of Titan's Flaying of Marsyas or Rape of Lucretia, of Goya, Delacroix, of Manet's Execution of Maximillian, genuinely invokes what Bacon called "feeling in the grand sense."

 

(1.) A fragile work belonging to the Tate Gallery which is rarely allowed to travel, it is included in the Paris/Munich show. 

(2.) The Listener, London, July 25, 1963, quoted from Art International, September 1963, p. 44. 

(3.) Conducted between 1962 and 1986 and collected in a third edition as The Brutality of Fact (1987). Reviewing an earlier edition, the novelist Graham Greene reckoned that these dialogues "rank with the journals of Delacroix and the letters of Gauguin." All the quotes from Francis Bacon in this article come from the Sylvester interviews. 

(4.) Donald Kuspit, Francis Bacon: The Authority of Flesh, Artforum, Summer 1975, p. 50. 

(5.) From the translation by Richard Howard, New York, Knopf, 1970. 

(6.) This triptych was only exhibited in Munich; the Guggenheim's Three Studies for a Crucifixion (1962) was its substitute in Paris. 

(7.) The painting is at Chantilly and was actually seen by Bacon (unlike the Velazquez portrait of Pope Innocent, in Rome, which he only knew from reproduction) when he was living in Chantilly as a language student in 1928. Another acknowledged source for the gaping mouth form which so fascinated him was a still from the scene of massacre on the steps from Eisenstein's movie Battleship Potemkin (1925).

The Francis Bacon retrospective appeared at the Centre Georges Pompidou, Paris [June 27-Oct. 14, 1996], and is currently on view at the Haus der Kunst, Munich [Nov. 4, 1996-Jan. 31, 1997]. It is accompanied by a 335-page catalogue with contributions by the exhibition's curators, David Sylvester and Fabrice Hergott, as well as Jean Louis Schefer, Jean-Claude Lebensztejn, Herve Vanel and Yves Kobry.

COPYRIGHT 1997 Brant Publications, Inc.

 

 

 

  Dark Vision

 

    FRANCIS BACON

Anatomy of an Enigma

 

       By Michael Peppiatt

 

 

NICHOLAS FOX WEBER | BOOK REVIEW LOS ANGELES TIMES | SUNDAY, JULY 27, 1997

 

"The more indiscreet you are, the better the book will be," Francis Bacon counseled Michael Peppiatt about this biography. The English painter believed in laying things bare. The bold brushwork of his canvases presented screaming popes, anguished figures crouched on toilets, nude male wrestlers in a frenzy of violent sex. Discretion, clearly, was not the better part of valor for the octogenarian who, after more than the usual accord that most artists enjoy in their lifetimesblockbuster exhibitions at the Grand Palais in Paris, the Tate in London, the Metropolitan and the Museum of Modern Art in New York; the sale of one of his paintings at Sotheby's for more than $6 million dollarstold Peppiatt, "My life hasn't changed much, you know. I still masturbate."

Yet for all of Bacon's license with him, and licentiousness in life, Peppiatt has been remarkably restrained in Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma. Five years after the painter's death, and some 20 years since that initial discussion in which Bacon advised indiscretion, the editor of Art International and writer on modern European art has produced a balanced, intelligent book that illuminates Bacon's paintings with an objectivity and perceptiveness for which the work cries out.

Bacon's art will never seem the same to us if, instead of thinking of its violence as gratuitous or imposed--as the twisted bodies and howling mouths sometimes seem we consider the human suffering a result of "the tension that plagued Ireland throughout his childhood." Peppiatt supports the point well. Bacon was Anglo-Irish. His family and his beloved nurse were Protestant, while "their domestic staff and seven of their nine grooms were Irish and Catholic." Bacon's maternal grandfather, a police officer, was a likely target for IRA violence at the time of the Civil War. One evening when Bacon was about 10 years old, the two were driving home when their car got stuck in a bog that conveniently trapped such vehicles for local rebels. Bacon and his grandfather scrambled to a large house whose owners cross-examined them with guns before taking them in. "An awareness of life as a perpetual huntthe stalker and his prey, the aggressor and his victim--was to be fundamental to Bacon," Peppiatt tells us. That sort of insight helps clarify the art.

The theme of aggressor and victim was crucial to Bacon's sexuality as well. Nearing the age of 50 and living in Morocco, he would periodically be found "beaten up on some street in Tangier in the early hours of the morning." And it wasn't only toward Bacon's person that Peter Lacy, Bacon's lover of the mid-'50s, was brutal. Lacy slashed most of the artist's work of the previous six months with a knife. The assaults prompted the British consul-general in Tangier to ask the police chief to increase the patrol of the city's dark alleys. But after a few weeks, and several more beatings, the police chief- came back to the consul-general with the explanation that there was nothing he could do; Bacon liked this state of affairs. That self destructiveness clearly showed up in his work.

Bacon cherished artifice as well as outrageousness. These tastes permeated his statements, both verbal and artistic; his personal appearance as well as the look of his art. There were no boundaries. "All life is really ridiculousridiculous and futile," the artist declared. So he willingly invented, or reinvented himself, just as he developed a hitherto unknown world in his work.

To demonstrate Bacon's "uninhibited love of Original effects," Peppiatt provides a description from one of the artist's close friends, the painter and writer Michael Wishart;

"I enjoyed watching Francis make up his face. He applied the basic foundation with lightning dexterity born of long practice. He was more careful, even sparing, with the rouge. For his hair he had a selection of Kiwi boot polishes in various browns. He blended these on the back of his hand, selecting a tone appropriate for the particular evening, and he brushed them through his abundant hair with a shoe brush. He polished his teeth with Vim. He looked remarkably young, even before this alchemy."

As for lipstick, we hear of another observer "wondering whether she should tell him he must have sucked his paintbrush and got red paint all over his mouth." Peppiatt's skill is that he does not just provide such vivid descriptions but connects them accurately to Bacon's art, "The array of idiosyncratic cosmetics he used to change his appearance was not unlike the variety of personally adapted techniques he came to employ in his paintings."

Sometimes, however, Peppiatt's detached approach and his scholarly art-historical tone are inappropriately clinical for Bacon's deliberate lack of restraint. Time and again "Francis Bacon, Anatomy of an Enigma" meanders from accounts of the artist's preferred perversions to tales of his lavish lifestyle, as he hosted dinners with vintage wines at Lucas-Carton in Paris and the Ritz and the Connaught in London, to descriptions of his paintings-all without either, the slightest change of pace or any sense of Peppiatt's own reactions. Peppiatt's account too often sounds like a lab report. "Women's underwear and, notably, fishnet stockings were an essential part of the artist's wardrobe for most of his life. He also 'became well-versed in the literature' of sadomasochism, but theory was the least part of his interest, and at one point he owned a collection of 12 rhino whips." One longs for a bit more style, some Wildean irony, instead of the implicit throat-clearing of words like "notably." And how does Peppiatt get from that description, so lurid in content if dry in tone, to the observation that "Bacon's own preferences ... can be sensed with such immediacy in his own paintings"? I do not consider myself naive for having known Bacon's paintings for many years without ever before having deduced that he liked to wear fishnet stockings and collect whips.

Given the boldness and directness of his subject, Peppiatt is sometimes far too obtuse. He proffers too many statements of the sort that weigh down art history journals, "Slowly, an effective barrier of non-elucidation grew up around the oeuvre." If you take the time to translate and dissect the claim, it means something, but Peppiatt had already far more effectively made the simple point that Bacon refused to explain his work.

Bacon has been the subject of many books and articles, as well as of some excellent interviews, and this book contributes significantly to the literature. While covering some of the same ground as Daniel Farson's The Gilded Gutter, Life of Francis Bacon, which appeared in 1994, it is more thorough and informative. But there is still something missing in Peppiatt's effort. It provides ample knowledge of Bacon's life and artistic . growth, his tastes and distastes, but nowhere do we adequately feel passion-either the writer's or his subject's. Just as Bacon preferred, strangely, to see Velazquez's work in reproduction rather than in actuality, this book keeps its material one step removed and emotion too distant.

The lacuna is not a flaw one can readily pinpoint; it is not as if Peppiatt has made errors or hazarded risks for which we might call him to task. In fact, unlike Bacon, he has taken few chances; nor has he adequately uncovered the layers. (Why did the artist never want to look at his favorite Velazquez, even When, in 1954, he was minutes away from it in Rome?) This is an interesting, well-ordered biography, but it's too stolid; the writing is too leaden, especially given the vigor of the subject. "Anatomy of an Enigma"? Perhaps, but where is the celebration or dismay, the courage to evaluate, the engagement and imagination essential to a great biography?

Nor have we yet had ample consideration of what Bacon's work unleashed in modern English art. Bacon, Peppiatt conscientiously informs us, was fascinate with "photographs of all kinds of disasters, from a car accident with bodies lying in pools of blood to a huge crowd fanning out m terrified flight as soldiers fire into it." He also loved gazing at meat on display in Harrods' Food Hall. Since then, Damien Hirst has exhibited dissected cows and sharks in formaldehyde; Marc Quinn has incorporated his own frozen blood into his sculpture; and Mona Hatoun has videoed the inside of her body. Most recently, the British sculptor Anthony-Noel Kelly has been using dead body parts, from corpses allegedly acquired from the Royal College of Surgeons, to make plaster casts.

The explanation for the development of this morbidity in the art of our times may lay in an morbidity in the art of our times may lay in an understanding of both the shortcomings and the power of Francis Bacon's work—and a real probing of the mind behind it. Such a penetrating analysis has yet to be written.

Nicholas Fox Weber, executive director of the Josef and Anni Albers Foundation, is currently writing a book about the painter Balthus.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma

 

 

BY GLEN HELFAND THE ADVOCATE | JULY 8, 1997

 

Francis Bacon is an artist whom viewers have strong feelings about: His work is love-it-or-hate-it kind of stuff. His powerful signature compositions of gnarled, tortured flesh against backgrounds painted in lush, queasy tones aren't exactly pretty. It's difficult, however, to deny this British artist's skill.

Despite the often controversial nature of his work, Bacon's startling paintings have earned him a place as one of the great artists of this century. He was also openly gay. Still, Bacon, who died in 1992, was never the type to flaunt his inner feelings. Particularly not in his art. "Bacon insisted that his painting be viewed in a kind of biographical vacuum," writes Michael Peppiatt in Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma, his engaging and often dishy new biography.

Bacon's veiled strategy of distancing his personal life from his art is not surprising given that he was part of a generation of gay men who faced legal persecution for their sexuality, But though his public persona may have been shrouded in secrecy, that doesn't mean he wasn't enjoying himself in private, The book presents him as a generous, erratic, and appealing character with contradictory tastes. Bacon led what he called a "gilded gutter life" - one that included swank gambling sprees in Monte Carlo, lavish art openings, and quick sexual encounters with street studs

As a longtime friend of the artist, Peppiatt had access to intimate personal details regarding Bacon's life, and he balances them with art historical readings of Bacon's work. The artist's early years are particularly fascinating because his development as a painter was tied to his budding sexuality. At 16 he was expelled from home after his tyrannical military father caught him in his mother's panties. After drifting through London's homosexual underworld, he was sent with an uncle to late-'20s Berlin, where the young artist found an even more vibrant gay scene. As Bacon ended up with various sex partners - including his uncle - he also witnessed the kind of economic inequity and social injustice that may have sparked some of his raging images.

Although Bacon encountered tragedies and low points throughout his life, here his history seems richly layered with experiences of joy and artistic triumph, In his preface Peppiatt quotes Bacon saying, "It would take a Proust to tell the story of my life." It's a daunting message to any biographer, but Peppiatt approaches his subject confidently. If not exactly Proustian, the book is an intimate portrait of the artist as a brilliant and complex gay man.

 

 

 

In praise of Bacon

 

 

Ross Bleckner pays tribute to the artist

 

 

ROSS BLECKNER | THE ADVOCATE | 8 JULY, 1997

 

Francis Bacon is undoubtedly one of the most important painters to emerge from post-World War II Europe. As a young artist I didn't like his work as much as I do now. I didn't get it. I thought it was too expressive, too theatrical, too narrative, too illustrative, too Catholic, too European. Not to mention too figurative. My particular historical affinity was toward artists who were more transcendental, more American. Artists like Mark Rothko and Barnett Newman - artists who were trying to break their way out of the fragmentation and claustrophobia of (European) easel painting to make their way toward a new (American) abstraction with all the freedom and expansiveness that it implies.

What I don't get now is why I was so doctrinaire about it. I mean, what was it that I really didn't like? Why should abstraction serve as another mental hegemony for somebody whose work is barely even formed? The point is to be open, to be messy, to make the game a little more complicated. That's what Bacon did. That's also what made his work a little scary to me. I couldn't separate the mental picture of him that was in my head - drunk and bloated and ugly-from the pictures of his paintings that were in my head--explicit, sadomasochistic, bloody, scatological - from the paintings themselves - raw and powerful. Bacon's work is intensely human in a way that makes us confront and deal with things and feelings that are often repressed--especially for me, when I first encountered his images in the early 1970s.

In Edmund White's lecture at the AIDS and Literature Conference in Key West, Fla., last January, he made the point, which I agree with, that one doesn't have to choose between the idea of art being a "promise of happiness" or an "idea of pure 'disinterested contemplation.' " In other words, Bacon's "messiness" collapses the dichotomy between the transcendental and the real. It seems more appropriate to think of art as a wayward mirror: convoluted, multiple, inverted, simultaneous, continuous, distorted, like life.

The immediacy and beauty of so many impulses and images recorded together and operating simultaneously as if a mind were opening outward is what makes Bacon such an important artist, That opening outward is what I understand today to be the truest accomplishment possible as an artist.

COPYRIGHT 1997 Liberation Publications, Inc.

 

 

 

  
          A Magnificent Mischief-Maker

 

 

 

To be in Francis Bacon's company was to be dazzled and confused, seduced and stunned

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL | THE NEW YORK TIMES | JULY 27, 1997


Anatomy of an Enigma.
By Michael Peppiatt.
Illustrated. 366 pp. New York:
Farrar, Straus & Giroux. $30.

 

That there was a book to be written about the life of Francis Bacon (1909-92) was never in doubt. No one who had seen Bacon in the street, let alone in a crowded room, could forget his spring-heeled tread, his pink, pulpy and most often convivial features, and his cannonading diction. Quite apart from the paintings that made his name, and eventually his very large fortune, he was one of the great English originals of this century. As such, he was talked about, argued about and speculated about.

The problematic element was that ever since he had been banished from his father's house at the age of 16 - reportedly for trying on his mother's underclothes - Bacon lived a layered life. Secrecy, make-believe and a flamboyant mischief were fundamental to it. From adolescence he referred to himself as ''completely homosexual,'' and at 17 he learned his way around two great cities - first Berlin and then Paris - in which appetites of every kind could be satisfied. ''To find yourself,'' he said to his biographer, Michael Peppiatt, ''you need the greatest possible freedom to drift.'' Bacon enjoyed that freedom. But how, where, when and with whom?

The answers to these questions were as if written in the sand dune of which Bacon was to paint an amazing picture late in his life. But almost all of them could have been washed away by the equally amazing jet of wild water he painted in 1979.

Among those who knew Francis Bacon most vividly - some for half an hour, others for half a lifetime - many were never known by name to anyone but him. Almost all those who were known have lately died off, one after another. Others, still living, have refused to speak about him and are not going to change their minds now. Than that there is no greater compliment.

So there is a huge disparity between the recorded and the unrecorded. Bacon handled these matters to perfection. In what passes for formal society, he had beautiful manners (inherited from way back) and appeared to give his whole self to any company he was in. But there almost always came a moment at which other people elsewhere had priority, and he was suddenly gone. Few men have been at home in so many worlds, or so adroit in adjusting from one to another.

When talking about himself, he could dazzle and confuse, seduce and stun. But when he was bored or provoked, he could carry on like an intelligent windup toy whose every word torched the air. His friendship, once given, was so irresistible, inventive and generous in spirit that when he withdrew it, as he sometimes did, the loss was very hard to bear. These were private matters, but they make life difficult for a biographer.

All this notwithstanding, Michael Peppiatt's Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma is pleasurable reading on the whole. It has a good, steady beginning, in which the reader learns that one of Bacon's maternal great-great-grandfathers founded a small steelworks in Sheffield that grew into ''one of the world's biggest suppliers of castings for guns.'' (It was, in Bacon's view, the prospect of a residuary fortune from Sheffield steel that persuaded his father to propose to his mother.)

His great-aunt Eliza married the heir to a shipbuilding fortune, and Bacon as a boy spent summer holidays in her mammoth neo-Gothic mansion near Newcastle. From his mother's mother he inherited a sense of fete and a gift for cosmopolitan and open-handed hospitality. Peppiatt also reminds us, though Bacon himself never did, that Byron dedicated ''Childe Harold'' to one of Bacon's paternal great-grandmothers.

He gives a good account of Bacon's early career in London as a designer of furniture, rugs and other domestic incidentals, some of which had a second life in his paintings. Much of the story told here about his life after that is already familiar - and not all the gossip reported is substantiated. But the story is skillfully sewn together and rebuttoned (or, in some cases, unbuttoned), even if a little too much comes inevitably from memoirs that are malicious or self-serving.

Peppiatt first met Bacon in 1963, when he was editing a student magazine called Cambridge Opinion, and they got on well. In 1966, Peppiatt went to live in Paris, where he eventually became editor and publisher of Art International. In the 1970's, when Bacon decided to live in Paris and see how he liked it, Peppiatt was always at hand. He therefore had a 30-year acquaintance with his subject and made good use of it. (Bacon's late-night soliloquies in Paris ring particularly true.) His book is also enriched by echoes, all of them duly credited, of the many tributes to Bacon that were printed after his death. (In many of these, one can sense a feeling of relief that Bacon would never read them.)

Peppiatt has also been able to draw on what will from now on be an indispensable biographical source. It is unique in its kind, consisting of the sumptuous mulch of photographs, newspaper cuttings and leavings of every kind that Bacon had trodden into the floor of his studio. It has since been taken apart, piece by piece.

Among the treasures on the floor was a long series of beat-up photographs by Bacon's friend John Deakin. When rescued not long ago, these were shown at the National Portrait Gallery in London. In those battered images, Bacon himself lives again, as do his favourite subjects - Isabel Rawsthorne, Muriel Belcher, Henrietta Moraes, Lucian Freud, Peter Lacy, George Dyer and others from intellectual, social and artistic circles in London.

Without Deakin's photographs, Bacon's portraits of those same people could seem weird, perverse, even hostile. But as he said himself: ''I terribly don't want to make freaks, though everyone seems to think that that's how the pictures turn out. If I make people look unattractive, it's not because I want to. I'd like them to look as attractive as they really are.''

Also - and unlike most of Bacon's boon companions - Peppiatt has done some original work. He tracked down, for example, the daughter of a French woman of the world, a pianist and connoisseur of the arts called Yvonne Bocquentin, who had taken the 17-year-old Bacon in hand in 1927 - a daughter with an excellent memory. Not only did Mme. Bocquentin invite Bacon to lodge in her house in Chantilly; she made sure he made the most of all that Paris had to offer in the way of high culture.

When it comes to the art, neither Bacon nor Peppiatt is well served by the boilerplate jacket copy of this book, in which we read of Bacon's ''canvases of screaming popes,'' which are said to be ''defining images of 20th-century anguish.'' ''Get real!'' is the only answer to this phrase, which is the equivalent in marketing to friendly fire in warfare. These ancient fallacies do no honour to the publisher.

Where are these ''screaming popes''? Anyone who looks with a fresh eye at the Head VI of 1949 or the Study After Velazquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X of 1953 - classic pieces, both - may conclude that the Pope figure is not screaming at all. He may be singing along, in full-throated Italian style. He may be yawning after a long day at the office. He may also be roaring with laughter. Bacon left his options open, no matter how often others preferred to ignore them.

After all, what did he actually say? ''I am not a preacher,'' he said. ''I have nothing to say about 'the human situation.' '' What he wanted, among other things, was to reinvent the language of portraiture in ways that summoned the rest of us to reinvent the language of criticism.

Peppiatt does not quite do that, but he has one or two enviable inspirations. One of them is to quote at the end of his book a passage from Marcel Proust that might have been written with Bacon in mind. ''People do not die immediately for us,'' Proust said, ''but remain bathed in a sort of aura of life. . . . It is as though they were traveling abroad.''

John Russell writes frequently about art and culture for The New York Times.  

 

 


Francis Bacon's Sizzling Life

 

 

DAVID D'ARCY NEWSDAY AUGUST 24, 1997

 

      Francis Bacon professed never to read the reviews of his work.


      "If I did," he said, "I'd probably never paint again."
      

Bacon may have sought attention with a passion (he talked about himself and his work as much as any artist has), but if he ever cared about what people thought of him, he rarely showed it. Seen in this detailed biography by his friend and longtime admirer, the critic Michael Peppiatt, Bacon was a thoroughgoing contrarian. Born in Ireland to an English family, he was an avowed homosexual who rejected bourgeois propriety for a life anchored in London's pubs. Peppiatt's tour of Bacon's travels through those haunts is vivid. Too vivid, perhaps. After providing Peppiatt with most of the material in the book in the 1970s, Bacon forbade the author to publish. Now, five years after the painter' s death in 1992, the truth has come out.

Toward the end of his life, Bacon, not one to minimize his own importance, declared that only Proust could do justice to his colourful biography. With a touch more modesty, Peppiatt calls himself the Boswell to Bacon's Samuel Johnson, the amanuensis who tags along just about everywhere and records his mentor's every word. Overblown as it might sound, this is just what Peppiatt has achieved. The result is not a critical biography, but a closely observed account of what Bacon thought of himself. Readers eager to learn about Bacon's art or about the evolution of the London art scene of this century will not be disappointed.

Largely self-taught, Bacon rejected modern art's glacial drift toward abstraction by painting the human figure, which he in turn disfigured with a vengeance. He would have been delighted to witness the art world's current vogue for grotesque figurative painting and no doubt would have claimed paternity.

The author calls Bacon an enigma. Paradox is a better word. An esthete and fastidious dresser, he would nonetheless roam the public lavatories for rough trade. He fell into art largely by accident. A magnanimous host and drinking companion who visited sick friends and paid their hospital bills, he spoke derisively of most of the artists who got his career going. The man later acclaimed as the world's greatest living painter placed ads in the 1920s seeking work as a "gentleman's companion" on the front page of The Times. At the same time, the elderly nanny who had raised him was living with Bacon and a male companion in London, in bohemian quarters so cramped that she slept on the kitchen table. She would live with him until she died. Artists with glaring contradictions are nothing new, yet even by the standards of artists' lives, Bacon's life was an odd one. It's no surprise that a movie is being made of it. If that movie, now in production, includes even half the detail presented in this biography, it could be a nonstop orgy.

Born in Dublin in 1909, Bacon spent most of his unhappy childhood in sprawling Irish country houses. His mother's family made a fortune from a colliery in northern England. His father, retired from the British cavalry, was a failed horse trainer, loathed by Francis. The father banned alcohol from the house (Bacon grew to be a prodigious drinker), threw angry fits over trivial details and sought to toughen up his frail eldest son by having Irish grooms horsewhip the boy. Bacon got his revenge by inaugurating his legendary sex life at an early age with the same grooms.

As Bacon would often recall, he saw himself from an early age as "completely homosexual." In fact, his adult life began when his father, upon discovering this truth about his son, expelled Francis from the family home. Sex, as much as anything, came to rule Bacon's life as a young man. Convinced by his father that he was ugly, Bacon learned that in a city such as London, all sorts of men found him attractive. Prostitution supplemented his low wages from odd jobs. In pre-Nazi Berlin, where he visited an uncle, that uncle became one of many sexual encounters. In Paris, Bacon found his element among the artists and hangers-on in Montparnasse's demi-monde.

Bacon began his art career as an interior decorator, an activity for which he displayed an innate flair despite a complete lack of training - the same as it would be with painting. His room designs, published in 1930, pointed to the vision that would turn up in his paintings: cagelike spaces, sparse furnishings, severe curtains. It was as if he were already defining the background against which he would paint, Peppiatt argues, "the interior in which he would later set his drama of mid-century man caught in an animal awareness of his futility and despair."

Later in life, Bacon spoke only reluctantly about his decorating, because he thought that the experience would detract from his respectability as a painter. That design work did put him in a milieu with painters such as Ben Nicholson and Roy de Maistre, who helped nurture his drawing skills. Eventually, he would surpass all of them.

After he became a celebrity, Bacon was mysterious about the influences on his work. One transfixing visual experience was his first sight of Poussin's 17th-Century Massacre of the Innocents at the Chateau of Chantilly outside Paris in 1927, where the 17-year-old Bacon had been taken in by an older, worldlier woman. What struck Bacon in the image of a frenzied mother fighting to keep a soldier from killing her child was her mouth in a scream, "probably the best human cry ever painted." Bacon would spend his life trying to better it.

Yet Peppiatt makes it clear that Picasso was the prime mover behind Bacon's style, "Bacon's first and most important father figure." It was Picasso's bone-like grotesque exploration of the human figure in the late 1920s, including his Crucifixion of 1930, that inspired Bacon' s notorious 1933 Crucifixion, the first of many crucifixions that he would paint, which Peppiatt calls "an image strung like a bat on a primitive cross." That kind of figure, and other morbid fixtures of Spanish painting, would haunt Bacon, a steadfast atheist, until his death on a trip to Spain.

The prospect of death also haunted him. As a weak, asthmatic child, the only one of his parents' four sons to survive past the age of 30, Bacon was made to watch an uncle torture and kill animals. Also, during his childhood in rural Ireland at a time of violent anti-British upheaval, his family lived in fear of attacks from the Irish nationalists who regularly burned estates owned by the English. And for the rest of his life Bacon remembered hearing the cries of Irish prisoners as they were whipped by British police. Yet death retained a special allure for him. Slaughterhouses were among his favourite places to visit.

In literature, as well as painting, Bacon was an accomplished autodidact. He knew Shakespeare well and loved the Oresteia so much he could quote it from memory, but much more elementary drives ruled his life. The word "anatomy" in the book's subtitle is crucial. "Total abandonment to instinct, above all sexual instinct, was an idea which Bacon maintained with astonishing vigour to the end of his days," Peppiatt writes. "If he had a sustaining belief, it was in the supremacy of instinct as the only guiding principle in life. And when he said he 'painted to excite himself,' he surely meant: to recreate certain extreme sexual sensations."

This biography has already been attacked for failing to make connections between Bacon's jam-packed personal life and his chilling art. The critics are not entirely wrong. Not all of those connections have been made. Yet Bacon's art has been published and scrutinized over decades, while the events of his life have never been presented so extensively or systematically. If Peppiatt has not gone far enough in drawing life and work together, readers now have Peppiatt to thank for the raw materials to do so.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma

 

 

           LISA LIEBMANN | BOOK REVIEWS ART FORUM SUMMER, 1997

 

 

           

 

This biography has a lot going for it: an urbane, insightful author and a famously flamboyant, risque subject who simultaneously is and isn't one of the signal forces in twentieth-century art. Michael Peppiatt, to his credit, does not fully conceal a certain ambivalence about the masochistic and controlling Francis Bacon, who lost two lovers to suicide - each just before the opening of a major exhibition - and kept house with his old nanny until he was forty-two, nor about the sometimes contrived-seeming terribilita of the Baconian oeuvre. The leitmotiv of Dorian Gray, invoked either to emphasize the artist's remarkably enduring if rather pickled boyishness or to conjure up the splenetic wonders of the portraits, serves Peppiatt well on both scores.

Even Bacon's detractors might agree that the artist at his best succeeded brilliantly in realizing his goal of getting pictures "to look as if a human being had passed between them, like a snail, leaving a trail of the human presence and memory trace of past events, as the snail leaves its slime." There has been much less consensus, however, about the passing importance of that accomplishment, never mind its profound resonance. Peppiatt does not exactly bring the gavel down on this issue. Instead, he plea-bargains, in a sense, emphasizing the single-mindedness of an artist who so powerfully declared his loyalty to the human figure during the postwar decades - a period Peppiatt himself seems to identify almost exclusively with abstraction. (The cameo appearences in this book of the painter Lucian Freud, one of Bacon's frequent sitters, do little to cloud his view.)

Certainly, Bacon was a bit of a one-note trombonist. The mood of existential futility and ferocity so thoroughly associated with his work was pretty well in place from the very start, around 1930, which is when the artist, barely in his early twenties, gave up a promising first career as a self-styled interior decorator and furniture designer. (He largely stopped painting for nearly a decade soon after he began, however, and for the most part acknowledged only work dating from this second beginning, right before World War II.) Bacon seems, in general, to have been one of those people who were hatched fully formed. At fifteen or so, he was already well into women's underwear, a lifelong preference that in the short run proved to be a fast one-way ticket out of the house of his sclerotically hotheaded father. Once he returned to London from more than a year's sojourn abroad - on the loose in Weimar Berlin and prewar Paris, between the ages of seventeen and nineteen - he remained as out as out can be. There is indeed a hint of irony lurking about the notion that a man who spent hardly any time at all finding himself could be responsible - along with, say, Beckett, Sartre, and Camus - for some of the most widely recognizable symbols of postwar angst and doubt.

At times, Bacon's trademark flick-of-the-wrist-and-blur-of-the-brush facial distortions seem merely to be tricks, effective formal gimmicks, with a dash of Surrealist horror a la early Bunuel, derived from Picasso's Marie-Therese portraits, de Kooning's liberated licks of paint, and from the artist's longstanding skill at applying makeup to his own face. Many of his figure-ground relationships, in turn, seem to have evolved out of the combined principles of Muybridge's photographic studies of wrestlers and of AbEx gravitas as delivered by painters such as Motherwell, Newman, and Rothko. Yet we learn that the erstwhile decorator dismissed abstraction as "decorative" pattern-making and was witheringly snooty about its practitioners, referring to Pollock as "that old lacemaker" and comparing de Kooning's "Woman" paintings to "playing cards." According to Peppiatt, however, Bacon "also understood that taking a figurative image to the verge - but just short - of abstraction gave it a mysterious and compelling tension."

Something about the central emotion conveyed - the career-long fixation on themes of nihilism, carnal decay, and the primal sexual combat of males - screams adolescence. So did the artist's cloaked and cultivated aura - he played down his more or less upper-class background and was attracted to working-class men - and his society-flouting, sex-rebel stance. It appears that I am not alone in having first discovered and embraced this artist while still in my teens. By the '70s, Bacon had become a cult hero second only to Warhol among alienated youth all over Europe and the United States, but nowhere more than in Paris, where, as Peppiatt informs us, "These groupie-like followers had been building up . . . ever since Bacon's retrospective at the Grand Palais," in 1971. (Bernardo Bertolucci - that connoisseur of raffish chic - also saw the exhibition, just before he started shooting Last Tango in Paris, and "was so impressed by the paintings that he went back to the Grand Palais to look at them with his leading man, Marlon Brando." Thus, the film not only features Bacon images in its opening credits, but has a main character directly inspired by the classic Baconian physiognomy - "faces," as the director put it, "eaten up by something that comes from within.")

For a show at Galerie Maeght Lelong more than a decade later, in 1984, the groupies "turned out again in almost unmanageable force, with a strong punk addition that made them look more threatening. . . . His status was neatly confirmed when the words 'ONLY FRANCIS BACON IS MORE WONDERFUL THAN YOU' appeared on the graffiti-covered house where Serge Gainsbourg, the anarchist poet-cum-singer, lived."

Peppiatt met Bacon in Paris in 1963, while on assignment for a Cambridge University student magazine, and remained a friend until the artist's death in 1992. He is a remarkably unobtrusive observer. Although writing intimately and knowledgeably about an artist whose importance and popularity are inextricable from the '70s zeitgeist of sexual, especially homosexual, liberation - Bacon, in this respect, plays Lucifer to Hockney's happy angel - Peppiatt reveals nothing, even through his dedications, about himself. What he does offer are wonderful, pithy descriptions of louche as well as luxurious living in Berlin and Paris during the late '20s, the time of Bacon's defining wanderjahren; of Bacon's bizarre London menage, which for many years consisted of the artist, his older lover, and the memorable Nanny Lightfood, who did a bit of shoplifting for the household and had a vociferously expressed penchant for capital punishment (she wanted to see the duchess of Windsor hanged); and best of all, of that indiscriminate deployer of the pronoun "she," the artist. Bacon can be heard loud and clear in this keenly pitched book. No mean feat for a dead queen.

Lisa Liebmann writes frequently for Artforum.

 

 

        F R A N C I S B A C O N:

         anatomy of an enigma

 

          

 

BY CHARLES TAYLOR | SALON | SEPTEMBER 16, 1997

 

 

In a 1985 interview with Melvyn Bragg for British television's South Bank Show, the painter Francis Bacon said, "We are born, and we die, and that's it." There's less torment in those words, though, than there is acceptance that life can be a pretty bleak proposition. If you don't see much point in worrying about what awaits you in the next world, or if you don't even believe there's a next world, chances are you'll be able to get on with things free of the anxiety that hounds so many. In Michael Peppiatt's new biography, Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma, Bacon's acceptance translates into a weird capacity for enjoying life. Among friends and drinking acquaintances, he was spontaneous, generous, engaged in a hunt for the next pleasure that nightly took him from fine restaurants to seedy Soho drinking clubs to rough streets in search of rough trade. That he could also be cruel and cutting spoke not only of the sudden mood shifts induced by his large and lifelong capacity for alcohol, but of his refusal to blunt his opinions, even if it meant hurting or jettisoning people who had been his friends for years.

Peppiatt met Bacon in the early '60s when he interviewed him for a student newspaper. He stayed friends with Bacon for the rest of the artist's life, and his account benefits from clear-eyed fondness. Given the details Peppiatt makes public here, we can be grateful that he hasn't written a sensationalistic book, though many of the details are juicy. In addition to the most complete view to date of the upbringing that Bacon referred to only obliquely (even to close friends), Peppiatt fills in the details of the young Bacon's travels through '20s Berlin and '30s Paris. (Bacon was kicked out of his home at 16, after his father caught him trying on his mother's underwear.) We find out that the only person from his upbringing with whom Bacon stayed close was his nanny, Jessie Lightfoot. When she couldn't find work, he took her in, and she lived with him and his various lovers until her death, in 1951. When money was really tight, Jessie shoplifted food or scanned the offers Francis received after advertising himself in the Times as a "gentleman's companion."

Nothing is presented moralistically here. Peppiatt doesn't gloss over the way Bacon took advantage of some lovers or the sharp-tongued remarks that left even longtime friends wounded, any more than he sentimentalizes the generosity that led Bacon to press large sums on friends who had hit hard times. Best of all, Peppiatt doesn't present Bacon's fondness for drinking or masochistic sex as sad or self-destructive. (Perhaps that's because he recognizes Bacon's extraordinary discipline.) And he doesn't shortchange the grief in Bacon's memorial triptychs to his lover George Dyer, who committed suicide on the eve of Bacon's 1971 retrospective at Paris' Grand Palais (among living artists, an honour that had been accorded only to Picasso).

Peppiatt's judgment of how the events of Bacon's life played out in his paintings feels very sound, if at times a bit too Freudian. The problem he faces is similar to the one Bacon said figurative painters face in the age of photography. With photography taking over the function of illustration, it is up to figurative painters to find a reality beyond literal representation. Peppiatt does an admirable job of laying out the facts of Bacon's life, and a superb job of painting a portrait of the man with both affection and perspective. But the facts cannot alone account for the shock and the mystery of Bacon's work. Peppiatt's real accomplishment is that he makes you feel Bacon as a living presence. Like any biography worth its salt, Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma makes you grieve for its subject.

 

Charles Taylor is a regular contributor to Salon.

 

   


Striking a violent chord

 

 

 THE ECONOMIST | JULY 10 1997

 

PEOPLE have been moaning for ages about violence in the movies, and for even longer about violence in art (Hieronymus Bosch's horrific fantasies preceded Damien Hirst's mutilated cows by more than four centuries). Violence in classical music has a long history too, but it has been given vicious new twists by Mark-Anthony Turnage, one of Britain's most highly-regarded young composers.

Britain's influential Aldeburgh Festival opened this summer with the première of an opera he had composed. It was inspired by the killing of an abusive husband: his wife stabbed him, in the words of the title, “Twice Through the Heart”. Now only 37, Mr Turnage first came to international attention in 1988, when his opera “Greek” (Argo CD 440 368-2), was premièred at the Munich Biennale. A visceral version of the Oedipus story, it is set in London's East End, where yobs sing football chants, bash each other and are bashed by the police, and yuppies claw their way to fortune.

Since then, Mr Turnage has concentrated on orchestral works. As composer-in-association with the City of Birmingham Symphony Orchestra in 1989-93, he produced “Three Screaming Popes”, which was inspired by Francis Bacon's angst-ridden painting of the same name, and “Drowned Out”, which was based on William Golding's novel “Pincher Martin” and its hero's death by drowning.

Mr Turnage is a great artist, capable of depth and richness in his compositions. Consider his most recent orchestral work, “Blood on the Floor”, first performed in London last year and scheduled to be presented at the Salzburg Festival in August (when it will be released on Argo CD 455 292-2). Again inspired by a Francis Bacon painting, its first movement was described by Mr Turnage as “probably the nastiest thing I've written”. But the nine-movement whole is also full of gentler sounds, containing such pieces as a moving “Elegy for Andy”, in memory of Mr Turnage's younger brother, who died of a drug overdose.

Initially trained in the 12-tone system of classical music, Mr Turnage abandoned its strictures when he discovered such free-spirited jazz musicians as Miles Davis, a trumpeter, and Gil Evans, a composer-arranger. Now he freely combines the textures and procedures of jazz and classical music; and in his pieces the two really do cohere, instead of jostling unconvincingly as in the work of so many composers. “Blood on the Floor” featured three jazz musicians and included space for improvisation. Though “Twice Through the Heart”, left no room for improvisation, its hovering, bitter-sweet sonorities had a jazz flavour.

Mr Turnage's blending of violence, emotional depth, and catchy music is no better illustrated than in “The Country of the Blind”, his companion première opera at the Aldeburgh Festival. Based on a short story by H.G. Wells, it tells the tale of a mountaineer who discovers a land inhabited by sightless people, falls in love and is invited to join them—at the cost of his eyes. Though much of the score is compelling, its high point is a poignant duet between the hero and the blind woman he loves. One critic called it “ravishing”; another said, wryly, “while I don't want to destroy Turnage's reputation, you really do come out humming the tune.

         

 

                                 Blood on the Floor, Francis Bacon, 1986

 

 

 

Obituary: Daniel Farson

 

 

Television interviewer, writer and photographer who turned into a monstrous drunk in his beloved Soho

 

THE DAILY TELEGRAPH 29 NOVEMBER 1997

 


 

                                                              Francis Bacon with Daniel Farson

 

 

       Daniel Farson, who has died aged 70, was a talented television journalist, writer and photographer; he was also a nightmare drunk.

      Farson was a prime specimen of Soho at its height, the Soho of Francis Bacon, Dylan Thomas, John Minton, John Deakin, Jeffrey Bernard, Muriel Belcher and other strange characters. To Farson, Soho meant home, and he, convinced he was a misfit, never felt at home anywhere else.

      From middle age on Farson was a fat man - the solid kind rather than sagging jelly. He never lost his hair, which was fair; in old age he presumably dyed it. In London he dressed in a smart suit with sleeves cut long to cover the tattoo of a fish on the back of one hand that he had had done in the merchant navy.

      He was a brave man even when sober and strong enough to make an antagonist think twice. He would go off at night to such places as a pub nicknamed The Elephants' Graveyard. It was some surprise that, with his alarmingly risky sex life, he had not been murdered.

      To meet Farson at nine in the evening in the Colony Room Club, for example, was to witness a transformation that any film actor in Dr Jekyll and Mr Hyde would have thought strained credibility. Within minutes, fuelled by a rapid series of large gins scarcely diluted by tonic, his polite talks about his great uncle Bram Stoker or his interlocutor's latest book would turn into a rant of increasing volume and decreasing intelligibility: "I loathe you, I can't stand you," he would roar, gargling in his podgy throat. "You're so clever, so patronising." Sometimes the late Ian Board, the club's proprietor, would chase him down the steep, dark stairs, belabouring him forcefully with an umbrella.

      Often, the morning after, Farson would appear with a cut face, from a fall, a fight with a rent boy or some forgotten tussle with a policeman. But he would return immediately to the alcoholic fray and the never-ending job of seeking work from newspapers or publishers.

      Farson could take good photographs. He caught the changing moment and his pictures were often of interest for their subjects - a hungover Jeffrey Bernard, head in hands under the statue of King Charles in Soho Square, or the smoky French pub, with Gaston Berlemont opening another half bottle of champagne for a crowd of overcoated and hatted men and women. Others had poignancy, such as the little boy with a dirty face and a dart in one hand at Barnstaple Fair or the handsome beggar with two peg-legs in Barcelona.

    Farson, in his books, photographs and conversation, idealised Soho, though he was aware from experience of its destructive power. In Soho in the Fifties, one of his better books, he described the round of drinking: from the French pub to Wheeler's for lunch - with luck in the company of Francis Bacon - then on to the Colony Room Club during the afternoon (when the pubs were shut from 3pm to 5.30), back to the Coach and Horses perhaps, and on into the night, at the Mandrake or some shabby homosexual club. Farson was fortunate enough usually to have money to pay his way, and was closer to the oysters and champagne side of things than the cadged halves of bitter familiar to the likes of John Deakin.

    Farson had an annoying way of claiming intimacy with famous people and writing about them on the strength of it. It was not that he did not know them, but that he wrote, often inaccurately, about private conversations from past years. His book about Bacon was called The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon - which sounded silly, though it was a quotation from a joking telegram that Bacon had once sent him. More recently, Farson set great store by his acquaintance with Gilbert and George.

    In later years he lived in moderate peace in Devon (though he was barred from all but one pub in Appledore), writing books. Every now and then, on the pretext of an interview, he would make increasingly suicidal raids on London, getting drunk earlier and earlier in the day. He would miss his train back to Devon, and perhaps return to the country two or three days late.

      Over and over again Farson's assaults on London meant drinking all day, picking up a rent boy and very often being robbed by him at his hotel. He was barred from several hotels for trivial offences such as being found with his trousers round his ankles in the corridor. One Sunday afternoon in the Coach and Horses an angry rent boy (aged about 30) came into the pub and tried to shame Farson into paying him for his afternoon's services. Farson was shameless: "But you didn't bloody do anything," he shouted back. "And I bought all the drinks."

    The two most admirable things about Farson were his energy and his determination to start his life again each time he ran into a cul-de-sac.

   Daniel Negley Farson was born on Jan 8 1927. His father Negley Farson was an American-born journalist who would bring the boy an elephant's tooth or an embryo alligator from his trips abroad. During one trip on which little Dan accompanied him, the boy was patted on the head by Hitler as a "good Aryan boy". Negley resigned suddenly from the Chicago Daily News in 1935, but then made money from his autobiographical books, The Way of a Transgressor being the best known.

    Of Negley, Dan was to write: "He was a stronger man than I am, free from the taint of homosexuality." But he was also an alcoholic. Daniel Farson described how he set off with his parents in 1935 to drive across Europe: "I crouched underneath a blanket on the floor at the back, pretending to be asleep - impossible with the arguments raging in the front, my father constantly wanting to stop, seizing any excuse for a drink, while my mother implored him not to. Occasionally he lost his temper, sometimes violently, followed by angry silence and the utter desolations of my mother's sobs, when I did not dare to move. Then there were whispers as they remembered I was there." Dan lived up to his parents' tortured example for the rest of his life.

    In 1940, Dan's prep school, Abinger Hill, was evacuated to Canada. During the holidays he was sent to stay with variously unsuitable relations and friends of his father's in the United States. One day he was collected in a car by Somerset Maugham and his secretary Gerald Haxton. They took him to visit another homosexual, Tom Seyster, who, for some reason, was in fact his godfather. Nothing untoward occurred. The two younger men drank a great deal; Maugham sympathised with the boy's loneliness and responded later with a kind letter to some poetry he had shown him.

    In 1942 young Daniel sailed back to wartime England, feeling more comfortable amid its dangers and shortages than in untroubled America. He was sent to Wellington, a ridiculous misjudgement. After a year he persuaded his parents to let him leave.

    He desultorily set about learning Russian, but soon landed a job at the Central Press Agency. This decrepit organisation was staffed by an aged skeleton staff during the war, but it had the privilege of sending a lobby correspondent to Westminster. The head of the agency, Guy L'Estrange, had not been to the Commmons since the end of the 19th Century, and Farson, aged 17, was sent to cover Parliament. This blond-haired youth was a strange sight in the corridors of Westminster, down which he was pursued without success by the predatory MP Tom Driberg.

      For a while, though, his career almost progressed backwards. He served in the American army, during which time he was sent on a journalism course. He went with the army to Germany, where he discovered the possibilities of photography in the ruins of Munich. He then went up to Pembroke College, Cambridge, aged 21. Though he took a degree, he thought he had wasted his time academically. He did learn about the realities of sexual relations, but never found a satisfactory way of accommodating his own preferences.

    Farson spent a short time at an advertising agency and then in 1951 joined Picture Post as a staff photographer. At this time he made such friends as the impossible, drunken, annoying photographer John Deakin, who had utterly broken with his Liverpudlian background on coming to London. Deakin, arrested for indecency when a night club was raided, was asked in court if he had not thought it odd to see men dancing together. "How could I possibly know how people in London behave?" he replied; he was acquitted. Farson was sacked from Picture Post at about the same time Deakin was sacked from Vogue.

    In the 1950s, Francis Bacon took to Farson, despite occasional differences. One night in the Gargoyle club, a male friend with whom Farson was infatuated butted in on Bacon's conversation. Farson apologised to Bacon, only to be met by: "It's too bad that we should be bored to death by your friend and have to pay for his drinks, but now you have the nerve to come over as well, when you're not invited." But next day, Bacon bought Farson champagne in the Colony Room Club: "If you can't be rude to your friends, who can you be rude to?"

    Farson's next bright idea was to join the merchant navy. He joined the crew of 634 on the 30,000 ton Orcades and sailed 50,000 miles around the world, crossing the equator four times. He thought for a moment that he had got Soho out of his system.

      He next found work with the Evening Standard and the Daily Mail; he persuaded Colin Wilson, the author of The Outsider, to speak unguardedly, and published the damaging interview in Books and Art. Then he was commissioned to interview Cecil Beaton for This Week on television, and a new chapter opened.

    Farson could have been made for television of that period. He was quick-thinking, still handsome, with enough charm to beguile interviewees. He drew out Dylan Thomas's widow in a live broadcast which had to be faded out when he provoked her to fury.

    Farson went from strength to strength. He caused outrage with a programme, Living for Kicks, about coffee bar teenagers, dubbed "Sexpresso Kids"' by the Daily Sketch. He produced a series Farson's Guide to the British. He was fascinated by misfits. His series Out of Step dealt with oddities from witchcraft to nudism.

      Farson was in the middle of filming a programme about lonely old people at Christmas when he was called to the phone and heard that his mother had died after falling down stairs at the end of a lunch with Lady d'Avigdor Goldsmid. A man in a pub told him he had just heard the news on television: "Daniel Farson's mother dies in fall."

    In 1962, with money left him by his parents, Farson bought the tenancy of a pub on the Isle of Dogs, on the Thames in the East End of London. The pub was given a boost by a television documentary Farson made called Time Gentlemen Please! The idea of the Waterman's Arms was to stage old-fashioned music hall, but the scheme also appealed as a chance to play the host, drink and meet attractive men. But whatever money the pub made never found its way into Farson's pockets.

    The venture lasted a year. In all he lost perhaps £30,000 - enough in 1963 to buy a row of houses. His days in television were numbered too. A documentary he made, Courtship, proved "dull". Farson thought he had gone stale and threw in the towel, though many thought he had been sacked for drunkenness or emotional instability.

    He moved to Devon, living in his parents' house near the sea, and made an income from journalism and books. He also contrived a television quiz show on art called Gallery. He was hit badly when his younger friend, Peter Bradshaw, who lived with his girlfriend in Farson's house, died in 1992.

    There was life in Farson yet. He traced his father's footsteps over the Caucasus and went to Moscow for a show by Gilbert and George. He went frequently to Turkey, always getting drunk and picking up men there.

      Farson knew he was dying of cancer when his autobiography Never a Normal Man was published just after his 70th birthday. It begins: "Two nights ago I flew into Istanbul to sort out my life. So far I have not done well." In it he confessed all - or rather confessed to a larger audience than he had been confessing to for years late at night in Soho.

At the same time he held an exhibition of photographs in a Mayfair gallery and went on Radio 4's Midweek with such a hangover that his voice sounded as if it came from inside a wardrobe. The title of the book, the reader soon discovered, was a remark made about his father, not him.

      On the day of the funeral of Diana, Princess of Wales, Farson went to the Coach and Horses in Soho, straight from a trip to Sweden. He stood at the bar, noisily impersonating a friend, Sandy Fawkes, bursting into tears. Behind him young people told him to shut up because they were trying to hear the speech of Earl Spencer on the television. Such had become the bohemia that he was shortly to leave for the last time.

 

 

 

Obituary: Daniel Farson

 

 

Daniel Negley Farson, photographer, broadcaster and writer: born 8 January 1927; died 27 November 1997.

 

 

PHILIP HOARE THE INDEPENDENT | MONDAY 1 DECEMBER 1997

 

Mythomaniacal, egotistical, and often unable to tell the truth or the difference between it and fiction, the character of Daniel Farson - photographer, writer, and drunk - is redeemed by at least one grace: that of self-awareness: "One of the more bizarre aspects of my life is the way it has veered from triumph to disaster without my seeming to notice the change."

Farson was the son of Negley Farson, a renowned American foreign correspondent, author of the Thirties bestseller The Way of a Transgressor and, like his son, an alcoholic. "My father'

Farson's childhood was a peripatetic one: he was evacuated to Canada during the Second World War, and spent holidays in the United States. At 17 he became the youngest ever Parliamentary and Lobby Correspondent for "an ancient press agency where no one else was young enough to be mobile". He spent his National Service years in the American Army Air Corps, and at 21 relinquished his dual nationality in favour of Britain, while taking advantage of the GI Bill of Rights to go up to Cambridge.

There he started the magazine Panorama with Anthony West. An article satirising the Picture Post had Farson summoned to that magazine's offices, only to leave them with the post of staff photographer. He was soon photographing the likes of Noel Coward, who happily struck all manner of attitudes for the blond newcomer's lens.

But it was at the age of 23 that Farson was launched fatefully into the world of Soho Bohemia, a world of dives and drunks whose tentacles would never let him go. He had been innocent until then, unmoulded: "Soho cast me. All too quickly, I made up for lost time." It became his second home, "often my first", and introduced him to Francis Bacon: "I moved out of my father's shadow and into Bacon's." Farson admitted his role of hanger-on; and yet, as a photographer and writer of some talent, his value lies in observations of a world whose habituees were too busy drinking to document themselves. Conversely, he was unable to write a book without putting himself in it; an attempt to render himself as part of the Soho myth. Friends wondered how he remembered in-depth conversations from the night before. He probably didn't: he was already being barred from the French House for behaviour he could not recall.

From photo-journalism Farson moved via the Merchant Navy (crossing the Equator four times) and newspaper journalism (writing for the Evening Standard and the Daily Mail) to television, joining Associated-Rediffusion "in the exciting early days of TV when no boundaries were set and we were able to explore". Such a brief suited Farson, and explorations included having to cut off a drunken Caitlin Thomas in full flow, and an equally drunken interview with Bacon for The Art Game, filmed on 27 August 1958. During the long delays between changing film magazines, Bacon and Fargon consumed large quantities of oysters and champagne, and when the three hours of film was edited to 15 minutes, "the startling effect was an instant transformation, from two sober Jekylls into two alcoholic Hydes".

Farson went on to appear in a series of shows, from This Week to Living for Kicks, ending, as his fame declined, with an art game show called Gallery in which he called upon the talents of old friends such as Michael Wishart. It was bizarre to see such sacred monsters of Bohemia dragged out on afternoon television, Wishart answering banal questions in his catatonic drawl while a studio audience was ordered to applaud.

Television fame made Farson's half-handsome, prefect-fat face nationally recognisable. It also gave an added frisson to the encounters with rent boys; like Wilde and Coward, Farson was feasting with the panthers of the East End.

He discovered the charms of the sailors and barrow boys of Limehouse - an area which seemed to operate outside the law - and set up home at 92 Narrow Street, to be joined by Bacon and other figures such as the writer Andrew Sinclair and, later, the struggling doctor David Owen. Here not even the Kray Twins (with whom Farson was intimate) descended to "renting", i.e. homosexual blackmail. Like Wilde, Farson saw his East End boys as a race apart, describing them in a letter to Stephen Tennant as having "a real sense of chivalry . . . these young men looked and behaved like true aristocrats".

In 1962, using money left by his parents, Farson set up a "singing pub", The Waterman's Arms, on the Isle of Dogs; he was, as Colin MacInnes recognised, "realising his own dream". His celebrity summoned an extraordinary mixture of names to this muddy loop in the lower Thames. Bacon brought William Burroughs to join Jacques Tati, Shirley Bassey, Clint Eastwood, Judy Garland or Groucho Marx. "Finally, The Waterman's Arms was killed by its own success," wrote Sinclair, ". . . in a way, Farson was like [David] Owen, destroying the culture he loved by introducing into it the glamour and power of other parts of other cities".

By 1964 Farson had made his break with London, decamping to the Grey House, Braunton, North Devon, also a legacy of his parents'. There he wrote his books - 27 in total, rather belying his reputation of drunken ineptitude - on subjects ranging from Jack the Ripper and Bram Stoker (his great-uncle) to historical fiction and, well, historical fiction, as many regarded his own memoirs of life in Limehouse and Soho to be.

Perhaps his greatest achievement was his best-selling The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon (1993), originally commissioned in 1982 but delivered ten years later, after Bacon's death. Farson's subjective biography is full of Farson, his life blended with that of his subject: the effect is to render the author as an adjunct to the artist's self, rather than securing his - Farson's - place in art history. His 1991 book on Gilbert and George in Moscow had a similar agenda, whilst bringing Farson into the modern world of Sohoitis. From Devom he made roaring forays into Soho, lost weekends during which he would succeed in beguiling, and offending, a whole new generation of Sohoites.

Perhaps most extraordinary is a last, almost libellous portrait of Farson in Robert Tewdwr Moss's posthumously published travelogue, Cleopatra's Wedding Present (1997), in which the author encounters the apoplectically drunken Farson in a Syrian hotel and is accused of all kinds of calumny - most egregiously, seduction of the local youth, a misdemeanour of which Farson himself was much more likely to be guilty. Cornering Tewdwr Moss in a restaurant over a plate of roasted sparrow, a red-faced Farson splutters, " 'And by Jove, sonny, if I see you again, I shall make it my job to destroy you and your career.' In between threats he was snatching up the bodies of the birds and stuffing them into his mouth - naked little ornithological corpses, sliding down into the maws of hell."

s guilt made me guilty," wrote Farson, as much about his sexuality as his addiction to drink. He remained in thrall to his father's fame, even when his own exceeded it: while Francis Bacon taunted his friend by declaring Negley's books "second-rate", Farson was proud enough of them to send one as a calling card to the reclusive aesthete Stephen Tennant.

Somehow Dan Farson managed to escape the maws of hell by recycling his incontinent life in his books, making a living out of myth. He kept abreast with a sometimes cruel cast of solipsists whose only loyalty was to themselves and their kind; and then not always to be relied upon. What he leaves behind, in photographs and words - perhaps most notably in his book Soho in the Fifties (1987) - is a record of that world which, while doubtless wild, inaccurate and full of his own hyperbole, is probably as close to the truth as we will ever get. His autobiography, Never A Normal Man, was published early this year, shortly after his 70th birthday. It was a final, bloodshot eye-witness report from the edge before he tottered over it.

 


       Francis Bacon with Daniel Farson at the first Soho Fair

 

 

       

Bringing home the bacon

 

 

RICHARD INGLEBY | VISUAL ARTS | THE INDEPENDENT | SATURDAY 3 JANUARY 1998

 

From Augustus Egg to Francis Bacon, from the 17th to the 20th centuries, from painting to sculpture, London's public galleries are offering arts for all tastes and interests in 1998.

It had to happen. Sooner or later someone had to devise an exhibition to include the 19th-century painter Augustus Egg alongside modern masters Lucian Freud and Francis Bacon. "The Art Treasures of England", as they have called it - I can't help but think of it as "Freud Egg and Bacon" - gathers some 450 artworks from 100 museums around the country in celebration of the richness of our regional collections and ought to be the first unmissable show of the year. It opens at the Royal Academy (0171-300 8000) at the end of this month and runs through to the middle of April.

Meanwhile, there's plenty more Bacon at the Hayward Gallery (0171-921 0600) in February and March in the first major showing there of his work for 10 years while at the Tate Gallery (0171-887 8000) from February to May an exhibition devoted to the altogether gentler pleasures of Pierre Bonnard will include several amazing pictures of his wife Marthe in the bath.

1998 is the centenary of Henry Moore's birth, so we can expect a host of anniversary exhibitions around the country. One of the simpler and more intriguing tributes is at the National Gallery (0171-747 2885) in April where the sculptures by Moore will be placed alongside a selection of his favourite works from the National Collection. Come the summer the Tate swaps the high-coloured brilliance of Bonnard for that of Patrick Heron. He's 78 this year and as time rolls by he looks like one of the major British artists of the last 50 years.

On a rather different note, if, like me, you missed the once-in-a-lifetime Vermeer exhibition a couple of years ago, there is a small consolation at Dulwich Picture Gallery (0181-693 5254) in August and September in the shape of a Pieter de Hooch exhibition, apparently the first ever devoted to this subtle second master of the 17th century.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon: The Human Body

 

 

HAYWARD GALLERY    February 5  April 5

 

 

RICHARD SHONE | ARTFORUM PREVIEWS | VOL. 36, NO. 5 JANUARY 1998  

 

 

The comprehensive 1996 Francis Bacon retrospective organized by the Pompidou didn’t make it to the painter’s homeland of Britain, but this concise anthology of his works devoted to the figure and the human head at least represents partial compensation. In works ranging from 1945 to the mid-’80s and from single canvas paintings to triptychs, most of the players in Bacon’s human circus are present—his lover George Dyer, Lucian Freud, Isabel Rawsthorne, and, from his earlier years, the Popes. David Sylvester has selected the paintings and distilled his long-ruminated thoughts on the artist’s work in the catalogue essay. For those who harbor skepticism over the upcoming biopic on Bacon, here’s the real thing.

 

 

 

 

A slice of lean Bacon

 

 

       

RICHARD INGLEBY | VISUAL ARTS | THE INDEPENDENT | SATURDAY 31 JANUARY 1998

 

The Human Body, Hayward Gallery, SE1 (0171-928 3144) 5 February-5 April

 

Despite huge exhibitions in Germany and France, the work of Francis Bacon has not received a proper airing in Britain for over 10 years. Yet in just 23 paintings, the new show at the Hayward Gallery has managed the impressive job of summarising Bacon's complex career.

It is some time since we in this country have had a chance to see a major exhibition of work by Francis Bacon, the man most often billed as the century's greatest British painter. Recent years have seen several large-scale shows further afield, including enormous exhibitions in Paris and Munich, but there has been nothing of consequence here for at least 10 years.

Whichever way one looks at his work, Bacon could not be called an intimate artist - yet, somehow, a veil of intimacy has snuck into the Hayward Gallery's current show. It's partly the scale of the thing (just 23 paintings made over 40 years) and partly the selection, which concentrates on self-portraits and pictures of his friends and familiars such as Lucian Freud, Henrietta Moraes and the tragic George Dyer.

This exhibition, which is titled The Human Body (as if Bacon ever painted anything else) succeeds, surprisingly, in capturing the essence of a complex career in a couple of dozen pictures. It's a good deal less extravagant than the recent shows in France and Germany, and all the better for it. The credit for this success belongs to David Sylvester, whose excellent selection is accompanied by a pithy catalogue composed of pointed observations about the man and his work. It's a format which allows Sylvester to touch on all the main themes: on Bacon's curious androgyny; on the balance between grandeur and grotesqueness in his images; and on the various references which appear and reappear, from Velasquez and Degas to Eisenstein and Muybridge.

It's one of the best bits of writing about Bacon to appear for many years, but the over-riding sense that emerges from the catalogue, and to a lesser extent from the choice of paintings, is of Sylvester himself growing old with Bacon's work. It is not an inappropriate tone, as, over the years, Sylvester has done as much as anyone to cement Bacon's reputation, and it's his involvement here which defines the unexpected intimacy of the occasion. Don't miss it.

 

 

 

Sweeney among the screaming popes

 

 

As a new Francis Bacon exhibition opens in London, David Sylvester talks about the painter's love of poetry

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | CULTURE THE INDEPENDENT SUNDAY 1 FEBRUARY 1998

 

WHEN I asked Bacon whether he felt he might have worked in a medium other than painting, he said he might make a film of all the images that had crowded into his brain and not been used. But he wondered whether he would be able to find the images if he were not working in paint; he doubted whether in another medium "things would come to me as easily as they are thrown down to me in my painting". "That does seem to mean that painting is your medium." "I certainly couldn't have been a poet." "What makes you think that?" "Well, because, much as I love poetry, much as it has influenced me, I don't feel, myself, that that is the way my imagination works."

His very interviews, however, show how well his imagination did work verbally. In their description of his aims and methods they are not especially accurate - often because he didn't want them to be - but they evoke the creative process marvellously through telling cadences and a vivid, unexpected use of words. "You see, all art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself; and you may say it has always been like that, but now it's entirely a game." Or: "To me the mystery of painting today is how can appearance be made. I know it can be illustrated, I know it can be photographed. But how can this thing be made so that you catch the mystery of appearance within the mystery of the making?"

Such turns of phrase didn't always come on the spur of the moment. Right up to the end of his life there was sometimes a telephone call at eight in the morning trying out some formulation of a thought. He had obviously been working on it and wanted to get the wording just right. That is not the behaviour of a man who is not something of a poet. It is true that being "something of a poet" does not involve the energy or care that it takes to be a poet, but the phrase does at least put Bacon firmly in the ranks of those brought up in Ireland for whom the use of language is equivalent to driving a racing car rather than taking a bus to get from one place to another.

As to his love of the poetry of others, I suspect that it resembled his love of other people's painting. He had a short attention span, was quick to take what he needed from something that touched him. He never looked at a painting in a gallery for more than a few minutes, though he was possibly more patient with reproductions. He famously never bothered during a long stay in Rome to visit the Palazzo Doria to see the Velasquez Innocent X that he loved. Reproductions had given him what he needed: not the physical presence but the idea. And he was used to loving artists for a small proportion of their work: most of Picasso bored him; so did most of Rembrandt

So I think he was always probably more moved by a great line than a great canto, and, when reading plays, more by a great speech than a great scene. I suspect that in his passion for Aeschylus in translation he did not read the whole plays or even substantial parts of them so much as re-read or recall the quotations so wonderfully translated in Stanford's Aeschylus in his Style, such as "Dust is mud's thirsty sister" and "The reek of human blood smiles out at me". And I suspect that again with Racine (which he read in French) and even with Shakespeare, he read fragments.

It may have contributed to his preference for Eliot among modern poets that Eliot is such a master of compression and fragmentation. On the face of it, we might suppose that Bacon's love for Yeats would have surpassed his love for Eliot, that no quality in Eliot would have moved him as much as the majestic colloquialism of Yeats's language or his constant realisation of Bacon's own avowed ambition "to make the animal thing come through the human". But he had an addiction to Eliot that overcame the defects and the qualities that he must have found really hard to take, largely because of his militant anti-Christianity. It could not have been easy for Bacon to achieve enough suspension of disbelief to be able to say: "I often read the Four Quartets, and I think perhaps they're even greater poetry than The Waste Land, though they don't move me in the same way.

Eliot, of course, was as remote from him temperamentally as he was ideologically. But there was an obsession they shared: the Oresteia. Eliot's obsession was manifest in "Sweeney among the Nightingales", in one of the epigraphs to Sweeney Agonistes and above all in The Family Reunion, where the hero is tormented by the Furies called up by his guilt over his belief that he has murdered his wife. In the Bacon triptych of 1973 showing three moments in the death of George Dyer (above), the foreground of the central panel is filled by the silhouette or shadow of a phantasm which is surely (in Bacon's iconography) a Fury and can be interpreted as confronting the beholder of the scenes, the first of whom was the person who brought them into being. Bacon confessed that this and other triptychs arising from Dyer's death were a conscious attempt to exorcise his guilt over the part he felt he had played in bringing it about. And it does seem more than likely that writing The Family Reunion served a similar purpose: pace Ackroyd's objections to the banality of the equation, the guilt of the play's hero must surely be a reflection of the author's personal feelings over the part he had played in destroying his wife Vivien's life.

The exhibition 'Francis Bacon: The Human Body', curated by David Sylvester, opens at the Hayward Gallery, SE1, on 5 Feb (to be reviewed next week).

 

 

 

Slaughterhouse Earth


The crucifixion of Francis Bacon

 

I would like my pictures to look as if a human being had passed between them, like a snail, leaving a trail of the human presence.


Francis Bacon, 1955

 

By JOHN W. WHITEHEAD GADFLY MARCH 1998  

 

"We are potential carcasses. If I go into a butcher's shop I always think it's surprising that I wasn't there instead of the animal," Francis Bacon confided in a remarkable set of interviews with David Sylvester. To Bacon, planet earth seemed a slaughterhouse on the verge of annihilation at any moment.

Bacon was an enigma to many. He was fiercely atheistic, believing life was futile and meaningless. But he said, "You can be optimistic and totally without hope." Bacon was acerbic and difficult but kind and generous to friends and relatives. Gay with a sado-masochistic bent, he was predominantly right-wing in his thinking (although too individualistic to classify politically or otherwise).

Bacon, who died in 1992, had a despairing and often sarcastic sense of humour, along with a total disdain for convention. Indeed, he once booed a member of the British royal family who had decided to sing before a crowd at a ball. Publicly hissing at Princess Margaret may have been cruel and shocking, but it also demonstrated his honesty and sense of criticism. She was, in fact, singing off-key. Bacon had a way with words as well. When a member of the royal family asked him what he did for a living, "I'm an old queen," he replied.

Bacon's honesty and enigmatic personality translated to the canvas. Where at times Picasso was clearly playing an art game, Bacon's work always spoke of a different message. Bacon might very well be the greatest post-World War II painter. He inspired awe with his paintings of twisted body parts and distorted animalistic human faces which seemed intensely concerned with the torn and alienated human condition.

Bacon's paintings portray an intense loneliness, despair and inner turmoil. He saw violence, hatred and human degradation as essential elements in the parade of life.

Bacon expected his paintings to assault the viewer's nervous system. He strove to "unlock the valves of feeling and therefore return the onlooker to life more violently." Toward the end of his life, he was delighted to hear that a woman viewing one of his paintings in Paris had closed her eyes and crossed herself.

The great painter became who he was through many influences and experiences. A primary influence was his childhood.

"I think artists stay much closer to their childhood than other people," Bacon once remarked to a friend. "They remain far more constant to those early sensations."

The aspects of Bacon's childhood that most strongly affected his art were his aberrational family relationships, his war-time childhood, his life-long struggle with asthma and his introduction to homosexuality.

BACON: My relationship with my father and mother was never good. We never got on. They were horrified at the thought that I might want to be an artist.

The enfant terrible was born in Dublin in October 1909 to English parents who were continually moving between Ireland and England or from mansion to mansion in Ireland. Francis would later say, "My father and mother were never satisfied with where they were." This rootlessness would set the course for much of his adult life.

Bacon was a frail, sensitive child, often life-threateningly ill with attacks of asthma. His upbringing in Ireland would prove to be so traumatic that in later years an attempt to return to Ireland would bring on such a severe case of asthma that he came near to choking to death.

Although luxurious, his home life and childhood were characterized by dysfunctional relationships, and Bacon later spoke of his family with bitterness.

His father, Anthony Bacon, a veteran of the Boer War, was at least fourteen years older than Francis' mother, Winifred Firth, an heiress to a steel business and coal mine, who brought to the marriage a comfortable dowry.

Anthony was a soldier and horse trainer, and he raised his sons as if they were army horses, becoming violently outraged if anything went wrong. He gambled frequently, sometimes sending Francis to the post office to place a bet by telegram before the "off." Anthony regularly estranged his friends by his quarrelsomeness and was no better at getting along with his children. Francis later described him as "an intelligent man who never developed his intellect at all."

Domineering and prone to fits of rage, Anthony had Francis viciously horsewhipped by their Irish stable boys on at least one occasion. He also forced the boy, who was sensitive to pain and terribly allergic to horses and dogs, to go fox hunting-a traumatic experience that brought on Francis' asthma. The father was also antagonistic toward Francis' homosexual leanings and banished him from the house at the age of 16 after discovering the boy dressed in his wife's underwear.

BACON: I disliked him, but I was sexually attracted to him when I was young. When I first sensed it, I hardly knew it was sexual. It was only later, through the grooms and the people in the stables I had affairs with, that I realized that it was a sexual thing towards my father.

Francis' mother was more gregarious by nature. She kept the house immaculate and was more easy-going than Anthony. However, in later years Francis would speak of her with resentment, claiming she seemed more concerned over her own pleasures than his needs as a child.

Francis had two brothers, the younger of whom died of tuberculosis as a child, prompting the only tears Francis ever saw his father weep. He also had two much younger sisters, born shortly before he left home.

In the face of his father's outright rejection and his mother's more subtle rejection, one person Francis truly loved was his lively, strong-willed maternal grandmother. She was a flamboyant and forceful woman who loved people and gave grand parties. "My grandmother and I used to tell each other everything," Bacon recalled. "I was a kind of confidant for her, I suppose, and I used to take her to the hunt balls and other things that went on when I was an adolescent."

Francis was terrified of his grandmother's second husband, Walter Loraine Bell, however. Cruel and sadistic, Bell was known as "Cat" Bell for his habit of hanging cats while he was drunk and of throwing live ones, trapped in bags, to his hounds. Among other cruelties, Bell put Francis' mother, uncle and grandmother on unbroken horses, forcing them to ride in terror for their lives. Francis' grandmother eventually divorced Bell for cruelty, but he made a lasting impression on Francis.

When his grandmother married a third time, Francis continued to spend much time with her at Farmleigh, her new home in Ireland. Bacon's new step-grandfather, Kerry Supple, was the Kildare District Inspector of the Royal Irish constabulary. As such, Supple drew the wrath of the new Sinn Fein, the Irish army rebelling against the English. In later years, Francis would recall the frightening days at Farmleigh when the windows were sandbagged against invaders, and snipers waited at the edges of the fields. But the rooms that overlooked the garden were beautifulsemicircular with bay windowsa theme later reflected in the curved backgrounds of some of his triptychs.

The violence prevalent in Bacon's work also had some of its roots in World War I and the Civil War in Ireland, both of which occurred during his childhood. As a youngster in Ireland, Bacon lived near a British cavalry regiment that trained close to his home. Sometimes the soldiers galloped up the driveway of the Bacon mansion, carrying out manourvres. And, in the dead of night, the family could sometimes hear bugles in the forests as the troops practiced.

Bacon would later remark, "Just the fact of being born is a ferocious event.... I was made aware of what is called the possibility of danger at a very young age." And Bacon carried a sense of annihilation with him the rest of his life which, according to biographer Michael Peppiatt, sharpened "his appetite not only for pleasure but for every aspect, however banal, of what he called 'conscious existence.'"

BACON: I remember that when there was a blackout they used to spray the Park with something phosphorescent out of watering cans, thinking that the Zeppelins would suppose it was the lights of London and drop bombs on the Park; it didn't work at all.

When the war began, Anthony Bacon was appointed to the War Office in London and the whole family moved there, introducing the 5-year-old Francis to black-outs, charred remnants of homes, the whine of bombs and the stealthy approach of the Zeppelins. By day, Francis collected shell fragments and shrapnel in a nearby park. At night, searchlights raked across the dark sky looking for an airborne enemy, impressing upon the child the idea that death might drop at any instant. The distorted human figures that loom from the frightening night in Bacon's paintings may have their ancestors in the Londoners who would suddenly appear from the dark and disappear again, continuing on their way through the shadowy streets.

The most long-lasting influence of that stay in London was the impression of the newsreels and photographs of actual trench warfare, a far cry from the exhibition trenches dug in Kensington Gardens. "From that awareness," wrote biographer Andrew Sinclair, "he would often choose the monochrome and the snapshot as an insight into reality rather than the many-coloured surface of what he could see, which might be only propaganda." Later in life, Bacon painted mainly from photographs and newspaper clippings rather than from real life.

After the Armistice, Anthony Bacon returned to Ireland with his family, at the onset of the Irish Civil War. In 1919, the Irish Republican Army formed, and armed bands of guerrillas began to roam the Irish countryside during Francis' formative years. "I suppose all that leaves some impression," Bacon said later. "You can't separate life from suffering and despair."

As English gentry in an Irish land, the Bacons were, in many respects, the enemy. Anthony Bacon frequently cautioned his children about what they should do if the IRA attacked their home during the night. Francis would visit his grandmother in fear, their car dodging snipers on the corners of her fields. Police barracks were torched, bodies hacked to pieces with axes, men hunted with bloodhounds and women shot for consorting with the British.

One night, a military guard dispatched to guard the home of Bacon's grandmother was ambushed. The men were shot as they tried to climb over the locked iron gates and left to hang there. The image would probably later influence Bacon's paintings of dead meat in butcher shops such as Painting (1946) which shows a split carcass suspended like a human body crucified.

The military transports soon were caged with wire netting in an effort to protect the soldiers from grenades, just as similar steel netting had been erected in London during the war to protect buildings and monuments. The cage theme later appeared in many of Bacon's works, for example around the figure of a screaming pope.

The theme of stalkers and their victims also found its way into Bacon's work. Some were more obvious, such as figures which appear to be in mortal combat. Other paintings seem to contain figures, writes Michael Peppiatt, who simply watch, either for "sexual excitement orlike the hidden snipersthe desire to destroy."

There was a genuine trauma in living through two wars, but many children suffered the same wartime experiences. Peppiatt has noted that the dramatic effect upon Bacon may have been due to his desire to seek out the strong sensations of fear and dwell upon them. Bacon, perhaps fueled by a need for high drama, was fond of describing his childhood in desolate and harsh terms, and it tainted everything within his reach.

Another element of Bacon's character which profoundly impacted his art was his homosexuality. The point when his leanings toward homosexuality began is difficult to determine, but at one fancy-dress party, Francis arrived as a flapper with an Eton crop, dressed in a backless gown and sporting long earrings, much to the amusement of the ladies and the disgust of his father.

At some point in his adolescence or earlier, Francis had sexual encounters with the Irish grooms at his home, possibly the same grooms who carried out the horse-whippings ordered by his father. The pain and humiliation of the horse-whippings, combined with the sexual attraction for the grooms and his father, no doubt gave rise to some of the violent sexual imagery in his artwork, as in Two Figures in the Grass (1954). Bacon felt that the subject of human coupling was limitless: "You need never have any other subject, really," he remarked. "It's a very haunting subject."

At age 16, Francis was banished from the family home and left to support himself, with a weekly allowance from his mother. Having concluded that instinct and chance were the driving forces of life, he set out to see where life would take him. He went at first to London where he took on a series of odd jobs to supplement his income and, according to Peppiatt, entered the gay underworld and frequently earned extra money by being picked up by wealthier gay men.

It was while in London that Bacon read some of Nietzsche's work, lost the last vestiges of any religious belief and came to the conclusion that life was futile unless he could somehow do something "extraordinary" with it.

After some time, Anthony Bacon again made an attempt to "straighten out" Francis, this time by entrusting him to the care of a distant family relative travelling to Berlin. However, things did not go the way his father planned, as it was only a short while before Francis and the "uncle" were in bed together.

In Berlin, Francis found himself in a luxurious and violent world of gay cabarets, transvestite clubs and nude dancingan environment that offered any sexual experience he could desire. As a "pretty" young man, he had no trouble getting picked up and getting money.

In Berlin, Bacon also discovered the functional art of the Bauhaus movement which influenced the design of the furniture he began to build a few years later.

Eventually, Bacon's uncle moved on, and at 17, Francis set off for Paris. In Chantilly, a French woman and her family took him in, and he learned French and saw the sights. Eventually, he moved out on his own and entered the gay circles in Paris.

BACON: I went to Paris then for a short time. While there I saw at Rosenberg's an exhibition of Picasso, and at that moment I thought, well I will try and paint, too.

In Paris, he saw a work that deeply stirred his imagination, Poussin's Massacre of the Innocents (1630-31), which showed a mother trying to defend her child from a soldier's sword. The scream of the victim so affected him that he later referred to it as "probably the best human cry ever painted," and the human scream became one of his most painted subjects. Perhaps, as Peppiatt suggests, this is because it "corresponded to the release of a tension so deep within him."

In either Berlin or Paris, Bacon viewed Eisenstein's classic film The Battleship Potemkin (1925). He was especially stirred by the image of a nurse shot on the Odessa steps. Her face is bloodied, her glasses shattered and her mouth open in a terrified scream. He later credited the film as an important catalyst to his work, and he used the idea in Study for the Nurse (1957).

The impact of Massacre of the Innocents and Potemkin led him to purchase a medical book on diseases of the mouth. It contained hand-painted illustrations, and Bacon used it constantly when he painted. He once commented, "I've always been very moved by the movements of the mouth and the shape of the teeth. People say these have all sorts of sexual implications, and I was always very obsessed by the actual appearance of the mouth and teeth... I like, you may say, the glitter and colour that comes from the mouth."

In 1927, Bacon attended a Paris exhibition of Picasso's work, something he often mentioned later. Picasso's attempts to allow the subconscious to flow into the conscious and his use of chance to produce uncalculated results particularly impressed Bacon. The exhibit inspired him to begin drawing and making watercolours on his own. Six years later, his first recognizably Baconian image, Crucifixion (1933), reflected Picasso's influence. However, where Picasso's 1930 Crucifixion was made of bones, Bacon reduced his to an X-ray of a wraith-like figure.

Bacon repeated on various occasions that he saw the Crucifixion in terms of a "self-portrait," but, as Peppiatt notes, he did not elaborate on "the astonishing implications" of this concept-a concept he projected in many of his other paintings. "For over half of his career," writes Peppiatt, "Bacon's work revolved around two of the most potent images of the Christian faith, the body on the cross and the Pope on his throne."

Other influences at this time included artists Soutine, de Chirico, Arp, Picabia and Dali, the art magazine Cahiers d'Art, and Luis Buñuel's film Un Chien Andalou. Bacon was also influenced by the review Documents which contained photographs of a screaming mouth and pictures of bloodied animal carcasses and Positioning in Radiography, a reference book which had photographs showing the position of the body for X-rays to be taken and the X-rays themselves.

Around age 20, unable to make a living in Paris, Bacon returned to London, carrying with him images of violence and angercarcasses and screams that would impact the rest of his life. In London, he took up residence with Roy de Maistre, a man he saw as both father-figure and lover. De Maistre had money, which enabled Bacon to spend time designing and manufacturing furniture. De Maistre was also a painter, and the two held a joint art exhibit in their garage. It was during this time that Francis painted several crucifixions which would later lead to his Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (1944), perhaps inspired by de Maistre's convictions as a convert to Roman Catholicism.

Bacon himself was antagonistic toward religion, perhaps partly as a reaction to his dictatorial father whom he found both terrifying and attractive. As a boy Francis claimed to fear the Bible, the law and his father's verdict. Although his entire family had attended a Protestant church, Bacon saw this as primarily a public protest against Catholicism in the Irish country where civil war brewed. In addition, the Catholic Church condemned sodomy and homosexuality. Bacon, however, would later deny that religion played any role in his Crucifixion paintings and claim that he simply found the elevated human figure intriguing.

After a failed art show a few years later, Bacon was so discouraged by the lack of response to his work that he destroyed most of the works he had displayed and painted very little for the next ten years. He parted ways with de Maistre and took up a wandering lifestyle again, making a living through petty theft, running a roulette wheel, doing odd jobs and occasionally receiving requests to design furniture. "I think I'm one of those people who have a gift for always getting by somehow," Francis would later muse. "Even if it's a case of stealing or something like that, I don't feel any moral thing against it."

During this time gap, World War II broke out, and Bacon again found himself in a torn and violent landscape. Yet the bodies and bombed-out buildings intrigued him. His father died, and the relief Bacon felt after that "release," in addition to the exhilaration of the war, sent him back to his brushes. He began to paint again, and by 1945 his first famous work, Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, was on display.

BACON: I've always been very moved by pictures about slaughterhouses and meat, and to me they belong very much to the whole thing of the Crucifixion. There've been extraordinary photographs which have been done of animals just being taken up before they were slaughtered; and the smell of death. We don't know, of course, but it appears by these photographs that they're so aware of what is going to happen to them, they do everything to attempt to escape. I think these pictures were very much based on that kind of thing, which to me is very, very near this whole thing of the Crucifixion. I know for religious people, for Christians, the Crucifixion has a totally different significance. But as a nonbeliever, it was just an act of man's behaviour, a way of behaviour to another.

Bacon, an atheist, believed life was futile, a "mere spasm of consciousness between two voids." However, in a perverse way, he was one of the most deeply religious painters of the century.

As Peppiatt puts it, "A fetish force appear[ed] to draw him back repeatedly to religious themes all through the earlier part of his artistic development, as if he had to make a belief out of his nonbelief, using structures of established religion to proclaim his distance from them." And use them he did. Bacon, notes Peppiatt, pillaged "the central truths of both the Greek and the Christian faith: only there, he was convinced, could he find the structure to convey the extent and the implications of his own drama."

Bacon had reached a position not only of unbelief but also of despair for anything beyond what one can actually see or experience: "Man now realizes that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without purpose, other than of his own choosing." On another occasion he remarked: "We are born and we die and there's nothing else. We're just part of animal life." His paintings express modern man's conditiona dehumanized humanity dispossessed of any durable paradise, supernatural or otherwise. This outlook, along with Bacon's homosexuality, would greatly affect his canvases.

The importance of Bacon's homosexuality to his life and vision, as Peppiatt recognizes, cannot be overstated: "One might reasonably say that, along with his dedicated ambition as an artist, his sexuality was the most important element in his life." Bacon said he painted to excite himself. And, despite his atheism, he seemed to identify his own suffering from his homosexuality with the anguish of the Crucifixion. "Homosexuality is more tragic and more banal," Bacon said, "than what is called normal love." Indeed, he had always been plagued by an acute sense of guilt "caused," as Peppiatt records, "in part by his homosexuality and the way it had made him an outcast from his own family." Moreover, Bacon "openly regretted it on occasion. 'Being a homosexual is a defect,' was the way he put it in certain moods. 'It's like having a limp.'"

As Andrew Sinclair, another Bacon biographer, notes, "He feared exposure and expulsion and even imprisonment. Especially sensitive and observant, he particularly felt as an adolescent the four crosses of the homosexual at that timeisolation and illegality, insecurity and guilt."

In a hypocritical world that condemned his acts, Bacon could see little hope. Perhaps in this vein, the flesh often crucified in Bacon's paintings may be the great painter's own. Peppiatt muses, it is possible "that Bacon identified with Christ on the Cross." Indeed, Bacon referred to the whole theme of the Crucifixion "as a kind of self-portrait conveying deeply personal truths."

Daniel Farson in his book on Bacon notes of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (1944): "The forcefulness with which these three Greek Furies... hurl their misery and rage at us proves the extent of his own loss of faith."

Clearly, with Three Studies Bacon's work began to epitomize the nihilistic spirit of twentieth century thinking. He once said: "Nietzsche forecast our future for ushe was the Cassandra of the nineteenth centuryhe told us it's all so meaningless we might as well be extraordinary."

Several other important subthemes underlie Three Studies. One is sexual, and relates to Bacon's interest in the open mouth. The pleading figure in the middle panel reflects the concept of "penis dentatus." This may be a variation on the Surrealists' concept of "vagina dentata" or the combination of sex and mouth.

In addition, artistic influences may have led to the gloomily phallic Three Studies. Bacon had a good knowledge of art history, and it is logical that Grünewald's crucifixion paintings would have influenced him. There is little doubt that the idea for the cloth bandage above the snarling mouth in the central figure of the triptych was inspired by Grünewald's Mocking of Christ (1503). Grünewald had also influenced Picasso's earlier Guernica (1937).

In a hypocritical world that condemned his acts, Bacon could see little hope. Perhaps in this vein, the flesh often crucified in Bacon's paintings may be the great painter's own. Peppiatt muses, it is possible "that Bacon identified with Christ on the Cross." Indeed, Bacon referred to the whole theme of the Crucifixion "as a kind of self-portrait conveying deeply personal truths."

Daniel Farson in his book on Bacon notes of Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (1944): "The forcefulness with which these three Greek Furies... hurl their misery and rage at us proves the extent of his own loss of faith."

Clearly, with Three Studies Bacon's work began to epitomize the nihilistic spirit of twentieth century thinking. He once said: "Nietzsche forecast our future for ushe was the Cassandra of the nineteenth centuryhe told us it's all so meaningless we might as well be extraordinary."

Several other important subthemes underlie Three Studies. One is sexual, and relates to Bacon's interest in the open mouth. The pleading figure in the middle panel reflects the concept of "penis dentatus." This may be a variation on the Surrealists' concept of "vagina dentata" or the combination of sex and mouth.

In addition, artistic influences may have led to the gloomily phallic Three Studies. Bacon had a good knowledge of art history, and it is logical that Grünewald's crucifixion paintings would have influenced him. There is little doubt that the idea for the cloth bandage above the snarling mouth in the central figure of the triptych was inspired by Grünewald's Mocking of Christ (1503). Grünewald had also influenced Picasso's earlier Guernica (1937).

BACON: One of the pictures I did in 1946, the one like a butcher's shop, came to me as an accident. I was attempting a bird alighting on a field.... I had no intention to do this picture; I never thought of it in that way. It was like one continuous accident mounting on top of another.

Bacon's public breakthrough was with Painting (1946). Although it was hardly seen before it was bought for the Museum of Modern Art in New York, it is generally the painting by which he is best known all over the world to this day.

At just under 40 years of age, Bacon had arrived as one of the dominant figures in the art of his day. Painting (1946), as art analyst Lawrence Gowing writes, "brought the ominous incongruities, the dramatic fall of light around the umbrella and the catastrophic implication all together for the first time." The scene might be in a butcher shop where the carnivorous protagonist, no more a butcher than a priest or judge, awaits his prey among the sides of meat displayed around him.

Bacon's concern with the human condition may be a clue to this work and his other paintings. As he told David Sylvester, "the greatest art always returns you to the vulnerability of the human situation." Shortly before Painting (1946) was completed, 70,000 people had been slaughtered and approximately that same number died later of the new manmade death, radiation sickness, from the atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan, in April 1945. The umbrella looks suspiciously like a mushroom cloud, and the judge or priest with the carnage of meat surrounding him is the perpetrator of mass death.

Painting (1946) also shows Bacon's fascination with blood and carnage. It is a gruesome replacement of the ornate throne of the traditional state portrait. Bacon combines three of the major themes of his timewar, the dictator and dead meatand suggests the bomb's sinister impact on mankind's future.

While it may be true, as Bacon said, that "you only need to think about the meat on your plate" to see the general truth about humankind in his paintings, no modern artist has hammered at the twentieth century human condition with more repetitive pessimism. Painting (1946) also reflects Bacon's view of life as an accident and a spasm of brutality, "suffering what cannot be explained because it has no meaning."

BACON: I think that man now realizes that he is an accident, that he is a completely futile being, that he has to play out the game without reason.

Bacon was a realist who tried to force viewers to shed their shallow belief in the euphemisms of a glittering neon culture that merely provides a distraction from the reality of nonmeaning.

Bacon's fascination for the irrational is evident in his imagery of the abnormal and the impaired, which underscores a darker view of humanitya humanity only partially evolved from an ignoble, animal condition.

His paintings after the photos of Eadweard Muybridge such as Study for Crouching Nude (1952) and the more explicit Paralytic Child Walking on All Fours (from Muybridge) (1961) reduce human beings to an ignominious animal state and suggest evolutionary regression.

BACON: I realized when I was seventeen. I remember it very, very clearly. I remember looking at a dog-shit on the pavement and I suddenly realized, there it isthis is what life is like. Strangely enough, it tormented me for months, till I came to, as it were, accept that here you are, existing for a second, brushed off like flies on the wall.

Bacon's 1953 Man with Dog, as contrasted with his Study for Self-PortraitTriptych (1985-86), shows the artist in a hunched, tortured posture with legs coiled. Not only does this reflect the crouching dog but it also seems to imply a connection with his crouching nude of 1952. Bacon himself, thus, is a regressed animal like us all, except that as an artist he was aware of his status and could record it for the world to see.

Bacon's distorted and idiosyncratic images bear eloquent witness to the events of the post-World War II period and more generally to twentieth century humanity's capacity for mass violence. Bacon, the artist as prophet, is the extreme voice of despair in which people are totally dehumanized, blurred, decrepit banshees. Robert Hughes writes: "In his work, the image of the classical nude body is simply dismissed; it becomes, instead, a two-legged animal with the various addictions: to sex, the needle, security, or power."

BACON: I am unique in that way; and perhaps it's a vanity to say such a thing. But I don't think I'm gifted. I just think I'm receptive.

Bacon emphasized the chance element in his work, but when discussing it he unavoidably spoke in religious terms. Like Duchamp and other artists, Bacon saw himself as a "medium": "I always think of myself not so much as a painter but as a medium for accident and chance."

Speaking in much the same way as a painter like Rembrandt, who within the Judeo-Christian tradition could readily accept the divine hand on his work, Bacon would say: "I think that I have this peculiar kind of sensibility as a painter, where things are handed to me and I just use them." It's Bacon's choice of words"handed to me"that implies a personal force outside of himself that he was quick to deny.

This is interesting and mystifying when one realizes that much of Bacon's work dealt with religious icons and subjects, such as Velasquez's portrait of the Pope. Bacon did not believe in an afterlife but thought that art gave substance to life. That is how he expressed his chaos of emotions and came to terms with life's confusion.

BACON: I've always thought that this was one of the greatest paintings in the world, and I've used it through obsession. And I've tried very, very unsuccessfully to do certain records of itdistorted records. I regret them, because I think they're very silly... because I think that this thing was an absolute thing that was done and nothing more can be done about it.

Bacon's Study After Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X (1953) turns Diego Velasquez's powerful portrait of Pope Innocent X Pamphili into a "screaming Pope." Bacon executed the painting from a photograph. Study introduced an element of dislocation from the primary image, a concept that greatly influenced modern art.

The Pope in Study seems a snare and a threat. He is held in a skeletal cubea boxed hell without escape. "The picture assaults the power of the Church: it is blasphemous," Sinclair notes. "It represents Bacon's heresy and protests against the rule of the organised religion which he had known in Ireland." This is a derisive view of the Catholic religion that Bacon probably inherited from the Surrealists.

It is clear that the image of the Pope touched a deep division in Bacon. On the one hand, he was fascinated with the man set above all others. On the other hand, there was a desire to tear away at the pomp and pretence of the high office of Supreme Pontiffa self-protective illusion that Bacon believed was at the core of all religious belief.

Bacon, thus, seems to project anxiety concerning his own mortality as well as rage against authority in his portrait of Pope Innocent X. "Painting," Bacon said, "is the pattern of one's own nervous system being projected on the canvas." Moreover: "One of the problems," Bacon said, "is to paint like Velasquez, but with the texture of a hippopotamus skin."

With his 1962 Three Studies for a Crucifixion, Bacon again returns to the subject of the crucifixion. Three Studies (1962) literally reeks of blood and was painted under a tremendous hangover from drinking. "It's one of the only pictures," Bacon later said, "that I've ever been able to do under drink. I believe that the drink helped me to be a bit freer."

Sinclair notes that the "figures in the three canvases were joined in the theme of the violence that men did to one another by the power of sex and hatred. The body on the right, lying head down, suggested an inverted crucifixion by Cimabue, which Bacon thought was like 'a worm crawling... just moving, undulating down the cross.'"

With Three Studies, a self-generating quality of painting began to emerge, which Lawrence Gowing believes changed the character of art. Until 1962, the date of Bacon's first exhibition at the Tate Gallery in London, most of his paintings had been devoted essentially to simple embodiments. From this point on in his work, figures are more often concerned together in a simple episode or in an identifiable settinga landscape or a townscape or a habitable interior. The subjects are more often actions, whose purpose we may or may not be allowed to construe. As Gowing writes: "Pictures like this extended Bacon's art and his reading of human drama into a region of instinct and unknowing, nervous awareness, a region seemingly unknown and unknowable, which was quite new to modern figurative art."

BACON: There are very few paintings I would like to have, but I would like to have Rembrandts.

Bacon understood the importance of art history. To this end, he paid tribute to Rembrandt"abstract expressionism has all been done in Rembrandt's marks."

Rembrandt, however, lived in an age saturated with Christian beliefs to which Rembrandt himself subscribed. This can be seen in his classic crucifixion painting, The Raising of the Cross (1633). Here we see Rembrandt at the base of the cross with his eyes fixed on Christ. The message is that Rembrandt saw himself as one of the many fallible people who had forced Christ to the cross.

Bacon's retort was that Rembrandt painted at a time when people were still "slightly conditioned by certain types of religious possibilities, which man now, you could say, has completely cancelled out for him." In other words, Rembrandt's culture believed in the existence of a personal God who provided a solutionthe Crucifixionfor humanity's problems.

That hope, to Bacon, had been lost and man must "beguile himself." "You see," Bacon said, "all art has become completely a game by which man distracts himself." Distracted from what? The futility of existence, of course.

"We are born and we die," Bacon proclaimed, "but in between we give this purposeless existence a meaning by our drives." Sex, food, body functions, the will to createthese all give some meaning, although varied, to human existence. Maybe this explains in part Bacon's Triptych Inspired By T. S. Eliot's Poem Sweeney Agonistes (1967). Bacon had been reading Eliot's verse dramas and the famous three-part summary of the human situation:

That's all the facts when you come to brass tacks:
Birth, and copulation, and death.

The center panel, with its lonely futility, was left unpeopled while that on the right, derived from Muybridge's wrestlers, offered Bacon's customary formulation for sexual passion.

In 1988, a few years before his death, Bacon revisited the original Three Studies with a fresh, more defined look at the crucifixion in Second Version of Triptych (1944). The figures are still bound and appear to be only the projections of certain body parts that he had defined in such works as Triptych Inspired by the Oresteia of Aeschylus (1981). An uneasy sense of cruelty and despair resonates from these late works. "Anything in art seems cruel," he said, "because reality is cruel."

BACON: We nearly always live through screensa screened existence. And I sometimes think, when people say my work looks violent, that perhaps I have from time to time been able to clear away one or two of the veils or screens.

In the deepest sense, Bacon's paintings are about his knowledge that the inhabitants of his world are alive. To understand Bacon the man, you must know the private damage and demons that drove him to paint his form of despair and that even today drive onlookers to their knees.

Bacon projected his nervous system onto his canvases, and his scream is the scream of twentieth century humanity that has debunked its past, tradition and values. Bacon's crucifixion of himself on canvas expresses the pain and torment of guilt that seems to endlessly plague modern humanity.

Bacon could feel the cold winds blowing across the wasteland and he knew, or believed he knew, the only alternatives. He sincerely believed we are all damned in the slaughterhouse of life.

BACON: I think that most people who have religious beliefs, who have the fear of God, are much more interesting than people who just live a kind of hedonistic and drafting life.... I can't help admiring but despising them.... But I do think that, if you can find a person totally without belief, but totally dedicated to futility, then you will find the more exciting person.

In one of his later interviews, David Sylvester asked Bacon, "Don't you think that any believing Christian who felt that he was damned would prefer not to have an immortal soul than to live in eternal torment?"

Bacon replied: "I think that people are so attached to their egos that they'd probably rather have the torment than simple annihilation."

Sylvester then asked: "You'd prefer the torment yourself?"

Quick to reply, the great painter said, "Yes, I would, because, if I was in hell I would always feel I had a chance of escaping. I'd always be sure that I'd be able to escape.

 


 

 

 

A QUESTION OF ATTRIBUTION


 

Francis Bacon was one of the great artists of his time, and one of the most unpredictable. But is it really possible that even he would give 500 key works away? And, if so, why?

·          

 

LEE MARSHALL | CULTURE | THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | SUNDAY MAY 3 1998

 

CHRISTIAN RAVARINO, an Italian-American journalist, has hundreds of drawings by the English painter Francis Bacon. Some of them are in the boot of his Audi. But he's having trouble with the central-locking system.

Bacon was not just screaming popes and butchered triptychs, says Ravarino. He was not just "the world's greatest living painter" - a label he was already learning to live with when Ravarino first met him in 1980. He was also, says Ravarino (who likes to talk), a great draughtsman. A great wielder of the pencil and the blue Biro, on sheets of typing paper which his Italian friend provided.

Bacon in Italy in the last 12 years of his life (he died in 1992, aged 82) is not an impossible scenario. He travelled constantly, alone or with an ever-changing group of friends; and travel, for Bacon, meant putting the Channel far behind him. Bacon drawing is another thing altogether. The official line is that he just didn't do it, at least not after his career as a painter had taken off. Michael Peppiatt, a longtime acquaintance, and author of the 1996 biography Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma, is adamant that Bacon "did almost no drawings - and the ones that we do have are very painterly. He was a painter through and through."

The drawings owned by Ravarino are currently at the centre of a legal wrangle in his home town of Bologna. The case was instigated by his main customer, a Bolognese dentist and art collector called Francesco Martani, who bought a job lot of around 50 drawings in 1992 for what Ravarino says was "a few million lire each" (3m lire is currently around pounds 1,000). Ravarino says that he was forced to sell them off in a hurry because his mother had just died and he needed the money to pay the US death duties. "In any case," he says, "they were by no means the best." A few years after his purchase, Martani began to get cold feet. He says that he hopes the drawings turn out to be authentic - but he is convinced that bringing in Italy's Art Police (the Nucleo tutela del patrimonio artistico) and accusing Ravarino of having sold him a bunch of fakes is "the only way of getting at the truth."

The case will rumble on for at least another year. In the meantime Ravarino, like the Ancient Mariner, is desperate to get the story off his chest.

Ravarino says that he first met Bacon in Calderino, a village in the wine-growing hills west of Bologna, in November 1980. The artist was staying in the holiday villa of a certain Bernard Sellin (or Sellen), who claimed to be "a pediatric surgeon at the Great Ormond Street Hospital in London". Ravarino was 28 at the time. He was introduced by a friend of his mother's who knew both Bacon and Sellin.

He got five articles out of their meetings, including an interview published in Italian Penthouse in April 1982. In 1996 he gathered these articles together in a book published by a small Bologna press, with reproductions of some of the drawings and a rambling afterword.

Later, when Bacon visited the ski resort of Cortina d'Ampezzo in the Italian Dolomites, and again in Venice, Ravarino was a hanger-on. He also talks of trips to Rome and Florence "sometime in the mid- to late Eighties", including one visit to the Uffizi Gallery during which Bacon tried to wrench Artemisia Gentileschi's gory painting of Judith Slaying Holofernes off the wall. The police let Bacon off with a warning. He couldn't see what all the fuss was about: "I would have given them one of mine in exchange," he explained to Ravarino.

SINCE THE early Eighties, when Bacon apparently praised his boyish good looks and his pert bottom, Ravarino has - by his own admission - gone to seed. In fact, it's difficult to connect him in any way with the cherubic passport photograph he shows me, dated 1972.

The frayed brown overcoat, the scuffed supermarket trainers, the long hair, streaked with grey, the puffy face - Ravarino looks like a method actor three months into preparation for his role as Down-At-Heel Writer And Italian Friend Of Bacon. He drives a clapped-out Audi with a rattling gearbox. He talks earnestly and incessantly in great arcs of free association that lead from Velazquez to the Mafia. He hangs a right when he sees a police car up ahead ("Shit, what are they doing here? They don't normally wait on that corner"). But he can also be calm and cultured, with the smooth, persuasive voice of a breakfast radio host.

The only time I hear Ravarino stumble is when I ask him if he ever had sex with Bacon. Um, well, basically, the thing is ... he doesn't remember. Sorry? "You have to realise just how much these people drank, and how much you had to drink if you didn't want to offend them ... I was often in a kind of alcoholic coma." He goes on to tell me a story about Bacon putting a rose on the breakfast table one morning, in some hotel, he doesn't remember where or when. Or why.

Ravarino - whose English is far from fluent - holds an American passport. He also claims to act as an advisor to the US Department of State, and talks of an uncle who works for the Planning Organization Board - "the decision-making body of the National Security Council, which controls the American President". He writes the way he talks: leaping from one conspiratorial hub to another, even when he is ostensibly discussing Bacon. Aldo Moro is in there, of course, and the Kennedy assassination. So is the Pont de l'Alma in Paris, Blackfriars Bridge in London and the omnipresent Licio Gelli (former head of Italy's P2 Masonic lodge). They're all connected, deep down.

Such things fascinated Bacon, according to Ravarino, and he claims to have spent hours talking to the painter about espionage, terrorism and the Mafia. In a long memoir he wrote in 1995, Ravarino recalls an episode which took place in the Hotel Danieli in Venice in 1991. Bacon was watching a TV interview with Mafia godfather Michele Greco, and was enchanted by the fact that his Italian nickname was Il Papa (The Pope) - so much so that he immediately ordered Ravarino to send the man a drawing. Like most of the other Bacon drawings that Ravarino claims to have posted to eminent personages (the former Italian Prime Minister Giulio Andreotti, among others), this one was stolen by an unscrupulous assistant before it reached the great man.

The problem with Ravarino's "Bacon and I" stories is that there are no photographs, no tape recordings and few witnesses. No one seems to have heard of Bernard Sellin - the surgeon friend Bacon was supposed to have been staying with in Calderino. The Great Ormond Street hospital has no record of him. Paul Brass, who was Bacon's personal doctor, never once heard Bacon mention Sellin. The other important claim made by Ravarino - that at this time Bacon believed he was dying of cancer, hence the "urgency" of the drawings - baffles Brass. But he concedes that Bacon "did tend to worry about his health".

Just as one is beginning to believe in some magnificent fictional construct, a few Italian sightings come to Ravarino's rescue. Calderino wine producer Carlo Gaggioli remembers a visit to his cellars by a "very merry" group of foreigners, including an older English artist. He has a drawing similar to those owned by Ravarino, "which was given to me by the artist - or by Ravarino, I don't remember. But they definitely gave it to me that same day." Bacon was also spotted in Cortina d'Ampezzo, the ski resort where Ravarino claims to have interviewed him "towards the end of the Eighties". Gloria Pagani remembers Bacon's rowdy visit to her restaurant, La Siesta - which was followed the next day by the gift of a drawing. And Vincenzo Lucchese, an architect who teaches at Venice University, has testified that he saw Bacon and Ravarino together at a Venetian Carnevale party "at the end of the Eighties" (though Ravarino, in one of his few stabs at precision, sets this meeting in 1991).

According to Ravarino it was during this Venetian visit, when Bacon was around 80, that the artist presented him with the bulk of the drawings. Bacon was staying with "some rich English friends" who owned an apartment in Venice, and Ravarino remembers that "he wasn't feeling very well".

As usual with Ravarino's stories, the Venetian scenario comes complete with theatrical mise-en-scene. "Bacon said to me: 'I told my friends that you would go round to the flat to tidy up.' I was a bit put-out by this, but I said, 'Fine'. Then Bacon said: 'But make sure you don't steal anything.' That was one of the few times I ever got angry with him - I really blew a fuse. He quite liked it when people shouted at him. Anyway, he said he'd been joking, and that he only meant I should be careful with the crystal glasses. So along I go to the flat, which is really something - Sebastiano del Piombo paintings on the wall, the whole works. And I find that it's spotlessly clean. Then I notice a big package sitting on a table, with a typewritten note: 'Per il dottor Ravarino.' Inside were hundreds of drawings.

The last time he talked to Bacon, says Ravarino, was when the artist rang him a few weeks later. When Ravarino asked him why he had bothered to type out the note, Bacon replied: "So you don't have anything on me. I don't want anyone to recognise my handwriting. I don't want you to make this into a book. And I haven't decided what I want you to do with the drawings yet."

So why, then, did Bacon sign the drawings? Ravarino says that he talked the artist into signing them "when I brought them to him in Rome". His chronology - unreliable at the best of times - goes very fuzzy around this point. It's unclear, for example, whether this "last meeting" took place before or after the phone-call referred to above. "I was shaking all over. He was drunk, and I was worried he was going to destroy them. Instead, he started signing them. Some he initialled, some he signed with his full name, some just with an 'F' - like those early paintings that were published recently in a book with a preface by Milan Kundera - paintings which nobody had ever seen before." Ravarino has certainly done his homework.

There is no doubt that these are the kind of drawings a clever forger would turn out if he was trying to "do a Bacon". They are all heads, done in two different styles. The first type is aggressively pointilist, like a join-the-dots puzzle for schizophrenics. Clustered entrails mess up the mouth and nose, or hang down from the chin. The eyes are insect-like. One of these heads looks like a child's drawing of a caterpillar; another like Darth Vader with acne.

The second type of drawing is more fluent, more convincing. The bare essentials of a face have been jotted down, and then overlain by long, rapid, curving strokes of the pencil. The effect is that of long grass in a strong wind, seen from above, as in Bacon's painting Landscape 1978. The focal point (always a face) is worked on and worked over obsessively, nearly erased. The rest is clean, confident and geometric: a suggestion of shoulders and collar, enclosed - in some cases - in one of the box-frames that we recognise from Bacon's paintings.

Since Bacon's death in April 1992, various "official" early sketches have turned up. A group of four scrappy studies for paintings from the Fifties and Sixties was included in the major Pompidou Centre show in 1996. More interesting perhaps is the group of 42 works on paper acquired by the Tate Gallery earlier this year. Dating from the early Fifties to the early Sixties, these include a few sketches in ballpoint pen and pencil as well as others in gouache, oil paint and ink. The style is not particularly close to that of the Ravarino drawings, but the press release put out by the Tate to announce the acquisition makes an interesting point: "Though few post-war works on paper by [Bacon] were known, it has now become clear that this is only because he did not wish the existence of this type of work to be revealed beyond his own circle."

The works acquired also include some pages from a boxing magazine overpainted by the artist. Ravarino, too, has a group of sketches done on the flyleaves of various English and Italian books. Sometimes these take up hints from their surroundings: a rapidly sketched portrait on the title page of Reginald Berkeley's The Lady With a Lamp seems a parody of the portrait of Florence Nightingale on the facing page.

Ravarino believes that the Bacon establishment has closed ranks to keep him out. If so, they have understandable reasons for doing so. The Marlborough Gallery, which represented the artist from 1958 onwards, has had to act on Bacon's behalf more than once in the past when false or abandoned paintings turned up in the marketplace. There is even an Italian precedent: in the mid-Seventies a group of left-wing students in Milan painted and sold a number of fake Bacons, using the proceeds to finance the Glorious Revolution.

Kate Austin voices the official Marlborough Gallery line when she says that "stylistically it seems impossible that these drawings are authentic. The hand is very tight - it's certainly not Bacon's." She also claims that "the artist knew about these drawings and was very upset about them". As for Ravarino, she says that "it is debatable whether he ever knew Bacon personally".

British art critic David Sylvester was (and is) Bacon's Boswell. His conversations with the artist - first published in 1975 - have become the Baconologist's bible. Sylvester has also curated most of the important Bacon exhibitions since the artist's death in 1992, including the recent Hayward Gallery show. He is emphatically not part of the Ravarino camp; in fact, the whole story irritates him. "This is about the eighteenth time I've been asked about these drawings," he says. "They're fakes - you only have to look at them to see it. There is absolutely no documentary proof that they are Bacon's - so in the end you just have to trust your eye."

An assiduous collector of testimonials, Ravarino has his own list of friendly critics and collectors. His chief supporter is Italian writer and self-taught art critic Giorgio Soavi, who has written a book about the whole affair, Viaggio in Italia di Francis Bacon (Umberto Allemandi, Turin). Soavi has also bought two drawings from Ravarino - so he could be said to have a vested interest. Soavi became excited, he says, by "the fictional potential" of parts of the story - including Ravarino's most extravagant claim, that Bacon was involved in the death of a male prostitute in Rome - an "accident" which was immediately covered up by the US secret services.

So convinced is Soavi that the drawings are authentic that he agreed to appear as an expert witness for the defence in the first Bologna hearing on 10 February. Paul Nicholls, an English art dealer based in Milan, was enlisted by the court as a witness for the prosecution. He declared that "the drawings in question were not carried out by Bacon, and are foreign to his whole way of working". Nicholls also believes that "this whole thing should be deflated. I don't think it does Bacon any good.

More than once, Ravarino himself refers to Bacon's legacy as a "curse". He says that his next move will be to "go to England with a couple of hundred drawings and take them around the most important critics". But he is reluctant to do this, he says, because "it's depressing to think that I have to go to ask a bunch of critics whether my story is true, when I know for a fact that it is".

One gets the impression that it is the way Ravarino has dealt with the drawings as much as anything else which, in the absence of any definite proof that they are by Francis Bacon, annoys the critics. There is an etiquette to authentication, and Ravarino has not respected it. He has exhibited his drawings in third-class galleries and hotels around Italy. He has published them in obscure local magazines. He has given them away to lovers and politicians, and sold them outside the gallery circuit at prices which, he says, range from pounds 1,000 to pounds 12,000. If the drawings were authenticated, the best could fetch at least pounds 50,000. Ravarino is coy about numbers, but he hints that he has more than 500 drawings still in his possession.

It would be easy for the experts if Ravarino really was the likeable charlatan he appears to be. But there's a problem here. Reliable witnesses saw Bacon and Ravarino together in Italy, and drawings purported to be by Bacon were given away on those occasions. Ravarino may, of course, have been going around with a Bacon look-alike who was under strict instructions to get drunk and play the crazy Eengleesh artist. Alternatively, he may have been tracking Bacon around Italy and popping up the next day with forgeries to distribute to restaurant owners and wine producers as gifts from il maestro. "Either way," says Bolognese journalist Luigi Spezia, who has been following the case for La Repubblica, "the man would have to be a genius.

So far the only person to have approached Ravarino's claims with any degree of forensic rigour is the writer and art critic Enzo Rossi-Roiss. He has been following Ravarino's sales of the drawings since they began in 1981. He has photocopies of 150 drawings plus, in some cases, copies of the cheques paid for them. According to Rossi-Roiss, Ravarino's own figures are too high: "He's been selling off sketches for as little as 500,000 lire [pounds 170] each." Rossi-Roiss is working on a book about the case, due out this autumn. He believes Bacon did indeed visit Calderino in 1980, where he met Ravarino and left behind a few drawings. He believes that Ravarino then appropriated these, forged Bacon's signature, and used them as models for hundreds of fakes, which were carried out by more than one artist - hence the difference in style.

IN 1975, Bacon wrote a brief tribute to Giacometti, one of the contemporaries he most admired, for a show of his drawings at the Galerie Claude Bernard in Paris. "For me," he wrote, "Giacometti is not only the greatest draughtsman of our period, but one of the greatest of all time." Giacometti himself considered drawing to be fundamental to both painting and sculpture: "I think only about drawing," he once said. French critic Jacques Dupin believes that Giacometti's admiration of Bacon's paintings was tempered by the fact that "he was uncomfortable that Bacon didn't draw".

If Bacon was prompted into trying to produce finished drawings in the last decade of his life, his decision to leave them in Ravarino-limbo could have been a reflection of his own lack of confidence in them. At the same time, though, he would have been reluctant entirely to destroy these traces of an activity in which his masters - Giacometti, Picasso, Michelangelo, Guercino, Velazquez - all excelled.

We know that by the time Ravarino claims to have met him, Bacon was weary of the whole gallery circus. In an interview published in Art International in the autumn of 1989 - soon after one of his triptychs had sold in New York for US$6m - he said: "The whole thing has become so boring and bourgeois. Art is just a way now of making money.

Giorgio Soavi believes that these drawings were left behind as a spanner in the works. At the end of his semi-fictionalised account of the affair, he has a ghostly Bacon return to earth to say: "I left them in the hands of this long-haired rocker simply to annoy my dealers ... to take my revenge on them.

It could just be that these drawings were left behind as a spanner in the works. Bacon loved using calculated chance in his paintings, and the choice of such an unreliable messenger as Ravarino as the repository of his final secret - or last laugh - would do for his life what a careless smudge of paint did for a painting. "I think that painting today is pure intuition and luck and taking advantage of what happens when you splash the stuff down," he wrote in 1953.

Up there in orbit, 500 drawings are still waiting for splashdown!

 

 


 
 

Francis Bacon

 

 

Hayward Gallery, London UK

 

 

 

BY NEAL BROWN FRIEZE ISSUE 40 5 MAY 1998 

 

 

 

Bacon’s work doesn’t comply neatly with attempted divisions between portraiture and explorations of the body, and this exhibition, The Human Body, is to a degree an artificial contrivance, especially for an artist who in many ways considered the head as just another limb on a torso. The works are hung strangely close to the floor in the Hayward’s artificially lit lower galleries, against sad, grey walls and a threatening dark ceiling. Light levels are low because of the artist’s improvidence of technique and the consequent delicacy of the work: the raw canvas he left exposed is vulnerable to darkening and embrittlement. Overall, the repressive effect makes the works look gaily pretty and cheerful. 

 

This is the first significant opportunity to consider Bacon’s work since Michael Peppiatt’s critical biography of 1996, and makes the artist’s rigid withholding of his co-operation from any biographer understandable. Peppiatt is not party to the strange collaboration between those that accord the artist a greater singularity than is the case, and he makes an evaluation of Bacon that is neither characterised by either adulatory homage (to a Soho Disneyland of romanticised Existentialism) nor by kneejerk disgust. His book is more fondly querying of Bacon’s art than his many (equally committed but perhaps more constrained, credulous, or misinformed) predecessors. David Sylvester, who curated this exhibition and wrote the catalogue essay, has begun - just - a well-earned relaxation from the artist’s royal grip. 

 

Details of Bacon’s upbringing, sexuality and relationships have autobiographical correspondences in the paintings which make them (in what would be an absolute anathema to the artist) much more narrative than intended. Bacon’s deliberate insistence on a non-analytical and non-narrative reading of his work (and potent enigma resulting from this), is now less possible to sustain. For example, Untitled (1943 or 1944), a work never exhibited or published before, (a variant on one of the triptych panels for Three Studies for Figures at the base of a Crucifixion, 1944) seems particularly hectoring. Elsewhere, Bacon’s narrative is by degrees inarticulate and confused, but certainly present. This is most clearly seen in Triptych May-June 1973 (1973). The painting depicts the undignified suicide of the artist’s lover in cartoon strip style. The spiritual details of Bacon’s story of abuse, repressions and counter-repressions may be seen, with increasing clarity, elsewhere in the show. 

 

Bacon’s outlook of religiosity (both absolutist, irreducible intent and frequent religious subject matter), politics and sexuality (of pain) may now be considered without constraint. The various biographies, newly revealed work and the simple passage of time allows us to consider him in relation to various traditions other than just a Modernist one. These might include the art of the right wing, 19th century Christian art, as well as the history of artists concerned with sexualised control, such as Richard Lindner, or even Aubrey Beardsley. Bacon’s use of raw canvas left in reserve is like Beardsley’s use of white paper, seen in his illustrations of Edgar Allen Poe, for example. There may even be a case for consideration of Bacon in relation to the English nonsense tradition in literature. 

 

Bacon’s often very beautiful, grandee swirlings and sexualised skidmarks of paint are depictive of certain principal categories of subject. These are either other right-wing libertines like himself, or suicides and alcoholics - alcoholics, of course, just being suicides in slow motion. The libertine theme, and its policy of non intervention toward the emotionally or spiritually disadvantaged, can be seen in the falling freemarket of souls on the canvases, and their hierarchy of vulnerabilities in relation to each other, reflected within the structural devices the artists used. 

The good paintings in this show have a continuing magic power, effecting an almost involuntary response. As Bacon’s often strained theatrical intensity becomes more painfully obvious though, his successes may perhaps be due more to his fabulous colourist skills and consummate fluency with paint than his existential pronouncements. As the duration of induced sensation in the viewer becomes diminished, through habituation and an increased tolerance to his devices, either complacency or a discriminating embarrassment at the accrued defects in the paintings sets in. 

The Human Body further qualifies the reasonable objections to be made against the grandeurs and pomp claimed for Bacon’s work, but it also confirms his merits. Importantly, it also provides an opportunity to reconsider Bacon’s considerable influence on much contemporary art practice, and therefore to consider aspects of contemporary art practice itself. 

Bacon’s insistent references to Paul Valéry’s - ‘the sensation without the boredom of its conveyance’ - is seen reflected in the repeated significance of ‘sensation’ in much contemporary art practice, and its analogues in advertising, recreational drug use and the entertainment media. Bacon’s outsider status, ruthless survival strategy and self mythologising, as well as his great talent, also have correspondences in younger artists’ makings and marketings of art, although many of these are now safely institutionalised themselves. The bonds between Bacon and many contemporary artists may expose those working in his wake to stresses and counterbalancings dependent on the rise or fall of his retrospective fortunes. 

      


 

  

Which Tate are we in?

 

 

 

HUGH PEARMAN | THE SUNDAY TIMES | 13 SEPTEMBER 1998 

 

 

Interviewing Nick Serota, director of the Tate Gallery, is what I imagine consulting the oracle at Delphi to be like. Serota fills the role of interpreter, the one who put into measured but still puzzling stanzas the frenzied utterances of the entranced Delphic priestess. You go, you pose questions, you take note of the gnomic utterances, and then you return home to try and work out what it all means.

You examine his words, line by line, and it becomes possible to make an informed guess. Does Serota really say that he thinks the hugely acclaimed new Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao is a seriously deficient museum? That our leading sculptor, Sir Anthony Caro, was a bit of a troublesome old codger as a Tate trustee? That he expects the Government to give him a lump-sum payment of £10m to buy new art for his new Tate Gallery of Modern Art at Bankside? That he fears the crowds may vote with their feet and decamp to international modernism in Bankside in 2000, leaving his revamped Gallery of British Art at Millbank the poor relation? No, he does not. He does not say any of these things directly. He is a master of the oblique.

Neither does he acknowledge outright that the Tate has a rather poor collection of classic European modernism, compared with other leading museums - though he comes close. He does not say that the annual conceptualists' shindig, the Turner Prize, has become a Frankenstein's monster, distorting public perceptions of what the Tate and its collections is about. He does not say that he regards the Chelsea studio of the late Francis Bacon - which has now been snapped up by a Dublin gallery - as a poor thing, not worth the Tate's patrician consideration. He does not admit in as many words that some people half-expect him to move on, once the big London reorganisation of the Tate has been completed in 2001. But despite not saying these things - or not in those words, anyway - he touches on these subjects. You are left with the impression that these may well be his views.

Now the Tate has commissioned the corporate identity specialists Wolff Olins to come up with ideas as to how to present the impending dual-identity London Tate and to come up with snappier, more memorable, names than the two on offer at present: respectively the Tate Gallery of British Art (Millbank) and the Tate Gallery of Modern Art (Bankside). There is the potential for confusion, no doubt about it. Serota says: "The question that's always asked is - where will I find Francis Bacon, or Damien Hirst? - and the answer is really quite simple: in both. What you will find here at Millbank is 20th century British art in the context of a tradition of British art going back to 1500 - and there at Bankside you'll find 20th century British art in the context of an international 20th century".

All clear, everyone? Right: here's the Serota line on the weaknesses in his international modern collection: "One answer is that museums are only partly about the inherent quality of the collection. As important, in my view, is the way in which they use that collection. So you can have a brilliant collection, but display it rather poorly, and your museum will not flourish." The implication being that the Tate has a rather poor collection compared with some, but will display it brilliantly: however, he does not say this. The remark puts into context his desire for a £10m gift to buy new art for Bankside. "An imaginative gesture of that kind would make a big difference," he muses, while allowing he will probably be told to try the Lottery again, with uncertain success.

The affair of Bacon's studio puts him especially on guard. The Tate was never approached with a formal offer for it, he says. He had sporadic conversations with John Edwards, inheritor of the Bacon estate, but it never came to anything. Did he regret the loss, I ask? He replies at a tangent. "The priority for us has to be showing Bacon's paintings rather than his studio." He then praises the "whole experience" of Brancusi's studio in Paris, or the Tate's Barbara Hepworth studio and garden in St. Ives. So is the Bacon studio not up to that standard, I inquire? Serota sits up and stares straight at me. "Well - we'll see," he replies, with a short laugh.

 

 

 

 

Getting to know you

 

 

 

Andrew Lambirth on the value of interviewing artists as a means to understanding their work

 

 

ANDREW LAMBIRTH | EXHIBITIONS | THE SPECTATOR | 10 OCTOBER 1998

 

Recently rereading David Sylvester's endlessly fascinating book Interviews with Francis Bacon (Thames & Hudson, first published in 1975, reprinted 1995), I was struck anew by how easy it is to assume that its effortless flow is due to the brilliance of Francis Bacon's talk. However marvellous a conversationalist Bacon was, people do not talk ordinarily in perfectly structured sentences filled with polished clauses. The success of the Bacon inter- views lies first of all in Sylvester's skill in asking questions, and then in his subtlety as an editor. However much he may have adapted the text, he manages to preserve the artist's voice, by identifying his speech rhythms and distinctive verbal habits. Thus the text, carefully edited into coherence, still has enough rough edges to sound convincingly like someone talking.

Compare another book of Bacon interviews — Francis Bacon in conversation with Michel Archimbaud (Phaidon, 1993). This was published posthumously (would Bacon have happily authorised it, I wonder?) and was originally written in French, the language in which the interviews were conducted. Bacon liked to speak French, but self-deprecatingly referred to his 'patchy and inadequate grasp' of the language. He even went so far as to state, in one of these Archimbaud interviews, that 'because I think you can only talk about your work in your own language, or at least in a language you have totally mastered, I've always felt that the conversations I have in French would be limited'. Remarkable, then, that Archimbaud should have persevered with a project so obviously doomed. The end result is a distressingly trivial book in comparison with Sylvester's, rather journalistic in tone, and crass through ignorance

Archimbaud covers a lot of the same territory as Sylvester though less sensitively. His text is both less penetrating and less revealing, but then Archimbaud quite evidently did not enjoy the same unique relationship with Bacon as Sylvester did. On page after page of Sylvester's book, trust, respect and genuine affection shine through; and they're mutual. With Archimbaud, Bacon could be mischievous. At one point this famously articulate artist comments airily (in translation, of course): 'Most of the time when one talks about painting, one says nothing interesting. It's always rather superficial. What can one say? Basically, I believe that you simply cannot talk about painting, it just isn't possible.' Well, you can see his point — he'd said it all already to Sylvester.

If David Sylvester's book has the true ring of authority, its 'narrative' is still susceptible to new discoveries. Bacon, like most artists and indeed most people, recounted the version of his life which most suited him. Since his death in 1992 it has come to light that Bacon, contrary to popular belief, made drawings at different times (and very regularly, if we accept all that have been brought forward as genuine) throughout his career. Yet the Bacon legend admits of no drawings. There is a marvellous story recounted against himself by the rather academic draughtsman, painter and writer, and sometime Spectator art critic, Michael Ayrton. Ayrton had once asserted that Bacon could not draw, and, encountering Bacon in a bar, he rashly maintained his view. 'Is drawing what you do?' Bacon silkily enquired, pausing before the kill: 'I wouldn't want to do that.'

A wickedly witty response on Bacon's behalf, and fuel for the myth. In the Sylvester interviews, towards the end of the book, Sylvester says: 'I suppose it's because you improvise so much that you're exceptional in doing figurative paintings as big as yours without any kind of preliminary drawing or oil sketch.' Bacon replies: 'Well, I sketch out very roughly on the canvas with a brush, just a vague outline of something, and then I go to work ...' No mention, you see, of any other kind of drawing, which we now know Bacon frequently made. Does this evasiveness in any way invalidate or cast doubt upon the veracity of the interviews? What is the truth? In the end, it's always partial, it's always a matter of interpretation. The sheer weight of comment and elucidation — of, dare I say it, wisdom — in the Bacon/Sylvester dialogues, will continue to compensate for any lapses. As Bacon said, 'all art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself. No doubt by modifying his own truth, Bacon was only deepening the game.

Over the years I have learnt more from interviewing artists about the practice of their art than from any book of theory or criticism. Besides visiting artists' studios socially or to view new work, I also conduct interviews for the National Sound Archive. This involves talking to an artist about their life and work from the very beginning. What colour were the walls at home where You grew up? What toys did you have? That sort of thing, modulating into questions about first attempts at art and other seminal experiences. The Artists' Lives section of the National Life Story Collection is located in the British Library, and is available, with certain restrictions, to any member of the public with a Reader Pass from the BL. This is oral history at its best, replete with riveting digressions and scabrous anecdotes.

Listening to tapes of an artist talking — the more informally the better — is a little like eavesdropping. As you respond to phrasing and inflection, you feel more closely tuned to the character of the speaker than in most written dialogue. Written interviews often seem deliberately constructed, edited or angled in a particular way. At the opposite pole is the unexpurgated transcript: the worthy but rambling record of every 'um' and 'er', the kind of document that earnest historians claim to be more authentic than any edited interview. In fact, there's nothing more tedious than most pure transcription: it's guaranteed to stifle the most ardent enthusiasm after very few minutes. That's why the Bacon/Sylvester interviews constitute such a glittering artefact.

One of their peculiar uses is as a benchmark for readers, who can test Bacon's remarks against their own experience, or try to imagine themselves in his place, or use him as a role model Good interviews are more rewarding and more revealing in these ways than any biography — they have the immediacy of (largely) unmediated response. Suzi Gablik in her remarkable book Conversations Before the End of Time (Thames & Hudson, 1995) demonstrates that dialogue is one of the most potent forms of cultural exchange currently avail- able to us. In society in general, the art of conversation has decayed somewhat; it needs now to be practised, renewed and reinvented. It's a great civilising force, and we need as many of those as we can get.

 

 

 

 

Surprise faults and virtues

 

 

Francis Bacon: The Human Body

(Hayward Gallery, till 5 April)

 

 

MARTIN GAYFORD | EXHIBITIONS | THE SPECTATOR | 14 FEBRUARY 1998

 

Asked who he thought was the greatest French poet, Andre Gide famously replied, 'Victor Hugo, helas.' A considerable portion of the British art-public might echo his words if asked to name the most significant artist this country has produced in the last half century, 'Francis Bacon, alas.' He is widely regarded - by critics, as well as members of the public - as an exponent of the Grand Guignol, indulging gratuitously in violence and horror, a self-indulgent expressionist possessed eternally with adolescent morbidity and existential gloom. In fact, few artists have been so systematically and persistently misunderstood, as is suggested by the exhibition Francis Bacon: The Human Body.

Of course, all artists look different as time moves on, and it's over a decade since we in this country had a full look at Bacon. A lot has happened since then. The artist himself has died. New movements in art have appeared, and it has become apparent that Bacon is a key reference point for Damien Hirst, leader of the Young British Artists, and also for Gilbert and George (to whom the Young British Artists look up). There have been grand-scale Bacon retrospectives in Paris and Munich (both organised by David Sylvester, the curator of the present exhibition). Now we in Britain have a chance to take a new look, not at the full range of Bacon's painting, but at 20-odd attempts at a perennial subject - the human form. What do we see?

There, at the Hayward, if one cares to look, one can see a very different Bacon from the shabby visual shocker of so much received opinion. On the walls of the gallery is evidence of a Bacon who could be tender, grand, elegiac, a painter who was a highly individual kind of classicist, as well as a unique species of realist. Not only does he have unexpected virtues, he also has unexpected faults. It's not a gruesome distortion that leads him astray - and he was an extremely uneven artist as appears even in this fairly small and tightly selected show - but a tendency to slip into Victorian academicism.

The way Bacon is rooted in tradition is quite obvious - and a point to which he returned frequently in interviews. He was an extremely learned painter, soaked in Velazquez and Rembrandt, Picasso and Michelangelo. Nonetheless, it may come as a surprise to see how directly he paraphrases the nudes from the Sistine Chapel ceiling in Three Figures in a Room from 1964. In fact, all three are clearly his lover of those years, George Dyer, although the central figure has a chance resemblance to John Major. At the left, Dyer sits naked on the lavatory with all the nobility of a figure on a temple pediment. In the other two panels he reclines in the manner of Michelangelo's Ignudi.

There is, of course, a big difference. Bacon's paint is smeared and spattered, Dyer's features and anatomy re-combined in startling ways. But the aim of this is not expressionism - an emotional effusion but realism. As Bacon said again and again, his object was to make an image that would strike his nervous system with the force and violence of experience. And this he believed he could do best not by making a literal copy of appearances, but by conjuring up with swirling paint and blurred forms something of the animal energy of real, living beings.

Here there is genuine Baconian shock. He was a man of enormous energy - he claimed not to be able to relax - an asthmatic, a drinker on a gargantuan scale, a liver of a disorderly bohemian life. Clearly, he lived a great deal closer to the ends of his nerves than most of us. Hence the impression of something wild caught on the hoof, perhaps about to pounce, that many of his subjects have. Baconian man appears at his most primal and disquieting in the marvellous Study for Figure II 1953/55, seated in business suit and tie on a bed, his mouth open in a simian yell.

But it is one of the jobs of art to open our eyes, and another to show us the world as the artist sees it. Bacon, when he's on form, does exactly that. The shock comes from the fact that, as he put it, most of us live surrounded by screens and tend to be offended by 'facts, or what used to be called the truth'. There is emotion in Bacon's work, but it is not - as often said - easy disgust and revulsion. The mood of his late Study for Self Portrait - Triptych 1985-86 is deeply serious, filled with a sense of human vulnerability. The painter's face seems to be being erased before our eyes, dissolved as if by some acidic gas. The same is true of the Triptych May-June 1973 which is concerned with Dyer's squalid suicide (he was found dead on the lavatory, as foreshadowed in the earlier painting).

Those two triptychs are among Bacon's greatest works. But the standard of the exhibits is by no means so uniformly high. With the exception of that three-part self-portrait, the products of his last decade are weak and oddly decorative (and, in the case of those inspired by photographs of David Gower and featuring cricket pads, simply odd). Earlier, he often missed. The combination he was after - classical solidity of design, those writhing, feral figures - was inherently unstable. The surprisingly dud Portrait of Lucian Freud 1951 suggests why Bacon had such an aversion to cliched copying of appearances - he obviously had a tendency to relapse into it himself.

There are outstanding absent paintings that should ideally have been present in such a survey. But there are many beautiful and revealing works on view in an admirably spacious hang. Study from the Human Body, 1949 - a male nude seen from behind - reveals a Bacon who could be tender and delicate in his use of paint. It suddenly makes sense that Bonnard was his favourite 20th-century painter. Painting, 1950, next door, a nude standing between patches of blue and red, in front of stripes, as if in an early Rothko, explains why painters regard Bacon as a wonderful colourist. The small Study of a Nude, 1952 - about to dive into a cube of space - is magical and mysterious, more qualities one might have thought unBaconian.

He is a difficult painter to get to know. Immediate impressions can be deceptive, as can his own words. He always claimed to make no sketches for his paintings, and to work in an improvisational frenzy. But recently a number of such studies has turned up and has been bought by the Tate, where the sketches will eventually go on show. There may be more to find out still about Bacon.

Lady Thatcher is widely credited with articulating a common view of Bacon, 'Not that horrible man who paints those dreadful paintings.' But, taxed with this by the artist's biographer, the late Daniel Farson, at The Spectator summer party of 1993, she adamantly denied ever having said any such thing. On the contrary, she told Farson, she was an admirer of his work. 'See, see, see,' she went on, jabbing Farson in the chest, 'learn, learn, learn.' This is good advice, with Bacon or any artist.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon

 

 


The man who put the pain into paintings

 

 

Oh-oh, it's that man again. Mad Frankie's back in town.

But what, asks our Art Critic, does he look like this time round?

 

 

TOM LUBBOCK | THE INDEPENDENT | FEBRUARY 10, 1998

 


It's nearly six years since Francis Bacon died, aged 82, with a good 50 years of painting behind him, and that might well be period enough for views to settle. They haven't at all. Bacon unquestionably remains a presence, a figure and a force to be reckoned with, but estimates of his work, even positive estimates, diverge radically - and, by way of reintroduction, here's the range, roughly. 

There's the savage view (still probably the standard view), which sees in Bacon's art an outcry of agony and a nausea of mortality, a terrible vision of the human state generally, but with special reference to the 20th century (the camps, the death of God). Or there's the skittish view, a kind of irreverent take on the previous, which finds rather an expert flesh-creeper and monster-maker, a shock-horror merchant with a macabre sense of fun. Then there's the social view, which stresses a much more urbane and various talent, a virtuoso player and portrayer of metropolitan-Soho life, a painter of wit and character. Finally there's the sublime view, which praises the vitality, the grandeur, the exaltation of his art, its ultimate life-affirmation in the face of torment, its triumph of the human spirit. Here Bacon becomes practically a candidate for a Nobel Prize. 

It's hard to decide, and I'd like to. Bacon is obviously a big deal. But whichever view you try out, the others seem to have truths that can't be ignored. No doubt one could say the sheer range of possible responses is itself a sign of Bacon's greatness, or of his abiding power to unsettle. But that seems too easy a summary. Anyway, we now have the chance to look and think again. 

Francis Bacon - The Human Body is the rubric for the Hayward Gallery' s mini-retrospective. It sounds pretty inclusive - what else did he paint? - but actually the focus is tight. It means the full figure only. It leaves out not just his landscapes and animals, but also his many head-portraits. Curated by Bacon's foremost interpreter, David Sylvester, the show has five triptychs and 18 single paintings, from 1942 to 1986. It's not a comprehensive showing but it's enough: enough to bring the big unsettled questions of Bacon's art jumping back to life. 

For instance, you still need to ask, in a literal-minded way, whether Bacon really does deal in images of stark violence, damage, torture, disgust and rebarbitive horror. And you still have to ask, more elevatedly, if Bacon really is in the great tradition of flesh-painting, the last in the glorious line of Titian, Rubens, Rembrandt, Velzquez. But simply to state the issues suggests the peculiar Bacon-effect. Here's a painter who seems to mix torment with high spirits, and high art with low art, and how the mix works out is the crux. I can't adjudicate it; I can only throw out these miscellaneous and rather contrary thoughts. 

Start with a technical point. One thing that's strikes you, besides any horror, is the straight, eye-teasing puzzle of these ectoplasmic swerves of flesh, so physical yet so ungraspable. How's it done? What' s going on exactly? 

There seem to be three elements (I don't say they went down in this order). The first is a quite solid and clear depiction of a face or body, albeit often severely caricatured and fractured - something you could make a model of. 

The second: some very fugitive dissolves and fades, by which one part of the flesh melds and sucks into another part, while others suddenly vanish away or cut off into the void. You can see much of Bacon's work in the Fifties as practising these shimmering lights and transparencies, which bring bodies out of thin air and flick them back again. (Look at the Nude Study from 1951.) 

Then the third element: brush swipes and blots and splashes, where the paint no longer depicts anything, is just an energy, an attack, a twirl. But, because these gestures of real paint take off from the gestures that mean flesh, the effect is of the flesh literally breaking or smearing the picture's surface, becoming tangible. So the painting is in continuous transition: real paint - fugitive flesh - solid flesh, back and forth between them. 

The great painterly tradition? No, I don't see it; rather, a brilliant impersonation or promise of painterliness. You approach a Bacon expecting rich rewards, but, at close quarters, the paint-work isn't interesting, is often very crude; no touch. It's only interesting for the image it coalesces into, its illusion of flesh-in-action. The intimacy only works long distance. 

The cartoon aspect: long ago, John Berger acutely noticed Bacon's likeness to Walt Disney, his bounding lines and bouncy curves. Indeed, this is part of his shockingness - the conventional invulnerability of the cartoon figure is violated. On the other hand, the irrepressible vitality of Bacon's figures, their "triumph of the human spirit", may just lie in their resilient cartoonish ability to bounce back. 

Or put that in modern art terms: the question is whether Bacon's bodily "distortions" should register as form-variations, or maybe energy- expressions - or as actual bodily harm. Do they give pain, or do they save the figures from pain? Henry Tonks's delicate, realistic watercolours of the faces of WWI wounded are incredibly painful. A fractured Cubist portrait is totally painless, couldn't represent physical pain if it wanted. What is Bacon? Cubism carnalised? 

Bacon has his figurative tics, anatomical twists that become repetitive: so often that same orbital explosion around the eye, that arc that sweeps the cheek, the way the jaw swings out or the calf bulges, the dumpy feet. But also he's the most inventive shape-maker, his blobs are terrific: look at the satanic shadow that spreads in the central panel of Triptych May-June 1973, or the foetal lumpy thing on the right of Triptych - Studies from the Human Body 1970 (and if you look at the dark area where its face should be, you can catch, dimly, a perfectly realistic and sweet toddler's face, as if it were floating inside). 

The flat backgrounds, those stage sets in which Bacon's bodies are isolated, are in really gorgeous, sumptuous colour-schemes (the opulent juxtaposition of deep magenta and buff-grey in that 1973 Triptych, say). The harmonies are superb - but the key is always, so to speak, C Major. One thing that draws us to Bacon's pictures is that their dominant colours are so straightforwardly attractive: great design; no pain there. 

Would the bodies be so painful if they weren't coloured flesh-pink and blood-red? If, like Frank Auerbach's, they were messed about, but multi-coloured? But then the recurring combination is actually red, pink and white, a strawberries-and-cream complexion, which can also be very tasty; or, in Three Figures in a Room, 1963, the figure sitting on the loo has a delicious peache-Melba mix; or sometimes it' s red, white and blue, like a lambent tropical fish. Lovely stuff. 

The big triptych format is boring, a short-cut to equilibrium and grandeur. The props - the umbrellas, the cricket pads - which probably have only a formal motivation, can look very silly. 

Bacon often spoke of "illustration" as the thing to be avoided in figurative painting, and was rightly sensitive to this word, because, if you imagine away all the messing about, you're left with a very facile and frankly cute illustrator; and in the later work this comes more and more to the fore. He needed the disruption. 

No good painter has taken Bacon as its example (his imitators are awful); the only people his work has directly influenced in a profitable way are cartoonists and illustrators - Scarfe, Steadman, Ian Pollock, H Giger's designs for Alien, the monsters in graphic novels. 

So what's the score between beauty, terror, energy, brilliance, slickness, cruelty, invention, crudeness, gaiety, cuteness, good taste, silliness, cliché, a fantastic box of tricks and something ineradicably memorable? Hm... Maybe I'll know next time round.

To 5 April, Hayward Gallery, SBC, London SE1 (1071-960 4242)
 

 

 

 

 

AGONY  OR  ECSTASY?

 

 

Francis Bacon's work has been regarded as gloomy and nihilistic.

Martin Gayford hears a different view

 

 

MARTIN GAYFORD | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 31st JANUARY 1998

 

 

Walking round the Tate Gallery, the critic David Sylvester came upon one of those wall texts that galleries like to put up these days. This one announced that Francis Bacon's work "strips life of purpose and meaning". So much for wall texts, concluded Sylvester. The truth about his late friend, perhaps the most significant British painter of the century, was very different. "The paintings," he retorted, "are a huge affirmation that human vulnerability is countered by human vitality."

A huge affirmation? Can he really be talking about the painter of those screaming popes? The creator of those feral figures copulating in a blur and splatter of paint, those nightmarish creatures who cry out, sightless and appallingly toothy, in the Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion ? The portraitist whose subjects' features seem to dissolve and re-combine in front of our eyes like Dr Jekyll in progress towards Mr Hyde?

A widespread opinion of Francis Bacon has been that he was an unremittingly gloomy and gruesome painter (as in Mrs Thatcher's unauthenticated reference to "the dreadful man who paints those horrible pictures" ). His celebrated Popes of the late Forties and early Fifties were greeted as visualisations of the agony of existential man beneath the shadow of the bomb. Some of the painter's most publicised pensées - that we are all, for example, Damien Hirst-style, lumps of meat - add to his reputation as a nihilist.

He was and is, of course, an unavoidable figure in post-war British art. Born in 1909, he did not make his mark until he was in his mid- thirties; from that point, he rose to become the most celebrated living British artist. A film about his life, Love is the Devil, starring Derek Jacobi, is to be premiered at the Cannes Film Festival in May.

All the same, for many he remains, as Sylvester has put it, an "artistic leper" - a painter too nasty, too violent to contemplate.

But there has always been another view of Bacon, a view Sylvester takes. Those who knew him are at one in describing the magical charm of his company, the exhilarating excitement of his presence, his wisdom, his intellectual daring. (Among many other things, Bacon was the presiding spirit of Soho, an outrageous bohemian wit and drinker, and most distinguished habitue of the Colony Room.) Painters discussing his work talk not about grand guignol, but about beauty and classicism.

And who is in a better position to judge Francis Bacon than David Sylvester? He is enormously respected as a maker of exhibitions. As long ago as the Sixties he was dubbed "Mr Art". Sylvester was Bacon' s friend for many years, the Boswell-like collaborator on the famous book of Interviews with Francis Bacon, and the curator of highly acclaimed Bacon exhibitions in Venice, Munich, Paris and now one which is to open next month at the Hayward Gallery.

Before the crates of paintings arrived at the South Bank, and the final arrangement began, I talked to him about Bacon - and how his view had changed since the painter's death in 1992.

Sylvester continues to reflect on his friend's character. In a recent essay, to describe Bacon's character, he uses the images of Tiresias, the Greek seer, who lived as both a man and a woman. The way in which the two sexes met in the painter, Sylvester feels, "did more than anything else perhaps to make his presence so famously seductive and to make him so peculiarly wise and realistic in his observation of life".

Admittedly, all this coincided with an attitude to existence as unsentimental as it is possible to be. "When I'm dead," Bacon once remarked to the barman at the Colony Room, "put me in a plastic bag and throw me in the gutter." Asked by Lord Rothermere what he did, he replied: "I'm an old poof."

As Sylvester puts it, he "had a marvellously, what you might call cynical, but you might also call simply realistic, view of how people behave towards one another. He went through life enormously aware of the imminence of death. But that heightened his sense of exhilaration at being alive. And I think it's there in the painting - the sense that life is on the edge, but, at the same time, it's wonderful to be alive."

In many ways, the painter himself liked to live on the edge - he was a passionate gambler, losing and, less often, gaining large sums at the tables. Famously, he was thrown out of the family house aged 16 when his horsy, Army-officer father found him dressed in his mother' s clothes. From then on, Bacon fearlessly, often outrageously, did as he chose.

He was, as Sylvester puts it, "interested in crisis. He would always tend to consider how people behaved, or might behave, in an extreme situation, when people's real quality was put to the test. So he was interested in violence and the extreme. But I think violence, as against horror."

This love of extremity was balanced by a fastidious, hypercritical streak - just as important to him as an artist and a man.

"One thing about Francis that I very much disliked was his tendency to dismiss the work of virtually every other artist. He didn't like much art. He didn't even like much of the art of the artists he most admired, such as Picasso, Velazquez and Rembrandt. But then he didn't much like his own work, which was, in a sense, the excuse."

Bacon himself believed that the difference between artists was often not one of talent, but of critical judgment, and he pruned his own work ruthlessly (once, finding a painting of his own he didn't like on sale in a gallery, he is said to have bought it on the spot for a large sum, taken it outside, and jumped on it).

"He was hard to please. For example, we'd go out to dinner, and he' d pass the wine list to me and ask me to choose. And, not wanting to spend too much of his money, I'd often tend to choose claret from one of the great second growths of a decent year, costing £80 - £100, something like that. And he would always complain, and insist that the next bottle should be Lafite or Latour.

"It's ridiculous to have a bottle of Latour opened and drink it immediately: it should be decanted some time in advance. But there was none of that: he always left it in the bottle and drank it immediately. He tended to love the good things of life, but, at the same moment, to undermine them."

Bacon frequently said that he would like to paint pictures that affected his nervous system with the raw violence of life itself - what he once called, in a famous phrase "the brutality of fact". "We nearly always live through screens," he told Sylvester. "When people say my work looks violent, perhaps I have been able to clear away one or two screens."

Simultaneously, he wanted his art to have the formal structure of a Michelangelo. A tall order, but sometimes he brought it off. Even when Bacon's figures seem to have been assailed with a chainsaw, they may be beautiful, and in a strange way calm - just as a grisly old master martyrdom may be, or Poussin's The Massacre of the Innocents (one of Bacon's favourite pictures).

A lot of people have missed that beauty. "I think Bacon has been misunderstood, " Sylvester insists. "But, after all, most art is misunderstood because people think it's like story-telling."

Sylvester takes the case of the paintings which deal with the ghastly suicide of Bacon's lover, George Dyer, found dead seated on the lavatory. "The thing about them which is so amazing is that even when somebody is being sick into a basin, there's a kind of serenity in the composition. This is the tradition of great art."

He talks of how Bacon has emerged as a "great colourist" when his work was seen in natural light two years ago in the great exhibition at the Pompidou Centre in Paris. In that Parisian setting, Sylvester saw something he had not expected: a serene beauty of form and colour which he calls "Matissean grandeur". "The realisation that there is Matisse there in Bacon, as well as Picasso, has made me admire him more than ever in the last few years."

Just as there are unexpected aspects of the paintings, so too there were unpublicised intellectual depths in the painter himself. In literature, Bacon's tastes ran to the classical - but a harsh, tragic classicism. The Greek tragedian, Aeschylus, was a favourite writer. But then, as Sylvester asks, "Who was more terrible than Aeschylus? He always tended, when talking about Shakespeare, to quote from Macbeth. He was involved in the tragic."

But, literary parallels and high ambitions aside, how good was Bacon? Sylvester was critical at the time of some periods of his work, and remains so. "But I think, you know, that we mustn't judge artists by their batting average but by their highest score. If you can make 200 in a Test match now and then it's worth more than a solid average of 68.2 in county matches."

His final assessment is that Bacon was perhaps the greatest European painter of his generation, but not quite the equal of the great Americans Newman, Pollock and De Kooning.

Bacon gambled with paint, and didn't always win, but Sylvester admires his nerve. "I like about Bacon that craziness and courage and lack of fear of being absurd. He really didn't care what people thought. Well, he cared and he didn't care. I think that's a tremendous force in an artist." So, as time goes on, Bacon doesn't get smaller? The answer is clear: "Oh, he gets bigger, for me. He gets bigger."

 

 

 


Self-preoccupied and revelatory, Francis Bacon faced Middle England with a sensibility it could barely tolerate. 

 

This is raw, embarrassing, nihilistic.

 

 

JONATHAN MEADES | NEW STATESMAN FEBRUARY 6, 1998

 

Francis Bacon was sui generis. He didn't even have precursors in the Borgesian sense of the word - meaning precursors who were "created" by him, whose work is amended and endowed with previously unperceived meaning because of what it has inadvertently engendered. He does not cause us to scrutinise Velazquez in a new light because the gap between Bacon and Velazquez is chasmic. Bacon didn't steal the way great artists are supposed to. He took and joyrode and trashed. He was indifferent to the status of his sources: they might be works of the first magnitude, such as Velazquez's Pope Innocent X, or they might be medical illustrations. They were reduced to mere catalysts.

Nor did Bacon have successors. There was no school of Bacon. He fomented no fashion, suffered no disciples, occasioned no print other than his own, went against the grain. He was a figurative dissenter at the height of his powers during the hegemony of abstraction (which he regarded, scornfully, as mere pattern-making). He was just about inimitable.

This is a peculiar and rare situation, which affects Bacon's posthumous reputation just as it affected his reputation while alive. The history of painting and indeed of all creative endeavour is so lopsidedly biased towards -isms, movements, bogus groupings and distantly perceived alliances, that great originals are not so much overlooked as demonstratively sidelined. They have no place in the pageant of progress and continuous development. They inhabit culs-de-sac of their own making whence they are occasionally dragged to join a platoon of convenience, such as the School of London, which even by the extravagant standards of critical packaging is spectacularly spurious. Nabokov's dictum that there is only one school, the school of talent, is unexceptionable yet unheeded.

Bacon came from nowhere and led nowhere; indeed he might have elected to take such a course. His boasts of bibulous gregariousness and his aptitude for acquaintanceship hardly disguise his solitariness nor his concomitant lack of solidarity with other painters. He painted what he had to paint, what chose him. More wittingly, he painted what other painters didn't. He disliked the illustrative, the "literary" and the narrative as much as he did abstraction. It was the gap between these poles that he occupied.

Bacon was, however, part of a tradition of representational experiment and of painting as something more than drawing by other means. He was even perhaps the culmination of that tradition, the last great modern painter, a manipulator of marks and thence of sentience, of visceral and dorsal antennae. He addressed the core questions of human existence with a grotesque wit and a high seriousness that are entirely atypical of English practice.

Wilde's contention that "English art is a meaningless expression. One might just as well talk of English mathematics" is neat but wrong. English art - I know, there are exceptions - has tended towards the decoratively precise, the fastidious, modest, untroublingly pretty, above all towards the slight. It is not for nothing that the English medium was watercolour, with its unrivalled capacity for suggesting no colour.

Bacon did more than fling a pot of paint in the public's face. Technique, subject, sensibility: they may not have been dliberately gauged to offend but they most surely did offend and continue to offend to this day. A former editor of the New Statesman, the Sunday watercolourist Paul Johnson, is particularly sensitive to Bacon's buggering, blasphemous tours de force.

Middle England, that beige vacuum of dry niceness where all that's interesting is beneath the carpet, can cope with queers as long as they're camp and frivolous. But when they've got shit under their fingernails and cock cheese behind their ears and are piled on top of each other in sodomitical collisions which look like (and often are) war - well, that's not on.

And it can also cope with the nonobservance of religious rites - but to render the Virgin Mary as something between a lamprey's sucker and a toothy foetus is going too far, even if the woman did commit adultery with God.

That famous English tolerance has narrow limits. It is hardly surprising that Bacon is much more revered in France, a country less prone to squeamishness and more appreciative of (or more used to) emotional candour and self-revelation.

It is arguable that Bacon never painted anything but himself. When in La Nausee Jean-Paul Sartre describes an ink bottle's box as a rectilinear parallelepiped, he is not telling us much we don't know about such a box but he is, as Alain Robbe-Grillet has pointed out, telling us something about the kind of writer he is to use such a locution.

Bacon's portraits and self-portraits are perhaps the least successful part of his oeuvre. Not because they fail to achieve a likeness - despite the multiple mediations, the likeness is always there - but because they are Bacon's genre paintings, his most stylistically consistent works and the ones in which his propensity for self-cannibalisation is most damagingly evident. Among the photographs and prints he kept around him in his famously chaotic studio, the photographs which were his perennial props, were several postcards of his own work which he fed on with masturbatory indiscriminacy. This should not surprise us, for this was a painter whose off-white taches across finished canvases were expressions of emissive enthusiasm, of what the President of the United States calls baby-gravy.

Bacon's auto-plagiarism in areas other than portraiture had less deleterious consequences. Nonetheless the 1988 version (or near copy) of the great 1944 Crucifixion Triptych is the lesser work: it is slicker, more polished and it evinces a greater ease with paint. But it lacks the terrible rawness of the original. The introduction of more space around each figure renders the composition centripetal. The backgrounds are now elaborated, defined and bereft of the garish, grating poison orange of 1944.

It was the advent of this slickness and smoothness in the handling of paint that marked the onset of Bacon's long autumn - from the early 1970s onwards. But before that is 30 or so years' work whose intensity and compelling reinvention of the human body reward devoted scrutiny.

Of course Bacon represented humans as pieces of meat. Of course he created unforgettable tableaux of epic sordor. Of course he embarrassed both himself and his audience. But he did all this with such energy, such nihilistic glee, such earnest and such concentration that the work trespasses beyond the normal boundaries: not to say things that were previously unsaid, but to address senses of which we were formerly insensible and which politeness might bid us keep buried.

"Francis Bacon: the human body" opened at the Hayward Gallery on 5 February.

 

 

 


The body and soul of Francis Bacon

 

 

 

Richard Dorment on a show that reveals more than ever before about the tormented artist's struggle for identity

 

 

RICHARD DORMENT THE DAILY TELEGRAPH 7 FEBRUARY, 1998
 

 

I have never really liked Francis Bacon's work. While I recognise his great gifts as a colourist and handler of paint, the content of his pictures has always struck me as melodramatic and self-pitying. But the exhibition that opens at the Hayward Gallery tomorrow, Francis Bacon: The Human Body (until April 5), has made me look again. By focusing on his figure studies, and isolating them from his landscapes and portrait heads, the show brings us closer to Bacon's complex and compelling personality than any I've seen so far.

In his representations of the human body, Bacon, who died in 1992, was, of course, describing his own psychological dilemma. What I hadn't realised is that he was doing so in images so precise that they could almost be described as clinical.

Our sense of reality begins with our own bodies. Contact with the real world starts in childhood with a struggle to accept facts so basic that as adults we never give them a second thought: that we are either male or female, for example, or that, belonging to one sex, we can't belong to the other. The task of maturation in childhood is to distinguish between our own bodies and those of others, to work out that our bodies not only have weight and mass, but also boundaries, limits, perimeters. Crucial to this lifelong struggle to achieve a separate and secure identity is a sense of our own corporeal existence.

But look at the figures in most of Bacon's paintings. There is no solidity in their wobbly outlines, no corporeality in the way the bodies and faces are partially erased by smears of dragged paint. The naked man sitting on the lavatory in the left-hand panel of the 1964 triptych Three Figures in a Room is boneless, distorted, and looks as though his body could be poured into a container to keep him from oozing away. His hands and feet don't end in contours, they simply fade away.

In their lack of substance, and in the uncertainty of their perimeters, Bacon found in these figures a poignant way to suggest the plight of a person whose body does not feel real. In their contorted poses and blurred outlines, he suggests the exhausting - and ultimately unsuccessful - struggle of such a person to create a sense of identity. In most of these canvases, the figures are shown in isolation, as though the effort is so all-consuming that it prevents contact or interaction with other people.

Often, the bodies look flayed, or partially dissected. In the most abject of them, it is impossible to know whether we are looking at the inside of a body or the outside, as though the two had become so confused in Bacon's mind that he hardly distinguished between them. But sanity depends on learning to tell the difference between our feelings (which are subjective and hidden) and our bodies (which have an objective reality and are visible). And here what we know about the violence, drinking and sexual excess of Bacon's life becomes relevant.

Without that fundamental distinction between inside and out, feelings lead inexorably to deeds: anger is enacted as violence, and the need for love experienced as desperation leading to promiscuity. That is why these pictures are seeped in actual or potential violence, even when a hideously maimed figure is physically incapable of an aggressive act and is alone on the canvas; that is why both women and men display their bodies in poses that suggest sexual surrender.

BACON himself denied that his figures were based on his own body, but in his catalogue essay the critic David Sylvester clearly implies that he doesn't believe it. Neither do I. My own feeling is that, lacking a secure sense of his masculine self, Bacon had difficulty in maintaining contact with reality. In the harrowingly honest self- portraits that make up the great triptych of 1985-86, you see him alternate between a masculine and feminine identity, sometimes tucking his legs primly under the chair like a lady covering her knees with her skirt, at others emphasising the massive arms, broad shoulders and macho boots. In other pictures it can be hard to determine the sex of the person depicted.

"The two sexes met in Francis Bacon," writes Sylvester, "more than in any other human being I have encountered. At moments he was one of the most feminine of men, at others one of the most masculine. He would switch between these roles as suddenly and as unpredictably as the switching of a light."

All this matters because it affects our interpretation of these pictures. If Bacon's figures are seen as broken and defeated, once-whole bodies that are now decomposing, melodramatically breaking up in front of our eyes, they are what all the cliches say they are: the "cries of pain" that I frankly find tiresome and self-indulgent in a great deal of Expressionist art, beginning with Edvard Munch. If instead they are seen as embryonic shapes desperately trying - and failing - to form a single, secure identity, then they speak of a universal human condition, the aboriginal calamity with which we struggle all our lives - and this is the stuff of the greatest art.

Too often, however, Bacon made the wrong artistic decisions, and these tended to trivialise what should be paintings of terrifying grandeur. At his best Bacon can create a sense of immanence that Sylvester rightly compares with the monumental abstractions of the American Mark Rothko. But in other works, as though frightened to cut himself adrift from a tenuously held reality, Bacon constantly made the mistake of adding naturalistic details to pictures that would have been stronger without them.

It is interesting to hear how he justified the addition of a hypodermic syringe in one of his portraits of Henrietta Moraes. Claiming that its use was "purely formal", he described it as "a form of nailing the image more strongly into reality". You understand exactly what he meant, but it would have been as though Rothko had added a little figure at the bottom of one of his canvases, because he didn't trust the picture to hold together without it.

With five triptychs and 18 single canvases dating from 1943 to 1986, this is the perfect size for a Francis Bacon exhibition, avoiding the sense of repetition that for me marred last year's retrospective in Paris. The show looks wonderful at the Hayward.

 


Distorted body
 of work:

It's time to reassess the career of Francis Bacon

 

 

 WILLIAM PACKER | THE FINANCIAL TIMES 7 FEBRUARY, 1998

 

 

 

 

     Francis Bacon died in 1992 at the age of 83. He came to himself comparatively late as a painter, and little of his early work survives. But with the appearance in 1944 of his triptych, Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucificion, which has been in the Tate since 1950, his was immediately recognised as a remarkable new talent. Nothing quite like it had been done before, and while we can now see, from our more distant view, that he was less isolated in his creative context than perhaps we once thought, he maintained his unique status, first as enfant terrible, finally as it were maestro terribile, until his death. 

 

      His, then, is a reputation ripe for serious revision. There has been no major Bacon exhibition in Britain since the full retrospective at the Tate (his third) in 1985, though there have been important exhibitions abroad in the meantime, notably in Moscow, Venice, Munich and Paris. This latest study, now at the Hayward Gallery, is therefore both welcome and timely. Small numerically, at a mere 23 works, it is none the worse for that. Beautifully hung by David Sylvester, Bacon's long-time apologist, it fills the broad, open spaces of the lower galleries with astonishing ease and conviction. It is altogether a spectacular show. But it does rather flatter to deceive. Questions hang over Bacon in his work and reputation that must soon prove inescapable; but now, any such exercise as this is still informed by the unquestioned assumption of his absolute mastery. The effect is to deflect critical attention away from the work for what it is - the actual paint, line, surface, formal structure and so on - and onto its subject-matter and the emotional and subjective response to it.

   

   In his lifetime, such was the force of his personality and presence that such deference could at least be understood, even excused. But in the longer term it does him little favour, for the uncritical acceptance of everything he did at an equal value actually works against the particular qualities and achievements that made him the artist he was. 

 

      I do believe he was a true and remarkable artist, even a great one. And almost in spite of itself, with a rarely-seen variation upon one image of that early Crucifixion, here given an entire wall to itself, and then with a magnificent sequence, hung along the longest wall, of eight paintings from the 1940s and early '50s, this exhibition makes the very point. Indeed, it is made so sharp that it can only then deflate the bloated pretensions of so much of the later work, laid bare in all its flaccid complacency and formulaic repetition. 

 

     A large canvas is an impressive physical object, three together more impressive still, and even more so with each element in its heavy gilt frame. So manifest a thing all too readily commands the fetch across any large gallery, and does so here time and again. But it is still all show: and when we look more closely into such vast works as the Studies of the Human, the triptych of 1970, the May-June triptych of 1973, or the single, portentously titled canvas, Oedipus and The Sphinx after Ingres of 1983, the slackness of the drawing, the inadequacy of the realisation, and the hackneyed, all-but-automatic distortion, once looked-for, are unmissable. Once seen, they refuse to disappear. 

 

      But to return to those extraordinary early works is to have one's faith immediately restored. For there indeed, in that fiercely gaping, flower-chewing creature of the early Crucifixion study, or that strange cloaked figure stooping beneath its umbrella (1946), or again (from the 1950s) the ambiguously wrestling couple, or the figure passing through a curtain, we find again that necessary visual tension that holds the image working upon our imagination in eternal symbiosis with the manner and quality of its statement - that desiccated, dragged surface of the paint, the nervous line, half-suggestion, half-description. Most remarkable of all, perhaps, are the dark full-length portrait figures of the 1950s, grey presences cast into a black space, with Bacon for once allowing invention to spring from observation and the struggle to see and know. 

      This show is called The Human Body, though Bacon hardly referred in his work to anything else – the animal paintings of the 1950s, and the occasional nominal landscape the rare exceptions. To be so particular is of course to invite particular enquiry, but this show says nothing beyond the truism that Bacon's essential subject was indeed the body. In fact his true subject was himself, not by any objective or detached approach, though the occasional self-portrait does appear, but rather by subjective experience, a sense of self-being, and being at that all-too-evidently in the flesh. 

 

      In the best of the work there is a strength and poignancy to the realisation of this our common predicament, that draws us at once into a deep imaginative sympathy with the work. To recognise as much is to accept Bacon for the true artist he undoubtedly was.

 

 

 

 

 

Adrift in the gilded squalor of life

 

 

Francis Bacon: The Human Body

Henri Cartier-Bresson: Europeans

 

 

JOHN MCEWEN | ART THE SUNDAY REVIEW THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH FEBRUARY 8, 1998

 

   THERE is such a flurry of "museum" shows at the moment that a mere mention must sometimes suffice. The double-bill of Francis Bacon: The Human Body and Henri Cartier-Bresson: Europeans at the Hayward Gallery (until April 5) is the most heavyweight; Bacon, even during his lifetime, internationally regarded as the greatest British artist since Turner. His friend Cartier-Bresson, whose 1952 photograph of Bacon provides a catalogue frontispiece, has long been a legend, every photographer's favourite photographer. Both shows consolidate these claims.

      The critic David Sylvester, Bacon's Boswell, has curated and catalogued his friend's exhibition with admirable spareness. Bacon had a well- known aversion to explanatory words about art so he would surely have approved the economy of the text, a dozen or so self-contained musings on the man and his work. And the paintings are hung with an extravagant use of space, which emphasises their solemnity. Bacon is popularly thought of as a painter of powerful but ugly pictures of modern man in torment, but thresentation reveals how magisterial his best work can be.

      Bacon was a grand man, in his courtesy, his disdain for politicking and sense of destiny. The selection reveals that this grandeur was there from the start but grew with the years, as did the other salient characteristic of his art - his ravishing and inventive use of colour.

      Colour bloomed in his old age into triptychs of an ecclesiastical scale and lavishness, with vivid figures convulsed against great spreads of magenta, lilac, terracotta or, in perhaps the most stunning combination of all, the ochre and green of Triptych - Studies from the human Body, 1970. No wonder he was puzzled when even supposed admirers disliked his work. These Bacons, especially the later works so badly under- estimated by the critics during his lifetime, are above all sumptuously beautiful.

      This - and the extreme, even miniaturist care and pleasure with which they are painted - makes them uplifting celebrations of life despite their often gruesome subjects: figures stripped of dignity, reduced to animality, tortured by guilt. "I believe in nothing but the sensation of the moment," he said once. "I drift."

      The remark described his life but is an exact description of his method, with its galvanised grindings of the brush and delicate drifts of sprayed tinges. Such attention to hue and touch makes his equivalence with Turner all the more apposite. Ambivalence is also in keeping with his delight in the "gilded squalor" of existence. His favourite photograph of himself was Philip Thomas's secret shot of him on the tube wearing a very expensive overcoat.

      Bacon was a dandy in the full Baudelarian sense; a man who made "a cult" of his emotions, of "opposition and revolt", "of combating and destroying triviality".

      "Dandyism", wrote Baudelaire 150 years ago, "appears above all in periods of transition, when democracy is not yet all-powerful and aristocracy is only just beginning to totter and fall."

      What better description could there be of the 80 years of British history Bacon lived and painted through? He was indeed an aristocrat, by birth, nature and in the scale of his talent. Turner heralds the industrial and imperial glory of British power. Bacon no less magnificently symbolises its decline.

      Bacon and Cartier-Bresson are united by more than friendship. Both deal with realism but often verge on abstraction, both are concerned with the Divine Comedy of human affairs. Where they differ intellectually is in emotional range. There is no disgust in Cartier-Bresson's sensuality and, unlike Bacon, his work is full of humour. One of his funniest masterpieces is Ski lift, Switzerland 1991. The time is summer and a man, who might be the lift's operator, leans against a concrete post apparently oblivious to a vast block of concrete lethally dangling just above his head - the end-product of what looks like the most elaborate mechanism for killing someone ever devised.

      To make a funny picture is the rarest feat in art, as anyone who has ever been to those secular churches that we call galleries will know. And things are going to get worse, with every object "accessed" (the Secretary of State for Culture's buzz-word) in ways and terms dictated by the lowest common denominator.

      Thank God for Cartier-Bresson. No need for explanations with him. The picture says it all. Cartier-Bresson is a passionate advocate of visual education in schools. How much better if Mr Smith had fought for the defence and extension of that, rather than letting it be cut to virtual extinction. So much for "access".

      This year marks Cartier-Bresson's 90th birthday and London is doing him proud with a series of museum shows throughout the year, beginning with the most general at the Hayward Gallery, a retrospective of his work, carried out in various European countries, including England and Ireland, from the early 1920s to the present.

      As he has said, photography "appears to be an easy activity" and, when practised merely to record in the normal way, it is. Nor has it changed in origin, only technically, and Cartier-Bresson is not much bothered with technique in the sense of gadgets. Taking a photograph for him "is putting one's head, one's eye and one's heart on the same axis".

      It is no surprise to learn that he looks at old master paintings more than photographs, that he has always drawn assiduously and that he values intuition as highly as Bacon or the Surrealists. "In photography, one must learn a visual grammar. What reinforces the content of a photograph is the sense of rhythm, the relationship between shapes and values. To quote Victor Hugo: 'Form is the essence brought to the surface.' "

      Cartier-Bresson is categorised as the master of the "snapshot", taken with a pocket Leica; but it is what and when he snaps that distinguishes him from his thousands of dull documentary followers. That is where his visual education aids the precarious axis of head, eye and heart to such unique effect.

      His best photographs are so perfect in their geometric proportion, so precise in the rhythmic or dramatic positioning of figures - even to mere points in the distance - it seems they must be pre-planned and posed. In fact I was told on very good authority that his most famous photograph of picnickers, On the Banks of the Marne, France 1938, was indeed a posed shot taken for Vogue. I now have it on the authority of Cartier-Bresson that the only posed photograph in Europeans is of a female-impersonating male prostitute between two female prostitutes, taken in Alicante, Spain, 1933.

      This exhibition is an awesome and moving event, the summation of the photographic life's work (next to come will be his drawings, at the Royal College of Art in March) of the last survivor of the old masters of modern art, for whom "genius" is not too strong a description.

      Cartier-Bresson is his own harshest critic and reckons some of his best photographs were his earliest and that an "exceptional" photograph is always a rare event. His English pictures, typically for a Frenchman, are the most disengaged and disappointing; but at his incomparable best these images of our time are not just slices of life but glimpses of eternal truth.

      Europeans is published by Thames & Hudson


 

 

 

  Alas, this Bacon is somewhat underdone

 

 

 

     by Brian Sewell, The Evening Standard, 12 February 1998

 

 

      Francis Bacon, painter, drinker, gambler, lecher, died in April 1992, almost six years ago, but in spite of the general recognition that he is indisputably the greatest of British painters of the post-war half century, only now are we offered an exhibition that pays homage to his world-wide reputation as the last of the old masters of the canvas and the brush.

      Since his death, Paris has bowed the knee to him with a major retrospective, Munich has saluted him, and in Venice all the denizens of the contemporary art world trekked to the Biennale of 1993 to see a valedictory exhibition with the title Figurabile. It is a revised and smaller version of this last, the title now The Human Body, with which we at last honour the debonair old boy at the Hayward Gallery.

      Twenty-three works are too few. Bacon needs more with which to explain himself and be explained, and impoverished by weak paintings the selection seems not only small but ill-considered, random and superficial; nor is it helped by hanging that is careless and disorderly. Many who have never seen an exhibition devoted to Bacon will, drawn by his reputation, flock to see these pictures, only to experience, not the expected wonder, astonishment and awe, but disappointed questioning. Are these the pictures for which critics claim Bacon as the last of the Renaissance masters, heir to the ancestral traditions of all western art, the man whom Grünewald, Goya, Velasquez and Degas would recognise as peer? Is this the great gambler with paint, the man of such fine temperament and fierce self-criticism that he ruthlessly purged his work of everything that he saw as the dross of inconclusion and confusion? Is this the genius to whom David Sylvester, luminary of post-war art criticism, has devoted so much selfless perception, subtlety and skill as exegesist and apologist?

      The answer to all these questions is both yes and no; given only these pictures, Bacon's reputation must seem absurdly inflated, the consequence of corporate delusion on the part of critics, dealers, collectors and curators, but to those who have pursued the painter since his first serious emergence onto the London art market in 1949, and who saw in London and Turin in 1962 his first major retrospectives, there is the Bacon possessed of a menacing and unruly talent. In the work of little more than a decade, Bacon demonstrated in these exhibitions the fierce fertility of his imagination - the screaming popes and snarling dogs, the baboons, businessmen and buggers, the isolated heads, owls and self portraits, the full-length nudes and images inspired by Velasquez and Van Gogh. He demonstrated, for all the uncomfortable errors of drawing and construction, that he could delve beneath the skin with the torturer's contempt for pain, and that he had learned to handle paint with something approaching mastery, the length, breadth and pressure of the loaded brushstrokes accurate and powerful, containing all the essential information about the structure, character and movement of the thing painted, as well as its more obvious colour and texture.

      Bacon turned to the human body to make comments on the torments of our day that are astute, perceptive and horrifying. His figures are often caged; the effect can be as aloof and remote as the appearance of a bland politician on a television screen, but the same device can turn into a trap, with its violated occupant screaming for release. He defines small spaces on his canvases within which his bodies must perform, the larger space often as featureless as the backdrop in a fashion photographer's studio, described only by a curve and change in colour; the performing bodies are human, but often have animal references in the way they walk or lie or squat, often distorted far beyond our ape relatives or translated into half-butchered carcasses. Paired figures on a bed are never seen in any affectionate contiguity, but always in attitudes of erotic violence; they stem from the newspaper and magazine photographs of footballers, boxers and wrestlers that Bacon so feverishly re-worked, bringing them close to hard-core pornography, and then elevating them with his vision and painterly technique into abstracted allegories with which he makes a savage, soulless, visceral comment. He is the master of the solitary struggle, the emptying of bowels into a lavatory pan, the clenched reaction to an unseen act of violence, the tension of the little death of masturbation - these are the narratives to which he reduces the traditions of Christ's crucifixion and the martyrdom of saints, the ferocious secular images of the nihilist to whom the past is a necessary instrument.

      The 23 works in this exhibition range from 1944 to 1985, with such considerable gaps (particularly in the late Fifties, early and late Seventies, and early Eighties) that they offer no clear picture of Bacon's development, either as painter or in temperament. The newcomer to his work will recognise that the earlier paintings are rich and robust in texture and colour (orange a favourite) unevenly applied, the forms sculptural (recalling Moore and Picasso), the details graphic (in something of Sutherland's manner). By the end of the Forties, the paint had thinned, much of it applied to raw canvas in the long vertical parallel strokes that were the mannerism of his friend Denis Wirth-Miller, with whom he is known to have worked on shared canvases; the limbs, buttocks and musculature of nudes are drawn with the brush - though Bacon has long been said, in ignorance and error, never to have drawn anything - and the volume of the figure and the fall of light are then sketchily described with short dabs of the brush within these outlines. By the early Fifties, he had begun the smudge that within 10 years was to become the smear - the deliberate spoiling, particularly of faces that, according to Sylvester, suggests disintegration and the consuming worm, though to others it must seem an illogical and futile vandalism of work that is often an extraordinary fusion of intellectual and painterly devices - but then, from time to time, Bacon was given to futile and disruptive pictorial clichés.

      In the Sixties, he produced a series of thoroughly unpleasant images of figures, distorted and contorted, the familiar poses of the classic nude rendered gauche and even indecipherable, set against coloured grounds from which almost all the traces of the comparatively rough painting of the earlier work had been eliminated. As the surfaces became a more and more immaculate and delicate fusion of oils and water-based pastels, caressed with his fingertips as colour was rubbed into texture, leaving much raw canvas bare, varnishing impossible, the protection of plate glass became essential, adding layers of accidental illusion with reflections that embrace the spectator and the lights and other pictures in the gallery - an effect that pleased Bacon and that he deliberately sought. Throughout this course he developed mannerisms of drawing and brushwork, some of which became permanent, so that in the late work the vile terribilità was replaced by a vile serenity that was effortless, accomplished, familiar, and empty of all but a contrived emotional charge, the work of a man who had become an exquisite hack.

      David Sylvester, too, shows signs of exhaustion with his role as managing director of the cottage industry that Bacon has become for him. His catalogue is not a continuous text compensating for the paucity of pictures, but a series of world-weary, disconnected musings from which we learn that Bacon admired Bonnard and dreamed of sharing a canvas with Karel Appel (what a disorderly conjugation that would have been, with Bacon's delicacy drowned by the Dutchman's wild impasto). Bacon's art, he tell us, is not companionable, by which he means that his pictures should not be shown in partnership with those of Giacometti, Balthus or de Kooning, though they might fit well with Warhol's images (and with Augustus Egg, perhaps?). Why did Bacon persist in painting figures at three-quarters life-size? - Sylvester asks. Why indeed? But why ask, if after a lifetime spent playing Boswell to Bacon's Johnson, he cannot answer? And why damn other men's books on Bacon for their reproductions in colour when his own illustrations in black and white are of ill-cut details overblown, smeared, smudged and useless? This catalogue is no more than an indulgence to an acolyte so long soaked in the theology of Bacon that his perception has grown stale.

      This disappointing little exhibition is paired with one of Cartier-Bresson's photographs; claiming no artistry, compassionate, intuitive, incisive and observant, he is, though only by these of Bacon's tokens, much the better artist.

 

 

 


  Exhibitions: How to freeze the human body

 

 

 

    TIM HILTON | THE INDEPENDENT | FEBRUARY 15, 1998

 

 

ONE'S FIRST impression of the Francis Bacon retrospective at the Hayward Gallery is that it's by an even and uniform artist - and we also leave the gallery with this feeling, for his paintings lack variety, and depend on an internal scaffolding that was obviously habitual. No one is better qualified than David Sylvester to put on a Bacon exhibition. He has hung the paintings with his usual style and fine judgement. However, this show is less exciting, and also less informative, than the one that Sylvester devised for the Museo Correr at the 1993 Venice Biennale.

The full title of the Hayward exhibition is Francis Bacon: the Human Body. It contains nothing but figure paintings. Fair enough, for Bacon was above all a painter of the human presence. On the other hand, his art was more diverse than the display we see at the Hayward. This is not a large show. It occupies the Hayward's three lower galleries (Henri Cartier-Bresson's photographs are upstairs) and contains only 23 works. The intention must have been commemorative rather than historical. The installation does not attempt to give any step-by-step account of the artist's career. The atmosphere is hushed, even funereal. It seems that Sylvester has organised a final memorial to a painter who was also a personal friend, trying to communicate decent grief in a majestic and also private way.

I have never seen a Bacon exhibition that looked quite as sombre. There's an atmosphere of sacramental repetition which comes both from Bacon's subject matter and his pictorial habits. A feeling of death is inescapable. One cannot imagine any Bacon painting without some sense of disaster, doom or terminal illness.t's a puzzle to know how he maintained this mood. Surely Bacon was helped by the camera? There are numerous stories of the way he liked to paint from a photograph of the model, even though he or she was sitting for him in the same room. I think this was because the photograph had frozen a previous aspect of the model, never to be recovered. 

For Bacon, the camera was a convenient portable mortuary. It fed his imagination with images of life that had been and gone. Usually, one can tell whether a portrait has been painted from a photograph. In a Bacon picture this is more problematic. First, he wasn't a portraitist in the normal sense of the word: he didn't aim to reproduce the way a person looked. Second, he couldn't draw, so there was no hope of alighting on any telling feature or making his smeared and inexpert paint more precise. In numerous ways Bacon was a handicapped artist. 

Photography helps his handicaps, even turning inadequacies into the hallmark of a personal style. Note, for instance, the characteristic distance between Bacon and the person he paints. It is not the space between easel and model but the distance established by the camera when a person is photographed from a few feet away (I think, of course, of the domestic camera of 40 years ago). Hence the paradox of Bacon's paintings of the nude, whether male or female. They depict intimate situations but are not intimate pictures. He could never give character to his subjects. Instead, he generalised them. Such generalisation was the route to his familiar blend of pomp and pessimism. No doubt unconsciously, Bacon wished to be an academic artist. Just like an academic, he would not dream of straying from a format that he had established to his own satisfaction. See, for instance, how many paintings in the Hayward measure 198 x 147 cm. They constitute by far the majority of the works in the exhibition. 

Bacon found this size and upright shape around 1950, and scarcely deviated from it until his death in 1992. His smaller paintings (not in the present show) also have identical shapes and sizes. He never used a landscape-shaped canvas. The only way of making this format a little more inventive was to put three paintings side by side. There are five triptychs in the exhibition; that is to say, 15 linked though separate paintings, for they are individually framed (and always in the heavy gold that Bacon preferred). The triptych form spreads interest sideways, but still these 198 x 147cm canvases have the same general look. There's a body at the centre, rather smaller in size than one would expect from a figure painter, hunched or writhing; and this body is surrounded by an armature of lines that might represent cages, glass boxes or sanatorium equipment. These lines are also reminiscent of the style of interior design that Bacon practised in the late 1930s, before he became a painter. Incidental motifs include beds, couches, light bulbs and hypodermic syringes. The best of these pictures is Sleeping Figure (1974). And yet I am not overwhelmed, or horrified, or even particularly engaged. 

Bacon has a reputation for making the spectator shudder. He gained this sort of fame in the early 1950s, when he first became widely known. Today, we have seen so much more violent and deliberately unpleasant art that it is hard to imagine how Bacon became controversial. Was it because of his screaming Popes, or his evidently homosexual couplings, or because his paint quality seemed so negligent? Whatever the answer, it's clear that Bacon's early work is more authentic than are most of the paintings he produced after the mid-1960s. Whatever the continuing dramas and tragedies of his personal life, Bacon's paintings fail to trap the viewer after 1969. In that year he was 60. General fatigue, booze, and lack of self- criticism probably contributed to his decline as an artist. People remember him as a generous man who laughed a lot, bought champagne for everyone, and could afford to spend a lot of time at the gaming tables. He was none the less nervous about life in general. Perhaps his position as an old master of modern art helped Bacon to keep his equilibrium. His paintings certainly maintained a stately presence. Rather unfairly, painters of a later generation said they were nothing but bombast. It is true that there are slack passages, and also that his brush could not follow the contours and volume of the naked form. 

The most surprising work in this exhibition is also its earliest, a variant of the right hand panel of the triptych Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion (which is in the Tate, though not in the Hayward show). This little work on board was painted in 1943 or 1944 and has never previously been exhibited or reproduced. It's a war painting. Bacon the artist was a child of the Blitz. Asthmatic, he did not see military service but experienced the fires in London and imagined the sufferings of people elsewhere. One of his professional aims was to be recognised as a European rather than a British artist. If we were to put his Forties and Fifties pictures alongside the work of post-war establishment artists such as Graham Sutherland, Ceri Richards or Keith Vaughan, I have no doubt that Bacon would chase them off the wall. The ferocious Figure Study II (1945-6) proves that he then had no equal for daring and emotionalism. But it was a theatrical use of emotion that led to Bacon's undoing. In the theatre, you rehearse, perform many times, pitch your voice at the same level and know how to generate applause for the same exits and crescendos. 

Visual artists should not proceed with similar dramas. Bacon (who was influenced by theatre) did. He was not sufficiently thoughtful. Compulsive gamblers never are, and Bacon's gambling was not merely a part of his character but a continual danger to his vocation as a fine artist. Above all he should have thought about colour. Bacon's palette is unmediated and, especially in his later years, vulgar. His pinks and buffs give us a higher form of vulgarity, to be sure, yet we are always convinced that his paintings are those of a rich man delivering a certain sort of goods to other rich people. They have an air of great wealth and squandered talent. I like the paintings - squarish, not 198 x 147cm - of Lucian Freud and Henrietta Moraes. They show that Bacon needed to match himself against vivid characters who were likely to talk at him while he looked at their photographs. 

Francis Bacon: the Human Body: Hayward Gallery, SE1 (0171 960 4242), to 5 Apr.

 

 

 


Bringing home the Bacon

 

 

The work that set the auction record for a living British artist is on show at the Hayward, reports Colin Gleadell

 

 

COLIN GLEADELL | CULTURE | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 28 FEBRUARY, 1998

 

It has been said that if Lucian Freud's Large Interior, W.11 (After Watteau) sells as anticipated in May for $2.5-$3.5m, it will achieve the highest auction price for a living British artist, superseding David Hockney's Grand Procession, which sold for $2.2m in 1989.

But, historically, the highest auction price for a British artist living at the time of sale was set, also in 1989, when Francis Bacon's Triptych May-June 1973 realised just over $6m. Within a year, three large single canvases by Bacon had exceeded $5m each. Bacon was then 80, and died three years later.

To put these prices into a wider context, they placed Bacon above Henry Moore (record: $3.7m, 1990) and Dubuffet ($4.7m, 1990), trailing only Giacometti ($6.4m in 1988) in the post-war European market. It is astonishing to think that these prices were also on a par with Picasso's post-war work at the time, and that, in relation to the rampant market for American contemporary art, they were ahead of Warhol and Twombly, on a par with Lichtenstein and led only by Pollock ($10.5m), Johns ($15.5m) and de Kooning ($18.8).

By coincidence, Bacon's $6m triptych is in the current exhibition at the Hayward Gallery, and its presence with a number of works that have recently been through the salerooms, or are available privately for sale, prompts a consideration of the past, present and future of his market.

In his meticulous and perceptive biography, Francis Bacon, Anatomy of an Enigma, Michael Peppiatt punctuates the narrative with skeletal references to the flowering of Bacon's fortune.

ame came late by today's standards. He was 36 when, in 1945, some paintings at the Lefevre Gallery were singled out for critical acclaim, one of which was to become the first purchase by the Tate in 1950. Two years earlier, the Museum of Modern Art in New York had made its first acquistion through the Hanover Gallery, which represented Bacon until 1958, during which period prices were between £150 and £600. The Study from the Human Body, 1949, lent by the National Gallery of Victoria to the Hayward, would have cost no more than £400 when purchased in 1953.

By 1962, Bacon had transferred to the Marlborough Gallery. The stock of paintings it acquired from the Hanover Gallery were valued at roughly £1,500 each, but from this time evidence of price movements are from the salerooms only, and seem to have moved in response to major public exhibitions.

Within eight years of his first retrospective at the Tate in 1962, and in the build-up to the survey at the Grand Palais in Paris in 1971, saleroom prices had reached £26,000. Following an exhibition at the Metropolitan Museum in New York in 1975, they rose to £90,000.

In response, Bacon is quoted by Peppiatt as saying: "Time is the only critic. The prices mean nothing. No one will know if my things are any good for another 50 years."

None the less, £180,000 was paid for a triptych now in the Beyeler Collection in Switzerland, and, at the time of the Tate's second retrospective in 1985, London dealer Ivor Braka paid a new record £420,000 for a landscape.

In May 1987, the $1m barrier was broken twice, with the Swiss dealer Jan Krugier bidding $1.6m for a large Study for Portrait, a price that was eclipsed several times in 1989 and 1990.

Since then, however, the pattern has changed. A large Portrait of George Dyer Staring into a Mirror, sold in November 1990 for $3.9m, made only $1.4m in 1995, and a 1953 Study for Figure in a Room, sold in 1989 for $2.1m, was one of an increasing number of unsold large figure subjects when it failed to reach $1m in 1994.

Of the pieces currently at the Hayward, the 1951 Study for Nude, was sold way below estimate at £460,000 in 1991, and the 1953/5 Study for Figure 11 was unsold in 1995 with a £1m low estimate.

What looks like a crisis in the market for Bacon's large figure paintings (considered his most important and the subject of the Hayward show) is contrasted with the relative success of the small, less disturbing paintings, which have been finding a ready market. A catalogue-sized Study for Female Figure, for instance, trebled estimates in 1996 when it sold to hotel chain heiress Heidi Charmat for £255,000.

Yet specialist dealers maintain that, privately, Bacon's market is healthy. Designer Donna Karan, for example, has recently bought a large painting for $3m, which is well in excess of any Bacon sold at auction in the last six years.

If single paintings and triptychs from the Hayward show with unpublished price tags between $4m and $8m are sold, it will support the view that the salerooms are being left behind in this market.

As for the future, the American market still needs persuasion. Referring no doubt to the parallel between Bacon and de Kooning, the specialist dealer Massimo Martino, who sourced two paintings for the Hayward exhibition, says: "If Bacon was American, his work would make $20m." With three projected Bacon exhibitions under consideration in the US, this pipe dream might yet become reality.

 

 

 

 

Their Inward Parts

 

 

CHRISTINE SCHWARTZ HARTLEY | BOOKS IN BRIEF | THE NEW YORK TIME SUNDAY, MARCH 29, 1998

 

At first, there seems to be no trace of a smile in Francis Bacon's Study of Henrietta Moraes Laughing' (1969), one of many portraits of Moraes that Bacon (1909-92) painted over the years. All one sees is a distorted face with eyelids closed over deep-set eyes, the face in shades of white, ocher and black, overlaid in patches with marks in red and magenta like bloody fingerprints. Yet in the mangled lower half of the face (where violent white brushstrokes and superimposed volumes compete for attention and hint at turmoil), the viewer eventually can distinguish what may be a row of pearly white teeth; to their left, perhaps, is Moraes's restrained smile a moment before (or after) laughter; to their right, an ominous black patch, like a bullet hole. 

With 233 colour reproductions illustrating Bacon's variations on a theme - series of three (or two) studies for a portrait or self-portrait, single portraits and studies, diptychs portraying different subjects, as well as details of all of the above - BACON: Portraits and Self-Portraits (Thames and Hudson, $60), by France Borel, a Belgian art historian, provides ample opportunity to examine the ways the artist had of delving into his subjects - friends, lovers, admirers and himself. Most of these approaches appear violent, involving painterly renditions of flayed skin; cheekbones, jaws and necks defined by savage brushstrokes; hollowed eye sockets; torn ears; extreme dislocation of features, all in a riot of spurting colours, except for one constant: the portraits' solid background. Again and again, Bacon returned to the same subjects - Moraes, George Dyer, Isabel Rawsthorne, Lucian Freud, Peter Beard and Muriel Belcher - in an effort to capture and convey their inner turmoils, secrets, beauty and mortality. 

He directed the same relentless attention to his own features (his ample cheeks, his squarish jaw) with the same purpose. In one series from 1967, his face seems to be sucking itself in; in a 1979 study, the contours of his eyes and lips, and the line that joins his nostril to the corner of his mouth, are ghoulish, drawn in purple on a bluish-white face; and in a 1980 series, bloody marks cover large areas of his emaciated self-portrait. In his introduction, Milan Kundera writes that Bacon was in search of an ''infinitely fragile self shivering in a body.'' As this book makes clear, Bacon's search never ended. 

 

 

 

                FROM 'BACON PORTRAITS AND SELF-PORTRAITS'

 

 

 

Reputations on the line

 

 

 

BRIAN FALLON | THE IRISH TIMES | APRIL 1, 1998 

 

Pierre Bonnard and Francis Bacon may be suffering from posthumous downgrading, if reactions to two recent exhibitions of their paintings in London are anything to go by. Yet, both remain artists of the highest rank For some reason, or combination of circumstances, the Bonnard exhibition at the Tate Gallery does not seem to have touched off as positive a reaction as might have been expected. Attendance has been quite high - on my own visit there I sometimes found it hard to see the paintings properly because of intervening heads and bodies; but the enthusiasm scarcely compares with what the Monet exhibition of a few years ago generated. Some people even claim to have found it all rather an anti-climax.

It was always on the cards that Francis Bacon would pay posthumously for the rather feverish and uncritical praise heaped on him in his middle and later years. He took New York by storm, he was almost idolised in Paris (very rare for an English painter) and near the end of his life he enjoyed a triumph in Leningrad. Virtually every public gallery which could afford to buy him did so, and he was widely acclaimed as the greatest living painter, whose round face became as familiar through photographs as Picasso's sombre gaze and bald head.

Bacon the artist became almost submerged in his personal legend - the flaunted homosexuality, the drinking and drugging, the Soho pub-crawls and the semi-recognisable portraits of his friends and fellow-bohemians. Some of his encomiasts reached heights or depths of nonsense, particularly those who claimed that he was really a religious artist, the painter of "God's absence." The fading clichés of Existentialism were also dragged out to prove that he was the painter of le néant and the Void, expressing modern man's spiritual alienation and anxiety and psychological loneliness. (To be fair to the artist, he himself never made any such claims and in general avoided pseudo-metaphysics).

Human nature, however, likes to tear down what it built up, so that the Hayward Gallery exhibition has been getting some stick, and an anti-Bacon tone seems to be surfacing in various places (about ten years or so ago, I noted a similar reaction against Ben Nicholson). It is called Francis Bacon: the Human Body and carries a eulogistic catalogue by Bacon's old buddy David Sylvester, who has curated the exhibition. Many or most of the pictures are familiar, which is no surprise considering the number of Bacon retrospectives there have been in recent decades, and the proliferation of books and articles about him.

My own feeling is that they represent - to be blunt- a very mixed bag, and that Bacon was an exceptionally uneven painter who rose or sank in inspiration from one work to the next. His whole method of working could scarcely have produced anything very different from this shifting level. He was a gambler who cultivated chance and the creative accident, he didn't make drawings (certainly I have never seen any) and preferred to 'attack' the canvas in order to find his crucial image through the sheer potency of paint, he was a 'bout' worker rather than a regular, disciplined one, and he probably relied too much on photographs to trigger off his imagination. Bacon was also, of course, a semialcoholic, like Augustus John, and alcohol and painting go badly together since artists need not only unclouded brains, but steady hands.

All this may explain why he was at times such a bad, slovenly technician, forcing the paint brutally and clumsily rather than making it obedient to his vision. It is also undeniable that he was rather a poor pictorial architect, relying on certain devices which he repeated a good deal. In the earlier work, that of the Fifties and early Sixties, he often enclosed his figures in a kind of spectral 'box'; like luminous wires. Later, he placed them in a circular space rather like a small stage set, often against a monochrome background - Henrietta Moraes, in one 1963 painting, sprawls naked on a bed with a purple-violet background and a black foreground. And in the big triptychs, he relied on tension and contrast rather than on constructive power.

Bacon was also an uncertain colourist, capable of achieving some utterly original effects alongside much tonal dullness and sheer bad taste. His paintings are, for the most part, miniature dramas or stage-settings, close to the Theatre of the Absurd and Artaud's Theatre of Cruelty, and they also exude an atmosphere close to film noir with its mood of big-city menace. In fact, his Paris influences are strong, including those of Giacometti and middle-period Picasso. Though a certain percentage of the Hayward show already looks dated or tired, and a number of works (including most of the triptychs) now seem inadequately realised, the originality and rather sinister spell of certain pictures are still hypnotic in their impact. Even now that their old shock element has largely evaporated, the Fifties paintings have a shadowy, tense, slightly menacing tonality and ambience which remain unique, while certain of the later works have a compelling power and originality. For example, the Figure in Movement from 1978, and the Oedipus and the Sphinx after Ingres, from 1983, must rank among the genuine masterpieces of their time; both stop you in your tracks. Bacon may sometimes give the effect of a man shooting in the dark, but he does so at a target which he alone could have envisaged.

 

 

 

 

THERE'LL ALWAYS BE A LONDON

 

 

 DOUGLAS CRUICKSHANK | SALON | MAY 13, 1998 

 

"It's a monstrosity," the cabby tells me. He's talking about South Bank Centre, the massive architectural calamity perched next to the Thames at the end of Hungerford Bridge. We've just pulled up in front. The Centre is a giant concrete arts and theater complex built in the 1960s. The cabby is right. It's magnificently ugly. One building is the Hayward Gallery, where I'm about to catch the last day of Francis Bacon: The Human Body, a major retrospective of paintings by the artist - he died in 1992 - whose emotionally ferocious oils make the work of Hieronymus Bosch look like Muzak for the eyes in comparison. The show has attracted over 120,000 people in its two-month run. As I walk in, there are about 400 waiting in the ticket line, all of whom glare at me bitterly as I skip up to the will-call table, collect my previously purchased ticket and leisurely saunter into the gallery, glancing back just once with a guess we've learned a little something about planning ahead haven't we now smile. They all look back at me with a consolidated interstellar death beam, but it's too late, I'm already inside.

Bacon's work is majestic and wrenching - famously so. But the dazzling nightmare solemnity of his subject matter - the screaming popes that most people know him by, and the anguished figures, some based on the early sequential photographs of Eadweard Muybridge - is lightened and made bearable, even beautiful, by Bacon's eloquent use of colour. Standing in the middle of a room surrounded by his giant gilt-framed canvases makes it possible to imagine what the woodcuts of Japan's ukiyo-e period might have looked like if they'd been conjured in the nether world by an Irishman under siege from the hellhounds.

Still, though Bacon's imagery is often grim, it can also be funny, bittersweet and bawdy in the street opera sense of Kabuki. Often the paint is applied so sparingly that there is a distinct Shroud of Turin effect (if the Shroud could shriek), as if the faces or figures were photographically blasted onto the canvas the way silhouettes were imprinted on the walls of Hiroshima by the flash of the atomic bomb. However, the detonation in this case took place inside Bacon's ground zero brain. "I would like my pictures to look as if a human being had passed between them," he once remarked, "like a snail, leaving a trail of the human presence and memory trace of the past events as the snail leaves its slime." And they do.

 

 

 

 

Bacon's works head for the U.S.

 

DOMINIC CONNOLLY | ASSOCIATED NEWSPAPERS | 28 AUGUST 1998

 

       THE MAN who inherited the bulk of Francis Bacon's estate has agreed to transfer work by the artist worth tens of millions of pounds from London to be sold in New York. John Edwards, Bacon's long-time companion and the artist's sole beneficiary, has withdrawn Bacon's estate from Marlborough Fine Art in Mayfair and handed it to the Tony Shafrazi Gallery in Manhattan.

       The move is a massive blow to London's art market, already reeling under the pressure of high VAT and the prospect of a new European tax. No one connected with the move would discuss why it happened, but it is believed that Mr Edwards and Marlborough had a row.

       Evening Standard art critic Brian Sewell said: "These things don't happen without a falling out." He said works sold in America incurred less tax than those sold in the UK, and added:

       "It's a shrewd move. It's another nail in the coffin of the London art market and a rather dramatic one at that." Bacon's works, which have reached prices of £3.9 million, were handled by Marlborough for almost 40 years. Mr Sewell said: "Francis was quite content with Marlborough's treatment of his paintings and showed evidence of being quite fond of the people there."

       Tony Shafrazi is currently preparing for an exhibition of an undisclosed number of the artist's paintings at his gallery. Mr Shafrazi denied Mr Edwards and Marlborough had had a row. "There's no falling out," he said. "Things move on. The estate has decided to exhibit the works with us. I don't know why.

       "The Marlborough gallery has done years of wonderful work with Bacon. We owe it to the estate to carry on this job."

       The Department of Culture, Media and Sport said there were no restrictions governing the export of works less than 50 years old. A spokesman said the present rules prevented the Government from intervening even though Bacon was widely regarded as one of the finest British artists of the 20th century. Mr Edwards was handed the artist's £10.9 million fortune when Bacon died in

       1992. Mr Edwards had regularly accompanied Bacon on visits to pubs, clubs, restaurants and casinos before the artist's death from a heart attack at the age of 82.

       Mr Edwards, a former East End publican, now lives in Suffolk but still keeps Bacon's South Kensington flat. He was unavailable for comment. Bacon's life is due to come under the spotlight with the cinema release of a film - Love Is The Devil - based on the biography The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon.

       The film, which stars Derek Jacobi as Bacon, has already attracted controversy because of its sexual content. It also had to be made without showing any of Bacon's paintings or drawings after Marlborough Fine Art refused the producers permission.

       Bacon's controversial paintings have failed to win over everyone. He used to tell the story that

       Margaret Thatcher replied to being told that he was Britain's greatest painter by saying: "Not that horrible man who paints those dreadful pictures."

       Bacon, in turn, cared little for politicians and turned down a knighthood. He was well known for his socialising and hard drinking in Soho. He once summed up his life as: "Going from bar to bar and drinking and that kind of thing."

       He was born in Ireland to English parents and was banished from home at 16 when they became aware of his homosexuality. He started painting in 1929 but destroyed nearly all of his earlier works. In the Seventies he met Mr Edwards in Soho's Colony Club. When Bacon died Mr Edwards said that the artist's spartan two-room South Kensington home would eventually be left to the nation. Marlborough Fine Art refused to comment.

 

 

 

Francis Bacon studio, with his last works, is given to Hugh Lane Gallery by heir

 

 

FRANK KILFEATHER | THE IRISH TIMES | MONDAY AUGUST 31 1998

 

The studio of the internationally-renowned artist Francis Bacon has been donated to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art in Dublin by Mr John Edwards, his sole heir. Bacon was born in Dublin but lived most of his life in London.

The bequest is considered the most important to the gallery since it was established by Sir Hugh Lane in 1908. It is seen in the art world as a major coup for Ireland.

The studio in South Kensington is being dismantled and reconstructed in Dublin just as Bacon left it. The studio walls are covered in murals; even the door has paintings on it.

There is also an Aladdin's Cave of half-finished canvases, books, drawings, notes, easels, old brushes, an abandoned table and the cracked circular mirror which he used for his self-portraits. One of the most important items is an unfinished self-portrait of the artist.

The Minister for Arts, Heritage, Gaeltacht and the Islands, Ms de Valera, welcoming the bequest, said: "This generous gift is an important contribution not just to the Hugh Lane Gallery but to Irish cultural life. I would like to express my appreciation of the generosity of John Edwards, whose representatives I met earlier this year."

The Lord Mayor of Dublin, Mr Joe Doyle, described it as a great coup for Dublin and the Hugh Lane Gallery.

"John Edwards's very generous bequest is a significant addition to the cultural life of the city. Francis Bacon was born in Dublin and we are delighted he has returned."

Ms Barbara Dawson, director of the Hugh Lane Gallery, said the contents of the studio chronicled the private world of Bacon, making the gift the most important archive on the artist. It would be a cornerstone of the gallery's collection.

"As well as the studio we have received Bacon's last unfinished self-portrait, which was on the easel when he died . . . This painting will go on public view for the first time in the gallery on Tuesday, September 1st".

Bacon was born in Dublin in 1909. His parents had moved to Ireland from London after their marriage in 1903. His father ran stables in the Curragh, Co Kildare, and young Bacon's life is understood to have been lonely and his formal education patchy.

The family moved to and fro between Ireland and England, eventually settling in Abbeyleix, Co Laois. Tensions between father and son grew and Bacon left home in 1925.

           

 


Making Bacon Sizzle Again

 

 


RUPERT CHRISTIANSEN THE DAILY TELEGRAPH 9 1998   

 

DON'T take your Aunt Edna to see Love Is the Devil, because she won't like it. The title may suggest a Mills & Boon novel, but it's actually what used to be described as "an art film", and unsuitable for matinee audiences. The subject is a dismal episode in the louche private life of the painter Francis Bacon (who died in1992), told in a style much influenced by Derek Jarman, with fancy camera-work   (much of it emulating the distorted perspectives of Bacon's own paintings), a weirdly pulsating soundtrack, and images of extreme sexual depravity and blood-stained violence. 

But what will more deeply upset Aunt Edna - who, being no fool, will   probably end up acknowledging that the film is also beautifully made  and emotionally powerful - is that the role of the foul-mouthed,  masochistically homosexual Bacon is played by her favourite actor, that nice Sir Derek Jacobi, always so good at Chichester Festival Theatre and so amusing on the box as that medieval detective monk Cadfael. Now what does Sir Derek think he is up to, taking his trousers off and bending over for   punishment in such very dubious company?

 In fact, he's ventured into X-certificate territory once before, he confesses. Thirty years ago, he appeared in a raunchy film called Blue Blood, based on the orgiastic goings-on of the present Marquess of Bath. "It also starred Oliver Reed. I had long hair and did some naked sex scenes,"  Jacobi recalls with amusement. "No, it wasn't my finest hour." Fortunately, it only ever appears nowadays on obscure satellite channels at 2am, well past Aunt Edna's bedtime.

Love Is the Devil (which opens on 18 September) is a vastly superior affair that has already won enormous praise on the film-festival circuit and looks set to win Jacobi a further raft of awards and plaudits. With some help from the hair and make-up department, his physical likeness to Bacon becomes so close that it's surprising to discover he wasn't writer-director John Maybury's first choice for the role (the honour originally fell to Malcolm McDowell, who subsequently withdrew), and that he has little taste for Bacon's visceral, embittered painting. "Oh, I've always found it striking, but it's not the sort of thing I'd want on my walls," he says. "Bonnard is more my style."

Nevertheless he jumped at the challenge, mainly because he was so impressed by Maybury's total command of the subject. John is a painter himself and seems to know it all from the inside. He's the sort of director an actor can feel complete confidence in." But he didn't find the part easy, and struggled to find a way into an exceptionally complex and neurotic personality.

"Bacon's not really 'me' at all," Aunt Edna may be relieved to hear. "I don't think I would have liked him one little bit if I'd ever met him, and I certainly don't have a drunken Colony Club side to my life. But I suppose we're both loners, both creative artists living in the imagination: perhaps that became the starting-point."

There was a lot of research too. "I looked at his art, of course, read all the books, talked to those who knew him, watched the videos and a South Bank Show interview." A major source of information was the last of Bacon's great Soho cronies, Daniel Farson, author of The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon and a consultant to the film, who sadly died shortly before it was completed.  But the character Jacobi finally came up with isn't an exact impersonation. "I'm not Rory Bremner. I tried to copy Bacon's body language, and I picked up some of his mannerisms, like the tic he had of clearing his throat the whole time. But I can't quite do his voice - very high-pitched and aristocratic, he  even said 'where' for 'were' - and developed my own approximation of it."

Love Is the Devil focuses on Bacon's relationship in the Sixties with a petty crook called George Dyer  (strongly played by Daniel Craig). Their affair is known to have involved an intense sexual compulsion, with Dyer as the dominant partner, but what degree of companionship they also enjoyed is unknown.

"It went on for ten years or so," explains Jacobi, "and although in public Bacon would get drunk and attack Dyer quite cruelly, my feeling is that must have they got on domestically at some level. I don't know how much overt affection there was between them, but it's my instinct as an actor to put some warmth into a character, and I think that's what emerges in the film."  

Dyer eventually commits suicide, unable to live with the gap between his own uselessness and Bacon's acclaimed genius. It's a depressing story, from which nobody emerges with much moral credit: did Jacobi find any redemptive light at its end? "Only that some extraordinary paintings of Dyer came out of it all. But perhaps that's not enough."

To date, Jacobi hasn't had a particularly exciting film career (though he retains great fondness for Christine Edzard's Little Dorrit, in which he played Arthur Clennam), and he's plainly thrilled by the buzz about Love Is the Devil. Suppose he hits the jackpot, and ends up being tempted to prostitute himself for a million dollars to some ghastly Hollywood epic? "I'm afraid I would have no hesitation in saying yes to any such call."

Nevertheless he remains one of those actors who feels the need to return to live theatre at regular intervals, "partly because if I don't, I worry I may lose the knack of it altogether." His last stage appearance was in the 1996 Chichester production of Uncle Vanya; his next foray into the West End will be a new play by Hugh Whitemore (who wrote Breaking the Code, in which he gave such a memorable performance as the tormented mathematician Alan Turing), due for the end of this year.

Further down the line, he knows that King Lear awaits, and he'd like to have another bash at Prospero: "But I've already appeared in 29 of Shakespeare's plays, so I'm not exactly desperate on that front."

His most recent television success is Cadfael. "There are two more episodes waiting to be shown, but that will be the lot. I've enjoyed it enormously, but I'm not sorry - the situations were beginning to repeat themselves, and that's a point when as an actor I begin to feel uncomfortable. The great joy of Love Is the Devil is that it wasn't repeating anything, and I didn't feel uncomfortable at all."

 

 

 

 

  Donation a coup for Ireland

   

 

    AIDAN DUNNE THE IRISH TIMES | SEPTEMBER 02, 1998

 

       The donation of the contents of Francis Bacon's studio to Dublin's Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery represents a remarkable coup not only for the gallery but for the country. It also leaves London's Tate Gallery with egg on its face, if reports that it looked the gift horse in the mouth when it originally received an offer prove to be correct.

       The notion of recreating an artist's studio in a gallery may sound slightly perverse, and in the case of many artists the exercise would be fairly pointless. A studio at its most prosaic is just a place of work, and what counts is the work done there, not the place. Some studios, however, acquire a certain mystique, and the so-called School of London painters have done rather well in the mystique stakes. There's Lucian Freud's spartan interior with its bare boards and over-stuffed couch, Frank Auerbach's crumbling, icy chamber with its outside toilet and, not least, Bacon's messy domain. The room in Reece Mews where he worked from 1961 until his death in 1992 is famously crowded and chaotic.

       But it's not just, as appearances might suggest, a product of the disorder attendant on an anarchic lifestyle. It is in itself a nutritive mulch out of which blossomed the strange visions of his painterly world. Unlike Freud, Bacon preferred to paint from secondhand sources - he said the slight removal from reality of a photograph spurred him all the more to try and capture the real - and the books and photographs that litter the studio are the raw material of the paintings. So much so that a catalogue of this jumbled archive would undoubtedly shed great light on his references, his working methods and his thought.

       To some extent this has already happened in the documentation of his use of an Eisenstein film still, Muybridge's The Human Figure in Motion, an old medical text book on radiography and John Deakin's photographs of Henrietta Moraes, but there is certainly much more to be learned. The primary importance of the donation is likely to reside in this material, together with the striking physical presence of the working environment, with its paint-encrusted furniture and fittings, its walls and doors pressed into service as impromptu palettes. Beyond the apparent chaos, Bacon's output was monitored and well documented so it is extremely unlikely that, for example, there would be a treasure trove of neglected works languishing in a corner.

       With the exception of a single unfinished self-portrait, the work that remained in the studio is likely to be not so much incomplete as abandoned and rejected - sometimes violently, for he was known to slash unsatisfactory paintings with a razor. That the studio is being preserved reflects well on John Edwards, the sole inheritor of Bacon's estate.

       At the time of the artist's death, a value of £60 million was mooted, though a much more conservative £11 million was eventually agreed. The discrepancy had to do with the unpredictability of the market value of paintings. About a year and a half later, Edwards spoke to Bacon's biographer, Andrew Sinclair. "I am going to keep the house and studio exactly as it is," he said. "I am going to live in it until I die and then donate it to the nation when I pop off. Then it's up to them what they do with it." It didn't quite work out like that, but in all essential respects he has been as good as his word.

 
 

 


Bacon back in a city that still ignores 

 


Saturday Profile: Francis Bacon

 

 

ROISIN INGLE | THE IRISH TIMES | SEPTEMBER 5, 1998

        

       If Picasso had been born in Dublin, would we have erected a plaque to mark his place of birth? It is a question that seemed poignant after reports that Francis Bacon's messy London studio is to be dismantled and reconstructed in the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art - right down to every last spent tube of cadmium red. The answer of course is yes. Similarly, in most other countries in the world, 63 Lower Baggot Street, Dublin 2 (then a private nursing home), where Bacon was born, would be adorned with a discreet piece of brass. Engraved on it would be Francis Bacon, artist, born in this house, October 1909. As it is, the house is now occupied by O'Rourke, Reid and Co solicitors. Not surprisingly, a receptionist in the office this week said she had no idea that such a luminary breathed his first somewhere in the building.

       Such sniping is not to suggest that Bacon, hailed as one of the most intelligent men to ever hold a brush, ranks quite up there with Picasso. He is generally regarded as one of the most significant painters of the 20th century but one critic thought he ranked more alongside Stanley Spencer than the revered Spanish painter.

       The combination of flamboyant genius and what some politely describe as an emancipated lifestyle, however, meant he was afforded mythical status long before he died.

       He lived in Ireland for 16 years. His father was a horse trainer, with whom Francis had a somewhat strained relationship. He seldom if ever visited the country after he left but it did hold some endearing memories. In a rare interview which took place in his small house in London's West End he told Irish Times critic Brian Fallon he could still remember the tramp of hooves and the ring of trumpets as the British cavalry trained at the Curragh Camp.

The strain grew too much to bear. At the age of 16 his father ejected Francis from the house in Laois. He had been caught trying on his mother's underwear. The tapestry of myths surrounding Francis Bacon was already being designed.

       From Ireland he went to Berlin and then to Paris. While on the continent he began to appreciate art and in Paris saw an exhibition of Picasso whom he later accepted was an early and solitary influence. When Bacon himself began to paint seriously, though, his single-minded originality was never in question. He started off designing furniture when he returned to London to supplement a £3 allowance sent weekly by his mother. Between the first World War - as an asthmatic he was exempted from military service - and the second World War he began to develop as much as a bohemian as a painter.

       Fame found him before his artistic genius had blossomed. He was a central figure in the Soho set. The Colony Club, which was frequented by an elite arty crowd including poets George Barker and Sydney (W. S.) Graham was his stomping ground. He held an enviable position within Muriel Belcher's club. "She was a unique woman," he told Brian Fallon. "She thought I knew a lot of monied people, so she said she would pay me £10 week to bring them in and all drinks paid." By the late 1940s, the Screaming Popes series had singled him out as an artistic force to be reckoned with. He was self-taught, he claimed, and left much to chance in his work. According to critic Michel Leiris, his paintings "help us, most powerfully, to feel the sheer fact of existence as it is sensed by a man without illusions".

       To others they were profoundly disturbing, his stark triptychs coming decades before the bisected formaldehyde creations of Brit Art's Damien Hirst. Gaynor Duffy, an artist with a site dedicated to Bacon on the Internet, said his preoccupation with headless torsos and hanging flesh "suggests he studied Grays Anatomy whilst high on something".

       He was feted in the art capitals of the world and contracted to Marlborough Fine Arts. The prices for his work soared and by the 1960s he was part of the existentialist movement - a roving intellectual with a fondness for the writings of Yeats and Beckett. The media coverage of him was extensive and world-wide but in the main unsolicited.

       A typical day for Bacon would start with furious painting. He did not draw but painted directly on to the canvas, sometimes merely raising his brush and splashing at it for inspiration. Lunch would be in Soho seafood restaurant Wheelers, where he would stand everyone champagne. His generosity and antipathy towards the immense fortune he was amassing were legendary. Later he and his friends would retire to the Colony Club for more champagne. A spot of gambling usually followed. One Irish Times letter writer suggested that he had picked up his gambling habits in a Baggot Street bookies and added that despite his British parentage his preoccupation with sex and religion were uniquely Irish.

       Bacon's homosexuality certainly piqued the public's interest although he was not known to flaunt his sexual orientation often. Once though he did turn up at an exhibition with a string of the type of tough-looking men he preferred trailing behind. There are stories that he often paid for this predilection with severe beatings. He also had his share of perfectly stable relationships, although his boyfriend, George Dyer, killed himself the night before Bacon's retrospective in Paris in 1972. In the late 1970s he met John Edwards, now his sole heir. It is he who has donated the studio to the Hugh Lane Gallery. He said the Tate turned it down. The Tate says it was never offered the studio. Bacon died and was cremated in 1992. His life story has been made into a film, to be released before the end of the year, in which Derek Jakobi takes the title role.

And now a slice of Bacon is coming home to a country he never really cared for, to a city that does not deem him significant enough to mark his place of birth.

       In the art world it is seen as a major coup but one can't help speculating that if ashes could spin, that's what Francis Bacon's would be doing.

 

 

 

Love Is the Devil

 

 


RICHARD WILLIAMS FILMS | THE GUARDIAN 18 SEPTEMBER 1998 1998   

 

I came out of John Maybury's Love Is the Devil, which is rather coyly subtitled "Study for a portrait of Francis Bacon", feeling I'd never seen a film that makes such direct and illuminating connection with the eye of an artist. On the other hand, I didn't know Francis Bacon, so I can't tell whether the story Maybury tells us is true, in the literal sense. That bothers me. But if you want a brilliantly sustained imagining of how, according to some of the best available evidence, Bacon saw his world, and how he rendered that vision on to canvas, then Love Is the Devil is a very remarkable film indeed.

Their first encounter is handled with deft humour. When Dyer falls through the skylight, an amused and aroused Bacon invites him to bed. Maybury, best known for his design work on the films of Derek Jarman and his video clips for the likes of Neneh Cherry, Morrissey and Sinead O'Connor, gets the narrative off to a good start, and handles the tricky combination of story and reflection - in other words, the life itself and the life transmuted into art - with lucidity and a sure sense of cadence.

Adrian Scarborough as the creepy Farson and Karl Johnson as the pathetic Deakin make a fine pair of stooges, and a witches' chorus is provided by Tilda Swinton as the foulmouthed Muriel Belcher, Anne Lambton as the perceptive Isabel Rawsthorne and Annabel Brooks as the cheerily libidinous Henrietta Moraes. Unwise cameos by the painter Gary Hume and the fashion journalist Hamish Bowles – as a Moraes conquest and a limp-wristed David Hockney, respectively – momentarily contradict but cannot do real damage to the prevailing seriousness of an exceptional film.

 

 

 

 

Entering an Empire of Pain 

 

 

KRISTINE McKENNA | THE LOS ANGELES TIMES | SUNDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1998

 

A star was born when I, Claudius premiered on PBS in 1977. A 13-part adaptation of Robert Graves' saga of corruption in the Roman empire, the BBC series starred British actor Derek Jacobi as a stuttering, twitching boy who grows up to be emperor. Jacobi was 37 when the series was shot and was already an acclaimed stage actor in England. He was virtually unknown to Americans, however, who were thunderstruck by his exquisitely nuanced performance. It seemed unlikely that Jacobi would ever get a screen role as meaty as Claudius, so it's not surprising that he's devoted most of the last two decades to theater, much of it classical. A part worthy of Jacobi's talent came his way in 1994, however, when a scruffy young painter named John Maybury offered him the lead in a low-budget film about Francis Bacon.

Anyone who knows a bit about modern art knows that this is a lot for an actor to take on. Born in Dublin in 1902 to British parents, Bacon began painting in the '20s, and by the '40s had developed his signature style. Imbuing human flesh with the quality of flayed meat, Bacon's paintings are tormented evocations of loneliness, isolation and the human capacity for inflicting pain. Regarded as one the most significant artists of the 20th century, Bacon is credited with bringing the human figure back into painting at a point when it had been almost totally eclipsed by abstraction. Alcoholic and a sadomasochist, Bacon had a rather untidy personal life. It was there, however, that Maybury found the linchpin for his film, Love Is the Devil, which focuses on Bacon's affair with George Dyer, a petty criminal who was the subject of some of the flamboyantly homosexual artist's greatest paintings. The affair ended in 1971 with Dyer's suicide.

Amateurs obviously need not apply for the job of portraying this complex and brilliant man, but Maybury never dreamed Jacobi would take it on. 'I assumed he was way too grand for my little movie, but I sent him the screenplay anyway,' the director says. 'He responded that it was one of the best screenplays he'd read in years and would love to do it. Needless to say, I was thrilled.'

Dining on the patio of a West Hollywood hotel, Jacobi, 59, comes across as elegant and self-effacing to a fault. Having recently sat enraptured through the entirety of 'I, Claudius,' a reporter tells him she'd knight him herself if Queen Elizabeth II hadn't already done it. He threatens to blush. Jacobi's modesty demands that he change the subject, so he says, 'When I met John, my instinct told me he was totally on top of his subject. John's a painter himself, so he knew what he was doing, and he wrote a very literate, intelligently structured script.'

The film is essentially a chronicle of the disintegration of Dyer, who's played by Daniel Craig in his first major role. Maybury recalls that 'Daniel was extremely intimidated when he heard that Sir Derek Jacobi would be playing Bacon - in fact, I had to beg him to take the part.' 'It's true I was nervous, but thank goodness John persuaded me to do it,' says Craig, who's currently in Africa shooting Hugh Hudson's I Dream of Africa with Kim Basinger. 'It's always a danger to meet your heroes, but Derek was fantastic. He threw himself into it completely and was an absolute sweetheart.'

Having lined up his cast, Maybury then had to contend with some self-appointed keepers of Bacon's flame who were determined to derail the film. 'The most problematic people were those who've made careers off their connection with Bacon,' says Maybury, whose film went into development two years after Bacon's death in 1992. 'John Edwards [Bacon's sole heir] gave his full support, but the Marlborough Gallery [the former executors of Bacon's estate] forbade us to show any of his paintings. Edwards eventually took the estate out of Marlborough's hands because they were being destructive on several fronts. [Critic] David Sylvester also said that if I used one word from some interviews he'd done with Bacon that he'd sue me off the planet.'

These constraints were matched by constraints Maybury imposed on himself. 'There was no point in doing a bio-pic because there are documentaries on Bacon,' he says. 'Nor did I want to make a dodgy film about painting. I focused on the relationship with Dyer because the paintings of George are my favourite. George Dyer is like Manet's 'Olympia.' He's one of the great icons of 20th century art, yet it's as if he never existed. He has no family I'm aware of, and very little is known about him.' Maybury was free to take poetic license with his characterization of the mysterious Dyer, but such was not the case with Bacon. The subject of three biographies and several documentaries, Bacon was an intensely social man, and Maybury discovered an endless parade of people who'd crossed paths with the artist and had an anecdote to tell. 'Bacon was very much on the scene, and I often saw him at parties and bars,' recalls the 40-year-old director, who was born in London and attended art school there from 1975-80. 'As a student, I lived in a squat in Kensington around the corner from his studio, so I'd see him at the tube station, too. There he'd be, this funny, mad little queen.'

As to how Jacobi and Maybury arrived at their interpretation of the artist, Maybury says, 'We watched tapes of TV interviews Bacon had done, and decided Derek shouldn't attempt a pantomimic impersonation of Bacon. Derek doesn't do Bacon's voice, for instance, which had a plummy, upper-class sound, and occasionally lapsed into Cockney for effect. If Derek had attempted to do Bacon's voice, the picture could've slipped into something comedic. What he did instead was master Bacon's body language, his funny little gestures and mannerisms.' Jacobi says the transformation was unsettling. 'Bacon wasn't a looker, so it was a bit disconcerting how easily I was made to look like him,' he says of the artist, who brushed his teeth with sink cleanser and colored his hair with boot polish. 'What concerned me more than how I looked, however, were the scenes that show Bacon painting. We've all seen bio-pics of painters, and when the actor picks up a brush and approaches the canvas, the heart sinks because you know that what you're about to see won't be believable. So, there are only two scenes where I'm painting, and the canvas is always off screen in those.'

Shot in 6 1/2 weeks for $900,000, Love Is the Devil looks astonishingly good considering its budget. Lit with naked lightbulbs - a recurring image in Bacon's work--the film has an artificial, overtly cinematic look. Images flutter, blur and dissolve into grotesque distortions. 'A film about a visual artist should be visual, so we were extravagant with the production design,' Maybury says. 'My production designer, Alan MacDonald, and I spent a long time looking at Bacon's paintings, and they told us how the film should look: the claustrophobic, airless environments, nicotine stains, the skin tones--it's all in the pictures. 'We restricted the colour palette of the film the way Bacon does in his paintings, and devised all sorts of visual tricks. Some images are shot through large chunks of glass, others are shot with a boroscope lens, which is a scientific tool usually used for studying nature.' Curiously enough, all this flash converges to create a film with a morbid weight remarkably evocative of Bacon's art.

'Francis was pessimistic about life, and often said it was 'nothing but a short period of consciousness between two blackouts,' ' Jacobi says. 'I agree with him about the blackouts, but not with his dismissal of life. Life is filled with suffering, but it's also miraculous and wonderful. He prided himself on his wit, but his wit was always tinged with the lash, and I wouldn't want to have been a friend of his,' Jacobi adds. 'I doubt we would've gotten on well because there was an element of the monster in Francis. That, of course, had its roots in his horrendous childhood. He was physically, emotionally and mentally abused by his father, and the only person who gave him any love was his maternal grandmother.'

Such was not the case for Jacobi, who adored his parents. 'My father [Alfred Jacobi] left school when he was 14 and managed a department store, and my mother [Daisy Jacobi] was a secretary prior to her death in 1980,' Jacobi says. 'Neither of them had any knowledge of the theater, but they were wonderful people who were totally supportive of me. I have no idea where my appetite for acting came from because I wasn't an especially self-confident child, but as far back as I can remember, that's what I wanted to do.' Making his stage debut at 19 as Hamlet in an English National Youth Theatre production, Jacobi was awarded a full scholarship to Cambridge. He made his professional stage debut in 1960 as a member of the Birmingham Repertory Theatre, where he spent three years. Sir Laurence Olivier spotted Jacobi playing the lead in a Birmingham production of Henry VIII, and invited him to join the National Theatre Company, where Olivier was director.

'It was astounding to get to work with him,' recalls Jacobi, who was with the National from 1963-71. 'It's an example of the luck that's dogged my career; this is a profession with 85% unemployment, so to get to work is luck.' It was through Olivier that Jacobi made his film debut, in a 1965 adaptation of 'Othello' that was staged by Olivier, who starred in the film, and directed by Stuart Burge. A few years later came 'I, Claudius,' and a new chapter of Jacobi's career began. Among those who came to revere Jacobi while watching I, Claudius was Kenneth Branagh, who subsequently worked with Jacobi in several plays and three films, including Branagh's 1989 directorial debut, 'Henry V.' 

'Derek has an amazing facility for naturalism and for lyric poetry,' says Branagh, who's currently in L.A. shooting a western. 'I saw him on Broadway in the 1984 production of Cyrano de Bergerac, and I remember thinking at the time, 'This is what great acting can do--it can transform an entire room.' It really was as if Derek was unveiling Cyrano's soul.'

Critics have theorized that part of what makes Jacobi such an effective actor is that he doesn't project a strong persona off-screen that conflicts with the characters he plays. 'I suppose it's true,' Jacobi says and sighs, 'but it's only because I simply don't have the facility to be a celebrity--and it's too late to get it now.' Jacobi laughs heartily when one comments that it's never too late to sell out. 'No, I don't think I can sell out because I don't know the script,' he replies. 'I marvel at actors who go on chat shows - I could never do that because I don't have the gags. I'd be totally intimidated.' This could prove problematic in light of the shift Jacobi hopes to make in his work. 'I've spent most of my career in classical theater and television, but for the last third I'd like to work in film. That may require compromises of a sort I haven't had to make thus far, but at the moment I'm prepared to make them.'

Next year, Jacobi can be seen in Up at the Villa, Philip Haas' adaptation of Somerset Maugham's novella about a group of people in Florence, Italy, before World War II. 'I play a sort of Quentin Crisp character,' says Jacobi, who co-stars with Kristin Scott Thomas, Sean Penn, Jeremy Davies and Anne Bancroft. 'I haven't played many villains, but that may be my forte in movies,' Jacobi says. So, was Francis Bacon a villain? 'Francis was a masochist who needed to be hurt sexually, but on an emotional level he was quite sadistic. He had to know he was destroying George Dyer. Everyone saw the state George was getting himself into, and people warned Francis that he was dangerously unstable. A villain? I don't know about that. But what he inflicted on George was far more destructive than physical pain.'

 

 

 

Inside an Artist's Mind In a World of Torment

 

 

By STEPHEN HOLDEN | FILMS REVIEW | THE NEW YORK TIMES | OCTOBER 7, 1998

 

Anyone who subscribes to the sentimental fallacy that great artists are nicer people than the rest of us (the reasoning goes that because they supposedly feel more than ordinary mortals, they must be nobler and more caring) hasn't met many great artists. If anything, the reverse tends to be true: the obsessive pursuit of an artistic idea more often than not involves a ruthless tunnel vision that screens out anything that isn't useful to the work or to the career.

"Love Is the Devil,'' John Maybury's searing portrait of the English painter Francis Bacon (Derek Jacobi) at the height of his fame in the 1960's, is one of the nastiest and most truthful portraits of the artist-as-monster ever filmed. Its story of the colossally self-absorbed painter a self-destructive younger lover, George Dyer (Daniel Craig), begins when Bacon awakens in his studio one night to discover a burglar on the premises. Sizing up the thief as an appetizing piece of rough trade, Bacon makes a proposition: if the robber sheds his clothes and comes to bed with him, he promises, he can have anything he wants. The next thing you know, they're a couple.

Bacon craves being totally dominated by other men, but the most you see of him acting out this fantasy is in an early scene where Bacon kneels over a bed while George knots a belt around his fist and aims a lighted cigarette at his bare back. Later in the film, he attends a boxing match where he watches intensely as one fighter smashes the other in the head, splattering a jet of blood onto Bacon's ecstatic face.

But the movie also makes clear that the dynamics of dominance and submission work both ways. Outside the bedroom, Bacon is relentlessly controlling of his lover, who falls to pieces. Bacon refers dismissively to George as his ''odd job man,'' and locks him out of the house when he's entertaining other sexual partners. When George tells Bacon he loves him, the artist wonders out loud what bad television show those lines came from.

Bacon is similarly high-handed with his circle of friends, whom the movie portrays as a viperish nest of supercilious hangers-on. ''Champagne for my real friends; real pain for my sham friends,'' Bacon caustically announces in one of several scenes of nocturnal carousal.

When a young painter who idolizes Bacon begs him to come see his work, Bacon retorts that the young man's taste in neckties is proof he couldn't possibly have any talent. In Mr. Jacobi's uncompromising hard-edged performance, you can feel the cold fury burning behind Bacon's glare.

What makes ''Love Is the Devil'' more than a disturbingly rancid love story is John Mathieson's brilliant cinematography, which saturates the film with Bacon's corrosive artistic vision. Although ''Love Is the Devil'' doesn't show any of Bacon's work, the look of the entire film resembles a Bacon painting.

Acidic lighting throws the characters' faces into harsh relief, often shadowing their eyes and making their flesh appears to crumble. Certain images become Baconesque diptychs and triptychs through the use of mirrors. Some scenes are photographed through distorting lenses that stretch faces into sinister masks that dissolve and decompose. In a recurrent fantasy image of George, he is a flayed, bloodied figure leaping from a diving board into the void.

Here and there, the movie stumbles, and you can sense the budgetary constraints (a trip to the United States is indicated only by a picture of an American flag in the background). But in presuming to take you inside the mind and heart of a major artist, confronting the demonic aspect of the human condition, ''Love Is the Devil,'' which opens today at the Film Forum, goes as far and as deep as any movie has dared.

LOVE IS THE DEVIL

Written and directed by John Maybury; director of photography, John Mathieson; music by Ryuichi Sakamoto; production designer, Alan MacDonald; produced by Chiara Menage; released by Strand Releasing. At Film Forum, 209 Houston Street, South Village

 

 

 
        Another Look at Bacon

 

 

Newfound Canvases Shed More Light on a Master  

 

 

By CAROL VOGEL | THE ARTS | THE NEW YORK TIMES | MONDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1998

 

       For several weeks, the basement of Tony Shafrazi's Soho gallery has been transformed into a makeshift photography studio where scores of high-wattage lights and large-format cameras mingle with paintings of mostly distorted, screaming figures.

       The paintings are unmistakably by the hand of Francis Bacon, the Irish-born artist best known for his macabre, twisted images, according to two leading Bacon experts. There is Bacon's well-known figure of a pope boxed inside the canvas, crying out as if trapped in his own anxiety; there is also a triptych of blurred wrestling figures, half human, half animal, and a brilliantly coloured landscape that recalls the flat, heavy brush of van Gogh.

       The subjects are familiar; variations on these Bacon paintings hang in the collections of major museums around the world, and in the last decade some have fetched as much as $6 million at auction. And the works at Shafrazi's gallery are considered an important find, although the circumstances of their discovery are mysterious.

       The artist was thought to have destroyed some of them before his death in 1992. Some were found rolled up in his cluttered London studio, others at a local framer where Bacon used to store paintings and supplies.

       Their existence has been a carefully guarded secret for nearly two years. John Eastman, the lawyer for the Bacon estate, said he did not want to let the world know about the works until he had a plan for how to handle them.

       Many will go on display on Oct. 31 at the Tony Shafrazi Gallery on Wooster Street.

       Besides Shafrazi, who was recently asked to represent the artist's estate along with the well-known London gallery Faggionato Fine Arts, only John Edwards, the artist's friend and sole heir, Eastman and two of the world's leading Bacon experts have seen the paintings.

       Ten are from the 1950's, one is from the 1960's and the rest are from the 1980's and 1990's, including the triptych of abstracted figures.

       David Sylvester, an English art historian, curator and author of a book of penetrating interviews with Bacon, who recently saw 11 of the 17 works, said, "Two are absolute masterpieces, and most of the rest are very interesting." One of those two is Study After Velázquez, a 1950 image of a screaming pope set against a gray striped background that resembles a curtain. The other is Study for Landscape After Van Gogh, from 1957.

       Sam Hunter, a professor emeritus of art history at Princeton University who has written extensively about Bacon, said he was thunderstruck when he saw some of the works. "They're very powerful," he added. "I think these works are a real find."

New Territory For the Dealer

       Sylvester said he believed many of the newly discovered paintings were works the artist considered unfinished. For that reason, other experts who have not seen the works question how important they are, believing that some may be paintings the artist discarded. Bacon was often dissatisfied with his work, and until the 1960's he routinely destroyed some of his best paintings, Sylvester said.

       It seems strange that they have been revealed only now, six years after Bacon's death. Stranger still, many experts say, is the choice of Shafrazi as the dealer handling the estate, instead of the Marlborough Gallery, which had represented Bacon since 1958.

       Edwards is notoriously reclusive and speaks through Eastman, a Manhattan lawyer whose clients include Paul McCartney, his brother-in-law; Rosie O'Donnell and Billy Joel. Eastman also represents the estate of the painter Willem de Kooning.

       "Eighteen months ago, these works were uncovered and sent to Marlborough, who immediately turned them over to John Edwards," Eastman said. Since then, the lawyer has taken charge of putting things in order. In August, the estate gave the contents of Bacon's London studio, in a mews house in South Kensington, to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art in Dublin, where the studio is to be recreated and opened to the public in 2001.

       Shafrazi became the estate's dealer at the request of Edwards, Eastman said. The two first met in 1970, and both were friends of Robert Fraser, a London dealer, who died in the late 1980's.

       Among contemporary art experts, both the choice of Shafrazi and the reason Marlborough lost the estate and the artist are a source of curiosity and speculation. No one close to the estate was willing to speak for attribution. Officials at the Marlborough Gallery have little to say.

       A spokeswoman in New York said, "Marlborough's association with Francis Bacon came to an end with his death." She added, "Marlborough International has the largest stock of top-quality paintings by Bacon in private hands, which they acquired directly from the artist during his lifetime." The directors of Marlborough's New York and London galleries would not comment further. Eastman also declined to discuss the change of galleries.

       Shafrazi, born in Iran, wanted to be an artist and studied at the Royal College of Art in London before coming to New York in 1969. In the 1970's, he helped Cameron Diba, the director of the Teheran Museum of Contemporary Art, put together its vast collection. In 1974, he became notorious as the artist who walked into the Museum of Modern Art and spray-painted the words "Kill Lies All" across Picasso's "Guernica." He was charged with criminal mischief. In 1979, Shafrazi opened his first gallery, and within a few years he had made his reputation handling talents like Donald Baechler and then-hot graffiti artists like Jean-Michel Basquiat, Keith Haring and Kenny Scharf.

       "Last night I stayed up until 4 in the morning poring over pictures," Shafrazi said recently, gazing at the lineup of Bacons on his basement walls. He also has boxes of carefully preserved and documented photographs from Bacon's studio, which have become a source of information about the paintings. "Every day I discover new things," he said. "So much of this is uncharted territory."

Mystery, Myth and Monetary Value

       Shafrazi said he was not sure how many works he would show until he actually began installing the exhibition. But among the most important will be two 1950's studies after Velázquez. One is the image Sylvester calls a masterpiece; the other shows a screaming man sitting with his legs crossed, an outline of his foot drawn as if it were kicking out of the canvas, perhaps the artist's metaphor for the soul.

       Also on view will be the Landscape After Van Gogh, as well as Two Figures in the Grass, also from 1950, a frenetic painting of crouching figures contained in a box-like configuration, a well-known spatial device in Bacon's work. As in the studies after Velázquez, the foreground has long streaks of paint like a curtain. A white arrow points toward an unrecognizable head. Arrows and circles - devices the artist used to lead the eye - keep cropping up as Shafrazi studies the paintings. "The longer you look at these, the more you see," he said.

       A tattered cover of an old magazine that features Ayrton Senna, the Brazilian race car driver, haunted Shafrazi, who recognized Senna's face in the last figure of Bacon's 1991 triptych.

       "Bacon was one of the first artists who acknowledged the cinema and photography," he said. "As early as 1949, he was looking at the world through magazines. The next artist to do that was Warhol."

       Like Warhol, Bacon was surrounded by mystery and myth. He had a dark view of life. (One of his best-known sayings was "You can't be more horrific than life itself.") This view was reflected in his sharp wit and the twisted figures he depicted on canvas. Stories and speculation about Bacon's work - how much of it he destroyed, what remains that hasn't already been snapped up by a museum or major collector - and sordid tales about his private life have continued since his death.

       A new film, Love Is the Devil, starring the English actor Derek Jacobi as Bacon, has stirred up more interest, although it deals little with art and more with Bacon's penchant for masochistic homosexual relationships, drinking and violence.

       As is generally the case with artists' estates, no one will say precisely how much art is left, both in the estate and in Marlborough's stock, for fear of devaluing the work. But people close to Bacon's affairs estimate that Edwards inherited art worth $100 million. These values vary depending on where the artist's work is on offer.

        Though long heralded in Europe as one of the greatest postwar artists, Bacon has never been so popular in America, despite several major exhibitions here. Two years before his death, a retrospective of his work opened at the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington, then traveled to the Los Angeles County Museum of Art and to the Museum of Modern Art in New York.

       In January, another retrospective, with 74 works, organized by the Trust for Museum Exhibitions in Washington, is to open at the British Center for Art in New Haven. It is to travel to the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the California Palace of the Legion of Honor in San Francisco and the Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth.

       Shafrazi and Eastman see their job as giving Bacon more exposure in the United States.

       "This is an estate post-taxes, so it's not a matter of creating a market to raise money," Eastman said. As a result, few of the works in Shafrazi's show are for sale. Rather, both dealer and lawyer see the exhibition as public relations. "It's about showing the public what we've discovered," Eastman said. "And about creating an aura."

 

 

 

Portrait of the artist as a cruel man 

 

By JAN STUART FILM | ARTS & MEDIA | THE ADVOCATE | OCTOBER 13, 1998

 

Those of us who cannot afford to buy art take endless pleasure in entertainments that portray artists as unworthy of the money we can't give them. From Lust for Life to I Shot Andy Warhol, artists are shown as emotional adolescents who create their own rules - mopey, mercurial, obsessive, enamoured of the brawling hoi polloi, and noncommittal in affairs of the heart. "Artists are bizarre, fixed, cold," sang Seurat's lover Dot in Sunday in the Park With George. And And that was a compliment.

If she pined after Francis Bacon instead, she might have downgraded the "cold" to "cruel." This is a man who, upon finding his lover unconscious on the floor, coolly checks the fellow's breath with a compact mirror and then flops in a chair to begin the tedious wait for him to stir. This is a man who watches his lover toss in the agony of a nightmare rather than wake him up.

John Maybury's Love Is the Devil is a nihilist's wet dream, a portrait of the artist as an aging man without a redemptive bone in his body. As played with poisoned fangs by Derek Jacobi, Bacon is a prince of darkness who has constructed an inverted world in which, as one friend says, "no good deed goes unpunished." A public sadist and a bedroom masochist, Bacon shudders with orgasmic pleasure at the taste of a boxer's blood on his face or the tragic spectacle of the Odessa Steps massacre in The Battleship Potemkin.

Love Is the Devil zeroes in on Bacon's destructive relationship with George Dyer, a hunky, unsophisticated thief with whom Bacon traded a home and hefty allowances for modeling rights and kinky sex. (For a change, the artist's muse is not of the opposite sex, a convention of the genre that even gay writer Christopher Hampton couldn't resist in Carrington.) Dyer (a devastating Daniel Craig) is a rough-hewn angel doomed from the moment he falls, quite literally, from the skies and into Bacon's life.

"Welcome to the concentration of camp? says Bacon as he introduces his new boyfriend into his vipers' nest of drinking buddies, and the Nazi resonance is altogether apt. Bacon and his grotesque circle annihilate everyone around them as well as each other: They are grown-up versions of the little monsters who disemboweled cats in The Sailor Who Fell From Grace With the Sea. This "twilight world of unhappy poofs" perfectly embodies the spirit of horror-equals-pleasure that informed Bacon's aesthetic.

Maybury was denied access to the paintings by the artist's estate, a lucky happenstance as it resulted in a stunning deployment of slow-motion, fisheye-lens, and fun-house-mirror effects to re-create the disturbing mood of Bacon's canvases. The result is perhaps the most sensual evocation of an artist's milieu since John Huston's dazzling nightlife tableaux for the opening of Moulin Rouge.

But Maybury's trendily impressionistic structure of short, time-hopping scenes (the film is subtitled Study for a Portrait of Francis Bacon) is thin camouflage for the film's basic cliché. For all its visual elan, this is yet one more take on the heartless artist and his neglected muse. As it bangs home the ironic contrast between the public acclaim and the private tortures, Maybury's film eventually collapses under the weight of its redundancy. I'd trade all of Love Is the Devil's gorgeous cruelties for a single shot of Bacon trapped in the purgatory of a supermarket checkout line, waiting for the manager to bring the override key.

Stuart is theater critic and senior film writer for Newsday.

 

 


For services to hedonism

 

 

Clancy Gebler Davies | Associated Newspapers | 22 October 1998


 

The Colony Room Club, Soho's infamous watering hole for artists of all descriptions, is marking its half-century with a suitably bizarre exhibition - including this bronze head, which contains the ashes of its model.

At 50 years old the Colony Room Club has survived longer than many of its members - but then membership of this Soho drinking den was never the sort of thing you'd want to own up to on life insurance forms. So it's a relief for those of us sick of hearing that Soho isn't what it used to be to find the Colony in surprisingly good shape after all those years of serious service to hedonism.

It is marking its birthday vigorously by putting on an anniversary art exhibition with work from members such as Damien Hirst and Justin Mortimer who weren't yet born when it opened. This is both a celebration of the club's remarkable longevity and a follow-up to the 1982 Michael Parkin exhibition which showed works by members Francis Bacon, Lucian Freud, Frank Auerbach and Eduardo Paolozzi. Club proprietor Michael Wojas hopes it will show just how wrong the infamous late Soho drinker and diarist Jeffrey Bernard was in 1996 when he said that "hardly anyone worthwhile goes to the Club any more".

By that time Bernard was wheelchair-bound and could no longer ascend the well-hidden, rickety stairs to the small first floor room in Dean Street - barnacled with paintings, photographs and dubious "objets d'art" (like the perished mink-tail-t r i m m e d jockstrap and the foot-long phallic candle behind the bar) - where such industrial quantities of alcohol are consumed by such a motley collection of drinkers masquerading as writers, painters and ne'er-dowells that it seems astonishing that anyone ever gets anything done.

But the Colony Room has always been as rich in artists as it has been in piss-artists - some combining both roles - since founder Muriel Belcher paid Francis Bacon £10 a week and free drink to procure rich customers for her new club back in 1948 - an era immortalised in member John Maybury's recent film starring Derek Jacobi as Francis Bacon, Love is the Devil.

Now Francis is dead and Lucian Freud prefers to prowl pastures new, but a new generation has joined the Colony to be seen happily propping up the bar and falling down the stairs. It has become a watering-hole of BritArt stars such as Damien Hirst, Marc Quinn, Tracey Emin and Daniel Chadwick as well as the older guard including Barry Flanagan, Patrick Caulfield, David Remfry, Chris Battye, Nic Tucker and others, many of whom have drunk there for years and whose work adorns what you can see of the bilious green walls - and all of whom are in the show.

For Damien Hirst the Colony was a revelation - literally so. "There's no sign of it from the street, and I was amazed it was there. I loved it as soon as I walked into the room. I felt at home. It was fantastic. Artists like it so much simply because artists like drinking."

By the time Hirst pitched up the stairs, Ian Board, famously ferocious and foul-mouthed, had taken over from Muriel. "I think I was too drunk to be frightened," says Damien, "but meeting Ian for the first time was pretty terrifying - and also pretty amusing as long as you weren't on the receiving end."

But the Colony Room has always had a reputation for nurturing its artist members, as a haven for those either drowning their sorrows or celebrating some triumph, and the mantelpiece always sports a row of invitations to members' private views. Hirst liked it so much that he chose to film his inter-view for his first Turner Prize nomination at the club, a move which, according to Michael Wojas, the club's barman before he took over on Ian Board's death in 1994, the artist blames for losing him the prize that year (he got it in 1995).

"Damien had been up at the Colony getting very pissed the evening before," recalls Michael, who is nursing a port and a hangover, "and he seemed rather fragile during the filming next lunchtime. He had to start talking about his work and Ian listened for a bit and then said, 'Actually, it's a load of bollocks, isn't it?', which was broadcast on the Channel 4 show about the Turner.

"That would have been quite good now," thinks Michael, "but at the time it was a bit much. Damien was very shaky. I had to keep feeding him large whiskies."

Since then Michael and Damien have become firm friends and Damien's son Conor is the youngest person ever (at eight days) to have visited the seamy Dean Street den, being granted honorary membership to mark the occasion.

Damien has also added one of his spot paintings to the club's rather eccentric art collection. At first Michael covered it in clingfilm to protect it from the dense fug of fag smoke, but now it is clad in bubblewrap, which Michael says "makes it look more interesting". But instead of just putting that in the show (with or without the bubblewrap) Damien decided to create a new piece, one he feels complements the club's "living-room" feel.

"I went out with Damien on a little drinks binge to various places," explains Michael, "finally got the chance to talk to him about the show, and at about six in the morning he came up with the idea of three flying ducks in formaldehyde. We both went, 'Yes, yes, that's it!' and when I asked him if it was possible he said, 'Don't be silly, it's done. I've had the idea, it's just a phone call now.'"

Called Up, Up and Away, the ducks weigh half a ton each in their glass cases - and would probably demolish the club if anyone tried to show them there.

Perhaps the secret of the Colony's success and longevity is that it has always been a mixture of the famous, the infamous and - by far the largest group -those who couldn't give a damn. Princess Margaret has popped in, columnist Taki got thrown out and David Bowie is the only person to have survived asking for a cup of tea (not that he got it).

"In the old days Lucian Freud and Lord and Lady Muck would be mixing with Brian the Burglar and barrow boys from Berwick Street Market," says Michael, "and Francis Bacon and Dan Farson were particularly fond of them. The club is just too small not to mix and I've reflected that by using the hot-shots of the day with people who have been members of the Colony for quite a few years but aren't so well known."

Damien is not the only one to have made a special place for this show - so have Marc Quinn, Danny Chadwick, Brian Chalkey, Kathy Dalwood and Catherine Shakespeare Lane. Kathy has made special anniversary club ashtrays (her father Hubert made the last lot) which Michael Wojas dare not put on the bar as they cost a fortune to cast, and Catherine's photo-montage triptych uses the infamous snatched photograph of Francis Bacon's body on a mortuary slab which will, no doubt, upset as many people as it is intended to.

Lisa Stansfield, the Rochdale-born chanteuse and Colony Room regular, has also contributed a piece designed to ruffle a few feathers. On a small square canvas painted in the trademark murky green paint which covers every surface of the club (and which Michael Wojas had the temerity to lighten one shade when he redecorated last year), Lisa scratched a four-letter word beginning with 'w' and proudly presented it to the Colony a few years ago. "I think it was Lisa's comment on the contemporary art scene at the time," says Michael.

The singer was one of many with the coveted round, green invitation to the private view at which an enormous quantity of Absolut disappeared and which turned out to be one of the biggest Soho events in years - even though it was held in Clerkenwell.

She was there, tears rolling down her cheeks, with Michael Wojas, most of the artists in the show and many club members to witness the laying to rest of her friend Ian Board's ashes. They were taken from their temporary home in a Sake jar above the club's till and poured by artist Kate Braine into the head which she had sculpted of this irascible, raspberry-nosed demon before it was sealed and returned to the club, a move contrary to Board's last wishes.

"He wanted me to chuck his ashes out over Dean Street or roll them up and smoke them in a joint," explains Michael. "If I'd chucked them out the window they would have gone into just one person's plate of spaghetti, so I phoned the club's solicitor and asked if there were any laws or by-laws about scattering human remains on a public highway.

"I thought I'd tip them through the club's air extractor, but the solicitor said I could only do it if I didn't tell anyone and Ian would have hated that, but I think he would have approved of this."

He surely would have. It was the end of an era - and the beginning of a new one.

 

 

 

 

LOVE IS THE DEVIL

 

 

By ROGER EBERT REVIEWS | THE CHICAGO SUN TIMES | NOVEMBER 20, 1998

 

I knew that the pI knew that painters Francis Bacon and Lucien Freud, the writer Jeffrey Bernard, the disgraced Vogue photographer John Deakin and Farson himself had frequented the club, along with such celebrity visitors as Peter O'Toole and Richard Harris. In a time when the London pubs closed in the afternoons and again at 11 p.m., it was a place where you could get a drink pretty much whenever you waned one.

I didn't climb the stairs. I felt too acutely that I didn't belong. I was not and never would be a member. No matter all the books I'd read, all the things I thought I knew about the Colony Club, I would be seen as a tourist, a foolish grin on my face. That was something I could not abide. I stood on the street and looked upstairs, and walked on.

"Love Is the Devil," the new film by John Maybury, takes me at last up those stairs, and back in time to the decades when Francis Bacon presided over a scruffy roomful of bohemians--some rich, some poor, some gay, some straight, all drunks. The movie is loosely inspired by Farson's The Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon, which documents the life of the greatest modern English painter as a dour and bitter ordeal, the bitchiness relieved intermittently by a good vintage and the Dover sole at Wheeler's. (Bacon liked a crowd at lunch and didn't mind picking up the check.

 To look at a Francis Bacon painting is to get a good idea of the man who painted it. In the era of Abstract Expressionism, he defiantly painted the figure, because he wanted there to be no mistake: His subject was the human body seen in anguish and ugliness. Flesh clung to the bones of his is models like dough slapped on by a careless god. His faces were often distorted into grimaces of pain or despair. His subjects looked like mutations, their flesh melting from radiation or self-loathing. His color sense was uncanny, his draftsmanship was powerful and unmistakable, his art gave an overwhelming sense of the artist.

There are no paintings by Francis Bacon in "Love Is the Devil." Permission was refused by the estate. What are they waiting for, a film that shows him as a nice guy? It is an advantage to the movie, actually, to do without the actual work; Maybury doesn't have to photograph it devoutly, and the flow of the film is not interrupted by our awareness that we are looking at the real thing. Instead, Maybury and his cinematographer, John Mathieson, make the film itself look like a Bacon. They use filters and lenses to distort faces. They shoot reflections in beer mugs and ashtrays to elongate and stretch images. They use reflections to suggest his diptychs and triptychs. A viewer who has never seen a Bacon would be able to leave this film and identify one instantly in a gallery.

Bacon is played by Derek Jacobi (Claudius in Kenneth Branagh's "Hamlet") as a cold and emotionally careless man, a ginger-haired chipmunk who occupies a studio filled with the debris of his art. (He worked from photographs that fell to the floor and built up into a mulch beneath his feet.) One night while he is sleeping, a burglar breaks in through the skylight. The paintings inside are worth millions, but this burglar, named George Dyer (Daniel Craig), knows nothing of Bacon or his paintings. He's looking for pawnable loot. Bacon awakens and makes him a deal: "Take your clothes off and come to bed. Then you can have whatever you want."

He stays on as Bacon's lover. Bacon is a masochist in private, a sadist in public; at first he is touched by George's naïveté ("You actually make money out of painting?") but eventually he tires of him. George is neurotic, always obsessively scrubbing his nails, and when he threatens suicide, Bacon leaps to the attack, referring to "the beam in the studio screaming to have a rope thrown over it."

Whether "Love Is the Devil" is an accurate portrait of Bacon, I have no idea. It faithfully reflects the painter as he is described in Farson's book, which is cited as a source for the movie. No one who has seen a Bacon painting expects a portrait much different from this one. From glimpses of the same Soho haunts in books by the late, celebrated drunk Jeffrey Bernard (whose weekly column in the Spectator was described as the world's longest-running suicide note), I recognized Belcher and Board and all the others who used the Colony Room as a refuge from an outer world in which they were always two or three drinks behind.

 

 

 

The vindication of Bacon's Canadian

 

Handyman's hoard of harsh and lurid sketches finally accepted as the work of late British artist Francis Bacon.

 

 

JOHN HARLOW | THE TORONTO STAR | NOVEMBER 22, 1998

 

The lost works of London artist Francis Bacon, kept by his Canadian handyman, are to be restored to their rightful place in the painter's oeuvre.

The "Joule hoard", 500 sketches and drawings disowned by Bacon experts since the artist's death six years ago, have been accepted as genuine by his heir.

As recently as six months ago, the Institute for Contemporary Arts (ICA) in London scrapped plans to become the first British gallery to show the sketches because it suffered last-minute doubts about their authenticity. Bacon used the sketches as tryouts for greater works such as the Screaming Popes series.

Many other galleries, including the Tate in London, also shunned the revelatory collection, bowing to the influence of the leading expert on Bacon, art historian David Sylvester, who maintained that the Soho artist never needed such sketches.

It has taken a specialist magazine, Art Review, to change all that with plans to publish hitherto-unseen pictures from the collection this week. This has prompted lawyers acting for the Bacon estate to stake a copyright claim to the pictures and thus acknowledge their authenticity.

The lurid and harsh sketches are held in a bank by Barry Joule, a Canadian who lives in London and France and was Bacon's plumber and general handyman for many  years.

He claimed that Bacon gave them to him shortly before his death, saying: "You know what to do with these'' - Bacon's code for a gift. Joule said Bacon asked him to destroy many other sketches because, like Picasso, he did not want the outside world to know how he worked.

Joule offered to donate the entire collection to a Bacon museum that fans wanted to create in the artist's mews studio-flat in the Kensington section of London.

That offer has lapsed with the wholesale removal of the flat to a museum in Dublin, where Bacon was born.

Even with an uncertain background, dealers were willing to pay up to $4 million for the sketches, which are largely contained in a diary given to Bacon by his nanny in the 1940s. Now the value will increase, but Joule said he did not want to profit from them: "I merely want them recognized as part of Francis' work, which the estate appears to be finally doing.'''

 John Butcher, London spokesperson for the estate, said that John Edwards, Bacon's sole heir and last lover, did not necessarily accept Joule's title to the works, which may have to be determined by a court.

 "We have not yet seen the works held by Mr. Joule, but at the moment we are accepting that they are probably by Francis Bacon,'' he said last week. David Lee, editor of Art Review, said this was a significant breakthrough for the estate, which has become more active in protecting Bacon's legacy since it replaced the Marlborough Galleries in London with an aggressive New York dealer.

"We are not getting involved in the question of who owns these works, but we think they have been hidden away long enough and will fascinate anyone interested in one of the most important British artists of the century,'' Lee said last week.

 The scene is set for a long legal battle between Joule and the notoriously reclusive Edwards, who is represented in New York by John Eastman, a Manhattan lawyer whose clients include his brother-in-law, Sir Paul McCartney, singer Billy Joel and talk show host, Rosie O'Donnell.

 

 

 

 

Anguished Existential Cries That Rattle Scared Icons

 

 

By GRACE GLUECK | ART REVIEW | THE NEW YORK TIMES | FRIDAY, DECEMBER 18, 1998  



      In Velázquez's 1650 painting of Pope Innocent X, the worldly pontiff sits calmly in his regal chair, radiating confidence and power. Three hundred years later, as portrayed by Francis Bacon in 
“Study After Velazquez (1950), Innocent X is a frantic figure in his surplice and biretta, trapped behind a drab gray curtain that hangs in stiffened folds. A helpless prisoner, his mouth is open in a horrifying scream. Bacon's forceful, iconoclastic appropriation makes the Pope a victim, no longer the supreme interpreter of God to man but a symbol of existential anguish, caught up in the era's cataclysmic events. 

      Obsessed with what he considered one of the greatest portraits ever made, Bacon (1909-1992) did about 30 versions of Velázquez's Innocent, dragging him headlong into the terrible 20th century. Study After Velazquez  and a companion canvas, “After Velazquez  II (also from 1950), are recently found paintings from the series, long thought to have been destroyed by the artist. They are the centerpiece of  Francis Bacon: Important Paintings From the Estate at the Tony Shafrazi Gallery. The two, never before exhibited, are from a planned group of three canvases, the third of which is unaccounted for.

      In the second painting, the howling Pope has become a businessman in a dark suit, one leg crossed over the other, slightly obscured by a boxy curtain of red stripes. At the bottom is a diagrammatic cage, as in Bacon's earlier Pope study, that separates the Pope from the viewer while at the same time inviting entry. Bacon derived the open mouth from such images as the shrieking, wounded nursemaid in Eisenstein's 1925 film The Battleship Potemkin, and the primal scream of a mother torn from her child in Poussin's Massacre of the Innocents (1630-31), described by Bacon as  probably the best human cry in painting.And possibly he drew from the terrified, whinnying horse in Picasso's Guernica (1937).

      Although presumed lost, nearly 50 years later the two pope paintings turned up in the warehouse of an artists' supplier in London, where Bacon had sent them along with other paintings to have new canvas stretched on their frames. Whether he had given orders to destroy the originals or not, the supplier had saved and stored them. The discovery coincided with the transfer of the Bacon estate, long handled by the Marlborough Gallery in London, to the Shafrazi gallery, a shift that this show celebrates.

      The rediscovered Innocent paintings are the standouts of the exhibition, which includes a dozen other works dating from 1949, the year of Bacon's first one-man show, to 1991. The popes and other angst-ridden canvases of the 1950's, depicting morphed and creepily contorted grotesques that seem to comment on the despair of the war years and after, are the most compelling.

        In Crouching Nude on Rail (1952), a hunk of human flesh hangs like a side of meat between two curving steel supports, its ghostly head bowed, its arms almost joined to the rails. The pallid pink of the flesh is tempered by gray; the vague background of vertical lines that splay out in diagonals at the bottom of the picture is similar to that of the pope paintings. The image was derived from a figure in a photographic motion study by Eadweard Muybridge (1830-1904). But there is something Beckett-like in Bacon's rendition. It seems to speak of both the end and the tenacity of human hope.

        Two Figures in the Grass (1950-53) depicts a pair of struggling nudes, again confined by a sketchy cage, on a ground of slashing blue-green brush strokes. The dun-colored figures are ambiguous, amorphous and hard to read; are they fighting, making love or devouring each other? They were inspired by Muybridge's photographs of wrestlers and by trips Bacon made to Africa, where he saw animals in the wild. One could infer that they, too, have to do with the negative view of humanity that pervaded the postwar period. But if they evoke the disasters of war and oppression, they also reflect a rebellion against the legacy of Western art that saw the human figure in ideal terms. Bacon, of a classical bent but influenced by Picasso and Surrealism, liked the shock factor of attacking traditional icons.

      A rare shift from his preoccupation with the figure is Study for Landscape after Van Gogh (1957), a highly charged canvas that shows three bare (and, come to think of it, humanoid) trees in a field of tall, windswept grasses. The intensity of van Gogh's emotional renderings is conveyed by urgent, diagonal brush strokes and a complex color orchestration: blue-green, whites and yellows for the grasses, with touches of berry red, on an ocher field. Behind the stark, severely pruned trees lies a long, low line of bushes topped by a sky of exhilarating blue. To match passions with van Gogh is a challenge indeed; in his chutzpah Bacon rises to it.

      The most recent work in the show is the cinema-screen-size Triptych  (1991), painted in the smoother, more relaxed but harder-edged style that is the hallmark of Bacon's later paintings. The triptychs exploit his interest in serial imagery and also suggest mock altarpieces. Each panel of this one combines a stark Minimalist format with lush figure drawing. In each, a big black square is placed at the top of a blank tan field. In the two end panels, a smaller square within the black one bears the likeness of a head painted from a photograph; at left, the sexy Brazilian race-car driver Ayrton Senna; at right Bacon.

      Each photographic head sits on the bottom half of a male nude, one leg within and one outside the black square. In the middle panel lies a crumpled nude figure, part of it hanging out of the square in a pool of black, a reprise of an image Bacon had used before in referring to the suicide, in 1971, of his friend and model George Dyer. As a whole, the triptych is a beautiful example of a personal script staged with clever stylization. But for all its ingenuity, it lacks the impassioned tension of Bacon's earlier works.

      An estate show is not a retrospective, although this one gives a robust look at the basics of Bacon's work. It's surprising how, after all these iconoclastic years, his paintings no longer seem such a distance from the classic figurative tradition of Western art.


Francis Bacon: Important Paintings From the Estate is at the Tony Shafrazi Gallery, 119 Wooster Street, SoHo, through Jan. 16.

 

  

 

 

A Convulsive Beauty That Defies the Laws Of the Natural World

 

 

By JOHN RUSSELL | ART REVIEW | THE NEW YORK TIMES | 25 DECEMBER 1998

 

The year 1998 in the galleries could not have ended better than with the small, provocative and hugely rewarding mixed exhibition at Cheim & Read. Organized and commented upon by Jean Clair, the director of the Picasso Museum in Paris, the show is strong on sheer astonishment. It has no one focus, but darts back and forth through the history of ideas.

In that context, Mr. Clair has a prodigious agility. Who else would have spotted the affinity between Homer's Penelope at her loom and an artist of our own day, Louise Bourgeois, ''weaver, mender, spinner and, from the outset, a person raised in the art of high and low warp''?

This is how it stacks up. On the left, as we come in, a long line of busts of men and women stands high above us. They were sculpted in lead by Franz Xaver Messerschmidt (1736-83), an Austrian sculptor of the Baroque period. Normally to be sought out above all in the museum in Bratislava, capital of Slovakia, they have never before been seen in such numbers in this country.

Sweet and silky as the modeling of these busts may be, every one subverts our expectations. These are people who are at odds with themselves and with life. By convulsive sneezing, yawning, weeping, grinding their teeth and emphasizing their disquiets, they eat away at our own self-satisfactions. ''Our pain,'' they seem to say, ''will one day be yours."

It is a fact of life, though one often passed over quickly, that pictures that travel a lot get tired. So this show is all the stronger for the loan from a private collector of an early painting by Francis Bacon that has rarely been seen.

It is a variant, raised to a new dimension of terror, of the figure on the right in the ''Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion'' (1944) in the Tate Gallery in London. This picture has never been subjected to the enormous familiarity of the Tate ''Studies.'' It has not been gaped at, year by year. It has not been reproduced, large and small. Still less has it been shunted from country to country. For that reason this is one of the rare occasions on which a new public can recapture the original shock of the Tate ''Studies.'' And we can even guess, this time around, what the hideous creature is having for lunch.

These works have not been chosen at random. Somewhere in time between Messerschmidt and Bacon, there was incorporated into the possibilities of art what Mr. Clair calls in the catalogue ''a tremendous repertory, a warehouse filled with the new models of the contemporary world.'' He continues, ''Once assembled and deciphered, they would become what the statues of antiquity had been to academic teaching: the foundation of a new science, a science not of the beautiful but of the true."

That repertory came to a certain extent from learned or pseudo-learned theoretical studies. But it came above all from the medical museums that were created at the end of the 19th century in Paris, Turin and elsewhere. Doctors, psychiatrists and neurologists felt it their duty to put on view the heterogeneous masses of material that had come their way. What had been produced by men and women locked up in asylums and prisons often seemed to justify the Surrealist war cry that ''beauty will be convulsive, or it will cease to be."

The pre-eminence of hysteria was a matter not of dogma but of universal evidence. The neurologist Jean Martin Charcot published an elaborate iconography, complete with photoengravings, that was widely bought and read. Freud's ''Studies on Hysteria'' (1895) got in early. There was the literature. There was also the terrifying evidence of individual cases.

As Mr. Clair puts it in the catalogue: ''What bodily pattern commands the hysterical individual when he transgresses the laws of anatomy? For hysteria does indeed defy these laws.'' He continues: ''The living organism displays a stupefying plasticity. The deformations and distortions, the incredible combinations to which modern art has accustomed us, cannot but reflect this revolution of the mind."

These sensational effects do not occur in good order, or at any appointed time. But there are artists who can maintain these transgressions at a high level of intensity. One of these is Ms. Bourgeois, whose ''Arch of Hysteria'' (1993) is one of the great exemplars of its kind. It looks very well in the present exhibition. In it, as Mr. Clair says, ''the living organism displays a stupefying plasticity.'' Another, more recent piece, ''Cell: Hands and Mirror'' of 1995 displays Ms. Bourgeois at the top of her powers as a wordless, motionless dramatist whose work stays with us in the way that the last scene in great theater does.

Despite its title, this is not ''a Bourgeois show.'' It is an exploration of the ''libertarian dynamics'' that have dominated so much of 20th-century art. Bizarre objects of many kind abound, but they share a certain collegial liberty. And we come away convinced that in this particular field Bourgeois is still the great artificer.

'Francis Bacon, Louise Bourgeois, Franz Xaver Messerschmidt: A Juxtaposition of the Three Artists'' remains at Cheim & Read, 521 West 23d Street, Chelsea, through Jan. 9 (closed today through Tuesday).

 

 

 

THE SUPREME PONTIFF

 

 

    IMPORTANT PAINTINGS FROM THE ESTATE

 

 

DAVID SYLVESTER | TONY SHAFRAZI GALLERY | NEW YORK | 31 OCTOBER 1998-16 JANUARY 1999

 

Francis Bacon’s first painting of a pope was Head VI of 1949, a head‑and‑shoulders image which already presented the inspired conflation between the Velázquez portrait of Pope Innocent X and the close‑up of the nanny shrieking from Eisenstein’s Battleship Potemkin. While that conflation was often repeated, not all Bacon’s popes have open mouths, nor are these necessarily shrieking. There are times when the open mouth looks as if it is silent, is the mouth of an asthmatic trying to take in air or that of an animal in a threatening or defiant pose.

Furthermore, not all Bacon’s popes are based on the portrait of Innocent X, though most of them are. He had a tremendous drive to make variation after variation on this image. Velázquez was his preferred painter and this particular portrait could have been expected to have an especial appeal to him in that the paint is freer and looser and the whites more flickering than in any other Velázquez, almost as in a Gainsborough. But Bacon never in fact saw the work in the original, not even when he spent some weeks in Rome in 1954; he knew it only in reproduction, and reproductions convey no hint of its freedom of handling.

Was Bacon, then, drawn to this particular Velázquez by its subject? The Pope is Papa and Bacon had very strong feelings about his father. ‘I disliked him, but I was sexually attracted to him when I was young. When I first sensed it, I hardly knew it was sexual. It was only later, through the grooms and the people in the stables I had affairs with, that I realized that it was a sexual thing towards my father.’ Painting popes in their isolation could well have been, among other things, a way of bringing back his father, of spying on him, of demolishing him. Bacon believed or said merely that the Velázquez Pope was ‘one of the greatest portraits that have ever been made’ and that he was obsessed by it because of ‘the magnificent color of it.’ But in the forties and fifties he toned down the magnificent scarlet to a muted purple. It was not until the sixties that he was able to bring himself to match the scarlet.

Of all the innumerable popes, the greatest, it seems to me, were painted at the beginning—Head VI and then the earliest of the versions in which the Pope is shown seated, Study after Velázquez, 1950. Behind the Pontiff is a heavy curtain with deep parallel folds; a second curtain, attached to a curved rail, is spread out across the foreground. This curtain, of course, alters the composition radically. The Velázquez is a seated three-quarter length portrait, cut off at the knees, and therefore still a medium close‑up. This Bacon Pope is cut off just above the knees, but then the foreground curtaining intervenes and, animated by the thrust of its radiating folds, pushes us back and creates a gap like an orchestra pit between audience and scene. We are made to keep our distance.

The figure is at once monumental and evanescent. Its majestic composure is frayed at the edges by a flicker that could mean both an emanation of its own nervous energy and a bombardment by pressures in the atmosphere. The mouth is immense in power and anguish. As we zoom in, it threatens to engulf us, to swallow us up. This is a mouth that is breathing in, or trying to. It is uttering no sort of cry. It is open and silent.

Magnificent and vulnerable, this personage has the withdrawn look of many Velázquez portraits, for instance, of the late head‑and‑shoulders of Philip IV in the National Gallery, London—and not only the withdrawn look but the elongated Bourbon features. Velázquez is also there in the beautiful dryness of the paint. For me, this picture’s closest rival among the three‑quarter‑length popes is the gorgeous version done in 1953 which belongs to Des Moines, one of those Bacons that is peculiarly evocative of Titian, a painter in whom Bacon was not greatly interested. When we were talking about Titian once, he said: ‘When I think of the Pope painted by Velázquez, of course.

 

 

 

ART GUIDE  Galleries: SoHo

 

THE NEW YORK TIMES | JANUARY 8, 1999

 

* FRANCIS BACON, Important Paintings From the Estate, Tony Shafrazi Gallery, 119 Wooster Street, (212) 274-9300 (through Jan. 16). Velazquez's 1650 portrait of Pope Innocent X so fascinated Bacon (1909-1992) that he did some 30 versions of it, recasting it into his own 20th-century terms. Trapped behind vague screens or curtains, the popes are seen screaming in existential anguish, worlds away from the confidence and power that Velazquez's ''Innocent'' radiates. Two long-missing paintings from this series are included in this show of more than a dozen works from the Bacon estate, dated from 1949 to 1991. There is also an exhilarating landscape after Van Gogh that matches his painterly passion. Although not a retrospective, the show gives a robust look at the basics of Bacon's work (Glueck).

 

 


 

A Few Prized Obsessions

 

 

Curator Hugh M. Davies brings together a series of Francis Bacon's papal portraits from the U.S. and abroad to form an intimate exhibition.

 

 

LEAH OLLMAN | ART & ARCHITECTURE | LOS ANGELES TIMES | JANUARY 10, 1999    

 

SAN DIEGO —In the summer of 1953, British painter Francis Bacon invited his friend, art critic David Sylvester, to sit for a portrait in the "gilded squalor" of his studio. Sometime during the fourth sitting, Sylvester's likeness mutated (as Bacon's images were prone to do) into a sombre, ghost-like portrait of the pope. Obsessed as he already had been for years with a portrait of Pope Innocent X painted by Velazquez in 1650, Bacon launched feverishly into a series of eight variations on the papal portrait.

Twenty years later, the series itself sparked a new obsession. Hugh M. Davies, director of the Museum of Contemporary Art, San Diego, was just beginning research for his doctoral dissertation on Bacon in 1973, when he noted to himself that the papal portrait series of 1953 had never been exhibited in its entirety. The notion of organizing such a show gestated quietly until just a few years ago, when Davies actively started to hunt for the eight paintings, which had landed in both private and public collections, in the U.S. and abroad. Through aggressive courtship and delicate pressure, Davies negotiated the loans, with the eighth lender signing on only last fall, to avoid, he said, "being the skunk of the party." Next Sunday, Francis Bacon: The Papal Portraits of 1953 opens at the museum's main facility in La Jolla.

"It's the longest series in Bacon's career," Davies explains from his office facing a panoramic expanse of the Pacific. "It's the one series that dates from what I consider his strongest year. It's when he really hit his stride. The intersection of his technical ability and his vision were at a critical moment. And this is the subject which was the signature theme of his career."

Bacon (1909-1992) made his first painting in response to the Velazquez in 1949, and continued with the theme, off and on, through 1972, painting a total of 25 versions of the papal portrait. A photocopied chronology of the paintings is taped to the wall in a small foyer outside Davies' office, and will be reconstructed in an information gallery as part of the show.

Most of the paintings by Bacon resemble the Velazquez in structure, with the pope in traditional vestments, seated in a chair trimmed with gold finials and turned at a slight angle away from the viewer. Bacon made the image his own, made it work directly and violently on the nervous system, as he put it, through his distinctively raw handling of paint, veiling the figure behind curtain-like stripes and often painting him with his mouth agape in a frozen scream.

A self-professed nonbeliever, Bacon was legendary for disavowing any social content in his work, preferring to link its violence and "exhilarated despair" to his own psyche and not to the human condition in general or the horrors of the 20th century. Though he was fixated on the image of the pope (as well as the crucifixion), he denied that his paintings had anything to do with religion.

"Some people say that the pope [represents] Bacon's father, and he's wrestling with the whole Oedipal thing, which is probably true," Davies says. "Other people have said the obvious, that this is a very powerful masculine figure in feminine clothes--laces, a dress and pretty colors. There is something hilarious, particularly to a gay man" - as Bacon was - "to see the pope in drag."

Bacon himself said that the Velazquez image haunted him, that he was obsessed with the grandeur of its color and the role of the pope.

"Pope Innocent X was the most powerful man in the world at that time, in 1650," Davies says, recalling conversations he had with Bacon, "and it is a very powerful, official portrait. He was a very strong individual, but also very corrupt, and Velazquez shows you that. What is brilliant in the portrait is that you can look at this guy's face and see that he misused his power. He's so haughty. Velazquez pleased the client and at the same time passed on the fact that the guy's corrupt. It's all there."

Bacon, who never attended art school, taught himself to paint by looking at Velazquez, Rembrandt, Van Gogh. He loved "the glitter and color that comes from the mouth" and hoped one day, he said, "to be able to paint the mouth like Monet painted a sunset." But he was also intrigued by the power of photography and its various manifestations, such as film and X-ray imaging.

"I see every image all the time in a shifting way and almost in shifting sequences," Bacon once said, accounting for the feel of cinematic progression in his serial work. He often quoted 19th century photographer Eadweard Muybridge's pioneering motion studies of humans and animals. The scream motif, too, originated from a photographic source, a scene from the 1925 Eisenstein film "Battleship Potemkin," in which a nanny who has lost control of her young charge is seen in a tightly framed close-up, her eyeglasses askew and her mouth stretched open in an agonizing cry.

 

 


Licor-ish allsorts

 

 

OLIVER BENNETT | THE GUARDIAN | SATURDAY 16 JANUARY, 1999

 

      For half a century, the tiny Colony Room bar has been a second home to some of the great names in British art. Today, the faces have changed, but its boozy charm remains.

      You walk up a dingy, stygian stairwell into a small, slightly claustrophobic room full of paintings, posters, yellowing cuttings and artworks. A piano lies on one side, a bar the other. The green carpet has fag burns all over it. If the ageing banquettes could talk, they'd insult you.

      This is the Colony Room, a private-members club in London's Soho that recently celebrated its 50th anniversary. It is a small and rather intense place, with an intimidating reputation for rudeness.

      Its walls - where they can be seen behind the jumble of artworks - are painted bright green, which compounds the sense of being in a world apart; one that is either restful, womblike and gemütlich, or intense and claustrophobic, depending on your bent.

      The Colony has a small but unique position in British post-war culture, despite being a place that, as its incumbent manager, Michael Wojas, puts it, is "just a front room with a bar in it".

      It is best-known for being the second home of Francis Bacon - much of John Maybury's recent film about Bacon, Love Is The Devil, was filmed in a Colony Room set. It has also been the bar of choice for Lucien Freud, Michael Andrews, the Roberts Colquhoun and MacBryde, the Johns Deakin and Minton, Barry Flanagan, Frank Auerbach, Patrick Caulfield; many of whom became known, to use Ralph Kitaj's 1976 soubriquet, as the "School Of London".

Over the years, it has also attracted bibulous journalists such as Dan Farson and Jeffrey Bernard, as well as a rich, maverick pageant: odd names include Tom Baker (the best ever Doctor Who); Labour MP Tom Driberg; Suggs from Madness, and his mother; actor Trevor Howard; singer Lisa Stansfield. "Licorice Allsorts," is Wojas's word for them, and he adds that "everyone is treated with equal contempt". The Chairman (a regular who wishes to be called just that) calls them "non-conformists". Like other places with arty-boho reputations, such as Paris's Les Deux Magots, the Colony has international word-of-mouth.

      "Sometimes students from art schools or abroad turn up in groups to look around," says Wojas. Unlike Deux Magots, however, it is not on tourist heritage trails. You can't just walk in, which is why, says George Melly, "it hasn't turned into a place where a coffee costs £40". Not even its 250 members, who currently pay £75 a year, can all come at once; it is far too small.

      It has a certain heaviness of atmosphere, which, says Wojas, divides its visitors. "They either walk in and go, 'Wow, this is brilliant', or sit there with their head in their hands." In his waistcoat, dark glasses and scar up one cheek, Wojas is continuing the club's reputation for colourful proprietors, as the luminous figure in Colony legend remains Muriel Belcher  - "A handsome, Jewish dyke," as one member recalls - who started the club in 1948 and ran it till her death in 1979.

      "She had been running a war-time club called the Music Box in Leicester Square, got together some independent means, found the room and secured the 3pm-11pm drinking licence," says Wojas. "Pubs closed at 2.30pm then, and you had to have somewhere to go." That club licence persists to this day, and, while London's opening hours have been liberalised, a sense of iniquity in the afternoon still pervades the Colony. It somehow turns the day into night, rather than Soho's new glossy pubs, which turn the night into day.

      Belcher had a charisma that attracted people, and the Colony's older clientele still refer to it as "Muriel's". "Its reputation was all initially down to her impact," says Melly. "Muriel was a benevolent witch, who managed to draw in all London's talent up those filthy stairs. She was like a great cook, working with the ingredients of people and drink. And she loved money."

      Belcher attracted many gay men to the club - a lot of them brought in by her Jamaican girlfriend, Carmel - and the Colony became one of a few places where it was safe to be openly homosexual. Julian Cole, who, with Akim Mogaji, is making a film about the club, says, "She realised the power of the pink pound in the Fifties, 30 years before everyone else. It was a forerunner of gay Soho."

      Eminences such as Christopher Isherwood drank here.

      But, as Wojas says, "It has never been a gay club as such. It is better to have a mix." Ian Board [Belcher's successor from 1979 to 1995] was homosexual, and used to say, "I don't mind those poofs, as long as they keep their distance." The same dyspeptic formula applied to artists. "There's always been that tendency, probably due to Francis," says Wojas. "But it would be really boring if it was just artists talking about art all night long. Muriel always said, 'I know fuck all about art.'"


      By some strange symmetry, the Colony Room now attracts the Sensation! generation of Young British Artists (or YBAs, as the acronym has it). Members include Tracey Emin, Damien Hirst and Marc Quinn, while Sarah Lucas once worked as a bartender here for a couple of months. "It just came about as an idea between me and Michael [Wojas]," she says. "I'd been going there for quite a time, and had always liked the way it has been going on for so long and was that traditional and historical." Their patronage has helped to renew the Colony.

      "Two-thirds of the selection committee are young artists, which is lovely," says the Chairman. Indeed, the youngest member is Damien Hirst's son, Connor, given an honorary membership at three weeks old.

      Could this be an example of what the art critic Matthew Collings, in his YBA chronicle, Blimey, calls "retro-bohemianism"? All the Colony's manifestations of Fifties épatant la bourgeoisie - the boozing, the smoking, the swearing - have now been given a certain continuity. "They're paying homage to Francis," says Melly. "People are nostalgic about the idea of old Soho, and the Colony is the last of the lot."

      Also, the club retains the allure of discovery. Art dealer James Birch, who recently put on a 50th anniversary Colony Room show at his Clerkenwell gallery, says, "It's like a secret society, which is why Julian Schnabel, Jeff Koons and Dennis Hopper all wanted to go there when they came to London."

      Perhaps it should be made an annexe of the Tate Gallery, as over the years it has built up quite an art collection, including a nicotine-stained Michael Andrews mural (there is an Andrews painting at the Tate called The Colony Room) and various newer pieces, including Gavin Turk's blue plaque, made for his graduation show. But space is limited. "When Damien [Hirst] wanted to give us a picture, I said you've got to size it accordingly," says Wojas, who keeps the overspill at his home.

      The real thread that runs through the Colony's 50 years, however, is drink. "In the Fifties, we drank all day long and went to Muriel's every day," said the late Henrietta Moraes, an ex-Colony regular. "Muriel was a very powerful personality. She was so funny, and could keep up the wit for hours at a stretch. She sat on a mock-leopardskin high chair, and she would vet everyone that walked in." Fatefully, one of those people was Francis Bacon.


      "There was an immediate affinity," says Wojas. "Francis didn't have money at that time, but he had an outrageous streak."

      Belcher had good antennae for interesting people, gave Bacon free drinks in return for new custom and established the Colony's close-knit member profile. "She loved money, and people who spent money," says one long-standing regular. "'Put your hand in your handbag,' she would cry," recalls the Chairman. Older members also recall her as kind-hearted, raising funds raised for the local school and ailing confrères.

      She also established a cult of rudeness. Belcher's favourite word was "cunt", delivered in ringing tones, and a hierarchy of insults ensued. "'Cunt' was a term of abuse, 'Cunty' was meant affectionately," says the Chairman. "And if she called you 'Mary', you were really in." Men would be called "she". "Muriel made everything sound good, even when it wasn't exactly a Wildean epigram," says Melly. "She was camp, and the very delivery of camp makes your sentences sound witty." The Colony thus became a kind of anti-Cheers, where everyone may have known your name but instead called you "cunty".

      When Belcher died, her protege, Ian Board, took over, and the Colony sustained its withering reputation. "You had to be resilient, and you'd gain respect," says the Chairman.

      "If you weren't tough, it was harsh. There would be cries of 'boring'."

      Melly says Board was as rude as Belcher, but not as witty, and many walked out, despising the place and its large, red-nosed proprietor. Now, though the Colony retains a forbidding edge, those days are gone.

      "The people here are very friendly and interested in new people," pleads Wojas, and members laud it as a place where strangers talk to one another. "It's gentler now, and that's not such a bad thing," says the Chairman.

      In the early Eighties, it had a sticky patch. "Ian was finding it difficult," says Wojas. "He was worried about whether he could cope, and was drinking very heavily. Also, the generations changed one lot had died and drifted off, and the younger ones hadn't yet come along." This coincided with the era when Soho's new members clubs such as the Groucho and Black's were opening. The landlord wanted to change its use, and a petition was drawn up to save it.

      But then new members started to come, and, at Francis Bacon's funeral wake-cum-party at the Colony in 1992, a new generation became evident. "The fucking worms crawled out of their holes, but the extraordinary thing is that the younger generation came in full fucking bloom," recalled Board in Dan Farson's biography of Francis Bacon, A Gilded Gutter Life. When Board died in 1995 - "He had a scarlet nose, just like WC Fields," says member Christopher Moorsom, "and when he died his nose went white" - he received huge obituaries, and it showed that the Colony had become a national institution.

      The world has changed outside, but the Colony has militantly remained the same: no late licence, cocktails, draught beer, coffee, tea or ciabatta sandwiches - though Wojas admits, he "begrudgingly serves the odd glass of mineral water". As for Soho, Wojas says that he doesn't particularly like it on Friday or Saturday night any more. "All those drunken idiots on their night out up West."

      The Colony now lures acolytes and drinkers with the promise of an oasis of authenticity in the midst of office London. And all the people who walk in - some drawn by its reputation, some drunk, some thinking it's a clip joint - will be subject to the same routine.

      "I sit on the perch [as Belcher's chair is still called] and suss each person as they arrive," says Wojas. "You've got to catch them at the door. Once they're in, you've lost them."


 

 

 

A Brighter Side of Bacon Glints Amid the Darkness

 

 

By KEN JOHNSON | ART REVIEW | THE NEW YORK TIMES | FRIDAY, JANUARY 29, 1999

 

NEW HAVEN, JAN. 22 After closing for a year to spruce up its Louis Kahn-designed home, the Yale Center for British Art has reopened with a trio of exhibitions devoted to three giants of modern British art: Francis Bacon, Lucian Freud and Henry Moore. The last two are minor sideshows: one dedicated to Mr. Freud's etchings, the other a survey of small bronze studies for monuments produced by Moore from the 1930's to the 1970's. But the Bacon show, an imperfect but ultimately dazzling 60-painting retrospective, makes a trip to Yale well worth it.

The Bacon exhibition, whose curator is Dennis Farr, the director emeritus of the Courtauld Institute of Art's galleries in London, starts with a rare piece from the 1930's, a small, ghostly, abstracted Crucifixion, and a couple of full-size studies for Bacon's 1944 triptych ''Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion.'' This was the work that horrified and disconcerted viewers when it was exhibited in London in 1945 and put Bacon, then in his mid-30's, a self-taught painter with little formal education, on the map of the British art world

In one of the panels, a fleshy, dinosaurlike creature with a long serpentine neck and a gaping, toothy maw snaps at a bouquet of roses thrust in its face by an unseen hand. With its intense orange background and richly sensuous paint, this work introduces the primary poles of Bacon's art: the comically melodramatic horror and the seductive surface.

If you identify Bacon mainly with his ''Screaming Pope'' of the 1950's, several versions of which are included here, you may be surprised that the most compelling part of the exhibition is devoted to the last two decades of Bacon's life, when he produced a series of big, vibrant, wonderfully animated triptychs. (He died in 1992 at 82.) Compared with his late output, the works from Bacon's early years seem dour and constricted. A better selection might have changed that impression, but in any event, the ''Screaming Pope'' is still his most memorable creation from the early period. Attaching a face, taken from the image of a wailing, bloodied woman with broken spectacles in Sergei Eisenstein's ''Battleship Potemkin,'' to a three-quarter-length sitting portrait of Pope Innocent X by Velazquez, Bacon created a great 20th-century icon, a crazy, evil father figure for a mad world.

Still, the screaming pope image is like an editorial cartoon. Bacon is famous for abhorring illustration, but that is what most of his work from the 1950's resembles. Tormented men isolated in dark spaces, lone dogs or spectral sphinxes dressed up with artfully blurry brushwork serve all too obviously as symbols of existential dread

At the end of the 1950's there was a shift. In a catalogue essay, Sally Yard suggests that this may have been partly inspired by Bacon's exposure to new American painting, Barnett Newman's in particular. Bacon disapproved of pure abstraction, but increasingly at this point, his expanding canvases give themselves over to fields of unmodulated color. From here on, it is hard to see Bacon as the artist of ''isolation, despair and horror,'' as he is characterized in an exhibition brochure. He seems more a joyfully, wickedly perverse hedonist, which is what he was in real life, too

In ''Portrait of George Dyer Talking'' (1966), Bacon poses his subject, who was his lover at the time, naked on a stool at the center of an empty room under a bare, dangling light bulb. Oddly, a sheaf of papers splays out at his feet. The man is a melting, lumpy mass of flesh made of sinuous brush strokes and his eyes bug out, as though he felt trapped within his own body

But if this is horrible, it is not reflected in the environment: a rosy, pink-hatched rug; a curving violet rear wall and a moss-green ceiling. Take away the figure and the light bulb and you'd have a wholly pleasurable 60's-style Color Field painting. With the figure, you have a voluptuous, hallucinatory cartoon of desire on the brink of gratification

The earliest of the triptychs, a triple portrait of Mr. Freud, was made in 1969; the last, executed in 1988, is a version of the 1944 Crucifixion triptych in which the harsh orange of the earlier piece has become a deep velvety red and the bestial figures have been softened to diaphanous chimeras. The triptychs all measure 6 1/2 by 15 feet and occupy most of one floor of the exhibition, to glowing and almost disorientingly enveloping effect. They are deceptively clear yet oddly confounding amalgams of color fields, erotically distorted or fragmented bodies and sharp, linear articulations of space, with, here and there, pieces of furniture or still-life objects

In the portraits, the repetition of the picture of a man on a stool in an empty room three times, with only slight variations, creates a powerful formal amplitude and a clinical gaze that recalls the sequential photographs of Eadweard Muybridge, an important influence on Bacon's visual imagination

But the most engaging of the triptychs offer enigmatic narratives, sequences of disquieting glimpses like lurid images from barely remembered dreams or nightmares. In one from 1970, two naked Muybridge-inspired men grapple on a round green bed; in flanking panels, shadowy figures look in from open doors and bizarre, misshapen homunculi, barely evolved from puddles of dark paint, seem to writhe on the floor. It's all embedded in a great field of intense reddish-orange and, contrary to the sense of Dionysian urgency, the overall composition is one of symmetrical elegance, almost Asian in its exactingly balanced delicacy

That each panel of the triptychs is contained by a shiny gold frame and isolated behind a great sheet of glass may bother viewers who want to get closer to Bacon's dry and thin yet sumptuous surfaces. But the grandiose Old Masterish framing is in keeping with the Bacon vision, which always embraced extremes of high estheticism and low carnality

It is unfair that Mr. Freud's etchings should be viewed alongside the Bacon show. As a painter, Mr. Freud shares with Bacon, his old friend, a fascination with the body and a huge ambition for the medium. It would be interesting to compare directly his aggressively painterly, warts-and-all realism with Bacon's deftly edited surrealistic expressionism. But this presentation of the Paine Webber collection of all the 42 prints Mr. Freud has made since taking up etching in 1982 does not show him to best advantage. With the exception of a formally and psychologically impressive head of ''Lord Goodman in His Pajamas,'' the works are wooden, doggedly laborious and colorless exercises in the drawing of inert models

As for Henry Moore, it's a relief to turn away from the vacuous, overly familiar biomorphic Cubism of his reclining nudes, fallen warriors and mothers and children to Bacon's nasty, delirious beauty

''Francis Bacon: A Retrospective,'' ''Lucian Freud: Etchings From the Paine Webber Art Collection'' and ''Henry Moore and the Heroic: A Centenary Tribute'' remain at the Yale Center for British Art, 1080 Chapel Street, at High Street, New Haven, through March 21. Information: (203) 432-2800.

 

 

 

 

Conversion of a Skeptic

 

 

By VIRGINIA BUTTERFIELD | SAN DIEGO MAGAZINE | FEBRUARY 1999

 

We are seated in the directors office of the Museum of Contemporary Art, San Diego, looking out at the La Jolla ocean view. I am puzzled by an exhibition due to open, The Papal Portraits of Francis Bacon.” I know it is dear to the heart of museum director Hugh Davies, who wrote his doctoral dissertation on this very subject and who has waited a long time to bring these eight portraits together.

Why did Bacon paint the same portrait eight times? Why was he so fascinated with this subject? I ask.

Because if you were painting a portrait, Davies explains, wouldnt you like to see it from all directions? And in all moods? And also because it was a series. Think of Warhol and his Marilyn Monroes. It was the influence at that timethe early 50sof films and photography.

But to do a portrait over and over again, with the same clothes, the same posebut different heads. The heads are very different. Were they different models? The heads are distortedone, toward the end, with an agonized, shrieking mouth.

Bacon began with Diego Rodriguez da Silva Velázquezs portrait of Pope Innocent X, done in 1650. It was a perfect painting, says Davies. Enthroned in papal garb, the pope was the most powerful figure of his day. Yet look at his cruel eyes.

Bacon knew the painting only in reproduction. He never wanted to see the original. But haunted by the image, by its perfection, he sought to reinvent Velázquezs painting.

During the summer of 1953 in London, while attempting to paint a portrait of his friend David Sylvester, the 43-year-old Bacon transformed the picture into an image of the pope. Over the next two weeks, working feverishly, he completed the seven variations comprised in the series. In the intervening 45 1/2 years, they have become landmarks in art history, symbols of the post-war age.  

The papal figures appear to be set in a glass box in a dark ecclesiastical setting. Pope I is a static image; Pope II is a profile; the face of Pope III is blurred; Pope IVs features are almost indistinguishable. Pope V has a kind of sneer; Pope VIs mouth has dropped open; Pope VII is screaming; and Pope VIII throws his arms up in a defensive gesture. The image always changes. The hands become balled fists; the open mouth and mangled pince-nez come from Sergei Eisensteins screaming nurse (with one eyeball shot outfrom the film Potemkin). The final Pope throws his hands up as if to say, Thats it. Enough.

No one quite knew how to take these paintings. A critic wrote: Bacon has tried ... for one continuous cinematic impression of his Popesan entirely new kind of painting experience. Another wrote that it looked like the Pope had been strapped into an electric chair. 

 While a student at Princeton, Davies became enamored of Bacon. He offered to write about him in his doctoral dissertation but was told he needed to have access to the artist because of the scarcity of material about him. As a result, he arranged for 16 interviews while he studied at the Courtauld Institute in London. Davies found Bacon to be an intelligent man, articulate about world affairs, a pleasure to talk to.

His studio was an absolute mess, says Davies. But his home was a model of perfection. As the artist would prepare to leave his studiofull of brushes and props and baskets, boxes and cans, piled untidily on one anotherhe would carefully remove every spot of paint from his hands. You know painters who leave the paint where it will show, on their hands and clothes, so people will know theyre painters, says Davies. Well, Bacon was the opposite. If he was going out to dinner, he presented himself accordingly.

“My relatives in England thought I was wasting my time,” Davies says. Very few people had heard of the artist. At the time, there were only two books on Bacon (Davies, along with Sally Yard, has since written a third, Bacon, published by Abbeville Press as part of the Modern Masters series). Davies kept up his friendship with the artist, seeing him again and again over the years—and always admiring his work.

“How can you like things that are so ugly?” I ask. “The legs end in deformed bones; the heads are bashed in or daubed with enormous smears.”

Ugly? asks Davies in surprise. Its all a matter of perception. I would never use the word ugly. When I first saw a Bacon painting, I thought it the most interesting thing Id ever seen. Among all the pretty art, I could hardly wait to see more. I can hardly wait for his paintings to get here. I could sit and look at them forever.

But, I protest, the subject matter is grotesque. Faces simply don’t exist. A mouth is all one can see, usually at the end of a pole-like formation. It snarls; it wails. Bacon himself described his compulsion: “I have always been very moved by the movements of the mouth and the shape of the mouth and the teeth. People say that these have all sorts of sexual implications...”

Davies and I look together at BaconPainting, 1946 of a powerful, brooding figure with a huge, bull-like neck. Behind him is a split carcass, suspended like a crucified human body. A railing is skewered with cuts of meat. Because the painting was purchased by a famous dealerfor perhaps only $2,000 Bacons reputation was made. He immediately took off for Monte Carlo, so the story goes, where he made a killing at the tables. He took a small villa and squandered his money in two weeks, having a splendid time and making many friends. Fine, I say. But the painting is ghoulish.

Davies sees much more in it than I do. The figure is a dictator with a bloody mouth, he says. He is in the same pose as the Popes, but the setting is different. An umbrella probably refers to Neville Chamberlain. The figure reflects Bacon’s familiarity with news photos of Joseph Goebbels, Heinrich Himmler and Benito Mussolini, as well as of Franklin Roosevelt in his cape at Yalta. The headless carcass hanging above him is the crucifixion, which fascinated Bacon as an emblem.

“Was he religious?” I ask.

“No, he was not religious. He was an atheist. But the emblem fascinates him.”

“Was Bacon anti-Pope? Did he take a position on the subject?”

“He wasn’t referring to any particular Pope, although he had been raised in Ireland and knew the lore. The Crucifixion was curious to him—as a myth—as all artists are confronted with this myth.”

I begin to see my revulsion as superficial. Bacon’s portraits of Isabel Rawsthorne are not necessarily hideous—though nothing like the model herself. Rawsthorne was a lady who kept a bar where young servicemen drank. She had a habit of tossing her head, a motion Bacon caught in a famous portrait that is largely a smear—such a smear, it obliterates her face. But that was his objective. In her portraits, scraped, blotted and dragged strokes of paint obscure her nose and mouth.

IT IS DECEMBER, and Davies has sent for the eight paintings from Switzerland, England and the United States, plus a ninth, Study, done in February 1953. His emissary is waiting in London, as we speak, to accept the European works.

The photo on the cover of Davies’ book is called Self-Portrait 1969, and it, too, shows a grossly distorted mouth. This seems to be a recurrent element in Bacon’s work. Davies and I argue about the face.

“I can see the wonder of the eyes,” I say. “But the mouth?”

“Ah, that’s the part I love,” says Davies. “He’s taken a red sweater and daubed the chin—you can see the ribbing of the sweater—and maybe used the little caps on the paint tubes to make two round objects at the chin.” But it’s the smear he loves.

Bacon himself said it best: “I think if you want to convey fact, this can only be done through a form of distortion. You must distort to transform what is called ‘appearance’ into image.”

“Once in a while, in this business, we get to travel to Europe,” Davies says. But it’s not all glamour. The emissary must keep the paintings in view at all times. He must wait in a hotel in London, accompany the paintings to the cargo section of a plane, meet them at unloading out on the tarmac, see them safely into the cargo area of the airport, watch them loaded on a truck and then ride with the truck across the country to California. He can’t let them out of his sight, because “They might stand in the rain at the airport, or perhaps the hot sun,” says Davies.

He’s thinking of how he will exhibit the paintings. He will build a small room within the Farris Gallery, so that if you stand.

in the center, you will never be more than 14 feet from a painting. They will hang on eight walls, with the final painting inspired by Velásquez on a ninth wall just through the door. Two auxiliary works, gathered for the show, will complete the offering.

“And how do you imagine people will react to them?” I ask.

“That remains to be seen. If they see them as you do, without knowing the history and the value, they won’t like them. If they see them as I do...” His voice trails off.

There will be a video to introduce the painter to the audience, as well as an on-line presentation, and there will be other educational functions. One is a gathering of curators—about 150—from around the country. People will talk, and the word will get out.

Once, in the fall of 1953, it was planned that all eight of Bacon’s papal paintings would be shown at the Durlacher Gallery in New York City, but only five portraits (numbers I, II, IV, V and VII) were included in the show. This exhibition in the United States was very well received, both critically and with sales, and the paintings were dispersed. Four are now ensconced in major public collections in the United States (the Museum of Modern Art, the Minneapolis Institute of Arts, the Hirshhorn Museum in Washington, D.C., and the Loeb Art Center at Vassar College). The remaining four are in private collections: one in the United States and three in Europe.

The present exhibition, on view only in San Diego through March 28, brings this series together for the very first time since they were painted by Bacon in 1953. It has been endorsed by a major grant from AT&T, a California Challenge Grant from the California Arts Council and a Federal Indemnity Grant from the National Council on the Arts & Humanities, and has received support from the British Council in London.

Go see them. Take along Davies’ book, so that you may know the history of the artist (1909-92). And with luck, your own introduction to the meaning of violence will improve with the experience.

 

 

 Art: Private View

 

Francis Bacon, Tate Gallery, London SW1

 

JAMES HALL | CULTURE | THE INDEPENDENT | SATURDAY 13 FEBRUARY 1999

 

Francis Bacon may have been the leading light of the so-called School of London, but he always stood out from his fellow figurative painters thanks to his disdain for drawing. Whereas Auerbach, Freud, Kitaj and Kossoff had an almost religious devotion to pencil and paper, Bacon, who was self-taught, gave the impression that he always charged up to a bare canvas and chucked paint on with alcohol-fuelled abandon.

But in 1996, four years after Bacon's death, it was discovered that he had been economical with the truth. The enfant terrible had, in fact, made preparatory drawings throughout his career, and some had been given to the writer Stephen Spender, and to another friend of the artist. More than 40 of these sketches - made in pencil, ballpoint pen, gouache and oil paint - have now been acquired by the Tate, and will be shown alongside their collection of paintings by the artist. It will be a revelatory show all right, but disappointing, too: it surely can't be long before we're told he was teetotal, celibate and a fan of the Queen Mum, too.
 

Francis Bacon, Tate Gallery, Millbank, London SW1 (0171-887 8000) to 2 May

 

 

 

Art world torn over Bacon's sketches

 

 

LOUISE JURY | NEWS | THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | SUNDAY 14 FEBRUARY 1999

 

ONE OF the closest friends of Francis Bacon has become embroiled in an extraordinary feud with the lawyers acting for the artist's estate. They have begun legal action, demanding that he hand over a collection of 500 drawings given to him when he and the painter were neighbours.

The lawyers claim that the artist would have wanted them destroyed because he always denied making such preparatory sketches, and that the neighbour, Barry Joule, was "in blatant breach of Bacon's trust" by preserving them.

Despite the criticisms made of him, the row lends support to Mr Joule's claim that the works are by Bacon. Last year the Tate Gallery in London refused to display the collection, rejecting its authenticity. David Sylvester, a leading Bacon expert and Tate adviser, disputed its provenance.

John Edwards, Bacon's former companion, inherited the bulk of the estate. Mr Joule, Bacon's neighbour for many years until the artist's death in 1992, believed the works were given to him as a present.

"Francis was always very categoric. If he wanted something destroyed, he was very straightforward about it. Over the years I destroyed many paintings for him that he didn't want kept." But on this occasion, Bacon said: "You know what to do with it." Mr Joule said he had understood that the works were his to do what he wanted with them. He added: "If they claim that it was Francis's wishes to destroy them, are they going to destroy them? Certain scholars are saying it's a very important archive."

Legal action permitting, the Irish Museum of Modern Art in Dublin intends to show parts of Barry Joule's collection in an exhibition early next yea

The estate's lawyers, solicitors Payne Hicks Beach, last week refused to discuss the claim on the material. Tony Shafrazi, the owner of the New York gallery now handling Bacon's works, did not return calls

David Sylvester has said that many of the pages must have come from Bacon's studio because they included personal photos and material others could not have possessed. But he added: "I am among those who cannot see Bacon's hand in the rather banal brushstrokes and scratchings on these pages."

Yet Mr Joule believes his archive is as significant as the nearly 40 works bought by the Tate for a rumoured six-figure sum last year which go on display at the gallery this week.

He has his supporters. David Lee, the editor of Art Review magazine, said: "The interesting thing about the show coming up at the Tate is the opportunity it will present to compare the works they paid a lot of money for with the ones they rejected.

Both the Tate and Joule collections contain sketches which appear to relate to known paintings. This raises the prospect that Bacon deliberately misled biographers and interviewers by denying that he ever sketched for his large post-war oil paintings

The first many people knew of any sketches was when four owned by the poet Sir Stephen Spender were shown at an exhibition in Paris in 1996. They, too, are to be shown in the Tate show.

But Dr Matthew Gale, curator of the exhibition, said: "When people asked Bacon in a direct way, he simply said he didn't make drawings or sketches."

The Tate's works were bought last year from Paul Danquah and Peter Pollock, friends of the artist in the 1950s and 1960s. The sketches seem to have been done quickly and show figures crawling, crouching and reclining. Dr Gale said it was unclear whether they were preparatory drawings for the giant oils or sketches carried out afterwards as a route to creating new works.

What seemed certain was that Bacon's post-war works were more carefully planned than had previously been thought.

Also acquired by the Tate were photographs and a book in which Bacon wrote lists apparently of potential subjects.

Dr Gale said: "That gives the impression to me, at least, that he is looking at his old paintings and thinking of reworking them for new paintings.

An art expert, who did not wish to be named, said the Joule material appeared very "puzzling and disturbing" and different from the Tate works. "All I would say (about the Joule archive) is it really does deserve significant inquiry rather than dismissal.

One of the possibilities to be explored, the expert said, was whether Bacon might have encouraged one of his lovers to experiment on art with him.

 

 

 

Bacon Is the Star of Yale Reopening

 

 

By WILLIAM ZIMMER | ART | THE NEW YORK TIMES | SUNDAY, 28 FEBRUARY, 1999


 

IF the structural changes made to the Yale Center for British Art's building in New Haven are almost imperceptible to visitors, it's clear that the three exhibitions in the gallery's reopening after a year of construction and repairs give the place a dynamism that shouts its comeback.

The shows have an obvious common thread; they are devoted to three major British artists of the 20th century whose art was once controversial: Francis Bacon, Lucien Freud and Henry Moore. The Bacon exhibition is drawing the most comment and rightfully so. It is a splashy retrospective containing about 70 paintings.

But the earliest, from 1933, is a small Crucifixion whose bony figure derived from Surrealism presages Bacon's patented distortion of the human body. Bacon (1909-1992) evidently found his potent idiom early, and progressed by stuffing it with more raw, tortured energy. What might be called early surrogates for familiar human figures include not only the Sphinx but also animals, especially a baboon given a remarkably evanescent silvery fur coat.

The 1952 painting of the baboon is called a study, yet it measures 78 inches by 54 inches. The expansive size of postwar American paintings is often remarked on, but Bacon more than holds his own on any scale of expansive. The public's fascination with the writhing and contortion of Bacon's figures might have obscured the realization of his brilliance as a colorist

The plight of his figures is made all the more harsh when played out against backgrounds often tropically hedonistic. Bacon's sense of theater has always been recognized; his characters are often confined to what seem like cramped, dimly lit stages, or circus arenas — and sometimes barred windows are indicated.

In addition to illuminating the anxiety of modern life, or perhaps to intensify it, Bacon occasionally savaged art history masterpieces, the most famous being variations on Velasquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X. Bacon's pope is an angry prisoner of his office. Van Gogh is evoked twice in the exhibition; his wistful idealism is offset by the climate in which Bacon places him, largely indicated through an intense red and green.

In 1982 Bacon painted ''Oedipus and the Sphinx after Ingres,'' which he heats up through a shocking pink background. Oedipus's foot, injured when he was a child, is still bandaged and bleeding in Bacon but the painting contains an annoying device: Bacon tended to indicate significant parts of a painting by either putting a circle around them or pointing at them with an arrow. But Bacon mastered the multi-panel mode, which he began to explore in the 1960'S.

Sometimes he does triple the intensity. An early portrait triptych, ''Three Studies for a Portrait of George Dyer (On Light Ground),'' features his longtime partner and illustrates Bacon's peculiar brand of distortion. He smears paint to get a Picasso-like look, and Dyer looks like he's been subjected to something more than an analytical faceting of form; he looks as if he's been beaten up. To some extent most of Bacon's figures share this sensation of a pummeling.

Doing what made him a singular painter seems to have come easy for Bacon in the 80's. Paint isn't used in such a bravura way, and his tormented expressions seem to have acquired ball bearings.

Lucien Freud, who was born in 1922, is sometimes seen as a successor to Bacon because his figure paintings are exaggeratedly fleshy. But his more decorous etchings — 42 from the collection of Paine Webber having the bad luck to share a floor with part of the Bacon show — have a different emphasis. Freud's line is firm, and the figures, even the grosser ones, seem solid and oddly alike. About the only variety in the show is a thistle, masterfully rendered, and a small tattoo on a woman's arm

It's not so much the similarity of the figures that goads a viewer to hurry through the show, but the fact that most of the figures loll about. An alert self-portrait is a rare exception to the general soporific mood.

It's tempting to say that, in the explosion of art, Henry Moore is relegated to the entrance lobby. But that space is advantageous because its dimensions allows viewers to circumnavigate the sculptures, and if any sculpture needs to be seen in the round, it is Moore's.

The show, which marks the artist's centenary, is titled, ''Henry Moore and the Heroic.'' A couple of the most compelling pieces reflect this: they evoke soldiers of ancient Greece who have fallen in battle. Representing the bronze age, they are made of bronze with a green patina. A related work is ''Helmet Head, No. 3'' from the center's collection; a head with vigilant eyes lurks out through an opening in the front of the shell.

But another strong theme, peace, is the counterpart of war. The exhibition is especially strong in family groupings, including tender Mary Cassatt-like mothers and children. In other hands such sculptures would be sappy, but the heroism attributed to Moore affects these works, too.

The exhibitions of works by Francis Bacon, Lucien Freud and Henry Moore remain at the Yale Center for British Art in New Haven through March 21.

 

 

 

Court Cuts Gallery's Ties To Francis Bacon Estate

 

 

By WARREN HOGE | THE ARTS | THE NEW YORK TIMES | TUESDAY, MARCH 23, 1999

 

LONDON, March 22 - Marlborough Fine Art, the gallery that handled the artistic management of the British painter Francis Bacon for virtually his entire career, has had all association with his estate ended by England's High Court.

In a decision that has gone unreported until now, Justice David Edmund Neuberger ruled in late December that an executor of the multimillion-dollar estate who was a director of the gallery should be removed and replaced by a new independent representative.

The new trustee is Brian Clarke, 45, a well-known British architectural artist who was a friend of Bacon and of John Edwards, 49, the painter's closest friend, to whom Bacon willed his entire estate. Bacon, widely accepted as the greatest British painter of his generation, died of a heart attack at the age of 82 in 1992.

Mr. Clarke had been responsible for shifting the representation of Bacon's works from Marlborough to Faggionato Fine Arts in London and the Tony Shafrazi Gallery in New York, an arrangement that drew sudden attention last October when the Shafrazi Gallery mounted a show of 17 previously unseen Bacon paintings and photographs of his famously cluttered London studio. Marlborough's loss of the prestigious Bacon account and the reasons behind it became a subject of curiosity and speculation among contemporary art experts in London and New York.

Mr. Clarke would say only that lawyers looking into the administration of the estate had found "certain anomalies" in actions by Marlborough that compelled them to take their court action.

They had become alert to possible problems when, on making their first inquiries to Marlborough London, Bacon's gallery since 1958, they were told that the Bacon paintings were being handled not in London but by Marlborough Liechtenstein.

The explanation set off alarms since the Liechtenstein office had been central to a scandal in New York in the 1970's over the estate of the American painter Mark Rothko that led to the ousting of executors; heavy fines against Marlborough; the conviction of its head, Frank Lloyd, for tampering with evidence and the end of its membership in the Art Dealers Association of America.

Liechtenstein is also known as a place that affords corporations high levels of secrecy and protection against demands for disclosure.

The Rothko case exposed sinister inner workings in the supposedly genteel art world and cost Marlborough its pre-eminence in contemporary art. Among other abuses, Marlborough was found to have sold paintings to favored clients at less than market value and to have collected inflated commission.

Lawyers for the Bacon estate are busy in four European countries and the United States tracking assets that the estate believes should go to Mr. Edwards. "They are currently putting together a case that may at some point in the near future come to court," Mr. Clarke said.

His whole purpose, Mr. Clarke said, was to "get John everything that Francis left him."

The principal lawyer for the estate, John L. Eastman of New York, said in a telephone interview from St. Barts that "the defining question for the estate is what is there beyond what we already have." The argument presented to Justice Neuberger for the removal of Valerie Beston, a director of Marlborough London, was that entrusting fiduciary responsibility to an official associated with the gallery whose actions were being examined by the estate presented a conflict of interest.

Neither Mr. Clarke nor Mr. Eastman would specify what activities of Ms. Beston's or the gallery's they had questioned.

Geoffrey Parton, a director of Marlborough London, said the gallery would not discuss any aspect of the Bacon estate. Mr. Parton said "no comment" six times during a brief telephone conversation on Monday, including to questions about whether Ms. Beston had been a Bacon trustee or was a director of the gallery. Court documents confirm that she was both.

There were originally two other trustees of the Bacon estate, Gilbert de Botton, a financier well known in art collecting circles who was a former director of Marlborough Zurich, and Dr. Paul Brass, Bacon's personal physician. Mr. de Botton never took up his commission, and Dr. Brass was replaced in the same Dec. 18 action that removed Ms. Beston. Dr. Brass, Mr. Clarke said, had acted "impeccably" but was simply overwhelmed by the size and complexity of the task.

Mr. Clarke and Mr. Eastman both resisted putting any value on the overall Bacon holdings. Individual paintings have fetched up to $6 million, prompting outsiders to estimate the worth of the whole estate at more than $100 million

The estate has paid its taxes and does not need to raise any money with sales of major works. "We may sell a number of pictures as time goes on, but we have no plans for any kind of big sale," Mr. Clarke said. "Not even a small sale, for that matter," he added

Bacon's friends have found that the painter was even more prolific than they had known.

"Even though everybody thought that they'd been through the studio with a fine-tooth comb, we found a number of paintings dating from the 50's," Mr. Clarke said. "Since Francis died, I had been in his studio probably a hundred, a hundred and fifty times, and I had missed them. John Edwards had missed them."

The studio where Bacon worked for the last 30 years of his life was a giddy jumble of half-finished canvases, books, rags, drawings, notes, twisted paint tubes, encrusted brushes and broken furniture with bare bulbs dangling from the ceiling and smears of paint on the doors and walls. It occupied two rooms of a South Kensington mews house and is being disassembled, measured, catalogued and documented for reconstruction in Dublin, where Bacon was born and spent the first 16 years of his life.

It will be reassembled in the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art for public show beginning in 2001. The dismantling has been done in archeological fashion, with highly detailed and enumerated placement charts so that the creative chaos that Bacon wrought in London can be precisely recreated in Dublin.

More Bacon works emerged when Barry Joule, 44, a Canadian writer who was one of the painter's neighbors, came forth with 500 oil sketches, drawings, and worked-on photographs from 1945 to 1965 that Mr. Bacon had given him.

There have been reports in the British press of disputes and threatened legal action between the estate and Mr. Joule, but Mr. Clarke said that Mr. Joule shared the estate's interest in abiding by the painter's wishes that Mr. Edwards receive everything.

He said that talks with him were "perfectly amicable." Mr. Joule agreed with that characterization, saying, "Things are being worked out in a friendly fashion."

Last year the Tate Gallery purchased 42 similar works on paper from the 1950's and 60's in gouache, oil paint, ink, ballpoint pen and pencil from Paul Danquah and Peter Pollock, friends of the artist, and the estate of Sir Stephen Spender. The works, compelling early visions of the twisted figures, blurred faces, screaming popes and butchered carcasses that were to become Bacon's signature repertory of postwar angst, are on display at the Tate until May 2.

Mr. Edwards, a reclusive and simple man currently living in Southeast Asia, was Bacon's closest friend for the last 16 years of his life. Born within the sounds of the bells of St. Mary-le-Bow Church in East London and therefore a genuine Cockney, Mr. Edwards never learned to read or write and maintained a relationship with Bacon that friends described as filial.

Mr. Clarke said he became involved four years ago when Mr. Edwards approached him perplexed about delays and problems in dealing with the estate. "He asked if I would help him to try to understand why the estate was not being wound up, and he asked me to become his power of attorney. I thought it would be a very short thing, but after a while I discovered that there were, let's say, certain anomalies, problems without the resolution of which the estate could not be wound up.

Mr. Clarke took on the assignment without the knowledge of the executors, and when he found the task more daunting than he had anticipated, he turned to Mr. Eastman, a lawyer with broad experience in the worlds of art and entertainment. Mr. Eastman's sister, Linda, the wife of Sir Paul McCartney, had been a friend and collaborator of Mr. Clarke's, and the photographs of Bacon's studio that were displayed in New York last fall were the last pictures she shot before her death last April.

While he declined to get into the details of his preoccupation over Marlborough's management of Bacon, Mr. Clarke explained why he thought the painter's estate required special attention.

"Francis Bacon was famously disinterested and uninterested in money," he said. "He lived the life of an essentially simple man in a tiny bed-sit that was heated when very cold by leaving the gas door open. He had a tiny kitchen that contained an open bath, and a room with a bed and a chest of drawers.

"He was the last great existentialist. If you are an art gallery representing such a man whose chief legatee can neither read nor write and hasn't even had his own lawyer until recent years, your fiduciary obligations are all the greater because such a man could be described as 'easy pickings.' "

 

 

 

Bacon: the rough guide

 

 

He always denied their existence. But do the drawings really dispel the myth of his paintings' spontaneity?

 

 

TOM LUBBOCK | CULTURE | THE INDEPENDENT | TUESDAY 2 MARCH 1999

 

Because something has been kept secret, needn't mean it holds a secret. Francis Bacon always said that he never drew, he only painted. But since his death in 1992 a lot of pictures have turned up that undermine this claim. Their value and status are still disputable and the smallish show at the Tate Gallery, Francis Bacon: Works on Paper, is, in some ways, premature. Still, the topic is obviously of note to anyone interested in Bacon, and this glimpse is worth catching. What sort of revelation it offers is another matter,

The drawings at the Tate are dated to about 1957-61. A good moment: Bacon was about 50 years old and - a late beginner - on the brink of what is now seen as his mature style. There are pencil sketches on paper, and oil-paint sketches on paper, and Biro sketches on paper. There are also a couple of examples of his drawings over photographs, where Bacon has taken a photo-reproduction from a book or a magazine and worked over it in paint, sometimes completely obliterating it, sometimes altering it only slightly.

Now, there's nothing here that could be called a finished drawing. Almost all of them are figure studies, quite loose sketches, generally involved with working out some body pose or - if that sounds too anatomically correct - some body shape. Some of them can be related, and quite closely, to paintings; some not. And though it would be presumptuous to say that they're just what you would expect Bacon's drawings to look like, I don't think anyone seeing them will get a big surprise, or say "wow, so that's how he drew".

No. They figure. And as for the altered photos - well, they're interesting, because they show Bacon disrupting an existing image, and in his paintings he's often disrupting his own images - but they're almost not news. We know from photos of his studio and his interview with David Sylvester that he worked from, and among, torn-out and trampled-on photos - Eisenstein film stills, Muybridge motion studies, fine-art reproductions, natural history shots. The fact that he worked on them, too, doesn't seem such a big difference.

I don't say these drawings lack value or enlightenment. They're often graceful in the way that Bacon himself was graceful. They stress the cartoony side of his art, which is always worth stressing. But I do say: if we'd known them all along, I don't think we'd now give them a lot of attention. And if you're looking for revelations, you have to see them in quite another way.

You may remember a TV programme on Channel 4 last year about a large haul of these drawings-over-photos, in the possession of a friend of the artist. They're not in this show. But these, it was said, the Tate had at one point taken an interest in - they were offered without charge, apparently - but then the gallery got cold feet, and the affair was made to sound mysterious and conspiratorial, as if the Tate wanted to hush up the very existence of these pictures.

The problem, I gather, is that another, non-Bacon hand had been detected in the pictures, and that made them dodgy. But now it's thought possible that this other hand belonged to Bacon's boyfriend of the time, and that the drawings aren't so much inauthentic as collaborative. Whatever value that might give them, it seems likely that many visitors will have seen the programme, and could do with more information here. All we get is a tiny mention in the catalogue - "substantial quantities of comparable material have recently been attributed to the artist" - a briskness that suggests the issue remains tricky.

The TV programme, of course, and others, too, have gone on to suggest that the existence of any Bacon drawings is more than tricky, it's damned awkward. It wasn't just that the old dog had been caught telling lies. No one could be surprised or shocked by that, as such. And it's not that Bacon mightn't have had good reasons for keeping his drawings quiet. As David Sylvester says in his preface, he probably didn't think they were much good in themselves, and he didn't want to encourage an irrelevant interest in his creative process, as opposed to his painting.

Fine. But he may have had bad reasons, too. And what's suggested is that discovery of these drawings touches his paintings very damagingly. By denying them, Bacon was really trying to deny the fact that he had a creative process at all. For didn't he always claim to work in an entirely unplanned and quasi-random manner? And doesn't the power of his art involve a sense of this spontaneity? But these studies and try-outs sink that story - and expose the painting as a kind of con. That's the dreadful secret they reveal.

Not quite. But it is a slightly difficult issue. I think the right answer goes like this. The above line of thought is quite wrong; the existence of the drawings damages the painting not at all. But on the other hand, Bacon himself probably believed something rather like that, and it was a reason for him to deny his drawings. After all, the Bacon myth, partly self-constructed, tends to picture the artist as fighting drunk, flinging himself and several pots of paint at the canvas. There follows a great Andy Capp-style dust-up, a cloud of energy with hands, brushes, rags, and sponges flying everywhere. At the end of it all, things settle, and there on the canvas is the image - the skid-mark of the impact, so to speak.

What I'm getting at is that Bacon did half-want to elide the act of painting. There are all those vivid and memorable phrases in the interviews with Sylvester - about making images straight off his nervous system, or leaving a trail like a snail leaves its slime, or making images that didn't look as though they'd been interfered with. They don't all say the same thing, but the general idea is of images that emanate, materialise, just happen - sort of splurge themselves out of him.

And the thing is, you can half-believe it, too. Bacon's images do have paint skid-mark aspects, and the bodies he depicts have lost their boundaries and they blend into those skid-marks; and then you can imaginatively transfer this feeling on to the painter's own body and its contact with the canvas. This, indeed, is the illusion the paintings often achieve. Bacon is careful to conceal any traces of too deliberated paint-work - and conceals them in the same spirit as he concealed his drawing.

But remember, it is an illusion, and he is careful. True, the paintings have randomly thrown splats of paint in them, and wild strokes, but they are incorporated very cunningly. This spontaneity is, unavoidably, a matter of work. And the existence of drawn studies should be no more of a revelation to us than the "revelation" that Bacon was an extremely skilful operator.

If you really wanted a posthumous revelation about Bacon's art, that would be its subject: Bacon's skills in operation, and operating in one particular area. For there's one notable omission from the Tate's drawings. There are body studies, but there are no head or face studies. I suppose half Bacon's fame rests on what he did to heads and faces. Who wouldn't like to see how that was done? So the revelation I'm imagining is a hitherto undiscovered reel of film, close up on the middle of a Bacon canvas, showing the artist doing his first strokes, his solid modelling of forms and then his blur-smears, dissolves and sudden fade-outs, his chancy, flung blots and splashes and his seamless blending of them into the image, his finishing touches. Bacon-wise, I can't think of a more valuable or curious document. There's almost certainly no such thing. But you never know.

'Francis Bacon: Works on Paper', Tate Gallery, Millbank, London SW1 (0171-887 8000). Daily to 2 May, admission free

 

 

 

Court cuts gallerys ties with Francis Bacon

 

 

By CATHERINE MILNER | ARTS CORRESPONDENT | NEWS | THE SUNDAY TELEGRAPH | SUNDAY, APRIL 4, 1999

 

MARLBOROUGH Fine Art, the gallery in London that represented the painter Francis Bacon for more than 30 years, has had its ties with the artist's estate severed by the High Court.

When he died in 1992, Francis Bacon left everything he had—an estate worth more than £61 million—to John Edwards, an illiterate recluse who was Bacon's friend for the last 16 years of his life.

At the end of last year responsibility for the artist's work was moved from Marlborough Fine Art to Faggionato Fine Arts London, and Tony Shafrazi in New York, after Mr Edwards detected what are described as "certain anomalies" in the way the account was being handled.

In a separate move, the High Court ordered the removal of all the trustees of the Bacon estate, including one who had also worked as one of the directors of the gallery, Valerie Beston.

Although it is unclear what the anomalies are, lawyers in four European countries and the US are said to be tracking assets that trustees believe "should go to Mr Edwards."

Power of attorney has gone to Brian Clarke, an architectural artist, who was a friend of both Bacon and Mr Edwards and is now the sole executor of the estate—replacing all the trustees including Dr Paul Brass, Bacon's doctor, and Gilbert de Botton, a financier.

Lawyers were alerted to possible anomalies by the disclosure that many of the Bacon paintings have been sold not in London but through another Marlborough Gallery outlet in Liechtenstein—a place favoured by a number of art dealers because it allows businesses to conduct their affairs in great secrecy.

Since Bacon died a number of works have come to light that were unknown when he was alive—hidden in his studio, or stored at the framer.

According to Mr Clarke, in an interview published this week in The Art Newspaper, his main intention is to ascertain the full extent of the estate, and "to get John everything Francis left him".

He said: "We have a group of lawyers working in several countries putting together a case that may, at some point in the near future, come to court.

"The will was straightforward: John Edwards gets everything, and it is now my job to make sure that that happens."

The fact that Mr Clarke has been interviewed in the art press has suggested to some that he is seeking information about the whereabouts of Bacon paintings that may not have been recorded.

"Even though everybody thought that they'd been through the studio with a fine tooth-comb, we found a number of paintings dating from the fifties." Mr Clarke is reported as saying.

Georgina Gibbs, a representative of the gallery, said yesterday that Marlborough Fine Art had "never knowingly retained or withheld any work that belonged to the estate. We have provided the information required about the archives. We don't know what they want.

"Because he sold works himself directly it was a lot harder to catalogue things—the Marlborough did not know the extent of the estate."

Although the exact value of the estate is difficult to ascertain, a single painting has exchanged hands for more than £3.7 million, and there are also large sums to be made from reproduction and copyright fees for postcards, books and films.

Richard Moyse, solicitor for Ms Beston, said that he "didn't know what the claim would be" and that all queries should be addressed to Marlborough Fine Art's solicitors, who did not comment. Acting on behalf of Mr Edwards is John Eastman, a New York-based lawyer and the brother of Linda McCartney.

"Whether we take Marlborough Fine Art to court will depend on how they respond." was all that Mr Eastman would say last week.

 

     Final friends: Francis Bacon, left, his sole heir John Edwards

 

 

 

Hugh Lane gallery profits from 'ghastly misunderstanding' over Bacon studio  

 

 

CULTURE | THE IRISH TIMES | SATURDAY, APRIL 10, 1999

 

Last September Mr John Edwards, the sole heir of the internationally-renowned artist Francis Bacon, donated the painter's studio to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery in Dublin. Yesterday he visited the gallery for the first time and met the Lord Mayor, Mr Joe Doyle, and the gallery director, Ms Barbara Dawson.

When it was announced last year, the donation was greeted as one of the most significant in the history of the State. Bacon, who was a wealthy man from the sale of his work, lived and worked in spartan conditions in Reece Mews in London.

His cramped studio was cluttered and untidy, its walls spattered with paint. It will be painstakingly reconstructed in the Hugh Lane Gallery exactly as he left it and opened to visitors in 2001.

Meanwhile, in June next year, the gallery will feature a major exhibition of his paintings, curated by the leading authority on his work, Mr David Sylvester.

Bacon died in 1992, and Mr Edwards was his closest friend for the last 16 years of his life. This is his first visit to Ireland, though there is a family link: his maternal grandmother, Rosie O'Shea, was born in Dublin.

A Cockney who never learned to read or write, he has been described as shy to the point of being reclusive. He was accompanied by the artist Brian Clarke, a friend of both his and Bacon's, who since late last year has been the sole executor of the Bacon estate.

"I think it's an extremely important event for Ireland," Mr Clarke said later. "And it's very appropriate. I'm convinced Francis would have loved it. After all, he was born here, and he said once that he couldn't come back until he was dead - the fuss would be too much."

Mr Clarke also said the estate was totally behind the Hugh Lane in carrying through the reconstruction of the studio and various related exhibits. "It's the intention of the estate that as much material as possible relating to Francis and his studio finds a home in the Hugh Lane."

But is it true that the studio was offered to the Tate Gallery in London before it was offered to the Hugh Lane?

It is extremely difficult to put a value on the estate, of which Mr Edwards is the sole beneficiary, partly because it is dependent on the art market and partly because its full extent is a matter for speculation. Previously unknown paintings and drawings have already come to light.

Last December the High Court in London dramatically removed the existing executors and appointed Mr Clarke as sole executor and "personal representative" of the estate. The court also severed the estate's links with Marlborough Fine Art, the gallery which represented Bacon for over 30 years.

In fact, since last April paintings from the estate had been handled by the Tony Shafrazi Gallery in New York and Faggionato Fine Arts in London.

These moves follow the appointment of Mr John Eastman as principal lawyer for the estate, and for Mr Edwards. Mr Eastman, a high-profile New York arts lawyer whose clients have included the painters Willem de Kooning and Robert Motherwell, is the brother of the late Linda McCartney. He and his associates are currently engaged in tracking assets of the estate in several countries.

Mr Clarke did not want to be drawn on the nature of the disagreement between the estate and Marlborough, though the revelation that Bacon's works were being handled by Marlborough Liechtenstein, and not by London, is said to have caused alarm. "I will say that, should the Bacon estate enter into any litigation, I confidently expect that it would be successful."

 

 


Francis Bacon

 

 

Tony Shafrazi Gallery, New York, USA

 

 

 

RONALD JONES | FRIEZE MAGAZINE | ISSUE 46 | MAY 1999

 

History gives and it takes away. The number of verified Rembrandts has diminished recently, while the importance of Francis Bacon has increased with the discovery of several paintings. When history ‘gives’ in this way, it creates the same sense of surprise as being given a second car. The inevitable historians are trotted out, glowing like proud new mothers. For this exhibition, Sam Hunter, David Sylvester and John Russell have written the exhibition catalogue. Discrimination from a special jurisdiction is required: that old time religion, connoisseurship, must be dusted off and put into service. Three questions are asked in quick succession: A. Are the pictures genuine? (beyond a doubt); B. What were the artist’s final intentions towards works of art that were not acquired from him during his lifetime? (the key question); C. What do they add to the oeuvre? (because they always add up to something).

The most engaging paintings from this ‘new vein’ are from the 50s and early 60s, a period when Bacon was known routinely to destroy canvases with which he wasn’t satisfied. Amongst this group are four relative spellbinders: Study for Nude FiguresStudy after VelázquezStudy After Velázquez II (all c.1950), and Pope and Chimpanzee (1962). All of these explore the howling subjects with which Bacon struggled - Existentialism, Abstract Expressionism and the primal drama of a world newly acquainted with the Bomb. The Velázquez studies and the Pope/chimp canvas in particular elaborate on a theme that especially preoccupied Bacon: the obliteration of faith by instinct.

The painting of Innocent X’s screaming face, (Study After Velázquez II) flickering between the grey ribbons cascading all around him (which better recalls Titian’s Portrait of Archbishop Filippo Archinto, 1561-62), broadcasts unbridled terror. But whereas Velázquez so perfectly depicted Innocent’s hands at ease on the arms of his magnificent throne, Bacon presents them like the white-knuckled hands of the condemned prisoner in the electric chair whose Christian serenity has seized up at the instant of the switch, unsure of what is poised to take over. It’s an awful truth that faith is always vulnerable. In Pope and Chimpanzee, feral instinct is hurled toward the personification of Catholic faith. The clinging savage viciously grapples with an inert papal body crowned by a holy, repulsive, mangled face: faith made mush.

These pictures are undoubtedly part of Bacon’s oeuvre, but what part? Where will they finally find their place in the language of Bacon? One of them, Study after Velázquez II (1950) was assumed destroyed. And now, either through oversight or Bacon’s revised artistic insight, it is here with us and he is not. Is it useful and appropriate to ask if this discovery causes any revision of our appreciation and understanding of Bacon. I think not; these paintings don’t add up to enough to justify a revision - they’re not as substantial as those that formed our judgements of Francis Bacon so many years ago. It is clear that the new Study After Velázquez (1950) is not as realised or even rectified as Study After Velázquez’s Portrait of Pope Innocent X made just three years later, and that Figure in Frame (1950) adds little to our understanding of Dog (1952). In the final analysis, if there are breaches in the oeuvre, these pictures do nothing to illuminate them.

 

 

High Life, Grim Work

 

HILARIE M. SHEETS | BOOKS IN BRIEF | THE NEW YORK TIMES BOOKS REVIEW | SUNDAY, AUGUST 22, 1999

 

''In a painting that's even worth looking at, the image must be twisted if it is to make a renewed assault upon the nervous system,'' Francis Bacon (1909-92) once quipped, hinting at the core of his brutal, visceral, distorted portraits of man and beast and shrieking popes. His friend and biographer Michael Peppiatt and two art historians, Dennis Farr and Sally Yard, build a revelatory composite portrait in FRANCIS BACON: A Retrospective (Abrams/ Trust for Museum Exhibitions, $65).

Yard's cogent essay gives essential biographical information: Bacon was thrown out of his home at the age of 16 by his father after being caught in his mother's underwear, and thereafter moved peripatetically among the homosexual underworlds in Berlin, Paris and London, where he finally settled. He was a notorious high liver and an atheist who found in subjects like the Crucifixion a way to convey man's butchery. Farr points out that Bacon, who was assigned to clear corpses from bombed houses during World War II, had plenty of ready-made examples for his Crucifixion studies. He also underscores how fiercely Bacon controlled his images, destroying any he thought unsatisfactory and forbidding written commentary on specific paintings (Farr provides such analysis here, with each color plate).

In rousingly animated prose, Peppiatt recounts how Bacon was able ''to transmute paralyzing amounts of drink into creative energy,'' rising at 6 each morning to grapple with his canvases while his companions (including Peppiatt) were incapacitated. And while Bacon excoriated religion, Peppiatt trenchantly observes his near-religious fervor about painting, belying nihilistic statements Bacon was prone to make like: ''I have nothing to express.'' Hilarie M. Sheets

 

 

  

                                                                              "Three Studies for a Portrait of Peter Beard," by Francis Bacon (1975).


 

 

Francis Bacon’s Modernism

 

 

ANDREW BRIGHTON | CRITICAL QUARTERLY | VOLUME 42, ISSUE 1 | APRIL 2000

 

In the summer of 1950 the American art critic Sam Hunter visited Francis Bacon's studio. In the seeming chaos, Hunter found newspaper clippings, magazine illustrations and reproductions torn from books. He assembled and photographed them. They included photographs of Himmler and Goebbels, street fighting in Petrograd in 1917, a hippopotamus from Stalking Big Game with a Camera in Equatorial Africa, stills from A History of British Films 18961906 and a reproduction of Grünewald's Christ Carrying the Cross. All these images were sources for Bacon's paintings. There was one image never used in his paintings; it was a photograph of Charles Baudelaire by Nadar.

1

Francis Bacon had his first one-person exhibition in 1949. Lawrence Gowing described its impact on painters.

It was an outrage. A disloyalty to the existential principle, a mimic capitulation to tradition, a profane pietism, like inverted intellectual snobbery, a surrender also to tonal painting, which earnestly progressive painters have never forgiven. It was everything unpardonable. The paradoxical appearance at once of pastiche and of iconoclasm was indeed one of Bacon's most original strokes.

Artists are the most virulent critics of art that transgresses current aesthetic mores. As Leo Steinberg pointed out in his essay 'Contemporary Art and the Plight of its Public', they have more invested in how things are or should be in art than anyone else. The investment is in both the assumptions that prompt their work and in the particular knowledge and skills deployed in its production. In other words, to ask why one artist offended others requires a reply that shows contesting convictions and cultural capital. In Sam Hunter's photograph we see sources for Bacon's knowledge and skills; in the photograph of the author of Les Fleurs du Mal and Intimate Journals we glimpse a source of his conviction.

The painterly intelligence and courage of Francis Bacon's paintings of the late forties and up to the mid 1950s lie in Bacon's use of his own ineptitude and his limited painterly virtuosity. He recognises the affective power of the pictorial transgressions in his stumbling facture of conventional form and space. He exploits the seductive plasticity of silver grey to black, that sense of form made by laying lighter tones onto dark. This is intelligent because of the acuity of his attention to what he is doing. It is courageous because the whole enterprise is entirely reliant on his ability to find something in the paintings that saved them from looking like the work of an under-trained painter working from photographs. That was what he was. Francis Bacon was rare amongst artists with major reputations. He did not attend art school. The many paintings he destroyed were the paintings that gave him away.

2

Michael Polanyi argues in Personal Knowledge: Towards a Post-Critical Philosophy that skill is the deployment of tacit knowledge. It is by imitation and repetition that skill is acquired. It is not grasped, as, for instance, is mathematics, by learning the principles for practice. Riding a bike or swimming are instances of tacit knowledge. If I say I know how to ride a bike, it does not mean I can tell you the physics of bike riding. I can show you how to ride a bike but it would be very difficult to tell you how. The activity of painting deploys the accumulation of skills that comes from imitation and practice. How a painter acquires and develops their skills is obviously a fundamental determinant of their work.

Up to the latter half of the nineteenth century, training for painters would begin with drawing classical statuary. By this method the fundamental gestalt, the way of structuring how one constituted an image, was indebted to and embedded in classical models of posture, gesture, expression and anatomy. Increasingly by the end of the nineteenth century art students were taken straight to nature and the life room to draw from the nude model. Copying was a denial of progress and truth. Ruskin's Christian realism haunted the English art school pedagogy right through to the 1960s. Art as the grasping of God's order in nature was re-jargonated as 'the structure of form'. There was a moral rectitude; a notion of honesty, in delineating appearance with accuracy.

Bacon learnt to draw and paint from photography, not just from photographic images of people and things but from photographic reproductions of paintings. Sam Hunter's photograph gives us the tip of an iceberg. Bacon's pictorial sources traversed mediums and traditions. From medical textbooks on diseases of the mouth and positions in radiography to Michelangelo drawings, from Degas pastels and paintings to Muybridge photographs of bodies in movement to Rembrandt's paintings, reproductions of Velazquez's, and photographs he commissioned of lovers and friends. His knowledge of his most single important source in twentieth-century art, Picasso's biomorphic work in the late 1920s and early 1930s, must have been heavily dependent on reproductions.

For the traditionalist figurative painter of Bacon's generation, light and dark and the movement of brush marks are there to articulate the linear location of form, to give a sense of a volume in a space established by line. They paint as if photography had never happened. Photographs are mere mechanical indexes of light and dark upon a surface and lack, if I remember my art school's teachers well, structural understanding. Bacon's portraits of the early fifties take this superficiality to an extreme; they are like direct imprints of the head upon the canvas, something like the Turin Shroud.

Bacon escaped a way of painting that had its roots in delineation of the inert human body. He worked by synthesis of images, memory and observation rather than the linear analysis of appearance. In this sense Bacon's methods were closer to the academic model than to the realist pedagogy of twentieth-century art schools. But his gestalt, his way of structuring images, was embedded in lens-derived images. The most important feature, because it runs right through his work, is that it is built upon the depiction of bodies in motion. There are many gestures, postures, facial expressions, and bodily movements in Bacon's work that are rare or unknown in the work of other painters, even those who use photography. It is as if the draughtsmanship of the conventionally trained painter carries within it a search for the immobile body and the limited vocabulary of positions and expressions that a model can hold for extended periods of time.

Bacon was to develop as primarily a tonal painter up to the mid 1950s. He painted directly onto raw brown canvas. Since the Impressionists, most artists have painted onto smooth white primed canvas. It maximises the vivacity of hue but can deprive dark tones of depth. The brown of the canvas supplied Bacon with a mid-toned ground. Up to the Impressionists, most painters worked on canvases primed in a mid-tone. It gave the key tone against which dark and light tones were disposed. Bacon painted, in other words, in this respect as if Impressionism had never happened.

3

Bacon was then a pictorial reactionary. Recognition of this was not limited to London progressive artists in the late 1940s reported by Lawrence Gowing. Clement Greenberg was the most influential critic of Bacon's generation; they were born in the same year, 1909. Greenberg's formal analysis was derived from the technical tradition of Matisse brought to America by the painter and teacher Hans Hoffman. In Greenberg's argument the common characteristic of the most compelling modern art is that it addresses the aesthetic sensations particular to its physical medium. Modernist painting expels all that is merely habitually expected of art. In Greenberg's terms, Bacon was not a Modernist. Bacon, he observed, was attempting to make art in a redundant grand manner. In a 1968 interview Greenberg said:

I go for his things at the same time that I see through and around them. It's as though I can watch him putting his pictures together . . . I behold the cheapest, coarsest, least felt application of paint matter I can visualize, along with the most transparent, up-to-date devices . . . Bacon is the one example in our time of inspired safe taste taste that's inspired in the way in which it searches out the most up-to-date of your `rehearsed responses.' Some day, if I live long enough, I'll look back on Bacon's art as a precious curiosity of our period.

While Greenberg does not argue aesthetic progress, he does argue the progress of aesthetics. Science-like, modern criticism has refuted the ground of past aesthetic judgements even though the judgements of what was of value were often right. But there is a historically contingent imperative to authentic modern art. Modernist sensibility arises out of the character of modern thought, out of its ever stricter and narrower requirement for 'the empirical and the positive'. The unity of the picture plane, that is the unity of optical presentation of the painting's material reality, as a flat surface was the essential characteristic of Modernist Painting. It acts within a scepticism towards metaphysics, towards all claims to factuality, authority or meaning not based upon reason or evidence.

Greenberg's Modernism is a historicist account of modern art's development. The pictorial devices recognised in his teleology connote hope in modernity: the Impressionists' dissolving of weight and abolition of tonal modelling, the declared materiality and shallow pictorial space of Synthetic Cubism and the visual purity and non-figured paintings of Mondrian. These painters painted onto white primed canvas. Bacon painted into his mid-toned canvases to evoke weight, darkness, depth and the human form.

Bacon's paintings were informed by and articulate a different kind of Modernism. His sources of conviction were more indebted to Modernist literature than art. 'The ontological view governing the image of man in the work of leading Modernist writers', wrote Georg Lukacs in his book The Meaning of Contemporary Realism, is that 'man is by nature solitary, asocial, unable to enter into relationships with other human beings'. Lukacs's book includes discussion of Franz Kafka, James Joyce, Marcel Proust and Samuel Beckett and makes reference to T. S. Eliot; all authors whom Bacon read, Eliot being of particular importance. The majority of Bacon's paintings depict single figures often in the fractured perspective of a linear space frame. The figures are isolated painterly incidents within flat planes. When there are more figures in the same canvas, they are not integrated into the same pictorial space, they are separate energised islands. There are exceptions the most frequent are figures merged in the act of buggery. In energetic coupling, they do make an incident of shared space. For Bacon, the ahistorical body in extremis is the essential brutal fact left by the death of metaphysics. His idea of the 'empirical and the positive' was untouched by the overviews of progressive historicism.

4

The artists' reaction to the 1949 exhibition reported by Gowing was not universal. Wyndham Lewis, 'that lonely old volcano of the Right' as George Orwell called him, was eking out his income by writing art reviews for the Listener. The totality of his work constitutes the single most important and serious confrontation with modernity by any British artist in the first half of the century. The same claim can be made for Bacon's work in the second half.

Lewis wrote:

Of the younger artists none actually paints as beautifully as Francis Bacon. I have seen paintings of his that remind me of Velasquez and like that master he is fond of blacks. Liquid whitish accents are delicately dropped upon the sable ground, like blobs of mucus or else there is the cold white glitter of an eyeball, or of an eye distended with despairing insult behind a shouting mouth, distended also to hurl insults. Otherwise it is a baleful regard from the mask of a decaying clubman or business executive so decayed that usually part of the head is rotting away into space. But black is his pictorial element.

Lewis in an earlier article had described Bacon's paintings in taking a swipe at Sir Alfred Munnings and the Royal Academy. He concluded, 'there are, after all, more things in heaven and earth than shiny horses or juicy satins. There are the fleurs du mal for instance.'

References

Lawrence Gowing, 'Francis Bacon', National Museum of Modern Art, Francis Bacon: Paintings 19451982 (Tokyo, 1983), 21.

Leo SteinberG, Contemporary Art and the Plight of Its Public, Other Criteria: Confrontations with Twentieth-Century Art (London, Oxford, New York, 1972).

Clement Greenberg, '1968: Interview Conducted by Edward Lucie-Smith', in Clement Greenberg, The Collected Essays and Criticism, volume 4, Modernism with a Vengeance, 19571969, ed. John O'Brian (Chicago and London, 1993), 278.

Georg Lukacs, 'The Ideology of Modernism', The Meaning of Contemporary Realism, trans. J. and N. Mander (London, 1963), 20.

Wyndham Lewis, 'Round the Galleries: Francis Bacon', Wyndham Lewis on Art: Collected Writings 19131956, ed. Walter Michel and C. J. Fox (London, 1969), 393±4.

 

 

 

Hunt for ‘missing’ works of Francis Bacon

 

 

CAL McCRYSTAL | THE INDEPENDENT ON SUNDAY | MARCH 12, 2000

 

THE DEATH of Francis Bacon, arguably Britain's most distinguished 20th-century artist, is proving as controversial as his life. As art experts struggle to sort out and catalogue the cluttered contents of his London studio, lawyers are investigating the whereabouts of Bacon paintings claimed by his estate and willed in their entirety to John Edwards, Bacon's loyal friend for the 16 years preceding the artist's death in 1992.

The first effort has involved a team of archaeologists and conservators painstakingly excavating the jumble of the small, spartan South Kensington flat where Bacon lived and worked. The contents, along with the paint-streaked internal walls, have been shipped off to the artist's native Dublin where they have been meticulously reassembled for exhibition in November at the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art - a donation from Mr Edwards. (Some of this material can be seen exclusively in our Culture section.)

But the legal spur to discovery is equally intriguing. It concerns the London gallery which had handled the artistic management of the painter for virtually his whole career - an association which the High Court terminated more than a year ago. Mr Justice David Edmund Neuberger ruled that all the executors of Bacon's multi-million-pound estate should be removed and replaced by Brian Clarke, the well- known British architectural artist who was a friend of Bacon and of John Edwards.

Since then the effort to ensure that Mr Edwards, now 50 and living in south-east Asia, receives his inheritance has become a legal wrangle of immeasurable proportions, involving the gallery which represented Bacon for most of his working life: Marlborough Fine Art in London, and a Marlborough company in Lichtenstein. Marlborough also has galleries in New York, Spain, Zurich and Tokyo. One of the deposed executors was Valerie Beston, also a director of MFA.

Just as the jumbled contents of Bacon's studio were colourfully spattered with daubs of paint, so the conflict and the background to it are liberally spangled with the names of celebrities, some of them deceased. Among them are Sir Paul McCartney, his late wife Linda and her brother, the New York arts lawyer John Eastman. (His clients have included Willem de Kooning, Josef Albers and Robert Motherwell.) Mr Clarke is a friend of Sir Paul's. Mr Eastman is Mr Clarke's American lawyer. Mr Clarke has asked Mr Eastman to take up the case.

Within the canvas, too, are the American abstract expressionist Mark Rothko who died in puzzling circumstances almost exactly 30 years ago; the 11th Duke of Beaufort, currently chairman of Marlborough; and some of the biggest names in the international art scene, including the former Marlborough boss - an unsavoury Viennese dealer who changed his name from Franz Kurt Levai to Francis Kenneth Lloyd and who died in 1998 with his reputation in shreds. The Queen herself is not left out of what is a confused and disturbing, picture.

Even the prestigious The Art Newspaper has difficulty interpreting it. Brian Clarke told that journal: "I knew Francis since the late 1970s - we were friends - but my long-term and great friendship has been with John Edwards. At John's request I have been given his power of attorney for a considerable time and then I agreed to help out with the estate."

As the estate's personal representative, appointed by the High Court, Mr Clarke has the necessary authority to administer and tie up the estate, and see that Mr Edwards - a chronic dyslexic who lived with Bacon but was not his lover - gets what is due to him. "I was assuming that it was a simple matter of resolving a number of outstanding issues and then the estate would be wound up," said Mr Clarke, "but before very much time had passed it was clear that it was a much more complicated affair than I had first realised." He found that the estate "is more extensive in terms of its holdings of paintings than has generally been assumed.

"Even though everybody thought that they had been through the studio with a fine-tooth comb, we found a number of paintings dating from the 1950s," continued Mr Clarke. "Since Francis died, I had been in his studio probably a hundred times, but I missed them, and John Edwards missed them. It was such chaos in there and one was very frightened of moving too much for fear of disturbing things."

It was then that an approach was made to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art in Dublin's Parnell Square. With Mr Clarke's approval, Mr Edwards donated the entire studio and contents to Bacon's native Dublin. "[The Hugh Lane gallery] came to disassemble it archaeologically," Mr Clarke said. "But when they dismantled this extraordinary thing, we found these paintings. It also turned out that there were one or two works in other places - paintings that the Marlborough Gallery never saw that came out of that studio that we didn't know existed; John Edwards didn't know they were there. It is undeniable that the body of work that is in the estate constitutes the greatest collection of Bacons in the world, and it contains some unequivocal masterpieces."

By the time the Dublin studio is open to the public in November, more may have surfaced from the second effort at finding the complete oeuvre. That investigation will almost certainly examine the role of Frank Lloyd who ran Marlborough Fine Art and its international network of galleries since the end of the Second World War. The son of Austrian antique dealers, he fled the Nazis and went to Paris, and thence to England where he and a fellow Austrian refugee opened the Marlborough Gallery in London. By 1950, Lloyd had gained (as he put it himself) "some class, some atmosphere" by appointing as a director David Somerset, later to become Duke of Beaufort.

Royalty and gossip columnists attended Lloyd by the score. The Queen came to one of his gallery benefit nights. Venture capital poured into Marlborough from rich jet-setters, among them Fiat's Gianni Agnelli, shipping magnates Ragnan Moltzau (Norway) and Onassis and Goulandris (Greece), the Brazilian publisher Assis Chateaubriand and the Rothschilds.

Lloyd told his salesmen: "If it sells, it's art." He later declared: "I collect money, not art." He offered artists advances, staggered payouts and shielded them from the tiresome facts of business. He signed up such giants as Mark Rothko, Henry Moore, Barbara Hepworth, Oskar Kokoschka, Ben Nicholson, Graham Sutherland and, of course, Francis Bacon.

The Rothko affair was to inflict enormous damage on Marlborough's reputation. A 1974 book, The Legacy of Mark Rothko, about the American artist's suicide four years earlier and the epic legal battle over his effects describes what occurred. According to a New York court petition by a daughter, Kate Rothko, her father's executors gave Marlborough "virtually absolute control of the market" for Rothko's paintings and "drastically limited the supply of money available" to the estate, "prevented" Rothko's children, committed themselves to paying "unconscionably excessive" commissions, and "compounded the fraud" upon the estate. Further, the court petition said, the executors and Marlborough "wilfully and deliberately concealed from all other persons interested in the estate" the details of these agreements.

During the litigation, Rothko paintings were ferried out of the jurisdiction to Canada, despite a court injunction forbidding Marlborough from squirrelling them away. It took a private detective to track them down and force their return.

In 1975, with the Rothko case still unresolved, a Francis Bacon exhibit opened in Manhattan's Metropolitan Museum. Lloyd and his wife were there to share Bacon's limelight and approbation. A few months later, the judge handed down a decision in favour of Kate Rothko. He removed the three executors and cancelled the estate's contracts with Marlborough, ordered the return of 658 unsold paintings and assessed damages and fines which included a $3.3m (pounds 2.1m) fine against Frank Lloyd and Marlborough for violating a court restraining order by shipping 57 paintings out of the country. This was later increased to $3.8m after a recount showed five more paintings had been in the illegal shipment.

The Rothko story, wrote its author Lee Seldes, was "one of legal legerdemain, camouflages and cover-ups, destruction of incriminating evidence ... the laundering of records, funds, and paintings. It ruined lives and reputations, wrecked long-term friendships."

The Bacon story remains - like his legacy - to be seen. According to John Eastman, the principal lawyer for the estate, "the defining question for the estate is: what is there beyond what we already have?"

 

 

 

 

Gallery Accused of Cheating Prominent Artist

 

 

CAROL VOGEL | THE NEW YORK TIMES | 22 MARCH 2000

 

The international art gallery that was at the center of one of the art world's most spectacular scandals - the plundering of the estate of Mark Rothko - was accused in court papers in London yesterday of cheating a second prominent artist, the British figurative painter Francis Bacon, and systematically defrauding him and his heir.

In papers submitted to the High Court, an English court that can be overturned by the Law Lords, lawyers for the estate of the artist who died in 1992 after a turbulent life, charged that the gallery, Marlborough International Fine Art, consistently undervalued many of Bacon's paintings, which it bought outright from him and quickly resold for substantially higher prices, and could not account for the whereabouts of many other paintings.

The lawyers estimated the losses at tens of millions of dollars but said a total could not be established because Marlborough quickly moved documents out of Britain and seized photographs of the disputed paintings when it became clear that a court case was at hand.

Georgianna Gibbs, a spokeswoman for the Marlborough London gallery, said that Bacon's relationship with Marlborough was not a passive one and that the artist was aware of the gallery's activities and transactions on his behalf. She also said the gallery has provided access to all the records the estate's lawyers have asked for. ''But any other documentation relevant to the claim will be disclosed during the course of the court action,'' Ms. Gibbs said. She said the documents that were moved out of Britain were papers that were returned to the gallery's Liechtenstein branch. Robert Hunter, a lawyer for Marlborough International, said he could not comment directly on the allegations because of the litigation.

The papers paint a complex picture of how the suit alleges the gallery took control of the most minute aspects of Bacon's financial and personal life - to the point of paying his laundry bills and handing him spending money - and then used this grip to deprive him of the true value of his work. According to the lawsuit, the Marlborough connection continued after his death, when a director of Marlborough's London gallery was named an executor of his estate and ran it to the detriment of Bacon's sole heir, John Edwards, an illiterate and reclusive cockney who now lives in Thailand and with whom, friends say, he had a filial relationship.

Bacon's paintings of distorted, anguished figures fetched as much as $6 million at auction and made him one of Britain's most celebrated postwar artists. His own life was as openly tortured as his art. ''You can't be more horrific than life itself,'' the artist was fond of saying.

He cultivated a bad boy reputation, speaking freely about his abuse of alcohol, his homosexuality, his penchant for gambling and his kinship with gangsters. Born in Ireland, he lived most of his life in a rundown mews house in South Kensington, London, with bare light bulbs, a tub in the kitchen, and paintings and photographs strewn everywhere.

Unlike some artists who change galleries periodically throughout their careers, Bacon put all his faith in Marlborough, which represented him from 1958 until his death of a heart attack eight years ago at 82. For much of this time Marlborough reigned over the contemporary art scene as one of the leading international galleries with branches in New York, London, Geneva, Madrid and Vaduz, Liechtenstein.

But the Rothko scandal shook it from its pedestal. In 1983, Frank Lloyd, Marlborough's founder, was convicted of evidence tampering and sentenced to community service in connection with the 11-year case in which Marlborough and the executors of the Rothko estate were found to have engaged in a conflict of interest in selling and consigning Rothko's work. Mr. Lloyd, who died two years ago, the gallery and two executors were fined $9.2 million.

Many of the charges made by the lawyers for Bacon's estate involved activities that they said took place during the same time period as many of the Rothko transactions. Indeed, Mr. Lloyd, as well as his son Gilbert, a director of Marlborough, were named in the suit filed yesterday. Two other directors of Marlborough were also cited, the Duke of Beaufort and Gilbert de Botton.

Bacon's will, which he wrote a year before his death, was a three-page document drawn up by Theodore Goddard, a London law firm which represented Marlborough. In it he left his estate to Mr. Edwards. Bacon appointed three executors: Valerie F. Beston, a director of Marlborough Fine Art, London; Paul Brass, his doctor, and Mr. de Botton, chairman of Global Asset Management. Mr. de Botton declined to take up his role as an executor.

The papers contend that Marlborough bought paintings outright from Bacon for well below fair market value and sold them for several times as much within months. A 1958 agreement filed with the court shows that Marlborough estimated the value of Bacon's paintings based on size - $462 for a painting 24 by 20 inches and $1,176 for one 78 by 65 inches. John Eastman, the lawyer for the estate, said an artist of Bacon's stature would get far more: about 70 percent of the price the gallery anticipated getting from a buyer.

According to documents, the gallery valued one painting, ''Statue and Figures in the Street,'' from 1983, at $250,000 in January 1984. Four months later it paid Bacon $66,371, about 26 percent of that amount, the documents show.

In one case, the papers said, two sets of books were kept on the sale of six paintings at the time of the artist's death in 1992, for $2.5 million. One set kept in the gallery's Liechtenstein office indicated that the money Marlborough used to pay the estate for the paintings came from Bacon's own Swiss bank account.

Ms. Gibbs said she could not comment on any of the valuations and referred all such questions to Mr. Hunter.

In many other cases, Mr. Eastman said, the gallery has not provided records of its purchases.

Marlborough furnished Mr. Eastman with records covering some transactions over a 20-year period, but he said many of these were incomplete or lacked documentation.

Ms. Gibbs said that Mr. Eastman had been given access to all the records but that it is difficult to determine exactly what is in the estate. ''Marlborough has accounted for everything they were aware of,'' she said.

''Who knows if it's all been found and there won't be more,'' she said.

Underlying the charges is the close relationship between Bacon and Marlborough. Ms. Beston was his link to the gallery before becoming executor, which Mr. Edward's lawyers say was a conflict of interest. Ms. Beston, who stepped down as executor with Mr. Brass, was not sued. Attempts to reach Ms. Beston were unsuccessful.

Records show that Ms. Beston had the power to sign checks on Bacon's primary checking account and to give him money when he needed it. Brian Clarke, an artist who is now executor of the estate, said that it was Ms. Beston's job to keep Bacon away from distractions and that she kept a brown envelope in the gallery for spending money for him, which he would often use to gamble.

Ms. Gibbs said Ms. Beston's relationship with Bacon was a close one. ''It was Bacon who appointed Ms. Beston as one of his executors,'' she said.

In a statement submitted to the court, his accountant, Hugh Thornton Brown, said Bacon signed his tax returns before the figures had been filled in. Mr. Brown became Bacon's accountant at the suggestion of Theodore Goddard, which also represented Marlborough. He said Mr. Brown, who prepared Bacon's taxes for 19 years, never met the artist, relying on Ms. Beston's information.

 

 

 

‘Lost’ Bacon to be sold at auction

 

 

FIACHRA GIBBONS | ARTS CORRESPONDENT | THE GUARDIAN | SATURDAY 6 MAY 2000

 

One of Francis Bacon's earliest and best "scream" pictures, which was lost for nearly 40 years, could fetch £1.8m when it goes under the hammer next month.

Study for Portrait (Man Screaming) disappeared in 1962 after being bought by one of Europe's most secretive collectors. The only evidence of its existence was a black and white photograph in one of the artist's old catalogues.

The mysterious connoisseur, whom Christie's would only describe yesterday as a "very, very private" person, has now put the painting up for sale. Brett Gorvy, a Bacon specialist at Christie's, said that Bacon experts had presumed the painting, inspired like many of Bacon's works by photographs of Himmler and other fascist leaders bellowing at their supporters, had been lost or destroyed.

"A dealer in Geneva sold it. Only a very small number of people knew who bought it and certainly none of the Bacon community knew anything of its whereabouts," he said. "It's an amazingly dramatic, intense and tormented picture, showing an authority figure descending into quite bestial rage.

"He painted it in 1952, which makes it very early and rare, at a time when he was alternating between doing pictures of these hole-like mouths and the earliest of his screaming popes."

Mr Gorvy said that the work was seminal in the development of that series, Bacon's most famous, based around Velasquez's Portrait of Pope Innocent X.

Bacon became obsessed with a book on diseases of the mouth in his twenties and his fixation intensified after seeing the famous close-up shot of the screaming nurse in Sergei Eisenstein's 1925 film, Battleship Potemkin.

Dublin-born Bacon, who died of a heart attack in 1992, was the most influential British artist of the last century. His reputation has been further enhanced by a series of huge retrospectives in America over the past year.

Man Screaming will be sold at Christie's in London on June 28.

 

 

 

‘Lost’ masterpiece by Bacon to fetch £1.8m
 

 

 THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | SATURDAY 6 MAY 2000

 

A LOST masterpiece by Francis Bacon, the British artist, which for years was only known to collectors from a black and white photograph in a book, is expected to sell for up to £1.8 million in London next month.

Study for Portrait (Man Screaming), which was painted by Bacon in 1952, disappeared a decade later when a collector bought it for just £3,000. For almost 40 years, the only evidence of its existence has been the photograph in the definitive catalogue of Bacon's work. The picture, which depicts a tormented man screaming into the face of the viewer, is to be sold at Christie's in London on June 28.

The picture is expected to fetch between £1.4 million and £1.8 million. Brett Gorvy, director of Christie's 20th century art department yesterday, said: "This is a tremendously exciting work last seen by the public some 40 years ago. It is one of the most powerful examples from an important series of portrait heads that Bacon painted in the early Fifties."

 

 

 

My brushes with Bacon

 

Art critic David Sylvester was friends with Francis Bacon for 40 years. During that time, he recorded many of their conversations. Here, he introduces a selection of the artist's previously unpublished thoughts - about sex, about God, and about cricket...

 



DAVID SYLVESTER | THE OBSERVER | SUNDAY MAY 21 2000



I'm not sure whether I was Francis Bacon's concierge or his butler, but intrusive strangers certainly believed that I had the entrée to his domain. I used to get calls from famous photographers saying that they were great fans of my writing and could they take my picture. I knew what was coming if I didn't speedily decline. 'Would it by any chance be possible to photograph you in Francis Bacon's studio and then perhaps do the two of you together if he happens to be there at the time?' The comedy of being importuned in this way was a nice bonus for having done a book called Interviews with Francis Bacon, which had been widely translated.

My relationship with Bacon began in 1942, when I was 17 and had just become interested in painting. One of the books I absorbed was Herbert Read's Art Now, a veritable bible first published in 1933. It reproduced a Crucifixion, painted that year by a young artist with the name of the great Elizabethan writer, and this painting therefore stayed in my mind, although the artist had disappeared from view. But at the end of the war, new works by him started to appear in galleries. They were sensationally disturbing and widely considered worthy of the Chamber of Horrors.

It was in 1949 that I realised he was not only an arresting image-maker but very much a painter, and I started saying so in print. I also met him by chance and was soon seeing a good deal of him. In 1951, I was asked to give a talk about his art for the BBC's Third Programme , my first substantial radio talk. I described him as the most important living painter, by which I didn't mean he was the greatest, but the most relevant to the age. I was told afterwards that Harman Grisewood, head of the Third Programme, swore that it would be a long time before I did another talk for them.

Bacon and I became quite close friends. We drank and dined together, went dog racing together and shared off-course bets on horses. I also sat for him a few times, helped him to write a short piece in praise of an older artist, Matthew Smith, and acted as his agent in selling works to dealers behind his accredited dealer's back when he urgently needed cash. I idolised him as a man - this never stopped - and until 1956, I loved his work unreservedly. But I thought it then took a wrong turn and I became rather alienated from his current production. I was also put off by the way he jeered at the work of abstract painters such as Jackson Pollock: my own pantheon had plenty of room for them both.

So between 1957 and 1962 I stopped writing about him; nor did we see much of each other. In 1962 he had a retrospective at the Tate, and as art critic of the New Statesman, I had to review it at length. I wrote with admiration but reservations and dismissed the work of the past few years, but concluded that he had returned to form in his latest piece, a big Crucifixion triptych.

Shortly after, the BBC radio Talks producer, Leonie Cohn, who had commissioned that 1951 talk and had lately got me to do interviews with several American Abstract Expressionists and also with Stanley Kubrick, asked me to interview Bacon. I said I wasn't sure whether Bacon would agree, as he didn't readily give interviews and may not have liked my review of his show. But he did agree, and the result was brilliant, producing passages endlessly quoted since, such as: 'What is fascinating now is that it's going to be much more difficult for the artist, because he must deepen the game to be any good at all.'

Four years later I was asked by Michael Gill to interview Bacon in a BBC TV film he was making. This time we were quite aggressive at moments. I asked tougher questions than last time and he accused me of liking abstract art because I was a slave to fashion. But we were now seeing a lot of each other again and we were both saying that it would be interesting to do more interviews, especially if we could talk as we did among friends, without having to think of a lay audience. So we did some private recordings at my flat and then we decided to publish a book of interviews. This happened in 1975, and Graham Greene wrote that it was 'an exciting document which can rank with the journals of Delacroix and the letters of Gauguin'.

We went on recording interviews, some for ourselves, some for TV, one for an audio company. We published an enlarged edition of the book in 1980 and a further enlarged one in 1987. Meanwhile, they got translated into about 10 languages; I don't know whether any of the translators managed to create an equivalent for the amazing vividness and rhythmic power of Bacon's talk. The reason we went on doing interviews for about 25 years was that Bacon loved getting involved in theoretical talk about art. This is a rare thing in English artists, who tend to poke fun at a custom so French. And it's a key aspect of Bacon's personality which is not sufficiently emphasised in most accounts of the man.

His love of talking about art made the recordings easy. The hard part was the editing. Interviews with artists, even when they have Bacon's turn of phrase, tend to sprawl and repeat themselves; I wanted the printed version to be economical in exposition and coherent in structure. I therefore did most of the editing in collaboration with Shena Mackay, whose work as a fiction writer suggested that she was the ideal person to help to achieve that.

Now, if one is aiming for structural coherence, a lot of the best things said are not going to fit in anywhere; so they get left, so to speak, on the cutting-room floor. I was always aware how much was being lost in this way and had it in mind to return to the transcripts, retrieve some of the best rejected bits and publish them torn from their context as fragments of talk. The ones that follow are The Observer's selection from my selection.

Bacon on Bacon

Francis Bacon I love watching the idiocy of other people, and of myself. And they can watch my idiocy. David Sylvester People you know and people you don't know, passing people? FB Yes. I love passing people. I love going to towns and places where I know nobody at all but very quickly talk to them. It's so easy to talk to them. DS You can't really imagine living outside of town, can you? FB I can't imagine lying on the seashore, for instance, for hours, like people can do, with the dumb satisfaction that the sun is shining on them. That I couldn't do at all. DS And what about, say, moving to the country to work? FB That would be impossible for me. DS Why's that? FB Because I like crowds. I mean, I'd rather be in a station than in the country. [1975]

DS Do you at all enjoy the kind of star quality which you have always had when moving among people? FB That's a thing that you are not conscious of yourself at all. I have no idea of what impression I make on other people. DS You have not been conscious that, when you come into a bar, you immediately become the centre of attention? That is something I have seen happen ever since I have known you, which means before you became famous as a painter, so it wasn't influenced by that. FB Perhaps I was drunk and garrulous, had a lot to say. I think it can only be for that reason. I certainly am not conscious of those things. This is not false modesty; I am just not conscious of it. [1984]

DS Did you go to the theatre when you were younger? FB I drifted from bar to bar. DS And when did you start gambling seriously? FB Well, I have always been brought up with it, because when we were very young, we used to be sent to the local post office to put on bets. So, as I was brought up in that sort of atmosphere in Ireland of everybody gambling, I suppose that that influenced me. I don't know. Perhaps I would have been a gambler in any case. [1984]

DS It's often said about you by hostile critics that your work reflects a feeling of disgust about human beings and of self-disgust. FB Well, I may have, I may very often be very discontented and loathe myself but I'm not trying to bring that out. In any way whatsoever. Nor have I a disgust with life. Life is all we have. I mean, here we are for a moment. [1984]

Bacon on religion

FB Of course one knows how very potent some of the images of Christianity have been and how they must have played very deeply on one's sensibility. And after all, one believes in the ethics of Christianity, or a great number of them, without actually believing in the practice of the Church. DS You believe in the ethics of Christianity? FB Well, I think that they are a carry-over of Greek ethics really, and I think that so far a better code of ethics for the Western world hasn't yet been found, though of course the religious side of it is something I can't accept. DS But then at the heart of Christianity is the idea of salvation and of a life after this life in which one gets punishment or reward for what one has done here. FB I think you can accept the ethics without believing that the good you do will be rewarded or the evil you do will be punished. [1966]

Bacon on work

FB The only thing that really keeps me going on is that I want to work - but work, I may say, for no reason. I just work; it still excites me to work. You see, unless you have religious feelings or something of that kind, how can you not think that life is totally futile - and becomes more so with age, because it hasn't got the pleasures of youth? Probably the only thing, although I know it has no meaning, is that I like working. I like the possibilities of invention and the possibilities of something happening. Not because I think they've got any value, but because they excite me. [1979]

FB I know that teaching is one of the methods by which many artists survive, but how can you teach? In a period when there is no tradition, there is nothing to teach. You can teach your own attitude. The only thing that I can understand for art schools would be for them to have a few extremely intelligent people whom the people who are striving to be artists of some kind can come and discuss their problems with... But many people have to teach because they can't make the money out of their work. In my own case, even when I could earn no money, I never taught. Except that once a friend went to the West Indies and he asked me to take his job for three months at the Royal College of Art, which I did. It's true to say that I did it very badly. I didn't often go there; there was nothing I could teach them whatsoever. DS And what effect did that have upon your own work? Did you feel it was just using energy which you needed for your own work, or...? FB Not especially, because it was only for three months. Otherwise I would never have done it. I'd rather go out and just do a job working. After all, I can cook, I can clean floors, I can earn my money that way. It would use physical energy, which would be so much more interesting than mental energy. Because I've got plenty of mental energy, because I never stop thinking, myself. After all, I think about painting. Not that I think thinking finally helps, and yet it does. [1975]

Bacon on books

DS What are you mostly reading nowadays? FB Well, you know, I read generally the same thing over and over again. I very often read translations of Aeschylus; I read Proust; I read anything that comes to my hand. Or any rubbish as well. DS What rubbish do you read? FBWell, most things are rubbish. So I can't tell you exactly what rubbish. There are piles of rubbish and very little stuff that is any good. DS Do you read Shakespeare a lot? FB I read a certain amount, yes. I'll tell you what I really read: things which bring up images for me. And I find that this happens very much with the translations of Aeschylus, and with Eliot. For some reason I read them, and when I read them another time, a different image comes up. I mean, I don't say that these images are really to do with the poems of Eliot or even with the plays of Shakespeare, but they open up the valves of sensation for me and so images drop in like that from reading those things. It could happen just as easily from reading any of the trash. So it doesn't really make much difference. Except that I'm less bored by those than I am by the trash. DS In the same way that you can be influenced by a news photograph or you can be influenced by Velazquez? FB Exactly. Exactly. Exactly. [1984]

Bacon on Michelangelo

FB Do you think Michelangelo was an erotic artist or not? DS Very. But almost embarrassingly. I find the Slaves almost embarrassing in the longing they conveyed for these boys. FB He was, after the Greeks, the great male voluptuary, wasn't he? He made the male body really voluptuous. DS But with the Greeks, you feel that the artist has had these boys, and with Michelangelo, that he'd just longed for them. And that's one reason why I find there's a morbid quality in Michelangelo which doesn't stop him from being the greatest artist of our civilisation. FB I think that Michelangelo, from what one knows about all of his history, had a deeply morbid side to him. But it's more voluptuous than the Greeks. Because I think in those Slaves the longing is more poignant than anything you find in Greek art. [1973]

Bacon on cricket

DS As to working from documentary photographs, one interesting case of this was your recent use of a photograph of David Gower batting: you translated the pads to the legs of a headless male nude. FB Well, I have often seen cricket, and cricket is such an important game in this country, I am very conscious of it. When I did this image I suddenly said: 'Well, I don't know why, but I think that it's going to strengthen it very much and make it look very much more real if it has cricket pads on it.' I can't tell you why. DS The painting is in Paris, and some French people I know, while very much admiring it, have been extremely puzzled by what the figure had on its legs. Some of them thought they might be bits of Etruscan armour. FB Don't the French have games in which they use pads? They're deformed cricket pads, in any case. DS I take it that your attitude to bringing in the cricket pads was rather like the attitude you took about 20 years ago when you brought that armband with a swastika into a Crucifixion triptych. When I asked you whether the presence of the swastika had a meaning for you and also whether you were concerned that people might take it to have a meaning, you said the swastika was there simply because the armband had been in the photograph you'd used and you'd put it in without thinking about how it might be interpreted. Did you have the same attitude to bringing in the cricket pads? FB It wasn't quite the same. You see, with those enormous crowds that have so often been filmed and photographed at the Nuremberg rallies, I had seen all these people, and they all had armbands on with the swastikas on them, and I wanted that in this image: it was stupid to put in the swastika, but there it is. I didn't think about it, I didn't think that people would interpret it all the different ways they have. But with the cricket pads, I didn't put them in because I am particularly interested in cricket; I did so because it made the image more real. [1982]

 

 


Bringing home the Bacon

 

 

NEWS | THE IRISH TIMES | SATURDAY, MAY 27 2000

 

Suddenly it seems as if Dublin has become Francis Bacon city. His observation that he would like to return to the city of his birth, but could probably only do so after he was dead, has been borne out. First there was the event that set the bandwagon in motion: the sensational donation of the artist's studio, by his sole heir John Edwards, to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery. There was talk of a treasure trove of Bacon material fossilised in the layers of stuff that had accumulated like geological strata in his Reece Mews studio. A team of archivists was enlisted to disentangle and document an estimated 10,000 separate items. Hints were dropped about the possibility of other Bacon gifts following the studio.

Then IMMA joined in, with its current exhibition of works on paper from the archive of Barry Joule, Bacon's neighbour, long-time friend, helper and archivist. The Oisin Gallery, meanwhile, bought and put on display an early Bacon canvas - a relative rarity since he destroyed most of his early work.

And now, next week, from June 1st, the Hugh Lane celebrates its coup in winning the studio with a major retrospective exhibition of Bacon paintings that will run throughout the summer.

Francis Bacon in Dublin, curated by the quintessential Bacon expert, David Sylvester, offers an unmissable opportunity to assess the work of the man generally described as the most important British artist since Turner.

When he died, a little over eight years ago in Spain, his body was cremated without ceremony or mourners, as he had requested. By the time of his death, he had reached an unassailable plateau of renown. Detractors could carp about self-parody and Grand Guignol as much as they liked: his status as one of the 20th-century's great artists was, and for the moment remains, secure.

The core of his artistic achievement lies in his treatment of the human figure. There is something undeniably compelling about his visualisations of the human body as a kinetic blur of flesh and meat, and of heads as jumbled, contorted masses, often coiled around the black orifice of a mouth that frames a scream. It is customary, and indeed reasonable, to view the extremity of his imagery as reflecting a century of horrors. For his part, he said he painted crucifixions not as religious subjects but as examples of human behaviour. John Berger remarked disapprovingly on his tendency to epater les bourgeois, protesting that we were looking at his paintings rather than at the sites of real atrocity.

While he had a taste for the macabre, Bacon consistently maintained he was not trying to depict horror. What he was after was something different, something encapsulated in his often quoted phrase, "the brutality of fact", or his frequently expressed wish to bypass the eyes of his viewers and communicate directly with the nervous system. Certainly, an undercurrent of violence runs through his work and sometimes takes centre-stage, from the urgent, sexual wrestling of Two Figures (1953) to recurrent images of wounded flesh, blood soaking through bandages and discarded syringes, or the grisly pile of blood-soaked clothing in the central panel of the Triptych inspired by T.S. Eliot's Sweeney Agonistes (1967).

FOR the most part, the violence is inwardly directed, self-contained, a condition of the flesh. Fascination and loathing mingle in his views of bodies, whether alone; collapsed in racked, incoherent heaps; or fixed in strained, muscular poses; or in pairs, fiercely grappling in fumbling, messy, carnivorous sexual encounters. Ejaculatory spurts of pigment splashed across the canvas became a stylistic trope.

He trawled an eclectic range of sources for imagery: medical textbooks on diseases of the mouth and radiography, a still from Eisenstein's Battleship Potemkin, a postcard reproduction of Velasquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X (which inspired one of his most celebrated series of paintings), photographs of apes and other animals, Muybridge's sequential studies of The Human Figure in Motion, newspaper and magazine cuttings, photographs of friends snapped by John Deakin, a crucifixion by Cimabue, which he provocatively described as being like a worm crawling down the cross. Many of these images attained an iconic status relating specifically to the use he made of them.

He exploited not just photographic imagery but the pictorial syntax of photography in bravura demonstrations of painting's capacity to appropriate its codes. There was, and still is in some quarters, a widespread assumption that there is no point in painting the human subject now that we have myriad forms of photography at our disposal, but Bacon was one of the figurative painters who proved that there is a level of realism beyond the photographic, while being in no way anti-photography.

On the contrary, he was fascinated by the way photography offered new ways of looking - the way, for example, radiography revealed the skeletal armature. A disembodied spine becomes mysteriously visible in one painting in 1975, but more often he offers gross, fairly visceral anatomical intrusions. In contrast to the livid, fleshy intensity of the figures, though, the backgrounds in his paintings are flat and cursory. They are overtly theatrical spaces furnished with a few minimal domestic props (he rarely ventured out-of-doors in his pictures), including the trademark bare, dangling light bulb and light switch, a mattress on a metal-framed bed, some items of modernist furniture, perhaps ones he had designed himself in the 1930s, and a toilet bowl or basin.

Broadly speaking, whereas in most Western representational painting the spaces between things serve to integrate figures and ground, in Bacon's work the background spaces systematically isolate the figures. They are as exposed as actors on-stage - a condition often emphasised by the superimpositions of a cage-like grid - and subjected to an intrusive, forensic scrutiny.

Despite the apparent bleakness of his painterly vision, backed up by his firm, uncompromising rejection of notions of deity, afterlife and transcendent purpose, Bacon was not usually a gloomy person. Friends, ex-friends and enemies all attest that he was one of those individuals possessed of a crackling, electric energy, that he was an energising presence. It was instantly noticeable that the atmosphere came to life when he wandered into one of his habitual Soho haunts, chiefly the French Pub, Wheelers seafood restaurant or Muriel Belcher's Colony Room, and not only, as Bruce Bernard remarked, because "nearly everyone likes being bought champagne and lunch". The bar staff at the French Pub liked him "for reasons only loosely connected with commerce", and "the real pleasure of these occasions was the spectacle of care being banished with such elan". There is a plausible view, though, that his spectacular generosity was also a peculiarly effective way of controlling people, and on occasion he could turn, especially on friends.

Those places in Soho, with visits to gambling clubs, formed Bacon's daily routine from about 12.30 p.m. Prior to that he painted, from early in the morning, usually with a hangover, which, he said, gave him the necessary clarity of mind. Even into his 70s, he was a dapper figure, with a liking for leather jackets and tight trousers. He hated growing old and, for as long as he could, behaved as if he was young. He bemoaned the fact that, though he could still attract younger men through the sheer force of his personality, once they heard his age, he never saw them again.

Physically and mentally resilient, he sustained a life of perpetual excess and recurrent personal tragedy. His romantic life was, with a few notable exceptions, a sequence of disasters, including his involvement with Peter Lacy, a self-destructive alcoholic. There are echoes of the tragedy of Joe Orton and Kenneth Halliwell in his ill-starred relationship with George Dyer, though in the end Dyer didn't kill Bacon, just himself, taking a fatal overdose and dying wretchedly, on the toilet, in a hotel in Paris on the eve of the opening of Bacon's retrospective there. Bacon never really got over that. The suicide is graphically depicted in Triptych May-June 1973, two years after the event. With uncanny symmetry, the telegram telling him of Peter Lacy's death had arrived on the opening day of his first retrospective at the Tate.

Without question, Bacon's sexuality informs his work, though for a long time this was politely ignored with references to universality and the human condition. The paintings attest that he was an intensely sexual person. The story goes that he was banished from the family home, aged 16, when his father, an ex-army officer who trained horses on the Curragh, discovered him wearing his mother's underclothes. He maintained a fondness for wearing women's underwear, and was particularly fond of fishnet stockings.

He confessed that he was sexually attracted to his volatile, domineering father. It is therefore tempting to see, in his penchant for bruising sexual encounters, a ritualised re-enactment of that attraction, together with the requisite punishment for acting on it, but that is probably a gross over-simplification. He had few qualms about following his sexual impulses wherever they led him.

In the mid-1950s, when he was spending much of each year in Tangier, then home to Paul Bowles, William Burroughs and Alan Ginsberg, the British Consul-General, Bryce Nairn, became alarmed that the artist was repeatedly being mugged in the early hours of the morning. He asked the chief of police if he could do anything, and he promised to look into it. A few weeks later he called on Nairn and reported that, alas, there was nothing to be done: Monsieur liked being beaten up.

There is, though, quite another side to his personal relationships. Much of his social life, including his long, exceptionally harmonious friendship with John Edwards, whom he more or less adopted, seems related to an orphan's instinct to form surrogate families around himself. On one occasion when someone asked him what he would be if he hadn't become an artist he replied: "A mother". And late in life, against the odds and his own expectations, he found a new admirer, a prosperous, handsome Spaniard less than half his age, with whom he embarked on a fulfilling relationship.

The critic Peter Fuller typified those who were ultimately repelled at the apparent nihilism of his work, its determined lack of affirmation. The paradox was that Bacon, a conventionally gifted painter, took on some of the most spiritually charged subjects of western art, but in what has been described as a mood of "negative certainty". Fuller, who felt that it was the artist's duty in a secular age to cling to and promulgate even the illusory comfort of belief, could not in the end accept such bleak directness. Yet there is something so honest and unassuming about Bacon's work, which is always local and direct, that it amounts to a kind of affirmation in itself.

Francis Bacon in Dublin is at the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery from June 1st to August 31st. The Francis Bacon Studio is expected to open to the public towards the end of the year. Some material from the studio will be on view during the exhibition.

Francis Bacon was born in a Baggot Street nursing home on October 28th, 1909. His parents were English: Anthony Bacon, an ex-British army officer and horse trainer, and Christina Firth, whose family was in the steel business. Francis left the family home in Co Kildare in 1926, after a row with his father. With a small allowance from his mother, he lived first in London, then Berlin and Paris.

An exhibition of Picasso's drawings prompted him to paint. In London he designed modernist furniture and carpets and also painted, exhibiting his work in various group shows throughout the 1930s. He destroyed most of his early work. Forced out of the Civil Defence because of his severe asthma during the second World War, in 1944 he painted Three Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, a startling triptych which established his reputation and caused an extraordinary outcry. After visiting South Africa in 1950 to see his mother and sisters, he met Peter Lacy, an ex-fighter pilot, and embarked on a long, difficult relationship with him, spending much of each year in Tangier. In London he became a fixture in Soho, where he was at the centre of a close-knit social scene.

He began a 20-year friendship with Lucian Freud, which eventually cooled. His work won gradual acceptance and acclaim throughout the 1950s, including an invitation to exhibit in the British Pavilion at the Venice Biennale in 1954. From 1960, he showed with the Marlborough Gallery, and the following year moved into Reece Mews, his base for the rest of his life. His small, paint-spattered studio there became a symbol of his approach to life and art.

In 1962, the Tate Gallery held its first retrospective of his work. The following year, he began an intense, fraught relationship with George Dyer, who inspired some of his best figurative painting, and who died two nights before the opening of a major Bacon show at the Grand Palais in Paris in 1971. He first met John Edwards in 1974 and they remained friends for the rest of Bacon's life. Despite his advancing age, he kept up a hectic pace, working, drinking and gambling, and was honoured with numerous exhibitions at home and abroad. When he died, of a heart attack in Madrid in 1992, he left everything to John Edwards.

 


Life works

 


Critic ANTHONY CRONIN looks back on the art and attitudes to life and death of his friend Francis Bacon before a keynote exhibition in Dublin

 

 

ANTHONY CRONIN | THE SUNDAY TIMES | MAY 28, 2000

 

    The Irishness of other people is always a subject of great interest to the Irish. It is not always of equivalent interest to the people themselves.

    Francis Bacon displayed little interest in whatever degree of Irishness he may have had, and he was certainly not overly conscious of it. Indeed, so oblivious was he of such a strain in himself that he might even use a phrase such as "you Irish" when something one said or did amused him.

    When, after he died, I read an obituary in which Paul Johnson claimed his painting reflected "an Irish fear of death", I remembered such an occasion. He had unexpectedly arrived at my flat in Battersea one afternoon with the Indian poet Dom Moraes. Possibly because Dom had just been reporting on the Chinese invasion of Tibet and had said he had seen people die, the conversation turned to death in general.

    Bacon chose to regard what he saw as my reluctance to let go of some sort of belief in the afterlife as particularly Irish, and he was greatly amused by it. His own attitude, as expressed over the gin at the kitchen table that far-off afternoon, was succinct and simple: "When you're dead, you're dead."

    Which does not mean Johnson was not, in some sense, right, though it is worth remarking that Bacon is one of those painters who, rightly or wrongly, tempt critics into seeing their work as always being "about" something large and important, whether that be "the human condition", loneliness, sex, existentialism, death or despair.

    Most of his titles for paintings are quite exact and humble. I distinctly remember the paintings now famous as "the Popes" or "the Cardinals" being originally called simply "Six Studies after Velazquez". And this is what they are, variations on the theme of Velazquez's portrait of Pope Innocent X, a painting that would lend itself to just as much discourse about the human condition, or the weakness and terror of the rich and powerful, as Bacon's works do - though it does not perhaps reveal the terror or expose the weakness of the supposedly great as much as Titian's portrait of Pope Paul III with his nephews, or even Raphael's unshaven Leo X with cardinals de' Medici and de' Rossi.

    But the modernist Bacon was, incidentally, the last to deny the greatness of certain old masters, though he always spoke of them in painterly terms. Neither was he one of those painters who affect to believe that their art cannot be talked about and that other people (and writers particularly) cannot understand it.

    He came into the French pub in Dean Street one forenoon, fresh from a morning's work and, as usual, entirely free of hangover, and told me he had just that morning "discovered the secret" of painting. A cautious Irishman, ready at all stages for temporising smalltalk, I was astonished at the directness and sincerity with which this information was imparted, but at this distance of time I cannot, alas, say in so many words what the secret was, only that it had something to do with Frans Hals and his way of painting lace.

    Whether his painting was unconsciously or on some other level influenced by anything that may be called "an Irish fear of death", he, of course, made no secret of the fact that he was born in Ireland (at 63 Lower Baggot Street, Dublin, where there is a commemorative plaque) and that, apart from an interval in London during the first world war when his father worked for the War Office, he was brought up here, not leaving until he was about 16.

    Perhaps the most revealing story I remember him telling about his early childhood in Ireland concerned a maid or nanny - I had the impression of a sort of Irish mother's help - who was left in charge of him for long periods when his parents were absent from the house. She had a soldier boyfriend who came visiting at these times and, of course, the couple wanted to be alone.

    But Francis was a jealous and endlessly demanding little boy who would constantly interrupt their lovemaking on one pretext or another. As a result, she took to locking him in a cupboard at the top of the stairs when her boyfriend arrived. Confined in the darkness of this cupboard, Francis would scream - perhaps for several hours at a time - but, as he was out of earshot of the happy courting couple, in vain.

    He claimed he owed a great deal to that cupboard, and when I quoted WH Auden's recipe for the upbringing of poets - "As much neurosis as the child can bear" - he was intrigued and delighted. It might be over-solemn and stretching interpretation a bit to derive particular works from these experiences, but his paintings are frequently about people confined, trapped one could say, in some strange box or limited space, some of them evidently screaming.

    Although there is a temptation to see these and other Bacon works as narrative, to invest them with a circumstance, a story and even a moral, what makes them unforgettable are the pictorial terms in which the predicaments of his people are conveyed. Our response is governed by the curved brushstrokes that create those curious concavities in the faces of his subjects and by the inexplicable effect of the almost dry brush dragging paint across an unsized canvas.

    In the years in which I had some acquaintance with him, the late 1950s and early 1960s, he gave the impression that he had come to terms with life and was determined to enjoy it. Despite his determination and ability to enjoy himself, however, there is no doubt that his work takes a bleak and, to use the fashionable phrase, "disturbing" view of the human condition.

    More than almost any other significant artist of the 20th century, he lived in his time, and his time was post-war. His work of those years is contemporary with Samuel Beckett's, with the atom bomb and with the knowledge of the holocaust, a time when illusions were stripped away and reality was confronted as perhaps never before (or since?).

    Francis told the American photographer Peter Beard: "I haven't any morals to preach. I just work as closely to my nerves as I can." A gambler and, in his youth, a man frequently dependent on rich homosexuals, he had lived on his wits and, doubtless, his nerves for long periods. He continued to do this as a painter, pushing each work as far as it would go, and destroying it if it did not succeed.

    In a way I find entirely admirable, he was a gambler through and through, always prepared to cut his losses. He had a gambler's readiness for the worst, and, it is hardly necessary to say, a gambler's zest for it too.

 


Bacon and Egos

 

 

CATHERINE FOLEY | THE IRISH TIMES | SATURDAY, JUNE 3, 2000

 

It has been an arty week, pink banners fluttering along the Liffey quays heralding the arrival of the Francis Bacon exhibition at the Hugh Lane Gallery, which hosted an opening party on Wednesday evening for a modest 1,000 guest.

Dublin City Manager, John Fitzgerald, who hails from Galbally, Co Limerick, is bursting with proprietorial pride. The show, which runs until the end of August, is remarkable enough but there is also the reconstruction of Bacon's studio to look forward to, which should be finished by November.

Barbara Dawson, the gallery director, appears as usual in a vivid streak of colour. The "cadmium orange" Indian-style dress is, she explains, inspired by Francis Bacon who often used this colour in his work. She reminds us that the artist, who died eight years ago, was born in Dublin in 1909. "He always had an ambivalent relationship with his place of birth," says Mary Freehill, Lord Mayor of Dublin.

Charlotte McDonnell (12) who is here from Ballsbridge with her parents, Aiden and Anne McDonnell, is also honouring the great artist by wearing shocking pink Buffalo shoes.

Pat Murphy, chairman of the Arts Council, is a long-time Bacon fan. "I've always admired him," he says. "Even though some of his imagery is tough stuff, his expression is very strong, original and very beautiful.

Denis O'Brien, chairman of ESAT and sponsor of the exhibition, chats to its curator David Sylvester, who is acknowledged as a world-wide authority on the artist. Bringing a hint of Mediterranean sun to the evening is the Le Brocquy family - Louis, Anne Madden and their son Pierre.

Margaret and Desmond Downes are here also, preparing to leave in time to catch the opening of a new play The Last Days of God by Colin O'Connor at Theatre Space@Henry Place. It is co-produced by their son Alexander with Conor McPherson and costume design is by their daughter Lucy.

 

 

 

Sacred monster, national treasure

 

 

The Guardian Profile: David Sylvester

 

 

He is the most influential critic of the past 50 years and a champion of modern art. But he hates his own writing, would rather set up exhibitions and wishes the public would stay away from galleries.

Nicholas Wroe on the iconoclast who is an unashamed elitist

 

 

NICHOLAS WROE | BOOKS | THE GUARDIAN | SATURDAY 1 JULY 2000

 

David Sylvester's influence on the post-war British art world is unparalleled, as art critic, installer and curator of exhibitions, and as an administrator. He wrote his first article about drawing for Tribune in 1942 when he was only 18. Now aged 75 - think Orson Welles for both his profile and effortless projection of rumbling gravitas - he has just published the definitive account of his friend Francis Bacon's career and staged an exhibition of his work in Dublin.

In the intervening years his role as confidant, adviser, interpreter and arbiter of taste has made Sylvester's contribution to shaping the artistic landscape unique. Because of his efforts the Tate has in its collection whole swathes of work that it could not possibly afford to buy today. It was he who almost singlehandedly alerted a hostile British artistic establishment to the importance of post-war American artists. He has sat for Alberto Giacometti and Francis Bacon and worked for Henry Moore. If anyone prepared the ground for the explosion of interest in contemporary art over the last decade it was David Sylvester.

"David is the only sacred monster that has ever existed in the English art world," says the artist Howard Hodgkin. "He has that kind of grandeur." Tate director Nicholas Serota first met him in the early 70s and says they have remained close. "He was a powerful influence in making me think internationally and has been enormously encouraging in terms of trying to acquire work for the collection. He is an incredible treasure for Britain."

The usually tight-lipped collector and gallery owner Charles Saatchi makes an exception for Sylvester and throws the dictionary at him. "David Sylvester is charming, crotchety, effusive, enigmatic, opinionated, receptive, vivacious, languid, sharp, romantic, perceptive and cuddly. He is the finest installer of art exhibitions in the land and his writing is so delicious he should be doing cook books."

With the recent opening of Tate Modern - categorised as Britain at last making its peace with modern art - this should be Sylvester's moment. For long periods his has been a lonely voice speaking up for the merits of modern and contemporary art. Now is his vindication. But far from celebrating the acceptance of contemporary art into the mainstream of British cultural life, Sylvester finds himself made gloomy by the prospect. "One really doesn't want to be in a gallery with more than a few people. This is the great problem with art. A big audience is no good for it."

His friends speak of an Eeyore-like temperament, edging towards melancholy. Added to this, in recent years his health has not been good. He had a heart attack in the early 90s and was diagnosed with cancer of the colon in 1998, for which he has recently undergone surgery. He also has diabetes.

"At these huge exhibitions, like the Monet in London, or the Vermeer in the Hague, they are so packed there is no pleasure in going to them." But what about the benefits of being exposed to great art? "The whole education argument is crap." Encouraging a new generation of art lovers? "I hate museums cluttered up with children. I was turned onto art by a simple black and white reproduction and that was enough," he continues. "I am all in favour of taking films and reproductions of art into schools and of decent television programmes. But one doesn't necessarily have to sit in front of masterpieces."

Fellow art critic Richard Dorment says this is typical of Sylvester. "David would have loved to celebrate unambiguously the opening of the Tate but he says what he thinks needs to be said. He is in nobody's pocket and the fact that he doesn't like the new Tate gallery is an example because he deeply likes and admires its director Nicholas Serota." Serota acknowledges that he doesn't pull his punches. "But friends like that you always need. He is always refreshing to talk to. He constantly questions what artists are doing and his own judgment."

Sylvester's stance is that the most effective way for a society to consume its fine art is not through better access to galleries but through diffusion via the applied arts. "I don't think it matters a fuck whether people go and look at Mondrian or not, because they live among furniture and wallpaper and cars and everything else that has been influenced by an earlier moment in the fine arts. Even if fine art has a tiny audience of rich people, ultimately it affects the whole of society, and that is where it really validates itself socially." Television commercials are a prime example. "They are unbelievably brilliant and exciting and they come out of avant garde film making. You just do not need millions of people going to museums. You already have many more millions living in environments created by the followers of the artists in the museums. That is the role of art in society."

Sylvester was born in 1924 in Hackney. His parents owned an antique shop in Chancery Lane and another shop selling silver. He and his younger sister were mostly brought up by nannies, although during the 1930s the family struggled financially and "the maid's room suddenly became the lodger's". He recalls his father as a rather conventional man, while his mother was a more hedonistic figure who went to the ballet and the theatre and was a ballroom dancer of professional standard. "She liked her fun and would go off to Paris for a few days whenever she felt like it."

The family had originated in Russia and Poland, and when David was a child "like many Jewish families" in London they left the east end for north west London. His father was a prominent Zionist - Sylvester himself now has an increasingly rabbinical appearance and demeanour - although he preferred spending his time with gentiles. Near the end of their lives Sylvester's mother said to him that "your father's tragedy was that he was an anti-Semite".

The art dealer Leslie Waddington compares Sylvester to Isaiah Berlin: "he has one of those wonderful Jewish renaissance minds. It is a rarity in English life." Sylvester says he was "dragged along " by his parents' Judaism but did not engage with it. In his early 20s he was on the verge of converting to Catholicism but pulled back at the last moment. "It still seems a very civilised thing to be," he says. "I admit I have broken two or three noses in my time but I don't really believe in revenge. The idea of turning the other cheek as given in the Sermon on the Mount still seems a notion of extraordinary beauty."

His first school was Vernon House prep in Brondesbury, London. At 13 he went on to University College School in Hampstead whose alumni include four-minute miler Roger Bannister, former Tate director Alan Bowness, and Paul Dacre, editor of the Daily Mail . "Vernon House was where I received all my education," he says. "UCS was just masturbation." At 15 he was asked to leave, before he had taken his school certificate. He spent a year buying and selling gold and silver to jewellers. "I made more money than I ever have since."

Coming from a family that dictated if he wasn't top of the class it was a disgrace, he cultivated his ambitions elsewhere. First he wanted to be a cricketer. When he realised he wouldn't be good enough he turned to jazz. "I wanted to be a composer and arranger. I listened to records in school, starting in 1934. I missed Duke Ellington at the London Palladium but did see Coleman Hawkins at the Phoenix Theatre." His introduction to art came at 17 when he saw a black and white reproduction of Matisse's La Danse. Jazz was put to one side as he painted 10 hours a day for a year before he realised, "I was no good at it".

Then, at 18, he submitted on spec an article on drawing to Tribune. It was published and soon after they asked him to review a French painting on loan to the National Gallery. He began to write regularly for the magazine under the mentorship of the literary editor George Orwell, although the editor, Aneurin Bevan, found his style too "heavy with Latinisms".

He had now embarked on a writing career, but it was war-time and the services called. He failed a medical for the army and became a teacher instead. "It was absolutely 'Decline and Fall'. I didn't even have the school certificate but they were desperate for masters. I loved teaching. I knew the mistakes made by people who taught me so I tried to be more understanding."

He started writing a book about the psychology of art and after the war nearly reactivated his academic career when he won a scholarship to Trinity College Cambridge to read moral sciences - philosophy and psychology. He chose the college because Wittgenstein was still teaching there, but before Sylvester even started he knew it was another career that was beyond him, and he didn't take up his place. He did think he could write about art, however. Over the next half century he produced a stream of art journalism and broadcasting, wrote about sport and films, and produced key books on Henry Moore, Francis Bacon, René Magritte and Giacometti. He is the only non-artist to be awarded the Golden Lion at the Venice Biennale but still admits to a lack of confidence about writing.

His friend Grey Gowrie, the former arts minister, says he can spend hours on the phone agonising over a single word or phrase. "If I didn't know better I would think I had a heavy breather," says Gowrie. "There can be what seems like 20 minute silence before he declares, 'it's David'. You assume he is going to announce imminent bankruptcy or news of a death, but it's usually a prelude to a fascinating discussion."

Sylvester has had two abortive sessions of analysis and says he has "wept on the couch at things that have been done to my writing by American editors. They have totally destroyed the rhythm of the prose and changed the meaning." Precise meaning is everything in a critical approach that is based on a scrupulous, obsessive attention to the work at hand. The art historian Frances Spalding has noted his, "dogged examination of his own sensations in front of art. Though he is often acute on the relationship between a work and the period in which it was made, he is less interested in history than physical presence; it is the impact a painting or sculpture makes on us that he tries to catch - how it affects the head, heart and guts."

Sylvester says his "fate was sealed" after watching Arsenal versus West Bromwich Albion in 1935. Arsenal won 4-1 and he went home and wrote a report on it. "That's been my life; seeing aesthetic experiences, other people doing the work, and then completing the experience by writing about it. The way I write is a bit like St Teresa of Avila writing about being fucked by God. I do try to describe the actual experience of looking at the work. "

A piece written about an installation by the American minimalist sculptor Richard Serra at the Tate in 1992 typifies this approach. The work consisted of two large steel blocks and Sylvester describes his experience as he approaches the work. He first thinks that the blocks are the same height and then, as he gets closer, he realises that this is an illusion. But how many other critics would then point out that what he had described only applied to people between five foot six and six feet tall? This is not mere pedantry but part of an intriguing observation about the subjectivity of our response to art. Serra says Sylvester has the ability to ask questions that other people don't.

Sylvester has maintained close links with artists ever since he visited Paris in 1948, where he met Daniel-Henry Kahnweiler, Picasso's dealer. Kahnweiler secured him an introduction to Giacometti whose work was then, "the one thing that seemed to matter". Sylvester became close to Giacometti and started writing about him. It is a sign of his assiduousness/prevarication that a book did not actually appear until 1994.

He briefly toyed with the idea of becoming a dealer himself because he so much admired Kahnweiler, but abandoned it when he realised that when a dealer sells something to a customer for a profit, "he genuinely feels he has done the customer a favour. I, on the other hand, felt as if I was somehow taking advantage of the buyer. But I suppose my primary emotion about every thing is guilt." He says he really would have liked to work for a rich person with a small private museum where he could do all the buying and installing. "I love using my eye to choose things and to install things. And I think it would have been rather good for anyone who asked me to do it as well."

In 1950 he met his wife-to-be, Pamela Briddon, a schoolteacher who was then a student at London University. They had three daughters, Catherine, who has two children and who Sylvester describes as, "a very good potter"; Naomi, who works as a publicist for a publisher; and Xanthe, who has one child and is a freelance sub-editor who worked for many years for Time Out. Pamela enjoyed art but was not as keen on contemporary work as her husband. They lived in a flat in Putney where Sylvester was a keen gardener, cultivating roses particularly. The three girls had to share a bedroom and Pamela, increasingly fed up with the lack of space, would take the children off on month-long camping holidays to Spain. When Sylvester bought a larger house in Wandsworth he kept the flat as his office. The marriage gradually came to an end over a period of years, with minimal trauma, say his children, as he spent more and more time at the flat and less in the new house. They eventually divorced in the early 80s.

He also has a daughter from a relationship with the novelist Shena Mackay, conducted while she was married to someone else. Cecily Brown was born in 1969 and now lives in New York where she is an acclaimed artist.

Sylvester says he is "neurotically preoccupied" with his daughters and is proud that he has good relationships with them. He had first met Mackay when she worked in his parents' shop. Cecily didn't know he was her father until she was 22. She used to see a lot of him but when they started going to art galleries together and she called him her best friend he began to feel uncomfortable. "I went to an analyst with Shena to discuss how to tell the family. We didn't want it to be too much of a shock to her sisters or to my daughters. I do most things wrong in my life but with regard to the timing of telling Cecily I think I did quite well."

From the mid 80s until late 90s his partner was the art historian Sarah Whitfield. He is still close to Whitfield and says he was virtually a step-father to her daughters Saskia and Sophie. "But now I'm just a lonely old bachelor," he says. "Sarah says it suits me."

His career as installer of exhibitions came about because of his relationship with Henry Moore, about whom he had written a couple of articles for the Burlington magazine. Moore asked to meet him and Sylvester became his secretary, but says, "it didn't work too well because while there was a pile of letters to be answered we would get involved in some aesthetic discussion". In 1951 the Tate staged a Moore exhibition which he was invited to curate. He had visited Wakefield with Moore, who had shared some ideas as to how sculpture should be shown. "Choosing and installing that exhibition excited me more than anything and it remains to this day the thing I like doing best." Sylvester's reputation as an installer extends beyond painting and sculpture. He has also been acclaimed for exhibiting Islamic carpets. "I don't feel I have a talent for writing, but when installing I feel at home in the way that someone who drives racing cars feels at home behind the wheel."

His approach hasn't changed much over 50 years. He likes to provide lots of space around works and acknowledges a tendency towards symmetry. It was once pointed out to him that at two separate sculpture shows he had, unconsciously, used exactly the same configuration. "This was my natural rhythm. I don't like my prose style but I do like my installations. If you're writing you see your own personality crystallised on paper and it is a horrible sight. But with an installation there is somebody else's great work and you don't look at the installation but at the work itself. But that work is combined with your rhythms."

He made his name as a writer in the 1950s and says one of his prime motivations was to counter the influence of John Berger, who was then setting the art critical agenda in the New Statesman.

"He was a brilliant writer, a compelling personality and a great force. I always envied his writing but I felt he was wrong," says Sylvester. Berger says now that they were "very fierce opponents", but while Sylvester didn't have an artist's eye, "he did have a collector's eye, and was one of the first people to realise what was new about very many artists and to explain it".

Sylvester objected to what he saw as Berger's promotion of a popular but "retrogressive" movement by some painters and sculptors as "back to the figure". In a satirical article Sylvester postulated a "Kitchen Sink School" of painters, noting that "the graveyard of artistic reputations is littered with the ruins of expressionistic painters whose youthful outpourings once took the world by storm." The label was almost instantly co-opted to describe the groundbreaking drama and fiction of the period.

Speaking up for modern art then was hazardous. Sylvester faced editorial pressure but says what sustained him was the force of his own physical experiences with art. "It was as if people were attacking fucking but you knew you enjoyed fucking. It was as simple as that. I got the most tremendous physical excitement from looking at modern art."

His habitual self-criticism and insistence on treating work on its merits as he sees it has meant he has never become boxed into critical positions. It was only in the 1980s that he changed his mind and decided that Picasso was a greater artist than Matisse. Howard Hodgkin once recalls him writing about a sculptor in the early 60s. "David said he was 'probably a very great artist'. A little while later he wrote about his next exhibition saying 'I thought he was the greatest English sculptor under 35 with red hair, but I was wrong'. The man's career never recovered. It might be completely apocryphal but it's still true somehow."

Alongside Sylvester's distaste for what he sees as recent populist developments in art he retains a faith in strong centralised institutions. "The BBC was a very enlightened patron of modern art. My talks with American artists in the 60s are invaluable documents. The interviews with Francis Bacon came from the BBC. We even did an interview with Giacometti in French. The treatment of art on television is now at a much lower intellectual level than it was in the 1950s." He dismisses anti-elitist arguments and complains that delegating power to the Arts Council regions has weakened arts administration. "There is an elite. But it is not rooted in class or wealth or privilege. At any one time there are only five or six people who can really spend public money well, be they right, left or centre."

Sylvester's politics were formed in the aftermath of the second world war. "I was to the left of the Labour Party but that changed after Czechoslovakia in 1948 [when the communists took control]. I didn't even wait for Hungary in '56. I saw that you can't get into bed with the communists without getting clap." He has since voted Labour, Liberal and Conservative, and briefly even had high hopes for the SDP. He says he is probably still a Gaitskellite because he maintains a belief in nationalisation, but Grey Gowrie sees him as a singular sort of floating voter.

"At the last election he said, 'I'm in an absolute rage. They've redrawn the boundaries and I don't want to vote Tory but I suppose I'm going to have to vote for Al Clark.' I said to him that it was a human right not to vote for Al Clark but David said, 'the problem is he is such a fucking good writer.' He might not have done it in the end but he did make me laugh."

Sylvester admits to voting Conservative in the 60s, when he lived in Putney, just to stop a man who would have been arts minister in a Labour government. But his politics and artistic leanings had been exploited some years earlier when he had been invited on a State Department-sponsored trip to America in 1960. In an odd sideshow to the cold war the CIA was covertly sponsoring the cultural magazine Encounter and promoting abstract expressionism as an example of western freedom. Sylvester is untroubled that he might have been used. "Jolly good for them. But no-one ever told me what to write or say."

His introduction to the American art scene coincided with his arrival in Paris. After going to a jazz club to see Charlie Mingus he was introduced to Willem de Kooning, Franz Kline and Philip Guston. He later made contact with Robert Rauschenberg and Jasper Johns. He says that, broadly speaking, over the last 40 years his primary interest has been contemporary American art.

He is currently editing his interviews with artists over this period. He has at the same time managed to produce, with Sarah Whitfield, the definitive five-volume catalogue raisonné of Magritte, not an artist you would normally associate him with. It was a monumental project and while he says he does love the work, "the fact remains that I spent years of my life, like Swann, on someone who was not my type".

Someone who very much was his type was Francis Bacon. Sylvester first wrote about Bacon in the late 1940s and they soon became friends. Sylvester was his self-appointed Boswell and undertook a series of landmark interviews in the 50s and 60s. The show currently on in Dublin is the fifth he has staged of Bacon's work. His new book about Bacon is dedicated to the composer Harrison Birtwistle who says that Sylvester's conversations with Bacon are among the most interesting things written on creativity. Birtwistle has dedicated a piece of music to Sylvester and says he is having a, "sort of intellectual love affair with David. Dedicating a piece to him was a way of describing our friendship." Sylvester has asked Birtwistle to read the cricket poem "At Lords" by Francis Thompson at his funeral.

Although he never staged a Bacon show during the artist's lifetime, every show since has taught Sylvester something new about the artist. The biggest revelation has been in Dublin. "I think the pictures look like 18th-century portraits in English country houses. And that is very true to Bacon's background. He had a typical upper-class background and grew up in Irish country houses. In Dublin, in these neo-classical rooms, the pictures look wonderful, they look like their true selves. Seeing them there it as if he has come home."

In his 1996 collection of critical essays, About Modern Art, Sylvester regretted the exclusion of artists born after 1945 on the same basis that he regrets, "becoming useless at tennis". But this is no slight to the BritArt generation. He says there are, "some seriously talented artists. I think Damien Hirst is pretty hot. Rachel Whiteread is a very good artist. Jenny Saville [who is painting him for the National Portrait Gallery] is very good, as is Douglas Gordon."

But whatever their strengths, Sylvester is adamant that encouraging queues of people to see their work is not the way forward. "Of course it is nice to see artists making some money," he explains. "So many of the artists from my generation struggled. But I think there is a price to be paid for it. I'm a bit ashamed of being the subject of a piece like this. It's a symptom of a bad state of affairs. You are only coming to see me because art is so popular but I wish there was less interest. Perhaps the answer is for art to become unfashionable and un-loved again."

• Francis Bacon in Dublin is at the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art, Dublin, until August 31

Looking Back At Francis Bacon is published by Thames & Hudson at £29.95

 

 

 

Different strokes

 

 

The coupling of works by Francis Bacon and Pablo Picasso, his inspiration, opens parallel inquiries into their art, writes Medb Ruane

 

 

 MEDB RUANE | THE SUNDAY TIMES | APRIL 02, 2000

 

        Pablo Picasso spent the summer of 1927 at Cannes, in the south of France. Not for the first time, he was involved in a delicate domestic situation. In January that year, he had met 17-year-old Marie-Therese Walther outside Galeries Lafayette, the Paris department store. In June, the 46-year-old artist became her lover.

    The same summer, an 18-year-old youth was polishing his sentimental education with a trip to Paris. Francis Bacon experienced an epiphany when he saw Picasso's drawings at the Paul Rosenberg Gallery. "They made a great impression on me," he later reported. "I thought afterwards, well, perhaps I could draw as well."

    What Bacon recalled in particular were the extraordinary paintings and pen-and-ink drawings he thought he saw there. Huge bathers with monumental sex organs waded through mythic waters or frolicked on beaches with palpably carnal intent. The works were celebrations of paint, and life. Their power fed Bacon's awkward soul.

    In fact, Picasso's bathers had not appeared in the show. While Bacon was visiting the exhibition, Picasso was busy painting them, working out his passion for Marie-Therese and simultaneously denying it to his wife, Olga. Bacon's memory was faulty, but his impressions were correct: this was a turning point in the careers of both men. For the rest of his life, Picasso's exuberant, fantastical artistry would stalk Bacon's every creative step.

    The coupling of these two provocative visions at the new galleries of the Irish Museum of Modern Art in Dublin is prescient. Set in the deputy master's house of this former old soldiers' hospital, the galleries open a doorway into 20th-century art practice that IMMA's main residence could not previously accommodate. The rooms are domestic in scale, fostering the sense of a personal space where you can look and think without the pressure to move along. What you see are two separate shows, with works on paper, especially newspaper, by Picasso in the ground-floor rooms, while works on paper attributed to Bacon hang upstairs. The difference between the exhibits is that between a tango and a military two-step, with Picasso's paper works more interesting by a mile. That may not be Bacon's fault.

    Picasso could not be still. He never stopped working, even when he was eating or sleeping or making love to one of his many mistresses. Beloved as soon as he was born at Malaga in 1881, he was drawing and painting by the age of seven, encouraged by his mother, Maria Picasso y Lopez, and his artist father, José Ruiz Blasco. Love came as easy as art did. Picasso enthralled women and men almost before he could walk. He was a veritable prodigy: by 16, he was working on a commission in Madrid and convinced of his capacity for greatness. Picasso, Bacon figured, was closer than any other contemporary artist to "the core of what feeling is about".

    Bacon was different. His parents didn't particularly like him, and his social class made him queasy. Born at Baggot Street, Dublin, in 1909, he grew up in a dysfunctional family that occupied various big houses in Kildare. Given the rebellious times, the family often felt under siege. Eddie, his father, was a stiff- upper-lipped former army officer fazed by the presence of a sensitive, asthmatic son. He was cruel and brutal, leaving Francis with a taste for sadomasochism that led him into perilous situations.

    Bacon worked hard at his art but didn't want people to know. Ahead of his time, like Picasso, in understanding the value of spin, he created a public persona who slept all day, caroused all night, and then dashed off paintings.

    He boasted that he was untutored, wanting to foster a sense of himself as a painter without academic aims. The truth was different. His carefully crafted works drew on first-hand observation of great artists, from Poussin to Picasso, and his philosophy on art was culled from literature and myth-Shakespeare and Joyce enthralled him.

    IMMA's exposition of the two opens parallel inquiries into their work. It is not strange to show the two together: Picasso was Bacon's benchmark of what a great artist could be. With the forthcoming opening of his studio material at the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art in Dublin, Bacon is about to head the race to be the British Picasso.

    The visual incongruity of the two lies in the widely differing standards applied to their material, however. The Picasso works show the Spaniard at his most frantic and eclectic. Some of it is playfully bold: scribbles and doodles on what look like immediately available surfaces have that draw-a-moustache-on-a-hero quality.

    That throwaway aspect makes the Picassos seem accidental, as if he used the material when nothing else was at hand. But the ground from which it springs is the same passionate interest in the world that inspired his Guernica, as well as his earlier Cubist collages using newsprint. The frantic pace of global communications is anticipated in the layering of drawings upon stories, of visual puns on verbal comment. Like the work of great news reporters, the Picassos here stand as first drafts for the history that came next.

    The second-rate value of the material attributed to Bacon is all the more apparent in that context. Bacon was ruthless about destroying his less-than-great work and sources. Some scraps of this putative material - which comes from an archive named not after Bacon but after the man who collected it - are probably genuine remnants, but as a whole the material looks and feels bogus.

    There's a graduate student quality about it that offers evidence of so many concerns ploughed by so many artists that you can't but wonder about its veracity.

    Many of the themes appear in Bacon's official body of work - the sense of damage, the fascination with decay, the homoerotic  appeal of sporting heroes. You could find the same concerns in many other artists' notebooks. Perhaps their very ordinariness contributes to the myth of St Francis being fostered by various dealers and interests, taking up where Bacon left off. But here they look like false relics. Perhaps the most damning feature is that they are not very interesting to view.

Picasso: Working on Paper and The Barry Joule Archive - Works on Paper Attributed to Francis Bacon, IMMA, Dublin, until July and August (01-6129900)

 

 

 

Books: A critic saves his Bacon

 

 

The Independent, June 18, 2000

 

David Sylvester began writing and broadcasting about his friend Francis Bacon as long ago as 1948, so his new book is at the end of a long series and is, among other things, a significant part of the history of radio. There were no fewer than 18 recorded interviews between the two men. Of course, we are now given matter that we have heard and read before. None the less, this is surely the best of the critic's studies of the artist.

It's personal, retrospective and gloomy, combining art criticism with biography. The use of conversation is interesting, though the chats were far too grave, at least when Bacon and Sylvester were on the air. There's a simple reason for the over-pompous tone. Sylvester has always believed that he was privileged to have the friendship of a man who, because he was a genius, uttered profound truths. A difference in age may have affected Sylvester's respectful attitude. The painter was born in 1909, the critic in 1924. So Bacon was the senior figure by a decade and a half and must have been an influence on Sylvester's understanding of the world.

Though not of the same generation, they did have past experience in common. Both had known Hitler's war and grew up in the art world when Picasso was in full production. They had smelt the smoke and seen the lurid light of the bombing, and then learnt of European atrocities. Subsequently, in peacetime London, magazine reproduction showed them new things by the master painter of the century, a European whose terror and tenderness came along with incomparable technical gifts.

As Sylvester says, Picasso was Bacon's first master. He cannot say that, by comparison, Bacon was uninventive, nor that he was a wretched draughtsman who was maladroit with a paintbrush. Picasso gave Bacon a hint or two rather than lessons. Then the Anglo-Irish painter fashioned his terribilita from numerous personal troubles. Bacon's truly telling paintings, belonging to the late 1940s and early 1950s, are in a profound sense post-war works. They are given eloquence, but are also deformed and stunted, by the destruction of life and culture in the years before they were painted.

This helps to explain Bacon's desire, even compulsion, to distance himself from his subjects. From the first, he insisted that his paintings should be glazed. The glass kept a barrier between the work and its spectator. Even though a model was posing in the studio Bacon would prefer to look at a photograph rather than the person he was painting. He was more inspired by reproductions of art than by art itself. Many of his images were taken from magazines, film stills or pornographic photos.

And then he tried to paint like an old master. I have mixed feelings before the paintings because of Bacon's ambition to be grandiloquent. This coincided with agonies of failure and dissatisfaction he could scarcely control. Sylvester has excellent comments about the way that Bacon destroyed successful as well as botched canvases. He has a first-rate visual memory and describes paintings he once saw and which then disappeared, either because Bacon burnt them, or because they were spirited into the criminal world that their creator so liked, or because they were covertly sold (with Sylvester's assistance) to pay gambling debts.

Big debts went with big prices for the pictures. Bacon had elevated views about his art and his position within world painting culture. His slurred egotism has been inherited by Sylvester's commentary. In this book, without much explanation, Bacon is compared with Picasso, Matisse, Titian, Velázquez and Michelangelo as though he naturally belonged in their company. He did not. This fact is apparent to nearly everyone who studies the history of art, or who looks at paintings side by side. It is less easy to say anything definite about Bacon's intellect. When he writes about his friend's painting, Sylvester invokes the old masters. When he describes the painter's knowledge of books there is a similar litany of greatness. Aeschylus is mentioned, often, and Shakespeare, Racine and TS Eliot. I don't query - what would be the point? - whether Bacon studied the work of such writers, or dipped into them, or remembered a quotation. But I believe that Bacon's mind did not rise to their level.

Sylvester avoids the often-told tales of life in Soho. One doubts whether a good book about Soho can ever be written, for bohemians are never intellectuals, though intellectuals sometimes have bohemian characteristics. Nobody from Bacon's Soho world, though they were often nice, or rather loveable people, ever engaged with the life of the mind. Once you stepped over the threshold of Muriel Belcher's Colony Club you could feel your intelligence draining from you by the second. The place smelled of death and its habitues seemed to be at a permanent wake.

Sylvester has been to some drinking clubs in his time but is genuinely an intellectual, with a more interesting mind than Bacon's. Thus his book is frustrating. We are more curious about its author than its subject. The effect of reading Sylvester on Bacon is to make one long for Sylvester's autobiography. We can't have a biography. No one would dare to set about the task. Sylvester likes to keep secrets and lacks small talk. His silences are as intimidating as Harold Pinter's, whose background and press-day tastes he partly shares, and his confidences are as suggestive as a poet's. Which poet? I don't know, but it wouldn't be an English one.

Bacon and Sylvester have been very foreign Londoners. Bacon thought, until his death, that Paris was the centre of world art. The post-war Sylvester could have become a French writer, if Paris had provided the right outlets. But he found a home for his voice in London. Sylvester's expression, to this day, is based on the culture of the early Encounter (whose first, best years in the 1950s coincided with Bacon's rise to fame) and the BBC's Third Programme. A 20-minute talk in a concert interval was a space in which no intellectual or artist could justify or explain an opinion. There wasn't time. But the tone was always high and the listener was beguiled by the speaker's voice, the vocal suggestion of personality.

The book as a whole has the flavour of the Third Programme, which is to its advantage. Most of the old intellectuals of the Third Programme have now departed to more elevated airwaves. Sylvester's mind is as lively as ever it was, and his writing perhaps more eloquent. I guess that the thought of Bacon's early paintings gives him a vital link to his young manhood.

However, those "early" paintings after 1947 were done when Bacon was in his thirties. He had been robbed of the pleasure of being a young artist by the war, and also by some of his characteristics. Bacon dealt in rough- trade at a time when homosexuality was illegal. He was an alcoholic and a helpless gambler. These traits are evident in his prematurely aged painting, with its slovenly love of danger and risk-taking. Sylvester is good about sexual and personal matters. He hazarded that Bacon's series of screaming Popes were really portraits of Bacon's father. The artist didn't say yes to this conjecture, but neither did he say no.

Bacon disliked his father but was sexually attracted to him. It's certain that some of the agonies of his personal life are represented in Bacon's art. We know some of the often squalid details. In Paris, the petty thief who was Bacon's lover dies while sitting on the lavatory. In London a wicked woman, once beautiful, expertly squeezes a syringe to get more heroin into her veins. Other things are obscure. Little is known of Bacon's gambling addiction. His activities in Africa have never been explained or chronicled.

Since he is a good art historian, Sylvester always returns us to Bacon's paintings. In his book are photographs of paintings that haven't previously been reproduced. He says that "lost" or unknown paintings keep turning up. Indeed they do. A rent boy steals a painting from Bacon when the artist is drunk. He gets scared the first time he tries to sell the picture and gives it to another boy to "look after". Then the second boy's mother finds, say, a rolled- up screaming Pope under her son's bed and gets into a panic, for she twigs what it is. Quite a long book could be written about Bacon and crime. I was surprised to learn that he didn't like Genet. Sylvester should have told Bacon to persevere with this wonderful writer.

Looking Back at Francis Bacon is about crime, both the petty and the metaphysical varieties. On the petty side, Sylvester is anxious about lost paintings. We can't understand Bacon without a full catalogue. On the metaphysical side, Sylvester states that Bacon was an "old-fashioned militant atheist."

What does he mean by "old-fashioned" in this context? Bacon was not a rational humanitarian in the line of Wells or Huxley. I thought that he believed in the existence of God, and that God is a criminal. Does not this view accord with the spirit of his paintings?

 

 

 

Artist Bacon 'had a Swiss account to dodge income tax'

 

 

By HUGH DAVIES | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 04 JULY, 2000

 


FRANCIS BACON, arguably Britain's most distinguished 20th century artist, allegedly kept a Swiss bank account to shelter large chunks of his income from tax. 

The claim surfaced when details of payments made to Bacon by his gallery, Marlborough Fine Art, were sent to the English lawyers of his estate, according to an article to be published in the magazine Vanity Fair. The estate is in the throes of a legal battle with the gallery, claiming that it wrongfully exploited him over more than 30 years. 

Bacon died in 1992, aged 82, leaving his £11 million estate to his closest friend, John Edwards, 50, an illiterate east Londoner and his constant companion for the last 18 years of his life. The estate claims that Marlborough, one of Britain's most prestigious galleries with its worldwide representative Marlborough International Fine Art based in Liechtenstein, should be presumed to have exercised "undue influence" over the artist, who died from a heart attack in Spain. 

It identified 33 works, known to have been painted between 1972 and 1981, worth as much as £30 million, that allegedly do not feature in the gallery's accounts. Michael Shnayerson, the author, said that the gallery's "partial payments" to the Geneva bank were legal for its Liechtenstein branch. It was also above board for Bacon to establish the account. But failing to declare the payments to the Inland Revenue as taxable income broke the law. 

The magazine suggests that a reason why Bacon never left Marlborough was that he feared no other gallery would agree to the arrangement. An old friend of the painter high in the art world is quoted as saying: "He was perhaps less happy than he seemed." Did he feel trapped? "Yes, that's the nub of it." The art critic Brian Sewell said that Bacon once told him that he would rather be in the hands of Marlborough than in those of "an incompetent honest man. 

"What he said is that he preferred a third of a million pounds rather than half a million pounds. And what he said is that the prices were constantly being pushed up by Marlborough in a way that they would never be pushed up by anyone else. However little he got in broad percentage terms, it was still more than he'd got if he went with anyone else." Mr Sewell dismissed the idea that Bacon was naive and being taken for a ride: "Francis was no fool." 

The Vanity Fair article, to be published in Friday's edition, quoted sources which appear to be close to the gallery, as saying that Bacon was hardly naive about what Marlborough was making from his work, or how his finances were handled. According to the magazine, in 1992 Bacon "got himself mixed up" and had all of his money from paintings - "the full £4.2 million" - sent to Switzerland, then, realising he needed to show some income in the UK, he asked for a portion to be sent back. 

He allegedly had his Swiss banker return £1.6 million to Marlborough. The sum was then forwarded to his British account. A Marlborough source claimed that as for the missing paintings, they had all been identified. In most cases Bacon gave them away or sold them himself. Liz Beatty, a representative of the estate, said last night that she would have no immediate comment on the claims.

 

 

 

Sensation, awe and unease

 

 

JOHN McEWEN | BACON IN DUBLIN | ART | THE DAILY TELEGRAPH | 6 AUGUST, 2000

 

 

It is lucky that Francis Bacon's South Kensington studio, where he worked for the last 30 years of his life, did not end up in the Tate, because it would have looked like just another example of installation art. Instead it has been shipped piecemeal for preservation as a shrine to be opened next year in a refurbished annexe to the Hugh Lane Gallery in Dublin, the city of his birth. A survey of his career selected by the supreme authority David Sylvester, Bacon in Dublin Bacon in Dublin at the Hugh Lane Gallery (until August 31), acts as an important prelude to this event.

Bacon lived in Ireland almost exclusively until he was 17, his father having moved there to train horses; so it is the country of his formative years. A friend, Doreen Molony, recalled how he was fascinated with butchers' shops and how "to this day" (1977) she saw "evidence in his paintings of hanging carcasses". And there was a maid who used to lock him in a cupboard when her boyfriend came to visit, a trauma to which he said he was deeply indebted—the source perhaps of his obsession with contortion and restriction.

Moreover, although not Irish, he behaved a if he were. There was nothing he enjoyed more than a good "craic over a jar", and his whole attitude to life was based on gambling: "I was brought up in that sort of atmosphere in Ireland of everybody gambling, I suppose that influenced me. I don't know. Perhaps I would have been a gambler in any case."

His passion for roulette and painting mirrored this attitude, each governed for him by chance and instinct. Certainly the Irish are delighted to adopt him as one of their own. Posters advertise the show with the alternating slogans: "It will create awe." "It will create a sensation." And for the cabbies it is "Good for Franny" and a case of "brining home the Bacon".

This is Sylvester's fifth major Bacon exhibition since the artist's death, each deliberately revealing a different aspect of the work. In the course of curating the Dublin show, he came increasingly to agree with what the painter Rodrigo Moynihan used to say in the early 1950s—that Bacon's pictures had a curious affinity with 18th-century English portraiture by the likes of Reynolds and Gainsborough—another legacy of the painter's Irish childhood perhaps, since these are the sort of pictures he would have seen in the Georgian country houses in which he grew up. It is a view at odds with the popular conception of Bacon as a painter of horror and squalor; and his own disappointed conviction that people did not like, or really appreciate, his pictures.

In the elegant Georgian setting of the Hugh Lane it is the portraits that have pride of place—grand and painterly as they are in the manner of the 18th-century full-length; and seemingly made-to-measure for the walls of the ground-floor enfilade, stripped of the permanent collection in his honour.

In this context it should be recognised that Bacon had an 18th-century as well as an Irish side to his character: the gambling, the dandy's disdain for convention, the rational attitude to religion: "when you're dead, you're dead". He would surely have got on like a house on fire with Sheridan or Charles James Fox or Gainsborough, although he did not suffer from clients as he never painted commissions—in that sense he is very much not an 18th-century portraitist.

At the Hayward Sylvester confined the selection to figure paintings, releasing them from the narrow confines the artist preferred and placing them in wide-open spaces—a monumental test they triumphantly withstood, confirming his greatness as a colourist and the ultimate achievement of the triptychs.

But for Dublin, where two side galleries afford the chance to show smaller works, he survey the full range, in subject as well as date—from the small Crucifixion 1933, the most important early painting, to the large, barely outlined figurative self-portrait which was on the artist's easel when he died. It was typical of Bacon's dismissal of half measures that he painted small or large but hardly ever  in the intermediary size preferred by dealers and collectors.

The most sensational aspect of the show is the inclusion of seven paintings from the artist's estate, six of which have never been exhibited before. Most are unfinished works dating from 1949 to 1952.

Bacon was such a meticulous painter, whatever the scale, that to see an unfinished work is lightly shocking—especially when glazed and in a gilded frame. But artfully integrated in the first room their complementary size and sombre palette ensure a suitably impressive opening.

Some are sketchier than others but Bacon never destroyed them, as he always did anything he considered sub-standard, and Study after Velasquez awas "unfinished", and accordingly never shown during his lifetime, only because it was intended as part of a triptych. It is from the famous "screaming pope" series and, in Sylvester's opinion, possibly the most powerful. Bacon, to his regret, thought it had been destroyed, whereas it is now revealed to have been merely "lost" in storage.

Bacon's evolution as an artist might be described as from the general to the specific: from grey to colour, from "untitled" subjects to often named portraits, frequently self-portraits for want, as he said, of a sitter. It is also a story of growing mastery and grandeur by a sublime tragedian. As obsessed with technique as Gainsborough, Bacon's methods became less crude as his reliance on solemn geometry and the impact of colour grew, and his delight in the game of chance and nuance deepened.

Two cabinets at the entrance connect the show with the studio by containing some of the source material stored on the database. One discovery is a photograph of the French statesman Poincare, copied for the face of Study for a Pope III; and there is ample evidence of the inspiration derived from illustrations in medical books—X-rays and the circles for enlarged details; faces ravaged by disease.

On a lighter note, in every sense, there is a photograph of his much-loved nanny, Jessie Lightfoot. It proves that the choice of the pseudonym Lightfoot when he worked briefly as a butler was not quit as inspired an example of his wit as one had thought. Never mind—it is still a perfect name for a butler.

Allied with the catalogue and Sylvester's newly published Looking back at Francis Bacon T(Thames & Hudson) with its revised over-view, previously unpublished scraps of taped conversation and corrective biographical note, this latest show marks the apogee of a unique and momentous association.

 

 

 

 

Francis Bacon’s Tangled Web

 

 

Eight years after his death, Francis Bacon, perhaps England’s most acclaimed painter since Turner, is at the center of a major scandal. John Edwards, a former pub manager who is the painter’s heir, has sued Bacon’s longtime dealer, Marlborough Fine Art. Examining charges that the gallery cheated both the artist and Edwards, its chicanery shielded by a token Liechtenstein branch, Michael Shnayerson finds that all the parties in this scandal may have had hidden motives, including Bacon himself.

 

 

BY MICHAEL SHNAYERSON | VANITY FAIR | AUGUST 2000

 

Francis Bacon has come to stay in an old stone building in Dublin.

The widely declared “greatest British painter since Turner,” once condemned by Margaret Thatcher as “that awful artist who paints those horrible pictures,” died in April 1992. But his spirit is here, in the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery of Modern Art, to which his humble London studio has been brought, bit by carefully recorded bit. A team of eight archaeologists disassembled the site, noting the placement of every crumpled photograph and paint-smudged book in a three-dimensional grid. Now four curators are logging each of the studio’s roughly 10,000 items into a computer database. This is a first: no artist’s studio has ever been enshrined in quite this way before.

The visual links are fascinating, if inscrutable. A torn-out magazine photograph of monkeys with open mouths may have helped inspire Bacon’s “screaming pope” series. An old radiography text has drawings encompassed by frames and set off with arrows—both signature icons of many Bacon paintings. A large cutout picture of the head of one of Bacon’s lovers, George Dyer, appears to have served as a stencil for portraits of the “rough trade” thug. In November, Bacon’s studio will emerge from the boxes and folders, complete with walls and door, as a permanent installation, like one of those dioramas at the American Museum of Natural History in Manhattan. It will be re-created just the way it was: dirty and messy.

These, as it happens, are also apt words to describe the lawsuit filed by Bacon’s estate against the artist’s longtime dealer, Marlborough Fine Art.

The lawsuit’s charges suggest the sort of art-world scandal not seen since ... well, since the last time Marlborough was accused of such chicanery, by the estate of painter Mark Rothko, in 1971. Indeed, the superficial similarities between the two cases, and the fact that Marlborough stands accused of cheating Bacon during the same period it grossly underpaid Rothko’s estate and was fined by a New York Surrogate Court judge more than $9 million for doing so, suggest to many observers in the art world a likelihood of guilt on the gallery’s part—though such guilt would be no less shocking for that.

To some, the Bacon case seems, if anything, more egregious, because the painter appeared so trusting of the gallery during his more than three decades of representation by it, and because the younger male friend who inherited Bacon’s estate—estimated to be worth between $50 and $100 million—is a shy, uneducated Cockney whose work experience, before meeting the painter, consisted of helping his older brothers run a string of pubs in London’s East End. But the picture that has emerged in the press—of big bad Marlborough hornswoggling the hapless illiterate—may be almost as distorted as one of Bacon’s portraits, given the gallery’s own, surprisingly persuasive, version of events. Imagine, instead, a real-life version of the board game Clue, in which a crime may have been committed in the drawing room and every character in the house has a motive.

Including the deceased.

From outside, 7 Reece Mews appears just as it did when Bacon worked there. It’s hard to locate, which is one of its charms: you take a tiny street off London’s Old Brompton Road, then look for the arrow that points to a cobblestoned court of brick-walled former stables. Though plain, the mews is a lovely sanctuary in South Kensington. Inside No. 7, obviously, nothing remains as it was. Now that the archaeological excavation is done, a work crew is sheetrocking the walls, finishing the transformation of Bacon’s studio into a sleek apartment where Bacon’s heir, 50-year-old John Edwards, will stay when he comes to London from his large country farmhouse in Suffolk, or from his home in Thailand.

By the time Bacon moved to this address in 1961, his critical reputation was established, though he remained, at age 51, a painter of modest means. That was fine by him: all his life he had a disregard for money that verged, literally, on the criminal. As a young man he moved from one small apartment to another, often without paying the rent due. As his paintings started selling, he loved having a wad of bills in his pocket to blow on gambling in private dens, or champagne at the Colony Room, a seedy Soho bar where he held court almost every day (the gleefully profane manager there, Muriel Belcher, had been shrewd enough, when she first saw how charismatic he was, to pay him £10 a week just to show up), or oysters at Wheeler’s fish restaurant, where he invariably picked up the check for a group that often included painters Lucian Freud and Frank Auerbach. After he bid his artist friends good night, he liked to spend money on young men who indulged his desire to be beaten, whipped, and sodomized—a lifelong acting out, it was sometimes said, of the physical abuse he’d received from his quick-tempered fool of a father, a military man who bred horses in Ireland.

Otherwise, Bacon spent little money on himself, and the studio reflected that. A steep wooden staircase with a rope banister led up to a bare kitchen and tiny bed-sitting-room with lightbulbs dangling from the ceiling. The adjacent studio was as chaotic as the apartment was stark. Its door was a palette of paint smears—as close, Bacon liked to joke, as he ever got to abstract art. Within lay piles of what appeared to be garbage: torn newspaper and magazine pictures, creased photographs of the friends he liked to paint, and hundreds of unwashed, discarded paintbrushes in buttered-beans and orange-juice cans. On his easel would be the next of his startling yet strangely beautiful portraits, the features of his subject stretched to the grotesque and rendered all the more striking by the streaks and gobs of excess paint that Bacon flung onto the canvas with inspired daring.

Three years before his move to Reece Mews, Bacon had left his first dealer, a mannishly dressed lesbian named Erica Brausen, to sign with London’s hottest gallery for contemporary artists, Marlborough Fine Art. It was a move made less to burnish his career than to settle a £5,000 gambling debt that Bacon felt Brausen would be unable to pay off for him. In return for his signing a 10-year contract, Marlborough advanced him the money against current and future paintings, with the price of each to be determined by its size. A painting measuring 20 inches by 24 inches was valued at £165 ($462), while one of 65 inches by 78 inches was valued at £420 ($ 1,176); these were two sizes that Bacon favored. According to the contract, the painter would try to supply the gallery with £3,500 ($9,800) worth of pictures each year, and would be represented exclusively by Marlborough, which would also handle all his finances—acting, in effect, as his manager.

Four decades later, Bacon’s estate would start asking pointed questions about that arrangement. Why, its complaint asks, was an artist so cavalier about money allowed to sign a binding contract without independent legal representation? Why was the pay scale for an artist of Bacon’s stature based on measurement, and why did it not include a provision for paying Bacon a higher percentage of the retail price of his paintings if their market value increased over that 10-year period? Why, though Marlborough was required by the agreement to give Bacon an accounting of the paintings sold, did it appear never to do so? And why, the estate began to wonder, were Bacon’s paintings not sold in London, but through Marlborough’s notorious Liechtenstein branch, Marlborough AG?

At the outset, Bacon had no cause to complain. New York dealer Richard Feigen had staged a show of Bacon paintings in Chicago. “I was getting $1,300 for the most expensive paintings,” Feigen recalls ruefully. “The others were priced between $900 and $ 1,200.” No one was necessarily buying them. The Marlborough deal gave Bacon his market price for 8 or 10 paintings a year—guaranteed. It also put him in the hands of Frank Lloyd, the most brilliant English art marketer of the postwar period.

Lloyd, born Franz Kurt Levai near Vienna in 1911, had started Marlborough after World War II with a fellow Austrian refugee, Harry Fischer, naming it for the Duke of Marlborough to lend it an air of grandeur. The “old uncles,” as Bacon would come to call them, chose to deal in top-tier modern art, much of it acquired discreetly from highborn British families brought low by the war. For entrée, they relied on a junior partner, David Somerset, the future 11th Duke of Beaufort.

By the time he signed Bacon, Lloyd had fashioned Marlborough into a powerhouse that had virtually cornered the market on undervalued European painters of the early 20th century—such as Klimt and Schiele—while cosseting and promoting contemporary artists as no other gallery did. As efficient as an investment bank, Marlborough gave artists advances, staggered payments, and handled all their finances for them. Henry Moore, Barbara Hepworth, Oskar Kokoschka, Ben Nicholson, Graham Sutherland, and Lucian Freud—all were excited and proud to be Marlborough artists. Many gave their art to the gallery on consignment, receiving nothing until a painting was sold. But Bacon wanted ready cash, so the gallery bought his paintings outright.

Lloyd’s shrewdest stratagem was to establish the branch in Liechtenstein. It was little more than a mail drop, but Lloyd and Fischer bought and sold much of the art they handled through Marlborough AG; that way, both they and their clients could exploit loopholes in English tax laws. “The legal avoidance of taxes was an integral part of the growth of Marlborough,” explains one longtime London dealer. “Lloyd’s real purpose in operating the gallery,” says another, “was to move currency around. It was much more efficient, he found, to move currency around by paintings than any other way—and they made money on the paintings, too!”

Why did other galleries not follow Marlborough’s lead? The first dealer laughs. “Laziness . . . and social responsibility. I think one should pay taxes.” By the mid-1970s, Bacon’s paintings were sold exclusively through Marlborough AG.

The paintings would be picked up in groups every few months by a Marlborough factotum named Valerie Beston, who soon came to play as large a role in Bacon’s life as he played in hers. Not only did “Miss B,” as Bacon fondly called her, log the new paintings into a record book and arrange for their sale by Marlborough AG, she also handled his mail, paid his bills, even dealt with his laundry. “Valerie was very, very attached to him—a kind of love,” says Michael Peppiatt, whose 1996 biography of Bacon, Anatomy of an Enigma, is, to date, the definitive one. “It was a major thing in her life, it was her raison d’être. It was like a shrine to Bacon in her office—photos and mementos.” For legal matters, Miss B steered Bacon to Marlborough’s solicitors. According to the estate, the solicitors, in turn, recommended the accountant Bacon used to prepare his tax returns.

At some point, Bacon established a Swiss bank account—almost certainly with help from Marlborough AG, though how much remains unclear. Into this account the gallery began to make partial payments for paintings it bought from the artist. For the Liechtenstein branch, this was a legal maneuver. For Bacon, as an English resident, establishing the account broke no law, either. But failing to declare Marlborough’s payments to the English Inland Revenue as taxable income did.

Midway through his 10-year agreement, Bacon chose to exercise an escape clause. Yet he stayed on as a Marlborough artist without a contract for the rest of his life. To those who side with the gallery in the Bacon case, this is the point that undercuts the estate’s legal action. Bacon, they argue, was pleased with how he was treated by Marlborough; if he hadn’t been, he would have left. Anyway, they say, he should have been pleased. In addition to paying him up front for his work, Marlborough was organizing major shows for him and meting out paintings in a carefully controlled way at steadily rising prices to establish him as a major artist.

“He did mention to me,” says one old friend, “when that contract was up, ‘I just can’t be bothered to go anywhere else. I can’t be bothered. I’ll stay with them.’”

“Francis once said to me, ‘I’d rather be in the hands of a competent crook than in the hands of an incompetent honest man,’” recalls art critic Brian Sewell of the Evening Standard. “What he said, and this shows the shrewdness of Francis, is that he preferred a third of a million pounds rather than half of half a million pounds. And what he said is that the prices were constantly being pushed up by Marlborough in a way that they would never be pushed up by anyone else. And so however little he got in broad percentage terms, it was still more than he’d have got if he went with anyone else.”

“He implied they’d been so good for him and put him where he was that he was grateful for that, and didn’t want to change,” says art historian Sam Hunter, recalling a conversation with Bacon about Marlborough. “And he was very loyal by character.”

There is, however, another interpretation for why Bacon never left Marlborough. Perhaps he feared that no other gallery would funnel money into a Swiss account as Marlborough did, enabling him to shelter a sizable chunk of his income from English taxes. Perhaps, too, the account put the painter in a vulnerable position. “He was perhaps less happy than he seemed,” suggests one old friend of Bacon’s who occupies a high enough position in the art world to be a sort of Deep Throat for the Bacon saga. Is that to say Bacon did feel trapped? “Yes, that’s the nub of it,” says this source, “but I can’t say any more.”

Lending credence to this theory are mentions, in a 1978 book, The Legacy of Mark Rothko, by Lee Seldes, of Swiss accounts established by Marlborough for another of its artists at roughly the same time. Like Bacon, Rothko had a Swiss account for partial payments from the gallery, in his case to avoid U.S. taxes. Seldes suggests he may have been haunted by the gallery’s knowledge of his illegal act. “Those who know about such things in the art world say that Marlborough often offered collectors as well as artists kickbacks deposited in numbered Swiss bank accounts,” Seldes writes. “If so, these arrangements might have made severing one’s ties with Marlborough . . . quite difficult.”

The Rothko case is mentioned only in passing in the Bacon complaint, but it hardly needs to be stressed, so striking are the parallels it depicts. To some in the art world, the only mystery is why Marlborough hasn’t already settled out of court with the Bacon estate: perhaps, goes the reasoning, Frank Lloyd pulled the same tricks with Bacon that he did with Rothko’s estate.

Those tricks, as prosecutors proved in 1975, included influencing the estate’s executors with blatant perks, to nudge them into selling some 100 of Rothko’s paintings to the gallery for a low lump sum of $1.8 million, then reselling them for windfall profits. When a U.S. judge called a halt to the sales, Marlborough ignored him, making numerous sales covertly. When the judge returned a $9.2 million penalty against it, the gallery tried to smuggle a trove of Rothko paintings out of U.S. jurisdiction, first shipping them from New York to a Canadian warehouse, then trying a dead-of-night maneuver to fly them to Liechtenstein. But prosecutors, alerted by an anonymous tip, foiled the plan.

Lloyd, charming and evasive throughout the Rothko trial, became a fugitive from U.S. justice. Humiliated into resigning his chairmanship in London, he lived his last years in the Bahamas with a new young wife and family, until his death in 1998 at the age of 86. Starting in 1983, day-to-day management of the gallery fell to the two children from his first marriage, Gilbert and Barbara, and a nephew, Pierre Levai. The Duke of Beaufort remained, apparently unruffled by Lloyd’s various crimes. Most Marlborough artists, including Bacon, remained, too, and the gallery, scandalized but solvent, soldiered on.

Whatever his feelings about the Rothko trial, Bacon was almost certainly less interested in it at the time than he was in a handsome 23-year-old pub manager from the East End, who confronted him rather belligerently one day in 1974 in the Colony Room. More than once, the young man explained, his older brother, who managed a pub called the Swan, had been tipped off that Bacon was coming, and stocked champagne for the occasion. But Bacon hadn’t showed, and now the brother was stuck with the stuff, because no one in the East End drank it. “I said to him, ‘Why don’t you turn up when you are supposed to turn up for this fucking champagne?’” John Edwards related later to a British journalist. “He found that very amusing, and he took a shine to me. He invited me to have lunch at Wheeler’s, but it’s a fish restaurant and I don’t like fish, so he bought me some caviar.”

Edwards became Bacon’s closest pal, though apparently not a lover-rather, a surrogate son. Unlike George Dyer, the petty criminal who was with Bacon for eight years and committed suicide in 1971, and a previous lover of Bacon’s named Peter Lacy, who played piano in bars, Edwards was neither self-destructive nor a drunk. He had shrewd judgment, which Bacon came to rely on, especially in weeding out some of the hangers-on in the painter’s entourage. Bacon’s friends had no choice but to accept Edwards, though some did so reluctantly. “He’s a nice guy,” says one close family friend of Bacon’s. “Up to a point.”

With Marlborough’s guidance, Bacon became world-famous over the next decade and, in 1989, the most expensive living artist when one of his triptychs sold at Sotheby’s for over $6 million. Yet he kept Reece Mews as his home and studio. People would see him at the South Kensington subway station—but only after 9:30 A.M., when Bacon could travel at the reduced senior-citizen rate. With friends, however, he was an easy touch, often pulling a mass of crumpled bills from his pocket and handing them over. Peppiatt recalls a late night when Bacon invited him to go gambling. “But I have no money,” protested Peppiatt, who was a student at the time. Bacon pulled cash from various cans around the studio and spotted him £50. At the private gambling den, Bacon quickly lost his own stake, while Peppiatt, to his own astonishment, won. When Bacon asked for a loan, Peppiatt, naturally, obliged. Bacon proceeded to lose that money, too. The next day, over lunch, Bacon insisted on repaying the money he’d “borrowed.”

As he grew closer to Bacon, Edwards adopted a more extravagant lifestyle, installing himself with friends and family in a Suffolk cottage called the Croft, which Bacon owned. According to Andrew Sinclair, whose book Francis Bacon: His Life and Violent Times appeared in 1993, the Edwards clan then acquired a nearby Georgian mansion with converted stables, and Dale’s Farm, a house with outbuildings. For transportation, they had a Rolls-Royce and a Bentley, one with the license plate BOY 1.

 “One banker, who went to dinner with the Edwards brothers, found himself seated with eight men and two women at the table,” Sinclair reported in The Sunday Times soon after Bacon’s death. “Four of the men boasted of their prison sentences for burglary and demanding money with menaces; but the food and the wine were excellent. The rooms of the house were superbly decorated, but the banker was told that the old furniture and the pictures were changed every three months. The constant factor was the numerous paintings by Francis Bacon, which were even hung in the lavatories.”

Bacon, who often mused on the finality of death and remained an atheist all his life, appeared calm, almost cheerful, as he asked his family doctor and longtime friend Paul Brass to be one of the three executors of his will. “Don’t worry,” Bacon told him. “It’s such a simple will, it’ll all be over in a few weeks. Everything will go to John.” 
Seemingly unconcerned about possible conflicts of interest, Bacon appointed as his other two executors Gilbert de Botton, a wealthy financier who had once been a director of the Marlborough gallery and who still served as Bacon’s financial adviser, and his own adored Valerie Beston. Death came quickly, of a heart attack in April 1992 while he was on a trip to Madrid to try to rekindle a romance with a much younger lover. On his easel back in Reece Mews, Bacon left an unfinished self-portrait.

Though probate took some years to establish, Edwards was given money by the executors, whenever he needed it, from his initial inheritance of cash, real estate, and a handful of paintings, valued in sum at $18 million. But the gallery held on to a dozen or so Bacon paintings—the bulk of the estate—taken by Valerie Beston from the painter’s studio soon after his death. “They kept telling him the market was flat; it was a bad time to sell,” says one source. And when Edwards asked Marlborough for a complete list of Bacon’s paintings sold over the years, and for how much, he thought the gallery’s answers seemed insufficient.

Unfortunately, the estate’s executors could be of no help. Gilbert de Botton resigned upon Bacon’s death, citing other obligations. Edwards believed that Valerie Beston could hardly be counted on for impartial counsel about Marlborough. And Dr. Paul Brass, though well-meaning, could get nothing more out of Marlborough than Edwards had: Beston told him that she was very busy, but was supplying Edwards with all the information he needed. Beston thought that everything was proceeding properly, and that her relations with Edwards were, as she reportedly put it, “very good.” But Edwards’s frustration was growing, especially since Marlborough, as a stipulation of Bacon’s will, was empowered to handle the paintings owned by the estate. “John was overwhelmed by having to carry on the Francis Bacon mantle, and wasn’t happy with how Marlborough was doing it, because they were running the show completely,” a person close to the situation recalls. Early on, this person says, Edwards had been contacted by an artist friend named Brian Clarke, volunteering to help with the estate. Now Edwards took him up on the offer, giving him power of attorney and asking him to scout around. “That,” says another close observer, “is when the niggles began.”

When Marlborough at last opened its warehouse, about a dozen full-size paintings, not all of them finished, lay within. Among them was a stunning crucifixion triptych done a year before Bacon died, in magenta and mauve. The Inland Revenue hired an expert from Christie’s to appraise the works, and after much back-and-forth a settlement was worked out: the government would take the triptych in lieu of transfer taxes for the whole estate. But Edwards, wary of the process and fond of the triptych, said no.

Not long after, at an old framer’s shop that Bacon had favored years ago, about 20 rolled-up canvases were found. These were mostly finished paintings, including two “screaming popes” from Bacon’s golden days in the 1950s, but some had been declared “abandoned” by the artist in his catalogue raisonné. Nevertheless, they were said to be signed on the front and back—an indication that Bacon approved them at the time. Now the estate was worth considerably more, perhaps five times more. A new settlement was agreed upon by the Inland Revenue and Bacon’s executors, but again, Edwards refused to accept it.

Then, four years into the process of settling the estate, the bombshell was revealed that Bacon had had a Swiss account, containing millions of dollars. Moreover, Valerie Beston had been a co-signatory on it, but apparently had failed to mention it to Edwards or anyone else involved with the estate in all this time.

Why? One Bacon friend observes that Beston had started as a secretary, as well as a nanny for Frank Lloyd’s children, and worked her way up to be a director of the gallery with an elegant home on Harley Street in London filled with art. Later, to the press, Brian Clarke exculpated Dr. Paul Brass from any wrongdoing, but pointedly failed to mention Beston. Yet a close associate of Beston’s recalls the day when Miss B showed her a check for £1,000 from Bacon, intended as a gift. Beston had never cashed it. “I didn’t want my relationship with Francis to be tainted by that,” she told the associate.

 “She wanted to protect Bacon,” says another source close to the situation. “She lived to protect him.” Also, says another source, “she was old, and . . . had definitely gotten confused.” So conceivably Beston had somehow forgotten about the account. In any event, says the participant, “after the Swiss account turned up, Valerie Beston was exposed. So she had to leave.”

The estate moved to have Beston removed as an executor, and in December 1998 an English judge complied. Dr. Brass was also removed, much to his relief: the new money had meant new taxes to be paid to the Inland Revenue, but Edwards, now a resident of Thailand, had been able to acquire the whole Swiss account without having to pay any English taxes on it; theoretically, Brass was warned, he, as an executor, might have been obligated to pay them. Beston moved to France to tend a dying sister. Soon after, her lawyers reported that she was no longer mentally competent to answer queries about the account or anything else. (She is, in fact, not named in the estate’s complaint.) Since no executors remained, Edwards was allowed to name Brian Clarke to the post.

Also at the hearing, Marlborough was severed from the estate. As a result, Clarke and Edwards were able to choose new dealers to handle the Bacon paintings now owned by the estate: Gerard Faggionato in London, and Tony Shafrazi in New York.

Those appointments sent up red flags on both sides of the Atlantic. Faggionato was relatively unknown; Shafrazi was all too well known, as the dealer who made his name by spray-painting the words “Kill Lies All” on Picasso’s Guernica at the Museum of Modern Art in New York, and who later represented Jean-Michel Basquiat and Keith Haring, among other hot 80s artists. Neither Faggionato nor Shafrazi was remotely in Marlborough’s league, but both were old pals of Clarke and Edwards’s.

Both, as it happens, have exhibited the stained-glass art of Brian Clarke.

By now the estate had a high-powered art-world lawyer in John Eastman, 60, of New York. Eastman, who is the brother of Linda McCartney, had represented many artists—one of his largest clients is the estate of Willem de Kooning—and on at least one occasion he had gone up against Marlborough, successfully representing the estate of the sculptor Naum Gabo in the early 80s. When Clarke described how Bacon’s paintings had been handled by Marlborough AG, Eastman perked up, remembering the role that the Liechtenstein branch had played in the Rothko case.

At Clarke’s urging, Eastman undertook to determine if Marlborough was hiding anything from the estate, and if Bacon had been underpaid systematically over the years. But every time he requested information from Marlborough, he felt the gallery failed to make a full disclosure. By last spring he was fed up, one observer says, and so was the estate.

The estate’s complaint, lodged in England, seems to make an impressive case. Much of it portrays Bacon as a naïf about money, easily duped by the gallery. At the start, the suit alleges, Marlborough let him sign the 10-year contract without independent representation. It paid him a pittance on the measurement scale when he should have earned much more. By way of example, the estate lists more than 40 paintings and studies Bacon created in 1965 and 1966, for which he was paid a total of £41,678 ($116,698) when their “fair market value,” based on sales at the time, was £101,226 ($283,432). Instead of granting Bacon full market value for his work, the complaint declares, the gallery paid him less than 50 percent of that, and appears never to have told Bacon what his paintings fetched when sold through Marlborough AG.

Moreover, says the estate, the gallery was acting not just as Bacon’s dealer but as his manager. As such, it had a “punctilio of honor,” as the legal phrase has it, to get Bacon the highest possible price for his paintings, and to give him the highest possible share of those sales. Yet in many cases, the estate says, Bacon received as little as 26 percent of the sale price of a painting. As one estate lawyer observes, the Rothko case established a definition of prima facie fraud on the gallery’s part for paying an artist 25 percent of a painting’s retail price.

The most shocking documents in the suit concern six paintings bought from Bacon by Marlborough AG in the last years of his life. Soon after Bacon’s death, his accountant received a receipt from Valerie Beston showing that Marlborough had deposited £1.6 million ($2,832,000) for the paintings into Bacon’s U.K. bank account in January 1992. But the complaint produced another document from Marlborough AG purporting to show that the Liechtenstein branch had paid Bacon £4.2 million ($7,434,000) for those same paintings. Worse yet, the estate claims, the £1.6 million was taken from Bacon’s own Swiss account. Not only was Bacon cheated out of half of what he was owed, the complaint suggests, he was paid with his own money!

When Eastman examined the list of Bacon paintings sold over the years, eventually surrendered by the gallery, 27 known paintings failed to appear on it. Some of those are visible in photographs taken of Bacon in his studio, yet Marlborough had no record of them. In an average year, John Edwards recalled, Valerie Beston picked up between 10 and 25 paintings. Marlborough’s list, however, showed only two or three paintings in some of those years. Was it possible that Bacon, lost in his creative world, had never been paid for those paintings at all?

Lawyers for the estate demanded the formal record book that Valerie Beston had kept of Bacon purchases, but Marlborough U.K. failed to produce it—then allegedly sent it out of jurisdiction to Marlborough AG. They asked for photographs, books, and documents removed by Beston from Bacon’s studio immediately after his death, but were given nothing. Instead, they learned that seven boxes of documents pertaining to Bacon’s estate had been spirited off to Marlborough AG. The attorneys went to the agency which had taken photographs of all of Bacon’s paintings, and ordered a full set of copies, only to learn that the copies and negatives were, according to the lawsuit, “collected in person shortly thereafter by Gilbert Lloyd.”

As the charges were filed, they were reported both in the London papers and on the front page of The New York Times, without any point-by-point response from Marlborough, whose English lawyers forbade Gilbert Lloyd or anyone else to make any comment other than that the charges would be “robustly” contested.

Since then, Marlborough’s side of the story has come clearer, pieced together from a number of sources.

It’s surprisingly credible.

In the first place, says a Marlborough source, Bacon was represented by two different law firms at the time he signed his 10-year agreement with Marlborough. One was Marlborough’s own solicitor, but the other was hired to help him thwart a possible lawsuit from the Hanover Gallery, which he’d left so abruptly. Marlborough became his dealer but not, says one close observer, his manager: “All Marlborough did was allow Valerie Beston to become Bacon’s secretary because Bacon was so disorganized.”

In any case, the amount paid per painting was fair based on the painter’s market value at that time, say sources, as was the method of paying by measurement. (Picasso, observes one art critic, was paid by a comparable measurement scale by his Paris dealer for years.) When Bacon terminated his agreement with Marlborough after five years, he set his own escalating prices, understanding that the gallery would try to double them or better, to cover its overhead and earn a profit. By 1990, according to a Marlborough source, he was charging the gallery as much as $1.8 million per artwork.

If Marlborough had handled Bacon’s work on a consignment basis, it would have sent him regular financial statements—and paid him a higher percentage when a painting was sold than it did by buying his paintings outright. But Bacon, says someone close to the case, “knew very well what his paintings fetched on the open market.” The estate’s claim that Bacon received as little as 26 percent of his paintings’ retail price is based, says a Marlborough source, on the sale of a 1983 painting entitled Statue & Figures in a Street. This was a deal, though, in which Bacon also received a painting in exchange, says a gallery insider. Usually, says the same source, he received much more—enough so that over time, says a close observer quoting Gilbert Lloyd, the gallery netted only about one-third of its sales prices for Bacon paintings after all its expenses for promoting him.

At first, says the source, the sums paid to Bacon seemed paltry, because the estate knew only about Bacon’s U.K. account. Then the estate learned that Bacon’s work had been sold through Liechtenstein. Marlborough AG invited the estate’s lawyers to come inspect its books, but the lawyers canceled two appointments to do so at the last minute. When a full accounting was subsequently sent to the estate’s lawyers in New York, it was initially returned unopened—because the lawyers realized it would show payments made to Bacon’s Swiss account, which would obligate them to notify the Inland Revenue. “The gallery actually said, ‘You might not want this information,’” says one estate lawyer. Finally, they sent the accounting to the estate’s English lawyers, who did open it—revealing the Swiss account.

In any event, say sources, Bacon was hardly naïve about what Marlborough was making from his artwork, or how his finances were being handled. “There are all kinds of public statements, whether in interviews in the press or television, where Bacon complained about his taxes and talked with a great deal of sophistication,” says one observer. “This guy was no bucolic bumpkin.”

Art critic Brian Sewell agrees. “Francis was no fool. And this idea that he was naïve and being taken for a ride is absolutely idiotic.” Adds another old friend of Bacon’s, “You must never forget about Francis that he earned his money early on by being a croupier at illegal roulette parties. He was very good; and he had to be able to count.”

The shocking charge about the invoice of 1992 becomes an embarrassment to the estate if the gallery’s side of this particular story is true. “Bacon got himself a bit mixed up,” one source says. “He had all of the money—the full £4.2 million— sent to his Swiss account. Then he realized he needed to show some income in the U.K. for those paintings. So he asked for a portion of it to be sent back.” To do that without implicating himself, he had his Swiss banker send £1.6 million back to Marlborough, which then forwarded the £1.6 million to Bacon’s U.K. account.

As for the missing paintings, says a Marlborough source, they have all been identified. In most cases, Bacon gave them away himself—or sold them, which he was allowed to do after his initial agreement was terminated. (“It’s well known,” says biographer Michael Peppiatt, “that Bacon gave paintings to various friends.”) Marlborough, which thus had no record of them, and claims it had no obligation to bother about them, tracked them down anyway. A list provided to the estate—and to Vanity Fair—appears to show all those missing paintings, along with the full prices paid for them, detailing payments made both to Bacon’s U.K. and Swiss accounts. (A lawyer for the estate pronounces the information “not satisfactory.”)

The estate also believes that Marlborough paid Bacon little or nothing for some 3,700 lithographs made of his work over the years. Yet if a list shown to Vanity Fair is accurate, Bacon was indeed paid, on a consistent and proper basis, for the lithographs.

Intimations of a cover-up, on this or any other aspect of the gallery’s dealings with Bacon, says a Marlborough source, are simply groundless. Any documents and photos Beston may have taken from the studio were in the boxes that a lawyer sent to Liechtenstein by mistake, this source explains. Half turned out to contain information pertaining to Bacon, and were handed over to the estate. As for the telltale record book, only a copy of it was sent to Liechtenstein, this source says; the original resides in London. But a copy of it has been made available to the claimants. And Gilbert Lloyd’s personal trip to snatch back photos of Bacon’s paintings, says a source close to the gallery, never happened. (A spokesman for Marlborough confirms this.) Lloyd did have a lawyer advise the photographer who took the pictures that the pictures belonged to Marlborough, and warned him that he’d be dragged into a messy lawsuit if he cooperated with the estate.

Sources close to Marlborough acknowledge that the Rothko case hangs heavily over the Bacon lawsuit, even 25 years later, and puts the gallery on the defensive. But “the gallery has learned its lesson,” one insider says, “I can tell you that.” And so it may have, to judge by two of America’s best-known artists. “I’ve been very happy with them,” Red Grooms says of Marlborough, which he had the nerve to join in 1974, in the heat of the Rothko trial. “The accounting’s very good, very straight, they’re very good at collecting money—which isn’t easy to do, actually—and I get paid. And that’s been consistent.” Larry Rivers, a Marlborough artist for 30 years, concurs. “They’ve always been honest with me,” he says. “Like any two people who stay together a long time we’ve had our disagreements, but it was never about anything where I felt I was being shortchanged. They were always perfect with me.”

All of which leads one to wonder: in a game where every character has his motives, what are Clarke’s and Edwards’s?

“They’re a bunch of cowboys,” says Brian Sewell. “The man who inherited the estate knows nothing about pictures, knows nothing about the market. The executor of the estate, Brian Clarke, is an absolutely lowly artist who has a private war with Marlborough because he thinks he’s marvelous and Marlborough wouldn’t take him on.” Their motives, say two other close observers, are simple. “Money, money, money.”

Clarke in particular does seem to draw his share of disparaging judgments. One prominent American dealer calls him a “ferret.” “Had you ever heard of Brian Clarke or his art,” says one dealer, “before he got the Bacon estate?”

One of Clarke’s supporters, English art critic Edward Lucie Smith, suggests that at core Clarke, like Edwards, is driven by class resentment. “Brian is a tough North Country boy,” says Smith, “and he’s not going to let the Duke [of Beaufort] off the hook.”

Clarke is, in fact, the child of a miner and a cotton-mill worker. “My childhood memories,” he told one British journalist, “are of deprivation, of hardship, damp, mice and cockroaches.” But he scoffs at Smith’s comment. “There’s a certain ill grace in suggesting that a [properly structured] lawsuit is class-motivated,” he says. “It’s too silly for words.”

In the mid-70s, Clarke dove into the London art scene through a chance meeting with Robert Fraser, the glamorous bad-boy dealer who stood at the center of it all. Fraser was famous by then as the handsome, Eton-educated founder of London’s most exciting gallery, the Robert Fraser Gallery, though his fondness for drugs and his utter recklessness with money doomed the venture from the start. In Groovy Bob, a recently published oral biography of Fraser by Harriet Vyner, Clarke recalls favoring clergyman’s clothing at the time. The day he met Fraser, he recalled, “I had on a clerical collar and a leather jacket and tight jeans, and Robert tried to pick me up in the toilets.”

The two became close enough for observers to feel that Clarke was Fraser’s boyfriend, but Clarke denies this. “I would be proud to say I was, but it wouldn’t be true.” In Groovy Bob, he says the relationship was more complex than that. “That night Robert and I left with two boys from the club,” Clarke recounts about an evening at a sleazy Soho club called the Toucan, “and that established a pattern of behavior that was to characterize a particular part of our friendship for the next decade.”

Through Fraser, Clarke met all the characters in the Bacon-estate saga: Edwards, Shafrazi, and Faggionato. Also Paul McCartney, who hired Clarke to design the sets for his 1993 “New World Tour,” and Linda McCartney, who would introduce him to her brother, John Eastman.

In the process, Clarke became what he calls an “architectural” artist, working in stained glass, and began to win large commissions to design abstract creations for corporate clients which ranged from a country club in Japan to an energy company in Kassel, Germany. Before long he became rather wealthy, living in a spacious private house in Kensington called Peel Cottage.

Clarke says he’s taken on his executor duties without fee. “I don’t need any help from the estate,” he says, “and I don’t particularly want it.” But an executor is entitled to charge for expenses, and Clarke is said to travel frequently with Edwards, sparing no expense: for a gallery show of Bacon’s work in Paris, according to a dealer, the two reportedly stayed at the Ritz, with Edwards in a particularly impressive suite. “I know a person who was in it who had never seen a suite this large at the Ritz,” says one person in the Edwards-Clarke circle. “I do travel by first class,” says Clarke. “I’ve done so since 1980. And yes, I’ve stayed in hotel suites for 20 years, too—and expect to continue to do so.”

Nor is an executor forbidden by law to receive gifts—of art, say—for his good work. One visitor to Clarke’s home observed a large Bacon painting on the wall. “That belongs to John [Edwards],” Clarke explained. Still, if Edwards sees fit—and perhaps if the legal action is successful—Clarke could be rewarded with art on which, by law, he would owe no taxes unless he sold it or died within seven years of receiving it. Meanwhile, as one close observer notes, the owner of such a gift could borrow money against it.

Clarke waves off the very suggestion, and says that in fact the case has become a huge obstacle and headache. For starters, he says, “I have an over-20-year relationship with both Shafrazi and Faggionato. I’ve never found them to be anything other than impeccable. And because both were known to Edwards through Fraser, I suggested he speak to them.”

This case, Clarke says emphatically, is not about money. “John Edwards is wealthy enough not to have to worry about financial matters for the rest of his life. So am I. This is about the truth. And it’s about Francis Bacon’s legacy.”

So far, Clarke says, the gallery has “given accounts created retrospectively. They have not answered our questions, they’ve stonewalled us, they’ve moved documentation out of the jurisdiction of English courts. We had to get the courts to order it back.

 “When a will is discharged,” Clarke adds, “there are always delays of one sort or another. But in a simple will, a delay of five years is not acceptable. Especially when after that five-year period there was not the slightest hint it would be resolved. We’ve worked very diligently to avoid bringing this case to court. All we wanted was for Marlborough to tell us the truth. If they want the truth as well, they have nothing to fear.”

One way to assess Clarke and Edwards is by how they’ve handled Bacon’s art to date. Several shows of the estate’s holdings—the paintings at Reece Mews when Bacon died, and those found since his death—have been held in Paris, London, and New York. The consensus seems to be that many of the recent works are unfinished, and that most of the rest appear in an early catalogue raisonné as “abandoned” paintings—listed that way by Bacon so that if they surfaced they would not be sold or judged as part of his oeuvre. One London dealer recalls taking on several “abandoned” Bacons in the 1960s, and incurring the painter’s wrath. “I was on the wrong foot with Bacon after that.” An art-world source who attended a Shafrazi show found the paintings “pretty indifferent . . . I think Bacon had every idea that these paintings should have been edited out.”

To one rival dealer, the recent shows suggest an intriguing motive for the estate’s insistence on acquiring a complete list from Marlborough of all of Bacon’s paintings. Clarke has acknowledged wanting to create an updated catalogue raisonné. When that’s done, the matter of which Bacon paintings are or are not “abandoned” can be revisited. The legal, logical arbiter of that will be the estate. If “abandoned” paintings are redefined as part of Bacon’s body of work, their value will rise. Clarke concedes that that would probably make them easier to sell, “but the intellectual value is so exciting that the last thing we want to do is part with any of these pictures.”

Another realm of Bacon’s work in which the estate has made decisions is that of the drawings—genuine or not—which have surfaced since his death, challenging the painter’s oft-stated claim that he went straight to the canvas.

The first lot surfaced courtesy of a South Kensington neighbor of Bacon’s named Barry Joule, who became a friend and helper to the painter after meeting him by chance in 1978. Often, Joule says, Bacon asked him to destroy portraits that failed to meet his standards; Joule would comply by cutting out the faces with a Stanley knife. It was Joule, too, who introduced Bacon to a young Spanish banker in 1988 who became the painter’s last lover. When the banker broke up with Bacon in 1990, the painter was devastated, says Joule, and poured his sorrow into all his last paintings. The hope of reviving that romance was what propelled Bacon to take his ill-fated trip to Madrid in April 1992, even after a collapse and hospitalization, three months before, for a faulty heart valve.

Joule says that when he drove Bacon to the airport that last time, the painter asked him to deal with a cardboard box and a folder that together contained hundreds of drawings, as well as magazine and newspaper images drawn or painted over, and an early self-portrait on canvas. Joule claims his instruction was somewhat cryptic—“You know what to do with it”—but Joule interpreted it to mean he should safeguard the work.

In his art-filled London apartment, the 45-year-old self-described Canadian ex-hippie, his long blond hair cut Sir Galahad style, recalls the furor that greeted his unveiling of the drawings in 1996. “Here was a man who said all his life he never drew—and the people who’d written about him, and particularly [Bacon critic and interviewer] David Sylvester, had followed that line, hook, line, and sinker.” They were embarrassed, Joule feels, because they hadn’t pushed him hard enough in their questions about whether he drew.

The estate responded first with silence, then with lawyers’ letters demanding the trove be returned. In a number of coffee-shop meetings, Joule managed to persuade Clarke that he was, at least, a real friend of Bacon’s. And his avowal that he would give nearly all the drawings to a museum helped assuage Clarke’s suspicions. But a meeting at the Tate Gallery to judge whether the drawings were real ended in keen frustration. Sylvester, who had declared in a lecture upon first hearing of the drawings that they were legitimate, now said that he could not “see Bacon’s hand in them.” Another critic theorized that while much of the material must have come from Bacon’s studio, someone else might have “overpainted” the magazine pictures. Despite enthusiasm for them from more than one of his curators, Nicholas Serota, the Tate’s director, was persuaded to reject the collection.

Bacon biographer Michael Peppiatt, who sat in on the meeting, agrees with Sylvester about the Joule drawings. “They didn’t smell right,” he says. “From everything I knew about Bacon over 30 years, he didn’t need to practice like that, repetitively, before doing a picture. The whole point of the picture was that as far as possible it should be spontaneous. And the idea that he should have kept that huge amount of work, which he didn’t want people to see, then preserved it and given it to Joule—it’s unlikely.”

Yet within months of that meeting, the Tate announced its acquisition of a collection of other Bacon drawings from two old friends of the painter, Paul Danquah and Peter Pollock. The collection is essentially a notebook containing 42 works on paper, yet the Tate bought it for £360,000 ($637,200). Ironically, the collection came through Marlborough, supported by Sylvester and, tacitly at least, by the estate, which appears to need Sylvester as much as he needs it.

More curious still is the estate’s decision to give Bacon’s studio to the Hugh Lane Municipal Gallery in Dublin. In September 1997, John Eastman asked Serota if he would be interested in acquiring the studio as a gift to the Tate if it could be reconstructed as a permanent installation. Serota expressed some interest, but warned that he couldn’t predict how the Tate’s trustees would feel about dedicating a permanent space to it; the museum was having trouble enough finding space for its Bacon paintings. Eastman suggested that Serota view the studio by getting keys from Valerie Beston. But when Serota called her, on more than one occasion, Beston said the keys were with Edwards; she chose not to mention that the estate had begun to disassociate itself from Marlborough, or that she and Edwards were no longer working together.

Rather than approach Serota another time, Clarke and Edwards gave the studio to the Hugh Lane, reasoning that Bacon had been born in Ireland and spent his early years there. To Serota, who heard of the gift only when a newspaper reporter called to ask for his reaction to it, the estate’s behavior was baffling and unfortunate. The Tate clearly lost out on a plum, but to many in the Bacon circle the estate lost, too, because the Tate would have seemed the right place for the studio of a painter who had done nearly all his best-known work in London.

Now that most of the items are logged in on the Hugh Lane gallery’s computerized catalogue, a Bacon fan can amuse himself by typing in the names of Bacon cronies to see how many references to each appear in the studio’s contents. Photographer Peter Beard, a close friend since the mid-1960s, has 254 references. (Bacon, says Michael Peppiatt, gave him a triptych of Beard, just one of the many examples of paintings given by the artist to friends and not sold through Marlborough.) John Edwards has 143, and Lucian Freud 94. But, for Brian Clarke, there are only four references. Along with the photographs and papers, the collection includes 58 slashed canvases—each with a gaping hole where the face once was—and one unfinished self-portrait, the painting found on Bacon’s easel after his death.

A short ride away is the Irish Museum of Modern Art, which looks like a castle with elaborate formal gardens, where an outbuilding is currently given over to the Barry Joule collection, warily subtitled “Works on Paper Attributed to Francis Bacon.” Many of the items are news photographs—boxers, Nazis, cricket players— painted over with hurried brushstrokes. But enough of them do jibe so closely with the studio drawings as to seem of a piece with them. If the estate declares them so, the Tate will look foolish for buying its smaller collection of drawings instead of taking the Joule material for free; so will the panjandrums of the Bacon circle for judging them unpersuasive. But if it calls them fake, it needs some proof, and so far, it appears to have none.

Handing Bacon’s estate is, as it turns out, fraught with tough decisions—none harder than whether or not to push ahead with the lawsuit against Marlborough. The gallery’s strong response will surely give the estate’s lawyers pause. So must a recent verdict in another case against the gallery, brought by the estate of German Dadaist Kurt Schwitters, who died in 1948. In the Schwitters case, Marlborough’s Liechtenstein branch was accused of withholding information about its stewardship of roughly 700 works by Schwitters from the legal guardian for the painter’s stroke-debilitated son. The son, like Rothko and Bacon, had a Swiss bank account. But when the guardian tried to access it, Marlborough moved it to Liechtenstein. The guardian, in turn, terminated Marlborough’s contract with the estate and sued for the return of the artworks. Eventually, Marlborough did surrender the art—but countersued for breach of contract. A lower court in Norway found in the estate’s favor, declaring Marlborough’s conduct “reprehensible.” But a higher court reversed the ruling last March, chastising the gallery for not coughing up information earlier to the estate, but finding that the gallery’s actions did not breach its contract, and awarding it $1.2 million plus court costs.

So Marlborough is powerful, and in the Bacon case it may also be right. If it is, however, that hardly makes it a paragon of virtue. As in the Schwitters case, the gallery is accused of almost extraordinary hubris, failing to communicate with Bacon’s rightful heir, much less giving him a full accounting in a timely fashion. If so, the gallery has brought the suit upon itself. (Marlborough’s lawyers say that the gallery cooperated with the estate’s executors from when the first requests for information were made in 1997, and that charges of hubris are completely unfounded.)

Then, too, even if Bacon was eagerly avoiding English taxes, Marlborough has played the tax game on a grand scale for far too long. “It’s a much bigger question than the Bacon affair,” says one longtime London dealer. “It’s about people using foreign currency to buy art.” And using the art, in turn, to launder their money. “If you take $10,000 into the U.S., you have to declare it,” the dealer explains, “but if you consign a $2 million painting through Liechtenstein, you don’t have to declare it.” The gallery wins, not just by selling its paintings, but by moving art from country to country for tax advantages. “Look at the annual gallery reports,” the dealer says. “You will never see Marlborough appearing in the highest profit or turnover columns,” despite the gallery’s prominence in the London art world. “There’s a pattern,” says the dealer, “of disguising information.” (“Absolutely false,” says one Marlborough lawyer. “It’s just that in London people don’t want to pay the 17.5 percent [value-added tax]. So anyone who wants a Bacon will go find it in New York or Switzerland.”)

Which side, in the case of The Estate of Francis Bacon v. Marlborough Fine Art, is more egregious? One titled English collector seems to sum up the growing consensus. “I don’t think for a moment the Marlborough [directors] are saints—they’re rough and tough—but there are very few artists’ families who don’t feel put out,” he snorts. And in this case, John Edwards has little reason to be. “He’s a wanker,” says the old lord. “He’s bloody lucky to get what he got.”

 

 

 

Get out

 

Looking back at Francis Bacon by David Sylvester 


Thames and Hudson, 272 pp, £29.95, June 2000, ISBN 0 500 01994 0

 

 

Julian Bell | London Review of Books | Vol. 22 No. 20 | 19 October, 2000

 

 

  

Somewhere in London, two heads would be nodding together: one tall like the boulder topping a cairn, the other broadened like a Hallowe’en pumpkin. Two lordly sensibilities, the heterosexual critic and the homosexual artist, had converged to discuss painting and the human condition. The thought that David Sylvester and Francis Bacon were caught up in this dialogue seemed at once daunting and salutary to some of us then learning to paint in the same town. Their Interviews – first published in 1975 – conveyed such unassailable aplomb. ‘All art has now become completely a game by which man distracts himself.’ I had no real idea what version of history had brought Bacon to that ‘now’. In fact, I probably understood his responses to Sylvester no better than a dog follows human conversation. It was simply the authoritative urgency that counted: distraction or not, painting stood in some crucial relation to humanity, and somehow it must be pursued.

The Interviews expanded through two further editions, and seemed gradually to settle into place as part of the broad landscape of British art institutions. Yet it’s still difficult, eight years after his death, to find a level way of looking at the phenomenon of Francis Bacon. By the time he died, one way of talking about him had seemingly been exhausted. In his new book, Sylvester records the artist Brian Clarke’s suggestion that Bacon’s ‘paintings … begin in words, not in pictures. He was really a poet.’ If so, it’s fitting that his canvases brought out the poet in so many others. Abidingly Eurocentric, he was vastly gratified to have captured the imagination of literary Paris: Michel Leiris, Philippe Sollers, Gilles Deleuze and Milan Kundera all produced high-flown testimonies to the stature of his work as a comment on the human predicament. Nearer home, the existential fervour surrounding the paintings was kept up by Lawrence Gowing – ‘The imagination that does not recognise its own dilemma in Bacon’s images simply does not know the score’ – and, indeed, by Sylvester himself: he ruefully owns up to a ‘gnomic and incantatory’ text of 1957 containing phrases like ‘somebody seen in a fleeting moment in a world without clocks’.

Now, when Bacon’s legacy is being ground down to prose, the apocalyptics have come to seem a little quaint. A year after his death, Daniel Farson wrote an affable, elbow-nudging Gilded Gutter Life of Francis Bacon; Michael Peppiatt followed with the more measured speculations of Francis Bacon: Anatomy of an Enigma (1996); and last year the Tate staged a small exhibition of his recently uncovered, painfully bathetic sketches on paper. Sylvester, who worked on that and other, loftier recent shows, has now worked over his file of Bacon material with the hope not only of setting the record straight but of pushing the discussion forward. Looking back at Francis Bacon devotes quite a few paragraphs to the minutiae of dating and to disentangling rumours, but its aims don’t rest there: it wants to save Bacon for poetry. It upholds the right to speak of the ‘resounding solemnity’ of the art, as of ‘the unaffected, easy-going grandeur’ of the artist.

The book has been organised in a kind of spiral, closing in on Bacon’s memory. It starts with an extended critical account of the work, asking one to recognise the brutal boldness of the ‘first great period’, which lasts for nine years from his effective arrival on the London art scene with Three Studies for Figures at the Base of a Crucifixion, painted in 1944 when he was 35; then the confused directions of an intermediary phase lasting from 1953 to 1962. These are resolved by the mode of systematic distortion he uses for portrait heads and figures through the 1960s. The series of triptychs commemorating the death of Bacon’s lover George Dyer in 1971 is identified as a second plateau of high achievement – not that Sylvester doesn’t find things to admire in the increasingly muted manner of the painter’s old age.

Following this survey, Sylvester broods on the entire achievement from various angles – for instance, how to pair up Bacon with Giacometti, Sylvester’s other longstanding critical cause – before releasing further snippets of taped conversation. Finally, an attempt at a concise, straightforward, DNB-style record of the life provides, in its appended notes, Sylvester’s most unbuttoned testimonial to his friend of forty years. ‘A good cook’, but when it came to wine, he would drink the lees in the Lafite; ‘he overtipped dreadfully’; we also learn that Bacon, needing ready cash in the 1950s, sold behind his dealer’s back – ‘most of these sales were negotiated by myself, acting as Bacon’s agent for a commission of 20 per cent.’ And about the painter’s ‘unstinting generosity … “I’ve only taken on morality,” he said to me in 1987, “because I’ve had the money to do so.” This’ – and Sylvester demonstrates the point – ‘was not true.’

In fact, his spiral seems to home in on a strikingly unchanging subject of enquiry. From that late start onwards, Bacon is a creature of habit. Standard format canvases every time; always with instructions to the framers for glazing; as far as possible, the same studio, the same friends with whom to drink champagne in the same Colony Room; the same unwithering face with which to confront the same unending futility of life and fascination of art. Perhaps this monotony – call it ‘certainty of purpose’ – is what makes Bacon so compelling to Sylvester, a critic who plumps instinctively for artists who display a rooted, emphatic conviction.

Sylvester’s criticism is distinguished partly by its own ‘unaffected, easy-going grandeur’ of delivery; partly by the way an almost physical passion for metaphors of physicality is fine-tuned by an acute sensitivity to nuance and context. His judgments can be sweeping – ‘the 20th century likes its art to be jokey’ – but they never usher in the kind of prophetic cultural agenda we have learned to expect from large-scale art critics, because they are offered as contingent responses to a subtly shifting art world. Works of art cannot be neatly detached from the individuals who make them, nor yet from the locations in which they are displayed; products, people and places interact in unpredictable ways. There are some eloquent passages here about the way different hanging spaces have elicited fresh qualities from Bacon’s paintings, reflecting Sylvester’s fascination with the temporary interventions that curating can make in this flux. He prefers, nonetheless, to find points of fixity around which to operate – hence his tenacious hold on this highly consistent oeuvre.

His curating of it on paper is highly enjoyable, and sealed with insider authority; it will be a primary document of Baconology. If there’s a danger in knowing a body of work from the inside for so long, however, it is that you lose track of outside correlatives. The Study from the Human Body of 1949, for example, shines out to Sylvester as a crucial canvas. The painting, Bacon’s earliest known nude, shows the back of a man stepping into the darkness between what look like two shower curtains:

It is wonderfully tender and mysterious in its rendering of the space between the legs and in its modelling of the underside of the right thigh. Its use of grisaille is breathtaking. None of Bacon’s paintings puts the question more teasingly as to whether he is primarily a painterly painter or an image-maker. Does this work take us by the throat chiefly because of its lyrical beauty or because of the elegiac poignancy of its sense of farewell?

Looking on without the same commitments, what I see is a figure outline which Bacon has mechanically summarised on the usual unprimed canvas and has then blocked in with spasmodic strokes of a very stiff, faintly crimson-tinted white, determined that the figure should somehow be fleshly but desperately uncertain as to how its volume and structure could be represented, or indeed whether they should be attempted. The brush doing this bodged infill, nervously observing the outline of that right thigh and buttock, has left a clean edge that half-prompts you to read the area as a flat plane, thus stymying the effort to render its recession. The brushloads of grey reaching to fill the fork below the groin are equally timorous. The whole canvas is infected by an indecision as to whether the use of separated vertical downstrokes – what Bacon called ‘shuttering’ – constitutes a thoroughgoing methodology, or is simply a scrawny shorthand for shower curtains. Poignancy and lyricism don’t get a look in; what takes me by the throat is embarrassment.

I really don’t want Bacon to be this inept; but similar fumbling occurs, often even more glaringly, in the majority of his surviving early canvases, until in the early 1960s radical distortion offers a way of bypassing his uncertainties. Bacon himself readily confessed to his incompetences, as Sylvester acknowledges: but was he complacent about them? Alone among those invited to present Artist’s Eye selections of the National Gallery’s holdings, he insisted that his own work was unworthy to sit beside the likes of Velázquez and Degas. He was ready to talk about those masters and the endless stimulation that their painting offered to his own, but he didn’t seem to equate attachment with co-achievement. At times, I wonder if Sylvester does.

His own ‘teasing question’ about image-making and painterliness touches on the issue: Bacon’s prowess as a poetic inventor – starting with the matchlessly ferocious mutants of his 1944 debut – has long prompted people to will old-masterly greatness on his paintwork. But maybe this mislocates an artistic act which, in the context of postwar figuration, was in fact rather ahead of its time. Unlike Giacometti or Freud, with their arduous reinventions of the practice of drawing from life, Bacon painted his repertory of screams and flurried buggerings with a peremptory wilfulness that seems close to Pop Art: I want it now. (‘Presented directly to the nervous system’; ‘the sensation of life without the boredom of its conveyance’; ‘the grin without the Cheshire cat’; his self-descriptions are unbeatable.) Sylvester notes how his reliance on photos left him disoriented when confronted with living models in the 1950s – a disengagement from traditional skills that would become institutionalised in the era of Warhol. The mastery of fresh skills that recharges Bacon’s art from the early 1960s – his use of contorted human forms as containers for squirming flesh paint, themselves held down within designer-tidy interiors – could possibly have been inspired by the way the young Kitaj composed on the canvas with ripped, projected images; at any rate, his working ethos seems to come into clearer focus from this time onwards. Simply give me a good strong layout, give me the materials, and I’ll give you the way life really is; Bacon’s thumpingly unsubtle descendants in this perspective (and for that matter in Sylvester’s approbation) are Gilbert & George and Damien Hirst.

An alternative, more ancestral perspective on the nature of Bacon’s skills might be to call him a northern painter. A painter, that is, of a humanity born clothed; in this case, of a race that presents itself in suits and ties. It’s not exactly that Bacon, as in his own disclaimer, couldn’t draw. No one has had a more forceful structural knowledge of heads, and of the tooth-ringed hollow that runs through them; hence the power of his screams and his metamorphosed portraits. It’s simply that few figurative artists have got through a career with such a radically unstructured notion of what lies beneath the collar. Occasionally, he takes a butcher’s cleaver to his quasi-acephalic nudes and discovers a backbone. But for the most part, his instinct tells him that when you unbutton the tweed and serge encasing the mid-century British male, there lies revealed a rippling, amorphous flood of blubber.

Unaided by anatomy, Bacon thrashes about through much of his career to find formulas to convey this judder of flesh. Short, circling swoops of the brush, topped with little blurts from the paint-tube, prove the most productive device: he gets very exquisite when he finesses them with dusted and printed pigments in the later work. He whips paint into fleshliness with this incessant urgency because the operation promises to deliver a kind of transubstantiating miracle. It offers him direct access to ‘life’ – to the essence of things, as that gets defined by a God-disdaining vitalist. This, in other words, is an art whose procedures are dictated by belief. The texture of that belief is reflected in Bacon’s comments apropos a Titian painting to a BBC interviewer (as recorded by Peppiatt): ‘We don’t only live our life, as it were, in the material and physical sense; we live it through our whole nervous system, which is, of course, also only a physical thing, but it’s a whole kind of process of human images which have been passed down – and yet nobody knows how to go on using them.’ That slippage from a reassertion of materialist orthodoxy to a lament over broken tradition is crucial to the tight circle of Bacon’s artistic rationale, which revolves round a yawning void. The point has become too banal to detain Sylvester by this stage, but sometimes the obvious has to be restated: the premise behind Bacon’s anti-monuments is God’s failure to continue existing. This is the occasion for his thoroughgoing ‘solemnity’. It’s not only the quality that makes his triptychs and studies for crucifixions so memorable, vital and horrid: it’s also what dates them. His declamatory anomie now seems to document a certain mid-20th-century crisis mentality whose reference points have since been dissolved, rather in the way that El Greco offers an imaginatively exciting but spiritually distant insight into a peculiar brand of Counter-Reformation piety.

Sylvester brings out what was lovable in his great friend. This doesn’t diminish Bacon; but it was the more intimidating figure of the Interviews who seemed to bear challenging messages for the art of painting. Looking back, looking harder, they all seem to resolve into one permanent announcement: end of game, grab your takings, get out.


 


                                                                         THE School of Bacon  BACON ARCHIVE 1949-2000   Being & Alien 

                                                                 Bacon News 1  Bacon News 2  Bacon News 3  Bacon News 4  BACON NEWS 5